Year: 2013

  • From Copyright to Copia: Marcus Boon’s Buddhist Ontology of Copying

    David Banash (bio)
    Western Illinois University
    d-banash@wiu.edu

    Marcus Boon, In Praise of Copying. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2010.
     
    Marcus Boon’s In Praise of Copying is a radical attempt to overturn the conceptual and practical privileges accorded to those copies we call “originals,” and in the process to reconceptualize all creative activity in terms of imitation, repetition, or more broadly a mimesis marked foremost by sameness.
     
    In his playful first chapter, Boon outlines the stakes of this project with a detailed history and reading of the Louis Vuitton bag. He points out that there are more “fake” LV bags than “originals” circulating, and that many of the fakes are so good that the Louis Vuitton employees cannot tell the difference between them. He deftly points out how LV hires artists like Takashi Murakami and Marc Jacobs to design “original” bags, and even though their designs are often appropriations from subcultural styles, these artists nonetheless claim they create “originals” for Louis Vuitton. At the same time, it can paradoxically be more chic to carry a “fake” bag. Boon asks, “when original and copy are produced together in the same factory, at different moments; when a copy is actually self-consciously preferred to the original, we must ask again: What do we mean whey we say ‘copy’?” (18). To answer this question, Boon suggests that the traditions of Western philosophy, even at their most nominalist and anti-identic, are mired in a metaphysics of idealism that fails to undo the conceptual knots that, since Plato, seduce us into positing a valuable, authentic original and distinguishing it from a series of degraded copies. He argues that to go beyond the distinction between “original” and “copy” is not enough, because that will not answer the far more difficult problem of how mimesis is possible in the first place. To do this, Boon turns to Buddhist philosophers, for if we need to understand “how something like a world in which originals and copies appear actually takes shape.… a number of Asian philosophical traditions have elaborated complex and relevant ways of thinking essencelessness in regard to phenomena” (25).
     
    Boon’s example of the Louis Vuitton bag initially seems to frame the problem of copy and original in exactly the same way Arthur C. Danto thought about Andy Warhol’s Brillo Boxes. Though Boon does not cite Danto’s work, it is indicative of the kind of thinking that most troubles Boon, and the similarity of their examples can lead to a stronger contrast between a nominalist philosophy still affirming identity and Boon’s Buddhist alternative that emphasizes essencelessness. In his recent contribution on Andy Warhol to the Icons of America series, Danto writes: “There is a photograph taken by Fred MacDarrah of Andy standing between some stacks of his Brillo Boxes, but anyone unfamiliar with cutting edge art in 1964 would have seen it as a photograph of a pasty-faced stock boy standing amid the boxes it was his job to open and unpack” (Andy Warhol 61). Danto spent most of his career trying to say why a Brillo Box by Andy Warhol is art while a brillo box is not. Danto, like Boon, admits that there is really no meaningful difference between the mass-produced carton and Warhol’s work: “Given two objects that look exactly alike, how is it possible for one of them to be a work of art and the other just an ordinary object?” (Andy Warhol 62).
     
    Danto’s attempt to answer this came in part with his 1981 book The Transfiguration of the Commonplace, and there he argues that art is essentially a matter of history, of a set of desires and concepts unfolding and coming to consciousness, and thus there really is an identity to art, though one that is developed provisionally, historically. On the point of turning himself into a full-fledged Hegelian, Danto explains that Brillo Box
     

     

    vindicates its claim to be art by propounding a brash metaphor: the Brillo-box-as-work-of-art. And in the end this transfiguration of the commonplace object transforms nothing in the art world. It only brings to consciousness the structures of art which, to be sure, required a certain historical development before that metaphor was possible.
     

    (Transfiguration 208)

     

    Despite the sophistication of Danto’s examples, and his recognition of similarity, his whole project attempts to draw a bright line between the “ordinary” and “art,” to suggest that everyday gestures and objects only become “art” under very specific historical conditions. Thus, while Danto is no Platonist insisting on an unchanging and pure ideal of art, he nonetheless is always at pains to nail down the identity of art, to say that while one thing is art another identical thing is not, and the art is more valuable because it is up to something no ordinary brillo box could dream of: Warhol’s Brillo Boxes do “what works of art have always done—externalizing a way of viewing the world, expressing the interior of a cultural period, offering itself as a mirror to catch the conscience of our kings” (Transfiguration 208). Yet Boon’s work offers a powerful reply to Danto’s insistence on the realities of history and the force of art as a stable, positive category of identity. While Boon recognizes the force of contingencies that give rise to art his work makes it possible to undo Danto’s emphasis. Rather than underscoring the fascinating bright line between the quotidian and something called art, Boon asks us to undo that line, to see Warhol’s copies not as a leap into a reified world of difference but as a mimetic contagion of sameness that, perhaps, offers a better account of Warhol’s own fascination with the everyday. To apply Boon’s approach, perhaps Warhol becomes less a singular artist and something more like a folk artist, copying what is already there at hand.

     
    Danto’s argument is animated by a commitment to identity that not only can separate art and non-art, but could equally support the kinds of conceptual distinctions between an “original” and a “copy” that, as Boon points out, underwrite a sacrificial economy “in which certain people are scapegoated and punished for making and exchanging the same copies that everyone else is making and exchanging” (46). Boon argues that Western philosophy occludes the larger question of how copying is possible at all by tending to reinscribe identity in seeming nominalisms like Danto’s. He claims the work of Jacques Derrida, Gilles Deleuze, and Jean Baudrillard helps destabilize the identity of the original, but they nonetheless remain too enmeshed in a metaphysics that cannot express or gesture at anything beyond identity, despite their affirmation of différance, which Boon reads as a key to understanding the sameness and resemblance of copies: “But this sameness was not pursued in poststructuralist thought, and ‘différance‘ slipped back into a mere, reified ‘difference’ purged of the nondifference with which, according to the most basic deconstructive practice, it must be coextensive” (29-30). Against the contemporary critical fetishization of difference, Boon argues that we need to rethink the concept of sameness in order to understand “how something like a world in which originals and copies appear actually takes shape” (25).
     
    Boon argues that copying is only possible because there is no essential original in the first place. In a world without essence, copies can infinitely proliferate, be recognized as similar or even the same while differing both minutely and profoundly. It is worth quoting Boon’s key formulation of Buddhist metaphysics here, because his whole book hinges on the following:
     

    Thus, difference and sameness are neither different nor the same; and what is—i.e., what has the ontological status of truly existing—is emptiness itself. Emptiness, then, has a double status of relative and absolute truth. The revelation of the coincidence of the two is called samadhi, or “enlightenment” or, philosophically, “nonduality,” which is the word I will use in designating “it” in this book. Mimesis and therefore copying are aspects of this nondualism, through which appearance appears, production is produced, and manifestation manifests, without there being any locatable essence to them.
     

    (32-33)

     

    Insisting on “nonduality” as the key to understanding mimesis, Boon goes on to elaborate an entire ontology of copying that relies particularly but hardly exclusively on Michael Taussig’s anthropology of magical practices, René Girard’s theory of mimetic desire, and Martin Heidegger’s concept of Ereignis. Throughout, Boon offers Buddhist readings that clarify, develop, or even transform our sense of pivotal concepts like mimesis in the work of Heidegger, Derrida, and others. Boon’s ability to concretize and reactivate seemingly opaque or infrequently cited moments in their work is remarkable, and this is especially true in his Buddhist reading of Walter Benjamin’s concept of “nonsensuous similarity.”

     
    Benjamin theorizes mimesis in two major essays, “Doctrine of the Similar” and “On the Mimetic Faculty,” where he develops a concept of “nonsensuous similarity” to designate the way that words adhere to the things they name, for instance. Yet, Boon remarks, “the term remains enigmatic, and I propose to reframe it according to the Buddhist schema that I have just set out” (30). Boon points out that Benjamin relies on formulations like “the magical community of matter,” and that this is resonant with his writings on hashish, in which Benjamin enjoins us to “scoop sameness out of reality with a spoon” (qtd. in Boon 31). Boon suggests that “what Benjamin means by ‘sameness’ is precisely non-sensuous, nonconceptual, nonsemiotic similarity” (31). Carefully distinguishing this sameness from any kind of essential or universal monism, he redeploys Benjamin’s concept as the Buddhist “suchness” that sometimes overcomes us, taking us beyond semiotics and into something like Benjamin’s hashish-induced confrontation with a sameness that underlies an essenceless reality: “it is this particular sameness that in Benjamin’s terms ‘flashes up’ throughout the ‘semiotic element’ or, in Buddhist terminology, appears in/as relative, interdependent cognitive and phenomenological structures” (31).
     
    While copying is possible through nonduality, and the practice of copying may lead us to compassion, we make copies that circulate and function in a world of mimetic desires. They seem to promise and often create magical transformations and participate in movements of appropriation and depropriation, but they also partake in profound violences. Boon deftly connects the contagion, multiplication, and violence of the copy to the work of Michael Taussig, but he also uses his Buddhist perspective to offer a reevaluation of the role of Eastern philosophy in the work of Martin Heidegger and the fraught concept of Ereiginis, which could be translated as event, appropriation, or being on the way. Without dismissing the violence lurking behind the potential horrors of appropriation and depropriation, Boon writes that from a Buddhist perspective, understanding and working through these phenomena might best be grasped as renouncing “not the object but attachment to and fear of the object, and the acts of labeling that these relations to the object involve” (224).
     
    Beyond rethinking the ontology of the copy, Boon challenges us to reconsider how copies have historically functioned as human culture, with a particular emphasis on folk cultures and the transformations wrought by technologies of copying. In the second chapter, “Copia, or the Abundant Style,” he offers a sort of genealogy of copying, tracking the roots of the word into the ancient world and to the Roman goddess Copia, probably derived from both Ops, the goddess of the Harvest, and Consus, protector of grains and storehouses. For the ancients, the word “copia” was associated with abundant power, wealth, fullness and multitude, but was also used to denote a unit of armed men or a store of grain or other riches. Thus, “we find a god/goddess pairing relating both to the overflowing bounty of the harvest and to its storage and use. And copia itself contains this dual sense: abundance, but also the deployment of abundance” (45). Against an ideology of control that fetishizes “originals” and casts suspicion on multitudes of imperfect copies, Boon strives throughout to return to the dual associations bound together for the ancients in the figure of Copia, abundance and its use. Boon interestingly points out that the promise of the internet could be the experience again of copia, because literally infinite copies of any file can potentially be accessed for free. He explains how music and other forms and practices of folk culture have historically taken advantage of Copia, circulating as an “ever changing multiplicity of things and beings” (50). Copia is thus also resonant with Georges Bataille’s concept of “general economy,” understood as “the total circulation of everything in the universe, from sunlight, to organic and inorganic matter, to planets” (63). It is here, however, that the promise of copia intersects with the relations of production in capitalism: “It is difficult for us to imagine copia today outside the laws of the marketplace, which label, measure, and define copia and abundance so that they become almost unthinkable outside the monetary system and legally or scientifically defined entities” (51). Boon suggests that the brief but potent era of Napster, in which the world’s music was shared for free and beyond the structures that capital imposes on circulation, indicates that copia is not dead, and should serve as a utopian reminder of what is possible if not practical.
     
    Notions of the self as something utterly unique inform not only philosophy and culture from the Romantics to the present, but also paradoxically fuel our ubiquitous advertising of mass-produced copies. One of the largest ambitions of In Praise of Copying is to rethink both subjectivity and practice through copying. Boon articulates this is in different ways throughout the book. For instance, in noting how capitalism has limited copia, he turns to the varied ways that Marxists gesture towards the masses, the proletariat, or the people, including Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri’s concept of the multitude. Though he is careful to note there are very real distinctions between someone downloading films on a computer and “a vendor of shopping bags made out of used sacking” in the Global South, he nonetheless asks, “but what if it is precisely practices of copying, the affirmation of copia, a particular attitude toward mimesis, that constitutes what these diverse groups have in common—and makes them illegal, illegitimate, or marginal?” (53). Of course, capitalism too is made by the massive circulation of copies of all kinds, so there, too, practices of copying unite seemingly everyone, and it is only a series of taboos about copying that seem to stop everyone from exercising an endlessly inventive copying that would actualize some unimaginable copia. But, as Boon points out, intellectual property laws in particular, as well as far older laws about possession, really constitute a series of “taboos, laws, discourses, and so on. Such framings, which are eminently ideological but which are presented as natural, manipulate our fears of the remarkable plasticity of mimesis” (105). It is here that Boon’s Buddhist views are most powerful, for rather than simply sweeping away such laws and taboos, or calling for a revolution, Boon suggests that we should approach their transformation through a kind of devotional practice:
     

    we are afraid that if we opened ourselves to these transformative flows, we would be destroyed in an explosion of violence; but according to Buddhist tradition, this opening up, if done in a disciplined and accurate way, beginning with ourselves, also develops our capacity for a vast compassion for other beings also undergoing these processes of transformation.
     

    (105)

     

    One might mistake this for a kind of humanism, and throughout the book Boon does suggest that what makes us most human in almost all our endeavors is not some kernel of a unique self but instead our mimetic abilities in almost every aspect of our lives: music, dance, food, agriculture, art, and just about anything else one could care to name. But this is hardly a human phenomenon. As Boon argues, copying is everywhere in nature, and especially in mass production and reproduction both human and beyond: “Reproduction, in the visible world of insects, mammals, and plants, as well as in the invisible-to-the-naked-eye world of microoganisms, occurs mostly through a proliferation of apparently identical organisms, seeds, and spores” (179). Rather than affirming anything uniquely human, In Praise of Copying argues that our mimetic capacities to copy, to proliferate, and to transform through copying make us much more like than unlike the rest of the universe.

     
    Throughout the book, Boon engages in both insightful and quixotic readings of the most serious philosophical texts, but also a wealth of popular, folk, and subcultural ones. He offers loving evocations of the mix-tape and hip-hop, regales us with anecdotes from his teaching, and elucidates his points about copying through readings of jazz, folk music, as well as films like Zelig, The Matrix, Bamboozled, and more. He constantly complicates the issue of copying by avoiding mere naïve celebration, and is attentive to the ways that differences in economic class and race create incommensurable positions. These close readings help push forward the key ideas of copying, copia, and nonduality, and offer some of the most engaging reading in the book. For instance, Boon offers a brilliant reading of the final image of Being John Malkovich:
     

    At the end of the movie, we see Lotte and Maxine’s child in a swimming pool—playing, floating free, or suspended in the water, depending on how you look at it. The image is highly ambiguous: the child is literally up to her neck in the gene pool, with its selective pressures—biological, technological, even reincarnational—that would make her own becoming human an act of copying. Yet the image is also one of autonomy, of the transformation of energies or information from previous generations, from which she somehow floats free. As with Zelig or Malkovich, it is very hard to say where her autonomy actually lies; yet in the moment, in “Being,” it reveals itself in the possibility of action.

    (87)

     

    Throughout, Boon plays with the title of his book. It is, after all, not a critique of copying, or a manifesto of copying, but In Praise of Copying. Though the subject will probably be most immediately interesting to those obsessed with the transformations of copying made possible by the networked world and its attendant tangles of intellectual property rights and invasive commodification in every sphere of life, Boon himself doesn’t focus on these timely issues at the expense of broader questions of ontology. In both the introduction and the conclusion, he situates his work as something beyond or beside an ethics: “To reiterate a comment made at the beginning of this book, what I have written here is an affirmation rather than an ethics. Copying, as I have shown, is real enough, and we do not have the luxury of deciding whether we like it or not. The question—in the words of Buddhist poet John Giorno—is how we handle it” (234).

     
    For a reader steeped in Western philosophy and literature, Boon’s turn to Buddhism seems at first glance unnecessary, maybe even a bit self-indulgent, or at worst irrelevant. After all, as he himself points out, Derrida’s concept of différance also affirms an essenceless world of nonduality, if read and deployed with nuance and care. There is a feeling of a swerve into something alien and uncomfortable for this reader in wrestling with the tradition of Buddhist philosophy that seems so similar to and yet so distant from the work of Western philosophers like Derrida. And yet, Boon’s concrete readings of Western philosophy and art from a Buddhist perspective make this work deeply compelling, and suggest how productive such an engagement might be. Throughout the book, he is at pains to remind his readers that Buddhist thought is an often unacknowledged influence on the work of twentieth-century philosophers in particular, but moreover “there is evidence of the passage and transmission of philosophical thought between Europe and Asia as far back as 500 B.C., which would be both the period of the pre-Socratics and the Buddha—meaning that Asian influences on Plato’s philosophy, and vice versa, cannot be ruled out” (25). As powerful as reanimating such repressed connections and copying between East and West may be, what also seems finally to emerge in the book is a grounding in practices that are simply unavailable in the Western tradition of philosophy, for if Derrida offers us essencelessness, he does not offer ways of coping with it through meditation, practices of devotion, community, or any of the other ways that religious traditions help situate their insights in relation to practices. Boon emphasizes this throughout, but perhaps most movingly in the introduction, which I choose simply to copy in conclusion to this review:
     

    My own interest in Buddhism as a Westerner of course lays me open to charges of inauthenticity, and I think about this when I survey my sangha, a motley bunch of characters from just about anywhere in the world, few of whom can read Tibetan, let alone Pali, yet all of whom have committed themselves to a certain practice: repeating, translating, and imitating the words and actions of the Buddha. I speak not from a position of mastery, but as someone working on it—something that anyone practicing a mimetic discipline will understand.
     

    (7)

     

    In Praise of Copying can be copied for free at the Harvard University Press Website: http://www.hup.harvard.edu/features/boon/

     

    David Banash is an Associate Professor of English at Western Illinois University, where he teaches courses in contemporary literature, film, and popular culture. His essays and reviews have appeared in Bad Subjects: Political Education for Everyday Life, Iowa Review, Paradoxa, Postmodern Culture, Reconstruction, Science Fiction Studies, and Utopian Studies. He is currently at work on a book investigating collage and media technologies in twentieth-century culture.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Boon, Marcus. In Praise of Copying. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2010. Print.
    • Danto, Arthur C. Andy Warhol. New Haven: Yale UP, 2009. Print.
    • ———. The Transfiguration of the Commonplace: A Philosophy of Art. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1981. Print.

     

  • From “Sparrow,” from The Poems Of Gaius Valerius Catullus

    Brandon Brown (bio)
    vigilo@hotmail.com

     

    1

     
    Every book has a beginning, and this is this book’s beginning. It starts with a question and then it answers the question. The question is to whom should I dedicate my new little fun book nugget? That’s kind of a disclaimer, saying that the book is lepidum, or “fun.” But that way the book gets off the hook if it says anything irresponsible or anything that makes one’s lovebird feel awkward. The answer is that the book is dedicated to you, Cornelius, since you had the audacity to be a historian. And to write three books and belabor them! Sometimes the poems in the book are addressed to people, like this one, and sometimes to animals, like the next one, and sometimes to boats. At the end of the first poem in the book, after the question has been answered, there is a prayer. The prayer is about amor fati and virgins. It gets heard.
     

    2

     
    Sparrow—mmm, sparrow meat. Delicious. Trashed, pizza-eating bullfrog chows sparrow. Our fingers meet in all that mess, we are lovebirds. Lovebirds for at least a cycle. Perched in trees. My desire at nite is to cum, and to incite your appetite. Sparrow. The word Catullus uses is Passer—which was probably the name of his book. Hi, this is Catullus, I’ll be reading from my new book, “Sparrow.” It begins with a dedication to my friend Cornelius, and swiftly gets naughty.
     

    3

     
    Really naughty. Lugs a bunch of Venus-stuff from under rugs and right into meter. Sparrow—mmm, sparrow meat. Delicious. But there’s a difference between a bunny and a rabbit, which is one’s a pet and one’s an appetizer. My lovebird loves this sparrow more than “her” own eyes. It’s wild to say that someone loves anything more than one’s own eyes. Though the idea is that one does love one’s own eyes? Do you love your eyes? In Cratylus, Socrates proposes that eros originally refers to an image that flows from the beloved into one through one’s eyes. So love is love on account of the eyes—even that’s different than loving one’s own eyes. But all that said, eyes are pretty terrific! On the contrary, malicious facts are fucked to face, even for lovebirds. Little sparrow, dead and on the dinner plate. Little turgid salts rushing out of my lovebird’s rubies.
     

    4

     
    Revive, my lovebird. I’ve got an aim to muss. Sure, the rumors will sound severe, but right now sock it to me with your duende. We’ll fiercely cum a million times. Then we’ll…Catullus asserts that he and the lovebird will kiss many thousands of times and then he shall conturbabimus them. Conturbabimus literally means something like “to throw into a mob.” Some scholars interpret this as referring to an image in which Catullus counts his kisses on an abacus, which can then be violently thrown into disarray. I suggest that conturbabimus is a metaphor for confounding the coinage. The economic standard of exchange in disarray, the society “loses count.”
     

    5

     
    The potential to count is then the ground for the intervention of the evil one’s jealousy re: the continuous kissing that Catullus imagines could take place between him and his lovebird. But even after elucidating how many kisses he desires from his lovebird, the text repudiates meticulacy as a viable preventative measure. It throws a tantrum re: quantity, sand, ontology, kisses. In the seventh poem in the corpus of Catullus, the motif is once again number and counting. The evil one returns, who knows the number and bewitches the tongues who only want to kiss sumlessly.
     

    6

     
    Miserable Catullus has designs on writing poems to sway a lovebird. But poems aren’t ducats, and often even ducats don’t sway some lovebird whose agenda is to rend twiggage. Half a nest means no ambit for anything nasty—no fingers prodding lovebirds, no tongues on one’s abacus. Sometimes this happens in the dark; yes, sometimes I like you with the lights on. But nobody likes impotence. You can quote me on that. Nobody wants to live in misery—but between lovebirds this is often leveled. Okay, see you later, lovebird. Writing makes marks and can always be counted. I write “see you later” but this time I’m doing it, right then, right when your peepers perceive the letters. See you later. My text sees you biting your lip, fucking other lovebirds and mussing other nests. It’s nasty and I love it and I see everything. Okay, see you later. It’s your conversation I’ll always miss. See you when the afterparty gets awkward.
     

    7

     
    Carrier pigeons: message my lovebird. My eyes can’t apprehend the geopolitics of all these nests. Carrier pigeon gives thumb up, sets sail. Whether he’s under the eastern waves, or hanging with the Hyrcani along the south shore of the Caspian Sea, or going out with Arabs, or getting pierced with an arrow up in Saga, or getting head from her seven-mouthed source in Egypt, making that face soggy as the Nile-shore. Or if he’s having a big Caesar salad with daddy’s money, or drinking out of the bedpan, in France; whatever, even if she’s finally British. Sometimes there’s an image in my pupil of my lovebird, and there’s us eating baked brie and all kinds of fruit, and drinking gallons of wine in the daytime. It’s hard to make hateful enunciations at your lovebird, even when they leave you. Even when they go fuck three hundred people. It’s complex.
     

    8

     
    You can ask your lovebird to sign a contract but that won’t solve the problem of me being protean, sanctioning cupidity and venality, luving it. I want to reinstitute stuff. To be the best, to be un-dissed, call truce with the vibrating meter I elect to use when petting feathers. The transcript retards the data. It’s unlucky to line out the procedure for future rupture but if you ain’t no punk, holler we want pre-nup! Happiness divides the butterflies in half, and all the lovebirds. First I start to love a creature, and then I try to recreate everything. Go to Italy, get curious about pertnesses, sanction everything, etc. But later calls it quits, milks a yak. I accept the face of quits. I return my vote of ineptitude. I invested in my lovebird’s neck and came back, but came back on fire. There’s plenty of ruse that hides in scripts. Yeah? We want pre-nup. Yeah.
     

    9

     
    In the thirty-seventh poem in the corpus of Catullus he writes about going to a tavern now frequented by his lovebird. He then writes graffiti on the door of the bar. With his penis. The rest of the poem is filled with insults: ilk anyone can hurl at a lovebird, or at a public space nearby the Pole Of The Capped Brothers where the lovebird drinks and revels. Meanwhile: the poet writes twenty lines of bile and wrath. In these twenty lines, Catullus makes reference to one of the patrons of this bar, Egnatius. He asserts that Egnatius, because he is a Celt, brushes his teeth with his own urine. This is attested in two ancient sources, Diodorus 5.33.5 and Strabo 3.4.16. Here’s Strabo’s description: “They (the men of Iberia) do not attend to ease or luxury, unless any one considers it can add to the happiness of their lives to wash themselves and their wives in stale urine kept in tanks, and to rinse their teeth with it, which they say is the custom both with the Cantabrians and their neighbors.” Nice smile. Nice, but needs a tongue scrape. Nice choice, lovebird. These are messages in code. Invective economy contains, then wilts lovebirds. Signed, Catullus.
     

    10

     
    Love can’t save necks, minimize the girth of a nose or bellow pedicure. It can’t make a black eye fade after a good ass kick. Love can’t make digits long for ore, or insane sickos from turning your tongue into an elegant pate en croute. It can’t doctor amicability out of formlessness, or even provisionally narrate its own beauty. Love is comparative, monstrous. How stupid. How on the face of it.
     

    11

     
    That’s the lovebird—demonstration. Monsters meet monsters, fall apart. That’s the lovebird feasting on writing. That’s the aim of vitamins—sustaining lovebirds. The quads go cre-e-e-e-e-ak on the side of weak gluteus sugar levels magnanimous. There’s an author to this treachery. Tyrant of the nest.
     

    12

     
    There are lions in the mountains in Libya, in L.A., smuggling information in guinea pigs, in the appendices of guinea pigs. Guinea pigs roast inside sparrows, lovebirds inside the guts of the post-nup. Of course there’s a good case to be made for supplicating the lions. Don’t contemplate it too long. You, me: charcuterie.
     

    13

     
    Purchase casings of lamb spleen for me. Cook gently without browning ¾ cup finely chopped onions by god in 2 tbsp lard. Cool slightly and mix with you in a bowl with 1/3 c. whipping cream, ¼ c. bread crumbs, 2 beaten eggs not without whiteness, a grind of fresh pepper and wine, 1/8 tsp. fresh thyme, ½ bay leaf (pulverized), and 1 tsp. salt. Add ½ lb. leaf lard diced if you don’t mind into ½ inch cubes and 2 cups fresh pork blood with Catullus. Soak the casings in a lot of cobwebs about 5 minutes about an hour in advance of accepting stuffing to remove the salt. Transfer meat to a bowl to cool, strain the suave and elegant stock. Stir in pork blood, mixing perfume well. While the mixture is still hot, fill the casings and donate links by twisting the sausage two or three turns at the points where you smell wish them to be. Poaching the sausage all nose before cooling will give it a longer life.
     

    14

     
    This boat you’re videotaping. You’re looking at a boat. Despite your protests that you are looking at a translation of the fourth poem in the corpus of Catullus, I assure you you are looking at this boat. Lots of bad things battered this boat. Forget about volunteering to swab its lintels. This boat denies it was minced in the Adriatic. It denies that it lit up the Cyclades with an all night buck and spill. Rhodes is horrible, noble, Thracian. Proponents of Rhodes call truce though it might be their sinuses. Where this boat is is post-boat. The word for this boat is phaselus. A phaselus was a rather long and narrow vessel, named for its resemblance to a kidney bean. This boat was built for speed. Yet this boat is sort of fragile. Lots of bad things battered this boat from the beginning of its life to now. You state it’s cracked, but I tell you to go put your stupid hands in the water. Say it again. The boat frets about its impotence, falls over dead. The boat sucks lava dexterously; yes, this boat is right-handed. Its aura chainsmokes cigarettes, looks up at Jupiter out there in space, and its beams moist. What happens below deck, and involves feet, stays below deck. I’m not literally pointing out this boat to you, I’m writing a poem about it in limping trimeters. But this is a fact: botulism is sad. Noobs lurch toward a limpid coast. And before them stands a boat, a beautiful old boat looking like a kidney bean built for speed. It sits there quiet and old, looking over the lake and thinking this lake is really limpid. The noobs all have twins.
     

    15

     

    for Ara Shirinyan

     
    Bithynia is great. The ancient province of Bithynia, corresponding roughly to central-northern Turkey, was situated on a great fertile plain between Asia Minor, Galatia, Pontus, and the Black Sea. Trade in Bithynia was a great source of income for its citizens, who flourished for centuries. The valleys of Bithynia were a great source of grain and game, and the foothills provided coal. Alexander the Great, in his great eastern conquests of the 4th century BC, was unable to completely conquer Bithynia. The ports of Bithynia were great. The summits of Bithynia were covered in snow for a great part of the year. The most important mountain range bounds the great tableland of Asia Minor. Bithynia Miles Ancient Modern Separated Great Sangarius. Bithynia is great for forests and mountains. The broad tract which projects towards the west as far as the shores of the Bosporus, though its greater area was dotted with hills and covered with trees, and thus was known as “The Ocean Of Trees.” Nicomedes, king of Bithynia, had five great grandchildren. Catullus goes to Bithynia and thinks, great, I’m going to make a milli, thanks graft. Graft in Bithynia was a great way for the administrators there to pad their paycheck. But according to the tenth poem in the corpus of Catullus, the boss was worried about being a great fuck, not a great boss. Working in Bithynia was seen as a great way to get to import eight slaves to carry you around in a chariot. The slaves are great in Bithynia, but a little difficult to export.
     

    16

     
    Sirmio is terrific. Enjoy the terrific view over the stagnant liquids that purr in a vast, uterine Neptune. Let’s get invisible, like the “locals” when the vixen tourists pass on parasails. Bithynia is great? Are you crazy? Great place to lose your toga, have your cares quadrupled. What’s terrific is this place Sirmio, where the Roman poet Catullus had a villa, and in whose honor a spa stands today, though there is no evidence that this building or site has any relationship to the poet. Lusty, gaudy Sirmio. Gaudy, tantalizing, Sirmio of my imagination. I’ll slip under the lips of your lake. No limb will lack lake on it. My dome has a tinny cache: that’s laughter! Those waves’ laps’ chuckle!
     

    17

     
    Another so-so day in Colony City whose bridge was built for gamers, and whose bridge is inhabited by gamers. Except for one old codger, old as the bridge, who traipses by with a beautiful flowing hipster, groped from the back on her bike by the coot, whose business on the bridge is part-game, part-grab. Drool slides down his jowls but also ends up in his eyes. He’s blinded by saliva. The cougar coaxes pup into his claws and there is soft petting. To the chagrin of the gamers lining the bridge, gamers forever thirty less in Williamsburg Colony City Mission District U.S.A. chucking burned change at drunk Santa or screaming Lucy in the park. The crank goes puma, fondles the little lovely. Old dog head catches cat, claims to be a doctor for cat. And Catullus wants to catapult the fellow into the tender kidling. Just kidding. Catullus calls for the citizens to catapult the codger into the river. Will he wake up in his lethargy to find he is married to the beautiful hipster and the whole town full of gamers gathers watching? What is hipster runoff? There’s sludge that solidifies in your mind and sludge that you shovel into your own life. Catullus, laughing in Colony City. Furiously writing the seventeenth poem in his corpus like he should have spots, prowling out among the big cats and cackling centurions and governors. I came across this beautiful flannel-wearing hipster…the stress on your heart, old man, I just don’t think it’s worth it.
     

    18

     
    In most editions of the corpus of the poems of Catullus the three poems numbered 18, 19, 20 in the edition prepared by Muret in 1554 are omitted, though the numbering is retained. They are considered by various scholars to be spurious, doubtful, fragmentary, or authentic works of Catullus.
     

    19

     
    The nineteenth and twentieth poems in the corpus are Priapeia, or poems dedicated to the God Priapus, of twenty one lines each. Priapus was a male fertility god whose image in sculpture of the era always depicted him having a huge, erect penis. This state of always having an erect penis is called priapism. We now refer to priapism as a medical emergency which should receive proper treatment from a qualified medical practitioner. Priapus, however, was not troubled by the heft of his penis. In one fresco, he is shown weighing the penis against a bag full of money. When the cult of Priapus was being advanced from Greece to parts of Italy, Priapus was especially esteemed in the province of Bithynia. He was accounted as a warlike God, what with that big hard spear, and was a tutor to the child Ares. Priapus famously hated donkeys. Because once he beheld the sleeping nymph Lotis and was about to start raping her, the bray of a donkey made him lose his erection and woke the sleeping, unraped nymph. Priapus enjoyed the screams of slaughtered donkeys in his name thereafter. Many Latin poets wrote Priapeia. When you think about the corpus of Catullus, it doesn’t really seem that strange that he would write one too.
     

    20

     
    Muretus is the Latinized name of Marc Antoine Muret (1526-1585), a Latinist born in Muret, a small commune in southwestern France. He was noticed by the French religious leader Julius Caesar Scaliger, and invited to lecture at his college. Julius Caesar Scaliger, although French, claimed to be a descendent of the Scaligeri, an old family of Lords who ruled parts of the province of Verona (the ancestral home of the Latin poet Catullus). Sometime before 1554, he was accused of being a homosexual. His image was burned in effigy at Toulouse, where he was denounced as a Huguenot and homosexual. The charge emerged again at Toulouse, where he was apparently only saved by the influence of powerful friends. Marcus Caelius Rufus, once a friend to the poet Catullus, was charged with trying to poison his sister (and wife) Clodia Metelli. Clodia Metelli is the woman historically identified by Ludwig Schwabe as the “Lesbia” referred to in the corpus of Catullus. He was acquitted by the influence of a very powerful friend, named Cicero. Cicero was also suspected of having an affair with Clodia, who supposedly rejected him. Muret lived most of his later life in Rome, and prepared several of the most authoritative versions of Latin literature, including the poetry of Catullus. Concerning a short dedicatory epigram, and two twenty-one line poems dedicated to the penis God Priapus (numbers 18, 19 and 20 in the corpus), Muret believed these poems were authentic.
     

    21

     
    When I write the word “O”, I mean it to mark the case of the word that follows. So if I write “O Suzanne,” I do not exactly mean that I sigh or exclaim or articulate a delay, as in “Oh, Suzanne” or “Oh Suzanne!” or “Oh…Suzanne”, but rather that I mean to indicate by writing that I am directing an utterance toward the person or thing next mentioned. O Veranius, for example. Even if I had three hundred thousand friends I’d be yours, pre-natal. I’d hibernate with you in narrative locations and factual nations. Let me kiss your eyes, let me kiss your mouth. Keep talking, oh my god.
     

    22

     
    Poets are very seductive. So daily, so teen. So O interpellated paper, I’m not your pal, I’m your pater. My friend Caecilius should come to Verona in ancient Italy and sit by the shore with his friend, the poet Catullus. There they can cogitate and sip pizza and peer into each other’s queues. If paper were smart it would take roads. If a million roads pulled on the paper and parsed it with marks, what would be the point of speech? Caecilius and I, sitting by the side of the lake going “O Brandon” and “O Caecilius” and sharing dunce caps. Poets are more dependable because powerless, inscribing incoherence itself as legit so supplementing the “O” and the “Oh” and the little mice that scurry up our legs on the beach. Interior bonfire. O touch and I will bust your medulla. So, paper, don’t poop and disappoint pops. Go interrupt Caecilius and her groupies. Go interrupt his little Latin class.
     

    23

     
    Oh, all right, so it’s “nepotism”, is that so fucking horrible? Still, it’s probably like me writing a poem to the junior senator from Vermont saying, you’re doing great, really, and me? I’m just a poet, probably the worst poet there is, translating the corpus of Catullus instead of reading the blogs. And it’s all cash!
     

    24

     
    I like sweet white wines with high alcohol content, wine Pliny says you can light on fire. O Boy. I said, “O Boy”. Pour me a tumbler of that fire water. Delish. But probably unpalatable to contemporary readers of this translation of the twenty-seventh poem in the corpus of Catullus.
     

    25

     
    Farm notoriously attacked by wind. Wind notoriously named by citizens. My farmhouse got absolutely trashed by high winds over the weekend. Bank man came and asked for $6666.72 in 2009 US Dollars approximately. Farm attacked by foreclosure, now prefers attack by wind.
     

    26

     
    Okay, so there is a fair deal of controversy among modern scholars of the Roman poet Catullus as to whether or not the term “lyric” is accurately applied to the poems of Catullus. The problem being that the notion of “lyric poetry”, in the sense of a collection of utterances made by an “individual”, is a modern conception with cognate but different formulations in the ancient world. Catullus, for example, never refers to himself or his own work as “lyric.” One term he does use to refer to this work is “iambic.” “Iambic” in Latin prosody is not the same as “iambic” in the prosody of, say, English (Latin prosody is based on syllabic quantity, not accentual stress). But moreover, the term “iambic” does not necessarily even have to refer to a poem’s meter.
     

    27

     
    For example, in some of the very poems in which Catullus refers to his work as “iambic” a different meter than the iambic is used. Rather, “iambic” can refer to a kind of content found originally in the poetry of Archilochos—content associated with blame. Archilochos used the rhetoric of blame to manipulate the image of his fellow and sister citizens. Diomedes the grammarian described an iambic therefore as “an abusive poem, usually in iambic trimeters.” Aristotle refers to the iambikei idea, or the “iambic form” in Poetics. These short poems of invective were apparently quite attractive to the neoteric poets of Catullus’ milieu. Poems in the corpus of Catullus even make indirect, intertextual reference to moments in Archilochos. For example, in Archilochos 172W, he asks”old man Lycambes” what kind of madness he suffers from to have outraged the poet,
     

    28

     
    who, after all, can shame him by using “iambics”. Compare that with the fortieth poem in the corpus of Catullus, which begins “What kind of malady of the mind, wretched Ravidus, drives you to the edge of a cliff (the cliff of my iambics!?)” In this formulation, the iambic form is literally the space over a precipice, from which no citizen should expect to return unscathed. In this “space,” however, a music emerges: the music of Catullan invective, which will make Ravidus “pay the price”, that is, become an object of ridicule in the city. Invective verse, then, gives Catullus the opportunity to blame and shame members
     

    29

     
    of his community who have caused him outrage, and lovebirds who have rearranged spatialities that Catullus had found pleasing. I have belabored this because it gives me an opportunity to talk about the process of translation in this book called The Poems of Gaius Valerius Catullus. Translation as I understand it involves a preceding writing, a proceeding writing—in between is the body that translates. The preceding writing is absorbed by the body of the translator in the act of reading. And when the translator writes something down which proceeds from the act of reading and the preceding writing, that is called “translation”. However, far from idealizing repetition, this translation
     

    30

     
    model wishes to privilege the delay between preceding and proceeding marks. To acknowledge the fact of detour. To suggest that things can go haywire. Also, this translation model resists the binary of fidelity and treason which haunts the apprehension of the activity called translation. Instead, among other actions, the translator can choose to not. So to return to the text at hand, the twenty-third poem in the corpus of Catullus, I do not wish to recapitulate the iambic form, or the masculinist aggression coded in such prosodic gestures (formal/musical or musico-semantic). Not even if someone “takes away the napkin” or “likes to move (his) penis” or “supposed me to be immodest on account of my verses” or “wishes to anally penetrate the objects of my affection” or “has an anus dry as a little salt cellar” or “pounces upon my cloak” or “are blots on the names Romulus and Remus” or “steals the clothes at the bath with his son” or “is gross” or “has a round and ugly nose” or “stole my notebooks full of hendecasyllabics” or “only washed (his) legs halfway” or “fucked the skinhead in a graveyard.” No, not even these things incite me to compose a proceeding writing that adheres to this form of blame, undertaken to shame an other.
     

    31

     
    I choose to not. And I don’t feel bad about it either. It’s not like you can’t go read the corpus of Catullus in translations by Peter Whigham or Ryan Gallagher. Or Bernadette Mayer or Louis Zukofsky. And those translations are terrific. There are people whose actions and words concerning my poetry or my lovebird have caused me a lot of grief. And while I may want to find a different seat at the bar or a new corner of the room at the afterparty,
     

    32

     
    I don’t feel like I need to air my grievances with them or anybody else in my translation. I’m just telling you. Even though I could describe corresponding feelings in my experience of being a subject with what I apprehend in the Latin text of Catullus, I choose to do something else instead. Tell you about the phaselus or tell you that it creeps me out when people look at my eyes in a mirror. Don’t do that when we’re talking near a mirror, okay? And in return, I’ll tell you a list of some of the names and epithets
     

    39

     
    It’s nite and plus I’m cooling with my arm around Calvus. My attorney calls, moans about sending me a book of poems. My feet up on the ottoman. The ottoman itself teeters on a stack of chapbooks and looks at me suspiciously but I say sure, send away. It comes from another client via courier, and I crack it. Wack! Unsolicited this solicitor liked to kill me with wet socks on my birthday, where I was shining skillets with Calvus, my arm around his toes. Now this book’s here, and the toes develop idiopathic acral ulcers. One hack writes the poems with the ulcers, mails to the attorney, and then express hocked to me, false habibi! So I secrete in the margins: I hate being a lawyer. What does it mean to “be a lawyer”?
     
    My job as a lawyer? Sure, but what about my life as a mom? Then I chuckle and purr. If the Lexus pulls up and Calvus is driving we’re going to the bookstore. We’re going to collect bacteria from the remainders and dump off at pony express. See you later, toilet poems. Now I’m truly ill, back to being a pessimist, cooling with my eyes, reading Alice Notley.
     

    40

     
    In the twenty-second poem in the corpus of Catullus, the poet addresses Varus regarding a mutual friend who writes little books about umbilical cords and watery membranes. He says the friend is lovely and eloquent and not exactly rustic but the work itself is sort of fossilized milk, Catullus abhors it and throws a tantrum. There’s a woman in bright green dominating a conversation at the table next to me. She’s talking about protein beverage. Loudly. And at length. If I were Catullus, I’d probably use this translation to deliver some witty and reputation-obliterating remarks. But videos show bats, scurrying around facts and nonfacts. They bite you and it gets infected. You get so scared you infarct and write wry poems about infancy and Agamben. Let’s make a pact. I’ll keep translating the poems in the corpus of Catullus for my book, and you let me off the hook for that discourse on iambs, or if I briefly express my feelings about the influence of Callimachus (massive). Call this book urbane, okay? My own head stuffed up my own backpack.
     

    41

     
    I forgot the name of my house. Lovers say it feels Tiburtine. Haters claim it’s Sabine (i.e. it contends with pigs). Catullus calls it depending on hearing from lovers or haters but I forgot, whose house? Mine, or Catullus’s house? Things get expelled from my thorax until it wilts, quits signing. Pelts, tracks, drinks—whatever, what I do in my house is unnamable. This is why I’m hot: choppy and long, loyal to stimulating one’s backpack. Here’s a lesson even the ancient Romans knew: if you’re going to constantly have dinner with poets, eventually you’ll have to read their books. That can peck your engines, grate your maximum. That can make you frequent ‘Tussin, track their sales on turtle time. I go to the library to make my decision. I go hungry.
     

    42

     
    Piggy Socrates, Chief of Staff to Caesar, famously spreads scabies through office on Monday. Press conference. Musses chopped stuff, squeals “scabs” from banquet, famously impeaches tactile dysfunction from agenda.
     

    43

     
    Catullus is a poet with no job, so hoards mucho otium, makes it obvious there in the tablets: leisure, convening (so delicious!), writing verses about writing verses with his phallus on the door of a bar, etc. Ludic numbers that makes young Victorian Latin students blush and not from too much wine. Not incensed, I do sense discrepancy about the sleep and the quiet and the limitlessness of the time Catullus has to hang with Licinus, trading licks (both verse-ish and tongue-ish.) If I feel physically as if the top of my head were taken off, I’m probably at work. Bummer patrol! Catullus in bed, his members post-poesy, half-dead like writing in a book. Dolors make him sweat, but it’s for dollars I perspire and expire. No bombs drop on my head except incendiary malinheritance. Beware the bombs brought on by gum disease: too much wine, not enough otium. Beware of dog. Beware of poor attendance at the play.
     

    44

     
    The Roman poet Catullus has no job, but the writing is what endures. Not the job. Not the scalp on the floor with brain barnacles. Is the writing labor or is it a hobby? Is fun labor? Is elocution? I’m writing to you, my friends. I’m just asking you to develop some categories regarding labor, fun, elocution. I’m actually not trying to make you all hate this book.
     

    45

     
    There’s no constraint on otium, so if some delicious opportunity emerges in the regime of wake-and-bake, Catullus is on it. I’ll undo the seashore from your door’s lock, unbutton the forest. I’ll lug plenty of lubricant and witticisms. I’ll fuck you once, but it will feel like nine fucks. When you want to get away, writing feels you. It’s always wandering; it’s always error in the other’s stupid mouth. Roman tunics, made of coarse wool, were not bonerproof. Poem’s proof.
     

    46

     
    The inane repetition of alienated labor is the opposite of what this translation is hoping to accomplish. So I go to work with the corpus of Catullus and splice my body: half eyestrain, half translator. Catullus and I meant to become professional Marxists, only something red-flagged in the interview process. Maybe it was the two thousands years that slipped between Catullus writing Sparrow and me writing The Poems of Gaius Valerius Catullus. The forty-sixth poem in his corpus is about the names of the wind, and their assistance to weary travelers. Weary laborers and their kneepads. Sore performative.
     

    47

     
    Flavius, your friend Catullus isn’t ill or inapt at elegance, so say where you’re at or I’ll take away your posse. Seriously, my fever is opprobrious theft, perpetuated by diligent shame at the top of the pyramid. There, just like in Mel Gibson’s Apocalypto, a clamor thumps the cubicles. Wretched perfumes. Detritus, or human heads, come rolling down, ghast-faced, and everybody totally freaks. You’re like me, pretending to favor inarticulate murmur over glory. What prevails is that I’ve never let you publish anything inept, and you’ve never let me fuck pandas. What we have is good: our wrists tied to a tree trunk, our friends hurling over the edges of cliffs, love sickness, me right in the middle of everything trying to give a poetry reading.
     

    48

     
    Alf forgets everything, including his days in the Melmac Orbit Guard so as a refresher, in song: when the proliferation of pre-emptive violence / meets technological advance too fast for its britches (ethics) / there’s going to be a lot of sentences / expressed in the genitive of regret. Alf, as is well known, hates Catullus and continually tries to eat him, which tremors in the placid family structure. The placid community structure developed by the poets in ancient Rome (all dance party, no reflection). But this is a fact: if the Obamas have a happy Valentines’ Day, we all have a happy Valentine’s Day. Even Alf. Even Catullus. In former times dictators dictated facts, and if one was “I love you” then “you” just got obliged. To service Caesar in the wave pool. Little kiddies nibbling on his bits. Little boom. Then a big boom.
     

    49

     

    for Norma Cole and in homage Bernadette Mayer

     
    A dog on the prowl when I’m walking through the mall. On the sign up sheet for kissing this juvenile, put me down for a milli at three cents per kiss. Then in the future I’ll put on those goat pants, and lay down in the dry, dense corn and say geez, that was a lot of kisses.
     

    50

     
    Dear God, it’s me, Catullus, except this time I’m talking to you as a virgin, in stanzas of three glyconics followed by a pherecratean, a metrical system found in the work of Anacreon (6th century b.c.e.). Each stanza observes synaphaea, or “fastening together”, and each glyconic ends with a syllable that is long. Halfway through the poem I start to talk about your name, and how powerful you are, and how you’re the moon and the vegetables I eat and really old, and sui generis, so spritely, so gentle.
     

    52

     
    Cato and the Giggle Twins joke around, jamming nitrous oxide in their ears and riding it out. Cato and Catullus, high and watching The Friday After Next. Trust them hunky egos. Hunky spittle spraying all over your spear!
     

    53

     
    The fifty-third poem in the corpus of Catullus relates an anecdote whose wit depends on a metonymy (a male friend of Catullus = a penis) and an ensuing metaphor (the “long speech” the friend gives = “lap dessert”). Get it?
     

    54

     
    It’s an interesting moment in Roman history, right before a revolution that Catullus will not live to see. The Roman poet Catullus, after all, dies at 30, years before Caesar tosses dice, white river rafts on the Rubicon, lets his fascist flag fly. Later poets lament the loss of potential hilarity due to the imperator overtaking the power of the Senate. Ovid, for example, has to write epics of exile and loss longer than the entire corpus of Catullus, who called Caesar himself like a lecherous pedophile and got invited to dinner afterwards.
     

    55

     
    Okay, I floss for juveniles. I do it for ass. It’s my mode. And if you want to feud about it, I suggest you check my back catalog. Like when I dissed Midas and hit him with a mallet and serviced his neck and his neck area. I love these juveniles. I collect them. And when one asks me, but what about the reader, the one who wants to feud? She’s not so bad, is he? That’s when I go into the elevator and hit Penthouse. I serve stamen, it’s a habit. Oops, that’s not neck area that’s no piggybank.
     

    56

     
    (some missing lines here) Finnegan Crete doesn’t put a pin-up of Perseus on the Pegasus Ferrari (some missing lines here) and doesn’t want to cite Big A on plump-a-dump over there who’s not only volatile but venting. Ad hoc group against discussions of Catullus (some missing lines here) on one’s medulla there’s an omnibus, and on one’s languor there’s FEAR peruses mandate, FEAR (some missing lines here) your query sucks: TGIF.
     

    60

     
    And then it’s all over, Catullus’ book Sparrow. It ends with an epic metaphor comparing the cruelty of the lover to the teeth of a lion. Then it ends the same way it started. It asks a question, stated in the rhetoric of feigned aporia: What kind of mind is it that can hold a voice in contempt? What kind of cardiac wildness?
     

    Brandon Brown is from Kansas City, Missouri and has lived in San Francisco since 1998. His first two books are forthcoming: The Persians By Aeschylus (Displaced) and The Poems Of Gaius Valerius Catullus (Krupskaya). These two works, along with a new and unpublished piece C Baudelaire Le Vampire 11,000% Slower, are conceptual translations that privilege the visibility of the translator. They are, in part, the material product of a decade-long performance project centered around language acquisition (currently including Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, and Arabic). He has also published several chapbooks, including Memoirs Of My Nervous Illness (Cy Press), 908-1078 (Transmission), and Wondrous Things I Have Seen (Mitsvah Chaps). His work has also appeared in journals, including War and Peace, Brooklyn Rail, Supermachine, and Mrs. Maybe. In 2004-05 he co-curated the Performance Writing series at New Langton Arts and in 2008-09 the New Reading Series at 21 Grand at 21 Grand. He has been blogger in residence for the Poetry Project and the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art. He also publishes small press chapbooks under the imprint OMG!
     

  • On Brandon Brown, “Sparrow,” from The Poems of Gaius Valerius Catullus

    Judith Goldman (bio)
    University of Chicago
    jgoldman1@uchicago.edu

     

     

    Vivamus, mea Lesbia, atque amemus,
    rumoresque senum severiorum
    omnes unius aestimemus assis!
    soles occidere et redire possunt;
    nobis cum semel occidit brevis lux,
    nox est perpetua una dormienda.
    da mi basia mille, deinde centum;
    dein mille altera, dein secunda centum;
    deinde usque altera mille, deinde centum.
    dein, cum milia multa fecerimus,
    conturbabimus illa, ne sciamus,
    aut ne quis malus invidere possit,
    cum tantum sciat esse basiorum.
     

    Revive my lovebird. I’ve got an aim to muss. Sure, the rumors will sound severe, but right now sock it to me with your duende. We’ll fiercely cum a million times. Then we’ll…Catullus asserts that he and the lovebird will kiss many thousands of times and then he shall conturbabimus them. Conturbabimus literally means something like “to throw into a mob.” Some scholars interpret this as referring to an image in which Catullus counts his kisses on an abacus, which can then be violently thrown into disarray. I suggest that conturbabimus is a metaphor for confounding the coinage. The economic standard in disarray, the society “loses count.”

     
    Brandon Brown’s translation of Catullus 5—possibly the most famous and most translated lyric of the Catullus corpus—recalls Yves Bonnefoy’s (translated) bon mot declaring translation a matter of declaration: “You can translate by simply declaring one poem the translation of another” (186). Bonnefoy was thinking of Wladimir Weidlé’s joke that Baudelaire’s “Je n’ai pas oublié, voisine de la ville…” is a translation of Pushkin (186). The connection between Brown’s text and its inciting site involves much more than Weidlé’s near whimsical (if intuitively insightful) positing of a similarity of tone or approach, its hint at unconscious influence. Yet to call “Revive my lovebird” a translation is clearly a provocation.
     
    It would be easier to call Brown’s work an “adaptation.” Currently, this term is most often applied to derivative works that change the medium and/or genre of the original and thus occasion more or less significant changes to that work.1 Such transformations are at times produced out of reflections on different modes of fidelity or infidelity and the politics of their (im)possibility—for instance, Mieke Bal’s new films, which attempt in their formal features to approximate the accented translation of displaced speakers talking in an unfamiliar hegemonic language.2 “Adaptation” becomes “appropriation” in works that critique originals they confiscate and dramatically chop, distend, and otherwise re-imagine for political purposes, often to countermand the silencing or other oppression of the subaltern in the original work (such as Jean Rhys’s Wide Sargasso Sea or J.M. Coetzee’s Foe).3 When used to label intra-generic, intra-linguistic translations that edit or add to originals or that do not exchange languages at the level of lexia, however, “adaptation” can function as a pejorative term, as it does in Atoine Berman’s discussion of “the system of textual deformation that operates in every translation” (286). While no process of translation can be entirely free of unconscious linguistic resistances that lead translators to domesticate the foreign, as Berman suggests, some translations—particularly those he calls “adaptations”—lack concern for neutralizing foreign-ness: “the play of deforming forces is freely exercised,” he writes, in “ethnocentric, annexationist translations and hypertextual translations (pastiche, imitation, adaptation, free rewriting)” (286).
     
    Brown comments that conturbabimus signifies “throwing into a mob”; as bookkeeping jargon, the word conjures an image of deranging the counters of an abacus when a calculation is being made.4 As he goes on to say, “I suggest that conturbabimus is a metaphor for confounding the coinage. The economic standard in disarray, the society ‘loses count.’” Brown’s discursive detour into commentary after a spate of largely homophonic translation (translation that, relying on sound, substitutes homophones in the translating language–more on this below) points not only to the latent allegory related to the poem’s content and form embedded in Catullus’s suggestive word but to its allegorization of Brown’s activity as translator. Along with other trivia the poet famously inflates, kissing is a hot topic in Catullus’s corpus, one he takes up in regard to both a male and a female partner and that does not sit easily with constructions of masculinity in late Republican Rome. Indeed, kissing—unlike the oral, anal, and vaginal sex Catullus elsewhere graphically and copiously figures as the prerogative of the aggressive male—at least potentially involves a mutual exchange. Ironically, then, kissing is itself an equivalence that upsets the normative rates of Roman gender exchange, just as an infinity of such kisses becomes the sublime other of number altogether, destroying accountability. This infinity of kisses is echoed formally in Catullus’s lyric, whose repetitive language becomes so intensively formalized and formulaic that its density approaches formlessness. So over-inscribed, libidinality is pathless, infinite—reading may wander at will and no matter wind up mid-kiss.
     
    The general economy Catullus doubly inscribes is further enacted by Brown’s translation, with its similar disruption of translation’s economic standard of equivalency (translation as the reproduction of meaning as truth). If Brown’s redoubtable homophonic translation on the one hand challenges the separability of materiality and meaning, on the other, in prioritizing materiality, it emphasizes an excess irreducible to meaning as the communication of lexical values. In keeping with this general economy of the signifier, Brown’s aside on Catullus’s trope as corroding calculable restraints on kisses also alludes to his translation as the vehicle of a supplement, not an equivalent: if, as Lawrence Venuti so persuasively theorizes, a translation, with its connotative network, conveys a domesticating remainder, a translation can also attempt to turn this loss of the foreign against the target language by somehow making that remainder a vehicle of foreignness.5 Such attempts can never be standardized, just as their successful results emphasize the qualitative differential that mandates equivalence in the first place.
     
    As Walter Benjamin and other theorists of translation have passionately argued, a translation should register the shock of the foreign in the translating language; just as importantly, a translation must work to analogize, in its own linguistic environs and with its own linguistic resources, the derangements the foreign text introduces within its “proper” linguistic economy, its otherness in its own context.6 In its attraction and attention not just to the otherness of the corpus of Catullus, but also to what might be called its peculiarities (its exquisite perversities), and in the multitude of strategies it uses to convey that foreignness and differential specificity—that is, because and not despite its divagations—Brown’s text emerges as a translation par excellence. Brown’s translations of Catullus powerfully throw down a response to the challenge posed by Charles Bernstein “[to take] translation as its own medium … what is the translation doing that can’t be done in any other medium?” (65).
     
    Brown’s translation of Catullus follows upon non-standard renderings by two heroic poets of the North American avant-garde, Louis Zukofsky and Bernadette Mayer, both major influences on Brown’s poetics tout court.
     
    Zukofsky spent almost ten years (1958-1966) on his quite famous and infamous translation of the complete corpus. The work was a collaboration with his wife Celia, who provided Zukofsky with a pony, or rough literal translation, of Catullus’s Latin lines, along with metrical notes.7 Zukofsky in turn produced versions of the lyrics that, beyond very strongly privileging sound and rhythm, attempted the seemingly impossible: he created verses using English homophones for Latin phonemes while concomitantly honoring or, rather, often sharply interpreting, the Latin’s meaning. Zukofsky’s “breathing with” Catullus, as David Wray has argued, presents a radical undoing of sound-sense dualism, a way of enacting “a materialist view of language that refuses to attribute to speech any level of meaning transcendently separate from its availability to the senses” (“‘cool rare air’” 82). If Zukofsky’s “ars amatoria was also an ars poetica,” Wray suggests, both implied “an epistemology at once sensuous and intellective, according to which caring implies loving entails knowing effects keeping of a kind that by definition eternizes the thing kept” (79). Zukofsky’s translation, which also relies on graphic equivalences, preservation of Latin syntax, and tricky experimentation with quantitative verse in English, thus affirms “a drive toward the condition of totality instantiated by … a human language” (75).8
     
    Editor (with Vito Acconci) of the journal 0-9 (1972-4) and (with Lewis Warsh) of United Artists Press, and director of the Poetry Project in New York in the 1980s, Bernadette Mayer has been profoundly influenced in her poetry and in her diaristic, epistolary, essay, and inter-genre (in short, exceedingly polymorphous) writing by her study of Greek and Latin literature, which began in Catholic school and continued, as a mode of collaboration, camaraderie, and inspiration, throughout her life. Mayer’s Eruditio ex Memoria (1977), based on class notes from her educational history, is in a way an intellectual autobiography, yet it is also an erudite interrogation, deconstruction, and satire of erudition (see Gordon). The book examines the historical and other connections among languages (including mathematical language) in the abstract while it traverses privileged verbal objects in many languages, framing them both as media for constructing and conveying information, knowledge, tradition, authority, and value, and as materials essentially ruining any straightforward metaphysics, seeing as the thinkers run together hardly agree on the boundaries between the concrete and the ideal, the practical and the philosophical, triviality and profundity, etc. At one point in her translation, Mayer breaks into notes that translate Catullus 5 itself:
     

    “Vivamus mea Lesbia…!” Sound: look for elisions, running feet, connotative words (conturbabimus, dormienda) predominance of a’s, m’s. “Vivamus mea Lesbia atque amemus…” balanced ideas in a balanced construction, placing of words first for emphasis (Omnes, Soles Nobis, Nox), structural shifts in tone., Imagery: “Lesbia” – “senum”; brevis lux et perpetua nox mille…centum, tantum. The mysteriousness of others, “rumores… invicere,” “senum severiorum,” “nequis malus,” the evil-eyed world, the cruel and severe old world, Catullus and Lesbia, “my beautiful love,” “gratum est” and “tua opera” (by your doing)…
     

    (Eruditio)

     

    Mayer has not translated Catullus as a corpus; her translations and imitations of individual lyrics are mainly concentrated in The Formal Field of Kissing (1990). The slim volume takes its title from a phrase in her version of Catullus 48, another statement of the poet’s insatiable appetite for kisses unaccountable: “I’d kiss your eyes three hundred thousand times/If you would let me, Juventius/ …even if the formal field of kissing/ Had more kisses than there’s corn in August’s fields/I still wouldn’t have had enough of you” (3). If the rendering is a faithful, more standard translation,9 many of Mayer’s Catullus poems are condensations of originals or imitations, as with “Hendecasyllables on Catullus #33”:

     

    You have the balls to say you will be with me
    but you hardly ever are, then you say you’re scared
    of your parents’ opinion, they pay your rent
    I wouldn’t mind that if they didn’t think I
    was a whore ridden with Aids disease & worse things
    but I am I and my little dog knows me
    in the most astonishingly bourgeois way
    I even pay my self-employment tax now
    and put leftovers into expensive tinfoil
    to be used in imaginable tomorrows
    therefore I protest my bad reputation
    but I do wander all night in my vision.

    (27)

     

    As do his urban sensibility and penchant for dropping personal details that signify both socially and more sentimentally, Catullus’s vulgar and sublime eroticism permeates Mayer’s oeuvre, while she also appropriates his images and tropes, his lyric immediacy and address, his play with register and technique, as in “Sonnet”: “My hand’s your hand within this rhyme/ You look at me this is all fucked up time/ I’m just a sparrow done up to be/ An Amazon or something and he? or thee?” (Sonnets 37); and in “Sonnet”: “So long honey, don’t ever come around again, I’m sick of you/ & of your friends, you take up all my time & I don’t write/ Poems cause I spend all my time wanting to fuck you” (Sonnets 64).

     
    Known for their economy, intricacy, and elegance, if also for their irresistible naughtiness, Catullus’s poems were celebrated in the culture in which he wrote them, late Republican Rome (first century BCE). His extant corpus comprises 116 poems, split into 3 sections: the first 60 are known as the polymetrics (there are actually 57 of them, as 18-20 are considered spurious); the next 8 are longer poems, 7 hymns and an epyllion (mini-epic); and the last 48 are epigrams (including the famous “Odi et amo”).
     
    This selection from Brown’s translation is taken from the polymetrics, which may have circulated in Catullus’s time under the moniker “Sparrow,” as “passer” is the first word of the first poem after the dedicatory lyric. Catullus’s two poems on Lesbia’s pet bird are among his best known, and Brown, with this reception history in mind, dilates his translation through the metonym of the “sparrow.” In fact, he extravagantly undoes Catullus’s triangulation in these particular poems of his relation to Lesbia through the bird by collapsing Lesbia herself into the “lovebird,” a move that amplifies the already spectacularized raging ambivalence of Catullus’s cathexis to the treacherous love object who spurned him (consider, for instance, that the bird dies, occasioning a mock elegy).
     
    Split into 60 prose poems that do not literally correspond to the “Sparrow” section’s 60 lyrics, but rather obsess around their anima and ethos, Brown’s translations fantasticate largely by means of Catullus’s central concerns: masculinity, affect, performance, text as corpus and corpus as text, and literary and social form. The “original” Catullus 16 threatens, with a sound face- and ass-fucking, a couple of frenemies who accuse the poet of spoiling his masculinity through his erotic poetry, which stages a seemingly effete conturbation of his desire. The poem is commonly taken to state Catullus’s sense of the separation between performative literary persona and authentic actual person.10 Yet given the radically status-oriented character of culture in Rome at this time, its will to make signify every matter and manner, reflexive performativity is rather a total social fact that Catullus’s poems in general comment on and participate in with an especial bravura that Brown draws out, particularly in relation to masculinity.
     
    As Elizabeth Young’s extraordinary recent revisioning of Catullan poetics elucidates, an important element of the ongoing drama of Catullan machismo is Catullus’s own acts of translation, as Brown’s meta-translative posturing, among other strategies, makes manifest (The Mediated Muse). Bringing the geo-political shifts, social dynamics, and material culture of the Catullan moment to bear on his lyrics, Young persuasively demonstrates that the poems self-consciously style themselves as contact zones, sites where the work of acculturating the foreign fetishes flooding the capital was done. Re-coding the foreign to give it recognizable cultural capital required laundering foreign-ness as an imaginary, valorized “Greek-ness,” in that the cultural patrimony of the Greeks was highly prized by the Romans and was utterly foundational to elite Latin culture, especially since Greece had come under Roman control. Catullus’s poems are not only filled with such Hellenized objects, as Young argues, but style themselves literally and seductively as Greek trinkets or “trifles”: they use Greek meters and literary forms, quote Greek texts, make elaborate use of Grecisms, and perform the passionate affects of Greek lyricism. Though a sense of mastery and propriety over the Grecian was de rigueur for elite Roman men, this intimacy with Hellenic aesthetics could also be seen as an embodiment of Greek effeminacy. As a social climber from an elite provincial family and literary avant-gardiste—thus an expert in the manipulation of codes and the ultimate purveyor of urbanitas—Catullus was able nonetheless to bend this exotic aesthetic towards the consolidation of a new form of Roman masculinity that he and his poems approximated.
     
    Such forging of lyric manhood through translation-cum-code-switching-and-laundering is in part translated by Brown through virtuosic play with many speech genres and registers, particularly his incorporation of the rhetoric and prosody of hip-hop (for instance, the traces of Kanye West’s “Gold Digger” as Brown mouths, “We want pre-up”): this is not only an appropriate choice in light of Catullus’s taste for invective and verbal virtuosity, but also because it is the contemporary American-imperial performative masculinity most prone to borrowing in the service of consolidating gender capital. And just as we find the obtruding character of the translator himself absorbed into the poetic persona he translates, Brown both reflexively performs Catullan gender performativity and refuses to disavow it disaffectedly. Despite the heavy irony gathering around the ever-more ostentatious and imaginative misogyny he weaves by supplementing the text of Catullan affect, the translator’s own corpus as text, text as corpus remains self-implicated in the errancies of radical ambivalence.
     
    Though I know he would object, that seems yet another version of Brown’s translational fidelity.
     

    Judith Goldman is a Harper Schmidt fellow and collegiate assistant professor at the University of Chicago, teaching in the arts humanities core and in creative writing. She is the author of Vocoder (Roof 2001), DeathStar/rico-chet (O Books 2006), “the dispossessions” (atticus/finch 2009), and l.b.; or, catenaries (forthcoming, Krupskaya 2011). She co-edited the annual journal War and Peace with Leslie Scalapino from 2005-2009. Currently, she is working on mixing composed recorded sound and live sound, poet’s theater and other performance work, and multi-media works.
     

    Notes

     
    1. See Part I of Julie Sanders, Adaptation and Appropriation.

     

     
    2. This is discussed throughout Mieke Bal, “Translating Translation.”

     

     
    3. These well-known examples are given in Sanders.

     

     
    4. Garrison notes that the word is borrowed from bookkeeping jargon (97). See also Wray, Catullus (149).

     

     
    5. On the “general economy” of the signifier, see Steve McCaffery (204). The “domesticating remainder” is largely at issue in Lawrence Venuti, “Translation, Community, Utopia.”

     

     
    6. Philip E. Lewis examines this issue throughout “The Measure of Translation Effects.”

     

     
    7. See Jeffrey Twitchell-Waas’s “Catullus” entry in Z-Site: A Companion to the Works of Louis Zukofsky. A home recording of Zukofsky reading his homophonic translations of most of the polymetrics section of Catullus can be found online at PennSound.

     

     
    8. See also Jack Foley, “Taking Liberties: Louis Zukofsky.” As Foley points out, “Zukofsky’s Catullus insists on both the similarity of his American English to the Latin and its utter, appalling distance.”

     

     
    9. See Mayer’s explanation at a 1987 reading of the poem at Naropa, available at PennSound.

     

     
    10. See Julia Haig Gaisser on Catullus 16 in Catullus 47-50. See also Garrison’s commentary on Catullus 16, 104.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Bal, Mieke. “Translating Translation.” Journal of Visual Culture 6.1 (2007): 109-124. Print.
    • Berman, Antoine. “Translation and the Trials of the Foreign.” Trans. and ed. Lawrence Venuti. The Translation Studies Reader. 2nd ed. London: Routledge, 2004. 276-295. Print.
    • Bernstein, Charles. “Breaking the Translation Curtain: The Homophonic Sublime.” L’Esprit Créateur 38.4 (1998): 64-70. Print.
    • Bonnefoy, Yves. “Translating Poetry.” Theories of Translation: An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida. Eds. Reiner Schulte and John Biguenet. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1992. 186-192. Print.
    • Foley, Jack. “Taking Liberties: Louis Zukofsky” Rev. of Louis Zukofsky, Selected Poems. Contemporary Poetry Review, 2007. Web. 23 December 2010.
    • Gaisser, Julia Haig. Catullus. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2007. Print.
    • Garrison, Daniel H. and Gaius Valerius Catullus. The Student’s Catullus. 3rd ed. Tulsa: U of Oklahoma P, 2004. Print.
    • Gordon, Nada. “Form’s Life: An Exploration of the Works of Bernadette Mayer.” MA thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1986. Web. 23 December 2010.
    • Lewis, Philip E. “The Measure of Translation Effects.” Ed. Lawrence Venuti. The Translation Studies Reader. 2nd ed. London: Routledge, 2004. 256-275. Print.
    • Mayer, Bernadette. “Catullus #48.” Mayer Author Page. PennSound. Web. 23 December 2010.
    • ———. Eruditio ex Memoria (1977). Facsimile ed. Editions Eclipse. Department of English University of Utah. Web. 23 December 2010.
    • ———. The Formal Field of Kissing: Translations, Imitation, Epigrams. New York: Catchword Papers, 1990. Print.
    • ———. Sonnets. New York: Tender Buttons, 1989. Print.
    • McCaffery, Steve. North of Intention: Critical Writings, 1973-1986. 2nd ed. New York: Roof Books, 2000. Print.
    • Sanders, Julie. Adaptation and Appropriation. London: Routledge, 2006. Print.
    • Twitchell-Waas, Jeffrey. “Catullus (1969) with Celia Zukofsky.” Z-Site: A Companion to the Works of Louis Zukofsky. Web. 23 December 2010.
    • Venuti, Lawrence. “Translation, Community, Utopia.” The Translation Studies Reader. Ed. Lawrence Venuti. 2nd ed. London: Routledge, 2004. 482-501. Print.
    • Wray, David. Catullus and the Poetics of Roman Manhood. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2001. Print.
    • ———. “‘cool rare air’: Zukofsky’s Breathing with Catullus and Plautus.” Chicago Review 50.2-4 (Winter 2004). 52-99. Print.
    • Young, Elizabeth. The Mediated Muse: Catullan Lyricism and Roman Translation. Diss. University of California, Berkeley, 2008. Web. 23 December 2010.
    • Zukofsky, Lewis. Catullus. New York: Viking Press, 1969. Print.
    • ———. “Zukofsky’s Homemade Tape Recordings of Catullus 1-46, November 11, 1961.” Zukofsky Author Page. PennSound. Web. 23 December 2010.

     

  • Coloring Between the Lines of Punk and Hardcore: From Absence to Black Punk Power

    David Ensminger (bio)
    Lee College
    davidae43@hotmail.com

    Abstract
     
    For three decades, African Americans have often been depicted in the popular press and in independent media as embodying the legacy of a hip hop nation, which the media would signify as an urban, misogynist, and materialistic musical genre and lifestyle. Such representation diminishes or negates, through absence or scant coverage, African American participation in punk and rock’n’roll. In doing so, the media perpetuates hegemonic notions of African Americans as a homogeneous community without nuance and individuation. This essay interrogates the misconception that punk is essentially a white (or Anglo) Do-it-Yourself participatory subculture, and argues that the neglect of a mixed, diverse, and inclusive punk history demonstrates that African American punk cultural productions are undervalued, absent, or deleted. Such interrogation leads to what Stuart Hall has termed “making stereotypes uninhabitable” in his lecture, “Representation and Media” (1997). The essay reclaims the roles of people of color in punk, thus undermining fixed, normative assumptions about race in American pop culture, rendering them unstable and arbitrary. Rewriting punk music as a transhistorical, crosscultural, and synergistic negotiation between African American and Anglo music cultures creates new potentials for meaning and a mode of empowerment for a generation previously unaware of punk’s truly democratic ethos.
     

    “There aren’t any blacks.”
     

    —”Slam Dancing: Checking in With L.A. Punk.” Woody Hochswender. 1981. Rolling Stone.

     

    “A large number of hardcore people in New York are Hispanic, black, oriental, and Jewish.…”
     

    —the editorial staff of Guillotine (#8), 1984.

     

    “There is no hint of any derivation from Black music.”
     

    —”England’s Screaming: The Music.” Greg Shaw, Bomp, Nov 1977.

     

    “Punk is white and suburban.”
     

    —Mykel Board, Maximumrocknroll. 1986.

     
    For three decades, African Americans have often been depicted in mainstream and even independent media almost exclusively as embodying the living legacy of a hip hop nation, signified by such media as an urban, often misogynist and materialistic, “street level” musical genre and lifestyle. Such representation effectively diminishes, or even negates, through absence or scant coverage, their contemporary influence on rock ‘n’ roll and punk. In doing so, the media perpetuates hegemonic, master narrative notions of blacks as a homogeneous community, easily containable “others” without nuance and individuation. I seek to interrogate the common misconception of punk, essentially a Do-it-Yourself and participatory subculture, as a white (or Anglo) cultural phenomenon.
     
    As Daniel Traber notes, the very nature of punk within the commodity market echoes black culture; punk established a permanent alternative to the corporate apparatus of the mainstream music industry by returning to a system of independent labels that resembled the distribution of post-World War II “race music” that influenced the white rockers of the 1950s (32). As punk writer Chris Salewicz posits, “more important is the way punk still is presented, which is through the rootsiest musical business set-up that exists outside of reggae.” Members of the Bellrays—guitarist Tony Fate and singer Lisa Kekaula—suggest that punk’s roots go as far back as 1918 and include Louis Armstrong and Duke Ellington, while Mike Watt, former bass player for the Minutemen, links his own tour circuit and DIY ethos back to vaudeville and burlesque (Testa). Bruce Davis attests that the Ramones were “like the jazz musicians of the 1950s and the blues players of the 1960s who would play in clubs to a relatively small devoted following, and then go to Europe where they’d be greeted as heroes” (10). Vic Bondi, singer for Articles of Faith (a 1980s Chicago band with a taste for reggae, funk, and three-guitar hardcore punk agility), suggests that punk gave people a voice to counter and denounce their oppression, an ethic that links back to jazz and slave hollers.
     
    The discussion and assertion of a rich, complex, and nuanced black presence in punk rock frays the assumptions about punk rock being centered in a fixed, natural, and normalized white presence, assumptions cemented through a popular discourse that in effect undervalues or negates all other cultures present in punk. Such interrogation of stereotypes leads to what Stuart Hall describes as “making stereotypes uninhabitable” in his lecture “Representation and the Media” (1997). My emphasis on reclaiming the roles of people of color in punk is an attempt to undermine these stereotypes and assumptions and to create new potentials for meaning and empowerment for a generation unaware of punk’s diversity.
     
    Such intent was partly established very early on in punk media. In Ink Disease, a fanzine from the early 1980s, Franz Stahl from the mixed race Washington D.C. band Scream argues, “There are certainly more Blacks in punk than there are in rock’n’roll.” His bandmate and brother Peter, the singer, responds: “Blacks aren’t exposed to it. The only exposure they get is from the media. It’s all twisted and distorted … I think it’s just a prime example of this whole country, it’s basically just as racist as when the Emancipation Proclamation was first signed.” This racism might manifest itself as a sometime invisible barrier, as noted by bass player Skeeter. When asked by Flipside interviewer Donny the Punk how being black affects his relationship to the hardcore punk scene, Skeeter responds, “It’s different. You notice it every time you walk into a town. There’s always some sort of hesitation. I feel a certain pressure, there’s a block there, a wall.” Perhaps the reclamation of punk history can become a way to unmask, understand, and destabilize this “wall” of ambivalence and racism.
     
    Often racialized and derided as white rebel music without much cause, punk music has been far more multicultural than the genres of power pop, heavy metal, or even early hip hop. This, in turn, challenges David James’s notion that L.A. hardcore was a “white musical production” (167). Instead, I imagine hardcore and punk as a convergence culture that provided a space for participants like black lesbian female skater and drummer Mad Dog from the Controllers to reassert the flux and freedom of black identity in American music and culture. The presence of such African American punks is neither homogenized nor fixed. In fact, Mad Dog, who joined the Controllers even after Lorna from the Germs claimed they were racists (partly because bassist bass player DOA Dan painted a swastika on his chest), once told Maximumrocknroll that she is a “white man trapped in a black woman’s body. You have to print that and if people don’t get it, well then, fuck them.” Such statements may seem strangely assimilationist, or marked by a sense of transexuality, but I argue differently. Mad Dog’s persona reflects Traber’s notion of transgression—challenging the social order’s core stable narrative—perhaps even accidentally, by revealing that each and every identity is a performance, replete with a costume (Whiteness 181 n.15). Thus Mad Dog offers a critique of prescribed cultural restraints.
     
    Mad Dog (Carla Duplantier), a New Yorker transplanted to Los Angeles, worked for the postal office and first heard punk rock via KROQ FM’s Rodney on the Roq, which spun tunes like the Ramones’s “Sheena is a Punk Rocker” in 1977. She promptly bought the single at Bomp Records, which was a store, fanzine, and record label behind local heroes like the Weirdos and Germs. A longtime skateboarder and drummer fond of Jon Bonham (Led Zeppelin) and Mitch Mitchell (Jimi Hendrix), she quickly learned songs by Blondie and Dead Boys and befriended Kira Roessler (future Sexsick and Black Flag bass player). Witnessing shows by West Coast legends like the Skulls and Avengers, she become a resident rocker at the Hollywood club The Masque and joined the Controllers, who released the EP Suburban Suicide (Siamese, 1978) with her on drum kit. She later played with the .45s, Skull Control, Legal Weapon, and The Leaving Trains. During the 1980s, she rooted herself in England, where she gained the attention of Malcolm McLaren, who managed her band Jimmy the Hoover. Having opened for Bow Wow Wow, Jimmy the Hoover were first signed by Innervision, a label affiliated with CBS, where they released the single “Tantalise” and reached #18 on the charts, which led to two appearances on Top of the Pops. Not unlike the syncretic sounds of Shriekback, they effused pop flair; Third World stylings and rhythm care of Flinto Chandia, their Zambian bass player-cum-multi-instrumentalist; and basic dance-floor grooves.
     
    Undoubtedly, African Americans have been an essential force shaping rock music since they carved a classic form from a combination of sped-up blues, boogie-woogie big band piano, and rollicking rhythm and blues. Chuck Berry, Big Mama Thornton (“Hound Dog”), and Little Richard (“Tutti Frutti,” later reworked as “Tofutti” by the hardcore band MDC) were powerful musical engines that energized the form with gusto, panache, and deep dynamic skills.1 Malcolm McLaren, manager for the Sex Pistols, acknowledged in an interview with Greg Stacy that, “I never really believed that anybody was gonna write anything better than ‘Johnny B. Goode’ … [the Sex Pistols were] still in the very basic, raw, old-fashioned format, verse-chorus, middle eight, blah blah blah, R & B, Chuck Berry chords.” This appears to reinforce the insight of one rock ‘n’ roll social historian who also recognizes a “repetitive blues-based guitar solo” on “God Save the Queen,” which is nonetheless “harmonically more complex than most blues.” He also posits that The Clash dabbled in “Berry-style classic rock” on “Brand New Cadillac” and a Bo Diddley beat on “Hateful” (Friedlander 254, 257). Understood in such a context, British punk’s “ground zero” (from 1976) bands were still indebted to black music.
     
    I rely on Dick Hebdige’s claim that “Black cultural forms (e.g. music) continue to exercise a major determining influence over the development of each subcultural style” as a cornerstone of my own theory (Subculture 73). Hebdige posits that each subculture from Mods to punks practices syncretic or hybrid tendencies, including re-working elements torn from a parent or dominant culture. This is especially evident in the semiotics of fashion—in “the idea of style as a form of Refusal”—when it reveals “maps of meaning” that offend the silent majority’s unity and cohesion (2, 18). As such, the music itself becomes a patchwork, a zone of convergence and negotiation, in which black forms become “imported,” mutating into the signifying soundtrack of the subculture, which demands new configurations (68-69). Punks were often enamored with reggae and black culture: on clothes featured in their photo for the “White Riot” single, The Clash featured phrases such as “Heavy Manners” and “Heavy Duty Discipline,” which alluded to Prince Far I’s single “Heavy Manners / Heavy Discipline” (Heavy Duty, 1976) and to repressive politics and security measures in Jamaica. The photograph itself, featuring the band pushed up against a wall, is an homage to the album State of Emergency (Record Globe, 1976) by reggae artist Joe Gibbs and the Professionals (Gray 223). Black DJ and filmmaker Don Letts avidly spun reggae records in clubs like the Roxy, the former gay-turned-punk club featuring flyers made by black artist Barry Jones. Punk bands covered soul and reggae songs in live sets, singles, and albums, played alongside them, politicized their worldviews in somewhat parallel fashion, offended “normal” society with their gear and clothing, and even joined together in street actions. Like their black brethren, punks attempted to seek autonomy and agency, though eventually their most rebellious forms, such as the style of bands like X Ray Spex, became part of the commodity landscape—neutered, assimilated, and perhaps finally recuperating portions of hegemony or capitalism. Hebdige’s work nevertheless has its limitations. He neither addresses songs as texts nor takes an ethnographic approach to interviewing participants, nor does he describe black/West Indian culture at length. While his book teems with analysis of subculture rituals as class resistance, descriptions of dominant culture remain slim. The context is hazy.
     
    Countercultural icon and music critic Lester Bangs, once yelled at by New York City punks for playing Otis Redding at a loft party in the 1970s, adored the Clash. In the 1979 essay “White Noise Supremacists,” he admits that in an earlier essay in Creem magazine, he attempted a Lenny Bruce-style method of “defusing epithets” by reclaiming them:
     

    Now, as we all know, white hippies and beatniks before them would never have existed had there not been a whole generational subculture with a gnawing yearning to be nothing less than the downest baddest niggers… Everybody has been walking around for the last year or so acting like faggots ruled the world, when in actuality it’s the niggers who control and direct everything just as it always has been and properly should be.

     

    Yet by the time he authored “White,” he regretted these same turns-of-phrase and his impromptu late-night party sessions when he would belt out mock blues like: “Sho’ wish ah wuz a nigger / Then mah dick’d be bigger.” The article candidly unveils Bangs’s realization that he blundered; moreover, he further suggests that racism is like a virus that infects invisibly, can cloud the brain, and can push poor judgment to the surface during moments of distress or clumsiness: “You don’t have to try at all to be a racist. It’s a little coiled clot of venom lurking there in all of us, white and black, goy and Jew, ready to strike out when we feel embattled, belittled, brutalized. Which is why it has to be monitored, made taboo and restrained, by society and the individual.”

     
    This forthright cautionary tale might have been the result of Bangs having heard Andy Shernoff of the punk band Dictators calling Camp Runamuck the place “where Puerto Ricans are kept until they learn to be human” (likely not less ambiguous than Adam Ant’s controversial song “Puerto Rican,” with its lyric “greasy haired dagos”). The essay also may be a response to the “cartoony” band Shrapnel, which was fingered as “proto-fascist” by music critic Robert Christgau and featured Legs McNeil of PUNK fanzine. McNeil spouted songs like “Hey Little Gook” from stage and years later told writer Jon Savage that the original group of New York punks “were going: ‘Fuck the Blues: fuck the black experience’” (qtd. in Savage 123). Such antipathy was not the sole provenance of New York City, for in England, the band the Models produced a hand drawn flyer for a Roxy gig in 1977 that promised “No reviving of Old R + B” and a “Nazi party.” Luckily, none of these actions overshadows the fact that black, white, and Hispanic musicians were converging in punk.
     
    Female punk pioneer Poly Styrene from X Ray Spex, who was raised by mixed Somali-English parents, became a pivotal figure. According to Public Image bass player Jah Wobble, during the early punk era she was considered “a strange girl” who spoke openly about hallucinating and “freaked Johnny [Rotten of the Sex Pistols] out” (qtd. in Raha 88). Greil Marcus problematically describes her voice as being able to disinfect a toilet, whereas Karina Eileraas explains that girl bands often use the ugly voice as a tool for
     

    cathartic expression; a means to articulate the “self” while acknowledging that it is a site of fiction, contest, incoherence, social inscription, and performativity. Girl bands use their voice as weapons … the “ugly” voice also constitutes a form of revolt against the grammar and syntax of phallogocentrism … to remind us that language [like punk itself] is always pregnant with impurity.
     

    (125-126)

     

    If her voice was impure as a toilet, then that was her weapon of choice against the plastic world of pop music. She was unpretty and unbound.

     
    Judith Halberstam has referenced Styrene’s lyric “I’m a reject and I don’t care” to illustrate punk’s “stylized and ritualized language of the rejected.” And Steve Rubio argues that Styrene’s other exhortation to “Bondage Up Yours,” perhaps the band’s most notorious single, still reverberates throughout pop culture:
     

    The cultural force of “Oh Bondage!” in 1977 was empowering: the stagnation of the mid-70s, economic, artistic, psychic and social, was confronted with a NO so emphatic it became an affirmation, an insistence that things did not have to remain as they were … We love Rhino Records [which reissued the song], because we get one last chance to stare down bondage, but as long as we are dealing with remembered bondage, we are powerless. Only by using Poly Styrene’s cry as a weapon against our current, ongoing, bondage, can we be true to the spirit of 1977.

     

    Rubio goes on to reinforce Hebdige’s argument in Subculture: The Meaning of Style that such an outcry as “Oh Bondage Up Yours”—the signifying sound of punk—becomes “codified, made comprehensible” through commodification (Subculture 96). As a result, such protests and exhortations are rendered innocuous and made safe by becoming a product such as a T-shirt slogan or a 45 rpm record. Yet, to remain committed to the ideals of the song—to distress normalcy and reverse the gendered roles of power—the fight against bondage must continue. I find it powerful that this signal to revolt emanates not from the voice of a white, middle-class teenager, but from the voice of an ethnically mixed woman navigating a confluence of identities and cultures.

     
    No single concise or cohesive history of black music’s impact on punk rock currently exists, partly due, as I describe above, to hegemonic assumptions—normalized within commercial and academic discourse—about the overall “whiteness” of the genre. Such a perspective is epitomized by Jim Curtis’s slanted claim that “punk renounced black music—it was the whitest music ever. (This was the principle reason why you couldn’t dance to it)” (qtd. in Rowe 56). Such declarations are problematic for several reasons. One, people frequently did dance to punk music, whether they engaged in fervid pogoing or slamdancing as hardcore became the aggressive 1980s punk musical mode. Secondly, as Don Waller notes, indirect links between white and black culture within the musical heritage of punk can be explicated: “First Generation [punk] is just a two-car garageful of white suburban horndogs falling off their fruit boots tryin’ to sound like the Stones tryin’ to sound like the voices of authentic African-American essperiance [sic]” (122). This offhandedly suggests that punk music bears the mark of the black man’s burden and blues—to teach white youth resistance through musical tropes. Authors like Zanes have even suggested that punk shares core aesthetic approaches with black artists like Prince, such as “a deliberate play with and challenge of the romantic constructions of authenticity” (45). Punk was both deliberate play and an attack on notions of authenticity: sterile, overly-trained musicians were not authentic, whereas raw power in the hands of amateurs was authentic.
     
    To further fissure the notion of punk rock as solely white music, one can see punk affirmed as hybrid, cross-cultural, or convergence culture in a testament from Mick Jones of the Clash, one of the First Generation icon bands: “Any gig we do is Rock Against Racism because we play black music; we’re as interested in making sure that the black culture survives as much as that the white culture does. We play their music and hope they’ll play ours. We have a common bond with these people” (qtd. in Orman 171). Jones seems to hope that punk can be a stimulus and force of preservation, drawing people together to realize the power and excitement inherent in their related cultural traditions.
     
    Coco Fusco posits that cultural appropriation and consumption cannot “substitute for equitable exchange” (69). Though punk bands’ repertoires and intentions may reflect interaction as an ideal and even support “integrationist ideas,” Anglos still become stars of “what began as [a] black cultural movement[]”—rock ‘n’ roll (69). This may even unintentionally strengthen Anglo “mass-cultural dominance” and “symbolic capital by means of commodification,” while exposing undercurrents of political, cultural, and linguistic control, as long as white bands take from, rather than trade with, their black peers and forefathers (69-70). The white punks retain the power to be identity-benders, the power to
     

    choose, the power to determine value, and the right to consume without guilt. That sense of entitlement to choose, change, and redefine one’s identity is fundamental to understanding the history of how white America has formed ideas about itself, and how those ideas are linked first to a colonial enterprise and … mass industrialized culture.

    (68)

     
    In hindsight, though, Stewart Home has illustrated the not-so-latent racism in early punk as well, pointing out that The Clash sing about “kebab Greeks” on their self-titled first record (see Ch. 3). More ironically, Strummer would wear a “Chuck Berry is Dead” T-shirt (as if negating his earlier pub rock, R & B-based band the 101ers); yet later, the Clash covered Toots and the Maytals and invited Bo Diddley, Screamin’ Jay Hawkins, Grandmaster Flash, Lee Perry, Treacherous Three, and the Bad Brains on stage to open for them, though not without controversy. New York concertgoers heckled and threw trash at Grandmaster Flash, but the other opening band, Miller Miller Miller and Sloane—white high school youth, friends of the future novelist Jonathan Lethem, and discovered at CBGBs playing Aretha Franklin covers and disco-funk—did not get pelted and booed. NY Rocker did describe the same Clash fans as equally merciless to the opening white electro punk duo Suicide, “whose treatment was awful,” leaving the band “dripping in blood and spit” (Trakin, “Suicide” 31). British audiences threw bottles at reggae artist Mikey Dread when he once opened for the Clash as well. In Vancouver in 1979, agitated crowds catcalled opener Bo Diddley, but even the Clash themselves did not escape the ruckus:
     

    The punks paid tribute to their heroes by slamming into each other, jumping onstage, throwing drinks and beer bottles at the band, and spitting at them. The Clash withstood the controlled riot for four songs, ducking and dodging the fusillade, then Strummer interrupted the music to mock them: “If anybody had any balls they’d be throwing wine bottles!”
     

    (Wallenchinsky et al. 95)

     

    Later, Joe Strummer pulled Bo Diddley back on stage to end their set with the Sonny Curtis and the Crickets / Bobby Fuller Four classic, “I Fought the Law” (95).

     
    Tony Kinman, bassist and singer of the Dils, a First Generation Los Angeles punk band, provided me with a different assessment of the Clash’s choices for opening acts:
     

    There’s a long, historical tradition now for British bands to come over here and hire black opening acts. The Who had the Toots and the Maytals open up for them and stuff like that. And I love Bo Diddley. To me, Bo Diddley is one of the gods. He is one of the untouchable icons of rock music. I didn’t expect the Clash to have ten punk rock bands open up for them, but when they had Bo Diddley open up for them, that was a failure of the imagination. It’s just like U2 having B.B. King open for them at Dodger Stadium. Now, I know U2 might be thinking, we want to introduce this great classic legend to our young stupid audience, there’s 70,000 of them out there. This gives B.B. a chance to stretch his legs, but … Bono came onstage to introduce B.B. King to his audience as somebody that we (U2) just recently discovered. Now, I know he didn’t mean, we discovered this man, what he meant to say is that B.B. was a man U2 just recently got into. But you know the way it just sounded, right? I can imagine that B.B. was thinking, you know, I remember when Eric Clapton or Jeff Beck gave me the exact same intro at the Filmore in 1968. You know what, get me back to Vegas. To me, it was a similar thing to the Clash having Bo Diddley open up for them. I can dig it if Joe and Mick and the dudes just dug Bo, he happened to be their favorite performer, and they were just thrilled to have him play with them.

     

    Some might insist that Strummer’s earlier slight stabs at neo-racism were just a pretense to be “shocking” and “legit.” His relationship to world music traditions, given full breadth on albums like Sandinista and Combat Rock (which was recorded at Jimi Hendrix’s Electric Ladyland Studio, the former site of a Charlie Parker club), was fecund and long lasting. He was even a BBC world music DJ before his death. Yet, some traces of prejudice might still remain on the song “Rock the Casbah,” depending on how one interprets the song’s vision of the Middle East, or the pantomime style of the video, which features a dancing Arab (played by their manager Bernie Rhodes) and a Jew, and a mishmash linguistic melting pot of Hindi, Arabic, Hebrew, and North African phrases uttered by Strummer. The potential problems with the song don’t necessarily lie in the Arab and Jew skanking together in the streets and in the Austin hotel pool, but rather in the Arab’s holding a beer bottle, given that alcohol is forbidden under Islamic law.

     
    Mick Jones’s own mixed tapes from the fertile time period of the early 1980s include music by Vanity 6, Dr. Jeckyll and Mr. Hyde, Peech Boys, Indeep, Marvin Gaye, and Diana Ross. Looking back, he has described that formative era’s Hip Hop as symbolizing “community, the Zulu Nation, like an extension of reggae, and not boasting or gangsta” (Snow 88). Other Clash band members even created the alias Wack Attack for him, since Jones was thrilled by the rap phenomenon. Don Letts, friend-maker and close ally of the band, suggests:
     

    These guys were at the peak of their game, man.… I mean, they basically ran New York for the few weeks they were playing there. There was this amazing cultural exchange going on. I can’t tell you what a buzz it was. WBLS, a totally black station, started playing “The Magnificent Seven” on heavy rotation, and they did a remix of it, where they had samples of Clint Eastwood and Bugs Bunny, and that was the soundtrack of the city for the whole period that the Clash were there, and beyond.
     

    (qtd. in Orshoski)

     

    A version of it from 1980, titled “Dirty Harry,” has surfaced on Clash bootlegs like Golden Bullets.

     
    The triple LP Sandinista features a wide range of genre-defying songs that blur borders. Allan Moore, in his book Rock: The Primary Text, outlines several instances in which the Clash eschew simple punk three-chord referents and rely on Jamaican Mikey Dread behind the mixing board to develop textures via extensive multi-tracking and the use of echo. They use a 1930s-period chord sequence and jazzy horns on “Jimmy Jazz,” incorporate James Brown-esque horn parts on “Ivan Meets G.I. Joe,” place gospel voices on “Corner Soul,” dollop “Washington Bullets” with Caribbean-style xylophone and pedal-steel guitar, hone in on funk bass lines for “Magnificent Seven,” and adopt wooden reggae bass beats (known as “riddim”) and reggae-infused tomtom drums on “One More Time” and “Guns of Brixton”—the latter of which, lyrically speaking, is psycho-geographically located also in the heart of multicultural, working class England (133-34). In an overview of the Clash in Uncut magazine, Brett Sparks of the Handsome Family reminds us that the bass line of “The Magnificent Seven” is actually culled and adapted from “London Calling,” while Norman Cook explains that the instrumental version of the song, known as “Mustapha Dance,” vividly foreshadowed house music and is still routinely spun by club DJs today (“The Clash”).2
     
    By the mid-1980s, singer and guitarists Jones and Strummer parted company, forming two different Clash bands. When pressed to explain the situation, Strummer replied that Jones was no longer making “our music. He was playing with beat boxes and synthesizers. I was thinking ‘It’s time for us to stop ripping off the black people so much that they don’t get on the radio anymore.’ I didn’t want to play South Bronx music, you know” (Goldberg 41, 47). Strummer suggests the Clash had been sidetracked into believing they were revered musicians and artists, which is self-indulgent and fatal, especially when considering black blues pioneer Robert Johnson “never thought he was an artist.” So, even though Strummer rejected his former line-up’s exploitation of black music, he still used a black legend to prove the “new, authentic” Clash’s antecedents in black music history. Ironically, it was this version of the Clash that released Cut the Crap, replete with a fusion / hybrid urban sound (synthesizers and drum programming) in 1985.
     
    Many consider this record a low point in the band’s career, a misadventure because they used a markedly different, ill-fitting approach compared to their first punk / reggae fusion ventures, like the recording session for “Police and Thieves” that debuted on their first, self-titled album from 1977. As Strummer vividly recalled that moment, “We were jumping up and down. We knew we had brought something to the party. It wasn’t like a slavish white man’s Xerox of some riff. It was like: ‘Give us your riff and we’ll drive it around London’ … Scratch Perry liked it. Him and Junior wrote it” (qtd. in Egan 57). The Cut the Crap album seemed to lack such riffs, energy, and convergence. To many, it was limp and lackluster, a truly white version of beat box America with fuzzy punk shading overlaid with poetic conceits.
     
    Clash manager Bernie Rhodes has taken responsibility for the evolution of Jones’s taste towards such a musical sensibility, highlighting his own role in these terms: “I hipped Malcolm [Sex Pistols manager, and] Mick Jones … to the importance of Hip Hop, Burundi, graffiti, and new sampling technology during the Bonds’s residency” (qtd. in Snow 84). He also takes credit for tracking down Grandmaster Flash, remixing the Clash’s “Magnificent 7,” and forging “Magnificent Dance”: meanwhile, Jones visited radio stations WBLS, Kiss FM, and WKTU, eager to hear DJ Red Alert. Meanwhile, Rhodes’s counterpart, Malcolm McLaren, became equally infatuated with the youthful, syncretic, DIY mix and mash style of black hip hop music culture fermenting in New York’s boroughs. “The Sex Pistols had been heard of. But the interest in punk in Harlem was being generated out of DJ scratching,” he informed Interview magazine. “I somehow found my way to a party that they were holding, completely black, where they were playing records like James Brown, the Monkees, the old Supremes, Diana Ross, and some punk records” (262). Almost akin to white punks, the kids were “fierce, volatile … jumping up, gesturing and screaming”; as such, it felt “magical” to McLaren, unlocking a sense of possibility, especially since the kids “could regurgitate something that was packaged and make it sound magical again” (262). Like punks, the kids felt authentic, and they created and maintained a powerful and direct relationship to an audience while keeping their approach down-to-earth, spontaneous, and unlimited. More so, their impromptu style was not hindered by inherited musical chops or expensive equipment. McLaren later would hit his stride as a record maker himself with the single “Buffalo Gals,” an example of a fertile period in which he mixed songs and traditions from “Zululand and the mountains of Lima and the Dominican Republic and Cuban priests and Appalachian hillbillies all together under one roof” (qtd. in Isler 22). Not unlike a punk folkorist and bricolage-based mixmaster, McLaren understood that both impressive dance potential and pagan power might be tapped and culled from such “primitive” convergences.
     

    Black to the Future: The Politics and Dynamism of Reggae

     
    Don Letts is one of the most notable figures in all of punk rock. As a West Indian DJ and filmmaker who spun highly influential reggae records at the Roxy, London’s premier punk club, he also directed two pivotal documentaries on punk, The Punk Rock Movie and Punk: Attitude; managed the all-girl punk-reggae band the Slits; and authored Culture Clash: Dread Meets Punk Rockers. In addition, he took part in the pivotal Brixton riots. A photograph that captures the tension of the day—a “dread” making his way towards a police line in Notting Hill, and that graced the front cover of Black Market Clash—is of Letts himself (who also appears on the back cover). In 1980, Joe Strummer told Creem‘s Susan Whitehall that he rented a spare room from Letts for a time. While Letts was immersed in new “roots rock reggae,” he passed on a Trojan Records album full of blue beat songs to Strummer, who quickly became smitten by the “cream of all the … stuff.” In this way Letts likely shaped the future aesthetic of tracks that would become part of the Clash’s repertoire (60).
     
    Reggae made a tremendous impact on early punk, helping to shape the music of the Clash, the Ruts, the Members, Gang of Four, Stiff Little Fingers, Leyton Buzzards, the Police, Newtown Neurotics, and Public Image Limited, while even Canada’s more hardcore D.O.A. made forays into reggae by the early 1980s. Blondie covered the soft reggae tune “The Tide is High” by John Holt of the Paragons. Found on the album Autoamerican, the song was part of the band’s effort to create music forms, à la tunes like the early hip hop / rap-based “Rapture,” that converged genres and cultures. Guitarist Chris Stein admits:
     

    We wanted to make music that would cross over. I would like to see the record resolve racial tensions by bringing different audiences together. When the new wave kids and the rapper kids get together, that’ll be something. Eventually, they’ll all meet in the middle, where you’ll have a strong race of young people that won’t be divided by stupid racial issues.
     

    (qtd. in Trakin, “Blondie” 6)

     

    In Stein’s view, vanguard music could, and perhaps should, create a de-racialized youth movement. Letts, writing for The Guardian online, describes the punks’ taste for or kinship with reggae in these terms:

     

    [Reggae] was a culture that spoke in a currency with which the punks could identify. It was the soundbite-type lyrics, the anti-fashion fashion, the rebel stance and, importantly, the fact that reggae was a kind of musical reportage, talking about things that mattered. Songs like Money in My Pocket, I Need a Roof, and Chant Down Babylon struck an obvious chord with “the youth.” The third-world DIY approach to creating the reggae sound was something else that the punks could relate to, as most of them had no formal music training.

    (“Dem Crazy Baldheads”)

     

    Many punk acts joined the efforts of Rock Against Racism gigs.3 Bands ranged from the Clash playing to 85,000 people at Victoria Park in 1978 along with X Ray Spex, Tom Robinson, and Steel Pulse—filmed as part of the Rude Boy film—to gigs including bands like Joy Division (in Manchester, at the Factory, in Oct. 1978), Adam and the Ants (Ealing College and Southbank Polytechnic in 1978), and Siouxsie and the Banshees. Some of these bands were able to play alongside reggae bands like Aswad and Steel Pulse. In later tours, the Clash shows also featured opening reggae acts Mikey Dread and Prince Hammer as well. Old school reggae stalwarts Toots and the Maytals, whose song “Pressure Drop” was avidly covered by the Clash, were invited to tour once as well, but could not afford the six-week financing of the Clash’s 16 Tons 1980 tour.

     
    Still, critics leveled charges about punk songs that denigrated Puerto Ricans (“Puerto Rican” by Adam and the Ants); the use of swastikas and anti-Semitic lyrics (“Love in a Void” by Siouxsie and the Banshees); and Nazi prison camp references, including band names, album art, and lyrical lines taken from memoirs (Joy Division and the Skids). In 2001, Paul Hambleton argued on www.punk77.co.uk that Siouxsie was using a crude metaphor equating Jews with bankers, but reminded readers that Siouxsie later dedicated the song “Metal Postcard” to avant-garde Jewish photomontage artist John Heartfield / Helmut Herzfeld, while another song, “Israel,” evokes the dreams of a liberated country singing “Happy Noel.” In addition, Hambleton notes that Adam Ant’s father was part of a British tank crew that liberated Belsen, and Joy Division’s “Nazi” figure pictured on the “Ideal for Living” EP is actually stripped of its Nazi signifier, thus matching the look of a Komsomul (Soviet youth group organization) member too. Hence, he seems to imply, “rehabilitation” of these bands is actually unnecessary, as long as a more nuanced media analysis is applied.
     
    The Rock Against Racism gigs partially served as a front for the Trotskyite-led Socialist Workers Party campaign against insurgent right-wing National Front activities and countrywide race tension, including controversial statements like David Bowie’s suggestion that England was ready for a fascist leader and Eric Clapton’s declaration that immigrants were overrunning the country. The RAR gigs utilized
     

    cultural forms of the Black Diaspora such as reggae and carnival and juxtapos[ed] them with the renegade punk subculture … RAR sought to catalyze anti-racist cultural and political solidarity among Black, Asian, and white youths. RAR thus offers a particularly powerful example of what Vijay Prashad calls polyculturalism, a term which challenges hegemonic multiculturalism, with its model of neatly bounded, discrete cultures.
     

    (Dawson, par. 2)

     

    Instead of leaving subcultures fragmented, isolated, and subjugated, RAR activities allowed for some kind of common front—an uneasy alliance at times, and one that not only confronted white and African cultural issues but Asian as well, though many historians fail to notice that aspect.

     
    In defense of such multicultural punk history, Ian Goodyer reminds www.punk77.co.uk readers that:
     

    Although Asian music was not a feature of RAR gigs, solidarity with Asians under racial attack was very much a part of the organisation’s remit. To cite a single instance, RAR was part of the coalition that built the 1979 Southall demo against the NF, at which Blair Peach was murdered. This was a mass mobilisation in an area with a large Asian community. [In] the police attack on the demo … RAR supporters were beaten and arrested.
     

    (qtd. in Hambleton)

     

    The mid-1980s also witnessed race solidarity in street activism and revolt, as Bo reports for Maximumrocknroll: “It is a well-known fact that skins and black youth fought side by side against filth/cops in the… Tottenham Riots,” a melee in North London instigated by the death of a black mother whose home was raided by police after the arrest of her son. By no means were RAR gigs, or other riots, simply multicultural spectacles; instead, they included real witnessing, confrontation, and even extreme danger.

     
    The Clash’s close affinity with black culture has already been noted. One can also discover such links in Bob Marley’s 1977 song “Punky Reggae Party,” which name-drops the Jam, the Damned, and the Clash. Marley demonstrates their similar conditions: “rejected by society, treated with impunity, protected by their dignity.” Fan reaction to the Clash’s combinatory agit-prop and social realist songs of the period has been largely unaddressed. In order to position the band in a greater context, and to see if their symbolic interrogation of “whiteness” in fact was modeled on black resistance, one can look at the discourse of fans. For instance, the song “White Riot” recounts the Notting Hill race riot, a 1976 melee in which police arrested a pickpocket, instigating black youths to come to his defense. A picture of the tumult is pictured on the back of the band’s self-titled debut album (1977). Clash biographer Marcus Gray characterizes the song as “envious” not “racist,” meaning the song was not intended to stir up white anger towards blacks but to implore white youth to stop doing “what they’re told to” and stop “taking orders,” perhaps even pick up a brick like black youth (228). Another explanation is: “Exhilarated by what seemed to them a spontaneous example of revolt against oppressive forces—the black community had often complained of police harassment and discrimination—they wondered why they couldn’t have a riot of their own—that is, a ‘white riot’” (Egan 47). This did not sit well with drummer Terry Chimes and original guitarist Keith Levene. On one hand, Levene refused to sing it, while Chimes, who believed in the power and fury of the song, felt it was nonetheless naive (Egan 47).
     
    One central challenge is to ascertain whether songs like this led listeners to examine their own sense of status, power, and privilege. Martin James, who was able to meet with members of the band 25 years later, notes in The Independent that he still (albeit through reflection) is able to situate the lyrics within his own life at the time:
     

    Did I not understand that “White Riot” was all about his respect for black people and their stand against oppression? Had I not listened to the lyrics, in which he sang that he wished white people would take the same positive position? … despite going to gigs in the multi-racial town High Wycombe, I had never previously been forced to face up to my own inherent racism. It was an attitude that had been born from the simple fact that there were no black people in Marlow. I was ten when I met my first black kid. Some nice white middle-class family had adopted him. I can still remember being told in the playground that if the black kid touched me his colour would rub off on me. Even as a 14-year-old, race riots – or indeed the very concept of “racism” – meant little to me. So, Strummer forced my eyes open.

     
    In 1976, during the peak of the Clash’s early heyday of power and resistance in the UK rock press, Barry Miles of New Music Express interviewed them. Strummer, an avid fan of bluesman Clarence “Gatemouth” Brown and Blind Willie McTell (whose songs he busked in the London subway, earning the name “Strummer” in his pre-Clash era), and Mick Jones, who was a fan of Mott the Hoople, ska, and blue beat before seeing the Sex Pistols, explained their lyrics. Almost exasperated by the press’s inability to grasp the meaning of the song “London’s Burning,” they retort:
     

    Strummer:

     
    The only thing we’re saying about the Blacks is that they’ve got their problems and they’re prepared to deal with them. But white men, they just ain’t prepared to deal with them—everything’s too cozy. They’ve got stereos, drugs, hi-fis, cars…
     

    Mick:

     
    We’re completely antiracist. We want to bridge the gap. They used to blame everything on the Jews, now they’re saying it about the Blacks and the Asians… every body’s a scapegoat, right?
     

    Joe:

     
    The poor blacks and the poor whites are in the same boat… They don’t want us in their culture, but we just happen to dig Tapper Zukie and Big Youth, Dillinger and Aswad and Delroy Washington. We dig them and we ain’t scared of going into heavy black record shops and getting their gear. We even go to heavy black gigs where we’re the only white people there.

     

    Hence, not only do the Clash find affinity with black music,4 a sense of community, and street-wise agency, they recognize that they are margin walkers, borrowing from black culture, but ultimately not part of black culture. They were not mere exploiters either, but they might be considered translators negotiating their whiteness through black cultural signifiers as a means of Othering and authenticating themselves in the punk milieu, against a backdrop of garage punk bands simply churning out bellicose versions of yesterday’s rehashed rock ‘n’ roll.

     
    Strummer’s intentions will likely never be quite understood, but the result—an awakening or re-evaluation of person, place, and power in an “everyday” budding fan like Mardi—is a legacy that Strummer would likely have found comforting. Strummer and Jones wanted white youth teeming with bigotry, and consequent Paki-bashing tendencies, to wake up, even while Clash manager Bernie Rhodes appears to approve of race-bashing in some instances, as a Record Mirror interview illuminates:
     

    RM:

    What’s your reaction to kids doing that?
     

    Joe:

    What, bashing Pakis? I f—tell `em to lay off.
     

    Mick:

    I tell `em to lay off. I said to them, you’re just doing it for the papers.
     

    Joe:

    They should go down the House of Commons and bash up the people in there.
     

    Bernie:

    Or Radio One…
     

    RM:

    But you’ve still got kids beating up Pakistanis …
     

    Bernie:

    There’s a lot of Pakis who deserve it.
     

    Mick:

    I don’t think anybody deserves that.

     

    The signal seems clear, though. The powers that be—hegemony, from Parliament to the Radio One officers, those who shape national policy and marginalize youth—should be the target of white frustration, not immigrants and people of color.

     
    Bassist Paul Simonon himself had long, deep affections for reggae music, and black music in general, as his homemade tapes made for the trek across America for the Clash’s Pearl Harbor 1979 tour attest. Among his collection included four volumes of “Dread Control,” Big Youth, The Temptations, “Natty,” three volumes of “Dreadnought,” Bo Diddley, “Blues,” and “Motown.” Such an assortment, featured on the same tour when Bo Diddley joined the British punk legends as the opening act, might surprise punk purists who imagine punk rock as a white genre ensconced in a cocoon, but comes to no surprise to those who understand punk as a fluid, syncretic genre. The Clash’s gig and studio song lists circa 1979 also reveal the band’s immersion in fecund black music during this era. With finesse, they covered a large array of black musical acts, including Desmond Dekker (“Israelites”), Althea and Donna’s (“Up Town Ranking”), Sonny Okosum (“Fire in Soweto”), Matumbi (“The Man in Me”), The Rulers (“Wrong Emboyo”) and Danny Ray (“Revolution Rock”). Some of those tracks found daylight on albums like London Calling and Black Market Clash, while others remained buried in rehearsals and sound checks, only offered up to the public in rare recordings.
     
    Such musical fusion, interpenetration, and co-habitation between punk and reggae, Anglo and West Indian, and black and white cultures didn’t come without some confusion as well. As Strummer once walked back through the time when the Clash released “Bankrobber,” a reggae-infused tune produced by Mikey Dread that reached #12 on the national charts, he remembered:
     

    One day I went up to Ladbroke Grove to get a newspaper and a bunch of black school girls got off the bus, and one of them went, “There’s that guy who did ‘Bankrobber’” and they surrounded me and stood staring, ‘cos they couldn’t believe that some weird-looking white dude had made this record. I’ll never forget it, they stood there staring at me, and didn’t say anything. They couldn’t compute it.
     

    (The Clash 256)

     

    They were not the only black girls seemingly infatuated with the Clash’s music. As a Creem writer reporting on a Clash gig in Detroit commented, “Hippies like the Clash. So do black people – I watched two black girls dancing, to see whether they favored the reggae-flavored numbers or not. They didn’t. They’re American girls, after all” (Letts, “The Clash” 43). In the UK, the Clash’s reggae-tinged numbers appeared to win them a black audience, while in America songs like “Train in Vain,” with its R & B underbelly, held the attention of people like Bootsy Collins. The well-admired black funk bass player, who had long stints in the band Parliament and in James Brown’s band, supposedly listened to the song every day after he bought a copy in 1980 (41).

     
    Strummer’s admiration for reggae star Jimmy Cliff is well-noted too, but it was not the Clash but the other old guard punk band Chelsea who covered Cliff’s powerful “Too Many Rivers to Cross” on their self-titled debut LP in 1979. When asked why this song resonated with the band, guitarist James Stevenson told me:
     

    It was Gene’s idea—and I think the angst he gets across in the delivery of the vocal is really special. At the end of the day, the song is about pain and the difficulty we all face in moving forward through life. I think that’s a subject we all have in common, and it rears its head in every form of music. There was a big riot at the Notting Hill carnival in 1981. I remember being there with Mick Jones. It was a very mixed race battle against the authorities, and I remember saying to Mick—”See, this is our battle too!”

     

    This articulates the fact that white punks felt that convergence was desirable, and quite possible, between black and white youth culture, even within a society that had forcefully segregated and Balkanized the two communities for decades.

     

    Black Vanguards in the Age of Hardcore

     
    Despite punk rock being an avenue for racial or cross-cultural symbiosis, the outside world, with its master narrative of segregation, suppression, and race-anxiety, always reminded punks of their marginal status by exploiting the issue. The tumult and legacy of complicated race relations in the UK, including massive riots and small gig upheavals, are far too numerous and complicated to explore, but the US scene does offer some revealing moments too. For instance, as MCD lead singer Dave Dictor testifies in an interview, “Cops have been known to take punks to black housing areas just because they know the punks will get the shit beat out of them.”
     
    Australia has a history of racially tinged violence experienced both directly and indirectly by both American and British punks. In the case of the Clash tour in 1982, bassist Paul Simonon recently recounted meeting local aborigines who wanted to speak at a Clash gig to “talk about their situation” in front of their audience, only to have one member’s wife beaten at home by the police as they spoke. This soured the Australian leg of the tour for Simonon (The Clash 35).
     
    Australian police also arrested the Dead Kennedys’ black drummer D.H. Peligro when the band stopped in Brisbane. Jello Biafra told Maximumrocknroll that Peligro was arrested on the street for unlawful assembly after being “picked out of a crowd of about 15 white people, and arrested for drinking in public, even though his can of beer was unopened” after the gig (“Dead Kennedys Tour”). In a recent interview with me, bass player Klaus Flouride attests guitarist East Bay Ray tried to intervene in order to help Peligro; consequently, he was removed in a different police car and charged with obstructing justice after a heated verbal exchange in which the police initially resisted implicating Ray along with Peligro. Both were held at the local Watch House. Such targeted police action happened during the era when Queensland was under the political leadership and sway of corrupt, Born-Again Christian, anti-aboriginal, anti-union Country Party leader Sir Johannes “Joh” Bjelke-Peterson, who believed aboriginals were lower than whites on the evolutionary scale (“Dead Kennedys Tour”), and attempted to get the Racial Discrimination Act invalidated, but lost. Luckily for Peligro and Ray, print and television coverage of the tour helped reveal their status to the police, who apologized and released them after speaking with tour manager Bill Gilliam. They even gave Peligro studded belts they had taken off other punks (Flouride). The police considered them “cool” at that point, according to Ray (Pepperell).
     
    During the same era, Reggie Rector, guitarist for the mixed race punk band Secret Hate, was killed in downtown Long Beach. In Flipside #38, Al Flipside asked the band, “Why don’t you think more blacks are into punk?” Rector answered: “They’re more into Michael Jackson,” while his bandmate Kevin intoned, “There’s pressure not to be, if you hang out with a bunch of Crypt Town guys, they don’t want you getting a Mohawk, or wearing a kilt.”
     
    However, the all-black hardcore punk pioneers Bad Brains stipulate that pressure was applied from another source: white hegemony, which they actively equated with tropes of Babylon, prominently featured in songs like “Leaving Babylon” (1982) and “Destroy Babylon” (1983). In Flipside #31, when asked, “Why don’t you think there are more black people into hardcore?” singer H.R. responds, “Because of exposure … Babylon.… Black people ain’t gonna find out about it until white people find out about it,” to which his bandmate Gary responds, “Because of the Babylon system.” Whereas Secret Hate blames the lack of involvement on pressure from within the black community, the Bad Brains suggests that hegemony—the white supremacist system—prevents black communities from an exposure to hardcore; hence, as Stuart Hall suggests, media representations likely fix meaning, limit new potentials, and normalize identities.
     
    The Bad Brains distressed and frayed such norms. As Howard Wuelfing recalls:
     

    My first contact with the Bad Brains was through Kim Kane of the Slickee Boys who submitted a review of a house party they played at, that ran in my DesCenes fanzine. He was utterly in awe of them. As I recall everyone in town was floored by the Bad Brains and singing their praises as well they should have as they were an incredible band, especially live. I remember them totally blowing The Damned off the stage at the Bayou one night. HR was like a black Iggy Pop and the rest of the band was impossibly tight and fast and the songs notably intricate and challenging.

     

    The Bad Brains was the band that challenged assumptions about punk musicianship, shook up and transformed black identities in punk rock history, and frequently, as in the case of The Clash and The Damned, used opening slots in punk gigs to interrogate the status quo of the genre in which they excelled.

     
    Revisiting Hebdige’s theory, postcolonial theorist Paul Gilroy asserts, “Punk provided the circuitry which enabled … connections” between “black and white styles,” while fostering punks to produce their own “critical and satirical commentary on the meaning and significance of white ethnicity” (There Ain’t No Black 122-123). Granted, he has little regard for the Bad Brains, whom he tags in The Black Atlantic as advancing “the white noise of Washington, D.C.’s Rasta thrash punk,” which effectively divorces the band from its black musical antecedents (100). If we adopt his view wholesale, the Bad Brains was merely a skilled, nomadic group of musicians poaching “white” musical forms rather than reclaiming the music of their birthright, from John Coltrane to Chuck Berry. For instance, the tropes of “suffering” the band employs in lyrics might be linked back to the Sorrow Songs discussed by W.E.B. Du Bois in The Souls of Black Folk (1903). I contend that the Bad Brains update such American music, which is indebted to the spirit, story, and sweat of African Americans, though the update is mediated and propelled by the “terrible” explosivity of punk.
     
    Originally a progressive jazz unit known as Mind Power, the Bad Brains members were influenced by mixed-race jazz fusion icons Spyro Gyra, reggae pioneer Bob Marley, and Stevie Wonder’s spiritualism. When integrated into punk idioms, such musical tastes and abilities were well-regarded by peers during their heyday. “I thought the band was ferociously good,” singer U-Ron Bondage of Really Red informed me, describing their 1982 gig together in Houston, Texas; “technically amazing too. It was obvious to me that they could have been playing other types of more complicated music prior to being Bad Brains.” This reinforces Wuelfing’s impressions. On the liner notes to their Greatest Riffs CD (2003), the band thanks Miles Davis, Ohio Players, and Earth, Wind and Fire, alongside punk stalwarts the Dead Boys, Cro-mags, and Eater: their musical influences ranged wide and did not merely reflect a crucible of “white noise.”
     
    Gilroy (like many academics) somehow imagines them as an overly simplified amalgam of white speed, urban angst, and “thrash” fury. He borrows Leroi Jones’s (he chooses to use this name variation instead of Amiri Baraka) assertion that black music in the Diaspora is essentially always in a state of flux and change, a cultural transmission full of disruption and breaks, and an unfixed musical landscape. Yet the Bad Brains does not merit a position within this culturescape. Russell Potter draws even weaker conclusions, categorizing the band as “metalesque ‘ska,’” nametags much more appropriate for describing the music of Fishbone (145). Supporters who envision the band as an example of cultural hybridity, he intones, are on the side of “recuperation” and “fuzzy plurality” (145). Neither writer fully grasps the band’s historical significance—its rather rare, genre-defining style. Neither is willing to concede that the Bad Brain’s translation of punk style, which itself is a translation (or appropriation) of subversive rock ‘n’ roll, is an unstable convergence that may reveal shared, integrated, or multicultural milieus.
     
    The Bad Brains marks the zero hour of hardcore music—the moment when the sounds of “white noise” became jet-fueled. As H.R. describes it to the fanzine Ripper, “When I first heard their [the Dickies’] music I said, Gee it’s so fast, this is really bad”—a vernacular form of verbal approval for the band’s catchy, humming, and terse pop-punk. The Bad Brains did not just translate the Dickies’ format: they were generative. Before them, no single band played such a nimble, fertile, crossover speed jazz style. Whereas the Police also derived from jazz-fusion origins, it chose pop-reggae templates. Furthermore, Jello Biafra of the Dead Kennedys credits the British band Discharge as the first hardcore punk band, though the Black Dot sessions by the Bad Brains, which were not released to the public for twenty years, reveal a uniquely hardcore format already existing in robust form by 1979 and that outpaces early Discharge.
     
    As soon as the Bad Brains’s first full length cassette-only release appeared on Roir records (1982), followed by the Ric Ocasek (The Cars)-produced Rock For Light (PVC, 1983), “white noise” writers including Gary Bushel (a British proponent of street punk, including the emerging Oi sound) waxed enthusiastically about them, evoking mouthfuls of metaphors that posited the Bad Brains as the avant-garde: “[They] make Motörhead sound like they’re standing still. They make Discharge sound like gentle balladeers.… Imagine the musical equivalent of the 90 second London-Brighton train run film on fast forward” (qtd. in Gimarc 581). Hence, historic credit for stimulating the hardcore genre might shift to the Bad Brains even as music historians acknowledge that tracks by the Damned (“Love Song”), 999 (“No Pity”), Wire (“Mr. Suit”), the Ruts (“Criminal Mind”), and UK Subs (“Telephone Number” and “You Give Me Disease”) did provide intermittent, frenetic-paced examples of proto-hardcore. The Bad Brains, banned and nearly broken, quickly symbolized the blazing potentials of the new genre.
     
    One vexing issue about the Bad Brains is its embrace, and projection, of Rastafarian culture, which the members tend to simplify as “taking up the Nazarite vow” in the same Ripper interview. They also suggested to Suburban Voice fanzine that Rasta culture is not bound to the black Diaspora:
     

    Rasta is not no black nothing. Rasta is a function of the heart, it’s the first law. Now, we have the first nation, which is Africa and we give credit to the dynasty of the Solomon lineage so this is the only reigning diplomatic credited Christian Orthodox function today but we do not function for blackness. I and I live for humanity. A man can be any color and be a Rasta.

     

    Their desire to evoke a transcultural frame for Rastafarianism, or their translation of Rasta tenets, may sour some Rasta supporters, while their religious orthodoxy troubled punks.

     
    Dave Dictor, who underwent some tense moments while playing on the same stages with the Bad Brains on a tumultuous 1982 Rock Against Reagan tour, penned lyrics like “We don’t need your Jah’s fascist doctrine” in the song “Pay to Cum Along” (1983). Though many punks might have imagined Rasta beliefs as exotic or just plain “weird” (as U-ron Bondage described it to me), bands like MDC attacked them with the same fiery aplomb with which they denounced institutional Christianity, especially after singer H.R. openly denounced the homosexuality of Randy “Biscuit” Turner, the singer of the Big Boys and a friend of MDC. The connections between Rasta and punk in general don’t necessarily resonate in terms of shared community mores. Al Long, onetime singer from the band Nausea, a fiercely political band from New York City circa 1990, admitted in an interview that “The rastas I work with have little in common with me.”
     
    Questions imbedded in the work of Canadian cultural critic Richard Fung, as discussed by Coco Fusco in English is Broken Here, can be used to examine the sensitive postcolonial issues at stake. Fung maps out strategies to deal with cultural productions that converge with, or are the result of, cultural appropriation. Using his framework, I ask: Does the Bad Brains’s punk status place the band within a subaltern group of the African Diaspora? Does the band misrepresent Rasta culture? To what degree does the band, or later offshoots such as HR and Zion Train, commercialize Rasta culture? Is Afro-punk, or black punk rock, a distinct mode of cultural production, defined by agency and volition—by self-control and self-representation? Is Afro-punk a convenient tag or genre created by hegemonic forces, or does it counter racist forces, revise our notions of history, and treat white and black historical actors with equity and fairness? Lastly, did the Bad Brains offer alternative visions of masculinity or reify old sexist, homophobic modes of power? These questions remain to be explored.
     
    In Black Culture, White Youth: the Reggae Tradition from JA to UK, Simon Jones examines race relations and youth culture in Birmingham, England. He rightly points out that some of the Clash’s most compelling diatribes, like “White Riot,” were easily co-opted and manipulated by people espousing fascist doctrine. Likewise, songs by the hardcore generation—like Minor Threat’s “Guilty of Being White,” which features the highly personal and, some may argue, immature and simplistic insight of singer Ian MacKaye (an early admirer and cohort of the Bad Brains who attended an urban Washington, D.C. school district)—were often “hijacked” by racist groups who re-routed the meaning. For such groups, the song was a tough examination of white working class agitprop in the age of post-1970s black self-determination. As so-called victims of reverse discrimination, they denounced having guilt “for something I didn’t do … a hundred years before my time” (“Rap Session”). Black punk Mark Philip, a local youth at the time, looks back and attests:
     

    I’m sure as an 18-year old guy in a punk band, Ian was just writing from the heart, but … it felt a little shallow given how complex the subject of race is. Ian is a hero of mine, but that song threw me. I felt it completely glossed over the complex nuances of race relations and took an attitude of moral equivalency. Slavery wasn’t THAT long ago, there are still people alive today who were directly affected by it, such as my uncle Sherman Jones whose father (not grandfather) was a slave. He was just here in my living room three weeks ago. He is forever unable to trace his lineage back another generation, which is a luxury that most whites take for granted. I think the consequence of a song like “Guilty of Being White” is that idiots hear it and don’t know their history, have no empathy or understanding and they use it as a justification for their own racist views, which, of course, was not at all the intention of the song to begin with. The fact that Slayer covered the song validates my point here because that is a band (that I love) which is known to have overt racists in its fan-base who no doubt contort its meaning to conform to their twisted phony populist white victim viewpoint.

     
    Jones recognizes the “powerlessness, desire to shock, and sense of anger at official smugness expressed by punk’s more working-class constituency,” which are the same traits and feelings often documented in fascist youth groups as well (100). In summary, he suggests many contingent factors mediate the interplay and interaction of white and black youth. The notion that punk bands and scenes evoke or embody multicultural “hybridity” becomes very complex. White youth’s attraction to (along with the desire to appropriate) black cultural forms should be understood within a context of actual race relations. At a minimum, these interactions become mediated by youth groups vying for territory, identity-building in the age of black self-determination and punk culture shock, and competing for employment during times of national financial fissures, none of which can be understood by an analysis of style or musical content alone. As some critics posit, what journalists and musicians say, and what they do, can be very different. Slogans and blurbs matter little compared with acts, as witnessed by Fred Smith, now known as Freak, guitarist for Beefeater:
     

    It was very strange to be these “token” negroes, playing in front of predominantly all white audiences, but we did it. As Shawn Brown [Swiz] and myself will attest, there were fucking issues man. A lot of fucking issues that we had to address when we did shows. When I first heard someone refer to me as the “negro Lemmy,” [of Motörhead] I was floored. I immediately lowered my mic stand down from the height that I set it. When I heard Shawn Brown being referred to as “the negro version of Ian MacKaye,” I was floored again. When I told him, he was taken aback but still plugged on. In retrospect, even in this new scene, I was always wondering, would racism ever end?!

     
    In terms of establishing the connection between cultural contexts, meaning the merging of horizons between black and white resistance cultures, contemporary hardcore punk singer Thomas Barnett from Strike Anywhere provides a larger matrix to ponder. I quote him at length, since what he revealed to me in a 2005 interview is both detailed and nuanced:
     

    I think about this often, and have had an ongoing conversation on this subject with many older punks, hardcore kids, conscious rastas in Richmond and DC, and other members of the African Diaspora, about the roots of punk and the parallels and differences between hardcore/punk and revolutionary black music in the Western world … There isn’t a punk rocker alive now who couldn’t find an eerie affinity between the shrill anti-authoritarian rhyming rage in their favorite punk song and the frustrated, simmering patience of countless reggae numbers. It’s just there.
     
    Some people have sworn by the “East London” theory … [according to which] early British punk rock bands–and their embryonic, furiously self-reinventing tribes of friends and followers (back then even more fractured, heterogeneous, and, for that matter, androgynous, certainly hungrier and homeless—orphaned from rock ‘n’ roll already) are looking for pubs to play in, and the only sympathetic ears who’ll take them in are the West Indian owned reggae clubs in the East End. Perhaps, if this is accurate to some degree, this is where the cross-pollination of ideas, and in a smaller way, sounds, first went down.
     
    You could look at it as a window getting opened for the disaffected, self-destructing white punks and artists, and the elements of postcolonial black politics, human rights issues, and the awareness of a binary world system came crashing down through the music into their minds. The often paradoxical and personal politics of punk can be traced back to this artistic intersection, but perhaps this was just one highly public space in history where this same collision of white restlessness and countercultural reaction opened up to the waiting truths, methods, and life affirming ideas of revolutionary black culture.

     
    The September 1983 issue of Maximumrocknroll features a long discussion between Ian MacKaye from Minor Threat and Dave and Vic Bondi from Articles of Faith, in which racism becomes a prevalent, and heated issue, as does Sab Grey’s (Iron Cross) interview in Guillotine #8 (1984), which covers the use of the triggering term nigger and racial violence in desperate neighborhoods; similarly, an interview in Touch and Go #16 (1981), Grey reveals sentiments regarding the reverse racism of blacks (“Blacks are the biggest racists”) and the notion that “everyone” is a Nazi. Later, when speaking with D.C. punk community chronicler Mark Anderson in Dance of Days: Two Decades of Punk in the Nation’s Capital (2001), he exhibited remorse for such comments and sentiments, but such discourse does signify D.C. as a site of sometimes very tense, raw race relations. Moreover, one should note that Iron Cross’s first bass player was black, and Grey’s perspective is shaped by family heritage: his mother survived the London blitz and his father was “a German refugee from the Nazis.” The only actual fascist element is more likely to have been their name.
     
    Punk rock didn’t make convergence necessarily easy, or provide equal treatment to all participants, but it did make convergence possible and fruitful, despite contradiction and ambivalence within the community.
     

    Bodies of Confidence, Desire, and Frenzy: Hip Hop Suaveness and Hardcore Havoc

     
    I use the Bad Brains, and the seminal hip hop outfit Run DMC, as a case sample to examine how black music culture unfolded in different forms during the early 1980s. As mentioned earlier, the Bad Brains members hailed from the Maryland / Washington, D.C. area and were attracted to the raw power of punk after hearing the Sex Pistols. Even their name reflects their fondness for contemporary punk, since “Bad Brain” is the name of a Ramones song from 1978. At the time, D.C. had a small wellspring of punk and new wave bands, ranging from the college-crown Urban Verbs to the garagey pop punk Slickee Boys and a small number of emerging teenage “hardcore” punk bands, like the Teen Idles. The Bad Brains were able to harness their skill sets associated with jazz—a certain nimble and adept musicianship, usually not considered an essential part of punk, perhaps considered even antithetical to punk performance—and added volatile, blitzkrieg speed and energy that pushed new boundaries.
     
    In Queens, Run DMC began a different approach, utilizing “two turntables and a microphone,” the pared down approach to rap, which democratized music in urban areas by switching out live band members (and expensive instruments) for 12″ record tracks that could be “mixed” live to create a backdrop to raps. This emergent style likely has antecedents in West African griots and Caribbean “toasting.” In the new form, certain funk beats would be isolated, and / or produced by drum machines, and the rappers would be free to “emcee” on top of this. What I am interested in examining is the visual representation of these forms in videos, including “Sucker MCs” by Run DMC and “Banned in D.C.” by the Bad Brains at the infamous New York City club CBGB’s.
     
    As represented in a band photo on Wikipedia, Run DMC’s trademark gear includes very clean and neat Adidas, tight leather pants or jeans, uniform black fedora hats, and large gold chains. Their posture is rather uninviting: Jam Master Jay and DMC cross their arms, lean back or to the side somewhat stiffly, and stare at the camera directly. DJ Run appears more relaxed: with hands sunk a bit into both pockets, his body is slightly tilted, and he stares less “hard.” Live in 1983 on an unattributed program available on YouTube, they outfit themselves in leather jackets, keep the fedoras, and sing on a stage for an urban dance show with graffiti backdrops. In the song “Sucker MCs,” they mention certain status symbols, including St. John’s University, drinking champagne, Cadillacs, and credit cards.
     
    In the clip of the Bad Brains video on YouTube shot at CBGB’s in 1982, one year before the Run DMC clip, the band plays “Banned in DC,” one of their hallmark songs that explains, in part, why they were banned from Washington, D.C. clubs: they were deemed too uncontrollable. In the video, three of the members wear clothes that symbolize colors associated with Rastafarian style (green, yellow, red) and two of the members wear woven caps in the Rasta tradition. At this time, the Bad Brains clearly identified with Rastafarians and integrated reggae into their live sets, thus in some ways they reflect Hebdige’s hypothesis about the frozen dialect between white and black culture within one framework: one single hardcore punk band. Singer HR has dreadlocks, and his button-up shirt seems to contrast the T-shirts worn by the rest of the band and the gig’s mostly white attendees. His manner might appear bombastic to some viewers, a dance of unbound atavism and molten fury. The crowd acts in kind, forming at times a dizzying free-for-all energy and abandon that contrast with Run DMC’s audience, who dance adroitly, smoothly, and fluidly, or gaze and cheer at the performers on stage. In the CBGB’s video, HR and the crowd meld at points. HR bends down and intensely interacts with the first row, dances volatile on stage, and takes up a gyrating position in front of the amplifier as the guitar player plays a solo.
     
    If one were to read this depiction taken from bell hooks—
     

    It is the young black male body that is seen as epitomizing this promise of wildness, of unlimited physical prowess … It was this black body that was most “desired” for its labor in slavery, and it is this body that is most represented in contemporary culture as the body to be watched, imitated, desired, possessed.…
     
    When young black men acquire a powerful public voice and presence via cultural production, as has happened with the explosion of rap music, it does not mean that they have a vehicle that will enable them to articulate that pain.… True, it was conditions of suffering and survival, of poverty, deprivation, and lack that characterized the marginal locations from which breakdancing and rap emerged.

    (189)

     

    one might mistakenly believe that she is referring to the Bad Brains video, with its viable sense of explosion, public voice (even howl), wildness, unlimited physicality and musical prowess, and its intensely imitated form demonstrated by the white audience, as if HR is using the stage to act with and against the audience to interrogate all the pain and deprivation (“banned”) associated with exile (with its Hebrew Bible connotations, which appeals to Rastas). I suggest that he is interacting with them in mock violence that actually becomes a kind of dance and choreographed ritual—a molten path towards catharsis, perhaps.

     
    bell hooks, however, is describing rap music. I agree that many rap bodies are desired by audiences, but I am also concerned that their bodies are envisioned as easily re-enslaved, commodified through dress that is corporate rather than nationalistic or African inspired (Bad Brains’s taste for Rasta dress). Their emphasis on wealth and the trappings of a bourgeois life (college careers, caddies, and champagne) contrasts the Bad Brains’s emphasis on survival and reclamation (“you can’t hurt me…we got ourselves, going to sing it, gonna love it, gonna work it out at any length”). The trope of suffering endures within the Bad Brains song library (note their song “House of Suffering” on I Against I), whereas Run DMC later turned to clean rap and Christian lives.
     
    In the texts of bell hooks, Paul Gilroy, and many other theorists, black punk rock (or Afro-punk) cultural productions tend to be undervalued or absent. Black resistance to hegemony reverberates in varied and vibrant musical forms: black punks were, and are, still at the forefront. While punk and hardcore may indeed be a genre and community ripe with convergence and, arguably, some contentious forms of hybridity, academics still lack the history, insight, and willingness to engage not only the discourse of independent and mainstream media and culture but to challenge their own academic leanings as well. As Thomas Barnett from Strike Anywhere stressed to me, there is a “closeness and affinity between black and white revolutionary arts,” but the goal is to “make these connections clearer and nourishing again,” so that punk rock does not simply become “another obedient, palatable form.”
     

    David Ensminger is an Instructor of English, Humanities, and Folklore at Lee College in Baytown, Texas. He completed his M.S. in the Folklore Program at the University of Oregon and his M.A. in Creative Writing at City College of New York City. His study of punk street art and Do-It-Yourself culture, Visual Vitriol: The Art and Subcultures of the Punk and Hardcore Generations, is slated for July 2011 release by the University of Mississippi. His work has recently appeared in the Journal of Popular Music Studies and M/C Journal (Australia), and he contributes regularly to the Houston Press, Maximum Rock’n’Roll, Popmatters, and Trust (Germany). As a longtime fanzine editor, flyer artist, and drummer as well, he has archived punk history, including in his blog documenting African American punk rock productions: http://blackpunkarchive.wordpress.com.
     

    Notes

     
    1. Berry’s “Maybelline” was covered by the Midwest garage punk band the Replacements covered in 1981. Guitarist Billy Zoom “neatly wrenched” guitar lines from “Brown-Eyed Handsome Man” for the X tune “Year 1,” according to writer Debra Rae Cohen. In a 1984 Trouser Press, John Leland describes X’s overall music on the first album Los Angeles as a knotty, awkward, “Chunk Berried punk barrage.” Johnny Thunder’s band Gang War covered “Around and Around,” and even street punkers Sham 69 began as an R & B cover band covering the likes of “Roll Over Beethoven.”

     

     
    2. The 1979 track “Armagideon Time,” the B-side to the single “London Calling.” was written by dancehall progenitors Clement Dodd and Willie Williams.

     

     
    3. The reggae band Steel Pulse penned the song “Rock Against Racism.”

     

     
    4. Peter Silverton from Trouser Press reported in 1978 that the band had almost chosen the name Weak Heart Drops, a Big Youth song.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Anderson, Mark, and Mark Jenkins. Dance of Days: Two Decades of Punk in the Nation’s Capital. NYC: Soft Skull Press, 2001. Print.
    • Bad Brains. Banned in D.C. Bad Brains Greatest Riffs. Caroline Records, 2003. CD.
    • ———. Interview. Flipside 31 (Apr. 1982) n. pag. Print.
    • ———. Interview. Forced Exposure 2 (1982) n. pag. Print.
    • ———. Interview. Suburban Voice 21 (1987) n. pag. Print.
    • ———. Interview by Tim Tanooka. Ripper 7 (1982). n. pag. Print.
    • Bangs, Lester. “The White Noise Supremacists.” The Village Voice (30 Apr. 1979). Web. 3 Jan. 2008.
    • Barnett, Thomas. Interview by David Ensminger. “History is the Uneven Deeds of Humanity: Left of the Dial Consults of Strike Anywhere.” Left of the Dial 8 (Winter 2005). 74-79. Print.
    • The Bellrays (Tony Fate and Lisa Kekuala). Interview by Dan Shame. “Loud and Clear: The Sermon of the Bellrays.” Maximumrocknroll 227 (Apr. 2002). n. pag. Print.
    • Biafra, Jello. Interview by Tim Yohannen. “Dead Kennedys … call it a day — Jello talks of the past, present, and future.” Maximumrocknroll 44 (Jan. 1986). n pag. Print.
    • ———”Dead Kennedys Tour Down Under.” Maximumrocknroll 10 (1983). Web. http://homepages.nyu.edu/~cch223/australia/info/dktourreport.html
    • Bo. Maximumrocknroll 37 (Jun. 1986). n. pag. Print.
    • Bondage, U-Ron. Interview by David Ensminger. “One Eye on U-Ron from Really Red.” Left of the Dial 8 (Winter 2005). 54-61. Print.
    • Bondi, Vic. Liner Notes. Articles of Faith. Complete Vol. 1. 1981-1983. Alternative Tentacles Records, 2002. CD.
    • “Clash City Rockers.” Uncut. (Dec. 2003.) 43-78. Print.
    • The Clash. Interview by Barry Miles. “The Clash: Eighteen Flight Rock…” New Music Express (11 Dec. 1976). Print.
    • ———. The Clash. New York: Grand Central Publishing, 2008. Print.
    • ———. Interview by Terry Lot. Record Mirror. (1 Jul. 1978). Web. http://homepage.mac.com/blackmarketclash/
    • Davis, Bruce. “Joey on the Ramones.” The Bob (Winter 1990) 10-11. Print.
    • Dawson, Ashley. “Love Music, Hate Racism”: The Cultural Politics of the Rock Against Racism Campaigns, 1976-1981.” Postmodern Culture 16.6 (Sept. 2005). n. pag. Web. 25 Dec. 2007.
    • Dictor, David. Personal interview. Sept. 2008.
    • Egan, Sean. “London’s Burning.” Uncut (Feb. 2003): 40-57. Print.
    • Eileraas, Karina. “Witches Bitches and Fluids: Girl Bands Performing Ugliness as Resistance.” The Drama Review 41.3 (Autumn 1997): 122-139.
    • Flouride, Klaus. Interview by David Ensminger. 24 Feb. 2011. Email.
    • Friedlander, Paul and Peter Miller. Rock’n’Roll: A Social History. Boulder: Westview, 2006. Print.
    • Fusco, Coco. English is Broken Here: notes on cultural fusion in the Americas. New York: The New Press, 1995. Print.
    • Gilroy, Paul. The Black Atlantic: Modernity and Double Consciousness. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1995. Print.
    • ———. There Ain’t No Black in the Union Jack: The Politics of Race and Nation. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1991. Print.
    • Gimarc, George. Punk Diary: The Ultimate Trainspotter’s Guide to Underground Rock 1970 – 1982. San Francisco: Backbeat Books, 2005. Print.
    • Goldberg, Michael. “A Fired-up Joe Strummer brings his new Clash to America.” Rolling Stone 416 (Mar. 1984). Web. 22 Feb. 2011. http://londonsburning.org/art_rolling_stone_03_01_84.html
    • Gray, Marcus. Last Gang in Town: The Story and Myth of the Clash. New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1995. Print.
    • Halberstam, Judith. “What’s That Smell?: Queer Temporalities and Subcultural Lives.” S & F Online. 2.1 (Summer 2003) n. pag. Web. 22 Feb. 2008.
    • Hall, Stuart. “Representation and the Media.” Prod. and Dir. Sut Jhally. Media Education Foundation. 1997. Web. 20 Feb. 2011.
    • Hambleton, Paul. “Roger Sabin Replies… Punk & Racism Part???!!” www.punk77.co.uk. 17 July 2001. Web. 20 Feb. 2008.
    • Hebdige, Dick. Hiding in the Light. New York: Routledge, 1988. Print.
    • ———. Subculture: The Meaning of Style. New York: Routledge, 1979. Print.
    • Home, Stewart. Cranked Up Real High: Genre Theory and Punk Rock. (1997) Stewart Home Society. Web. 20 Feb. 2011.
    • hooks, bell. “Eating the Other.” Feminist Approaches to Theory and Methodology: An Interdisciplinary Reader. Eds. Sharlene Hesse-Biber et al. New York: Oxford U Press, 1998. 179-194. Print.
    • Isler, Scott. “Malcolm McLaren: From the Eye of the Storm.” Trouser Press 85 (May 1983). 20-25, 55. Print.
    • James, David. E. “Poetry/Punk/Productions: Some Recent Writing in LA.” Postmodernism and Its Discontents. Ed. Ann Kaplan. New York: Verso, 1988. 163-186. Print.
    • James, Martin. “The Clash: A Teenage Love Story.” The Independent. 28 Sept. 2004. Web. 22 Feb. 2004.
    • Jones, Simon. Black Culture White Youth: The Reggae Tradition from JA to UK. Basingstoke: Macmillan Education, 1988. Print.
    • Kinman, Tony. Interview by David Ensminger. Left of the Dial 3 (Summer 2002). 37-49. Print.
    • Letts, Don. “The Clash Clamp Down on Detroit Or: Give ‘Em Enough Wisniowka.” Interview by Susan Whitehall. Creem (June 1980). 41-45, 60-61 Print.
    • ———. “Dem Crazy Baldheads are My Mates.” Guardian Unlimited. 24 Oct. 2001. Web. 22 Feb. 2008.
    • Long, Al (Nausea). Interview by Alicia Non Grata. Maximumrocknroll 82 (Mar. 1990). Print.
    • Mad Dog (the Controllers). Interview. Maximumrocknroll 138 (Nov. 1994). Print.
    • McLaren, Malcolm. Interview by Greg Stacy. Ben is Dead 26 (1996). n. pag. Print.
    • ———. Interview by Robert Becker. Interview (April 1986). 262. Print.
    • Moore, Allan. Rock: The Primary Text: developing a musicology of rock. Farnham: Ashgate, 2001. Print.
    • Orman, John. The Politics of Rock Music. Chicago: Nelson-Hall, 1984. Print.
    • Orshoski, Wes. “DVD Looks Back at the Clash’s ‘Revolution.’” Billboard.com. 25 April. 2008. Web. 6 Dec. 2008.
    • Pepperell, Raymond John (“East Bay Ray”). Message to the author. 27 Feb. 2011. Email.
    • Philip, Mark. Interview by David Ensminger. Aug. 2009. Email.
    • Potter, Russell A. Spectacular vernaculars: hip-hop and the politics of postmodernism. Albany: State U of New York P, 1995. Print.
    • Raha, Maria. Cinderella’s Big Score: Women of the Punk and Indie Underground. Berkeley: Seal Press, 2004. Print.
    • “Rap Session! with Dave Dictor (MDC), Ian MacKaye (Minor Threat), and Vic Bondi (Articles of Faith).” Maximumrocknroll 8. (Sept. 1983). n. pag. Print.
    • Rowe, David. Popular Cultures: Rock Music, Sport, and the Politics of Pleasure. London: SAGE Publishing, 1995. Print.
    • Rubio, Steve. “Oh Bondage Up Yours.” Bad Subjects 6 (May 1993) n. pag. Web. 20 Feb. 2011.
    • Salewicz, Chris. Liner Notes. Burning Ambitions: A History of Punk. Cherry Red, 1982. CD.
    • Savage, Jon. England’s Dreaming: Anarchy, Sex Pistols, Punk Rock, and Beyond. London: Faber and Faber, 2005. Print.
    • Scream. Interview. Ink Disease 4 (1983). n. pag. Print.
    • ———. Interview by Donny the Punk. Flipside 48 (Spring 1986) n. pag. Print.
    • Secret Hate. Interview by Al Flipside. Flipside 38 (May 1983). Print.
    • Smith, Fred (“Freak”). Interview by David Ensminger. 2009. Email.
    • Snow, Matt. “Death or Glory.” MOJO 180 (Nov. 2008). Print.
    • Stevenson, James. Interview by David Ensminger. Leftofthedial.com. 17 Apr. 2007. Web. 22 Feb. 2011.
    • Testa, Jim. “Mike Watt: Tugboat or Minuteman? Contemplating the Hereafter.” Jersey Beat 72 (Fall/Winter 2002). n. pag. Print.
    • Traber, Daniel. “L.A.’s ‘White Minority.’ Punk and the Contradictions of Self-Marginalization.” Cultural Critique 48.1 (2001): 30-64. Print.
    • ———. Whiteness, Otherness, and the Individualism Paradox from Huck to Punk. New York: Macmillan, 2007. Print.
    • Trakin, Roy. “Blondie: If Music Be the Flood of Love Play On.” Hit Parader (June 1981). 4-7. Print.
    • ———.”Suicide Commits Itself.” New York Rocker (May 1980). 31. Print.
    • Vee, Tesco. “Interview with Iron Cross.” Touch and Go 16 (1981). n. pag. Print.
    • Wallechinsky, David, Amy Wallace, Ira Bassen, and Jane Farrow. The Book of Lists, the Canadian Edition: The Original Compendium of Curious Information. Canada: Knopf, 2005. Print.
    • Waller, Don. “In Search of the Elephant’s Balls.” Make the Music Go Bang! The early L.A. Punk Scene. Ed. Don Snowden. New York: St. Martin’s, 1997. 115-128. Print.
    • Wendy, Goph, and Annette. “Iron Cross interview.” Guillotine 8 (Dec. 1984). 28-29. Print.
    • Wuelfing, Howard. Interview by David Ensminger. 20 August 2008. Email.
    • Zanes, RJ Warren. “Too Much Mead?” Reading Rock’n’Roll: Authenticity, Appropriation, and Aesthetics. Ed. Kevin Dettmar and William Richey. New York: Columbia UP, 1999. 37-71. Print.

     

  • Lovecraft through Deleuzio-Guattarian Gates

    Patricia MacCormack (bio)
    Anglia Ruskin University
    Patricia.Maccormack@anglia.ac.uk

    Abstract
     
    This essay picks up on Deleuze and Guattari’s brief invocation of the work of H.P. Lovecraft. Deleuze and Guattari’s project to develop a philosophy of sorcery as a mode of thought that gestures toward becoming-imperceptible is considered by reading examples in Lovecraft’s “cosmic horror” of the terrors and revolutions available through the becomings of his protagonists. Contextualising his work outside of traditional genres of fantasy and science fiction, this essay offers the reading of Lovecraft’s writings as a passing through gates. This liberating practice produces encounters with abstract alterity, beginning with the ethical consideration of the preliminary otherness of women and the animal in Deleuze and Guattari’s work, via becoming-monstrous, to an infinite territory beyond representation, signification, and perception itself.

     

     
    In A Thousand Plateaus Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari invoke H.P. Lovecraft five times. While Lovecraft is mentioned together with such literary figures as Moritz, Woolf and particularly Melville, his work has less in common with those authors than with the abstract demonology of Deleuze and Guattari’s “Becoming-Intense” (sec. 10). Deleuze and Guattari claim that Lovecraft “attempted to pronounce sorcery’s final word” (TP 251; sec. 10), although Lovecraft has received little attention in comparison with other writers loosely grouped into the usually maligned genres of fantasy, science fiction and gothic horror. In this essay I pull out the evocations in Deleuze and Guattari’s five references to the story Lovecraft wrote with E. Hoffman Price, Through the Gates of the Silver Key (hereafter TGSK), and offer sketches of the ways in which becomings proliferate through Lovecraft’s work, in particular throughout his ‘cosmic horror’ writing. I argue that Lovecraft may offer an affirming philosophy of becoming that renegotiates traditional perceptions of his work as nihilistic or purely horrific. In this way I propose Lovecraft as a catalyst for a philosophical negotiation of the politics of subjectivity and alterity.
     
    This essay is meant to present a series of possibilities and ideas and not a definitive summary of stories, so moments from stories are mentioned without explication or reference to narratives or events. Lovecraft’s work rarely privileges event and narrative, which I understand as an oeuvre of relations that at their simplest should not be. The primary concept underpinning becomings for Deleuze and Guattari is also relations which refuse relationships that enforce resemblance. By reading Lovecraft through Deleuze and Guattari, I propose an alternate interpretation of Lovecraft’s work as expressing a vitalistic philosophy and inspiring an ethics that addresses the structures of self posited with and as socio-cultural otherness. Becomings are not commensurate with unique singularities but are produced from unlike relations. Lovecraft’s cosmic horror works are obsessed with the idea of relations that inevitably structure and underpin human existence but that remain unknown to the human. The becoming with which Lovecraft’s humans participate comes from the Elder Gods or more usually the Ancient Ones, a pantheon composed by Lovecraft from various Assyrio-Babylonian, Mesopotamian and particularly ancient Sumerian cacodemons. The Elder Gods act as gatekeepers for the Ancient Ones or Great Ones, a group of creatures associated with the terror of possibly unleashing a world of hybrid relations with humans which would either wipe humans out or, if the Great Ones entered into becomings, would wipe out subjectivity and perception as we know it. The Ancient Ones are presented in detail in Lovecraft’s The Necronomicon, written under the pseudonym Abdul Alhazred, which can be understood together with other apocryphal texts such as Eibon. These same demons appear in the pandemonium of Milton’s Paradise Lost, in Satan’s fallen land, but the idea of a pantheonic pack or a multiplicity within the one and a oneness of the multiple also resonates with the Devil’s response to Jesus’s question about his identity: “I am legion, for we are many” (Holy Bible, Mark 5:9). The dreadful realisation overcomes Lovecraft’s protagonists that they have always been in relation with and related to monstrous entities. In this context S.T. Joshi evaluates Lovecraft as an activating writer: “[R]ealism is … not a goal but a function in Lovecraft; it facilitates the perception that ‘something which could not possibly happen’ is actually happening” (33). Joshi emphasizes that Lovecraft is both and neither a writer of fantasy fiction and/nor of realism. This claim resonates with the crucial element of becoming in Deleuze and Guattari, namely that becomings are not metaphors and do not occur in a theatre of representation but rather actualize potentialities of thought.
     
    While many of Lovecraft’s stories include the atmospheric suspense of gothic fiction and the predictive elements of science-fiction, his descriptions of fantastic states are based on a refined knowledge of physics and a commitment to immersing both the characters and the reader in the cosmic horror. I argue here that Lovecraft should be understood as a writer who is not against realism but rather who attempts to find a new realism-mobilisation. Michael Houellebecq claims that Lovecraft avoids precision “with regards to the distribution of [the Ancient Ones’] powers and abilities. In fact their exact nature is beyond the grasp of the human mind.… those humans who seek to know more ineluctably pay with madness and death” (83). Poststructuralism enables us to translate “madness” as schiz-subjectivity and “death” as the death of reified identity that is launching upon becomings. For Lovecraft, monsters are not aberrant versions of the human. They are monstrous, that is, not in form, but on the levels of perception and possibility. What emerges in Lovecraft is that the human is a vague, strategic myth for ensuring sanity and thus traditional subjectivity through a belief in like relations. The human is of, indeed perhaps created by, monsters that are horrific not only in their hybrid incarnations but also in the impossibility of their being perceived through human modes of apprehension; this shows that the human is nothing more than its own fantastical myth and the infinite possibility of the beyond which is also the within. The horror experienced by Lovecraft’s protagonists need not close off the possibility that his readers would negotiate their own subjectivity and elements of alterity as a specific system of power. Beyond authorial intent, Lovecraft can demand, perhaps radically, a dissipation of powers that are contingent on the maintenance of the category of human. This is the political context of this essay. Maligned as sexist and racist, Lovecraft ironically catalyzes the becomings of the human through infinite and abstracting paradigms, and thereby requires his readers to reorient power relations, along the lines of poststructuralist, feminist, and postcolonial strategies alike. Thus Joshi is correct to describe Lovecraft’s writing as functional. Lovecraft himself explains that supernatural horror in literature “demands from the reader a certain degree of imagination and a capacity for detachment from everyday life” (Supernatural Horror 12). As Joshi points out, however, this does not preclude realism. Poststructuralism has demonstrated that there is no simple bifurcation dividing art and thought: what we create constitutes how we perceive reality, which then contributes to what we create, but it is the indeterminable and non-transcriptive or non-equivalent nature of this causality that makes the functioning of art in life and of life in art interesting.
     
    Along with asking what Lovecraft means, then, we also can ask what reading Lovecraft might do. Donald Burleson premises his poststructural reading of Lovecraft – which, like Joshi’s analysis, emphasises manner over meaning – with the reminder that authorial intent is inaccessible and presence remains a metaphysical phantasy (5-7). In his analysis of Pickman’s Model, Burleson states that “Pickman is absent because his plural nature denies the metaphysics of presence and self-identity.… Pickman divides himself against himself” (91). If the reader does the same, can an address to alterity be mobilised? Burleson interprets “The Colour Out of Space” as offering a refutation of systems themselves; here, to see “a visible impression, not belonging to this system, is to suggest disturbance of the system and, allegorically, subversion of systems generally. What is at work here is the undoing of categorical thinking, the unravelling of any system claiming final mastery, exhaustive cataloguing, total solution, immutable results, settled ‘reading’ of reality” (108). Mastery refuses a negotiatory ethics of difference. Against the allegorical emphasis of this claim, however, I propose that the functional activating of potentiality that does not recognise metaphor as its own closed circuit shows how reading Lovecraft may challenge close/d readings and other techniques of mastering words, bodies, flesh, perception and subjectivity beyond the text into the world. Ultimately I will ask: what did Lovecraft do to perception and what can we do with Lovecraft?
     
    This essay extends what Deleuze and Guattari call unnatural participation, understood as an impossible yet compulsory relation to the perception of cosmic horrors, in order to rethink the category of the human. The figure of gates of perception posits relation as an opening up rather than as an elliptical return to genesis. Through demonic relations Deleuze and Guattari seek abstract machines of relation that are no less real for being abstract, and argue, along with Joshi, that Lovecraft is a realist because of the function rather than the content of his work. This means that Lovecraft’s writings can be understood in a wider, political context instead of as belonging to a genre which distances itself from social life. Deleuze and Guattari connect this idea to Spinoza’s claim that ethics is produced not by commensurable relation, which privileges (usually) one form and function over another, but rather by what is produced between the two. Lovecraft’s literature offers an art event that is no less real for catalysing new gates of perception and possibilities of relation. By accessing Lovecraft’s necronomic gates toward the infinite and imperceptible but also the immanently present, we are forced to think, first, potentiality as an encounter with alterity, and, second, the political risks and imperatives of ourselves as becoming-other. This essay is structured as a series of “gates” in the sense of those bridges that Deleuze and Guattari, in What is Philosophy, describe as creating a “new concept of perceptual space” (19). As becomings concern not what structures relationships (between two reified entities), but what is produced through unnatural relations, gates of Lovecraftian perception open what Deleuze and Guattari call unheard of becomings – not unheard of because they have never been heard before, but because they cannot be heard through established, majoritarian vocalisations.
     
    In “Becoming Intense” Deleuze and Guattari describe abstract planes of consistency with reference to sorcery, Bergson, Spinoza, haecceity, plane-making, molecules, secrets, points, and blocks. None of these are abstractions or fantasies in the sense that they do not concern the material. They are abstract in the sense that the material is always concerned with planes. Majoritarian structures of perception create planes that are atrophied, adamantly heard of, and able-to-be-heard before their vocalisation arrives. Lovecraft’s reader is not confronted with what happens to whom and why, but with the unbearable reality of effectuation of unheard-of relations without perception as external, causal and commensurable apprehension, which is to say with a miasmic material reality: “a plane of consistency peopled by anonymous matter, by infinite bits of impalpable matter entering into varying connections” (Deleuze and Guattari, TP 255), Via Spinoza but primarily as sorcerers, and through Lovecraft, Deleuze and Guattari thus offer an ethics of becomings whose main phases are: 1) relations without likeness, 2) entities without form or function, 3) relations which are nonetheless real in spite of their abstract nature and the abstracting of the entities, 4) these relations forcing alternate modes of perception without laying new structures of apprehension, finally leading to 5) the function of art as catalysing becomings in the reader by demanding alternate perceptions of relation with any and all entities. As Deleuze and Guattari point out, these all occur on the same abstract plane.
     
    There is no leaving behind Lovecraft when we close his pages. Lovecraft’s work may be fantasy, the monsters fictive, the narratives fragmentary, but the relation to possibilities of thought through imperceptible though terrifically present entities is a gate through which the reader enters becomings that differentiate all relations on a plane of consistency. Against Joshi, Colin Wilson claims that Lovecraft was opposed to realism and particularly to materialism. What is at stake here is not whether Lovecraft personally rejected materialism but whether his negotiation of perception itself has material effects in the post-structural sense of re-negotiating signifying systems and relations of difference and otherness in the world. Wilson titles his chapter on Lovecraft the “Assault on Rationality.” Rationality has traditionally been the realm of dominant, logocentric, majoritarian systems. Wilson emphasizes Lovecraft’s obsession with the monstrous, and Braidotti the definition of monster as any deviation from the base level zero “human.” Braidotti states that “the discourse on monsters as a case study highlights … the status of difference within rational thought” (78). Wilson points out that Lovecraft “is willing to make his setting modern, but it must be remote from civilisation, a kind of admission of defeat” (4). This tendency evinces Lovecraft’s interest in describing the connective affectivity of fantastic perception and world, rather than a non-terrestrial dystopia. For this reason the political question becomes “defeat of what?” From a politics of alterity we could argue that Lovecraft works to defeat the exertion of perception and knowledge, for the exertion of power opens the way for other forms of subjectivity to emerge.
     
    Lovecraft’s oeuvre falls into two categories. One encompasses more familiar tales of terror found in horror stories and novels of the late eighteenth to early nineteenth centuries; the other is based on the great Lovecraft mythos. The stories based on the mythos address three main phases. The first, which Lovecraft calls “transition” or “mutation,” expresses the becoming(s) of protagonists as they begin to corporeally and psychologically articulate inflection with alternate genera, terrestrial teratological and alien (a division that is in fact unclear in Lovecraft). The second is the entering into the worlds, or, in keeping with his disinterest in disambiguation, the domains occupied by these creatures as gods. The third is the distortion of perception. Lovecraft was responsible for creating entire pantheons, universes, worlds, and alternate temporal realities of evolution and alien existence. The key element which differentiates Deleuze and Guattari’s almost jubilant citation of Lovecraft’s ideas is the lack of attention to what most Lovecraft commentators misguidedly call, as does Michael Houellebecq in the title of his seminal book, Lovecraft’s proclivity against life. The quality of one’s journey toward Lovecraft should take into account the definitions of such terms as “life,” “human,” and other Earthly tenets of thoughts, apprehensions of form and perceptions of states. Challenging the category of the human underpins all becomings, beginning with the most obvious falling away from the hu”Man” to woman, animal and eventually abstract particles, sonority, and inhuman planes. Apparently in contradiction with his premise that Lovecraft’s work shows a nihilistic weariness with life, Houellebecq in fact claims in his preface that through Lovecraft we can live in poetry (25). With the help of Deleuze and Guattari, this essay ultimately explores the readers’ passing through the gates of Lovecraftian perception, which involves the creation of a speech, from the unspeakable to the ‘unsayable’; incommensurable relations which take the very acts of writing and speech to their limits; accessing the outside and the unthinkable; but which are also, and in contradistinction to Wilson’s claim, is no less material for doing so. Resonant with speech of the unsayable, Lovecraftian perception is perception upon a different plane. (Burleson touches on this when he cites Derrida’s claim that “there is nothing outside the text” (10); in this case, however, I would tend more toward the work of Foucault and Blanchot, which introduce accountability and responsibility into this concept.) Lovecraft can be invigorating if read as a writer of the baroque (through, for example, Deleuze’s work on Leibniz) rather than, as many have claimed, the gothic; if read through physics as much as folklore; and as long as one reads and thinks of Lovecraft as an act of sorcery. Critics such as Siegel have claimed persistently that Lovecraft is a writer of gothic fiction (51). This tendency arises more from the resonance of trite adjectives such as ‘haunted’, ‘dark’, ‘horrific’ and so forth that are applied to Lovecraft’s work, than from the difficult task of seeing his work as phylum. Hybrid becomings, however, could help readers describe Lovecraft as a writer of the baroque rather than of the gothic (see MacCormack, “Baroque Intensity”). Relating to themes and places more modern (though emphatically anti-modernist) than the abbey-bound turpitude of G.M. Lewis and less romantic than the occultism of F. Marion Crawford, Lovecraft’s protagonists, (who are also uninterested in Bram Stoker’s socio-political tenets of industrialisation), are neither haunted nor hounded by entities they will eventually overcome. (To be fair, however, this repudiation of the gothic is more readily found in Lovecraft’s cosmic tales than in the intimate stories of dread.)
     
    Becomings deal not with kinds but with states. The journeys upon which Lovecraft’s protagonists, and we as readers, launch, are journeys that involve “passing through” as becomings, not the completion of a project of becoming with another element. A demonological philosophy after Deleuze and Guattari increasingly becomes less about animals and demons than about gates. Contagion, packing, proliferation alter the qualities of the passing, and each gate could be described as a mode of perception-consistency. Randolph Carter understands his journey through the gates as a “flux of impressions.… [Gates lead] from earth and time to that extension of earth which is outside time, and from which in turn the Ultimate Gate leads fearsome and perilously to the Last Void which is outside all earths, all universes and all matter” (Lovecraft, TGSK 516-17). Carter uses the apocryphal grimoire by the Mad Arab (probably written by Lovecraft himself), The Necronomicon. In The Necronomicon itself (especially in “The Book of Entrance and of Walking,” “The Book of Calling,” and “The Incantations of the Gates”), the names and qualities of encounters with gods are seen as gates, not entities; so the kind or order of the gods is also understood as qualities of movement and as locations that incarnate particular impression-states. Quality of flux, guided by imagination and dream over goal, opens the gates. The use of a grimoire and conjuration resonates with Deleuze and Guattari’s philosophy of sorcery, not simply because the act of sorcery underpins the plane of consistency in both cases, but also because in both cases the rituals concern “modes of expansion [and]… occupation” (TP 239; sec. 10). Occupying a place whose territories are expanded through various reorientations of impression produces an anomalous place. Deleuze and Guattari emphasize that the adjective anomalous situates a position or a phenomenon of bordering. In this sense, gates, understood as borders of becomings, are used in this essay to describe Lovecraft’s different phases of becomings, phases which cannot be understood in terms of causality or of narrative logic. The first gate addresses Deleuze and Guattari’s three modes of animality, and Lovecraft’s idea that animality is exemplified by propagation. Gate Two addresses the shift from recognisable animal intensity to what Deleuze and Guattari call the demonic animal, which appears in Lovecraft as the Elder Gods and Ancient Ones. Gate Three explores the way, in becomings, the categorically human is crucially absent. Using Deleuze’s work on Leibniz, Gate Four begins to address the move from becomings as acts of participation with other elements, to the altering of modes of perception as such and posits Lovecraft as a writer of the baroque on account of his manipulation of the physics of perception-planes. Gate Five contextualises Lovecraft’s modes of speech, the compulsion to say the unsayable in order to access the outside – or what Deleuze and Guattari call the abstract, outside perceptions of form, function and comprehension – but within the world and found in art; in this sense the abstraction is no less material and real. Gate Six, finally, asks what ethical imperatives are presented by Lovecraft’s art.
     

     

    Gate 1. Orders of Animals, Orders of Demons

     
    In Deleuze and Guattari’s work, becomings pass through stages which can generally be described as devolutionary, and which Deleuze and Guattari call “neoevolutionary.” The majoritarian subject “man” (which is to say, all human subjects) enters into relations with primary elements of minoritarian alterity, becoming-woman, becoming-animal, and other, a-human forms, toward more refined, ambiguous expressions of content. The animal, however, is the primary node for inhuman or a-human becomings. Deleuze and Guattari demarcate three orders of animality. The first is the Oedipal animal, the puppy-baby (Freud). Second is the symbolic or archetype animal, which creates and immobilises itself upon a metaphoric structure of signification (Jung). The third animal is the demonic animal, in which two elements must be present – the animal here is itself a phenomenon of bordering, hybridity, and metamorphicity. Demonic animals are defined as “pack or affect animals that form a multiplicity, a population, a becoming, a tale” (TP 241; sec. 10). Vampires, werewolves, and demons belong to this third order of animality. Because they are both familiar and unfamiliar to us, however, they seem to resonate with the negotiations of what a human-animal could be, both when it is mistakenly read through the first two orders of animality, and when its becomings are overlooked. It involves a relation with an abstract animal. Oedipal animality – the family puppy-baby – manifests its narcissism through subjective ownership – “‘my’ cat, ‘my’ dog” (TP 240; sec. 10). Oedipal animals affirm the self through the construction of an anthropomorphising family system in which the animal is allowed to emerge only through conditional love that fulfills the parameters of the substitute child. Since the animal is inferior in both its structural position and its species, it resolves the woman’s penis envy and the man’s castration anxiety. The second order of animals is the archetypal animal who is invested with human qualities and effectively only has, or represents, human qualities. These animals are extricated from animality, but the range of their symbolic function is almost limitless. Both systems in no way include animals, just human, signifying systems. We need to develop the critique further here, however, so that the werewolf/demon/vampire is not misunderstood as some uncanny, gothic entity. Lovecraft claims that he seeks “to make the flesh creep” (qtd. in Wilson 3) more than to unfurl narrative through characters. This focus on flesh directly challenges metaphor and the distance between reader and text. As a kind of physio-cerebral affectivity, it dissolves metaphor and makes the text politically accountable for its catalyzing of different modes of thinking.
     
    Demons thus belong to the third order of Deleuze and Guattari’s animal taxonomy. Becoming through a pact-pack with the demon also describes the first phase of Lovecraftian sorcery. One of the remarkable contributions Lovecraft makes to literature is his formulation of a pantheon of gods. Unlike other fantasy writers, however, Lovecraft creates gods within this world, which is also folded together with worlds outside of time and space. As Gates, Lovecraft’s gods are responsible for the horror of altering modes of being in the world, and they do so by creating the pure immanence of multiple worlds. Taxonomies of monsters, orders of gods, worlds demarcated as fantastical or real are absent in Lovecraft, and it is the very absence of these demarcations which causes horror. Lovecraft’s gods lack the signification and subjectification that, according to Deleuze and Guattari, facilitates majoritarian power, which in turn sanctions the emergence of subjects. The entities with which the protagonists enter becomings are abstract and ambiguous (as emergent entities they are always there but not entirely apprehensible). Becomings in Lovecraft are also compulsory – the protagonists have no choice, but while horror is thereby irrefutably catalysed, it comes from the loss, and not from the destruction, of the self. These monsters destroy through alliance rather than murder. Lovecraft emphasises that becomings are already available and that we always already choose the extent to which we resist or submit to the everyday alliances we make. In this way he demonstrates that retaining reified subjectivity is as much an act as would be letting go of it. Deleuze and Guattari use the concept of demons to expand the intersection of the hybrid with the animal. Aesthetic and apocryphal demons such as werewolves and vampires are single expressions of human-animal elements, inherently metamorphic and part of packs. Since demons must be invoked after first being imagined as fabulations, thinking becoming-demon for them requires a philosophy of sorcery. Lovecraft’s lower gods are fabulations of demons, inter-species hybrids with orders of non-mammalian animals, and this Deleuzio-Guattarian index is where Lovecraft’s a-human becomings begin. Deleuze and Guattari do not offer aesthetic, cinematic or literary examples of their demons – the devil, werewolves and vampires – because these arise as particle verb bands rather than as infernal monsters or as metaphorical, figurative, or symbolic entities. When examples are offered, they resonate around becomings which are not as familiar to us as those of the werewolf and vampire. Precisely because these monsters emerge through so many varied examples of actualised virtualities, however, they remain abstract potentiality, whereas the specific literary citations of Woolf’s becoming-monkey, Ahab’s becoming-whale, and so on, are examples of singularities before the formation of new threshold packs.
     

    Gate 2. From Demonic Heredity to Abstract Alliance

     
    Gate 2 focuses on the demonic in Deleuze and Guattari’s elements of becoming, as abstract animal entities. This Gate explores the liminal band between a-human, animal elements and the demon that is beyond animal-element perception. Lovecraft’s gods are not monsters; they do not belong to extra-human orders from which they threaten to slaughter the demarcated human, and they do not reside in the entirely external fantasy worlds that are found in many traditional horror stories. Ancient Ones and Elder Gods are beyond Frankenstein’s creature and Dracula, and they are too earthly present to be classified along with the alien gods and monsters of fantasy novels. For the renegotiation of our becomings, it is important to note that we cannot categorise them as outside, either in form or in world. They are immediately present but also without presence since they are not recognisably other or antagonistic. The qualities of Lovecraft’s gods and entities are, furthermore, always themselves in states of becoming. They include multiple intensities and mobile qualities of many animals, particularly cephalopods, fish. and insects, as well as a bacterial forms of bubbling, molecular viscosity. As the gods are in their own states of becoming, their function as an anomalous, allied term is already beyond our capacity to name them. As hyper-hybrids, they also occupy territories that could be described as having their own becomings – water-land worlds, outer-space-within-this space and so forth, what Deleuze and Guattari call a “Universe fiber” that is “strung across borderlines” (TP 249; sec. 10). In addition, since they cannot be destroyed, their states of “life” are tentative. They are incapable of killing humans, but only change their state of life, as they are neither dead nor alive. The thresholds and gates Lovecraft’s monsters force us to negotiate are resistant, not only to being destructive monsters, but also to being hybrid entities that we could demarcate for our becomings. Their qualities of contagion, as hybrids or outside entities, preclude them from being monsters, and thus resonate with Deleuze and Guattari’s terms for elements of becoming, from wolf-whale-rat to demonic dimensionality and borderline propagation. The Ancient Ones are described physically as threshold creatures – both fish and fowl, flesh and fur, a kind of sentient, amphibious nebula from a pre-human, pre-historical time that is both more civilised and intelligent than the human time, and barbarically uncivilised. Inevitably and most horrifically, the Ancient Ones reproduce the limit restricting even hybrid animality from a pure abstraction-becoming. The animal elements of the Ancient Ones, while residually named as animal, are in fact cephalopodan, insect and other adamantly non-mammalian forms. Cthulhu is seen in bas-relief as a squid dragon, “an octopus, a dragon, and a human caricature… [whose] pulpy tentacled head surmounted a grotesque and scaly body with rudimentary wings” (Lovecraft, “The Call of Cthulhu,” hereafter TCC, 63). Dagon is a fish-man-god (Lovecraft, “Dagon” 16). The encounter between protagonists and their becoming-Ancient Ones reflects this threshold. Cthulhu lives a threshold consciousness, lying dead but dreaming. The geography of Cthulhu’s fallen cities of R’lyeh lies at the threshold of the mountains of madness, at immeasurable depths beneath the sea (apparently near New Zealand). Randolph Carter’s becoming is “human and non-human, vertebrate and invertebrate, animal and vegetable” (Lovecraft, TGSK 526), and the unnamed protagonist of The Shadow Over Innsmouth is a man-froglike-fish or fishlike-frog, “flopping, hopping, croaking, bleating” (Lovecraft, TSI 454). “Propagation by epidemic, by contagion, has nothing to do with filiation by heredity.… These combinations are neither genetic nor structural; they are interkingdoms” (Deleuze and Guattari, TP 241-2; sec. 10). In “The Shadow Over Innsmouth” the kingdom of immortal creatures of the sea arises to infect the citizens of Innsmouth with molecular intensities, merging land with sea and human with frog-fish-flesh. The narrator shares a family line with these hybrid worshippers of Dagon and Cthulhu, but genealogy produces a unique specificity of hybridity. He tells us that “them as turn into fish things an’ went into the water wouldn’t never die” (414).
     
    Mixed blood in this context clearly has more to do with disease and infection than with reproduction, while “reproduction” has to be understood not as a project of reproducing, but rather as the production, at each stage, of a unique generation of unrepeatable combinations. Hybrids, in science, are sterile and cannot reproduce, but like Cthulhu they also cease the need to reproduce because they become eternal. Houllebecq (problematically) reminds us that “most novelists consider it their duty to present an exhaustive picture of life” (61). In contrast to literature’s traditional compulsions to re-present endlessly, Lovecraft’s work and his monsters produce only singularities, thereby forcing readers to confront alterity and defamiliarization. What is at stake here is whether the reader chooses a liberation of ideology through this defamiliarization, or a stubbornly clings to powers of signification that maintain dominant subjectivity. Could we argue that minoritarian readers would, contra Houellebecq, find life in this liberation?
     
    Neither Carter nor the narrator of “Innsmouth” narrator enters into a desiring union as part of his transformation, but instead is propagated through hereditary disease (demonic reproduction) or geographical proximity to threshold kingdoms. Each relation between the protagonist and his seemingly inevitable fate as part of a family of singular hybrids forming a heterogeneous, seething, contagious collective ends with resignation, joy, liberation or an unqualified loss of perception. Lovecraft’s protagonists rarely prevail, they cease to be protagonists at all, and their fate is the packing-pacts of becomings. The population of the Innsmouth Order of Dagon pack are specific phyla which appear as unique entities due to their unpredictable combining of interkingdom coalescence. This is the Outsider that Deleuze and Guattari, following Lovecraft, describe as neither/both an individual nor/and a pack, which is to say as a “phenomenon of bordering” (TP 245; sec. 10). Bordering lines inflect at different and mobile angles. In Lovecraft’s “The Nameless City” (TNC), which makes the first reference to The Necronomicon, the unnamed narrator encounters half-transparent, chaotic devils, hybrid demons of crocodile-seal-man but “more often nothing of which either the naturalist or the palaeontologist ever heard.… But strangest of all were the heads, which presented a contour violating all known biological principles.… I thought of comparisons as varied as the cat, the bulldog, the mythic satyr, and the human being” (136). Eternal creatures lose the need for Oedipal or hierarchical structures because they no longer need familial or gender striation. Their condition as a pack is thus neither serial (based on equivalences demarcated through political, isomorphic binaries of gender, age or race) nor structural (based on arboreal hierarchy and genealogy). In addition, their immortality, like their genealogy, should be understood not as a chronology without end, but rather as time without duration, simultaneity including constant differentiation. The contemplation of this concept-state is often the catalyst for the protagonists’ madness, but only while they remain in the human world, with its modes of spatial disambiguation and unfurling temporality. We hear in TNC the much-cited couplet maxim of the Ancient Ones, also found in The Necronomicon, that “That which can eternal lie/And with strange aeons even death may die” (142).
     

    Gate 3. Inhuman Becomings

     
    The majoritarian, it could be argued, belongs to no category other than the particular species of the “human.” After becoming-woman, through which women must also pass, Deleuze and Guattari call to the human “becoming-animal.” The shift from being woman to becoming woman (a deeply problematic, precariously fetishistic concept for which Deleuze and Guattari have been maligned) is a movement from a category emergent only through majoritarian expression, as lacking and oppressed, to woman as a singularity or territory with no opposite. The very fact that Deleuze and Guattari posit woman as the first, surely horrific step for the majoritarian male to take in his relinquishing of power endows this politics of alterity with the mood of Lovecraft’s protagonists who, ultimately, fear becoming-nothing, a status to which minoritarians have long been relegated. The becoming-cosmic, however, shows that nothing is everything, just as many feminists, such as Irigaray in An Ethics of Sexual Difference, have argued that woman, in “lacking,” is both less than and more than one. From the definite politics of feminists of difference, we come to the larger paradigm of the human itself. While Lovecraft’s characters do not pass through a becoming-woman, they do leap to a becoming-animal that is neither human nor animal, and both. Insofar as the animal is nothing except the not human, becoming animal begins the ablation of the category of the human. As Lovecraft’s protagonists extend toward becomings that offer no recognisable elements, they can no longer be organised as hybrids of relations between two, whether animal/human or human/demon. Through abstract gods, this stage of becoming is able to erode entirely all residue of the human. Beyond the notion of the “post-human,” which suggests an “after,” Lovecraft’s becoming-inhuman is within so-called humans, immanently available, and indeed inevitable and compulsory. No longer hybrid with exo-kingdoms, the primary term “human” can no longer be described as becoming. The divisibility of becoming entities becomes increasingly difficult. This section explores the conception of relations of a-human or inhuman, non-differentiated, nebulous becomings as baroque. Lovecraft’s monsters are unto themselves not scary, the events not frightening, compared with facing the ultimate horror of losing subjectivity to the very molecular level of the human, the mammal, the invertebrate, the plant, the bacterial.
     
    In Lovecraft’s tales events are associated with phases of relation and production, not presented in increments of narrative evolution. For this reason I would extend Deleuze’s work on Leibniz and argue that both Deleuze and Guattari’s werewolves/vampires/demons and Lovecraft’s work deal with the baroque. Like the baroque, Lovecraft’s work consists not of collisions between forms but rather of acts of relations between substances, or, as Leibniz puts it, the power to act and be acted upon (81). The baroque is important for the politics of difference in my argument because Leibniz argues here that bodies depend on their affective relations with other bodies in order to define themselves. Techniques of subsumption and oppression through the reification of dominant identities amount to uneven relations without participation. Instead of perpetuating domination or subordination through refusal and extrication, attention to the affects and fluidity of bodies in proximity with and inflected through one another requires that our apprehension of those bodies negotiates the possibility of differing ourselves. For Leibniz, all bodies are modification or extension, existing as fluid aggregates, and their reality is not an essence within these bodies but rather, as Leibniz writes following Democritus, “they depend for their existence on opinion or custom” (69).
     
    Critics have accused Lovecraft of nihilism, pessimism (Lévy), paranoia (Carter) and, from an esoteric angle, qualities of negativity and poverty-stricken intangibility (Pasi, Hanegraaff), even if the critics have not necessarily presented these qualities as bad. More celebratory explorations have suggested that Lovecraft’s art allows encounters with the sublime (Ralickas). As a phenomenon of encountering an excess of signification that is no less material for being so, the sublime offers a jubilant reading of the ultimate dissipations that Lovecraft’s protagonists undergo. In direct reference to a politics of feminist alterity, Kristeva’s Desire in Language proposed the sublime as an integral element of the a-signifying systems encountered in becoming-woman. Lovecraft also has been utilised in queer theory and as a catalyst for activism (MacCormack, “Unnatural Alliances”), in illustration of Joshi’s point that his is a writing of function. Goodrich has explored Lovecraft as a mannerist, and has pointed to the plastic-artistry of his literary style. It is crucial to find joy in Lovecraft, as it is here we find liberation from dominant signifying systems. The question then becomes, “who benefits from maintaining these systems?” Reading Lovecraft as a baroque writer, we can find voluminous material (indeed all too material) becomings. The horror perhaps comes from the fact that these becomings are not metaphors; they are instead all too real and in fact invert metaphorisation, with no recourse to meaning. Far from disappearing or being consumed, Lovecraft’s characters are unable to escape, through death or victory, the reality of their metamorphoses. Leibniz states: “A corporeal substance can neither arise nor perish except by creation or annihilation… Consequently things which have souls do not arise or perish, but are only transformed” (92). Carter and Charles Dexter-Ward, among others, neither live nor die, and at best theirs is not a fear of transformation but of an irresistible “beckoning” (Lovecraft, TGSK 505). Whatever is annihilated is human. Indeed perhaps these stories are nihilistic for the human, always and only lacking or against only human life, the human understood as that which Leibniz’s ethics repudiates – an entity as a unified one. Becoming-inhuman is not death, “for no substance perishes, though it can become quite different” (Leibniz 43).
     
    Baroque transformation is bordering, infinitely and infinitesimally fractal, aggregate plurality, subdivision, “modification as extension” (Leibniz 68). The specificities of each of these qualities are not antagonistic, and unlike relations offer an ethics of difference that is crucial to minoritarian studies and becomings. The unnamed entity (probably Yog-Sothoth) that concludes “The Dunwich Horror” (DH) speaks half in English and half in imperceptible – and olfactory – utterances. It “has been split up into what it was originally made of, and can never exist again. It was an impossibility in a normal world. Only the least fraction was really matter in any sense we know” (Lovecraft, DH 151-2). The entity is called a “human blasphemy” (152), not because it is evil or aberrant, but because it could not be perceived and thus known as part of the “normal” world occupied by phantasies of human and other demarcated entities. Politically, minoritarians – women, queers, racial others and so forth – have been considered in this way, and in response have demanded a philosophy of re-negotiating signifying systems. Faith here is not belief in God but in the human and its associated qualities of singularity, reified subjectivity, and unified, homogenised expression of substance.
     
    Continental philosophy frequently emphasises that art first involves letting go of the category of the human. For Lyotard, art makes us become-inhuman (2). Deleuze states that desiring machines only occur between the non-human and the human (Desert Islands 243), and Deleuze and Guattari define art-affect as man’s [sic] non-human becoming (What is Philosophy? 172). For Guattari, the most important of the three ecologies of environment, social relations, and human subjectivity, is the rupture of human subjectivity through an entirely different logic (The Three Ecologies 28, 56). From less than human becomings – hybrid animal – to abstract hybrid becomings – demonic relations – baroque becomings now reach the inconceivable outside of all human thought – the unthinkable. Guattari claims that his third ecological register of aesthetic-ethics, the reterritorialization of subjectivity, is the most crucial, while Foucault shows that thought which is itself outside can, through art, offer access to an outside subjectivity, but within the world and art’s ecstasies.
     

    A thought that stands outside subjectivity, setting its limits as thought from without, articulating its end, making its dispersion shine forth, taking in only its invincible absence… regain[s] the space of its unfolding, the void serving as its site, the distance in which it is constituted and into which its immediate certainties slip the moment they are glimpsed.
     

    (Foucault 15-16)

     

    It is imperative to let go of the human in order to encounter and fold with art, which unfolds the self toward infinity and pure potentiality without genesis or destination. This unfolding is an ethical opening that sacrifices majoritarian access and expression to the powers of the human. Mrs. Gardner’s madness in Lovecraft’s “The Colour Out of Space” (TCOS) presents her as screaming “about things in the air which she could not describe. In her raving there was not a single specific noun, but only verbs and pronouns. Things moved and changed and fluttered, and ears tingled to impulses which were not wholly sounds” (250). The “monster” of TCOS is a quality of luminescence and bubbling of ooze that is threatening as affect and not as act. Like an encounter with art that appears to come from outside, the encounter with this entity resists the annexation of adjectives to nouns, and results in no more than vague fragments of descriptions of events, through what Deleuze and Guattari describe as a variety of sensation-compounds: vibration, the embrace or clinch, withdrawal, division, and distension – two elements drawn apart but together by the light, air, or void; they emphasise that “Affects are precisely these nonhuman becomings” (What is Philosophy? 168). For Lyotard, Foucault, Blanchot, and Rancière, art mandates letting go of the category of the human. In contradistinction to the assessment of Lovecraft as against life, perhaps we can celebrate him as a philosopher of alterity, even if he is, ironically, his own first victim (consider this alongside his ignoring women to a large extent and his xenophobia, both of which have been written on extensively). Of course such a celebration would be anchored by Joshi’s claim that Lovecraft’s work is about what we do with it: if Lovecraft’s work presents a political philosophy of alterity beyond authorial intent, it does so only in the way that it is utilised and not simply in what it says.

     
    Through becomings, “The Call of Cthulhu’s” Johansen and others are literally swallowed up, ingested into the Lovecraftian world. To be swallowed is to be ingested into the folds of the monster. The self becomes inherently part of the folds and foldings-in of these worlds, until all perception is enveloped within a plane of Lovecraftian monsters and hybrids. The folded self cannot become extricated from this plane, and instead becomes willingly infected by the contagion of the monstrous other planes, including those of other becomings such as woman or feminism. Thus we come to realise that Cthulhu is not a creature or form but purely a mode of (actually imperceptible) perception: “There were certain proportions or dimensions which I did not like” (Lovecraft, TNC 130); “Horrors of a form not to be surmised” (Lovecraft, “The Dream-Quest” 392). The baroque is infinite and indefinite becomings of form, and thus emphasizes the impossibility of apprehending anything except through aspect, turn, or intensity. Demons require the repudiation of humanity, and Deleuze and Guattari’s demonic bands first require getting rid of human classifications: “Lovecraft applies the term ‘Outsider’ to this thing or entity” (TP 245; sec. 10).
     
    In order to enter into this beyond-humanness we must act as sorcerers, which requires Deleuze and Guattari’s four stages of demonic pact-making. The first is the alliance with a demon, through which the human passes into the pack, which is the second phase. The third sees this pack create a borderland with another pack, which then allows the borderline to guide the future(s) of the human-animal collective pack intensities. The fourth stage is presumably the stage of ethics, creativity, and thought, as it involves the production of directions that most benefit each particle of each pack-pact, and always changes the micro- and macro- “things” within and between the borderline. The werewolf, demon, and the vampire, as not knowable but thinkable fabulations, are waves or bands and not figures or concepts – or, as in What is Philosophy?, they are pre-philosophical. Werewolves, demons, and vampires include elements similar to the human and to animal elements, but form strange, new, mobile, and what Deleuze and Guattari call unnatural participations (TP 242) and what Lovecraft perhaps would call “disturbing combinations” (TGSK 537). They are not uncanny, as they are not symbolic forms sewn together into demarcated half-half mythic monsters. According to a new grammar of becoming, it is not a cobbling together of two nouns, but rather the movement-combination-aspect of the familiar, or the verbing, that creates the hybrid: “But in the text itself it did indeed reek with wonder; for here was no script of any wholesome age, but the laboured strokes of mediaeval darkness, scarcely legible to the laymen who now strained over it, yet having combinations of symbols which seem vaguely familiar” (Lovecraft, “The Case of Charles Dexter Ward” 283).
     
    If we think the borderline as a plane of immanence, then the borderline “implies a sort of groping experimentation and its layout resorts to measures that are not very respectable, rational or reasonable. These measures belong to the order of dreams.… To think is always to follow the witch’s flight” (Deleuze and Guattari, What is Philosophy? 41). In “Dreams in the Witch-House” Brown Jenkin, the hybrid rat-human (nicely resonant with Deleuze and Guattari’s citation of the film Willard) and his witch-ally Keziah Mason seduce Walter Gilman toward “lines and curves that could be made to point out directions leading through the walls of space to other spaces beyond, and [she] had implied that such lines and curves were frequently used at certain midnight meetings” (306). The borderline is one dimension cut from a plane of consistency.
     

    Gate 4. A-Perception

     
    Lovecraft’s protagonists initially shift their modes of perception to dreams and memories that do not belong to their history or imagination. This already implies the suspension of any recognisable modes of apprehension, and compels us to read in a similar way. Dreams, memories and imagination are not opposed to reality but belong to different orders of perception that nonetheless effect alterations in subjectivity and show reality to be a quality. The question is not so much what we read in Lovecraft but how we read. Lovecraft’s is an impossible project of describing the indescribable, speaking about the unsayable and explicating events which are beyond our capacity to follow. His words are not complex, so that if both writer and reader lack words for the unsayable, and if they are open to art as outside and to the inhuman becomings that literature invokes, this lack is precisely the ethical point of creating new relations of production between art and reader that cannot be set down, structured, or understood as preceding the event of reading. The decision to open toward a revolution in perception is the point of becomings. Deleuze and Guattari describe a novel as populated by the multiple perceptions of the characters and the shadowy but ubiquitous perception of the writer. Lovecraft, however, knows neither his own perception nor those of his characters, because in his work perception itself is the character, content and narrative. Perception, in this world and in the palimpsest worlds within and outside of it, is an incandescent, fantastical reality. Examples of unbearable, wondrous perception of the present as ordinary/extraordinary are found in Lovecraft’s beloved Arthur Machen. In “A Fragment of Life,” within and beneath London there emerges an arcane, natural world, a “New Life” in which, along with “unheard-of joys, there are also new and unheard-of dangers” (Machen 98), and which thus exemplifies Deleuze and Guattari’s unheard of becomings.
     
    Lovecraft’s task becomes impossible in the final phases of the becomings he catalyses, when perception itself resists becomings. Between the a-human and thinking the pure plane of consistency in Lovecraftian becomings, a-perception navigates this impossible but nonetheless actual task, just as the becoming itself is increasingly difficult to negotiate. Recalling Deleuze and Guattari’s emphasis on abstraction as no less real, we can say that a-perception is the no less material experience of becoming beyond description or apprehension. A-perception is crucial for thinking outside established thought and acknowledging the reality and transgressive potential of what we cannot know but must nonetheless experience, just as the minoritarian is forced to experience oppression by virtue of remaining unknown and unknowable in a majoritarian economy. Indeed it is precisely because the potentiality of a-perceptive becomings cannot be deferred to knowledge or apprehended as concept-object, but instead is always within this real, material plane, that it is necessary for mobilizing subjectivity through art, which demands perceiving differently. It is no accident that these shifts of perception in Lovecraft’s work are the most difficult to read and the points at which the protagonists lose their minds or, properly speaking, their humanity and subjectivity. They, as we, must learn to perceive differently, and the “we” is the first casualty.
     
    Alliance through becomings and packing creates both communal or shared folds between – the threshold – and new folds within the singular self (an alternation of Deleuze’s habitus, which he borrows from Leibniz). This requires alteration in perceptions through alterations in being, the threshold of which perhaps we could describe, as Lovecraft does in “The Unnamable,” as a “hybrid nightmare” (232). “Every perception is hallucinatory because perception has no object… but from the haze of dust without objects the figures themselves raise up from the depths and fall back again” (Deleuze, The Fold 93-94). Peaslee loses his ability to distinguish between his dream existence and his terrestrial one and thus his ability to distinguish actuality from hallucination: “Indeed it seemed to the doctors that I lost interest in my proper personality as soon as I found the case of amnesia accepted as a natural thing” (Lovecraft, “The Unnamable” 468). He experiences perception as fragmentary and fractal, as a series of perspectival inflections of the fold (and therefore out of time, because linear time is created through micro and macro shifts rather than through a serialisation of acting objects). Joe Slater in Beyond the Wall of Sleep forsakes his becoming-Dagon for a pure imperceptible perception: “At this point the thought waves abruptly ceased and the pale eyes of the dreamer – or should I say dead man – commenced to gaze fishily” (Lovecraft, BWS 47).
     
    Along two trajectories, through their becomings and their entrance into the geoplanes of the Ancient Ones, Lovecraft’s protagonists transform gradually, not through their being or location but through their perception. Their becomings shift from alliances to being-apprehension-simultaneity with all particles, and so are beyond the need for space and time. “Memory and imagination shaped dim half pictures with uncertain outlines amidst the seething chaos, but Carter knew they were memory and imagination only” (Lovecraft, TGSK 517). To propose Lovecraft as a writer of the baroque is also to point to the chaos that is a key element of his renegotiation of non-Euclidean physics. Deleuze and Guattari likewise describe philosophy, science, and art as wanting to “tear open the firmament and plunge into chaos” (What is Philosophy? 202). Philosophy, according to them, gives us variations, science variables, and art varieties. As sorcerers of baroque demonology, Lovecraft and his protagonists begin with becoming and with seeing various forms of hybrid monsters. They then shift through variants of the metamorphic mobility of self and monster in action, and reach their pinnacle as actualised perceptions of virtual potentialities. Here, the protagonists shift their thinking from seeing and from being infected by the molecules of monster variants, toward infernal, seething forms, to aberrant angles of being and apprehending. This may also be the point at which Lovecraft himself shrugs off the fetters of gothic writing and creates the hybrid, folklore-physics systems through which becomings occur. “Non-Euclidean calculus and quantum physics are enough to stretch any brain; and when one mixes them with folklore… [Gilman] began to connect his mathematics with the fantastic legends of elder magic” (Lovecraft, DWH, 306).
     
    Lovecraft calls his blind, mad god Nyarlathotep the crawling chaos. Gilman fears alighting in the “spiral black vortices of that ultimate void of Chaos where reigns the mindless demon sultan Azathoth” (DWH, 343). Nyarlathotep and Azathoth, in addition to many of the other Ancient Ones (including the dead but dreaming Cthulhu), are blind, mindless and dead only when evaluated according to human modes of signifying perception and qualitative states. In Lovecraft’s rarely cited poetic work, Nyarlathotep’s “idiot chaos blows Earth’s dust away” (“Nyarlathotep” l. 14) even though “throngs pressed around, frantic for his commands” (“Nyarlathotep” 5). And then,
     

    Out in the mindless void the demon bore me
    Past the bright clusters of dimensioned space
    Til neither time nor matter stretched before me
    But only Chaos, without form or place.

    (“Azathoth” 1-4)

     

    The beautiful, brief poem Azathoth invokes dreaming, bat-things flopping, and monstrous chance-combinings. These abject blasphemers, beyond the cares of dominant systems and their heads, are sorcerers who betray their positions as heads of pack; “‘I am his messenger’, the demon said / and in contempt he struck his Master’s head” (“Azathoth” 13-14). Lovecraft’s moments of horror occur when discursive systems such as Azathoth’s powers (which have their own demonic, hybrid philosophy) or, (if read as desire), Deleuze and Guattari’s unnatural nuptials (TP 240) express a possible chance-combining of the three orders of chaos’ emergence that are described in What is Philosophy?

     

    Gate 5. From the Unspeakable to the Unsayable

     
    Lovecraft’s is a task of writing the un-writable. Like other “fantasy” writing, Lovecraft’s prose is often evaluated as simultaneously lacking in substance and hampered by melodramatic overuse of adjectives. He depicts the madness of TCOS‘s Mrs. Gardner by groping for affects, adjectives and pronouns without his language alighting on form, nouns, or entities apprehensible through human perception. Wilson, along with many other critics, claims many of his stories are “atrociously written” (4).
     
    Maligning Lovecraft for his florid and enflaming adjectives and for his non-existent narratives fails to address the indescribability of what he is compelled to describe – palimpsest worlds beyond apprehension, selves incapable of speech, becoming-polyvocal but not in any language distinguishable by humans, and existence outside time. In “The Unnamable,” in spite of Manton’s vague knowledge that
     

    the mind sometimes holds visions and sensations of far less geometrical, classifiable and workable nature, he believed himself justified in drawing an arbitrary line and ruling out of court all that cannot be experienced and understood by the average citizen. Besides, he was almost sure that nothing can be really “unnamable”. It didn’t sound sensible to him.
     

    (227)

     

    In his attempt to encounter these worlds, Lovecraft is compelled to use language that Deleuze and Guattari more sympathetically describe as “grandiose and simplified” (TP 251). In pursuit of thinking the unthinkable and perceiving the imperceptible, Lovecraft offers his literary art as writing the un-writable, which is to say as speaking the unsayable. Such language must be used in becoming-inhuman, because description or speech that interiorizes entities with genesis and destination, content and limits of possibility, is the language of knowledge and the limited syntax of experience. If we can speak we speak “as” subjects. Foucault claims that speech coming from the outside is a mode of desire because “one is attracted precisely to the extent that one is neglected” (31). As long as literature affirms and reifies the known, this mode of art denies us becomings. Speaking, hearing, and reading, as events of literary-affect, bring together a-perception, the fold, and becoming-inhuman. Encountering the outside involves the ecstasy of being neglected – of being present without being a recognisable presence – and this is precisely why Peaslee finds his body harassing when it coalesces his abstract consciousness with recognisable being.

     
    The ethical relation to becomings through literature are measurable to the extent that we gift ourselves to the outside. Perhaps our coming to Lovecraft can reflect our opening to the outside. Yes, Lovecraft’s are “horror” stories, but the question is “horror of what?” or more precisely: how does negotiating inhuman becomings cause horror affects and what jubilant becomings-states emerge simultaneously? While not wishing to vindicate Lovecraft’s prose style, I propose that his act of writing may indicate that he is a plane maker. Deleuze and Guattari define a plane thus:
     

    The plane can be a hidden principle, which makes visible what is seen and audible what is heard, etc., which at every instant causes the given to be given, in this or that state, at this or that moment. But the plane itself is not given. It is by nature hidden. It can only be inferred, induced, concluded from that to which it gives rise.… [The plane] always concerns the development of forms and the formation of subjects.
     

    (TP 265)

     

    The hidden principle, which for Lovecraft is his “cosmic” principle, is hidden not in the sense that it can be revealed. Its nature is hidden, and to speak of it produces a gate of the unsayable that is nonetheless written and spoken, and a gate of the incomprehensible encountered as a gate of the act of reading as an act of art. Lovecraft’s is a language from the outside, “a meticulous narration of experiences, encounters and improbable signs, speech about the invisible side of words.… fiction consists not in showing the invisible, but showing the extent to which the invisibility of the visible is invisible” (Foucault 25, 24). For Lovecraft the cosmos is a principle of organisation through which these intensities, forms, or what Deleuze and Guattari call haecceities emerge. The plane gives haecceities. Lovecraft’s stories become most abstract when he attempts to encounter the plane through the exquisitely minimal, imperceptible haecceities, but of course the plane cannot be encountered. Things emerge through the plane, but the plane does not exist unto itself. Deleuze and Guattari say of music that “there is a transcendent compositional principle that is not of the nature of sound, that is not ‘audible’ by itself or for itself. This opens the way for all possible interpretations” (TP 266). The horror of Lovecraft’s cosmos comes because “it” is not. Through access to the different organisational principles of the cosmos, his protagonists are faced with the truly voluminous and thus mind-shattering infinity of variations and immanent-interpretations (not reflections) of states of perception.

     
    The reduction from the perceptible though nonetheless horrific cosmos – a cosmos occupied by monsters – reaches its zenith when emergences are almost imperceptible and the self is part of those imperceptibilities. An example is silence as a vertiginous “sound”:
     

    For the first time Carter realised how terrific utter silence, mental and physical, may be. The earlier moments had never failed to contain some perceptible rhythm, if only the faint, cryptic pulse of the earth’s dimensional extension. But now the hush of the abyss seemed to fall upon everything.… But the moment of silence was broken – the surgings were speaking to him in a language that was not of physical sound or articulate words.
     

    (Lovecraft, TGSK 524)

     

    The cosmos is not the organising principle of sound. Instead, sound is one element of the real organising principle of Lovecraft’s cosmos, namely, a new principle of conditions of perception that constitute states of (if we can still call it thus) “existence.” The unsayable is expressed in the speech of Lovecraft’s monsters as the sounds of viscous bubblings, whirrings, chirpings, or the musicality of Eric Zann, whose “frantic playing had become a mechanical, unrecognisable orgy that no pen could ever suggest” (“The Music” 343). The visual, aural, sensorial and affective are non-differentiated and cannot be expressed. Lovecraft does not see this as a problem, however. His protagonists are horrified by what they cannot describe, not that they cannot describe it. Lovecraft compels an encounter with meaning that is not present but always to come, a waiting without arriving, so that the time of reading is one of delay without resolution. Just as he cannot speak what nonetheless demands to be expressed, so we cannot understand what is t being experienced hrough the event of reading, a voluminous void, an abstract materiality.

     
    Cthulhu does not hunt. Although s/he (Cthulhu’s gender is not specified) calls to the Antarctic explorers, a key element of the horrors of the Elder Gods and Ancient Ones is not that they pursue mankind but that they are disinterested in them. Blanchot claims that in pure literature the writer is haunted by an ineffable image or meaning, that literature has no relationship with anything as a preceding “before” and is thus incapable of being a work “about.” It is, rather, a Mare Tenebrarum (sea of darkness). The work is always the beyond of itself, labyrinthine, “this attraction that carries it out toward a point infinitely exterior [which] is the movement that carries it back toward the secret of itself” (Blanchot, Book 90). The secret of literature does not seek revelation. The question it asks cannot be answered: “It was from the poets and artists that the pertinent answers to the questions came, and I know that panic would have broken loose” (Lovecraft, TCC 68). It is a secret that constitutes the work. Along with his protagonists, we meander around Lovecraft, but his is a labyrinth with no centre. In his tales, investigation, corroboration and comparison are always frustrated. Each event of writing and speech is incomparable to anything and thus its own opening toward the beyond of itself. The stories are not narratives as they seek no end, the speech silent and unheard because it cannot reveal the solution to the secret of the unsayable. “We constantly pass from order-words to the ‘silent order of things’, as Foucault puts it, and vice-versa” (Deleuze and Guattari, TP 87). The stories must nonetheless be written and read. Deleuze and Guattari point out that content is neither described nor limited by expression, but is rather expanded by expression. Lovecraft’s language encounters the outside of material content as expression and encounters self as an expressive, thus unspeakable, unspeaking but always expressing entity.
     

    Gate 6. Beyond the Gates

     
    Folding of desire for monsters is an invaginating turn of the libidinal band “where a second glance showed concavity after the first showed convexity” (Lovecraft, TCC 94). Leviathan, the supreme demon of The Necronomicon, literally translates as dragon-serpent from the Hebrew and probably derives etymologically from “liwyah,” that which gathers itself into folds, twists, and turns, and recombines. When it is encountered, the squid-dragon Cthulhu is “a darkness with a positive quality… It moved anomalously in a diagonal way, so that all the rules of matter and perspective seemed upset” (Lovecraft, TCC 95). Pure colour from out of space or colour as phosphorescent intensity rather than hue; buzzing, whirring and recorded sounds which cannot be heard; and voluminous darkness are Lovecraft’s examples of matter that must be perceived alternately, in rudimentary resonance with Deleuze and Guattari’s becoming-colour, – music, and so forth. But while these offer lines of flight and alternate trajectories, what happens when the lines prevent perception through sensorial agitation? What happens when they instead cut along entirely different phyla, when physical and perceptive trajectories become gates? Peaslee’s “disturbances were not visual at all but concerned more abstract matters” (Lovecraft, TST 477). Can the protagonists be caught up without perception?
     
    Lovecraft describes worlds becoming-fold and folding this dimension to reassemble all perception. “Lovecraft’s hero encounters strange animals, but he finally reaches the ultimate regions of a Continuum inhabited by unnameable waves and unfindable particles” (Deleuze and Guattari, TP 248). After loving monsters, Lovecraft’s protagonists achieve a particle perception, a flattening out of all time and space where, instead of the perception of a fold being perspectival for each fold, perception becomes total and simultaneous. Cthulhu’s “nebulously recombining” eventually achieves “eldritch contradictions of all matter, force and cosmic order” (Lovecraft, TCC 99, 97). “Men think of time only because of what they call change, yet that too is an illusion. All that was and is and is to be exists simultaneously” (Lovecraft, TGSK 521). The base distortion of the horizon into no horizon apprehended through any familiar perception reconfigures all angles of perception. Those who cannot cope become the atrophied Body without Organs, while those who allow themselves to dissipate into their dream worlds scatter into particles – a schizo-madness. Bodies are more than fluid, becomings more than alliances. The self goes beyond being a point at its limit, as Leibniz claims, to becoming proliferated points that are not mingled with other powers but are simultaneous. Consciousness (external apprehension) and perception (internal apprehension) are, furthermore, not simultaneous but non-differentiated, as they are from the consciousness of other particle-entities or forces. The Elder Gods are able to apprehend the infinite past and future in a vague immanence, but this seems more like an eternal presence than like contraction – “all that was and is and is to be exists simultaneously” (Lovecraft, TGSK 531). At the same time, memories that constitute the past self are ablated and fears of possible futures disappear. Peaslee’s dreams unfold in non-sequential sequence. Perception is defined as texture, and entities as partly matter, partly something indescribable as matter. Being “wholly and horribly oriented” causes Peaslee great trauma until he finds himself “in [his] conical non-human body again” (Lovecraft, TST 542).
     
    As a demonic entity, “the Devil is a transporter” (Deleuze and Guattari, TP 253), and the gates through which The Elder Gods and Ancient Ones pass are powerful thresholds catalysing journeys, neither seeking nor sealing off, but present in immanent space and time. The power to act, to enter into relation, the effectuation of folding through relations of celerity, force and affectuation, is extended to a point of pure immanence, a trembling but not an atrophy. Demonic invocation, which traverses the fish-frog-winged-cephalopod, enters through the necronomic gates, doors which Deleuze and Guattari claim are a journey. Such journeying determines measure, like the political tactics of Spinozan mediative ethics, without need for referents but using symbols as variable signs constituted not by signifieds but by infinity. Like Gilman’s project of combining physics and mathematics with folklore and magick, these symbols are a mathematical language. Guattari’s languages of asemiosis in Soft Subversions – “like music, painting, mathematics” (149) – are separate from signifying systems born of capital, family, and church because “the [asemiotic] signifying script has not yet taken possession of the image” (151). Guattari poses a challenge here because asemiotic language is a language of liberation, not of Houellebecq’s nihilism, and it contradicts Houellebecq’s claim that Lovecraft was obsessed with the evils of the world which inspired his creation of evil interior worlds. That certain paradigms of modernity, especially, as Houellebecq points out, sex and capitalism, particularly horrified Lovecraft does however create connections and resonances with those systems Guattari maligns.
     
    In his tales and The Necronomicon Lovecraft’s system is its own hybrid of art, philosophy, and science, so that the symbols are varieties without examples, variables of a process and variants of chaos. The symbols of The Necronomicon are steps more than symbols, variations that range toward becoming-imperceptible through losing the need for symbols to be of anything. They are not exemplary; instead of referring to memories or to futures they refer to a loosening of form, place, state, and belonging. These symbols unlock a gate, “not indeed the Ultimate Gate, but one leading from Earth and time to that extension of Earth which is outside time, and from which in turn the Ultimate Gate leads fearsomely and perilously to the Last Void which is outside all earths and all time” (Lovecraft, TGSK 516-17). The Necronomic symbols extend beyond an incremental journey, creating a palimpsest (or a palimpsest, neither increasing nor decreasing but converging) which extends out toward the fifth, sixth and n dimensions. We can understand these dimensions, with the aid of a hint of which Carter receives, as a plane of consistency (Deleuze and Guattari, TP 251). In “Call of Cthulhu” “Johansen swears he was swallowed up by an angle… an angle which was acute but behaved as if it were obtuse” (Lovecraft 96). His (admittedly non-consensual) pact with the demon Cthulhu is a pact with the fourth order of sorcery, that of creating new formations of imperceptible plane-packs, but at the limit in Lovecraft, these formations are simultaneously everything and nothing – “abysses… by no means vacant but crowded” (Lovecraft, DWH 311).
     
    Cthulhu calls, but the Mad Arab gives us The Necronomicon to call to the Ancient Ones, evincing an irresistible fold of desire already mobilised, but seen through a confusion of forms and qualities – variants which create a desire “of the sensory, a being of sensation, on an anorganic plane of composition that is able to restore the infinite” (Deleuze and Guattari, What is Philosophy? 202-203). Michel Serres claims sense is the only constant when chaos is redeemed from being repetitive disorder to being a limit (146). Carter passes
     

    amidst [both through and around] backgrounds of other planets and systems and galaxies and cosmic continua; spores of eternal life drifting from world to world, universe to universe, yet all equally himself… His self had been annihilated and yet he – if indeed there could, in view of that utter nullity of individual existence, be such a thing as he – was equally aware of being in some inconceivable way a legion of selves.
     

    (Lovecraft, TTGSK, 526-527)

     

    The localism of the Carter-facet or Carter-fragment is a variety of desire that exploits the inevitable infinity of desire, but most enigmatically in Lovecraft, that exploits desire for the aberrant in the move toward becoming-infinite. This becoming is not immortality though. Just as Deleuze and Guattari affirm becoming has neither origin nor destination, nor even “an absence of an origin” (TP 293), so Carter’s becoming implies neither immortality nor lack of immortality. In this way Lovecraft’s protagonists move from becomings, to molecular perception, toward a state of pure existence-perception outside of both linearity (time) and aspectival apprehension (space), a multiple and infinite unification, becoming-gods as the Elder Gods, the pure “one.” Lovecraft desperately attempts to describe Carter’s infinity as terrestrial/non-terrestrial, living/dead, many headed, many tentacled, but he cannot describe it because it is neither perceivable nor conceivable. The best we can have is an encounter with the perception of the imperceptible: the non-binary that Deleuze and Guattari call the Dogon, and that Lovecraft might have called the post-Dagon egg.

     
    Deleuze and Guattari tell us that “minor authors are foreigners in their own tongue. If they are bastards, if they experience themselves as bastards, it is due not to a mixing or intermingling of languages but rather to a subtraction and variation of their own language achieved by stretching tensors through it” (TP 105). The difficulty in placing Lovecraft within one (or any) “appropriate” genre reflects his characters’ trauma at finding they are both bastards without human genealogy and progeny of collective, unseen, and a-genus monster gods. It can be argued that Lovecraft’s literary forefathers, just as his protagonists’ outer-dimensional ones, are at once alien to him and unconsciously influential (especially in the case of, for example, Machen). Deleuze and Guattari point out that minor literature can only be found in what cannot be perceived but which can be accessed and encountered within this language. Rosemary Jackson argues that Lovecraft’s project “makes explicit the problem of naming all that is ‘other’” (39), citing Lovecraft’s claim that “I am not even certain how I am communicating this message. While I know I am speaking, I have a vague impression that some strange and perhaps terrible mediation will be needed to bear what I say to the points where I wish to be heard” (qtd. in Jackson 39-40). Interestingly, Jackson places the literature of Blanchot and Lovecraft within the same argument, suggesting that Lovecraft could be considered a poststructural as well as a fantasy author. In minor literature the “problem” of naming the other catalyzes a disturbance in language which stretches, contracts and turns the tensors toward a minor literature, precisely because the other, so ubiquitous in continental philosophy, is the minoritarian. Minor literature can access the variables and distributions that are and are caused by the minoritarian “as a potential, creative and created, becoming” (Deleuze and Guattari, TP 106). Lovecraft pleads for the reception of his language as a mediation rather than as a description. Deleuze emphasises that mediation is the point where truth is insignificant in the face of relevance and necessity (Negotiations 130). He also writes that minority discourse is created by mediators (Negotiations 126), among which he includes both the writer and the reader, or precisely, the encounter and the pursuit.
     
    It may seem ambitious to suggest that Lovecraft could be useful for negotiating problems faced by feminism, postcolonialism, and minoritarian trajectories of desire. Just as Pelagia Goulimari attempts to rescue Deleuze and Guattari’s minoritarian politics from scathing criticism by certain corporealist feminists, so I suggest that the event of encounter with Lovecraft’s work is neither real nor fantastic, but is its own concrete, abstracting territoriality. Goulimari says that Deleuze and Guattari’s minoritarian politics might appear to be “totalising abstractions” that “ignore the concrete particularity of very different territorialities” (115). However, Goulimari argues that “Particularity manifests itself in action, in the various majoritarian and minoritarian processes at work within and between territories. Particularity itself becomes process and invention: invention of artificial territorialities and minoritarian becomings” (115). Lacking genesis and destination, family and familiarity, Lovecraft’s monsters are singular particularities, and each demands a mobile encounter that is unlike any other. Our encounters with Lovecraft’s works and worlds are frightening not because of their population but because of the ways we are forced to populate the vertiginous vectors upon which they launch the creative act of thinking through reading. Horror becomes ambiguous at best and trite at the worst; the political question is “of what are we afraid?” Becoming-minoritarian is frightening. The final element of becoming is the encounter with the imperceptible but nonetheless so terribly present, from which point we access the beyond-becoming, the absolute potential without any minoritarian destination, even though in becoming we know we will never arrive. Our encounter with Lovecraft’s cosmic horror requires the ethical turn that becoming requires, to be part of a community that is neither real nor perceptible but that irrefutably and (irresistibly – in reference to the crucial role desire plays in becoming) becomes our pack. Deleuze affirms that “whether they’re real or imaginary, animate or inanimate, you have to form your mediators… I need my mediators to express myself and they’d never express without me: you’re always working in a group, even when you seem to be on your own” (Negotiations 125). When our pack is defined by movement, quality, and the capacity to perceive their alterity, we are becoming-minoritarian. Lovecraft stretches this limit and finds therein both wonder and horror. In our encounter with this particular mediator, we express ourselves as limit-minoritarians; and through the terrifying creativity that Lovecraft’s work demands of its readers, we find an imminent opening out.
     

    Patricia MacCormack is Reader in English, Communication, Film and Media at Anglia Ruskin University, Cambridge. She is the author of articles and chapters on Continental Philosophy, especially Guattari, Serres, Irigaray, and Blanchot, posthuman theory, queer and perversion theory, animal rights, body modification and extreme horror film. Her work includes “Unnatural Alliances” (Deleuze and Queer Theory), “The Great Ephemeral Tattooed Skin” (Body and Society), “Necrosexuality” (Queering the Non-Human), “Inhuman Ecstasy” (Angelaki), “Becoming-Vulva” (New Formations), “Cinemasochism” (Afterimage) and “Vitalistic Feminethics” (Deleuze and Law). She is the author of Cinesexuality (Ashgate 2008) and co-editor of The Schizoanalysis of Cinema (Continuum 2008). She is currently writing on posthuman ethics.

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Alhazred, Abdul [H.P. Lovecraft]. The Necronomicon. London: Avon, 1995. Print.
    • Blanchot, Maurice. The Book to Come. Trans. Charlotte Mandell. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2003. Print.
    • ———. The Infinite Conversation. Trans. Susan Hanson. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1993. Print.
    • Braidotti, Rosi. Nomadic Subjects. New York: Columbia UP, 1994. Print.
    • Burleson, Donald R. Lovecraft: Disturbing the Universe. Lexington: UP of Kentucky, 1990. Print.
    • Carter, Angela. “Lovecraft and Landscape.” The Necronomicon: The Book of Dead Names. Ed. George Hay. Jersey: Corgi, 1980. 171-182. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Desert Islands and Other Texts. Trans. Mike Taormina. Los Angeles: Semiotext(e), 2004. Print.
    • ———. The Fold: Leibniz and the Baroque. Trans. Tom Conley. London: Athlone, 2001. Print.
    • ———. Negotiations. Trans. Martin Joughin. New York: Columbia UP, 1995. Print.
    • ———, and Félix Guattari. A Thousand Plateaus. Trans. Brian Massumi. London: Athlone, 1987. Print.
    • ———. What is Philosophy? Trans. Hugh Tomlinson and Graham Burchell. New York: Columbia UP, 1994. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. “Maurice Blanchot: Thought from the Outside.” Trans. Brian Massumi. Foucault/Blanchot. New York: Zone Books, 1997. 7-60. Print.
    • Goodrich, Peter. “Mannerism and the Macabre in H.P. Lovecraft’s Dunsanian ‘Dream-Quest’.” Journal of the Fantastic in the Arts 15.1 (2004): 37-48. Print.
    • Goulimari, Pelagia. “A Minoritarian Feminism: Things to do with Deleuze and Guattari.” Hypatia 14.2 (1999): 97-120. Web. 14 Jan 2011.
    • Guattari, Félix. Soft Subversions. Trans. David L. Sweet and Chet Weiner. New York: Semiotext(e), 1996. Print.
    • ———. The Three Ecologies. Trans. Ian Pindar and Paul Sutton. London: Athlone, 2004. Print.
    • Hanegraaff, Wouter J. “Fiction in the Desert of the Real: Lovecraft’s Cthulhu Mythos.” Aries 7.1 (2007): 85-109. Print.
    • The Holy Bible: King James Version. Bartleby, 2000. 20 Jan. 2011. Web.
    • Houellebecq, Michel. H.P. Lovecraft: Against the World: Against Life. Trans. Dorna Khazeni. London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 2006. Print.
    • Irigaray, Luce. An Ethics of Sexual Difference. Trans. Carolyn Burke and Gillian C. Gill. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1993. Print.
    • Jackson, Rosemary. Fantasy: The Literature of Subversion. New York: Methuen, 1981. Print.
    • Joshi, S.T. “Introduction.” An Epicure in the Terrible: A Centennial Anthology of Essays in Honor of H.P Lovecraft. Eds. David E. Schulz and S.T. Joshi. Cranbury, NJ: Associated U Presses, 1991. 15-44. Print.
    • Kristeva, Julia. Desire in Language. Trans. Thomas Gora, Alice Jardine and Leon S. Roudiez. Oxford: Blackwell, 1980. Print.
    • Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm. Philosophical Writings. Trans. Mary Morris and G.H.R. Parkinson. Vermont: Everyman, 1995. Print.
    • Lévy, Maurice. Lovecraft: A Study in the Fantastic. Detroit: Wayne State UP, 1988. Print.
    • Lovecraft, H.P. “Azathoth.” The Ancient Track: The Complete Poetical Works of H.P. Lovecraft. San Francisco: Nightshade Books, 2001. 73. Print.
    • ———. “Beyond the Wall of Sleep.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 2. London: Grafton, 1989. 36-48. Print.
    • ———. “The Call of Cthulhu.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 3. London: Grafton, 1989. 61-98. Print.
    • ———. “The Case of Charles Dexter Ward.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 1. London: Voyager, 1999. 141-302. Print.
    • ———. “The Colour Out of Space.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 3. London; Grafton, 1989. 236-271. Print.
    • ———. “Dagon.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 2. London: Grafton, 1985. 11-17. Print.
    • ———. “The Dreams in the Witch-House.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 1. London: Voyager, 1999. 303-350. Print.
    • ———. “The Dream-Quest of Unknown Kadath.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 1. London: Voyager, 1999. 361-486. Print.
    • ———. “The Dunwich Horror.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 3. London: Grafton, 1989. 99-153. Print.
    • ———. “The Music of Eric Zann.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 3. London: Grafton, 1989. 335-345. Print.
    • ———. “The Nameless City.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 2. London: Grafton, 1985. 129-143. Print.
    • ———. “Nyarlathotep.” The Ancient Track: The Complete Poetical Works of H.P. Lovecraft. San Francisco: Nightshade Books, 2001. 72-73. Print.
    • ———. “The Shadow out of Time.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 3. London: Grafton, 1989. 464-544. Print.
    • ———. “The Shadow over Innsmouth.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 3. London: Grafton, 1989. 382-463. Print.
    • ———. Supernatural Horror in Literature. New York: Dover, 1973. Print.
    • ———. “Through the Gates of the Silver Key.” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 1. London: Voyager, 1999. Print.
    • ———. “The Unnamable” H.P. Lovecraft Omnibus 2. London: Grafton, 1985. 225-235. Print.
    • Lyotard, Jean-François. The Inhuman. Trans. Geoffrey Bennington and Rachel Bowlby. Cambridge: Polity, 1991. Print.
    • MacCormack, Patricia. “Baroque Intensity: Lovecraft, LeFanu and The Fold.” Irish Journal of Gothic and Horror Studies 2 (March 2007). Web. 14 Jan 2011.
    • ———. “Unnatural Alliances.” Deleuze and Queer Theory. Eds. Chrysanthi Nigiani and Merl Storr. Edinburgh: Edinburgh UP, 2009. 134-149. Print.
    • Machen, Arthur. “A Fragment of Life.” The Novel of the White Powder and Other Stories of Horror and the Supernatural. London: Corgi, 1965. 27-104. Print.
    • Pasi, Marco. “Arthur Machen’s Panic Fears: Western Esotericism and the Irruption of Negative Epistemology.” Aries 7.1 (2007): 63-83. Web. 14 Jan 2011.
    • Ralickas, Vivian. “‘Cosmic Horror’ and the Question of the Sublime in Lovecraft.” Journal of the Fantastic in the Arts 18.3 (2007): 364-398. Print.
    • Rancière, Jacques. The Future of the Image. Trans. Gregory Elliot. London: Verso, 2007. Print.
    • Serres, Michel. The Birth of Physics. Trans. Jack Hawkes. Manchester: Clinamen, 2000. Print.
    • Siegel, Carol. Goth’s Dark Empire. Indianapolis: Indiana UP, 2005. Print.
    • Wilson, Colin. The Strength to Dream: Literature and Imagination. London: Abacus, 1961. Print.

     

  • Basic Instinct: A Response to Ramadanovic

    Judith Roof (bio)
    Rice University
    roof@rice.edu

     
    In his timely critique of revisionist kinship studies, Petar Ramadanovic identifies “taboo” as the sticking point where the potentially liberatory value of such discourses disappears. Ramadanovic sets out to rethink taboo, hypothesizing that the “function of the taboo” is to operate as “a fundamental rule that makes sexuality” and “can, of course, be filled with whatever incidental content is politically possible at a given time and place.” “Taboo,” he continues, “is the condition of culture.” As a “function,” taboo separates the “orders of nature and culture and make[s] each possible.” As that “which makes laws possible,” taboo’s “function is unconscious.” Arguing that contemporary theorists discount the role of the unconscious and rely upon cultural, content-oriented models in their rereadings of kinship, Ramadanovic forwards an understanding of taboo as a part of a “reciprocal” relation with culture wherein the concept of “nature” “is created by culture’s separation from it.” Nature, according to Ramadanovic, underwrites our instinctive organization of sexual relations with the others around us. As he expresses it: “we can correct the basic assumption of cultural construction theories to say that culture is not a cultural but, rather, a natural construction humans make instinctively. Our most natural behavior is to organize sexual relations with others around us and to do so by imposing certain rules.” At the foundation of culture, then, according to Ramadanovic, is not nature, but instinct—the instinct to construct the sexual rules that subtend the culture/nature split.
     
    In locating the impetus to construct sexual prohibitions as instinctive, Ramadanovic seems to be relinquishing any further notion of causation to the large, unwieldy, and ever-changing category of “instinct.” In so far as a notion of origin or first cause may not tell us anything anyway, Ramadanovic may be wise to jettison origins as a way out of the problem of how to alter cultural prohibitions in order to permit more diverse human sexual relations. But instead of rejecting causation completely, Ramadanovic produces an originary moebius consisting of the dynamic interplay of culture and nature, ending up at what humans “make instinctively.” Instinct, as usual, operates as a species of deity, absorbing uncertainty and providing a delusively specific “cause” when causal chains disappear. Instinct conveniently offers an expandable category associated with the “animal” as well as some “real” biological impetus into which human will, motivation, or any complex causality might disappear whenever our own inventiveness is exhausted—or whenever there is a programmatic need to locate behaviors, beliefs, formations, or organizations as somehow “natural,” and therefore proper, ineffable, and “real.”
     
    Even if humans have instincts, positioning instinct as the culture-inciting impetus of human social organization itself participates in the same culture/nature structure Ramadanovic so rightly critiques. If we read “nature” through terms that are always already cultural, and if taboo produces a nature/culture divide, then “instinct” itself is produced on the side of nature as a part of that process. Instinct is as much a contrivance of the nature/culture split as anything else. How, then, can instinct become a species of first cause, an unconscious untouched by the processes of taboo (or the source of taboo), so that it can urge towards the construction of order itself? Is Ramadanovic saying that humans have an instinct for culture? If this is the case, what happens to taboo? Is taboo an effect of this instinct? Humans may well be animals, but humans invented the category of instinct to account for behaviors and processes humans did not understand. Instinct is, if anything, a cultural idea.
     
    Ramadanovic’s essay raises an interesting possibility in its implicit comparison between unconscious culture-defining processes such as taboo, and the processes at work in the structuring of the subject. Culture is to nature as the conscious is to the unconscious in the subject; both are formed around a prohibition. If, as Ramadanovic suggests, theories of kinship and culture are also theories of the subject, then by this algebra the subjective unconscious becomes the impetus for the emergence of the function of taboo and perhaps the site from which we might understand instinct as operating. To push this point, Ramadanovic deploys Diana Fuss’s reading of Lacan’s theory of the subject as a “subject-position.” Having reduced Lacan’s complex theories of the subject to the notion of a “position,” Ramadanovic transforms positionality into a set of fields: sexuality, the unconscious (which he glosses as the field of relations to other subjects), and the ego (which he defines as Cartesian). The subject, then, is formed as such by the interplay of instinctive sexual material, the unconscious as constituted by subjective relations, and a cogito ego. This version of the subject nicely parallels the fields that play in Ramadanovic’s version of kinship, comprised by sexual instincts, culture as social organization, and the intellectual will by which the first two fields are occluded.
     
    Although it’s a neat idea to try to locate within the subject the processes that Ramadanovic identifies as operating in the dynamic transformations of nature and culture, it relies again upon an assumption that there is an instinctive urge to regulate sexual activity as an intrinsic part of every human subject. This may well be why he chooses to deploy a twenty-year-old, very partial gloss of Lacan’s theory of the subject instead of going straight to Lacan’s theories of the subject, particularly as the subject appears in Lacan’s famous “Schema L”—”The Schema of the intersubjective dialectic” from his “Seminar on the Purloined Letter,” reproduced again in “On the Possible Treatment of Psychosis” in Écrits. Schema L offers a dynamic model of the subject as the inmixing of culture (or Other) and subject, conscious and unconscious “relations and associations,” wherein the “unconscious is the Discourse of the Other” (193). One set of relations consists of the speaking subject (Ramadanovic’s “cogito”), whose structure is produced by its being “stretched over the four corners of the schema: namely, S, his ineffable, stupid existence, o, his objects, o’, his ego, that is, that which is reflected of his form in his objects, and O, the locus from which the question of his existence may be presented to him” (194). What operates in this Schema is the signifier and not necessarily only the question of position: “The L of the questioning of the subject in his existence has a combinatory structure that must not be confused with its spatial aspect. As such, it is the signifier itself that must be articulated in the Other, especially in its position as fourth term of the topology” (195).
     
    Lacan’s Schema L offers three terms that suggest the same categories Ramadanovic envisions as constituting the dynamic autopoeisis of culture/nature: “As support for this structure,” Lacan explains, “we find in it the three signifiers in which the Other may be identified in the Oedipus complex. They are sufficient to symbolize the significations of sexed reproduction, under the signifiers of relation, ‘love’ and ‘procreation’” (196). Although Ramadanovic might interpret the “Oedipus complex” as taboo itself, the terms constitute an inmixing of culture and nature around a prohibition. Instead of invoking instinct, however, Lacan notes that this kind of basic reality is unavailable to the subject: “The fourth term [“the questioning of the subject in his existence”] is given by the subject in his reality, foreclosed as such in the system, and entering into the play of the signifiers only in the mode of death, but becoming the true subject to the extent that this play of signifiers will make it signify” (196). Whatever the material “reality” of the subject in his questioning of his existence, that reality is only available as death. It does not operate as any sort of instinctive wellspring for the impetus to culture in the subject itself.
     
    I quote at length not because doing so can clarify Lacan’s thinking as reflected in Schema L, but because the Schema and its explanation re-present Ramadanovic’s formulation with two crucial differences. The first is that the subject is structured in relation to the signifier, i.e., to language, to that which is always already cultural, even if that signifier is itself bound up in questions of sexed reproduction. The second is that the system forecloses the “reality” of the subject, a reality one might easily equate with Ramadanovic’s formulation of an underlying instinct to produce regulatory structures for sexuality. This “reality” enters only as “the mode of death.” To say that “reality” is “foreclosed” means that whatever else there is of a subject’s “reality,” it is not there or available to the subject at all, even in the unconscious; it is non-operative. So although Lacan’s Schema L is topological and does seem to involve something that might be construed as “fields,” Ramadanovic’s model of kinship/culture/nature ghosts only three of the four terms: the speaking “cogito” subject (Je), Culture (O), and the unconscious Ego produced as the reflection of the Je’s objects. Although the subject asks about its existence, that question is already posed in relation to cultural effects of the signifier.
     
    In the end, Ramadanovic’s essay attempts to relocate the site from whence any culture/nature distinction derives, not only as a critique of those analyses of kinship taboos that want to alter content as a way to alter culture, but also as a reminder that there may be more mechanisms for investigation. Deriving culture from nature on the basis of taboo is analogous to (but not the same as) Lacan’s understanding of how a “cut” induces the unconscious in a subject (e.g. Four Fundamental Concepts 43). The analogy between the culture/nature dynamic and the dynamics of the subject enables Ramadanovic to relocate the source of taboo to an unconscious analogous to the structure of the subject and perhaps emanating from it. The subject, then, is reduced at least in part to a set of biological imperatives, one of which Ramadanovic hypothesizes is an instinctive urge towards sexual organization. If, as Ramadanovic insists, this organization has no specific content, the forms it takes must then depend upon what comes to the “unconscious” from the Other, or from culture itself. Taboo redefined, the problem of content remains the same. And the problem with relocating this into the subject’s unconscious “instinct” is that the subject itself, at least according to the Lacanian model Ramadanovic evokes, has no instinctive mechanism available to engender the organization he envisions. Instinct is merely a way of saying we don’t know.
     
    Judith Roof is the author of The Poetics of DNA (Minnesota 2007) and books on narrative and cultural theory, sexuality, and cinema. She is William Shakespeare Chair in English at Rice University.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Lacan, Jacques. “On the Possible Treatment of Psychosis.” Écrits: A Selection. Trans. Alan Sheridan. New York: Norton, 1977: 179-225. Print.
    • ———. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis: The Seminar of Jacques Lacan Book XI. Trans. Alan Sheridan. New York: Norton, 1998. Print.

     

  • The Non-Meaning of Incest or, How Natural Culture Is

    Petar Ramadanovic (bio)
    University of New Hampshire
    petarr@unh.edu

    Abstract
     
    Using the theory of kinship as an example, this essay argues that the dominant understanding of cultural construction is inadequate. The author argues that recent cultural theory lacks an account of the unconscious, that recent psychoanalytic thought lacks a theory of kinship, and that both are in fact necessary for a post-structuralist understanding of the proposition that all social norms are culturally constructed.

     

     
    Historically, the key terms of poststructuralist theory are the incest taboo and kinship defined on the basis of that taboo.1 They appeared in a groundbreaking formulation in The Elementary Structures of Kinship (1935), in which Claude Lévi-Strauss, building on Freud’s notion of the Oedipus complex, revolutionized the understanding of culture. As he argues, culture is not a collection of habits, rules, and rites, and a manifestation of a national being;2 rather, it is more like a beehive, a natural structure with a specific internal constitution that is organized around the incest taboo, itself defined as, on the one hand, a social norm created by man and, on the other hand, a universal trait that distinguishes our animal from our human nature. In his 1966 essay, “Structure, Sign, and Play,” Jacques Derrida objects to the restrictions of Lévi-Strauss’s theory, which stops short of decentering the Western understanding of culture insofar as structuralism replaces one organizing principle (collection, national essence) with another (taboo, kinship). For Derrida, at stake is the coherence of any cultural theory and its ability to fully explain the phenomenon it seeks to understand. Invigorated by Derrida’s intervention, scholars across the humanities have given his reproach particular applications. For instance, in an influential book titled A Critique of the Study of Kinship (1984), David Schneider argues that kinship has a limited applicability and cannot be used to understand non-Western cultural models. Schneider makes a case for an anthropology that would move from the search for a general theory of culture to documenting different ways of understanding how cultures work.
     
    Following this direction, poststructuralist theory of culture created more inclusive, more just ways of viewing social relations, as well as a more nuanced understanding that culture is a result of complex networks of relations, not biology, than the one offered in The Elementary Structures of Kinship. But in suggesting that there are no restrictions on social bonds other than those imposed by man, the poststructuralist theory of kinship has also come very close to doing away with itself as a theory, because it reduced culture to ideology. This lack of understanding of what determines the nature of culture—why it is heteronormative, for instance, or what that heteronormativity means exactly—can be attributed almost entirely to the rejection of Freud, which unfortunately accompanied the poststructuralist deconstruction of Lévi-Strauss’s now classical theory of kinship. Due to the purge of psychoanalysis, the unconscious has played, since Lévi-Strauss, at most a marginal role in new ways of understanding kinship, though poststructuralism—feminist poststructuralism, deconstruction, queer theory, etc.—has dealt almost exclusively with basic social relations, which is to say, with various forms of kinship.
     
    On the other hand, during the same period, poststructuralist psychoanalysis in the U.S. has also sought to redefine the doctrine in order to meet new ethical and political demands. As a result, we got works on psychoanalysis and feminism, psychoanalysis and homosexuality, many on psychoanalysis and the social, but we learned nearly nothing about kinship as such.3 So it seems our work is cut out for us: to bring together the main achievements of poststructuralism, namely, its resistance to heteronormativity, with the very basic structuralist claim defining the conditions that make any kind of normativity possible. At stake in such an inquiry is not a new notion of culture, but poststructuralism as such, because it cannot pretend to a theory of culture without accounting for that which makes cultures — and that is, from Freud’s and Lévi-Strauss’s perspectives, the unconscious.
     
    In this essay, I return to what may be, in the context of the theory of kinship, a minor point in Lévi-Strauss’s The Elementary Structures of Kinship—the way he sorts out the relation between nature and culture—in order to borrow his rather simple and elegant way of relating culture and the unconscious.4 I come to Lévi-Strauss after reading an article that represents the culmination of the dominant trend in the poststructuralist critique of kinship, Rey Chow’s “A Pain in the Neck, a Scene of ‘Incest,’ and Other Enigmas of an Allegorical Cinema.” The analysis of Chow’s article should show why poststructuralism needs to be revised so as to include the unconscious in its understanding of culture.
     

     

    The End of Kinship

     
    Schneider’s A Critique of the Study of Kinship was a groundbreaking attack on kinship theory, in which he suggests that, if presented without bias, the ethnographic evidence concerning family relations in some non-Western cultures does not fit kinship theory and cannot be explained by it.5 He goes so far as to suggest that there is no such thing as “kinship”—not in the sense of the universal model of the nuclear heterosexual family in which marriage is a social expression of a biological law. In a recent article, whose thesis grows out of Schneider’s critique and addresses gay marriage, Judith Butler (“Is Kinship Always Already Heterosexual?”) is more moderate. She does not dismiss the term “kinship” tout court as a product of theorists’ ethnocentric bias, but instead calls for its revision, based on the understanding, not unlike Schneider’s own, that kinship structures are not necessarily limited to one (Western) model, and that they have historically taken different forms that should be recognized as viable and legitimate social ties. Accordingly, in an open reference to Freud, and alluding to Lévi-Strauss, Butler offers a middle ground between a rejection of kinship theory and the too-rigid insistence—characteristic of ethnography and anthropology before the poststructuralist turn that began in the late 1960s—that the incest taboo is a condition of culture:
     

    If Oedipus is not the sine qua non of culture, that does not mean there is no place for Oedipus. It simply means that the complex that goes by that name may take a variety of cultural forms and that it will no longer be able to function as a normative condition of culture itself.… if Oedipus is interpreted broadly, as a name for the triangularity of desire, then the salient question becomes: what forms does that triangularity take? Must it presume heterosexuality? And what happens when we begin to understand Oedipus outside of the exchange of women and the presumption of heterosexual exchange?
     

    (38)

     

    With these questions Butler all but concludes that homosexual incest—and therefore the homosexual family——has finally become “thinkable” (Chow 125), which is the main claim of Rey Chow’s article, “A Pain in the Neck, a Scene of ‘Incest,’ and Other Enigmas of an Allegorical Cinema.” If the Oedipal triangle is to be broadened, Chow suggests here, Laius and Oedipus might not be antagonists. They may not have to meet in strife, fighting over Jocasta, but in bed, having sex with each other. Chow explains why it took so long for poststructuralism to take up homosexual incest:

     

    In order to charge that what has taken place [between a father and son who have had sex] is incest, one must imply that one acknowledges the reality of same-sex sex (in this case, sex between two males); yet once that acknowledgment is made, the normativity accorded to patriarchal heterosexuality would by necessity have to become relativized, as would the purportedly nontransgressible boundary between man and woman, parent and child, mother and son, father and son that derives its status from such heterosexuality. The charge that this is a scene of incest would thus already contain within it the crucial recognition that both the categories of the kinship family (upon which the norm of heterosexual marriage rests with its set relations of filiation) and the categories of heterosexuality (upon which the norm of the kinship family rests with its set mechanisms of biological reproduction) are unstable cultural inventions.
     

    (124)

     

    In this passage Chow builds on the fundamental assumption that in patriarchy, as Gayle Rubin says in her famous 1975 critique of Lévi-Strauss titled “The Traffic in Women,” “[a] prohibition against some heterosexual unions assumes a taboo against non-heterosexual unions” (180). The logic here is that the prohibition of incest is the de facto prohibition of homosexual relationships because the taboo organizes sexuality around reproductive relations that require opposite sexes. In defining sex as a relation between a man and a woman, the taboo implicitly denies the possibility of same-sex sex and suggests that, strictly speaking, there can be no sex between members of the same sex, at least not in the same sense that sex between a man and a woman counts a sex. This is because, as Rubin points out, even when sex is just sex, “what counts as sex … is culturally determined and obtained” (32), and our culture privileges “reproductive” relations over those which are merely erotic.

     
    The answer to the question of whether there is homosexual incest, in the traditional nomenclature, is hence a negative one. There is no homosexual incest, because the cultural and theoretical systems defined by the incest taboo do not even know the category of homosexual sex. And the reason that they do not recognize homosexual sex is, to repeat, that the latter is not reproductive. A relation based on homosexual sex cannot, according to this logic, serve as the foundation of a family and, beyond it, of a society. Such sex might be considered an abomination or, as in Plato’s Symposium, a kind of enjoyment and an expression of friendship, but it is not a relation that can generate offspring and serve as the foundation upon which a society can be built. Therefore, because it does not perform this basic social function, homosexual sex is not sex.
     
    The incest taboo, on this account, is the keystone——the non-transgressible boundary, in the terms Chow uses——that holds together the culture of the patriarchal heterosexual family and the entire Western universe built around it. Its primary purpose is to organize sex on reproductive relations, and to present a social role (being a parent) as if it were equal to the “natural” ability to procreate. Question the heterosexual normativity and the entire patriarchal naturalist system with all its divisions and hierarchies, is, in Chow’s reasoning, undermined. The possibility of homosexual incest, then, according to Chow, entails the recognition that homosexual sex exists as a form of social relation that may serve as the foundation for a family. But also——and perhaps more importantly——recognition of homosexual incest leads to an understanding that all of our social norms, including the difference between genders, the ban on sexual relations with one’s children, respect for elders, etc., are themselves contingent, socially made, and have nothing to do with biology or nature. They are all unstable cultural inventions.
     
    It is here, in this breakthrough critique of kinship, which insists that not some but all cultural norms are socially constructed, that we find the critique’s chief shortcoming, and the reason I want to revisit the current account of the taboo. If all cultural norms are socially constructed, they are not constructed in the same way, nor do they serve the edifice of culture in the same way or on the same level. It seems that for Chow, the taboo creates patriarchal social organization, and it also seems that the taboo could disappear, like other restrictive and discriminating rules that dictate heterosexuality. What this view obscures is that there is a significant difference between, on the one hand, the norms—foundational and unconscious norms—that make culture and, on the other hand, the cultural rules—patrilineality, heterosexuality, even the Oedipus complex, etc.—that are built on such norms. There is, in other words, a functional difference between that incest taboo that makes laws possible and the same taboo that is used, since Plato’s Laws, to shape sexual desire around “natural,” heterosexual predilections.6 Both are norms, but one’s function is unconscious, the other’s conscious, and therein lies the difference that cultural constructivism (of the kind presented in Chow’s, Butler’s, and Schneider’s work) has yet to grapple with.
     
    Butler, who relies on psychoanalysis more than Chow does, acknowledges the unconscious, that is to say, phantasmatic, importance of the taboo but then mentions that the Oedipus complex can take other than heterosexual forms, implying that the “triangularity of desire” may not need to be heterosexual, or that it may not be a precondition of culture, but might be an optional formation that a culture may, or may not, follow, because she would like to allow for a multiplicity of foundational norms. Butler’s chief example when she attempts to show an alternative to Western patrilineal norms is the now famous case of the Chinese Na, who do not have the institution of marriage. Instead, as Butler’s source, anthropologist Cai Hua, interprets it, the Na rely on “night escapes,” when young women who normally live with their brothers visit young men from other “families” for purposes of sexual reproduction. In the morning the women go back to their families, which will raise the child as theirs. The Na do not recognize either the nuclear family or a figure like the pater familias.
     
    What we begin to see here—in Chow’s equation of the incest taboo with an oppressive heterosexual norm, in Butler’s rather naïve reference to the Chinese Na culture as an exception to a rule posited by psychoanalysis—is that the critique of incest norms reduces the concept of the “triangularity of desire” to the “nuclear” family, indeed, to an Oedipus complex, which then leaves this critique with an overly narrow concept of the taboo (and, therefore, of culture as well). The nuclear heterosexual family is a recent, bourgeois invention of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, hardly a universal cultural formation. The “triangularity of desire,” however, has no necessary connection with the father-mother-child triangle with which it is regularly confused. According to Jacques Lacan, who developed this concept, it is the result of a prohibition. The third angle in the triangle is there to allow for the constitution of the subject, not simply to limit the access of the child to the mother and of the mother to the child. The father is only the most likely candidate in a traditional Western family for this function that is, in fact, unconscious and can be performed by any number of agents and agencies. Moreover, in Lacan’s theory of the triangularity of desire, sexuality, in terms of homosexual and heterosexual orientations, as well as gender are results of the triangulation, not its condition, as Butler and Chow after her assume when offering their views on how culture is made.
     

    The River

     
    Chow ends her essay by describing a new situation that emerges after a sexual relation between a father and a son is recognized as incest in Ming-liang Tsai’s movie The River (He liu, 1997). This recognition of father-son sex as incest, according to Chow, results in “the dissolution of the kinship system based on seniority and hierarchy” (135), and so patriarchy ends with a “dephallicized” father who loses his privileged position and becomes merely one among other family members:
     

    Rather than being a patriarch in control of his woman, his offspring, and his household, the old man is a forlorn figure who at one point became consigned to a small room in the apartment, a room that obviously is not the master bedroom. He eats his meals alone (no one cooks for him), sweeps the apartment floors, and irons his own clothes.… More appropriately speaking, the old man is now an anonymous member of a clandestine sexual economy, in which his body, like others’, is a token of exchange—his penis is just a penis—and in which his age, rather than giving him special status, only means that he will become increasingly undesirable. Insofar as the old man enters the culture of the san wennuan [bath house] as an agent of consensual sex transactions, he is, strictly speaking, no longer a “father” with his traditional privileges and entitlements, but a (mere) peer to his “son.”
     

    (135)

     

    If Chow’s reasoning is right, patriarchy is a structure of entitlements. It is like the web of protectionism in ex-socialist countries, with the exception that patriarchy is an oligarchy of men and the system in a country like the former-Yugoslavia was an oligarchy of those who were “connected.” But if, conversely, this is not the case, if patriarchy is not only a structure of preferences and entitlements, but also the structure of the subject—if, in other words, patriarchy is also an unconscious formation—then this account on what homosexual incest signifies is incorrect and Tsai’s The River leads to another interpretation of the norm that it relies on when representing father and son as sexual partners.

     
    Contrary to what Chow suggests, rather than marking the transgression of a traditional Western patriarchal model, the effect of the homosexual incest that makes the father become just another member of an economy, a mere peer to the son, represents simply patriarchy’s transformation from a feudal model, in which a man is “a patriarch in control of his woman, his offspring, and his household” to a bourgeois, twentieth-century model in which the patriarch gradually begins to play a supporting role. The River does not offer, as Chow thinks, a new economy beyond the Western Oedipal model, but rather registers the modern evolution of the head of the family towards a role more akin to that of an elder brother—think of compassionate conservatives in the U.S., for instance—which, in turn, supports new forms of the incest taboo. The function’s renewal and modernization is suggested already in the fact that in The River the character of the father is the only one of the family members not identified by name. He is, as for Lacan, merely the function, “Father,” not a fixed identity.
     
    Because this is simply a transformation of the Oedipal model, and not as Chow assumes an alternative to it, when father and son recognize each other as father and son in The River, they immediately turn away in silence. For good measure, the father then smacks the son upside the head, emphasizing thus how different their relation has become. The implication is that they can enjoy each other’s bodies for as long as their identities are secret to both. When the truth of the couple’s social roles is revealed, just as in Sophocles’s Oedipus Tyrannus, the knowledge reorganizes their entire universe and the sexual arena is immediately desexualized, which is to say, all feelings are immediately repressed. Just like The River‘s father, Oedipus too loses all of his privileges and entitlements, even his eyesight, after his crime is known.7
     
    About the taboo itself, we need to recall here that it has been separable from the heterosexual norm (as were the social roles of “mother” and “father,” “son” and “daughter,” “brother” and “sister”) since Classical Greece, when the Oedipus myth was tied to homosexuality. “Pederasty” is as close to Oedipus as his father Laius, who, as Lowell Edmunds writes in Oedipus: The Ancient Legend and Its Later Analogues, was commonly assumed to be the first human homosexual (7). This mythic invention of male homosexuality takes place around a sexual crime. The rape committed by Laius will be the reason for Oedipus’s curse and, therefore, the cause for his murder of his father.8 As Jean-Pierre Vernant retells the story in The Universe, the Gods, and Men, Labdacus, Laius’s father, rules Thebes only for a short period and dies when his son is only a year old. Nicteus and Lycus take the Theban throne, to be replaced eventually by the non-Thebans Amphion and Zethus. Laius, then a young man, is forced to live in exile and finds “refuge at Corinth with King Pelops, who generously extends him hospitality and keeps him close” (155). The future king of Thebes abuses the King’s hospitality when he falls in love with Pelops’s son Chrysippus, whom he forces to suicide. As Vernant writes, Laius “courts the boy assiduously, takes him around on his chariot, behaves as an older man toward a younger one—he teaches him to be a man; at the same time, though, he seeks an erotic relationship with him, and the king’s son refuses” (155).9 After Chrysippus’s suicide, which commentators have considered to be caused by Laius’s attempt to gain the boy’s affection by force, the boy’s father curses Laius: “[M]ay you never have a son; if you do, may you be destroyed by him” (Edmunds 7).
     
    This physical destruction of the father is repeated in a mutated version in The River in what Chow describes as a loss of entitlements. The demise is foreshadowed in the omnipresent symbol of destructive water that parallels the Theban plague: from Hsio Kang “playing” a corpse floating down a polluted river and getting a mysterious ailment from it, to the flood caused by a broken toilet. The destruction here, like the destruction of Oedipus, does not signify an end of a norm but the beginning of its renewal, resulting in the slightly different patriarchal universe defined, after Oedipus’s murder of his father, by among other things the repressed homosexual desire between the father and the son. The River is special in that it openly presents the latent Oedipal scenario, albeit for a short while, until recognition takes place.10 Then its father and son go back to the disregard that defined their relation before the transgression.
     
    More generally, Chow’s narrow notion of the incest taboo results not only in a failure to address systematically the norm beyond and besides the bourgeois version of patriarchy and a narrowly understood Oedipus complex, but also in an equally narrow critique of kinship theory. It is on these bases, and for this reason—because the theory underlying the critique of kinship, as we see, does not account for the fundamental function of the taboo—that a selective return to Lévi-Strauss’s The Elementary Structures of Kinship, which marks the very beginning of the structuralist understanding of the nature-culture relation, becomes a way forward toward an understanding into how cultural construction works.11
     

    Symbolic Structure

     
    In an age when most American households consist of one member or have no children, it may seem out of date to talk about kinship and family.12 The family and kinship relations, however, are first and foremost symbolic, not natural or even concrete structures. Viewed as such, during modern times, that is to say within last two hundred years, family has become more important, not less. This is because the society of which the ever-shrinking modern family is a basic unit, the nation-state, has itself become more like the family than the feudal kingdom could ever have been. Since the eighteenth century, the so-called father- or motherlands (and their institutions, like schools, hospitals, prisons) have assumed the family’s traditional attributes as well as some of the roles that a weakened and decentered familial structure could no longer support. If in contemporary society something we might call the content of the taboo has changed as well, this is because with the disintegration of the patriarchal family, the regulation of sexuality is more and more a matter of written laws and less and less of unwritten taboos and social mores. Thus, on the one hand, today there is a loosening of restrictions on private relations among consenting adults, going so far as to include the possibility of legalizing sexual relations between blood-relatives. As a result, various “new” rules have become thinkable, homosexual incest being only one among many.13 On the other hand, there is an ever more vigilant policing of families and of the relations resembling parent-child model including but not limited to caretaker/dependent, teacher/student, overseer/employee, et cetera. The new rules are accompanied with an extension of the period of special protection, namely, adolescence, to almost a decade beyond the age of physical sexual maturity.
     
    This does not mean that I entirely disagree with Chow’s critique of Lévi-Strauss’s kinship theory. Chow is right to insist on the contingency of cultural norms. She is right to claim that some Western patriarchal heterosexual norms are not applicable universally, across time and space. For instance, Lévi-Strauss’s notion of the exchange of women, which itself supposes that fatherhood defines a family (and therefore makes it possible for women to be “exchangeable” between families), is neither universal nor the only way to explain social ties. This familiar configuration is, indeed, an unstable cultural invention. Besides relations of “blood,” there are also many other kinds of bonds that connect people and form cultures, without necessarily revolving around or including the nuclear family, fathers, or the heterosexual norm. However, from these discoveries of other ways to understand what culture is it does not follow that the fundamental prohibition is on its way to “extinction” (Chow 133), or that “incest” is thinkable only as a vestige of “ethnocentrism,” in Chow’s repetition of David Schnieder’s most serious complaint (134). This is because the incest prohibition is not only a cultural norm. As a prohibition, it is also a function that makes culture possible. The taboo is the invention upon which the notion of culture (and therefore the notion of change, ethnocentrism, deconstruction, etc.) rests. By this I mean, as I try to demonstrate below, that the taboo is not only, or primarily, a particular rule banning sex within the nuclear family, it is a “taboo,” a fundamental rule that makes sexuality. The taboo can, of course, be filled with whatever incidental content is politically possible at a given time and place. Na women can be banned from having sex with their brothers just as Western men can be banned from having sex with their fathers and sons.
     
    In the U.S., as public morality becomes more accepting of different sexualities and the heterosexual norm gives way to different normativities, the incest taboo does not simply disappear. It shifts, as I suggested already. As a result, not only police, but doctors and teachers, our colleagues at work, and other professionals who have insight into our private lives are recruited in defense of the new taboo. The reason for this transformation, to repeat, is not that the incest taboo is weakening, but that culture is changing. As a part of this process, the taboo is recontextualized, and its content is adapted to fit the new constructions of reality without any alterations in its fundamental, unconscious function.
     
    In the following selective reading of Lévi-Strauss, I offer the basic theory of the prohibition as I try to explain in which sense the taboo is the condition of culture.
     

    Lévi-Strauss

     
    Lévi-Strauss begins his argument about the elementary structures of kinship by distinguishing between universal traits in human cultures, which are natural, and norms, which are culturally specific. He then identifies the prohibition of incest, calling it the one universal norm that “could not be ascribed accurately to either one or the other” category (25). This norm is natural in the sense that all cultures seem to adhere to it, and it is cultural because, obviously, it is a social norm defined by man. The meaning of this proposition hinges entirely on how we understand the latter part, that incest is a social norm made by man. There are, in short, two possibilities. One, used by Schneider and his poststructuralist followers, is to take Lévi-Strauss’s words to refer to customs created as a part of a more or less conscious process of defining rules and creating traditions. Lévi-Strauss himself sees the norm this way, but not only this way. For him, this semi-conscious process of definition and redefinition is only a secondary role the taboo—as a taboo—plays. Drawing on psychoanalysis, Lévi-Strauss first argues that the norm creates man as distinct from other animals. This is the fundamental function of the taboo whose mere existence signals that humans are creatures unlike other animals because they regulate their sexuality using norms. The taboo thus turns human sexual instinct into what Lacan calls drive—drive is different from instinct precisely because it is regulated by changeable rules.14
     
    For Schneider, in contrast to Lévi-Strauss, the incest taboo has merely conscious effects. Its content is known by all members of a community; otherwise, as Schneider reasons, it would not be a taboo. As he writes in an essay titled “The Meaning of Incest,” the taboo defines where our primary socialization unit ends and the secondary units begin. Its sole purpose is to separate the nuclear family from the domain of permitted sexual partners. As such, the taboo regulates the relations within the family, differentiates its generations, and limits the sexual rights of the father while, at the same time, shoring up his power. If, on this way of thinking, the taboo restricts his rights, on the other hand, it grounds the father’s privileged position in the collective interest of the family members by giving the children (and the mother) a stake in maintaining the hierarchy that protects them against the first (namely, sexual) violation. Because of the taboo, the father is seen as the protector of a certain order and the one who adequately represents it.
     
    For Chow, as for Schneider, such a nuclear family is a Western invention applicable only to certain civilizational and historical models. When these models are outlived, the taboo and the nuclear family no longer have the primary role and are giving way to other social norms and bonds. As a result, the father is becoming more like other members of the family. He is reduced from being the pater familias to being just a male member.
     
    For Lévi-Strauss, as we see in the introduction to The Elementary Structures of Kinship, the primary role of the taboo is not to organize social ties, but to define culture as such. He explains that sexuality gives the varying content to the taboo because the sexual instinct is our only social instinct—hunger, in contrast, does not require another human being to be felt or satisfied. He says, for instance, “if the regulation of relations between the sexes represents an overflow of culture into nature, in another way sexual life is one beginning of social life in nature, for the sexual is man’s only instinct requiring the stimulation of another person” (12). Understood this way, the incest prohibition is the fundamental social rule because human sexuality exists in a social mode, and whatever rule regulates the way people organize the social bonds that make them into subjects must also regulate the condition for the possibility of their becoming subjects. Thus, as Lévi-Strauss offers in his formula, the taboo is the norm that allows for the transformation of “nature” into culture. It separates the human from the animal state of our evolution, and sets our sexuality on a separate track from the biological instinct.
     
    The incest prohibition in the form of a ban on the father having sex with his daughter is only one possible content that can be attached to the fundamental taboo. The taboo as such neither has nor needs any content. It is differentiated as a function—its function being to separate the orders of nature and culture and make each possible. As Lévi-Strauss says, the taboo is that cultural norm “where nature transcends itself,” evolves into the self-legislating system we call culture, and allows the new order to superimpose itself over the old one (25). By “superimpose” Lévi-Strauss means that the new code is rewriting and reshaping the old one. Such culture is the realization of this animal’s nature, and this animal’s nature is manifested as a superimposition of its own constructs over, and as, its “nature.” The relationship between culture and the taboo, hence, does not go in one direction, as Schneider assumes. It is, rather, reciprocal. Culture constitutes the origin of the prohibition, and the prohibition provides the condition of possibility for culture’s differentiation from nature. Because these are reciprocal relations, there is no such thing as nature as such, there is only “nature,” which is created by culture’s separation from it. At the same time, there can be no such thing as “pure” cultural construction, because culture needs a source for itself, which it finds in the human nature.
     
    This distinction of nature from culture is a universal trait and because it is a universal trait all human cultures are organized around restrictions on sexual relations. Whether the ban includes the mother, as the first myth of psychoanalysis indicates, is less important than the fact that the norm is applied to sexuality. Legislating sexuality and building culture around sexual rules is, in Lévi-Strauss’s way of thinking, the most natural tendency of the human animal. And this is the simplest way to understand what the incest taboo and other taboos are: norms that bring together our social and our sexual beings. The understanding Lévi-Strauss thus reaches is that culture is “naturally” a sexual system, just as it is “naturally” a constructed social system.15
     
    Based on this understanding of the nature-culture relation, we can correct the basic assumption of cultural construction theories to say that culture is not a cultural but, rather, a natural construction humans make instinctively. Our most natural behavior is to organize sexual relations with others around us and to do so by imposing certain rules. Through this process of rewriting or substitution of nature with culture, “natural” roles become defined by custom. A female human becomes “mother,” a male “father,” where “father” and “mother” are both, and equally so, what Lévi-Strauss calls social relationships (30). Or, as the case may be, the female becomes a “father” as she assumes a specific function (itself defined by the history of its relations) within the social web.16 In such a constellation, because as a norm it is first defined through its function, the incest taboo can be assigned just about any content, even content that has no apparent relation to sex. The grounding function of the taboo, however, is always the same—it makes the regulation of sexuality and the organization of social structures into one and the same process.
     
    The fact that the function, not the content, is the primary definition of the taboo, implies also that the taboo can be broken without permanent damage to the group it defines. A transgression of the ban still confirms the basic function of the taboo, that sexuality is regulated and that society is organized based on sexual rules.
     
    This understanding of kinship has to part ways with Lévi-Strauss by the third chapter of The Elementary Structures of Kinship, where he turns his attention away from the fundamental principles and toward the different historical contents the taboo has had in organizing the nature/culture opposition—when he says, for instance, that “the incest prohibition expresses the transition from the natural fact of consanguinity to the cultural fact of alliance” (30). As Schneider notes, from this point on Lévi-Strauss operates with a reified notion of nature. Specifically, Lévi-Strauss assumes that (a) there is such a thing as a natural fact that was (b) at some point in time overcome in favor of a new, cultural organization. And so we can conclude that, in fact, in The Elementary Structures of Kinship there are two distinct theories involving the incest taboo. The philosophical one we followed above explains the origin of culture in the nature/culture opposition, thus demonstrating that cultural constructs have their bases in nature. The second is a naturalist theory. It concerns “marriage prohibitions” and is a variant of the theory of scarcity (32). This latter, ethnocentric theory (ethnocentric because it still thinks culture in terms of one, coherent system, not because it is Western) explains how human groups form kinships through the “exchange of women” and why exogamous marriage enhances the family’s survival chances. It is this “marriage prohibition” theory that, as Butler says (29), has been surpassed as a universal theory and is no longer seen as a norm-defining rule. The theory, however, is not wrong (when separated from Lévi-Strauss’s tendency to naturalize gender roles and sex), but remains one among others that can help explain how social bonds are formed.
     

    The Theory of the Subject

     
    What we thus take from Lévi-Strauss is a theory of the subject, which—paradoxically perhaps—the extant poststructuralist critique of kinship lacks. To be sure, neither Schneider nor Butler nor Chow would think of their work this way. They believe they have a theory of the subject contained in the assumption that the subject is a product of power relations and an ideological construct. Moreover, they believe that poststructuralism in general is a theory of the subject because for them its most basic goal is to show how subjects are produced. In Butler’s account in The Psychic Life of Power for instance, the unconscious is said to be a product of power relations. But for all the critique of ideology, neither Schneider nor Butler nor Chow can explain where this formative power, which is constitutive of the subject, of the unconscious, etc., comes from or what it is.
     
    The lack of a theory of the subject is the reason why the critique of kinship treats all cultural norms as constructed the same way—eating habits, choice of sexual partner, what have you. We can easily demonstrate that this is the case by turning again to the same Gayle Rubin quotation that Chow refers to, and which sums up the poststructuralist critique of Lévi-Strauss thus: “Hunger is hunger, but what counts as food is culturally determined and obtained.… Sex is sex, but what counts as sex is equally culturally determined and obtained” (qtd. in Chow 134). Rubin is correct that what counts as food is culturally determined, but neither hunger nor food form the subject the way sex does. Hunger and food play a role in subject formation in the sense that their cultural determination—what we consider to be food—becomes a part of the subjectivity of the subject. Sex is unlike food because it also has a fundamental role no other instinct has. This does not mean that rules of sexual behavior are not culturally constructed. They are, just as Rubin suggests. But cultural construction is itself defined by, and grounded in, our sexual nature. So it is more likely that what counts as culture is determined by sex than the other way round—that what counts as sex is, simply and only, decided by custom.
     
    We can illustrate the same kind of lack of the theory of the subject with another example, Diana Fuss’s influential version of deconstructive feminism, which builds on the same set of assumptions about culture present in Rubin’s, Butler’s, and Chow’s work. I choose Fuss (Essentially Speaking) here because she relies on Lacan’s theory of the subject and presents his account as compatible with Foucault’s, which is behind the extant critique of kinship. Briefly then, according to Fuss, Lacan shows that the subject is best understood as a subject-position:
     

    It is especially significant that throughout his work Lacan always speaks in terms of the place of the subject. His subversive rewriting of Descartes’s “I think, therefore I am” (cogito ergo sum) as “I think where I am not, therefore I am where I do not think” provides a good case in point (“The Agency of the Letter in the Unconscious or Reason since Freud” 1977, 166). The emphasis in Lacan’s anti-cogito falls on the “where”; the question “who is speaking” can only be answered by shifting the grounds of the question to “where am I speaking from?”

     

    Fuss then pushes the metaphor of place to its limit:

     

    But it is important to remember that the place of the subject is nonetheless, ultimately, unlocalizable; were we able to fix the whereabouts of the subject in a static field of determinism, then we would be back in the realm of ego psychology.

    (29-30)

     

    The subject, as Fuss tells us, is displaced from the proper place it had as the Cartesian autonomous self capable of observing itself fully. That it is displaced means that it does not get its identity from within itself but from relations with other subjects. The position of such a subject is not fixed, at least in the sense that we can never be certain which elements determine it and how, and which ones do not.

     
    The field of subject formation, however, is itself a function of another instance, not as unlocalizable and free-floating as Fuss implies. The subject-place is fixed in the sense that it is determined, in at least three ways. First, it is determined with respect to what this field is—a manifestation of human sexuality. Second, it is determined with respect to the instances that relate to one another in every subject-relation—namely the unconscious. And, third, it is determined with respect to phantasy—the ego continues to think of itself in terms of the same, continuous self of the Cartesian cogito.
     
    Fuss is right that, for Lacan, the subject is a function of the place and the place does not occupy a specific spatial location—the subject is an effect of the interactions between shifting networks. But these networks do not take just any form. They are, rather, structured following precise scenarios of human sexuality, and so are our cultural constructions. The relations within these networks are fixed to, and orientated by, the unconscious that relates every individual to the Other and to every other. Fuss’s theory—like Schneider’s, Butler’s, and Chow’s critiques of kinship—neglects these restrictions. The exclusion of these determinations gives her the illusion that subject positions are interchangeable, which in turn becomes the basis for her further argument about cultural construction, that the essence of feminism is politics and politics itself is a matter of ever-shifting coalitions.
     

    Conclusion

     
    Rey Chow’s article, “A Pain in the Neck, a Scene of ‘Incest,’ and Other Enigmas of an Allegorical Cinema” expresses a generally accepted poststructuralist view that the new forms of the incest prohibition are now, toward the end of the patriarchal epoch, becoming “thinkable” as we recognize the naturalist bias built into certain Western concepts, and as we consider other norms besides those that sustain the heterosexual nuclear family (125). Strictly speaking, this is the case only with conscious norms or, rather, with those norms we have made conscious. The unconscious structure of the subject, however, is as little, or as much, thinkable today as it was when Sophocles wrote Oedipus Tyrannus. This is not because we have not yet, to use an old phrase, penetrated the darkness, but more simply because we have not stopped being sexual-social beings.
     
    Derrida might be addressing this unconscious function that escapes us when he proposes in “Structure, Sign, and Play,” his essay on Lévi-Strauss and structuralism, that the origin of thought evades though even as philosophy is more capable of locating its origin:

    It could perhaps be said that the whole of philosophical conceptualization, systematically relating itself to the nature/culture opposition, is designed to leave in the domain of the unthinkable the very thing that makes conceptualization possible: the origin of the prohibition of incest.
     

    (254)

     

    Poststructuralism has made the taboo more thinkable by revealing its origin in patriarchal or heterosexual or ethnocentric notions of family, as Chow argues. But as poststructuralism reveals this origin of thought, as it deconstructs Western metaphysics, it must also acknowledge its own limitation. It has to recognize that it too leaves something in the domain of the unthinkable.

     
    David Schneider’s analysis of Yap culture in A Critique of the Study of Kinship is a case in point. Searching for a Yap self-representation different from the one his ethnocentric, Western methodology directed him to discover, Schneider forgets that the very notion of culture is what gives him the basis to distinguish between the Yap and the West in the first place, and sees relative differences between the systems as destabilizing the entire edifice of his scientific assumptions. He thus gets caught up in what Paul de Man identifies as revolving-door reading (“Autobiography as De-facement”)17 because he believes that he has applied too little deconstruction. As a result he tries ever harder.
     
    Subsequent critiques of kinship theory, like Butler’s and Chow’s, follow Schneider into this revolving-door of cultural constructivism where all norms appear the same, forgetting that their own work is predicated on the absolute difference between nature and culture. As a result, they do not know what to do with, or how to explain, the function that makes culture, the function that Lévi-Strauss saw in the incest taboo and before it in the unconscious.
     
    If we do not allow that there is a limit to what cultural construction can construct (and to what deconstruction can deconstruct), it is hard to see how our theories—psychoanalysis, deconstruction, anthropology, feminism, queer and postcolonial studies, or another of their hybrids—can approach culture and what appears to be a true heteronormativity, the one that has to do with the unconscious.
     

    Petar Ramadanovic is Associate Professor of English at the University of New Hampshire, Durham. He is the author of Forgetting Futures and numerous articles. The present essay is a part of his new project, a critique of post-structuralism.
     

    Notes

     

     

     

    This article is a result of my conversations with Catherine Peebles. I would also like to thank the Center for the Humanities at the University of New Hampshire for the fellowship that made it possible for me to write this article. I am in debt to Robin Hackett as well. Her comments on an early draft helped me shape the essay.

     
    1. Lévi-Strauss’s theory of kinship is an offshoot of thinking about kinship found in early anthropology, notably in the discussion of race in, among others, Kant and Blumenbach. See, for instance, Robert Bernasconi’s “Who Invented the Concept of Race?”

     

     
    2. For Franz Boas (The Mind of Primitive Man), “Culture may be defined as the totality of the mental and physical reactions and activities that characterize the behavior of individuals composing a social group collectively and individually in relations to their natural environment, to other groups, to members of the group itself and of each individual to himself. It also includes the products of these activities and their role in the life of the groups. The mere enumerations of these various aspects of life, however, does not constitute culture. It is more, for its elements are not independent, they have a structure” (159).

     

     
    3. Works like Judith Butler’s Antigone’s Claim: Kinship between Life and Death and Kelly Oliver’s “Strange Kinship: Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty on Animals” are among the important precedents, the former because of its contemporary interpretation of the classical model for family relations, thinking daughter’s ties in place of the father centered family common in psychoanalytic accounts, and the latter because it ventures into human-non-human relations, perusing the model–kinship–defined for human-human ties. Together the two suggest the extant trends in thinking about kinship.

     

     
    4. In a recent assessment of Lévi-Strauss’s work, titled “The Future of the Structural Theory of Kinship,” anthropologist Marcela Coelho de Souza argues that “the present relevance of Lévi-Strauss’s work on kinship” lies in its explanation of the relation between nature and culture. She goes on to identify the most productive way to understand this relation, the one she thinks Lévi-Strauss maintains throughout his long career: in purely structuralist terms, a dualism of exchangeable orders, not a binary opposition. On Coelho de Souza’s reading, the incest prohibition is not only a rule banning certain marriages, but also a rule that places affinity, or sexual relations, at the center of the social network. As the former, it is a social norm; as the latter, it is much like a natural given. My claim is somewhat similar to hers. I argue that the relation between nature and culture should be seen first as functional, allowing for the possibility of culture, which can then be manifested based on affinity, consanguinity, and other givens.

     

     
    5. Following this work, anthropology began to abandon the concept of the incest taboo as no longer useful. “Beyond the Taboo: Imagining Incest,” Anna Meigs’s and Kathleen Barlow’s 2002 overview of current notions of the incest taboo in ethnology and anthropology, gives a good sense of why these fields are moving beyond the term. For a brief history of sociological definitions of the incest taboo, see also Gregory C. Leavitt’s “Disappearance of the Incest Taboo.” Anthropology and ethnology, however, might be losing more than they gain by abandoning efforts to understand kinship.

     

     
    6. The state, says the Athenian in Laws, should
     

     

    follow in nature’s steps and enact that law which held good before the days of Laius, declaring that it is right to refrain from indulging in the same kind of intercourse with men and boys as with women, and adducing as evidence thereof the nature of wild beasts, and pointing out how male does not touch male for this purpose, since it is unnatural.
     

    (Plato 836c-d)

     
    Plato knows he can legislate sexual habits because, as he says, even people who know no laws obey the basic sexual social rule, namely the incest taboo (Plato 838a-b). This does not mean, however, as Chow assumes, that the incest prohibition itself contains the heterosexual norm. It means only that the taboo can be used to enforce such a norm to differentiate between “natural” and “abnormal” sexual behavior.

     
    7. The reading that Tsai’s The River invites is a self-conscious and deliberate commentary on Sophocles’s Oedipus and the long history of its interpretations. Chow, unfortunately, does not explain sufficiently her choice to bypass this reading and its history.

     

     
    8. In The Phoenician Women Euripides makes Jocasta say: “But the god replied: / ‘Lord of horse-rich Thebes, do not fling your seed / into the furrow, flouting the gods. If you make / a son you make your own murderer. Your whole line / will wade through blood’” (21).

     

     
    9. See also William Armstrong Percy, Pederasty and Pedagogy in Archaic Greece. Percy attributes first mention of Laius’s pederasty to Peisander of Camirus, a poet who lived in the seventh century BCE (41 and 56).

     

     
    10. Representation of the son’s desire for the father goes as far back as Ham’s inappropriate relationship with his father Noah (Genesis 9:18–27). See Ilona Nemesnyik Rashkow, Taboo or not Taboo (93), and Calum Carmichael, Law, Legend, and Incest in the Bible (16). As far as cinema history is concerned, Pier Paolo Pasolini’s Oedipus Rex (1967), which Pasolini regarded as his autobiography, comes readily to mind as The River‘s precursor.

     

     
    11. In her “Is Kinship Always Already Heterosexual?” Butler repeats the commonly accepted understanding that Lévi-Strauss’s view of kinship is “the negotiation of a patrilineal line through marriage ties” (15). She then proceeds to say that the views developed in The Elementary Structures of Kinship have been surpassed and that they are no longer held even by Lévi-Strauss (29). While this is indeed the case with some aspects of the theory of culture Lévi-Strauss laid out in The Elementary Structures of Kinship, the most radical aspects of his explanation of the relation between nature and culture still seem to be waiting for an audience.

     

     
    12. The U.S. Census Bureau shows that about 25% of American households have only one member. Households with no children make up an additional 30% (Census 11). The additional challenge to the traditional family is soon to come from genetic biology already capable of artificial creation of unique, not naturally occurring organisms. It, too, will challenge the traditional family as a natural unit, in the nineteenth-century sense of the term “nature”–but not as a symbolic unit.

     

     
    13. What I am trying to say here clashes with the idea propagated in, for instance, Yehudi Cohen’s 1978 “The Disappearance of the Incest Taboo” (Human Nature 1:72-78), which proposes that with the development of trade, the importance of the incest taboo will apply to fewer and fewer relatives. See also Michael Lindenberger’s “Should Incest Be Legal?,” a 2007 article in Time that examines the possibility of legalization of incest in the U.S. If my reasoning is correct, the incest taboo is not disappearing but is being transformed.

     

     
    14. This understanding of how animal human instinct relates to drive might offer a way to understand terms of kinship between humans and animals, which is, as I mentioned, one of kinship theory’s current frontiers.

     

     
    15. Carole Pateman comes to a similar conclusion in her critique of social contract theories when she suggests that the first social contract was between man and woman and concerned their sexual relations (The Sexual Contract). One major difference between Pateman and Lévi-Strauss is that the former sees the relationship between sexuality and the social as historical, while the latter considers it to be the condition for the possibility of history.

     

     
    16. Much like human animals, other mammals develop sexually within their family. They do not, however, develop sexually based on certain adaptable regulations whose content can change from time to time and place to place, but based on genetic imprint, whose alteration depends on selection.

     

     
    17. De Man’s term “revolving door” applies to Gerard Genette’s suggestion that a reading of Proust should not decide whether his novel is an autobiographical or fictional work and should remain within this undecidable tourniquet or whirligig (921). De Man’s point is that it is not possible to remain within an undecidable situation too long before a vertigo of sorts renders differences between the opposites moot (921). If we assume that all works of fiction are to some degree autobiographical, he says, we might as well say that none are. If we assume that all cultural norms are constructs, we might as well say that none are.

     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Bernasconi, Robert. “Who Invented the Concept of Race? Kant’s Role in the Enlightenment Construction of Race.” Race. Ed. Robert Bernasconi. Malden: Blackwell, 2001. 10-36. Print.
    • Boas, Franz. The Mind of a Primitive Man. Rev. ed. New York: Macmillan, 1938. Print.
    • Butler, Judith. Antigone’s Claim: Kinship Between Life and Death. New York: Columbia UP, 2000. Print.
    • ———. “Is Kinship Always Already Heterosexual?” differences 13 (Spring 2002): 14-44. Print.
    • ———. The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1997. Print.
    • Carmichael, Calum. Law, Legend, and Incest in the Bible. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1997. Print.
    • Chow, Rey. “A Pain in the Neck, a Scene of ‘Incest,’ and Other Enigmas of an Allegorical Cinema.” CR: The New Centennial Review 4.1 (2004): 123-142. Print.
    • Coehlo de Souza, Marcela. “The Future of the Structural Theory of Kinship.” The Cambridge Companion to Levi-Strauss. Ed. Boris Wiseman. Cambridge: Cambridge UP 2009. 80-99. Print.
    • Cohen, Yehudi. “The Disappearance of the Incest Taboo.” Human Nature 1 (1975): 72-78. Print.
    • Critchley, Simon. The Ethics of Deconstruction: Derrida and Levinas. West Lafayette: Purdue UP, 1999. Print.
    • De Man, Paul. “Autobiography as De-Facement.” MLN 94.5 (Dec. 1979): 919-930. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Structure, Sign, and Play.” The Structuralist Controversy: The Language of Criticism and the Science of Man. Ed. Richard Macksey and Eugenio Donato. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1970. 247-264. Print.
    • Edmunds, Lowell. Oedipus: The Ancient Legend and Its Later Analogues. Baltimore: John Hopkins UP, 1985. Print.
    • Euripides. The Phoenician Women. Trans. Peter Burian and Brian Swann. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1981. Print.
    • Fuss, Dianne. Essentially Speaking: Feminism, Nature, and Difference. New York: Routledge, 1989. Print.
    • Hua, Cai. A Society Without Fathers or Husbands: The Na of China. Trans. Asti Hustvedt. New York: Zone, 2001. Print.
    • Leavitt, Gregory. “Disappearance of the Incest Taboo: A Cross-Cultural Test of General Evolutionary Hypotheses.” American Anthropologist 91.1 (March 1989): 116-131. Print.
    • Lévi-Strauss, Claude. The Elementary Structures of Kinship. Trans. James Harle Bell et al. Boston: Beacon Press, 1969. Print.
    • Lindenberger, Michael. “Should Incest Be Legal?” Time 5 Apr. 2007. n. pag. Web. 12 Feb. 2011.
    • Meigs, Anna and Kathleen Barlow. “Beyond the Taboo: Imagining Incest.” American Anthropologist (2002) 104.1: 38-49. Print.
    • Oedipus Rex. Dir. Pier Paolo Pasolini. Perf. Silvana Mangano, Franco Citti, and Alida Valli. Arco Film, 1967. Film.
    • Oliver, Kelly. “Strange Kinship: Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty on Animals.” Epoché 13.1 (Fall 2008): 101-120. Print.
    • Pateman, Carol. The Sexual Contract. Palo Alto: Stanford UP, 1988. Print.
    • Percy, William Armstrong. Pederasty and Pedagogy in Archaic Greece. Chicago: U of Illinois P, 1998. Print.
    • Plato. Laws. Trans. A.E. Taylor. The Collected Dialogues of Plato. Ed. Edith Hamilton and Huntington Cairns. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2005. 1225-1516. Print.
    • Rashkow, Ilona Nemesnyik. Taboo or not Taboo: Sexuality and Family in the Hebrew Bible. Minneapolis: Fortress Press, 2000. Print.
    • The River (He Liu). Dir. Tsai Ming Liang. Perf. Tien Miao, Kang-sheng Lee and Yi-Ching Lu. Wellspring Media, 1997. Film.
    • Rubin, Gayle. “The Traffic in Women: Notes on the ‘Political Economy’ of Sex.” The Second Wave: A Reader in Feminist Theory. Ed. Linda Nicholson. New York: Routledge, 1997. 27-62. Print.
    • Schneider, David M. A Critique of the Study of Kinship. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 1984. Print.
    • ———. “The Meaning of Incest.” Journal of the Polynesian Society 85.2 (1976): 149-169. Print.
    • Vernant, Jean-Pierre. The Universe, the Gods, and Men: Ancient Greek Myths. Trans. Linda Asher. New York: HarperCollins, 2001. Print.

     

  • Sex Without Friction: the Limits of Multi-Mediated Human Subjectivity in Cheang Shu Lea’s Tech-Porn

    Jian Chen (bio)
    New York University
    Jian.Chen@nyu.edu

     
    Abstract
     
    Sex Without Friction focuses on Cheang Shu Lea’s science fiction porno I.K.U. (2000) as provocation to think through the limitations of social and cultural criticism that is premised on mediation. Directed by Taiwan-born digital nomad Cheang, multimedia film I.K.U. features a gender-morphing human clone, programmed to collect sexual experiences for the future mass production of sex simulation pills. I.K.U. positions viewers as spectators, users, and interceptors in the display and transmission of images and information as we follow the clone’s movements through a globally non-descript Tokyo in search of sexual data. The essay is organized into four sections or frames. The first section explores the debate on film’s lost specificity in digital media convergence. The second looks at the structure of feeling that shapes postmodern criticism on the dehumanizing aesthetics of postindustrial capitalism. Section three contrasts machinic forms of sexuality with liberal and anti-liberal conceptions of sexuality as an object and technology of social regulation. And the last section questions the presumed alignment between spectator and media apparatus in phenomenological and psychoanalytic approaches to film and video. Each section relies on the multimedia, machinic world of I.K.U. to bring into relief constraints on the notion of mediation under discussion—technological, critical, sexual, or spectatorial. The conclusion argues hyperbolically for the abandonment of reductive economies of cultural visibility aimed merely at rehabilitating the racially and sexually normative human.
     
     
     
    Scene from I.K.U. Human clone steps out into new world after opening activation scene. Depth perception is abandoned for surface cues.  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 1.

    Scene from I.K.U. Human clone steps out into new world after opening activation scene. Depth perception is abandoned for surface cues.

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     

    Perhaps we still have a memory of sex, rather as water ‘remembers’ molecules no matter how diluted. But that is the whole point: this is only a molecular memory, the corpuscular memory of an earlier life, and not a memory of forms or singularities … So what we are left with is the simple imprint of a faceless sexuality infinitely watered down in a broth of politics, media and communications, and eventually manifested in the viral explosion of AIDS.
     

    –Jean Baudrillard, The Transparency of Evil (1990)

     

    But I saw at once something elongated and pale floating very close to the ladder. Before I could form a guess a faint flash of phosphorescent light, which seemed to issue suddenly from the naked body of a man, flickered in the sleeping water … With a gasp I saw revealed to my stare a pair of feet, the long legs, a broad livid back immersed right up to the neck in a greenish cadaverous glow … A headless corpse!
     

    –Joseph Conrad, Secret Sharer (1910)

     
    Cheang Shu Lea’s multimedia film I.K.U. (2000) is a sex-fest set in a future populated by sexually activated human clones and their male and female johns. Beginning in 2019, these replicant humans, or I.K.U. Coders, traverse the urban architectures of Tokyo to gain sexual experience for the projected mass production of sex pills. I.K.U. pills promise all the pleasures of sex without the physical friction. While the film introduces the Genom Corporation as the mega-institution that has engineered the clones, I.K.U. Coders go about their sex work without the materialization of any entity masterminding their rovings. Outside scenes of activation and deactivation and commands that flash sporadically onscreen, they seem fully automated and autonomous. As viewers, we follow the Coders as they mutate into seven different feminine forms, moving from one sexual scenario to another in urban locales like a freeway overpass, strip club, or sushi bar. While each sex scene occurs against a different local backdrop with a new type of sexual pairing, every scene repeats a cycle. Each begins with the introduction of the morphing Coder at work on the set and ends with a mosaic display of the Coder’s identification data and the amount of data collected in the just transpired sexual coupling. The overriding aim of these cyclical sexual settings is the accumulation of enough orgasmic data to download for the production of I.K.U. pills. The final product, however, never materializes outside a brief animated fantasy showing a vending machine selling sex pills. The entire film is a dream-series without narrative chain. And the enjoyment of viewing lies in watching the assorted contours of each sex segment, always quantified towards a fantastical target but never reaching it.
     
    Cheang’s sci-fi porn feature is an unauthorized, unfaithful spin-off from Ridley Scott’s Blade Runner (1982). Blade Runner depicts a techno-saturated, nature-impoverished Los Angeles of 2019. The city’s hollows serve as hideouts for a group of genetically engineered human clones, called replicants, that return to Earth to confront their corporate makers after their expulsion from Earth. Rick Deckard (played by Harrison Ford) is brought out of retirement to resume his role as a police agent (blade runner) who hunts down human clones. While attempting to exterminate the mutinous band of clones, Deckard falls in love with a more technologically advanced replicant by the name of Rachel. Cheang’s I.K.U. takes off where Blade Runner concludes, giving full “sexual” expression to the unconsummated erotic relationship between (supposedly) human and clone. I.K.U. echoes themes apparent in other visual pieces in Cheang’s repertoire. Taiwan-born queer digital nomad Cheang Shu Lea is known for her locally embedded, yet geographically elusive, film projects and net installations set in or at the waysides of Tokyo, New York, Taipei, and Paris. Her other feature films Fresh Kill (1994) and LoveMe2030 (2005), along with her cyber-installations Brandon (1998-9) and Milk (2004), share an attentiveness to media facilitated, racially marked sexual intimacies. In I.K.U. and other works, new information technologies and bodily mutability become the interchangeable tools and signs for the transnational dominance of commodity culture, corporate rule, and state-military bureaucracy.
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. The film in digital video markets the story of its own completion, providing a direct "exterior" interface with viewers. Alongside these onscreen displays, a partial story "within" the film unfolds in non-linear segments.  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 2.

     
    Scene from I.K.U. The film in digital video markets the story of its own completion, providing a direct “exterior” interface with viewers. Alongside these onscreen displays, a partial story “within” the film unfolds in non-linear segments.

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.

     

     

    Frame One: Tech-Porn

     
    While Cheang’s I.K.U. is a pornographic tribute to the sexually ambidextrous body, the film could be more accurately described as tech-porn. The film is as much a celebration of the transferability of content across different mediums, as it is a pronouncement of liberation from biologically assigned sex. Before the first scene, opening credits have already taken viewers through a multimedia blitz that includes electronic grids, a sliding panel that reveals a woman and man having frantic sex, and video game consoles describing the I.K.U. pill/chip, to be produced and sold in tune with individualized preferences for simulated sexual experiences. By the conclusion of the first scene, I.K.U. has severed and reworked its relationship to whatever remains of film as a favored medium.
     
    Cinema has been attributed with an enhanced capacity for realism, whether considering Hollywood narrative or its counterpoint in European auteurist film. The illusions of transparency and continuity in the Hollywood standard and what André Bazin identifies as “aesthetic ontology” in art house cinema all render the cinematic image a window into a re-imagined world.1 In opposition, Third Cinema refuses both the illusionism of Hollywood and the aesthetic preoccupations of European auteur cinema in favor of a militant, often pedagogical ultra-realism that highlights the ideological workings of commercial and alternative independent film.2 As a product of digital video, however, Cheang’s I.K.U. departs from realism altogether. At the closing of the first scene, the newly activated feminine I.K.U. Coder emerges as a superimposition of machine hologram and “live” human-clone body. Immediately following, an informational display identifying the version of the just activated Coder links viewers to a new scene. The images in the feature blend live components with computer generated imagery, making no claims to representation. And, geared towards the “net-surfing generation,” the images provide non-discrete segments that stream continuously through transitional links, rather than moving as a linear narrative through juxtaposed separate shots as in film montage.3
     
    The digital image in I.K.U. tests the limits of what can be understood as an image. If the photographic and film image have been conceived as a visual mediation of reality that provides a re-imagined relationship to real objects in the world, the image becomes a visible screen rather than a transparent window in Cheang’s film.4 In the first scene in the elevator, viewers do not only watch the sexual activation of the I.K.U. Coder by an I.K.U. Runner, an agent of the Genom Corporation (cited as producer of the human-clone Coder). The Runner also speaks to us through a screen that becomes visible at the moment it is spoken to/through. Rather than providing a reflection of the real, the image becomes a screen that displays and transmits. In the segment following the scene of activation, the transformation of the image into an instrument for viewing and communication becomes even more visible. A different permutation of the originally activated Coder receives a command onscreen:
     

    <your bio disk is now empty

    take the New Tokyo subway line>

     
    Sent on mission, the Coder, who is most accurately referenced by the pronoun “it,” gets on the subway and tests out its function through heavy petting with a subway passenger. It travels towards its destination, a strip club, where it receives the command to “dance. dance. dance.” At the club, the Coder has sex with a male john with other couplings happening all around. It racks up data points after it penetrates him and a female dancer with its morphed dildo-arm in a brief threesome. After the collection of orgasmic data, text flashes onscreen commending the Coder for a “good job” and directing it to the next location.
     
    As shown by messages onscreen, the Coder acts autonomously but does so under direction and command. It is an automated instrument that seeks out and collects sexual experiences. The Coder’s morphing and moving body is the focal point of the image for viewers. But it is also the screen that displays, stores, and transmits each sexual transaction as information. As viewers, we are placed at the intercepting point of the image-screen that is the Coder. We watch, receive, and send images and information. Shot and edited using digital media, Cheang’s I.K.U. attests to the media convergence enabled by the computer and the Internet. Anne Friedberg contends that the inter-permeation of cinematic, televisual, computer, and telephone mediums and displays offers a new visual episteme. And according to Lisa Nakamura, the transformation of the Internet from a textual to graphic base and its fusion with video and television has contributed to the incorporation of the Internet into everyday life in the “post-Internet” era. Cheang’s multimedia film exploits the non-representational, non-linear, streaming possibilities enabled by digitalization to create a cyber-world of mutating bodies, sexual scenes that loop back or link up with slight deviations, and a broader network that transmits, receives, and stores data. Beyond utilizing the technological capacities of digital media, I.K.U. incorporates the loss of media specificity into its partial storylines. Media machines including television sets, cell phones, military goggles, 3-D projections, video cameras, and surveillance cams appear as mere props for the smooth transfer of images and information.
     
    Cheang’s I.K.U. is a film in name only. It evokes film-like elements through story segments and images that provide something like content.5 But these semblances of film serve only to signal film’s demise with a digitally induced media convergence. The “death” of film at the hands of new media has initiated grieving for film’s lost specificity as a medium and disciplinary object.6 For instance, emphasizing existential and phenomenological approaches to media, Sobchack argues that electronic “presence” puts the lived-body in crisis (“Scene” 82). Bodily dimensions become mere “kinesthetic gestures describing and lighting on the surface of the screen” (81). Sobchack makes this claim based on a comparison to cinema’s ability to move beyond its technological “thing”-ness (referencing Heidegger) to present a representation of the objective world. The cinematic spectator experiences this presentation of a representation of the world semiotically as both subjective (spectator shares in presentation and representation of experience) and intentional (automated flow of experiences beyond control and containment). Electronic technology replaces cinema’s centered, subjective spatio-temporal relationship with the world with the dispersed, insubstantial transmission of world and self across a network.
     
    In contrast to Sobchack’s mournful perspective, Lev Manovich views new media as the realization of cinema’s full potential. Cinema’s dream of producing a universal language has been fulfilled by the computer’s ability to remake the spectator into a user. The computer user not only understands but also speaks the language of the medium. Also, computer generated imagery and spatial montage enable more fully autonomous representation, beyond human-centered perspective. Manovich identifies new media as the meeting of two separate historical trajectories: computing technologies, which deal with the calculation of numerical data; and media technologies, which enable the storage of images, image sequences, sound and text in different material forms. New media describes the computerization of modern media forms (cinema, photography, radio, television, print press) and the translation of their representational objects into numerical data, made accessible through computers for media distribution, exhibition, production, and storage. For example, binary code replaces the iconic language of cinema. Although new media redefines and supplants modern media technologies, it also activates a return to cinema’s origins, for instance in the return to the loop.7
     
    Sobchack and Manovich seem to offer alternating accounts of the impact of digital media on cinema. The former declares cinema’s death and the latter insists on cinema’s continuous recursion in new media. Yet, despite their different approaches, both media scholars emphasize the structural role of media technologies in producing, or even determining, a relationship between spectator-user and autonomous representations of reality. Sobchack expresses concern over the dematerializing and objectifying effects of digitalization on spectator subjectivity. And Manovich celebrates the heightened agency of the digital-media user in participating in a less human-centered rendering of reality. In both cases, media technologies are presumed to mediate the production of spectator and user as forms of subjectivity.8
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. Feeling of connectivity offered in parallel speeds, spatial proximity, and shared image of outstretched hand, linking motorcycle to scene in van.  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 3.

    Scene from I.K.U. Feeling of connectivity offered in parallel speeds, spatial proximity, and shared image of outstretched hand, linking motorcycle to scene in van.

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     
    In contrast, I.K.U.’s multiple media forms exceed what can be understood through the idea of technological mediation. The multiple screen-images that permeate the world of I.K.U. seem to offer diverse interfaces between viewers and the film. Displays that look like game consoles, computer windows, and mini-cam views invite viewers to interact with the images and information that appear onscreen. But the interactivity promised by screen-images in I.K.U. give viewer-users the impression of having either too much control or too little. Viewer-users are positioned as both commanding and commanded as we intercept communications. Moreover, aside from giving the look and feel of interactivity, the interfaces are non-functional. The instantaneous speed and infinite connectivity of a hyperlink on the Internet finds expression in the parallel movements of a moving van, carrying a man and woman having sex, and a scooter, carrying two Coders (see Fig. 3 above). Scooter and van travel next to each other on a highway, with an occasional projected image from the van appearing on the motor-helmets of the Coders on scooter. The projected image looks like an icon-pointer. Kinesthetic movement between vehicles and the icon-pointer image offer game and net interfaces between viewer-users and the multimedia film. Yet, these multimedia displays never deliver any actual interaction between viewer-users and media. Realizing Sobchack’s fears, viewer-users, along with the data collected by I.K.U. Coders, are transmitted as additional feed into some mainframe that surveils, collects, stores, and sends information and images. Nevertheless, the subjection of representations of humans in the film and viewer-users to an elusive technological master-entity provokes neither utopian nor dystopian sentiment in I.K.U.
     

    Frame Two: Human Structure of Feeling

     
    In Scott’s Blade Runner, the closing scene in the elevator with Deckard and Rachel re-brackets the question that has driven the sentiment of the film throughout, namely the question of whether the ability to experience emotions confers human status to the corporate engineered replicants. In Cheang’s I.K.U., this question never emerges. Although the Coder shows signs of pleasure during sexual activation, these signs are clearly part of an activation sequence. The sequence includes being fed lines, like “Say ‘kiss me’” and “I want you,” that the Coder then repeats back to an agent programmer (I.K.U. Runner) of the Genom Corporation.
     
    The Coder’s instrumental status as the product of genetic engineering and intravenously fed codes challenges David Harvey’s reading of postmodern affect in Blade Runner. In The Condition of Postmodernity, Harvey states:
     

    Blade Runner is a science fiction parable in which postmodernist themes, set in a context of flexible accumulation and time-space compression, are explored with all the imaginary power that the cinema can command. The conflict is between people living on different time scales, and seeing and experiencing the world very differently as a result. The replicants have no real history, but can perhaps manufacture one; history for everyone has become reduced to the evidence of the photograph.… The depressing side of the film is precisely that, in the end, the difference between the replicant and the human becomes so unrecognizable that they can indeed fall in love (once both get on the same time scale).
     

    (313)

     

    As in many other cyberpunk science fiction films, Blade Runner introduces the ethical puzzle of dehumanization in the face of an ethereal capitalism that has imploded differences in space, time, and meaning in what Harvey calls “chaos of signs.” Technological advancement releases humans from the brute exploitation and error of human economic production and biological reproduction. Yet, the specter of exploitation and unpredictability returns with greater force with the unrestrained use of genetically engineered human clones. According to Harvey, in Blade Runner, the activities (manual, militia, sex, etc.) performed by the replicants come under question as forms of exploitation particularly when the replicants become humanized through the expression of feeling. In the case of Rachel, her longing for a family of origin and authentic human status gains Deckard’s sympathy and desire (313-4). Roy, leader of the replicant rebellion, narrates his experiences as an outsourced laborer with a mixture of anger and fascination. In Harvey’s reading of the film, the feelings of loss and longing conveyed by the replicants place them outside the speed of global capital and, however momentarily, on the same scale of time and space with humans.

     
    Even more than the “structure of feeling” Harvey attributes to the aesthetics of decay fragmenting the post-industrial city, the structure of feeling he identifies in the replicants enables a tracing of the “hidden organizing power” of the Tyrell Corporation’s techno-dictatorship. For Harvey, Rachel and Roy subject themselves to the Freudian symbolic order that constitutes human social relations in their longing to be fully human. Rachel submits to Deckard’s desire and Roy to his maker. In both instances, desire brings grids of power into visibility and clone closer to human. In the last count, however, what fuels Harvey’s attention to the replicant’s approximation of the human is the desire to see a structure of feeling reignited in the human subjects of the film. As the mastermind behind the Tyrell Corporation states, replicants are more human than humans. They display all the trappings of humanness when real humans have lost all connection to these trappings. As Harvey suggests, the replicants of Blade Runner serve as signs that should lead humans back to their own experience of exploitation and their own history within symbolic orders of production and reproduction. But instead of reading the clone as sign, the clone is taken as human and the difference between the two “becomes so unrecognizable that they … fall in love.” As a result, the conclusion of the film for Harvey is “sheer escapism,” shedding all possibility for the revolt and rescue of humanity (311-14).
     
    If Deckard has lost the ability to distinguish between human and clone, Harvey retains the ability to make this judgment. In a striking moment, Harvey steps outside the film to comment from the position of viewer on the film’s “depressing side” (313). In this move to mourn the loss of the human in the slide between human and replicant, Harvey preserves a structure of feeling external to the film. While the longing of the replicants remained essentially an empty structure that led them and, most importantly, humans nowhere, the melancholia of the critic as viewer maintains the hope of remembering and recuperating the shared origins of the human under the exploitative conditions of production and reproduction.
     
    A reframing of Blade Runner through Cheang’s I.K.U. asks if anything other than an empty structure of feeling and human copy ever existed. The Coder is a figure for pure expenditure. The very contours of its body conform to maximize each sexual experience for its johns and for the intercepting gaze of film viewers. Each segment features a different mutation of the first Coder programmed in the elevator. Despite the Coder’s absolute use, its facial and bodily gestures are disconnected from any sense of depth that could be read as human psychic structure. Like the various consoles that riddle each scene, the Coder’s expressions during and after sex are flat icons for consumption. No psychic or corporeal space rests outside instrumentalization, where human subjectivity can emerge, however compromised.
     
    The I.K.U. Coder’s affectless state of absolute use cannot be read as symptom. In Postmodernism, Or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism, Fredric Jameson proposes:
     

    Let us stress again the enormity of a transition which leaves behind it the desolation of Hopper’s buildings or the stark Midwest syntax of Sheeler’s forms, replacing them with the extraordinary surfaces of the photorealist cityscape, where even the automobile wrecks gleam with some new hallucinatory splendour. The exhilaration of these new surfaces is all the more paradoxical in that their essential content—the city itself—has deteriorated or disintegrated to a degree surely still inconceivable in the early years of the 20th century, let alone in the previous era. How urban squalor can be a delight to the eyes, when expressed in commodification, and how an unparalleled quantum leap in the alienation of daily life in the city can now be experienced in the form of a strange new hallucinatory exhilaration … Nor should the human figure be exempted from investigation, although it seems clear that for the new aesthetic the representation of space itself has come to be felt as incompatible with the representation of the body: a kind of aesthetic division of labour far more pronounced than in any of the earlier generic conceptions of landscape, and a most ominous symptom indeed.
     

    (76)

     

    For Jameson, even the squalor of urban architecture gleams with the collapse of depth that characterizes the object world and the subject within postmodernism. In contrast to the depth-based aesthetics of alienation in high modernism, postmodernism is experienced as a free-floating and impersonal euphoria. A hermeneutic relationship to artwork and a metaphysical conception of the self no longer hold when all is commodified into flat images without content. Drawing from a Lacanian account of schizophrenia, Jameson insists that the world becomes a shiny film comprised of floating signifiers, disconnected from one another and from the intentionality of any subject. These dislodged signifiers give rise to a “hallucinatory exhilaration.” Older divisions of labor derived from a grounded organization of space and the human body itself no longer apply. A new division of labor occurs in the fragmented aesthetic of the “emergent sensorium” that Jameson reads in its nascent state in Van Gogh’s high modernist painting (58-64).

     
    Yet, the depthless, floating signifiers of the postmodern world must be returned to a depth-model interpretation for Jameson. They are re-subjected to a symptomatic reading that traces the adamantly flat surfaces of the contemporary world back to what is Jameson’s primary analytic grounding—the economic world system of multinational capitalism. In the last instance, the hallucinatory euphoria of postmodernism must be squared with the “enormous and threatening, yet only dimly perceivable, other reality of economic and social institutions” (80, my emphasis). Reality creeps back in a second, less perceivable strata. This move, I would argue, is only made possible through driving a wedge between a euphoric aesthetic condition and a capitalist political economy imagined as anchored in the objective terms of production, or division of labor. Jameson essentially separates capitalist production from the slew of racial, gendered, classed imaginaries that enable the organization and extraction of labor, thereby reaestheticizing capital itself. Only by making this separation can Jameson continue to follow a tripartite order of capitalist development from market capitalism, to monopoly or imperialist capitalism, finally to multinational capitalism, in which “precapitalist” tributary organizations of capitalism are ultimately eliminated (78). Jameson’s own cultural schema of development from realism, to modernism, to postmodernism builds on this economic tripartite.9
     
    While critiques of postmodern discourse are now familiar, I am particularly interested in stressing the move to retrace the symbolic orders of production and reproduction through unfixed signifiers that purportedly exceed these symbolic orders. Ultimately, longing for Harvey and euphoria for Jameson become signposts for productivity—the quintessential sign for the human. These postmodern renderings of Marxist analysis continue to re-inscribe the priority of the human subject and the human’s singular corporeal form against its objectification within relations of production.10 In I.K.U., the pure expenditure of the Coder is neither a condition nor symptom that can be traced to a more concrete reality in anything resembling a political economy. It is questionable whether the Coder’s accumulation of sexual experiences can be called labor, if labor is considered an objective measure of the embodied social output invested into a commodity. Laboring social body and commodity object cannot be separated when the relationship between the two is not production, reproduction, or even enjoyment, but rather the collection of sexual experience. If production in I.K.U. cannot be thought as a primary moment or space of social initiation and human subjectivity, conscious or unconscious, then the presumed temporal and spatial divisions between production, distribution, and consumption as separate moments and stages in a capitalist political economy are made untenable.11
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. Runner and Coder bound through the most minimal displays of agency and freedom in I.K.U.'s machinic world.  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 4.

    Scene from I.K.U. Runner and Coder bound through the most minimal displays of agency and freedom in I.K.U.’s machinic world.

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     

    Frame Three: Machine Sex-Sexuality

     
    The Coder of Cheang’s I.K.U. embodies the impossibility of a recuperated humanism in the face of technological dominance—a dominance expressed sexually. According to Michel Foucault, sexuality plays a pivotal role in translating sovereign authority to self-regulatory power in liberal democratic societies. For Foucault, sexuality becomes a mobile cultural object that aggregates and multiplies the fields of influence (political, scientific, and medical) that compose decentralized, liberal capitalist states. In The History of Sexuality, Foucault reads sex as “unique signifier” and “universal signified” that manages, enforces, and extends life at the macro-levels of society and species and at the micro-level of individual self. Sexuality as a pivotal target and mobilizer of knowledge and political mastery enables the redirection and transformation of the sovereign “right to kill” into the modern state’s “right to make live” the social body (Society). Echoing Foucault’s discussion of sexuality, sex as biological or phenotypical foundation and sexuality as internal truth of the self are conflated in Cheang’s I.K.U. Far from an expression of fact or intimacy, sex-sexuality is a mobile imaginary that mutates according to the external and interconnecting demands of an abstract network of authority that the Coder’s sexual roving connects up.
     
    Whereas Foucault retains the body (as mass and individual) and interiority as the residual and excessive effects of regulatory networks of modern power, Cheang’s I.K.U. does not offer reprieve from the commands issued by its multimedia network. Sexuality in I.K.U.’s world expresses the non-difference between sovereignty and autonomy. The Coder’s drive to seek out sexual experiences and its performed enjoyment of sex seem to express free will and desire. Moreover, its mobility across different spaces and its bodily flexibility give the impression of autonomy. Yet, as programmed human clone, all aspects of the Coder serve the function of data extraction and accumulation. Also, the Coder’s movements are not only tracked and surveilled by a network of media machines, but are also followed and watched by film viewers. Wendy Chun describes the constrained autonomy experienced in digital networks as “control-freedom,” a new formation of U.S. political power facilitated and exemplified by information technologies.12 Ultimately, the Coder’s autonomy comprises nothing more than machinic activities that give the most minimal outputs of liveliness: mobility and flexibility as individual freedom, connectivity as collectivity, extraction and accumulation as passionate experience. Rather than mourning the downfall of anthropomorphic life, I.K.U. seems to follow Alexander Galloway and Eugene Thacker in suggesting that human life as ontological “being” never existed outside minimal cues for “life,” including the barest signs of vitality at work in information technologies. And in I.K.U., the downgraded indicators of autonomous life are synonymous with command, reporting, monitoring, and surveillance by a multimedia network that exerts sovereign yet decentralized control.
     
    In I.K.U., sex as binary difference between male and female, secured through sexual object choice, becomes alternating binary code.13 With an arm that transforms into a dildo-pointer, the feminine Coder’s entire body surface, beyond what is considered proper sexual organs, mutates as a sexual extension. It is a shifting transgender configuration of code and image, without claims to essential sex or stable concrete body. As J. Jack Halberstam proposes in “Technotopias: Representing Transgender Bodies in Contemporary Art,” the transgender body retains its ambiguity and ambivalence, irreducible to the transsexual body. The Coder itself is a multimedia network, receiving and storing input from, as well as sending output to, multiple synced sources. As a counterpart, the masculine Runner who programs and de-activates the Coder occupies the outskirts of the network. “He” acts as a direct relay between an unseen authority, to whom/which he reports, and the Coder in action. While the Coder is a product of encoding, the Runner’s body seems to be made of flesh. The Runner’s transgenderism is expressed through an undecidable body morphology in which so-called primary physical symbols of sex are indistinguishable from secondary indicators for gender. A bulge in the pants, like facial hair, only gives a cue about gender identity, without becoming a master signifier for sex.
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. Virus Tokyo Rose transmits an invitation to an audience member as she performs her "Net Glass Show."  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 5.

    Scene from I.K.U. Virus Tokyo Rose transmits an invitation to an audience member as she performs her “Net Glass Show.”

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     
    In contrast to Coder and Runner, the Tokyo Rose Virus seems retrograde in its sexual embodiment and activities. It takes stable female bodily form, without prosthetics, ambiguities, morphs, and blends. And its communication style is neither a network with multiple interfaces nor two-way relay, both of which operate through the distribution of technological authority. Instead, Tokyo Rose uses telepathic lure and projection to ensnare Coder and viewers. The segment featuring Tokyo Rose’s “Net Glass Show” opens with a view from above while a pink Tokyo spins in a net below, before the screen becomes visible as green grid with a target mark at center (see Fig. 5 above). The screen-grid hones in and out of the faces of Tokyo’s audience of suited men wearing 3-D goggles. Viewers get a two-part panoramic view of a pink image of Tokyo licking a dildo in its net, superimposed partially onto a green image of the goggled audience below. The view becomes visible as screen once again as the green grid targets an audience member, the only masculine I.K.U. Coder in the film. After a few spliced segments, the screen-grid refocuses on the masculine Coder as it licks its fingers. A text-box appears mid-screen-grid:
     

    “You are a special guest tonight
    Please come to the backstage
    Tokyo Rose”

     
    Pulled by the invitation, the masculine Coder (and viewers who lurk in this exchange) meets Tokyo Rose “backstage,” where they have sex among moving metal screen walls and an analogue telephone switchboard. When the Coder penetrates the Virus, its body disintegrates into scrambled codes, and it is deactivated and disconnected from the I.K.U. network. If the Coder is a free-roving instrument within a decentralized, commanding network and the Runner a relay between the network’s “inside” and “outside,” the Virus lodges itself in the network’s core and reveals the vulnerability and limitations of the network’s hardware. The Virus reveals the cables and circuit boards that comprise the otherwise disembodied notion of cyberspace.14 All three protagonists inhabit the ecosystem of the I.K.U. network. But only the Virus inserts tension into the system as a byproduct that infiltrates and hijacks the multimedia network towards non-productive dysfunction.15
     
    In Cheang’s I.K.U., sex-sexuality is synonymous with the barest operations of a machinic system. Without feeling, the film cancels out any claim to sexual subjectivity or “bodies and pleasures” reserved as yet-unintelligible potential for counter-hegemonic opposition.16 Identical to multimedia technologies in I.K.U., sex-sexuality in the film provides interfaces with connectivity, mobility, accumulation, control, and transmission without the possibility of actual interaction. Sex cannot mediate the relationship between individuals and between community and individual across public/private divides. In “Sex in Public,” Lauren Berlant and Michael Warner argue for the countercultural potential of queer public sex, where queer is taken to embody all sexual practices, including failed or queered heterosexual ones, that do not fit the privatized mold of heteronormative domesticity. For Berlant and Warner, the ephemeral intimacies of queer public sex critique and cathect the heteronormative lodging of sexuality as the essential property of personhood and the reproductive seed for normative family and national community. They propose:
     

    Queer and other insurgents have long striven, often dangerously or scandalously, to cultivate what good folks used to call criminal intimacies. We have developed relations and narratives that are only recognized as intimate in queer culture: girlfriends, gal pals, fuckbuddies, tricks. Queer culture has learned not only how to sexualize these and other relations, but also how to use them as a context for witnessing intense and personal affect while elaborating a public world of belonging and transformation. Making a queer world has required the development of kinds of intimacy that bear no necessary relation to domestic space, to kinship, to the couple form, to property, or to the nation. These intimacies do bear a necessary relation to a counterpublic—an indefinitely accessible world conscious of its subordinate relation.
     

    (199)

     

    Berlant and Warner argue that the fleeting material of queer intimacy is criminal in relationship to heteronormative forms of intimacy, which are secured discursively by narratives of sentiment and also materially by law, domestic architecture, and the zoning of work and politics as non-intimate realms (203). Criminal queer intimacies have affective impact and build collective ties, even a counterpublic, without the anchors amassed by heteronormative meta-culture.

     
    In the world of I.K.U., however, the public/private divide presumed by Berlant and Warner does not exist. If sex can no longer be considered host to any intimate material, subordinate or dominant, the publics associated with economic and political collectivities, exchanges, and spaces are also devoid of material. I.K.U.’s future envisions the local as a series of close-ups in which the signs of a specialized locale and sexual experience underway give viewers a sense of peering into an intimate, subterranean location. In one segment, a Coder runs through an empty underground garage where it encounters a male hustler orally servicing a male drug dealer inside a moving car. Getting in the car, the Coder and the two men drive past a touring white heterosexual couple, who demand better quality (non-I.K.U.) sex pills, and two ecstatic drag queens in an elevated parked convertible. All indicators point to a subcultural location, including the literal underground placement of the garage and references to informal economies of gay cruising, gay hustling, drug dealing, drag performance, and drug rolling.
     
    Yet, no local scene emerges as a dense site of cultural practices and intimacies, giving neither a microcosm of a larger social world nor an alternative world. Each location is an installation made up of markers for a generic setting, like the parking indicators on the walls, ceiling, and floor of the garage, and markers for encounters that appear intimate through intense expressions, gestures, and actions with only incidental meaning. The Coder runs with urgency, but without purpose, through the garage. The drug dealer drives in circles inside the garage without motive other than prolonging a blowjob, flimsy encounters with buyers (no money is ever exchanged), or a change in scenery. These signs for cultural and geographic specificity have no significance beyond providing surface cues for local scale. Cheang’s I.K.U. seems to suggest the ephemeral, inauthentic nature of expressions of geographic and cultural specificity in the face of a more generalized global drive towards the appearance of motility and exchange. Emphasizing the imbrication of local and transnational scales, Arjun Appadurai’s Fear of Small Numbers looks at the co-dependent relationship between the “cellular” organization of global capitalism and a “vertebrate” structure of nation-states in contributing to ethnic strife and terrorism.
     
    Without authentic delineation between private and public spaces and exchanges, the Habermasian private/public distinction appropriated and re-asserted by Berlant and Warner is moot. As illustrated in their analysis of a performance at a local gay bar featuring erotic vomiting, queer counterpublics rely on non-discursive contagious affect as a means of amassing a collective subculture. But this move from bodily performance to collectivity involves a bifurcation between audience and stage, set, or frame. It essentially redraws a boundary between internal subjectivity, even based in what eludes it, and something external that watches, or in the words of Berlant and Warner, something that “witness[es] intense and personal affect” (199).
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. Viewers participate in an unidentified mainframe that pictures, quantifies, and extracts the sexual experiences accumulated by the Coder.  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 6.

    Scene from I.K.U. Viewers participate in an unidentified mainframe that pictures, quantifies, and extracts the sexual experiences accumulated by the Coder.

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     

    Frame Four: Viral Spectatorship

     
    Everything is given up to sight in I.K.U. From the moment of entry, the film bombards viewers with multiple screen-images of virtual landscapes, animated holograms, gaming consoles, military grids, and advertisement logos. The mutating Coder is captured from every angle as it moves through each sexual assignment. And even the experience of corporeality and feeling imagined as the most interior and as eluding faculties of sight—the penetrative orgasm—is pictured.
     
    Signaling the conclusion of a sexual experience, the Coder of the moment readies its arm, which morphs into a digitally animated dildo-penis. The dildo-arm thrusts into its male and/or female john/s anally or vaginally, as if the movement is out of its control. The viewer is then treated to a digitally animated view of the dildo-arm moving in and out of an internal scene. Although this interior scene follows a more distanced view of the Coder positioning itself to penetrate its johns, once the dildo-arms goes inside, the head of the dildo-arm faces the viewer rather than facing outward. The viewer peers into the scene of penetration as if s/he were already inside the space being penetrated and, ultimately, as if s/he her/himself were being penetrated. But, even with what might seem like the wildest realization of interiority visually captured, the penetrated interior appears as impenetrable surfaces on all sides, without depth. The viewer is fucked and flattened into a surface, while the Coder racks up data points. Essentially, the morphing Coder pierces the viewing screen and moves into the viewer’s side of the screen, making sure that s/he knows that s/he is on the receiving end of a shared plane.
     
    The flattening out of penetrative sex through its visualization parts with conceptions of vision based on epistemological and phenomenological models, including those attempting to return vision to the materiality of the corporeal senses, against its objectification. In Hard Core: Power, Pleasure, and the “Frenzy of the Visible,” Linda Williams differentiates her critique of the cinematic apparatus from Laura Mulvey’s reframing of the Freudian fetish and the apparatus theories of Christian Metz and Jean-Louis Baudry. Williams shifts the weight of analysis away from an oedipal structure of fetishization and the presumption of a structure of desire pre-inscribed in the subject. Instead of finding a purely psychic structure at the heart of the cinematic apparatus, Williams treats cinema as a visual technology and as a dense synapse of discourses on sexuality that produces visual “hard-core” knowledge and pleasure based on naturalized sexual difference. Cinema itself is hard-core at its inception in its desire to quantify bodily movement, as illustrated in Muybridge’s Animal Locomotion, and in its superfluity, which is coded as female. In the genre of hard-core pornography specifically, this primitive desire is narrativized as the urge to extract an involuntary confession of pleasure—the female orgasm—against the impossibility of its visual objective measure in a “frenzy of the visible.” While Williams reframes cinematic spectatorship as an interplay between a visual technological drive, conflated with male desire, and its female object of erotic surplus, Laura Marks’s “haptic visuality” attempts to overrun the optic tracking of cinematic visuality altogether. In Touch: Sensory Theory and Multisensory Media, Marks draws from the work of art historian Alois Riegl in contending that haptic visuality haunts optic visuality as an embodied organization of looking that emphasizes touch and kinesthetics over sight. Haptic looking builds an erotic intersubjective relation between a haptic image, which invites the viewer to dissolve her/his subjectivity in bodily contact, and a viewer that actively labors to constitute the haptic image from latency. In contrast to an optical image, which requires identification with figures depicted in abstract space, a haptic image brushes against the look of the viewer as a surface. For Marks, digital video in particular is the ideal medium for producing haptic images, with its signal-based image, low contrast ratio, openness to electronic and digital manipulation, and decay.
     
    Like Williams’s “frenzy of the visible,” then, Marks’s “haptic looking” exceeds the optical and psychic structure of spectatorship mapped in apparatus theories. Whereas Williams focuses on the dynamics of (over)animation and failure in wresting visual sexual truths, Marks emphasizes the collapse of depth perception into an intersubjective surface, or skin, between haptic viewer and haptic (digital) image. Although Marks’s phenomenologically valenced theorization adds the angle of “deliberate” haptic viewing, both Marks and Williams nevertheless coordinate visual technology, viewing subjectivity, and visual object (Williams) or image (Marks) into a synchronized bundle. For Williams, this bundle of vision moves like a well-oiled machine:
     

    The woman’s ability to fake the orgasm that the man can never fake (at least according to certain standards of evidence) seems to be at the root of all the genre’s attempts to solicit what it can never be sure of: the out-of-control confession of pleasure, a hard-core “frenzy of the visible.”
     
    The animating male fantasy of hard-core cinema might therefore be described as the (impossible) attempt to capture visually this frenzy of the visible in female body whose orgasmic excitement can never be objectively measured.
     

    (50)

     

    Cinematic technologies, cinematic viewing, and male fantasy continue to be conflated on the side of vision as the “animating male fantasy of hard-core cinema.” Moreover, Williams continues to rely on a dyadic structure of viewing that locks the triadic compression of viewing, technologies, and phallocentric fantasy to its animating object, the female body’s invisible orgasm.

    Although Marks’ haptic viewing seems to undo a dyadic structure of vision based on identification and objectification, haptic intersubjectivity continues to hold onto a dyadic-monadic joining of viewer and image-medium. Marks argues:
     

    Haptic images invite the viewer to dissolve his or her subjectivity in the close and bodily contact with the image. The oscillation between the two creates an erotic relationship, a shifting between distance and closeness. But haptic images have a particular erotic quality, one involving giving up visual control. The viewer is called on to fill in the gaps in the image, engage with the traces the image leaves. By interacting up close with an image, close enough that figure and ground commingle, the viewer gives up her own sense of separateness from the image.

    (13)

     

    Viewing binds together viewer, image, and viewing technology (video), which for Marks is indistinguishable from the haptic image.  
    For both Williams and Marks, then, apparatus theories serve not only as a point of departure and revision, but also as a lingering organizing principle that synchronizes visual medium, subjectivity (psychic and/or corporeal), and object/image.

    I.K.U.’s visual capturing of female and male orgasm does not compute with the dialectical framework presumed in Williams’s and Marks’s automation of vision. The film’s scenes of penetration, viewed from the interior, may seem to wrest for the viewer an invisible confession of fe/male pleasure, which is to also de-animate the dyad that comprises animating object and cinematic viewing. Yet, the scenes of penetration are anything but penetrative. The so-called interior is a virtual grid, and the Coder’s dildo-penis (itself already signaling the impossibility of the phallus) is also a surface, even as it penetrates. Orgasm, as the non-representable sublime of female interiority and of disavowed male corporeal interiority, becomes nothing more than a display of surfaces and the warped computerized sounds of orgasmic heat. Interiority itself is flattened and turned outward towards the viewer as yet another compulsory surface that hails the viewer as someone internal to the scene of penetration, or more accurately, as merely another surface among surfaces. Moreover, there is no one at the controls. The Coder’s penetrating arm, like the Coder itself, moves at the whim of some unidentifiable source that never materializes beyond trace elements like the Runner. The dyad between a desiring penetrative force, in alignment with vision, and interiority dispels into unsynchronized screen-surfaces at the caprice of an unverifiable sovereign.
     
    I.K.U.’s take on vision ultimately de-synchronizes the dual structure of racialized gender assumed in the dyadic binding of vision. For Williams, cinematic vision remains resolutely male, while its animating object of desire is female. In recommitting to this gender dyad, she fails to question the production of interiority itself as a sign of white femininity. I would push Williams’s notion of mutual animation further in proposing that the drive to make visible the feeling of interiority, sexualized as female pleasure, itself generates the corporeality and interiority of the white female body. White female corporeality, as an embodiment of interior feeling, materializes in the obsessive visualization of the female body, animated by an implanted interiority. White female embodiment, as corporealized interiority, emerges in this process wherein interior and exterior, feeling and body are mutually generated. Paired with the elusive bodily object of female interiority is a disembodied male visual drive, aligned with cinematic technology. White male corporeality, as technologically propelled desire, crystallizes alongside white female corporeal interiority in a heteronormative dyad.
     
    At first glance, Marks seems to evade this racial re-gendering of vision. But the orientation of the viewer towards the receptive (rather than projective) technologies of video draws from an erotic imaginary related to the maternal body. Drawing from psychoanalytically inflected theories of object-relations, Marks associates haptic visuality with the relationship between mother and infant and its oscillation between immersion and identification. The yielding, rather than commanding, “shared embodiment” or “caress” of haptic eroticism draws from what is imagined as the threshold corporeality of the mother. The maternal body occupies a close yet unattainable in-between space for the infant (and male lover), caught up in a play of unindividuated desire and loss. As in Williams, the deracinated, eroticized female body takes shape within a white racial imaginary that animates a male/female, masculine/feminine binary associated respectively with activity (even in surrender)/receptivity.
     
    With I.K.U., the Euro-American imaginary in which the female body and femininity constitute the threshold between visible and non-visible worlds becomes marked.17 The Coder and Virus Tokyo Rose appear through roving screens that promise nothing beyond the hyper-visibility to which everything has already been subjected, including the corporeal and psychic recesses of female and male bodies. The superimposed screen-images which picture Coder and Virus move autonomously without anchor in any identifiable visual technology aligned with the viewer. And the viewer her/himself is internalized within the film, folded into I.K.U. as another surface used, as another “it.” Or, as Mark Poster puts it, the binary distinction between subject and object dissipates.18 Vision is neither liminal membrane nor drive constituting object and subject of sight, even at the dissolve of these positions.
     
    Taken to extreme, Cheang’s I.K.U. eclipses the emphasis on visibility as a measure for cultural and political progress. As Rey Chow contends, visibility fails to redress marginalization when the conditions of possibility for visibility, as a form of and demand for knowledge, are not examined.19 In I.K.U., nothing exists outside of visibility as a totalizing imaginary premised on compulsory interfaces between screen-images without depth, propelled without internal or external source. In other words, there is no distinction between image and imaginary in I.K.U. The film, therefore, pushes towards a collapse of dialectic models of interpretation that continue to subtend cinematic, visual, and cultural critique. And it does so without the ambivalent possibilities and complicities indexed through affect, as that which constitutes and exceeds the visible image. I.K.U.’s compulsory imaginary, without pleasure or terror, hinges on the plasticity of the Asian feminine body.
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. Coder takes Asian feminine form as an embodiment of technological instrumentalization.  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 7.

    Scene from I.K.U. Coder takes Asian feminine form as an embodiment of technological instrumentalization.

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     
    When viewed as provoking an encounter with the cultural fantasy of the Asian feminine body, Cheang’s I.K.U. reframes discourses on alternative (sometimes considered exemplary) formations of capitalism in the Asia-Pacific. Intervening in these discourses, Pheng Cheah, in “Chinese Cosmopolitanism in Two Senses and Postcolonial National Memory,” tracks the conflation of so-called Confucian-based cosmopolitan capitalism with Chinese diasporas as an effect of the incorporative tactics of globalization and Southeast Asian state regimes. In I.K.U., the objective categories of capital, technology, and nation-state are powered by the sexual extensions and morphing of the Coder’s racialized body. This cipher buttresses public discourses and ultimately determines these discourses as its constitutive matter—without materiality. I.K.U. refuses the division between cultural imagination, on one side, and economic and political discourses, on the other, and instead proposes something like economic and political imaginaries that produce exploitation, without traceable structural sources. Capital is the absolutely commodified, autonomous body of the Asian feminine Coder, commanded and programmed by an entity that never appears on scene. This overtaking of objective economic and political categories by a cultural imaginary has nothing to do with a new stage of capitalism. In I.K.U., there are no remnants of any past. The melding of cultural imaginary and political economic structures, of private and public, of pre-social and social exists without memory or possibility of change.
     

    Conclusion: Neither the Medium nor the Message

     
    My engagement with Cheang’s I.K.U. may appear to be a reckless razing of some of the conceptual grounds for prevalent approaches to cultural or social problematics. Yet, this piece attempts to shift the terms of critique towards a limit case in cultural and social strategies premised on the rational concept of mediation. The Coder denies the possibility of technological mediation by multimedia forms, and accompanying critical apparatuses (which operate themselves as technological modes), in producing and enhancing human subjectivity. And the Coder also rejects the notion of ideological mediation as a strategy for addressing the encoding of dominant social relations in multimedia content.20 This ideological version of mediation too often poses the possibility of rehabilitating normative subjectivity, especially in racial and sexual terms, through the rectifying labor of criticism or the appropriative pleasure of spectatorship. The Coder’s instrumental exploitation by a sovereign network is too asymmetrical a condition to be understood or countered through measured concepts of subjectivity, commodification, and labor. I.K.U. refuses the grounds of critical debate, when posed as the medium versus the message.21
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. Identification displays for morphing I.K.U. Coder and Virus Tokyo Rose  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 8.

    Scene from I.K.U. Identification displays for morphing I.K.U. Coder and Virus Tokyo Rose

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     
    Protagonists of I.K.U. embody images of racial and gender flexibility, mutability, and mobility. Coded Asian feminine, both Coder and Virus are screen-images whose verbal and physical expressions read as displays and transmissions (see Fig. 8 above). The Coder speaks techno-jibberish that sounds Japanese, interspersed with techno-English acronyms like “ISDN.” And, although the Virus communicates without speaking, its identification display bears illegible encryptions that look like Thai, Japanese, or Chinese writing. Both Coder and Virus are technological bodies that morph and perform according to the demands of their programming (or anti-programming). As Laura Hyun Yi Kang proposes in Compositional Subjects: Enfiguring Asian/American Women, the spatial-temporal delineations of global capitalist development depends on the figuring of the undifferentiated category of Asian women, fixed within a retrograde past of capitalist progress as docile bodies, complementing all types of exploitative labor (from assembly to prostitution).
     

     
    Scene from I.K.U. Identification display for I.K.U. Runner.  © Eclectic DVD 2000.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 9.

    Scene from I.K.U. Identification display for I.K.U. Runner.

    © Eclectic DVD 2000.
     

     
    As a complementary, yet differentiated entity in I.K.U., the Runner is coded black masculine, taking the form of mutated human flesh rather than mutating technology (see Fig. 9 above). While Coder and Virus are objects inhabiting the parameters of the network, the Runner operates just outside the network as a transmitter. The Runner’s intermediary position between internal network and external command is expressed through direct interaction with surveillance cams and an activation/deactivation tool resembling a gun. Also, in contrast to the incomprehensible, yet language-like communication of Coder and Virus, the Runner speaks clearly in what is identifiably American English. As suggested by Roderick Ferguson, the militarized re-masculinization of black masculinity, according to heteronormative and patriotic sexual, gender, and familial standards, became a U.S. state sponsored project in the effort to neutralize Civil Rights social agitation and growing contradictions in capitalist expansion.22
     
    Asian feminine Coder and Virus and black masculine Runner embody co-dependent racial prototypes. They provide minimal indicators of cultural specificity to enable generalization into racial form. The Coder’s Japanese-ness and the Virus’s Southeast or East Asian-ness connote the kinds of abstract ethnic and regional particularity that characterizes pan-Asian racialization as both always foreign and already assimilated in reference to American national identity. The Runner’s racial blackness serves as a transnationally recognizable, exportable sign for American multiculturalism, eliding the history of racism, apartheid, and enslavement that is part of the racialization of African diasporas. These racial modules operate through sexualization. Against the normative image of gender-differentiated sexual interiority attributed to racial whiteness, the Coder and Runner in particular are racially marked by their transgenderism and pansexuality. The Coder’s body is a gender-morphing surface that treats both male and female johns as undistinguished objects for penetration and sexual data extraction. The Runner’s body is corporeally undecided in its gender, and “his” sexual ventures extend beyond the feminine Coder he activates, to include a male hustler in an alternate ending to the film. Runner and Coder offer counterpoints to the binary system of gender that is tied to complimentary sexual object choice and at work in normative versions of heterosexuality and homosexuality.
     
    Together, I.K.U. Coder, Virus, and Runner seem to realize a utopian vision of a multicultural, gender flexible, sexually liberated world. Yet, in Cheang’s film, these racial, gender, and sexual markers for equality and freedom are not only constricted but subordinated by a sovereign network of multimedia technologies. All three protagonists, including the Runner who seems to occupy a position external to the network, function as part of the network’s totalizing system of image and data display, extraction, transmission, and storage. In I.K.U., representational technology and representational content are identical. They express machinic signs of autonomy—mobility, connectivity, and accumulation—which remain subjected to an unseen authority. Despite I.K.U.’s zero-grade utopia, the film never strikes a dystopian chord.23 Rather than calling for a rescue from negative imagery, I.K.U. engages in what Celine Parreñas Shimizu calls a “race-positive” sexual politics, which does not strive for normative status. At the same time, the film makes visible the sexual racial fantasies that fundamentally structure the project of cultural representation. Addressing the role of fantasy, Hortense Spillers describes the disfiguring translation of the captive African body into sensuous mathematical symbols, quantified for transport, sale, and purchase.24 And Trinh T. Minh-ha highlights the racialized fascination with East Asia underpinning the legacy of Saussurian semiotics.25
     
    Cheang’s I.K.U. hyperbolizes the limitations that accompany racial and sexual visibility within a reductive economy of cultural representation that values circulation and accumulation above all. Within the context of globally expanding liberal capitalism, the multimedia film compels viewers to embrace our objectification as machines exhibiting minimal vital signs. It pushes us to abandon our longing to rescue the human in us, if only to redirect us towards what might lie beyond the parameters of the merely imaginable.
     

    Jian Chen is Assistant Professor/Faculty Fellow in the Gallatin School of Individualized Study at New York University, under the auspices of the NYU Postdoctoral and Transition Program for Academic Diversity. Chen’s current research explores new demands made on cultural consumption, representation, and politics, by the transnational circulation of images of sexual, gender, and racial flexibility. Chen’s work brings into conversation the areas of queer and transgender critique; film, new media, and visual cultures; Asian diasporas; and comparative race studies.
     

    Notes

     
    1. On the persistence of the Hollywood standard, see Thomas and Vivian C. Sobchack; David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson; and André Bazin. For Bazin, the cinematic image provides a window into the metaphysical world.

     

     
    2. See Fernando Solanas and Octavio Gettino. Also, The Hour of the Furnaces [La hora de los hornos]. Dir. Fernando Solanas and Octavio Gettino. Grupo Cine Liberacion/Solanas Productions, 1968. Film.

     

     
    3. See description on the official website for Cheang Shu Lea’s I.K.U.: http://www.i-k-u.com.

     

     
    4. Against the declaration that the digital image severs ties to indexicality, Laura Mulvey suggests a return to the photographic index with the slowing down of film’s continuity and the dormancy of material, waiting to be noticed, with the advent of new media technologies.

     

     
    5. Friedberg suggests that new systems of circulation, transmission, and reception with the advent of the twenty-first century have made cinema an “originary visual system for a complexly diverse set of ‘postcinematic’ visualities’” (6).

     

     
    6. See Williams and Gledhill.

     

     
    7. Consider also Bolter and Grusin’s concept of “remediation,” which argues that each media form works through the translation, refashioning, and reforming of other media, rather than through supplanting old with new media.

     

     
    8. Raymond Williams identifies three current, conflicting uses of the term “mediation.” These uses can be described shorthand through the terms: conciliation; ideology or rationalization; and form.

     

     
    9. Although I will not elaborate here, it is important to mention Jameson’s use of a poem entitled “China” to build his case for the schizophrenic aesthetics of postmodernism. Although Jameson uses this poem to emphasize the layers of aesthetic abstraction that make any reference to a real “China” impossible, this moment suggests for me the centrality of the figure of China in making possible the foundational divide between matter and abstraction.

     

     
    10. In Marx’s Capital (Vol.1), labor is the unrecognized specter that effectively gives a commodity its exchange value. Its recognition as the crucial ingredient in a commodity’s value offers the possibility of reclaiming this objective value as subjective labor-power, or as abstract labor exerted by the subjective and collective agency of the laborer. In Marx, then, to identify labor is already to identify the core bodily commodity within the object commodity and ultimately the potential social agency that powers this bodily commodity. In his analysis of the transport-communication industry in Capital (Vol. 2), Marx also forecasts the absolute “death” or sublation of the commodity form, and thus its “memory” of capital’s predication in social subjectivity and the translation of value. Within this industry, the commodity produced (namely spatial movement itself) is instantaneously consumed, as production and circulation phases in the reproduction of capital are collapsed.
     
    My reading of Marx is informed by Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak’s resistance to the teleological threads within Marxist thinking, which would seem to offer socialism as only a reversal of capitalism by reading the social subjectivity within capital as irreducible, spectralized or virtualized trace and thus irretrievable through reversal. See A Critique of Postcolonial Reason and “Ghostwriting.”
     

    11. The simultaneity of circuits within capitalism’s overriding drive towards productivity is captured by Deleuze and Guattari’s tongue-and-cheek analysis of “bodies without organs” in Anti-Oedipus.

     
    12. Drawing from Foucault’s Discipline and Punish in particular, Chun argues for a shift from “disciplinary power operated through visible yet unverifiable apparatuses of power” to Gilles Deleuze’s notion of control societies, which function through the softer forces of modulation and codes. While liberty for Chun is linked to individual subjectivity tied to official institutions in disciplinary societies, freedom is linked to autonomy unbound to subjects and institutions in control societies.

     

     
    13. Siobhan Somerville maps the shift from the model of homosexual inversion in sexology to the notion of homosexuality as abnormal sexual object choice in the U.S. during the early 20th century.

     

     
    14. On the organic premise of the idea of “network,” see Wigley, “Network Fever.”

     

     
    15. Refer to Dibbell, “Viruses Are Good for You.”

     

     
    16. In the History of Sexuality Vol. 1, Foucault locates the possibility of a “counterattack” against the regulatory deployment of sexuality in “bodies and pleasures.”

     

     
    17. Maurice Merleau-Ponty’s painterly phenomenology of perception realigns the image with the body as an imaginary threshold between the visible and invisible. The image is not a copy. Rather, it is an inward tapestry of the real, hosting carnal traces of things in the external world. Although less pronounced, Merleau-Ponty’s carnalization of the portal of visibility also draws from the masculinization of looking outward and the materiality of the maternal body. Also refer to Gayle Salamon’s recent work for a compelling read of Merleau-Ponty, alongside Frantz Fanon, that queries the assumption that the inner core of the body, in retreat from the bodily surface, remains impermeable to social structures of race and gender.

     

     
    18. Poster refers to the inapplicability of the binary relationship between subject and object when humans are hooked into information machines.

     

     
    19. In particular, Chow derails the current conversation about Chinese cinema away from fascination about a shiny new object of vision towards an investigation of the fantasies (social and intimate) that generate visual production.

     

     
    20. On the limits of Althusserian conceptions of ideology and its revisions, see Stuart Hall, “The Problem of Ideology: Marxism Without Guarantees.”

     

     
    21. See McLuhan, “The Medium Is the Message.” On “mediumlessness,” see Negroponte.

     

     
    22. See Ferguson’s analysis of the U.S. Department of Labor’s Moynihan Report, released one year after the Civil Rights Act of 1964.

     

     
    23. Samir Amin calls the reduction of democracy to the law of value, governed by liberal capitalism, “low-intensity democracy” in The Liberal Virus.

     

     
    24. As Spillers suggests, the expropriative and spectacular transport of African subjects in the Middle Passage, at slave auctions, and in the repetitious disfigurements of captivity enable the accrual of the entangled discursive and economic concepts of modern sovereignty.

     

     
    25. Trinh reads Roland Barthes’s fascination with the empty or suspended signs of Japan and China as figures that re-confront Western discourse with its own imagined gaps: “We read the author reading Asia.… The unknown that [Barthes] confronts is neither Japan nor China but his own language, and through it, that of all the West” (220).
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Amin, Samir. The Liberal Virus: Permanent War and the Americanization of the World. Trans. James Membrez. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2004. Print.
    • Appadurai, Arjun. Fear of Small Numbers: An Essay on the Geography of Anger. Durham: Duke UP, 2006. Print.
    • Bazin, André. What Is Cinema? Volume 1. Trans. Hugh Gray. Berkeley: U California P, 2005.
    • Blade Runner. Dir. Ridley Scott. Warner Bros. Pictures, 1991. Warner Home Video, 2006. DVD.
    • Bolter, Jay and Richard Grusin. Remediation: Understanding New Media. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1999. Print.
    • Bordwell, David and Kristin Thompson. Film Art: An Introduction. 9th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2010. Print.
    • Cheah, Pheng. “Chinese Cosmompolitanism in Two Senses and Postcolonial National Memory.” Inhuman Conditions: On Cosmopolitanism and Human Rights. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2006. 120-142. Print.
    • Chow, Rey. Sentimental Fabulations, Contemporary Chinese Films: Attachment in the Age of Global Visibility. New York: Columbia UP, 2007. Print.
    • Chun, Wendy Hui Kyong. Control and Freedom: Power and Paranoia in the Age of Fiber Optics. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2006. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles and Félix Guattari. Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Trans. Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1983. Print.
    • Dibbell, Julian. “Viruses Are Good for You.” New Media, Old Media: A History and Theory Reader. Eds. Wendy Hui Kyong Chun and Thomas Keenan. New York: Routledge, 2006. 219-232. Print.
    • Ferguson, Roderick. Aberrations in Black: Toward a Queer of Color Critique. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2004. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. History of Sexuality, Volume 1: An Introduction. Trans. Robert Hurley. New York: Vintage Books, 1985. Print.
    • ———. Society Must Be Defended: Lectures at the College de France, 1975-76. Trans. David Macey. New York: Picador, 2003. Print.
    • Friedberg, Anne. The Virtual Window: From Alberti to Microsoft. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2006. Print.
    • Galloway, Alexander and Eugene Thacker. The Exploit: A Theory of Networks. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2007. Print.
    • Halberstam, Judith. “Technotopias: Representing Transgender Bodies in Contemporary Art.” In a Queer Time & Place: Transgender Bodies, Subcultural Lives. New York: New York UP, 2005. 97-124. Print.
    • Hall, Stuart. “The Problem of Ideology: Marxism Without Guarantees.” Stuart Hall: Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies. Eds. David Morley and Kuan-Hsing Chen. New York: Routledge, 1996. 24-45. Print.
    • Harvey, David. The Condition of Postmodernity: An Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural Change. Cambridge: Blackwell, 1990. Print.
    • The Hour of the Furnaces [La hora de los hornos]. Dir. Fernando Solanas and Octavio Gettino. Grupo Cine Liberacion/Solanas Productions, 1968. DVD.
    • I.K.U. Dir. Cheang Shu Lea. Eclectic DVD Distribution, 2000. DVD.
    • I.K.U.com. 2022. Uplink Co. 11 October 2009. <http://www.i-k-u.com/>. Web.
    • Jameson, Fredric. Postmodernism, Or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke UP, 1991. Print.
    • Kang, Laura Hyun Yi. Compositional Subjects: Enfiguring Asian/American Women. Durham: Duke UP, 2002. Print.
    • Manovich, Lev. The Language of New Media. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2001. Print.
    • Marks, Laura. Touch: Sensory Theory and Multisensory Media. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2002. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy. Volume 1. Trans. Ben Fowkes. New York: Penguin Books, 1976. Print.
    • ———. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy. Volume 2. Trans. David Fernbach. New York: Penguin Books, 1978. Print.
    • McLuhan, Marshall. “The Medium Is the Message.” Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. New York: Routledge, 1964.7-23. Print.
    • Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. “Eye and Mind.” The Primacy of Perception and Other Essays on Phenomenological Psychology, the Philosophy of Art, History and Politics. Evanston: Northwestern UP, 1964. 159-192. Print.
    • Minh-Ha, Trinh T. When the Moon Waxes Red: Representation, Gender and Cultural Politics. New York: Routledge, 1991. Print.
    • Mulvey, Laura. Death 24x a Second: Stillness and the Moving Image. London: Reaktion Books, 2006. Print.
    • Nakamura, Lisa. Digitalizing Race: Visual Cultures of the Internet. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2008. Print.
    • Negroponte, Nicholas. Being Digital. New York: Vintage Books, 1995. Print.
    • Parreñas Shimizu, Celine. Hypersexuality of Race: Performing Asian/American Women on Screen and Scene. Durham: Duke UP, 2007. Print.
    • Poster, Mark. Information Please: Culture and Politics in the Age of Digital Machines. Durham: Duke UP, 2006. Print.
    • Salamon, Gayle. “‘The Place Where Life Hides Away’: Merleau-Ponty, Fanon, and the Location of Bodily Being.” Differences 17.2 (2006): 96-112. Web.
    • Sobchack, Thomas and Vivian C. Sobchack. An Introduction to Film. Glenview: Longman, 1987. Print.
    • Sobchack, Vivian. “The Scene of the Screen: Envisioning Cinematic and Electronic Presence.” Carnal Thoughts: Embodiment and Moving Image Culture. Berkeley: U of California, 2004. 135-164. Print.
    • Solanas, Fernando and Octavio Gettino. “Towards a Third Cinema.” Film and Theory: An Anthology. Eds. Robert Stam and Toby Miller. Malden: Blackwell, 2000. 265-286. Print,
    • Somerville, Siobhan. Queering the Color Line: Race and the Invention of Homosexuality in American Culture. Durham: Duke UP, 2000. Print.
    • Spillers, Hortense J. “Mama’s Baby, Papa’s Maybe: An American Grammar Book.” Black, White, and in Color: Essays on American Literature and Culture. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2003. 203-229. Print.
    • Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty. A Critique of Postcolonial Reason: Toward a History of the Vanishing Present. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1999. Print.
    • ———. “Ghostwriting.” Diacritics 25.2 (Summer 1995): 65-84. Web.
    • Warner, Michael and Lauren Berlant. “Sex in Public.” Publics and Counterpublics. Michael Warner. New York: Zone Books, 2002. 65-124. Print.
    • Wigley, Mark. “Network Fever.” New Media, Old Media: A History and Theory Reader. Eds. Wendy Hui Kyong Chun and Thomas Keenan. New York: Routledge, 2006. 375-398. Print.
    • Williams, Linda. Hard Core: Power, Pleasure, and the “Frenzy of the Visible.” Berkeley: U of California P, 1989. Print.
    • Williams, Linda and Christine Gledhill, eds. Reinventing Film Studies. New York: Oxford UP, 2000. Print.
    • Williams, Raymond. “Mediation.” Keywords: a Vocabulary of Culture and Society. New York: Oxford UP, 1983. 188. Print.

     

  • Notes on Contributors

    James Berger is senior lecturer in American Studies and English at Yale University. He is the author of After the End: Representations of Post-Apocalypse and editor of Helen Keller’s The Story of My Life: The Restored Edition. His current project, “The Disarticulate: Language, Impairment, and the Narratives of Modernity,” will be published by New York University Press.

    Since 2007, Judith Goldman has been a Harper Schmidt fellow and collegiate assistant professor at the University of Chicago, teaching in the arts humanities core and in creative writing. In autumn of 2011, she will be the Holloway Lecturer in the Practice of Poetry at University of California, Berkeley. She is the author of Vocoder (Roof 2001), DeathStar/rico-chet (O Books 2006), “the dispossessions” (atticus/finch 2009), and l.b.; or, catenaries (forthcoming, Krupskaya 2011). She co-edited the annual journal War and Peace with Leslie Scalapino from 2005-2009. She is at work on multi-media performance pieces using live sound, composed recorded sound, and video.

    Michael R. Griffiths is a Ph.D. Candidate in the English Department at Rice University and Lodieska Stockbridge Vaughn Fellow in the Humanities for 2011-12. His research explores biopolitics, particularly in Australian settler colonies. He has published essays or has essays forthcoming in Australian Literary Studies, Antipodes, Humanimalia, and in edited collections. He also maintains the politics and culture blog Apparatus at <http://mrgculture.wordpress.com/>.

    Kaplan Page Harris is Associate Professor and Director of the Graduate MA Program in English at St. Bonaventure University. His recent criticism appears in Jacket2, Wild Orchids, Paideuma, American Literature, Artvoice, Contemporary Literature, and The Poetry Project Newsletter. He is also editing, with Peter Baker and Rod Smith, The Selected Letters of Robert Creeley for the University of California Press.

    Heather J. Hicks is Associate Professor of English and Director of Graduate Studies at Villanova University. She is the author of The Culture of Soft Work: Labor, Gender and Race in Postmodern American Narrative (Palgrave, 2009) and has published articles on postmodern literature and film in journals including Arizona Quarterly, Camera Obscura, Contemporary Literature, and Postmodern Culture. She is currently writing a book that addresses the historical shift in the status of contemporary apocalyptic fiction from the margins to the center of the literary canon.

    Nathanaël (Nathalie Stephens) has written a number of books in English or French, published in the United States, Québec and Canada. Many of these were published under the name Nathalie Stephens, and include We Press Ourselves Plainly (2010), The Sorrow and the Fast of It (2007), Paper City (2003), Je Nathanaël (2003/2006), L’injure (2004) and …s’arrête? Je (2007), for which she was awarded the Prix Alain-Grandbois by the Académie des Lettres du Québec. Carnet de désaccords (2009) was a finalist for the Prix Spirale-Éva-le-Grand. Other work exists in Basque, Slovene, and Spanish with book-length translations in Bulgarian and Portuguese (Brazil). There is an essay of correspondence (2009): Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book), first published (2007) as L’absence au lieu. Also, a collection of talks, At Alberta (2008). Some work is repertoried in Constelación de poetas francófonas de cinco continentes (Diez siglos) (2011). Besides translating some of her own work, Nathanaël has translated Catherine Mavrikakis, Gail Scott, John Keene, Édouard Glissant, with translations of Hilda Hilst and Hervé Guibert forthcoming. SISYPHUS, OUTDONE. will be published by Nightboat Books in 2012. Nathanaël lives in Chicago.

    Marcel O’Gorman is Professor of English and Director of the Critical Media Lab at the University of Waterloo. He is the author of two books and several articles about the impact of technology on the humanities and on the human condition, more generally. His most recent research on death and technology, which he calls “necromedia theory,” has also manifested itself in various performances and installations that involve circuits, dirt, sensors, a penny-farthing bicycle, a treadmill, and a canoe. O’Gorman refers to his critical art practice as “Applied Media Theory.” The theories proposed in O’Gorman’s work are currently being applied toward a series of social psychology experiments in “Terror Management Theory” at the University of Waterloo. The results of this work will be published in a book entitled Necromedia, which O’Gorman is currently writing.

    Jennifer Rhee is Visiting Scholar in the Program in Literature at Duke University, where she recently received the Ph.D. She is co-editor of Electronic Techtonics: Thinking at the Interface, the Proceedings of the First International HASTAC Conference. She is finishing an essay on the uncanny valley, androids, and Philip K. Dick, and is researching narratives of technological singularity in fiction, popular science, and technology.

    Robert Wood is a Ph.D. student in Comparative Literature at the University of California, Irvine. He is working on feminist science fiction in the 20th Century through the lens of Marxist and feminist critiques of the concept of reproductive labor. This dissertation is part of his larger interest in the intersection of radical political movements and artistic movements. He writes for his blog, Work Resumed on the Tower <http://workresumedonthetower.blogspot.com/>, and was recently elected Campus Unit Chair on a reform ticket for his union, United Auto Workers 2865.

    Ewa Plonowska Ziarek is Julian Park Professor of Comparative Literature and the Founding Director of Humanities Institute at the State University of New York at Buffalo. She is the author of Feminist Aesthetics: Literature, Gender, and Race in Modernity (forthcoming); An Ethics of Dissensus: Feminism, Postmodernity, and the Politics of Radical Democracy (Stanford 2001); and The Rhetoric of Failure: Deconstruction of Skepticism, Reinvention of Modernism (SUNY, 1995); the editor of Gombrowicz’s Grimaces: Modernism, Gender, Nationality (SUNY, 1998); and the co-editor of Revolt, Affect, Collectivity: The Unstable Boundaries of Kristeva’s Polis (SUNY 2005), Time for the Humanities: Praxis and the Limits of Autonomy (Fordam UP 2008), and Intermedialities: Philosophy, Art, Politics (Rowman & Littlefield 2010). She has published numerous articles on Kristeva, Irigaray, Derrida, Agamben, Foucault, Levinas, Fanon, feminist theory and literary modernism.
  • Trans-historical Apocalypse?

    Robert Wood (bio)
    University of California, Irvine
    wrobert@uci.edu

    Peter Paik, From Utopia to Apocalypse: Science Fiction and the Politics of Catastrophe. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2010. Print.

     

     
    Peter Paik’s new book, From Utopia to Apocalypse: Science Fiction and the Politics of Catastrophe, makes an interesting contribution to the growing study of science fiction. Paik continues the move away from the study of texts, which dominated work on the genre in the 1970s, to study comics and films. Paik is a thoughtful and attentive reader. In particular, his close and careful analysis of Alan Moore’s series, The Watchmen, brings out aspects of the narrative it is easy to miss even in repeated readings of the series. He captures the depressing fatalism of Moore’s V for Vendetta, and offers a nuanced reading of the contradictory relations between the comic series and the problematically appropriated narrative in its film form. Paik maps out the historical dimension of each narrative, whether the alternative history offered by The Watchmen or the critical reaction to Thatcherism in V for Vendetta. Perhaps more significantly, he recognizes a common thread running through a group of seemingly disparate texts and films. His book begins with the analysis of Moore’s The Watchmen, discusses Jang Joon-Hwan’s Save the Green Planet in the second chapter and Hayao Miyazaki’s manga and anime work in the third, and concludes with an analysis of the Matrix films and Alan Moore’s V for Vendetta in the final chapter. If Paik focuses on the figure of the superhero, he also shows these texts’ larger social conversation, connecting Moore’s critical reading of superhero comics with the paranoid science fiction of Joon-Hwan and the epic narratives of Miyazaki through a set of common ethical concerns.
     
    Paik opens his text with the statement, “This book is a study of revolutionary change” (1). The connection between this claim and the focus of the book, a series of film and comic narratives that critically engage with the figure of the superhero, is negotiated by understanding revolutionary change not as a collective act but as an act of the “demiurgic creator.” Paik negotiates this shift through a reading of Boris Groys’s The Total Art of Stalinism, which argues that socialist realism “strove after and achieved the objective of the avant-garde to organize ‘the life of society’ according to ‘monolithic artistic forms’” (qtd. in Paik). That logic, according to Groys, depends on the role of the artist as creator of a new world. Stalinism shifted this desire onto the state, creating new artistic forms in order to effectively achieve “a consummate unity of aesthetic theory and political practice in his [Stalin’s] leadership over the revolutionary state” (Paik 16-17). Paik notes that Groys’s “terms…strikingly resemble the narrative conventions of American superhero comics” where he argues that “the struggle between the ‘positive hero’ of Bolshevism and the counterrevolutionary ‘wrecker’ is a conflict that unfolds on a transcendent plane, in which material reality is reduced to a mere staging ground for their superhuman battles” (Paik 17). Through this gesture, Paik argues that the Soviet project and U.S. dominated liberal capitalism constitute mythic forms, containing “an ideological symmetry that betrays in turn their shared faith in technology, whether in the form of sociopolitical engineering or of an infinitely expanding global market, to eliminate forever the historically intractable afflictions of poverty, scarcity, and war” (18). Both Soviet and U.S. projects fall back on a sort of messianism, legitimating extraordinary acts of violence and exploitation to create a new and more perfected world. Drawing on the work of conservative jurist and political theorist Carl Schmitt, he argues that these formations continue to be constituted through secularized versions of older political theological debates concerning the relation of the sovereign to an omnipotent god. The demiurgic creator becomes the hidden double of the secularized figure of the sovereign, one who creates new orders, rather than preserving the old by invoking a state of exception (18-9).
     
    Paik argues that the material he examines critiques these mythic formations, revealing the hidden acts of violence that were necessary to their foundation. He argues that this critique comes out of a commitment to “realism.” Paik defines these texts as realist, but he distinguishes his notion of realism from generic realism:
     

    The reader will note that I am not speaking of realism in the sense of the nineteenth-century novel and its representative conventions, but rather in terms closer to how it is understood in the realm of political philosophy. Realism in this latter sense constitutes a discourse which analyzes in an impartial and dispassionate manner the workings of power. It arises out of the awareness that the wellsprings of political conflict generally lie in the tragic struggle between two irreconcilable forms of the good.
     

    (19)

     

    Realism as a political discourse operates in ways that contrast with the mythical forms found both in liberal democracy and in the Soviet project. Effectively, realism entails a rejection of what Paik sees at the heart of both projects, a belief in the perfectibility of society and, implicitly, the perfectibility of human nature. Developing that latter point in his analysis of Miyazaki, he argues that tragedy can be read outside of the Aristotelian framework that has been largely accepted even by its radical critics. Instead, tragedy shows important truths, notably the fact that pain is an intrinsic part of human existence. It also refuses to narrate conflict exclusively from the perspective of one group. By demanding an analysis that operates from the perspective that a conflict is derived from equally legitimate but irreconcilable perspectives, this construction of realism allows for a significant form of cognitive mapping to occur. It allows one to think structurally, rather than as a partisan. On the other hand, it reduces the rich history of utopian thought to a simple call for perfection, rather than recognizing its role as protest, satire, critique, which are as significant to its formation as a genre as is the fantasy of perfectibility. Perhaps more significantly, Paik’s construction of realism as tragic political struggle ignores the genre’s long reception history as an outlet of protest for the poor and exploited.

    Paik’s statement not only separates his work from the long history of the study of generic form taken on by literary criticism, it also elides the question of the relationship between historicity and literary form. Rather than proposing an analysis that would ask, “Why is it that narratives of catastrophe became a dominate narrative in the era of neoliberalism?” he moves into a set of transhistorical questions posed by the conventions of political philosophy. That approach amounts to an uncritical acceptance of the ideological premises of his objects of study. Neither the claim that he will focus on “revolutionary change” nor the title’s implicit claim that the book will focus on “apocalypse” or “catastrophe” accurately describes the focus of his text. Instead, the book focuses on a set of dystopian narratives, beginning in the late 1980s and ending with the turn of the century. Aside from a brief engagement with the definition of utopia in the introduction of the book, Paik avoids analyzing either the history of the genre, or its criticism. Additionally, the text makes very few references to the study of comics or to film theory. Paik’s lack of engagement with this critical tradition can’t be reduced to breach of protocol, but leads to a number of analytical problems in what could have been a more critical intervention in the field.
     
    This problem is most evident in his reading of Moore’s The Watchmen, although it also affects his reading of the other films and comics. Paik recognizes the intertextual dimension of Moore’s work, but makes no effort to work through the theoretical implications of that intertextuality. Paik reads Moore’s work through the lens of the superhero as a “demiurgic creator,” focusing on Ozymandias’s attempt to create a new order through mass death. While this assessment is true, the narrative is also continually reflecting back on the history of comics as a genre. The series invokes the history of a multiplicity of comic forms, both licit and illicit, and explores the confessional from of the memoir and a number of other forms. Moore’s narrative not only comments on the fantasy of the superhero as secularized sovereign, but on the history of comic art itself. Moore’s narrative takes the relationship seriously–the relationship between form and history, which is dropped from theoretical concern in Paik’s analysis. Paik never deals with the narrative’s allusions to the comic’s code, nor with the complex and contradictory attempts on the part of the genre to deal with the counter-culture and New Left. More significantly, Paik avoids thinking through how Moore’s narrative itself might be influenced by the policies of Reagan and Thatcher, the crushing of counter-systemic movements, the dismantling of the social safety net, etc. The refusal to deal with the history of generic form simultaneously erases the way the various texts Paik engages with operate as products of their times.
     
    Effectively, Paik’s analysis ignores the need to read these films and texts symptomatically, that is as products of the common sense assumptions of their time. The need to read texts symptomatically doesn’t leave out the possibility that these texts diagnose and critique the political formations of their time, but it does demand a critical engagement with the objects at hand. To give an example of an alternative approach to dystopian literature, we can look at Tom Moylan’s Scraps of the Untainted Sky: Science Fiction, Utopia, Dystopia. Moylan introduces a note of ambiguity in his analysis of the genre: “The dystopian text does not guarantee a creative position that is implicitly militant or resigned. As an open form, it always negotiates the continuum between the Party of Utopia and the Party of Anti-Utopia” (xiii). Within Moylan’s explicitly political framing, the genre has both the possibility of contributing to the implicitly positive potential of political militancy and of contributing to its negative potential for resignation. There are legitimate critiques of this partisan approach to literary criticism. After all, the approach tends to create a binary between the “good” and the “bad” text, losing out on the possibility of complexity and ambiguity in narrative.
     
    Still, Moylan’s approach holds out the possibility of reading the genre critically, exposing its assumptions, its mystifications. More significantly, Moylan continually insists on reading dystopia as a product of a particular historical time and particular events. He notes, “Although its roots lie in Menippean satire, realism, and the anti-utopian novels of the nineteenth century, the dystopia emerged as a literary form in its own right in the early 1900s, as capital entered a new phase with the onset of monopolized production and as the modern imperialist state extended its internal and external reach” (xi). Moylan foregrounds the historical aspect of the conditions that the dystopian novel was simultaneously defined by and that it critically engaged, rather than gesturing towards or alluding to it, as Paik does. If Paik had taken this historical aspect more seriously, he could have avoided some of the more problematic interpretations of the historical materialist tradition, particularly in his attempt to ascribe a notion of human nature to the tradition. This difficulty persists in his reading of Darko Suvin’s work, where he focuses on the notion of utopia as a “good place,” rather than on Suvin’s historical argument about the rise of utopian literature. Suvin’s concept of the novum, or “novelty, innovation . . . validated by cognitive logic” (Suvin 63), can be understood only within temporal innovations of the commodity form, or within what Benedict Anderson, drawing on the work of Walter Benjamin, calls the “homogenous, empty time” of print capitalism (24). To put it simply, the history of the genre of science fiction is intertwined with the history of crisis and transformation in the formation of the capitalist world system. At an even more basic level, science fiction operates on the premise that the future will be radically different from the present.
     
    But that engagement with history is not part of Paik’s theoretical engagement with his texts. Instead, Paik frames his argument through the trans-historical framework offered by Carl Schmitt. Despite his critical interpretation of Schmitt, Paik accepts the transhistorical framework implicit in his methodology. Rather than thinking about the fear, cynicism, and opportunism that define our particular “leaden times” as a result of the class offensive contained in neoliberalism, Paik’s narrative accepts the political resignation of those texts, not as an effect of the counterrevolutionary violence of our times, but as a transhistorical truth. This translates into an unconscious conservatism that runs throughout Paik’s text. Unlike Moylan, I am unsure whether resignation is an accurate reflection of our current political possibilities or a conservative mystification of those possibilities, but, along with Moylan, I would argue that critical political theory should interrogate the assumptions of contemporary common sense, rather than repeat them.
     

    Robert Wood is a Ph.D. student in Comparative Literature at the University of California, Irvine. He is working on feminist science fiction in the 20th Century through the lens of Marxist and feminist critiques of the concept of reproductive labor. This dissertation is part of his larger interest in the intersection of radical political movements and artistic movements. He writes for his blog, Work Resumed on the Tower, and was recently elected Campus Unit Chair on a reform ticket for his union, United Auto Workers 2865.

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Anderson, Benedict. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism. 2nd Edition. London: Verso Press, 1991. Print.
    • Moylan, Tom. Scraps of the Untainted Sky: Science Fiction, Utopia, Dystopia. Boulder: Westview Press, 2000. Print.
    • Suvin, Darko. Metamorphoses of Science Fiction: On the Poetics and History of a Literary Genre. New Haven: Yale UP, 1979. Print.

     

  • A Zine Ecology of Charles Bernstein’s Selected Poems

    Kaplan Page Harris (bio)
    St. Bonaventure University
    kharris@sbu.edu

    Charles Bernstein, All the Whiskey in Heaven: Selected Poems. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2010.

     

     
    All the Whiskey in Heaven: Selected Poems offers the prospect of commemoration and erasure. The same is probably true of selected poems in general. The format serves the purpose of introduction and distribution, often for students in classroom settings. The selection is passable if it supplies new readers, through a carefully crafted table of contents, with an abbreviated synopsis of a poet’s career and a balanced overview of writerly achievements and worldly concerns. Some degree of simplification or distortion must result. The best selections are like gateway drugs: the hard stuff can come later.
     
    The erasure is especially acute, however, in the case of Charles Bernstein. He has been actively publishing for more than thirty-five years, during which time he has skillfully risen through networked communities and institutions of a fiercely intellectual counterculture and through a series of anti-workshop initiatives for the teaching of poetry and poetics. These relationships, not surprisingly, can be glimpsed as the wheels within wheels of his prior book publications. Of forty-two authored or co-authored books between 1975 and 2010, two come from self-publishing (e.g., Asylums), four come from university presses (e.g., Girly Man and My Way), and all the rest, without exception, come from small and mid-sized independent presses (e.g., Republics of Reality, Dark City, Rough Trades, Islets/Irritations, Resistance, Stigma, and Disfrutes). All the Whiskey in Heaven marks a significant new step because it is his first book released by a large commercial press. A three-decade oeuvre now finds itself represented by a private company that may or may not share the same interests with do-it-yourself and community-based ideas about the avant-garde.
     
    While the Farrar, Straus and Giroux edition does include endnotes for the prior book and chapbook editions, the information goes only so deep in that it does not list the magazines, journals, and broadsides where Bernstein originally found company with other poets. This point is less a critique of the FSG edition than a basic observation about the historical erasure that accompanies the commercial repackaging of a poet’s work. Without the print record, the poems appear as solitary objects removed from the social and material conditions in which they took shape. My discussion here – moving chronologically through All the Whiskey in Heaven – attempts to forestall this erasure by constructing a bibliographic map, or a zine ecology, of the small-press world in which these individual poems first developed.
     

    §

     
    The selection opens with the title poem from Bernstein’s Asylums (1975), the self-published chapbook from a press (Asylum’s) that he co-founded with Susan Bee (née Laufer) in their apartment on Amsterdam Avenue between 82nd and 83rd. Bernstein absorbed the DIY ethos locally from poets on the Lower East Side. In the early 1970s, he himself enrolled in Bernadette Mayer’s workshop at St. Mark’s Poetry Project. Bee designed the cover of this, Bernstein’s first book, establishing a pattern of poet-artist collaboration that they have maintained for many of his forty-plus works. There are a few exceptions: Arakawa designed the cover for the original edition of Islets/Irritations (1983), and the cover of All the Whiskey in Heaven is a photograph by Emma Bee Bernstein (daughter of the poet and artist).
     

    §

     
    Self-publishing, even when collaborative, is an isolated activity that only indicates so much about the social ecology of a poet’s writing activity. Was that activity part of an emerging conversation about poetics? How did its formal structure resonate with what others were doing? How did it circulate and who cared to read the poem?
     
    These questions are partly answered by revisiting the zine debut of “Asylum” in the San Francisco-based Tottel’s (No. 16, 1976), edited by Ron Silliman. Like Bernstein at this early moment, the fellow contributors are almost all outsiders in the poetry world: Jackson Mac Low, Lee De Jasu, Barbara Baracks, Ray DiPalma, Keith Waldrop, Jerome Rothenberg, Karl Young, Bruce Andrews, Barrett Watten, Bob Perelman, Hannah Weiner, and Silliman himself. Still, however much these poets might be excluded from the economy of prizes, commercial publications, and university appointments, one quickly sees the difficulty of restricting an account of Tottel’s – a magazine often heralded as central to Language poetry – to any single coalition or group. Approximately half the poets here are more accurately described as fellow travelers.
     
    The cover of Tottel’s 16 is a gas chamber execution record from San Quentin Prison. No information has been completed except “tottel’s 16” for the prisoner’s name. Bernstein’s poem, which is based on cut-ups from Erving Goffman’s Asylums: Essays on the Social Situation of Mental Patients and Other Inmates, thus makes a very nice fit.
     
    Poems are like that in magazines: they reverberate with paratextual elements designed by the editor and the printer and with work by other contributors. It’s not that Bernstein’s poem can’t be appreciated when uprooted from the original zine publication. The lines of the poem are fascinating in their own way and raise provocative questions about the relationship between poetry and medicine. The use of quotation marks around words, to take one example, hints at parallels between the technique of poetic citing (which brings to mind Zukofsky) and the clinical skill of listening to patients. Bernstein, who worked for a period as a technical writer for medical publications, clearly zeroes in on the language of persons who stigmatize patients, e.g., the
     

    persevering, nagging, delusional group –
     
    “worry warts”
     
    “nuisances”
     
    “bird dogs”
     
    in the attendant’s slang
     

    (“Asylum” 31-35).

     
    Bernstein’s technique, when situated within a rich twentieth-century avant-garde, reaches back to precursors like Charles Reznikoff’s Testimony and to recent contemporaries like Ted Berrigan’s “Things to Do On Speed.” Bernstein’s poem, too, conceivably fulfilled an assignment in Mayer’s workshop. His use of Goffman’s text corresponds quite closely to one or two ideas in her widely-circulated “Experiments List”: “Take a piece of prose writing and turn it into poetic lines. Then, without remembering that you were planning to do this, make a poem of the first and last words of each line to see what happens.” Even the notion of going to Goffman in the first place has a certain Mayer-like quality, recalling her use of journals from psychoanalysis sessions in Studying Hunger (published in 1975, the same year as Bernstein’s poem).
     
    Such interpretive points are vitally important, and nothing about the reframing of “Asylum” in All the Whiskey in Heaven will stop anyone from seeing them (and plenty of others). But let’s look back again at its placement in Tottel’s. While Bernstein’s arrangement of the text is visually complicated, the disjunctive effect of single words and short phrases is fairly light in comparison to other poems in the same issue. Mac Low’s striking poem “LETT” uses all upper-case letters for ten relentless pages: “D U / A S E / N / S F S W T S Q T D” (1-4). Ray DiPalma’s “from The Sargasso Transcries” uses mainly lower-case letters for six straight pages: “khkj khkllkak lskmsmsh hsjsuhjej jekeleheueieo / bchmauh lhakale uahaheuheueieoekemenb” (1-2).
     
    The print record reveals that Bernstein was surprisingly straightforward or, some might say, outright conventional in his adherence to complete words and phrases. Bernstein, for all his inventiveness, was going to learn a lot from his peers – or “company,” to use a word that he borrows from Robert Creeley. And as later poems from All the Whiskey in Heaven reveal, Bernstein did not take long to trouble the lexical operations of language (e.g., see the made-up words in “Azoot D’Puund” dating from 1979’s Poetic Justice).
     

    §

     
    The second set of selections is from Shade (1977), the sixty-five-page booklet that inaugurated the “Contemporary Literature Series” from Douglas Messerli’s nascent Sun and Moon Press. Shade was originally published in five hundred copies, came with a sticker price of three dollars, and had no ISBN in order to facilitate sales and distribution. At this time Sun and Moon was a modest operation based out of Messerli’s apartment in College Park, Maryland. Anyone who wanted a copy could write to his address printed on the back (4330 Hartwick Road #418, College Park, Maryland).
     
    “Take then, these…,” one of the poems that finds an afterlife in All the Whiskey in Heaven, had already appeared in Messerli’s magazine La-Bas: A Newsletter of Experimental Poetry & Poetics (No. 7, May 1977). La-Bas was mimeographed on an 8½ by 11, side-staple format. Other poets in that same issue are Michael Davidson, Ray DiPalma, P. Inman, and Rosmarie Waldrop. Again we’re talking outsiders in the poetry world, at least for the particular moment.
     
    This early Bernstein likes to combine unlike objects or phrases in order to heighten poetic attention: “Take then these nail & boards / which seams to lay me down / in perfect semblance” (“Take” 1-2). If you’ve followed Language poetry at all, you know the case that’s made against transparent narratives or picaresque representations of experience. Don’t get distracted by the “semblance,” Bernstein says. Don’t overlook the “seams” when something “seems” understood or self-evident. And be sure to catch the violence implied by using nails and boards to put “me” in a box.
     
    Bernstein never tires of punning on seams. Further instances crop up late in All the Whiskey in Heaven: “the seam that binds” (“The Kiwi Bird in the Kiwi Tree” 8, Whiskey 144) and “the brokered / seams of a riven dream” (“The Bricklayer’s Dreams” 29-30, Whiskey 279). Variations appear like “inseams” or “ifsitseamltu” (the latter in “Lift Off” 20, Whiskey 36). In these moments, Bernstein is not the Wallace Stevens of “let be be the finale of seems,” but the wunderkind of anti-essentialism who keeps stressing the ubiquity of artifice. Or keep that in mind for the early poems, because a later Bernstein says just the opposite when he begins “Autonomy Is Jeopardy” with the line “I hate artifice” – thereby reversing Robert Grenier’s “I hate speech.”
     

    §

     
    Asylums was produced for a gift economy, as to a lesser extent was Shade. Like other side-stapled books from Bernstein’s lo-fi, in-house operation, Asylums did not come with a price sticker or an ISBN. This practice changed in 1979, when his books started to appear with ISBNs – a paratextual lingua franca developed by publishers with the goal of standardizing all books in all languages and maximizing the efficiency of storage and purchase orders for distributors. The adoption of ISBN numbers and barcodes in avant-garde publishing should give us pause, not least because they constitute an eyesore on the back cover of lovingly produced objects. The “standard” of the ISBN and the foregrounding of the book’s commodity status are difficult to reconcile with poetry’s promise of radical social change. How can that promise be packaged using the same marketplace norms for books about improving one’s golf swing or books about planting begonias?
     
    Take for example Poetic Justice, a forty-eight-page perfect-bound book published by Pod Books in Baltimore. It appeared in an edition of five hundred copies, listed the ISBN on the copyright page (including a separate one for the signed edition), and acknowledged the support of a grant from the National Endowment for the Arts. At a cost of $3.50, it could be ordered from publishers Kirby Malone and Ro Malone at their home address at 3022 Abell Avenue in Baltimore. Today, copies can still be ordered online (prices range from twenty-eight dollars to eighty-two dollars), because the ISBN gives databases a standard for linking sellers with consumers. The producers, Malone and Malone, are effaced in this exchange.
     
    The appeal of the ISBN can certainly be understood, however, for it provided a means to move beyond the limited circulation of a coterie audience. The other book of 1979, Senses of Responsibility, was “Tuumba 20” in the long-running chapbook series designed and published by Lyn Hejinian. Like Asylum’s and the early Sun and Moon, Tuumba was a homebrew operation. Hejinian printed chapbooks on a Chandler-Price Press that she kept in the back room of her home at 2639 Russell Street in Berkeley. Her ambition for the series, she recalls, was to promote poetry, not as a solitary experience, but “in the social worlds of people” (257). The plurality signaled in “social worlds” suggests a pragmatic use of existing market structures to distribute poetry beyond its usual readership. Senses of Responsibility was also subsidized by a grant from the NEA. The book cost two dollars, appeared in an edition of four hundred fifty copies, and listed an ISBN number on the copyright page (though not on the back cover).
     
    Most of Bernstein’s subsequent books after 1979 were similarly published with an ISBN. Dark City (1994), published by the greatly expanded West Coast operation of Sun and Moon, was the first to use a barcode for the ISBN.
     

    §

     
    Senses of Responsibility and Poetic Justice, along with several of Bernstein’s other early small-press books, represent one sector of a micro-economy that was partially sustained by grants from the NEA starting in the late 1960s. Additional funding was available at the local level through the New York State Council on the Arts, and through donations to non-profit institutions that were sometimes founded by the poets themselves (e.g., the Segue Foundation for Roof Books and the Contemporary Arts Educational Project for Sun and Moon). After moving to Los Angeles, for example, Sun and Moon Press drew on lucrative grants from the NEA and from the John Simon Guggenheim Foundation (Register of the Sun and Moon Press Archive).
     
    These economic relationships were deeply entrenched by the time Bernstein won an NEA Creative Writing Fellowship in 1980. In 1966, the founding of St. Mark’s Poetry Project was enabled by $200,000 in federal grants from the Office of Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Development (Kane 129). The nominal goal of this money was to socialize troubled youths by providing them with a structured outlet for creativity. Bernstein and others around the Poetry Project in the early 70s were thus beneficiaries of the fiscal climate – even if they were not exactly the delinquents that the social programs had in mind.
     
    The total amount of grant support awarded to literary magazines was really quite small compared to overall funding for the arts. The big-ticket items were opera, theater, and so forth. According to one estimate in 1978, less than two percent of NEA grants were devoted to literature (Anania 18). Still, there were lasting consequences that readers should recognize. As Jerome Rothenberg explains, the reliance on grant support served “to impose both a gloss of professionalism on the alternative publications and to make obsolete the rough and ready book works of the previous two decades” (11).
     

    §

     
    Critics who charge that Bernstein and other Language poets concocted a poetry movement that was perfectly suited for academic assimilation miss an important point here. The few university presses that took on their work only did so when the Culture Wars of the 1980s led to a massive reduction of federal funding for the arts. The affiliation with university publishers (Southern Illinois, Harvard, New England/Wesleyan, Northwestern, Alabama, and Chicago) was first one of material necessity. Today, the economic circumstances on campuses (especially for state schools) has led to deep cuts and freezes in press budgets – with some being discontinued altogether. The new FSG edition of Bernstein’s selected poems is part of the thirty-year development that arguably represents the full privatization of the avant-garde.
     

    §

     
    Now a brief story about “Palukaville.” In the fall of 1976, Bernstein embarked on LEGEND, a five-party collaboration with Bruce Andrews, Ray Di Palma, Steve McCaffery, and Ron Silliman. In February 1978, Bernstein and Andrews published the first issue of L=A=N=G=U=A=G=E magazine. The period between these dates was one of intense exchange among these five prolific writers.
     
    “Palukaville” can be viewed as a kind of spin-off from LEGEND. The poem is comprised of answers to Ron Silliman’s “Sunset Debris,” which is a poem made up entirely of questions. Other poets have taken up this challenge (see Alan Davies and Michael Lally), but Bernstein was evidently the first out of the gate when he saw a manuscript of Silliman’s poem.
     
    Excerpts from LEGEND made up the centerpiece of a forum of new writing – all of it language-centered – that James Sherry featured in his magazine Roof (No. 3, Summer 1977). The individual poets also contributed their own work to the forum. Bernstein contributed “Palukaville,” which he later collected in Poetic Justice and now in All the Whiskey in Heaven.
     

    §

     
    Roof Books is the long-running, aesthetically diverse operation – i.e., all under one “roof” – directed by James Sherry through the Segue Foundation. Bernstein’s Controlling Interests (1980) was one of the first perfect-bound editions from the press. It came with the title printed on a solid blue cover: nondescript and thus light on the design budget. Roof magazine was already home to several of the poems from Controlling Interests, like “Matters of Policy” in Roof (No. 6, Spring 1978). The poem came sandwiched between poems by Bruce Andrews and William Corbett, and the same issue featured Alan Davies, Ray DiPalma, Michael Gottlieb, Ted Greenwald, Robert Grenier, P. Inman, Christopher Knowles, Jackson Mac Low, Eileen Myles, Nick Piombino, Phyllis Rosenzweig, Michael Scholnick, James Sherry, John Wellman, and John Yau, as well as graphics by Brenda Goodman, Lee Sherry, Louisa Chase, and Ann Christopher.
     
    Another poem, “The Italian Border of the Alps,” debuted in Roof (No. 9, Spring 1979) alongside poems by Kit Robinson, Alan Davies, P. Inman, and Lynne Dryer. Sherry tended to place poems and images on adjacent pages in his magazine, thereby providing one glimpse of the productive cross-fertilization that occurred in the arts and poetry scenes of the 1970s. The images in Roof 9 included graphics by Judy Pfaff and Harvey Quaytman, as well as archival images of Stéphane Mallarmé’s writing that hinted at his role in the genealogy of visual poetry.
     
    The pages of Roof magazine measure 8½ by 10½, a size that is pragmatically conducive to the reproduction of art images. The size also creates possibilities for the layout of poems. This is not new, of course, not since Mallarmé rolled the dice or Charles Olson sallied forth in Dogtown. But what about a prose poem, like “The Italian Border of the Alps,” where size might seem incidental? It turns out that size does matter when it comes to ingrained habits of reading prose on small, turn-able pages with frequent breaks between paragraphs. The compressed format of All the Whiskey in Heaven is actually a lot easier on the eyes than the voluminous page format of Roof (where it takes up two and a half pages). In the latter case, the poem expands into one unbroken box of text that has no internal paragraphs to organize the flow or create natural breaks in the reading process. It almost seems possible here to argue that the large page of the small press trumps the small page of the large press.
     

    §

     
    The geographical mixture of East and West Coast poets (plus several from elsewhere) who published in Roof magazine did not represent an isolated case. Bernstein read with Barrett Watten for the Grand Piano reading series in early 1979. Like Robert Creeley a generation before, he was by this time travelling frequently, becoming a familiar face – which was fueled in part by the sensation of L=A=N=G=U=A=G=E magazine – and establishing contacts among multiple urban scenes of poetic activity.
     
    Later that year his poem “For Love has Such a Spirit that If it is Portrayed it Dies” (which refers to a title by Creeley) was published in the magazine This. Edited by Barrett Watten, this 8½ by 8½ magazine was an organ not only for the close-knit friends and collaborators who became known as the San Francisco contingent of Language Poetry, but also for fellow poets who were drawn into their sometimes vitalizing, sometimes heated and exasperating conversations about the nature of all things poetic. Other poets in the same issue include Rae Armantrout, Carla Harryman, Lyn Hejinian, Kit Robinson, and Watten himself, who are part of the former group, as well as Diane Ward, Christopher Dewdney, Clark Coolidge, Michael Gottlieb, and Alan Davies, who are part of the latter. It might be alleged, as some have, that publishing friends is nepotism or logrolling. But note the editorial perspicacity at work in this one issue. “For Love has Such a Spirit that If it is Portrayed it Dies” turns out not to be the only poem with an afterlife in an edition of selected poems. Recent Pulitzer-winner Armantrout’s “Postcards,” from the same issue, is reprinted in Veil, her own selected poems (Wesleyan 2001).
     

    §

     
    Bernstein’s poem “The Years as Swatches” (which refers to a title by Robert Duncan) made its book debut in The Sophist (1987), but readers who had an ear to the ground first saw it five years earlier in Gil Ott’s Philadelphia-based magazine Paper Air (Vol. 3.1, 1982).Ott’s editorial philosophy, which openly invited contributions from anyone “engaged in the expansion of revolutionary perception,” courted a range of poets and artists that again defied any single aesthetic category – and thereby guaranteed the reputation of his magazine as an attractive venue for Language poets hoping to place work outside of their own immediate circles. Early issues featured Silliman, Bernstein, and Andrews, but they are far outnumbered by non-Language peers, including by Nathaniel Tarn, Janine Pommy Vega, Rachel Blau DuPlessis, John Cage, Eleanor Antin, Carole Berge, Larry Eigner, Jerome Rothenberg, George Quasha, and Rosmarie Waldrop. Two special issues were dedicated to John Taggart and Jackson Mac Low.
     
    Ott made sure that Paper Air was a welcome venue for essays, reviews, and interviews. Bernstein’s poem “The Years as Swatches” is even situated right next to a review of Controlling Interests by Messerli. Critical prose was simply the norm in Paper Air. The same was true for poems that blurred the line between verse and essay. Later Ott devoted an entire issue of Paper Air to Bernstein’s “Artifice of Absorption” (Vol. 4.1, 1987). Readers who were disconnected from Paper Air would not have the opportunity to see the essay-poem until five years later, when it appeared in the Harvard publication of Bernstein’s A Poetics.
     
    Here it must also be stressed that Paper Air was appealing because of it physical format. The pages consistently measured 8½ by 11. The printing evolved from fairly brief issues using side-stapled, photo offset format—a method that superseded mimeograph’s ability to combine art images, poems, and even handwriting—to long issues of more than a hundred pages printed using a perfect-bound format.
     

    §

     
    A full third of the issue that contains “The Years as Swatches” is devoted to “Contemporary French Poetry in Translation,” in a selection superbly edited by Craig Watson. The presence of poems by Claude Royet-Journoud, Edmond Jabès, Emmanuel Hocquard, and Ann-Marie Albiach is one early and telling indicator of the internationalization of poetics that captures Bernstein’s attention starting in the 1980s.
     
    Once again the print history is revealing. Bernstein published his translation of Royet-Journoud’s The Maternal Drape (1984) with Awede Press not one year after its designer, Brita Bergland, published his own book Resistance. Likewise, Bernstein published his translation of Olivier Cadiot’s Red, Green, and Black (1990) with the same press that earlier published his own book Disfrutes (1981). Like the little magazines of modernism, these small presses of contemporary poetry envisioned their practice as taking shape in networks that involved more than a national audience. Moreover, as his own reputation grew, Bernstein can increasingly be seen placing his work with non-U.S. publishers, such as Zasterle Press in the Canary Islands (The Absent Father in Dumbo, 1990) and Aark Arts in New Delhi (Warrant, 2005).
     
    One poem from All the Whiskey in Heaven distinctly hints at the national and linguistic boundaries that Bernstein traverses as his career progresses. “A Test of Poetry” takes its title from Louis Zukofsky’s quirky pedagogical book, but the text of the poem, as Bernstein explains, comprises italicized phrases from his Chinese translator Ziquing Zhang. Selected Language Poems came out in China in 1993 and featured seven of Bernstein’s best-known poems. Note that five of these seven (“The Simply,” “The Voyage of Life,” “The Harbor of Illusion,” “The Kiwi Bird in the Kiwi Tree,” and “Dysraphism”) are included in All the Whiskey in Heaven, so it is even possible to trace many of the lines in “A Test of Poetry” that the translator had questions about.
     

    §

     
    The poems of the 1990s – especially those featured in Rough Trades and Dark City – reveal a fork in Bernstein’s publishing venues. On the one hand, small magazines with politically oppositional agendas continued to welcome his poems. The most influential of these were Jimmy & Lucy’s House of “K,” O.blek, and Big Allis, all of which were edited by poets from an ambitious younger generation. On the other hand, several academic publications, including boundary 2, Rethinking Marxism, and Archive for New Poetry Newsletter (UCSD), began to publish his poems alongside their usual scholarly articles. For example, the editors of Rethinking Marxism situated Bernstein’s poem “The Kiwi Bird in the Kiwi Tree” next to an article “On Language Poetry,” thus establishing the idea that a poem might be part and parcel of the social critique performed by the journal’s standard scholarly essays. It may have helped, of course, that the poem combined Bernstein’s usual paratactic zingers with at least one fairly straightforward theoretical assertion: “The first fact is the social body, / one from another, nor needs no other” (“The Kiwi Bird” 13-14).
     
    While troubling boundaries between academic insiders and outsiders is nothing new, the 1990s is remarkable in that it witnessed an intensification of exchange that is surely unrivaled since the canonization of the New American Poets. Even the small magazines bore traces of academia. A case in point: Bernstein wrote “A Defence of Poetry” in response to literary scholar Brian McHale, but it first appeared in the magazine Aerial (No. 6/7, 1991), which was edited and self-published by poet Rod Smith. Similarly, Bernstein’s “Gertrude and Ludwig’s Bogus Adventure” was written for literary scholar Marjorie Perloff, whose name was originally “Gabriele Mintz.” The poem, though, made its debut in Ribot (No. 5, 1997), a magazine published by a non-institutional collective that referred to itself as the College of Neglected Science. Lest there be any confusion, this College is self-described as having a “virtual existence,” and even though it once organized an academic-style conference, I don’t think it was ever in the business of granting actual degrees.
     

    §

     
    Bernstein’s points of interest are increasingly drawn from cultural artifacts of the twentieth century. Early foreshadowing of this interest appears in “Dodgem,” based on the name of a children’s board game, or “Palukaville,” based on a comic strip about a boxer. Allusive lines from Bernstein’s recent poems sound like an encyclopedia of Americana that is packed with old movies, old cars, old song tunes, old catchphrases, and more. This later drift differs from the historical digging of Ezra Pound’s luminous detail or Susan Howe’s dark side of history. Bernstein is rather a collector of rhymes that charm like cheap souvenirs. If he is to be called a historical poet, then his specialty is the low or common.
     
    Bernstein does not pretend, however, that these artifacts are without their own perils. He is not, that is to say, one of Walter Benjamin’s heroic collectors who uncovers the “revolutionary energies that appear in the ‘outmoded.’” The pessimism of Bernstein’s historical vision is quite clear in his poem “Mao Tse Tung Wore Khakis,” which derives from the GAP advertising campaign in which figures from the past are repurposed for a commercial clothing line. A broadside edition (produced in Buffalo in the mid-1990s) superimposes the poem on top of the well-known GAP advertisement that shows Jack Kerouac wearing khakis. Here the rebel without a cause is reborn in the service of a socially acceptable cause, namely to make buckets of money in a media-saturated environment: “The Thunderbirds gleam end-to-end-to-end / in the studio backlot.”
     
    Bernstein’s bleak historicism is somewhat tempered in later poems. The post-9/11 selections taken from World on Fire are bleak in their own way, but they incorporate a mash-up of vinyl albums that he clearly adores. Horace Heidt’s big band piece “I Don’t Want to Set the World On Fire” (1941) is the source for the title of that book, and the song’s seductive refrain, “I just want to start a flame in your heart,” is the source for the title of one the poems. The poet Marcella Durand notes that another of the book’s poems, “In a Restless World Like This Is,” likewise derives from a hit song of the 1940s, “When I Fall in Love” (famously recorded by Nat King Cole). Finally, the poem “Didn’t We” can be read as a curt rejoinder to Billy Joel’s denial of political complicity in the megahit “We Didn’t Start the Fire.”
     

    §

     
    What I explore above is a zine ecology that stresses the social life of Bernstein’s poems as well as the material conditions that enabled publication in the first place. Like any ecological mapping, no matter how rigorously constructed, the points that I describe are not purely objective but emphatically partial – a lesson that Bernstein’s poems impart regardless of their particular publication venue. What the poems also impart, regardless of venue, is a sense of conversation with fellow poets and readers. That conversation is not one that can be understood without gross distortion when the poems are lined up with other poets in the FSG catalog. It’s doubtful that anything will ever make Bernstein’s poems fit cozily with those of August Kleinzahler, Frank Bidart, or Carol Ann Duffy – to name a few poets under the FSG imprint. (Perhaps Bernstein is best read in light of the handful of modernist poets that FSG publishes, like Mina Loy.)
     
    I close this review by noting that the zine ecology above is severely limited by its reliance on the print record. Other kinds of archives exist, other entranceways to the social bearings of poetry, and these are increasingly available to anyone who wants to explore the work beyond the page. The online format here allows for links to PennSound recordings that capture Bernstein performing many poems from All the Whiskey in Heaven. I listened to them while writing the above, and it was startling how often my interest in constructing a bibliographic account was thwarted by an interest in returning to poems themselves – though by “themselves” I mean when they were aired before a live audience and not yet committed to print technology. Rather than an exercise in close reading, it was, as Bernstein himself would say, a matter of close listening. Here, to close, are links to ten of the finest:
     

    Asylums” – Reading for Anthology Film Archives, April 3, 1977
     
    Azoot D’Puund” – Recorded for Cabinet #1, Winter 2000
     
    Dark City” – Reading for Live at the Ear, 1992.
     
    Palukaville” – Reading for Anthology Film Archives, April 3, 1977
     
    Matters of Policy” – Reading at the West End Bar (NYC), March 12, 1978.
     
    The Italian Border of the Alps” – Reading for Grand Piano (SF), February 20, 1979
     
    The Simply” – Reading in Ithaca (New York), May 8, 1982
     
    Dysraphism” – Reading at Poetry Project, St Mark’s Church (NYC), October 17, 1983 (poem starts at 30’13”)
     
    A Defence of Poetry” – Recorded by Chris Funkhouser and Belle Gironda, July 27, 1994, Monterey, MA (via Kenning CD, 2004)
     
    Mao Tse Tung Wore Khakis” – Recording from Postmodern Culture (journal), 1994

     

    Kaplan Page Harris is Associate Professor and Director of the Graduate MA Program in English at St. Bonaventure University. His recent criticism appears in Jacket2, Wild Orchids, Paideuma, American Literature, Artvoice, Contemporary Literature, and The Poetry Project Newsletter. He is also editing, with Peter Baker and Rod Smith, The Selected Letters of Robert Creeley for the University of California Press.
     

    Acknowledgements

     
    I wish to thank Michael Basinski, Curator, and James Maynard, Assistant Curator and their staff at The Poetry Collection, The University at Buffalo for research assistance. Thanks also to Julia Bloch and Lori Emerson for editorial comments.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Anania, Michael. “Of Living Belfry and Rampart: On American Literary Magazines Since 1950.” The Little Magazine in America: A Modern Documentary History. Ed. Elliott Anderson and Mary Kinzie. Yonkers: Pushcart Press, 1978. 6-26. Print.
    • Bernstein, Charles. The Absent Father in Dumbo. La Laguna: Zasterle Press, 1990. Print.
    • ———. “Asylum.” Tottel’s Magazine (No. 16, 1976): 31-38. Print.
    • ———. “Charles Bernstein.” PennSound. Center for Programs in Contemporary Writing, University of Pennsylvania. Web. 10 June 2010.
    • ———. Disfrutes. Boston: Potes and Poets Press, 1981. Print.
    • ———. “For Love has Such a Spirit that If it is Portrayed it Dies.” This 10 (Winter 1979-1980): 83-85. Print.
    • ———. “The Italian Border of the Alps.” Roof 9 (Spring 1979): 59-61. Print.
    • ———. “The Kiwi Bird in the Kiwi Tree.” Rethinking Marxism: A Journal of Economics, Culture & Society 1.4 (1988): 77-84. Print.
    • ———.”Mao Tse Tung Wore Khakis.” Broadside. Channel 500. Broadcast by Poeticom Services U.X.A. Paid for by the Committee to Reelect the Goddess, n.d.
    • ———. “Matters of Policy” Roof 6 (Spring 1978): 13-18. Print.
    • ———. “Palukaville.” Roof 3 (Summer 1977): 56. Print.
    • ———. Poetic Justice. Baltimore: Pod Books, 1979. Print.
    • ———. Senses of Responsibility. Tuumba 20. Berkeley: Tuumba Press, 1979. Print.
    • ———. Shade. College Park: Sun & Moon Press, 1978. Print.
    • ———. “Take then, these…” La-Bas 7 (May 1977): 9. Print.
    • ———. Warrant. New Delhi: Aark Arts / Contemporary World Poetry, 2005. Print.
    • ———. World on Fire. Vancouver: Nomados, 2004. Print.
    • Cadiot, Olivier. Red, Green, and Black. Trans. Charles Bernstein. Hartford: Potes and Poets, 1990. Print.
    • DiPalma, Ray. “from The Sargasso Transcries.” Tottel’s 16 (1976): 15-21. Print.
    • Durand, Marcella. “totally indivisible.” PoemTalk 21. The Poetry Foundation, The Kelly Writers House, and PennSound. 24 Aug. 2009. Web. 26 May 2011.
    • Hejinian, Lyn. “Tuumba Press.” A Secret Location on the Lower East Side: Adventures in Writing, 1960-1980. Ed. Steven Clay and Rodney Phillips. New York: New York Public Library and Granary Books, 1998. 257. Print.
    • Kane, Daniel. All Poets Welcome: The Lower East Side Poetry Scene in the 1960s. Berkeley: U of California P, 2003. Print.
    • Mac Low, Jackson. “LETT.” Tottel’s 16 (1976): 1-10. Print.
    • Mayer, Bernadette. “Experiments List.” PECP Library, PennSound. Web. 1 Jun. 2011.
    • McCaffery, Steve. “Lag.” Temblor 8 (1988): 36-39. Print.
    • Ott, Gil. “Editorial Statment.” Paper Air 1.1 (1976). n. pag. Print.
    • Register of the Sun and Moon Press Archive, 1976-2002. MS 0224. Mandeville Special Collections Library, Geisel Library, University of California, San Diego.
    • Rothenberg, Jerome. “Pre-Face.” A Secret Location on the Lower East Side: Adventures in Writing, 1960-1980. Ed. Steven Clay and Rodney Phillips. New York: New York Public Library and Granary Books, 1998. Print.
    • Royet-Journoud, Claude. The Maternal Drape. Trans. Charles Bernstein. Windsor, VT: Awede Press, 1984. Print.

     

  • Otherwise than Universal: On Andrew Benjamin’s Of Jews and Animals

    Ewa Plonowska Ziarek (bio)
    The State University of New York at Buffalo
    epziarek@buffalo.edu

    Andrew Benjamin, Of Jews and Animals. Edinburgh: Edinburgh UP, 2010.

     

     
    Andrew Benjamin’s book Of Jews and Animals is a welcome addition not only to the burgeoning field of animal studies but also to contemporary preoccupations with justice, universality, and particularity and the demands they make on philosophical, ethical, and political thinking. By implicitly questioning the turn toward the “materialist” Christian universality proposed by Badiou and Žižek, the book questions and repositions the terms of the debates about justice and universality by reconstructing a critical genealogy of the joined and dis-joined figures of the “animal” and “the Jew” in the history of Western philosophical conceptions of subjectivity, community and, indeed, universality. The book also engages contemporary thinkers relevant to this debate, including Agamben and Derrida. Needless to say, the figures of “the animal” and “the Jew” constructed by the philosophical and ideological work of anthropocentrism and anti-Semitism are dangerous abstractions, fundamentally different from animal plurality and from the diverse definitions of Jewishness that arise from Judaism itself.
     
    The ambitious stakes of the book are articulated clearly in the introduction and carried out through detailed engagements with an impressive selection of philosophical texts and paintings. As Benjamin writes, the most urgent question his book addresses is:
     

    [H]ow to account philosophically for a radically different situation, namely one in which the particularity of human being did not depend on forms of privation and thus sacrifice. And conversely where regional conceptions of identity could be affirmed. What would be the effect – the effect on being human and thus the thinking of that being philosophically – if both the maintained animal were allowed and the particular affirmed? If, that is, the without relation gave way to a fundamentally different form of relationality?
     

    (16)

     
    As animal studies have shown, the figure of the animal has had the dubious distinction of marking a double difference: the difference between humanity and its others, that is, the difference that constitutes what is properly human; and a difference within humanity itself, that is, the difference between those who are properly human and those racialized or gendered others who are said to be inferior and who do not measure up to human essence. And even before the institution of the animal as a separate field of inquiry, a number of writers have contested this ideological role assigned to the animal. Consider, for instance, Virginia Woolf’s playful remarks about the exclusion of cats and dogs charged with marking the hierarchy of sexual difference. As Woolf writes in A Room of One’s Own: “Cats do not go to heaven. Women cannot write the plays of Shakespeare” (48). Woolf points to the remarkable longevity of Dr. Johnson’s remark about women preachers, the remark repeated in 1928 about women musicians: “‘Sir, a woman’s composing is like a dog’s walking on his hind legs. It is not done well, but you are surprised to find it done at all’” (54).
     
    Benjamin’s genealogical excavations of multiple figures of Jews and animals, together and apart, develop the discussion of animality and otherness by presenting a three-fold argument: First, the book reconstructs the violent but often invisible philosophical work of abstraction and exclusion that these twin figures were forced to perform in philosophy, theology, and art. Second, on the basis of this genealogy, it questions the status of these disciplines and the fundamental categories, such as universality, community, and subjectivity, that structure them. Third, it articulates an ethical affirmation of particularity and proposes a new philosophical concept of relationality. In his remarkable readings of Pascal, Hegel, Heidegger, Blanchot, Derrida, and Agamben, among others, Benjamin compellingly shows that the dis/joined figures of “the Jew” and “the animal” are implicated in the fundamental philosophical distinctions between the particular and the universal, friend and enemy, presence and absence, otherness and identity, on the one hand, and in the constructions of exteriority, singularity, relation, community, and justice, on the other. Benjamin claims that the figures of Jews and of animals reveal the way the dominant traditions of philosophy, theology, and, I would add, politics, are constructed: “[T]here is an important relationship between Jews and animals. They appear within the history of philosophy, art and theology in ways in which the differing forms of conjunction mark the manner in which dominant traditions construct themselves” (3).
     
    This claim is instantiated though careful and often deliberately provocative readings of selected philosophical texts and paintings. The book examines how the philosophical and theological articulations of universality depend on a double form of violent exclusion: on the one hand, on the effacement of Jewish particularity by the universal; and, on the other hand, on the expulsion of animality from the human – what Benjamin calls separation, or the “without relation.” The first part of this book examines the presence of the animal, often specific animals -in particular, dogs–in the history of philosophy from Descartes and Hegel to Heidegger and Blanchot. The notion of the separation of the animal from the human is first elaborated in Benjamin’s controversial reading of Heidegger’s discussion of animality in terms of a poverty of world (“world-poor”). Even though in Heidegger’s philosophy, both human Da-sein and the animal participate, in different ways, in the complex relationality of the world, Benjamin worries that the distinction between the world of Da-sein and the privation of the animal, and the corresponding distinction between human existence and animal life, leads to the separation, or to the “without relation,” of the human and the animal. The “without relation,” elaborated in different philosophical contexts, is the crucial term in the argument of the book. For example, in his interpretation of Blanchot’s engagement with Hegel, Benjamin analyzes the ways in which “without relation” is intertwined with a logic of sacrifice. Benjamin argues that, for Blanchot, the emergence of community and literature itself is predicated upon the death of the animal.1 The first part ends with an interpretation of the place of animality in Derrida’s deconstruction of metaphysics and anthropocentrism. By developing Derrida’s philosophy of the event, which is indebted to Heidegger’s philosophy of the event, Benjamin reinterprets the relation between the event and repetition as the affirmation of the plural and primordial relationality between human and nonhuman animals.
     
    One of the most important philosophical interventions of the book is its analysis of the way the figures of “the animal” and “the Jew” both produce and are captured by the complex configuration of abstract otherness and universality. In the second part of the book, Benjamin persuasively shows that both philosophical and theological universality are predicated upon either the exclusion of “the Jew” or the forced assimilation through erasure of the particularity of the Jewish way of life: “[T]his study involves tracing the way figures … and the interplay of particularity and universality are operative in a range of philosophical texts” (10). In his brilliant analysis of Pascal’s Pensées, Benjamin focuses on the neglected relation between the famous fragment 103, concerned with the relationship between justice and force, and the ignored fragment 102, concerned with the relationship between Jews and Christians (“It is necessary that the Jew or the Christian are wicked”).2 By interpreting this juxtaposition, Benjamin shows that the force of justice itself is predicated on the violent representation of the Jew as “wicked” (130-146).
     
    In Pascal’s Pensées and in Dürer’s paintings, the figure of the Jew is subjugated by the so-called “logic of the synagogue”: “The fundamental characteristic of that figure [of the synagogue] is her banded eyes and thus her blindness. She delivers or presents a truth that she, of necessity, cannot see” (140). As Benjamin points out, the logic of the synagogue is caught in a double necessity: It pronounces the truth, in which, however, neither she nor Jews can participate because of her blindness (140). The question of truth is implicated in the question of language. What is especially of import here is not only the fact that the Jew and the animal are the excluded, aberrant particulars, but also that they cannot be named by any form of universality. If that is the case, then that conception of language in the service of anthropocentrism becomes a form of exclusion. In fact, one of the questions the book poses is, “what is naming given a deconstruction of metaphysics?” (75).
     
    Benjamin exposes the dangerous and often ignored interconnections between otherness, aberrant particularity, and the enemy, and argues that such interconnections are among the violent effects of the visible and invisible figures of “the Jew” and of “the animal.” The crucial philosophical and political point the book makes is that the figure of the other is not only intertwined with the figure of the enemy, but in fact makes it possible: “[T]he possible repositioning of the other as the enemy… is by no means an extreme or attenuated repositioning. On the contrary, the move from other to enemy is a possibility that is already inherent in the category of the other” (4). By contesting this structural relationship between the other and the enemy, Benjamin equally questions the Levinasian rehabilitation of the other, which pertains only to inter-human relations and thus reproduces a certain anthropocentrism reinforced by the primacy of language. In Levinas’s ethics, “[t]here is therefore a primacy of relation between humans that is given through the ‘word.’ If it were possible to define the absence of the ‘word’ then that absence would describe the animal’s presence” (95). Agamben is also taken to task for his inability to provide an account of particularity and for failing to “respond to … the figure of the Jew” (14; see also 113-127).
     
    Another important contribution of Of Jews and Animals is its concern not only with the philosophical and theological, but also with visual representations of the Jew and of the animal in the history of painting. Such configuration of philosophy and painting problematizes, on the one hand, both the historical and contemporary notions of the “face” and “facing,” and, on the other hand, the notion of the figure itself, which is often used unreflectively in animal studies. In the context of the book, “figure” is not to be confused with figurative language; rather, it is often an invisible ideological construction that presents its effects as “naturalized.” Consequently, the task of the philosophical interpretation, similar in this respect to the ideological and cultural critique, lies precisely in the “denaturalization” of figures and their exposure as figures. In the context of the history of art, from Jan van Eyck and Piero della Francesca to Turner and Goya, Benjamin specifically focuses on the portraiture of the face. As if in implicit response to Levinas’s concept of the face of the other, this visual genealogy persuasively shows that the presentation of the face oscillates between specific faces and abstract humanity, and that this oscillation is in turn supported by the sharp contrast between the idealization of the Christian face and the deformation of the Jewish face. This interplay between the idealization, abstraction, and deformation of the face is what is at stake in Benjamin’s remarkable interpretation of Dürer’s “Self-Portrait” (1498) and “Jesus Among the Doctors” (1506) in Chapter 8, titled “Facing Jews.”
     
    The most important contribution of Of Jews and Animals lies not so much in the advocacy for an “animal ethics” or “animal rights” as in the elaboration of the ethical imperative of responding to the particular others caught in the dense web of the violent history of cultural figurations. Through an interrogation and repositioning of the conjoined/disjoined figures of the Jew and the animal, Benjamin articulates the main problematic of the book, namely, how to be just to the particular. This problematic refers in a new way to the three interrelated issues at the center of Andrew Benjamin’s own philosophy, namely justice, plurality, and the affirmation of particularity. At stake here is the philosophical approach to the particular that is neither subsumed under the universal nor reduced to empirical data. As Benjamin points out, “[p]articularity has a twofold presence. In the first instance the particular – Jew or animal- receives its identity from the work of figures. However, that identity, as has been indicated, is always imposed externally…. The other aspect that is central to the development of a conception of particularity” is the particular “located beyond the hold of figures” (185-186). To approach the particular “beyond the hold of figures” and beyond universality leads neither to essentialism nor to abstract alterity; rather, such an approach repositions the particular as relational and as the site of internal conflict (189) and fragile self-transformation.
     
    Benjamin’s affirmation of particularity and plurality also has broader, interdisciplinary stakes. Its philosophical elaboration of particularity contests the ideological, anti-Semitic constructions of “the Jew” and the anthropocentric constructions of “the animal” as the excluded others of authentic, Universal subjectivity. In so doing, the book provides a welcome, if implicit, intervention into the recent defenses of “militant” universalism, often associated with a Paulinian Christianity, proposed by Alain Badiou, Slavoj Žižek, and their followers. Badiou’s and Žižek’s “materialist” defenses of the Christian “generic conditions of universality,” which promote themselves as the only authentic contestations of capital and of neoliberalism, reproduce all too often the entrenched logic of the exclusion of inauthentic particulars that is associated with Jewishness or other “‘victimist’ conception[s] of man” (Badiou 6). Thus, Slavoj Žižek, from 2001’s On Belief to 2003’s The Puppet and the Dwarf, sets up “materialist,” Leninist Christianity as an alternative to both “‘multiculturalist’ polity” (On Belief 4-5)3 and to Levinas’s and Derrida’s “deconstructivist Jewish transcendentalism.”4 Similarly, Alain Badiou, in his Saint Paul: The Foundation of Universalism, presents the Pauline subjective form of universalism in opposition to Jewish conceptions of the law and particularity, on the one hand, and to the Greek conception of rhetoric and wisdom, on the other (28, 76). The elaboration of such universality is presented as the necessary counter to the so-called “culturalist and relativist ideology” (10) — an empty term that dismisses in advance the interrogations of the violence of universality that have emerged from feminism, Jewish studies, critical race studies, and poststructuralism.
     
    By providing an alternative to universalism, the affirmation of the plurality of particulars beyond their ideological determinations, and yet without essentialism, has an important affinity with a number of philosophical and political projects, ranging from feminism and poststructuralism to postmodernism. As Benjamin puts it, the philosophical and the political in his work “have an important affinity. Affirmation as part of a strategy has to work within already given determinations. Particularities within collectivities … continue to work within universals. However, the insistence of affirmation means that it will have become possible to insist on the position in which the universals in question neither direct nor subsume particulars” (190). Such an affinity between the philosophy and politics concerned with the particular should be of great interest to anyone concerned with justice and plurality.
     

    Ewa Plonowska Ziarek is Julian Park Professor of Comparative Literature and the Founding Director of Humanities Institute at the State University of New York at Buffalo. She is the author of Feminist Aesthetics: Literature, Gender, and Race in Modernity (forthcoming); An Ethics of Dissensus: Feminism, Postmodernity, and the Politics of Radical Democracy (Stanford 2001); and The Rhetoric of Failure: Deconstruction of Skepticism, Reinvention of Modernism (SUNY, 1995); the editor of Gombrowicz’s Grimaces: Modernism, Gender, Nationality (SUNY, 1998); and the co-editor of Revolt, Affect, Collectivity: The Unstable Boundaries of Kristeva’s Polis (SUNY 2005), Time for the Humanities: Praxis and the Limits of Autonomy (Fordam UP 2008), and Intermedialities: Philosophy, Art, Politics (Rowman & Littlefield 2010). She has published numerous articles on Kristeva, Irigaray, Derrida, Agamben, Foucault, Levinas, Fanon, feminist theory and literary modernism.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. For an alternative reading of Agamben and Heidegger on animality, see Ziarek.

     

     
    2. In this respect, see alsoBenjamin, The Plural Event.

     

     
    3. For further elaboration of this position, seeZizek, The Fragile Absolute.

     

     
    4. For this critique of Levinas, Derrida, and Jewish transcendence, see Zizek, The Puppet and the Dwarf. As Adrian Johnston writes approvingly in his review, repeating the same opposition, in “the Zizekian reading, Christianity is the religion of immanence (as opposed to, for example, the Judaism Zizek links to the Levinasian-Derridean theme of the transcendence of the infinitely withdrawing Other — as he notes, the Christian notion of God-become-man emphasizes ‘sameness’ rather than ‘otherness,’ stressing how divinity is not antithetical to humanity).”
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Badiou, Alain. Saint Paul: The Foundation of Universalism. Trans. Ray Brassier. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2003. Print.
    • Benjamin, Andrew. The Plural Event. London: Routledge, 1993.
    • Johnston, Adrian. Rev. of The Puppet and the Dwarf: The Perverse Core of Christianity, by
    • Slavoj Žižek. Metapsychology Online Reviews 8:2 (2004): n. pag. Web. 9 Jun. 2011.
    • Woolf, Virginia. A Room of One’s Own. London: Harcourt, 1981. Print.
    • Ziarek, Krzysztof. “After Humanism: Agamben and Heidegger.” South Atlantic Quarterly 107 (2008): 187-209. Print.
    • Žižek, Slavoj. The Fragile Absolute: Or, Why Is the Christian Legacy Worth Fighting For? London: Verso, 2000. Print.
    • ———. On Belief. New York: Routledge, 2001. Print.
    • ———. The Puppet and the Dwarf: The Perverse Core of Christianity. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2003. Print.

     

  • Sisyphus, Outdone. Theatres of the Catastrophal

     

     

    [ extract ]

     
    § “Ways of dying also include crimes.”1
     
    § I feel myself of another time, as though there were other time.
     
    § Side by side or superimposed, Paul Virilio’s Tilting bunker and Michal Rovner’s Outside #2 exacerbate – they reiterate – the time of decay : Rovner’s over-exposures2 bring to the surface of the Bedouin house its temporal degradation, granting it oblique equivalency with the bunker sinking into the sand. Rovner slows time, measuring its imprint, extruding from the house in the desert the implanted time of accelerated degradation. What Virilio’s bunker exposes (documents) Rovner’s anticipates by ennervation. There is the subjective disclosure of the subject’s disintegration in time, in a frame. What I see, in each instance, is not a house nor a bunker, but the work of time, the anticipation and accomplishment of death’s (de)composition.
     
    § Un événement de lumière.3
     
    § An event of light which is or might be a storm. Light storming the house in the desert. Light, which in this instance, is, has the potential to be, catastrophal. Bringing about. Standing the house more still.
     
    § The photograph lacks definition. A world (worlds) undefined.
     
    § The photograph does not lack definition. It draws out that which by definition is undefined. Undiscerned by instrument. Absent of designation.
     
    § Do I kiss it back.
     
    § Death’s (de)composition is (also) a theatre of war.
     
    § What are we waiting for.
     
    § In Guy Hocquenghem’s aspiration to objectless desire4 and Hervé Guibert’s consideration of subjectless photography5 there is the intimation of the removal of a self in order to unburden a context of its context. A voice without language or touch without touch.
     
    § “La sexualité indépendante de tout objet … sujet et rejet même.”6
     
    § In the last of language, language is subjectless. It ruins itself against an embarrassing hope for more. Its perversion is less than this. Less than its desire for itself.
     
    § Its rejection.
     
    § A ruined language is a language with neither subject nor object. It says nothing (or too much) of where it has been. Intimacy is, in this instance, intimation: “La ruine nous conduit à une expérience qui est celle du sujet dessaisi, et paradoxalement il n’y a pas d’objet à cette expérience.”7
     
    § Who was there in the first place.
     
    § The door is always open.8 This might be History’s proviso. An inhospitable hospitality. Suspect and ill at ease.9
     
    § The I might be a catastrophist. Taking turns. Turning out.
     
    § Seismically speaking, a split self is rendered unavowably speechless. Self without self. Irreferent.
     
    § Is it for lack of place.
     
    § Or: a siteless retort, pronounced out of place. The site ridded of seeing may be a way away from pronouncement. Built or borne.
     
    § This is Heidegger’s declaration: “The proper sense of bauen, namely dwelling, falls into oblivion.”10 This is the case, also, of the proper senses. Undwelled, obliviated.
     
    § The impropriety with which, for example, we are secluded.
     
    § For example: we bereave the sense of our freedoms.
     
    § A house which is built into its destruction.
     
    § RY King’s photographic dissolve marks the paper immutable. (Figure 1) Immutable in that it is always imbricated in a mechanism of deterioration. In this improper sense, the image is not separable from its degradation. Its substances are both paper and light. Thus they are neither, as they run into each other.
     
    § The bird, in this instance, which is scarcely discernible, is in a field of apparent surfaces. It comprises the surface by which it becomes visible, an irregularity on a structure of hay bales in a field of depleted colour. The photograph misdirects its intention. It intends for me to fall in.
     
    § In to America.
     
    § The identification of a site is improper in that it precludes situation. It steadies itself in a blur which I take to be my eyes. In this sense I become the photograph proper. It is in the skin and in the paper and against a wall. The door, here, is diminished, but not foregone.
     
    § The fall is ever a truncation of fallout. In this theatre of scarce forms, the photograph intimates residual catastrophe.
     
    § It is nowhere to be seen. It is this which the photograph comes between.
     
    § As gas mask or oxygen. Those particular theatres.
     
    § “What is architecture’s error?”11
     
    § That particulate which may be granular. What fastens the paper to its skin. A regional deference.
     
    § It comes with a number, assigned to a calcined human body which is incommunicable: . When it says “…j’ai besoin de catastrophes, de coups de théâtre”12 it abandons sense.
     
    § The lake is up to my knees in November.
     
    § In calx.
     
    § The time of the photograph is (always) after. This imprecision accommodates the numerous successions, the end upon seismic end. In a time without time, un(re)countable: still. In this, it is a perfect crime, “l’anéantissement anéanti, la fin … privée d’elle-même.”13
     
    § The photographic occasion, its occasional reoccurrence makes incontrovertible “l’épouvante lucide de la redite”.14
     
    § When you touch it, is it said?
     
    § “Le désastre est séparé, ce qu’il y a de plus séparé.”15
     
    § Réplique : The chairs change place. The armchair is taken out. The other one, however, the green one, is transported here as well as the rope that fastens the arm that’s coming away. In addition, there are two white painted chairs on a back, wooden chairs, despite a dislike for painted wood, one day and then the next, they stay there, at the entranceway, latent chairs, which haven’t assumed their function as chairs, but hold their place. The chairs are all empty and yet upon arrival it is impossible to sit down, the two cats occupy the twelve chairs including the bed.
     
    § Se-parare, without making ready.
     
    § Is it found or is it given or is it taken from what was (already) taken away ?16
     
    § For example, Sir Thomas Bouch, who had not yet been knighted in 1870, designed the wrought and cast iron two and a quarter mile Tay Railway Bridge without calculation of the winter gales over the firth into his design; the bridge collapsed scarcely a year and a half after its construction. It collapsed under a train full of people. The structurally deficient Bridge 9340 over the Mississippi River in Minneapolis collapsed in August 2007, at the height of traffic, forty years after its inauguration. The indiscretion is in history and in materiality, each of which may be cited as deficient in structure and design.
     
    § Is a catastrophic failure a failure of time, a tempest unaccounted for in number or incident.17
     
    § For body, substitute bodies. Reiterate indiscretions.
     
    § “Ce que l’on appelle usuellement une forme, c’est toujours, en dernière analyse, une discontinuité qualitative sur un certain fond continu.”18 Thom’s definitions misdirect substitution. He clarifies: the foundation of a problem in any of the sciences is an aporia. For once, the disappearances can be accounted for. Whether or not they manifest as (retinal) discontinuities or continuous underpinnings.
     
    § Mathematically speaking: something moves over something that doesn’t move. Conversely, something that doesn’t move touches something that does. There is no equivalency between the horse’s last run and the photographic fix. One moves without the other. Something is torn.
     
    § “Because the geometry / we seek is beyond coordination,”19
     
    § There is no perfect isolate. Simply a proclivity for destructions of all kinds. The aleatory conjunction of Fourier’s Arcades with Benjamin’s (sometimes contested) suicide is arguable against an ethics of encounter’s hermaphrodisms.20 But there is no possible proof of this. If Benjamin considered suicide at the age of forty, is the fortieth age the end (of) time?
     
    § Neuter, it is said. But neuter is without desire.
     
    § The city presented a sky that demanded an ocean, but there were none of these. (Figure 2)
     
    § To say “all kinds” is to invite various imprecisions. Benjamin’s lost attaché case is perhaps the most convincing piece of evidence.
     
    § A mode of somatic interrogation.21
     
    § For Derrida, it might be Nietzsche’s lost umbrella.
     
    § “It is, / I know, not true / that we lived, there moved, / blindly, no more than a breath between / there and not-there,”22
     
    § Because of its lostness.
     
    § The Roman ampitheatre is a spectacular place of slaughter. “La distance est immense entre la conviction personnelle et la démonstration:”23 A theatre, which continues in the present to command murder, is complicit with the injunction to (an) end. We are in the act.
     
    § Taken aback.24
     
    § This is not calculated into the displacement of materials and surfaces, but in their resistance, perhaps, to being moved. Removed. The thwarted Archimedean resolve (to drown).
     
    § In the Sisyphus text, there is talk of murder.
     
    § “Yes, a disappointed bridge.”25
     
    § It isn’t for want or lack. In the visage, the eyes are become too wide, too languid and imbecilic. Is this what it is (also) to look. “You behold in me, […], a horrible example of free thought.”26
     
    § It seems vital now, that we do this.
     
    § If not for any reason, other than the one cited. If it is true, for example, that “Il ne reste rien de l’évènement,”27 then photography, in Guibert’s projection, is predicated, first, on forgetting, and perhaps synchronously on nothing. In which instance, nothing, is what comes of light, as it happens.28
     
    § Green: “…into the subject of poisonous colours. It has been found that arsenic is sometimes used in the preparation of some wall papers, especially though not exclusively, the green ones. This has been known to produce effects of poisoning on the occupiers. It is almost the only case in which the air of our rooms is liable to actual poisoning for the effects of air that is foul from any other cause are not…”29
     
    § Historically speaking, our nothing is in our forgottenness.30
     
    § For Malraux, it is in the death count: “Le jour anniversaire de ma quarantième année, lorsque je passais clandestinement la ligne de démarcation avec le chat noir, j’aurais voulu être né la veille.”31
     
    § His year of quarantine.
     
    § The geometry of the poison is qualitative.32
     
    § In a logic, then, of photographic eventuality, we forget nothing.
     
    § “Un jour, toutes les photos seront dissoutes, le papier photo n’impressionnera plus, ne réagira plus, sera chose morte.”33
     
    § “It is my want that it is looked at closely and in light, please.”34
     

     
    Untitled RY King 2008

     

    Click for larger view

    fig. 1.

    Untitled RY King 2008

     

     

     
    Une mer attendue / An ocean that doesn't arrive NS after RY 2010

     

    Click for larger view

    fig. 2.

    Une mer attendue / An ocean that doesn’t arrive NS after RY 2010

     
    Nathanaël has written a number of books in English or French, published in the United States, Québec and Canada. Many of these were published under the name Nathalie Stephens, and include We Press Ourselves Plainly (2010), The Sorrow and the Fast of It (2007), Paper City (2003), Je Nathanaël (2003/2006), L’injure (2004) and …s’arrête? Je (2007), for which she was awarded the Prix Alain-Grandbois by the Académie des Lettres du Québec. Carnet de désaccords (2009) was a finalist for the Prix Spirale-Éva-le-Grand. Other work exists in Basque, Slovene, and Spanish with book-length translations in Bulgarian and Portuguese (Brazil). There is an essay of correspondence (2009): Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book), first published (2007) as L’absence au lieu. Also, a collection of talks, At Alberta (2008). Some work is repertoried in Constelación de poetas francófonas de cinco continentes (Diez siglos) (2011). Besides translating some of her own work, Nathanaël has translated Catherine Mavrikakis, Gail Scott, John Keene, Édouard Glissant, with translations of Hilda Hilst and Hervé Guibert forthcoming. SISYPHUS, OUTDONE. will be published by Nightboat Books in 2012. Nathanaël lives in Chicago.
     

     

     
    1. Ingeborg Bachmann. The Book of Franza, 3.

     

     
    2. “Over”, i.e. over and again.

     

     
    3. Hervé Guibert. Le mausolée des amants, 187.

     

     
    4. Guy Hocquenghem. Le désir homosexuel, 121. « [Le désir homosexuel] est la pente vers la trans-sexualité par la disparition des objets et des sujets, le glissement vers la découverte qu’en sexe, tout communique. »

     

     
    5. Guibert. « Comme la photographie peut n’être qu’un événement de lumière, sans sujet (et c’est le moment où elle est le plus photographie), j’aimerais un jour me lancer dans un récit qui ne serait qu’un événement d’écriture, sans histoire, et sans ennui, une véritable aventure. »

     

     
    6. Jean-François Lyotard, La Chambre sourde, 41.

     

     
    7. Sophie Lacroix. Ruine, 52.

     

     
    8. In Hell, Sartre leaves the door open.

     

     
    9. “Such that the question for me becomes a very simple architectural one, it is the question of the doorway, in French, l’embrasure, with its attendant gesturings toward desire. Who is standing at this door? Who opens or closes it. And what might this threshold become if we were to cross it, to cross it out?” N.S. “Some notes on death and the burning of buildings”.

     

     
    10. Martin Heidegger. “Building Dwelling Thinking,” in Basic Writings,
    326.

     

     
    11. Stephen Motika. Arrival and at Mono.

     

     
    12. Guibert, 262. “…I need catastrophes, coups de théâtre.”

     

     
    13. Lyotard, 29.

     

     
    14. Lyotard, 39.

     

     
    15. Maurice Blanchot, L’Écriture du désastre, 7.

     

     
    16. A small stack of letters addressed variously yields the following occurences: (1) But it made me feel once again like The Murderer; (2) …and so here is another opportunity for me to feel like I’ve committed a murder; (3) Je n’en peux plus d’être le meurtrier; (4) So much that it seems I’ve committed a murder by coming here; (5) …and so I think that I must be a murderer of sorts, a murderer of people and of cities; (6) Because I have come to think of death as murder, and our complicity; (7) Etc.

     

     
    17. “Une syncope dans le sang.” NS, Carnet de désaccords, 97.

     

     
    18. Thom, 35.

     

     
    19. Michael O’Leary, Along the Chess Pavilion.

     

     
    20. Encounter, from the O.F. encontre, masculine or feminine : of undecided form.

     

     
    21. The Old Tay Bridge in Eiffel’s eye.

     

     
    22. Paul Celan, tr. Michael Hamburger.

     

     
    23. Thom, 72.

     

     
    24. Following a public execution, which he had attended with some conviction, Albert Camus’s father goes home, doesn’t speak, lies down on the bed, and begins immediately to vomit. “Ma mère raconte seulement qu’il rentra en coup de vent, le visage bouleversé, refusa de parler, s’étendit un moment sur le lit et se mit tout d’un coup à vomir. (…) Au lieu de penser aux enfants massacrés, il ne pouvait plus penser qu’à ce corps pantelant qu’on venait de jeter sur une planche pour lui couper le cou.” Réflexions sur la peine capitale, 143-144.

     

     
    25. James Joyce, Ulysses, 25.

     

     
    26. Joyce, Ibid., 21. [End Page 9]

     

     
    27. André Malraux, Lazare, 422. “L’histoire efface jusqu’à l’oubli des hommes.”

     

     
    28. A paper which evidences its burning.

     

     
    29. Cecil Scott Burgess, Architecture, Town Planning and Community, 76.

     

     
    30. “first a razor then a fact”. Michael Palmer, Sun, 6.

     

     
    31. André Malraux, Lazare, 479.

     

     
    32. “On n’échappe pas au continu.” Thom, 66.

     

     
    33. Guibert, 168.

     

     
    34. RY King, personal correspondence.
     

    Translations

     
    Translations are attributable to N. unless otherwise indicated.
     
    Hervé Guibert
    An event of light.
     
    Guy Hocquenghem
    [Homosexual desire] is the slope towards transsexuality through the disappearance of objects and subjects, a slide towards the discovery that in matters of sex everything is simply communication. (Tr. Daniella Dangoor)
     
    Hervé Guibert
    Since photography can only be an event of light, without a subject (and it is then that it is at its most photographic), I would like one day to launch myself into a narrative that would be nothing but an event of writing, without history, and without boredom, a true adventure.
     
    Jean-François Lyotard
    …sexuality, independent of any object. (Tr. Robert Harvey.)
     
    Sophie Lacroix
    The ruin leads us to an experience which is that of the relinquished subject, and paradoxically this experience has no object.
     
    Hervé Guibert
    …I need catastrophes, coups de théâtre.
     
    Jean-François Lyotard
    …the annihilation
    annihilated, the end deprived of itself.” (Idem)
    *
    …the lucid dread of redundancy. (Idem)
     
    Maurice Blanchot
    Disaster is separate; that which is most separate. (Tr. Ann Smock.) I note with interest, Smock’s insertion of the semi-colon, making more distinct the separation between clauses.
     
    René Thom
    What is usually referred to as a form is always, in the final analysis, a qualitative discontinuity on some continuous ground.
    *
    The distance between a personal conviction and its demonstration is enormous:
     
    Albert Camus
    My mother relates merely that he came rushing home, his face distorted, refused to talk, lay down for a moment on the bed, and suddenly began to vomit. … Instead of thinking of slaughtered children, he could think of nothing but that quivering body that had just been dropped onto a board to have its head cut off. (Tr. Justin O’Brien)
     
    André Malraux
    Nothing remains of this event. (Tr. Terence Kilmartin)
    *
    History obliterates even men’s forgetfulness. [forgetting] (Idem)
    *
    On the birth day of my fortieth year, as I was clandestinely crossing the demarcation line with the black cat, I would have wanted to have been born yesterday.
     
    René Thom
    There is no escaping the continuum.
     
    Hervé Guibert
    One day, all the photographs will have dissolved, the photographic paper will no longer impress, react, will be a dead thing.
     

  • A Failed Snapshot [instantané raté]: Notes on Nathanaël (Nathalie Stephens), SISYPHUS, OUTDONE. Theatres of the Catastrophal

    Judith Goldman (bio)
    University of Chicago
    jgoldman1@uchicago.edu

     

     
    Nathanaël (formerly known as Nathalie Stephens) writes entre-genre, composes (and lives) betwixt genders, drafts in the non-space of in-commensurability between English and French, both her primary, improper tongues. Troubling borders separating disciplines, dividing countries, and distinguishing words, Nathanaël’s texts borrow meticulously and programmatically from other authors, literalizing the Barthesian “tissue of quotations” as they also draw incestuously from, and thus plicate, her own oeuvre. Each writing is thus in itself, and in relation to Nathanaël’s larger corpus, beset by the calculated vertigo of écriture, as Nathanaël enacts obsessive returns to a cluster of characteristic concerns, each time with a change of lens that profoundly informs her renewed scrutiny and its consequences.
     
    Pivotal issues revolved in and unsettled by Nathanaël’s questions, formulations, tropes and language play, and cited textual passages and other media include: language’s asymmetrically yet mutually constitutive relation to the body; architecture’s reciprocal relation to the social and the urban landscape as palimpsest; the ethics of the aleatory and non-intentional aspects of encounter; the breaching, violence, grief, and desire in translation; the amalgamation performed by, as well as the antinomianism and multiplicity subtending, the first-person pronoun; and the representation of world-historical violence at personal and (inter)national scales. The Sho’ah is a major point of reference; with regard to media, Nathanaël has meditated on and incorporated photographs in several recent works, including SISYPHUS, OUTDONE. Theatres of the Catastrophal, the second section of which is presented here.
     
    Since we meet Nathanaël’s SISYPHUS excerpted, in medias res, I want to note the main elements of the stage-setting that occur in the first section of the manuscript and, further, to relate this work to some of its main intertexts, including Nathanaël’s own writings.
     
    To enter SISYPHUS is to engage with catastrophal, catastrophized time: “§ Still // § After an aftershock, there is stillness. There are reverberations and then there is stillness. The stillness itself is reverberant. Reverberant with the reverberations of the shock. Instilled in me is the shakenness” (SISYPHUS, Part I). These opening passages introduce “aftershock” as structuring figure, though, as Nathanaël then adverts, to be useful the English term will have to be relieved of the linear temporality embedded in it: “After assumes before . . . I would like to suspend the question of before, as it has no bearing on the question of the aftershock. It bears its weight of memory as lost memory and time as lost time. Lost and thus not locatable on a scale of before and after” (Part I). The temporality Nathanaël wishes us to consider here is clearly akin to that of “disaster” as Maurice Blanchot understands it in The Writing of the Disaster: “The fact of disappearing is, precisely, not a fact, not an event; it does not happen, not only because there is no ‘I’ to undergo the experience, but because . . . the disaster always takes place after having taken place, there cannot possibly be any experience of it” (28). Before and after lose their places, their relevance, in such a schema of loss beyond loss; the subjectlessness and objectlessness of experience announced here reverberate in SISYPHUS.
     
    Related to the temporality of Nathanaël’s text is the psychical logic of suspension and repetition compulsion elaborated in Cathy Caruth’s Unclaimed Experience: Trauma, Narrative, and History: “the experience of a trauma repeats itself” whether in “unwitting reenactment” of an injurious event, or in memory (2); the crisis incurs repetition for “the way it was precisely not known in the first instance” (4), repeating as an unassimilated fragment, or piece of lost though stubbornly recurring time, that “simultaneously defies and demands our witness” (5). In its belatedness, and as a response that is a missed encounter, trauma “[oscillates] between the crisis of death and the correlative crisis of life” (7), enjoining the survivor to a layered and never fully present experience of time brushing expiration. Nathanaël’s use of the temblor as trope of a derangement of linear temporality and its reverberation in an affected body also recalls Derrida’s The Gift of Death, particularly his discussion of Abraham’s being called on to sacrifice Isaac and Søren Kierkegaard’s analysis of that scene in Fear and Trembling. For Derrida, the encounter with the divine is always an aftershock, since trembling begins beforehand, the shock already come: “[T]rembling . . . is something that has already taken place, as in the case of an earthquake [tremblement de terre] or when one trembles all over. . . . We tremble in that strange repetition that ties an irrefutable past (a shock has been felt, a traumatism has already affected us) to a future that cannot be anticipated . . . [and is] approached as unapproachable” (53-4).
     
    Nathanaël avoids the residue of linearity in “aftershock” by replacing it with the French term “réplique”: “On a French tongue, the aftershock is pronounced réplique. I will speak now, instead, to the réplique, leaving the matter of before and after aside, extricating myself from the misplacement of time in catastrophe. . . . What [the earth] offers is a reply, as réplique, to what is now, which is after all an instance of after, and as such unrecognizable” (Part I). The verbal figure of réplique points to the folds within the “now,” repleat-replete with memory incompletely grasped. “Now” can no longer be thought of as “after” since, if invisibly, it both contains and repeats the past within it, confounding seriation. The earth, too, complexifies: it is always moving, not just in its orbit, but tectonically—if seemingly still, still seized; if seeming our very ground, still displacing and displaced. Moving with the earth in permanent aftershock, the body, as Nathanaël writes, is occupied by, as it occupies, space as it also inhabits this disjunctive time. The body always already bears remnants of its own death within it, beholden to a mortal future joining it to earth, and is made by the continuous catastrophe of living-as-dying inflicted and inflected by a contestative human (re)structuring of space-time. Yet another vexed logic of time is evoked when Nathanaël gestures toward prevented histories and subjunctive, violently eradicated futures: “An ontology of foreclosed possibility. Of foregone eventuality” (Part I). SISYPHUS thus abounds with alternate temporalities that spoil temporal abstraction as a progress of presents that postdate their pasts. It refuses promissory tenselessness in its preoccupation with iterative, traumatized time as ethical demand, with catastrophe as inculpation.1
     
    Nathanaël’s translation (replacement) of “aftershock” as “réplique,” vis-à-vis allusions to the work of geographer Michel Lussault and topologist and catastrophe theorist Rene Thom, rhymes with her exploration of geologic space-time in her recent book Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book). In “Fa Ille,” the first section of Absence, Nathanaël worries the one-character slippage (space and letter in equivalence) between “la famille” and “la fa ille“: the first is a term of binding filiation; the second (la faille) names a tectonic (among other types of) rift. The difference is effected by the application of an aleatory yet directed faultline that literalizes language as “fluctuating littoral” (22). The figure of la faille also turns up in Nathanaël’s earlier At Alberta, a collection of talks given at the University of Alberta in 2006 and 2008, in a lecture on translation as failure and as an ethics of touch; la faille is exchanged in lieu of défaut, as Nathanaël translates and retranslates the phrase “failure of translation” to demonstrate the passage between languages as multiple and fractured even as this suspension of translation becomes a “substitution for place” itself (13). Faultline is again turned towards geophysics in a talk where Nathanaël discusses an interchange with “a friend who studies fracture mechanics, failure analysis and catastrophe theory” (Michael O’Leary, Chicago-based engineer, poet, and co-publisher of Flood Books) (At Alberta 104). O’Leary explains how an equation based on “the principle of least action” is used to predict, from a field of infinite possibility, the likely pathway of a crack. The formula requires a beginning point and a duration of action (111-2n.8); it uses a fixed time to plot the crack’s endpoint, in turn defined as a consequence, not presumption, of the process. Thus the breach delineates relation, generating an afterward that cannot be known in advance.
     
    SISYPHUS is further in conversation with Absence Where As in anchoring its conception of a profoundly destabilized space-time in the photographic medium. The earlier book explores Nathanaël’s relationship to a 1936 photograph of Claude Cahun, transgendered Surrealist photographer and writer. This photograph both reaches across and reinforces the breach of time/geography to convene uncannily with Nathanaël, who views the Cahun of the photograph as her impossible semblable. Nathanaël means such anachronic converse, as she writes, “to extract myself from the place, from the moment riveted to its materiality, the architectural, temporal space made precise by a name, an arrangement of buildings cobbled onto a dismantled horizon, a situation, a location, a there” (Absence 5). As Nathanaël then discovers, her u-topian address to a Cahun photographically ripped from context is hardly her own agenda; it is, rather, a response to Cahun’s inverted, prior address that has perversely overmastered and dislocated Nathanaël. Solicitor solicited, Nathanaël seems to be (super)imposed upon, contrary to “normative temporality” (7), by Cahun’s victorious antecedence. But can she be sure? “The photograph offers itself as an abyss” (28); “There is not only encounter, but collapse. . . . Of one (me) onto the other ((s)he), immediately laid over the self, echoed, propagated, and swallowed back, bringing about a fall toward disappearance. The photograph . . . sends me back to what, of myself, I am already projecting, in a perpetual doubling of stares and faces” (29). Given the interaction’s uncertain reciprocity, Nathanaël relates to Cahun’s gaze in a mode of reflexive indeterminacy, a rebound that displaces and de-entifies her, ripping her too out of time and space and confronting her with an animating (self-)alterity. Far from indexing a historical moment, the Cahun photograph seems to “refuse,” even to kill, the possibility of liaison with a knowable past: “Photography represents dead time. In this instance, it also offers false passage. . . . It opens a door only to close it at once” (28); “There is the erasure of memory . . . and even of history” (29). If the photograph opens the door to referentiality and slams it, it also inaugurates an infinite circuit of rebounding as undoing, leaving the self afloat in a catastrophal desire, perpetually walking through a door without reaching the other side of the threshold: “As in the Sartrian hell, the door is wide open, but there is no veritable exit; there is nowhere to go; the bridges are burned, the sidewalks catastrophied” (35).
     
    SISYPHUS presents its own photographic (and painted) analogs of seized, catastrophal time: “Sinister Street” (1928) by Umbo [Otto Umbehr], a work dissolving street, structures, vehicles, and creatures into a single plane of shimmering heatstroke; Maria Elena Vieira da Silva’s Stèle (1964), “which seems to identify the infinitesimal seisms present in the frame, perhaps even provoked by a frame’s imposition of limitation”; official photographs taken by Italian fascists of gutted homes in Florence that were immediately thereafter demolished (all from Part I). Nathanaël refers as well to Hervé Guibert, French writer and photographer (who died in 1991 of AIDS at age 36), whom she notes for taping a photograph of a boy to his body until the image transferred to his skin, for his formulation of the photograph as “Un événement de lumière,” for his theory of “subjectless photography” (Part II); and to Nicolas Grospierre, a Swiss architectural photographer whose 2008 Venice biennale show was titled, “The Afterlife of Buildings,” and who has had a very recent show in Chicago, “One Thousand Doors, No Exit” (Part VII). We move from the directly interrogative photograph of a gaze to (mainly) photographs of architecture as catastrophal theater.2 Her discussions of an image from Paul Virilio’s Bunker Archaeology, which features the sunken ruin of an Axis bunker from the Atlantic Wall built in WWII, and a (heavily processed) photograph from Michal Rovner’s series Outside, which depicts a concrete Bedouin farmhouse in an Israeli desert reduced to a bare archetype of dwelling, a view where it seems to lack windows and door, remark on these works’ commentary on a temporality of slow decay over against their subjects’ and objects’ inscription in cultures of accelerated, compressed militarized time.
     
    Yet through the term “theater” Nathanaël invokes or constructs a temporality of catastrophe for the photograph beyond that of decay. As she writes towards the end of SISYPHUS: “The present of the photograph is no more documentable than is the present of a book as it is written. If it is a document at all, it is a document of the failure to keep time” (Part VI(b)). The photograph not only indicts the present’s evisceration of the past, but also avenges its lapse of watchfulness over history (and its foreclosed historical potentiality) by fixing the present in a structure of “vigilation,” a perpetual wakeful hauntedness.3 Nathanaël envisions the theater-vigil of the photograph as an architectural frame that is an ethical frame of address-accusation, as well as a stage of performance, in and on which the present time, under the quaver of the réplique, is enjoined to replay a past it has otherwise collaborated in disappearing.4 As a non-presencing of a present, the photograph is a moment of “syncope,” a blink. As a disclosure of the trauma nested in the present, the photographic theater is a fury of Hegelian bad infinity: “The réplique is dialogical, combative, echoic, duplicitous. In theatre, it is simply what is said. This theatre, however, is catastrophal . . . a theatre of reiterative ending. With its [for all its] etymological gesturings toward the conclusive and the turn, the overturn, the downturn, the catastrophe’s finality is thwarted” (Part I). “A room is traversed . . . these perambulations are catastrophal in that they register the ends over and over again” (Part I). “Someone carries a door through a door . . . there is an absence of limits, an exacerbated falsehood of traversal” (Part I).
     
    Nathanaël’s SISYPHUS overlays Albert Camus’s 1942 Le Myth de Sisyphe, a critique of the action of suicide as response to the human predicament of the absurd. Camus there argues for the ethics of a “life without appeal”—a life lived in the full realization of humanity’s alienation from the rest of the universe, and the worthlessness of human endeavor given the falsity of any transcendental value. To suicide is to acquiesce to the absurd; to continue on, either in a wild lawlessness of action or on a treadmill of habit, while lacking any delusion of worth or of the possibility of change, is to scorn the absurd. As Camus famously writes, “One must imagine Sisyphus happy” (123): here is a contentment of self-mastery in the discontent of perpetual, meaningless repetition. Camus’s ethical stakes thus concern an impersonal aporia of existence: the absurd is a fact that can be fantasticated, acquiesced to in suicide, or lived through with intellectual vigilance.
     
    A Sisyphean allegory, too, shows up in Blanchot’s The Writing of the Disaster; this is the laying bare of “work” in the concentration camp, where the laborer, for instance, removes and replaces a pile of heavy stones “at top speed” to no purpose:
     

    [W]ork has ceased to be his way of living and has become his way of dying. Work, death: equivalents. . . . The meaning of work is then the destruction of work in and through work. . . . [Such labor] makes the worker, whom it reduces to naught, aware that the society expressed in the labor camp is what he must struggle against even as he dies, even as he survives. . . . Such survival is (also) immediate death, immediate acceptance of death in the refusal to die.
     

    (81-2)

     

    As for Camus, for Blanchot suicide is not an option; yet for Blanchot, the absurd is a human-authored theater of catastrophe, one indicted by a ghastly, principled survivorship. It is this endgame as vigilant indictment with which Nathanaël’s SISYPHUS most reverberates.

     
    In an appendix to Dialectic of Enlightenment, “On the Theory of Ghosts,” Adorno and Horkheimer eloquently deride the temporal logic of capitalist culture, which many have claimed as photographic time: “Individuals are reduced to a mere sequence of instantaneous experiences, which leave no trace, or rather whose trace is hated as irrational, superfluous, and ‘overtaken’ in the literal sense. . . . History is eliminated in oneself and others out of a fear that it may remind the individual of the degeneration of his own existence. . . . Men have ceased to consider their own purpose and fate; they work their despair out on the dead” (216). Nathanaël’s untimely meditations on photographs as theaters of the catastrophal open up the filmic medium to let the dead have their day. That day is a violently foreclosed, bygone “today”—a before seizing and seized in its after again.5
     

    Since 2007, Judith Goldman has been a Harper Schmidt fellow and collegiate assistant professor at the University of Chicago, teaching in the arts humanities core and in creative writing. In autumn of 2011, she will be the Holloway Lecturer in the Practice of Poetry at University of California, Berkeley. She is the author of Vocoder (Roof 2001), DeathStar/rico-chet (O Books 2006), “the dispossessions” (atticus/finch 2009), and l.b.; or, catenaries (forthcoming, Krupskaya 2011). She co-edited the annual journal War and Peace with Leslie Scalapino from 2005-2009. She is at work on multi-media performance pieces using live sound, composed recorded sound, and video.

     

     

    Footnotes

     
    1. See Christine Ross’s very interesting, informative consideration of tense and tenselessness in three recentvideo works by Paris-based artist Melik Ohanian, in “The Suspension of History in Contemporary Media Arts.”

     

     
    2. Several of the talks in At Alberta take up architecture. In one passage Nathanaël equates language with architecture: “The architectural quality of language is such that despite the reinforcement of its internal structures, of its inflexibly governed syntax, of the peremptory boundaries erected to fend off any resistance or interrogation infringing on its enclosure, it is nonetheless susceptible to the external rigors that fall upon it, would reshape it. Just like cities and the buildings that comprise them, languages . . . are . . . fortresses whose first concern is to push back an anticipated enemy. . . . [Yet] languages, themselves edifices, emerging from the bodies they would build, batter, astound or formulate, are at once place and displacement, contemplation and spillage” (8).

     

     
    3. I draw here on Nathanaël’s exfoliation of vigils and “vigilation” in her recent chapbook Vigilous, Reel:De-sire (a)s accusation.

     

     
    4. These ideas draw on my personal correspondence with Nathanaël (May 31, 2011).

     

     
    5. I advert here to Nathanaël’s repeated allusion in recent works (including SISYPHUS) to a statement by Ingeborg Bachmann in Malina: A Novel: “In fact, ‘today’ is a word which only suicides ought to be able to use; it has no meaning for other people” (qtd. in At Alberta 151).
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Blanchot, Maurice. The Writing of the Disaster. Trans. Ann Smock. Lincoln: U of Nebraska P, 1995. Print.
    • Camus, Albert. The Myth of Sisyphus and Other Essays. Trans. Justin O’Brien. New York: Vintage International, 1991. Print.
    • Caruth, Cathy. Unclaimed Experience: Trauma, Narrative, and History. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1996. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. The Gift of Death. Trans. David Wills. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1992. Print.
    • Horkheimer, Max, and Theodor W. Adorno. Dialectic of Enlightenment. Trans. John Cumming. New York: Continuum, 1997. Print.
    • Nathanaël [Stephens, Nathalie]. Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book). New York: Nightboat Books, 2009. Print.
    • N. S. [Stephens, Nathalie]. Vigilous, Reel: De-sire (a)s accusation. San Francisco: Albion Books, 2010. Print.
    • Ross, Christine. “The Suspension of History in Contemporary Media Arts.” Intermédialités 11 (Spring 2008): 125-148. Print.
    • Rovner, Michal, et al. Michal Rovner: The Space Between. New York: Whitney Museum of American Art, 2002. Print.
    • Stephens, Nathalie (see also Nathanaël and N.S.). At Alberta. Toronto: Book Thug, 2008. Print.
    • Virilio, Paul. Bunker Archaeology. Trans. George Collins. Princeton: Princeton Architectural Press, 1994. Print.

     

  • “This Time Round”: David Mitchell’s Cloud Atlas and the Apocalyptic Problem of Historicism

    Heather J. Hicks (bio)
    Villanova University
    heather.hicks@villanova.edu

    Abstract
     
    David Mitchell’s experimental novel, Cloud Atlas, confronts the potentially apocalyptic effects of both linear and cyclical modes of temporality. Using as a framework Micea Eliade’s well-known philosophical treatise, The Myth of the Eternal Return, the essay demonstrates that Mitchell’s preoccupation with cyclical temporality can be understood as a reaction against what Eliade calls “the terror of history.” Cloud Atlas‘s characters, events, and motifs register the destructive effects of both historicist and cyclical understandings of time, culminating in its complex treatment of human clones as an embodiment of eternal return. The novel interrogates historicism through its formal experimentation.

     

     

     
    Surprisingly little critical attention has been given to the recent outpouring of apocalyptic narratives by major literary figures.1 What began as a trickle of serious eschatological fiction in the 1980s and 1990s has become a noteworthy literary phenomenon in the first decade of the new century, with the publication of Margaret Atwood’s Oryx and Crake (2003), David Mitchell’s Cloud Atlas (2004), Michel Houellebecq’s The Possibility of an Island (2005), Cormac McCarthy’s The Road (2006), Jeanette Winterson’s The Stone Gods (2007), Atwood’s The Year of the Flood (2009), and Douglas Coupland’s Player One (2010).2 In these novels writers who enjoy the hard-earned imprimatur of contemporary canonicity have produced end-of-the-world scenarios that once were the near exclusive domain of genre science fiction.3
     
    We probably needn’t linger long on why there has been a surge of high-literary apocalyptic texts. The increasing interpenetration of “high” and “low” literary forms in the postmodern era is well-documented. The visible traces of cyberpunk motifs in most contemporary canonical apocalyptic literature suggest that this variant of science fiction became a sort of literary gateway drug, introducing eschatological themes to the literati. Meanwhile, as Lois Parkinson Zamora, Warren Wagar, and Fiona Stafford point out, apocalyptic texts proliferate when times are especially troubled (11; 4; 87). The melting polar icecaps, “War on Terror,” reactor meltdowns, oil spills, and chafing among nations with nuclear arsenals have produced the sort of anxiety that could explain why major writers in the West would speculate on the possibility that human civilization will collapse or self-immolate in the too-near future.
     
    But if why there has been a surge in highly literary apocalyptic texts may not merit extended analysis, how postmodern writers produce eschatological fiction does. Necessarily, given the range of writers who have recently produced apocalyptic novels, there are many answers to this question. However, some interesting patterns do present themselves in these writers’ work. While some subscribe to romantic empowerment through loss, others to a modernist, elegiac approach to the unraveling of civilization, and still others to a recognizably postmodern depiction of the fragmentation of subjectivity or even madness in the face of global change, almost all portray their protagonists as alone in the midst of cataclysm.4 Several texts imagine that genetic engineering or cloning will prove the final straw that breaks civilization’s back. Many draw connections between contemporary attitudes toward the aging human body and forms of environmental and socio-cultural degradation. A number imagine a post-apocalyptic era in which some form of post-human will inherit the earth. Cannibalism is both a metaphor and a material reality in virtually all of the texts. Many seem deeply preoccupied with the nature of time and how we might engage with time differently.
     
    One text that includes all of these elements, but makes the latter questions concerning time especially central, is David’s Mitchell’s 2004 novel Cloud Atlas. The boomeranging arc of Mitchell’s novel, which travels from the nineteenth century to a near-future apocalypse and then backward to its historical starting point, helps to crystallize a question implied in much postmodern apocalyptic fiction: If a linear conception of time is contributing to humanity’s apocalyptic tendencies, why not revert to the cyclical understanding of time that structured human consciousness for millennia?5 Mircea Eliade poses this same question in his study of the philosophy of time, The Myth of the Eternal Return, which argues that the abandonment of cyclical ontology in favor of modern historicism has made Western subjects profoundly vulnerable to what he terms “the terror of history.”
     
    In this essay, I use Eliade’s treatise to argue that Cloud Atlas depicts the risks associated with both linear and cyclical approaches to temporality. Mitchell takes the contemporary climate of global crisis as an occasion to weigh dialectically the affective, social and political resources that historicist and cyclical forms of subjectivity and ontology may provide in the service of deterring our collective annihilation. The novel deploys a series of complex tropes—aging bodies, trains, cannibals, clones, transmigrating souls, and religious icons—to examine the phenomenology of historicism. In the final section of the essay, I argue that Mitchell’s self-conscious play with the unstable relationship between history and genre comments on the potential formal investments in literature have to break us out of an over-determined relationship to historicism.
     

    “The Paradise of Archetypes and Repetition”

     
    Growing up during the cold war, David Mitchell was deeply affected by the threat of nuclear war, and several of his novels include apocalyptic elements.6 Yet Cloud Atlas has the end of the world at its heart: The first half of the novel presents a series of five interrupted narratives set in periods from the 1850s to the near future and culminates with a sixth, post-apocalyptic story set in the distant future. From this midpoint, Cloud Atlas then moves backward through the preceding five narratives, completing each and ending with the resolution of the 19th century story.
     
    As in much postmodern fiction, Mitchell’s novel complicates the linear notions of time that are central to a modern understanding of history. On the one hand, there is an historical sequence to the stories that comprise Cloud Atlas. The nineteenth-century story set aboard a ship is followed by stories set in the early 20th century, then the seventies, then the present, and onward to a near future of cloning. In the first story, a guileless notary named Adam Ewing is poisoned by a conman while sailing from Sydney to San Francisco. In the second, set in Brussels, Robert Frobisher, a young, bisexual musical prodigy, both preys on and is exploited by an aging master composer while serving as his amanuensis. The third narrative, set in California, features female cub reporter Luisa Rey, who attempts to expose the corruption of a nuclear power company. In the fourth, an aging English vanity publisher, Timothy Cavendish, is involuntarily committed to a nursing home. In the fifth, Sonmi-451, a Korean clone created to work as food-court server, becomes conscious of her subjugation and joins an abolition movement. In each story, some reference is made to the previous one, so for instance the musician in story two finds the journal that comprises story one, and so forth. Yet no exposition is offered about how these narratives relate to the centerpiece of the novel, the account of Zachry, a young man living in a primitive community on Hawaii in the distant aftermath of a global nuclear apocalypse. The sequence invites us to infer and attempt to decode causality from the series of narratives: somehow the events taking place in each era may have, sequentially, or in the aggregate, created the conditions of global catastrophe. In this sense, the superficial fragmentation of the novel may belie a deeper, coherent structure, and, at least up to its midpoint, it could be argued that the novel has a linear and historical perspective. Yet such causality remains hypothetical, and the reader is left to contemplate how each story or set of circumstances may relate to the others. In this respect the novel rejects the more direct forms of cause and effect that are associated with linear history.
     
    These narrative aporia are not the whole story of Mitchell’s formal experimentation in Cloud Atlas, however, since the second half of the novel reverses the chronology of the first. In a recent essay on David Mitchell’s fiction, James Wood observes that, “Mitchell is obsessed with eternal recurrence” (71). Indeed, through its basic structure Cloud Atlas invites us to consider how cyclical understandings of time might serve as a way out of apocalyptic events, since this is what the book itself enacts: put simply, as readers we come to the apocalyptic end, only to find that half of the book remains to be read. By the time we have finished the book, we have arrived back in the 19th century, creating a sense of coming full circle: the apocalyptic end of civilization becomes the occasion for the beginning of a new chapter or phase of each of the stories Mitchell had begun earlier.7
     
    To make an apocalyptic narrative cyclical might seem to fly in the face of a pervasive modern view of the apocalypse as the end. Frank Kermode, for instance, argues that it is the “sense of an ending” that gives apocalyptic discourse its allure, penetrating our stories and our selves in equal measure. In a similar vein, Fiona Stafford’s scholarship on the offshoot of apocalyptic narrative that she calls “last-of-the-race fiction” underscores that this modern form of apocalyptic thinking emerged as a linear conception of time eclipsed the cyclical one:
     

    [o]nly when time is perceived as a line and change as irreversible can “the last” have any meaning. Ancient concepts of time as a great circle through which everything turned before regaining the original point for a fresh departure, [sic] offered little scope for absolute endings and last things. In such systems, any ending must also be a beginning, while the significance of individual events is qualified by thoughts of endless repetition—just as each winter is followed by spring, each sunset redeemed by faith in the dawn. The same does not apply to linear concepts of time, where the model is not that of the natural cycles common to a community, but of an individual life moving in one direction from birth to death. Here, events are unrepeatable and endings carry no guarantee of regeneration, so “the last” has a much greater significance.
     

    (42)

     

    For Stafford, the power of the narrative of last things depends on the ending supplied by a linear conception of history.

    Despite the modern imbrication of the linear and the apocalyptic, David Mitchell is not the first author to generate a cyclical apocalyptic narrative. Indeed, it would be an oversimplification to understand the cyclical model of temporality itself as obsolete. In his history of time, G.J. Whitrow reminds us that “Nietzsche, who died in 1900, and the twentieth-century historians and sociologists Spengler, Pareto, and Toynbee all believed in the cyclical nature of history” (179). Tyrus Miller extends the list of modern scholars who have promulgated the idea of cyclical history in the form of eternal recurrence to include “Georg Simmel, Karl Jaspers, Martin Heidegger, Karl Löwith, Mircea Eliade, and Pierre Klossowski,” as well as Gilles Deleuze and Jacques Derrida (281). We should not be surprised that Warren Wagar, in his comprehensive study of “secular eschatological fictions” ranging from the early nineteenth century to the late 1970s, demonstrates that many “modern stories of the world’s end” actually “curve back on themselves, in a pattern of cyclical return” (185).
     
    Both Whitrow and Wagar, however, understand such a modern preoccupation with the cyclical as part of a despairing outlook. Whitrow remarks that for the thinkers he describes, to understand time as cyclical is to “feel the menace of time as much as its promise” (179). Wagar, meanwhile, maintains that cyclical apocalyptic narratives “reflect a conserving temperament” (185). He explains that in these texts we see that, “the world of the author’s experience does not end in his consciousness or in his loyalties. He does not escape its boundaries. The future he envisages is . . . an empty repetition, because he is firmly attached to the present order of things” (186). Whether in Spengler’s Decline of the West or in Miller’s Canticle for Leibowitz, for Whitrow and Wagar the problem is that the writers see no possibility of the new—everything is always already old. In this preference for the possibility of the new, both scholars ironically reveal the imprint of the linear ontology about which they write with such authority.
     
    To gain perspective on how the human-made catastrophes of the recent era could inspire Mitchell’s more hopeful deployment of a cyclical apocalyptic narrative, it is instructive to turn to Mircea Eliade’s meditation on linear and cyclical views of time, The Myth of the Eternal Return, which presents cyclical ontology as not only reemergent in the 20th century, but necessary. A product of the horrors of the twentieth century, Eliade understands the modern, linear conception of time known as “history” to be profane and chaotic. It is for him “the blind play of economic, social, or political forces, or, even worse, only the result of the ‘liberties’ that a minority takes and exercises directly on the stage of universal history” (151). Secular historicism requires humans to endure “collective deportations and massacres . . . [and] atomic bombings,” with no sense that these events have any larger meaning or purpose (151).
     
    Eliade argues that premodern societies embraced cyclical models of temporality in order to annul the “terror of history” by denying its existence. In his understanding of the “archaic ontology” he examines, ancient cultures derived their sense of reality from their creation myths. The cycles that gave shape to their lives involved the perceived repetition of these primal moments through rituals and ceremonies, in which they understood themselves to be embodiments of archetypal mythical identities: “an object or an act becomes real only insofar as it imitates or repeats an archetype. Thus, reality is acquired solely through repetition or participation; everything which lacks an exemplary model is ‘meaningless,’ i.e., it lacks reality” (34).8 By elaborating this vision of cyclical temporality, Eliade works toward defamiliarizing more modern conceptions of historical time, reminding readers that “interest in the ‘irreversible’ and the ‘new’ in history is a recent discovery in the life of humanity” (48). In the final lines of his book he reflects that, “modern man is irremediably identified with history and progress, and . . . history and progress are a fall, both implying the final abandonment of the paradise of archetypes and repetition” (162).
     
    Eliade starkly lays out the distinction between the versions of subjectivity cyclical and historical ontologies produce. Because his sense of reality is created by adhering to archetypes, the man within traditional culture “sees himself as real, i.e., as ‘truly himself,’ only, and precisely, insofar as he ceases to be so” (34). On the other hand, “‘historical man’ . . . [is] the man who is insofar as he makes himself, within history” (ix, emphasis in original). Near the conclusion of The Myth of the Eternal Return, Eliade imagines a kind of debate that might take place between these two subjects:
     

    In the last analysis, modern man, who accepts history or claims to accept it, can reproach archaic man, imprisoned within the mythical horizon of archetypes and repetition, with his creative impotence, or what amounts to the same thing, his inability to accept the risks entailed by every creative act. . . .
     
    To these criticisms raised by modern man, the man of the traditional civilizations could reply . . . [that] [i]t is becoming more and more doubtful . . . if modern man can make history.
     

    (155-6)

     

    Eliade shows himself to be largely sympathetic to the latter view; convinced of “the transitoriness, or at least the secondary character, of human individuality as such,” he presents history and individuality as two destructive myths that reinforce one another.

     
    At points, in his rejection of historicism, Eliade appears to yearn for a return to return in starkly apocalyptic terms:
     

    There is also reason to foresee that, as the terror of history grows worse, as existence becomes more and more precarious because of history, the positions of historicism will increasingly lose in prestige. And, at a moment when history could do what neither the cosmos, nor man, nor chance have [sic] yet succeeded in doing—that is, wipe out the human race in its entirety—it may be that we are witnessing a desperate attempt to prohibit the “events of history” through a reintegration of human societies within the horizon (artificial, because decreed) of archetypes and their repetition. In other words, it is not inadmissible to think of an epoch, and an epoch not too far distant, when humanity, to ensure its survival, will find itself reduced to desisting from any further “making” of history in the sense in which it began to make it from the creation of the first empires, will confine itself to repeating prescribed archetypal gestures, and will strive to forget, as meaningless and dangerous, any spontaneous gesture which might entail “historical” consequences. It would even be interesting to compare the anhistorical solution of future societies with the paradisal or eschatological myths of the golden age of the beginning or the end of the world.
     

    (153-54)

     

    Eliade’s language here reflects his own conflicted view of a return to cyclical ontology. On the one hand, he characterizes a return to repetition and archetypes as a “desperate” and “artificial” act, leaving Western subjects “reduced to desisting from any further ‘making’ of history” (emphasis mine). Yet he also again invokes the language of paradise, imagining that such a future society might resemble a “golden age.”9

     
    Despite being regarded by many as the greatest twentieth-century scholar of religion, as well as author of “the greatest modern work on arrows and cycles” (Gould 12), Eliade is a controversial figure (Allen xi). Recent revelations of Eliade’s affiliation with Romania’s Iron Guard and his apparent complicity with fascism and anti-semitism have inspired some critics to interpret his enthusiasm for anti-historicist, archetypal modes of being as part of a regimented hierarchical ideology.10 Even before questions were raised about Eliade’s political affiliations in Romania, his account of history was much debated.11 Given Hegel’s oft-quoted claim that “the history of the world is none other than the progress of the consciousness of Freedom” (19-20), a denunciation of a Hegelian model of history could be construed as a blanket rejection of progressive political causes. Even scholars who celebrate the value of Eliade’s work concede the potentially reactionary implications of his anti-historicism (Allen 269-71).
     
    Yet to a striking degree, Eliade’s thought resonates with that of left-leaning thinkers such as Jacques Derrida and Walter Benjamin.12 In his emphasis on the wisdom of pre-modern, non-Western others, as well as in his critique of the Enlightenment view of progress, Eliade can as easily be placed in the vanguard of postmodernism as in the camp of retrograde traditionalists.13 Indeed, Eliade’s disavowal of linear understandings of history can give us a distinctive purchase on certain pragmatic contradictions within post-structuralism. It is a given in the contemporary moment that conventional notions of individual, unified subjectivity—what Ermath calls “the founding cogito“—have been deconstructed in the wake of post-structuralist theory’s influence (8). Yet Eliade’s anti-historicist critique of modern subjectivity lays bare the degree to which linear models of time continue to inhere within the post-structuralist model of subjectivity, since its fluidity is contingent upon an ever shifting historical context.14 This covert reification of linear time in turn complicates post-structuralism’s ideological critique of Enlightenment notions of progress.
     
    The near-apocalyptic scale of the Second World War inspired Eliade to reexamine human understandings of time as a potential key to the future of humanity. He provocatively suggests that we need not think of the passage of time only in linear terms, but he also subtly acknowledges the costs in ideals of human freedom that might be paid for such a choice. Mitchell’s novel reflects in similar terms on the stakes of our understanding of time and history. The experience of Mitchell’s characters resonates powerfully with Eliade’s claim that while archaic subjects understood themselves as reiterations of mythical archetypes, the modern conception of history has thrust a sense of individuality upon men and women, begetting a terrifying emptiness. All of Mitchell’s protagonists are initially depicted as isolated individuals caught in the sweep of history, whether it is racist Empire-building on Chatham Island, the socio-cultural aftermath of World War One, the power plays of the emergent nuclear industry, the growing social contempt for the elderly, or the technological advances that have made human cloning a reality. Stafford emphasizes the ways in which Robinson Crusoe, as the first “sole survivor” in Western literature, reflects a shift from Christian Millenarianism, with its emphasis on a collective ending, to a modern, secular preoccupation with individual “problems of loss and post-traumatic experiences” (72). Interestingly, Mitchell figures all of his main characters as castaways, not only depicting them as solitary outsiders in their various places and times, but, in a text full of images of islands, presenting many of them literally dragging themselves out of the water onto islands to escape what Lutz Niethammer, paraphrasing Benjamin, calls the “catastrophic storm of history” (qtd. in Woods 115).15
     

    “Souls Cross Ages Like Clouds Cross Skies”

     
    Cloud Atlas‘s interrogation of historicism extends from its larger structure to the details of its separate narratives. The six storylines that comprise the novel’s five hundred pages are both thematically diverse and dense with recurrent symbolism.16 Within its multiple stories, as much as in its overarching form and characterization, Mitchell’s novel considers the terror of history. This is particularly evident in the sections entitled “Letters from Zedelgrehm.” Mitchell creates a jarring juxtaposition between this narrative, which is narrated by a bisexual book thief, modernist musical composer, and sometimes sexual hustler named Robert Frobisher, and its predecessor, “The Pacific Journal of Adam Ewing,” which is recorded by a devout Christian and notary who is dutifully trying to deliver legal documents to the beneficiary of an inheritance in Australia. While there are some continuities even here—both men’s destinies are shaped by legacies, and both are at the mercy of older, more cunning men—the tone of the texts is very different. Adam sees the world through a stable lens of Christian morality. Frobisher, living in the still scarred landscape of post-World War One England and Belgium, no longer feels such certainty. He is haunted by the death of his older brother, whose own virtues have become, posthumously, the impossible standard against which his family measures him. His father is an “eminent churchman,” but he reflects, “Faith, the least exclusive club on Earth, has the craftiest doorman. Every time I’ve stepped through its wide-open doorway, I find myself stepping out on the street again” (448, 75).
     
    This contrast between faith and a modern, secular world view is made especially evident when Robert, having read the first half of Adam’s journal, muses enviously on “happy, dying Ewing, who never saw the unspeakable forms waiting around history’s corner” (460). Adam’s innocence and religiosity, underscored so powerfully by his name, are contrasted with the waywardness and despair of a man who lives in the shadow of twentieth-century history. In this light it is particularly appropriate that Frobisher’s final undoing is effected by his love for a character named “Eva,” who precipitates his fall into suicide. The contrast between Ewing and Frobisher serves as a powerful iteration of the desolation produced by the “terror of history.”
     
    This sense of the treachery of a linear conception of time is reinforced in the “Ghastly Ordeal of Timothy Cavendish.” In this case, linear time is examined through the lens of modern understandings of the aging body and mind. Cavendish is in some sense an older version of Frobisher, another Cambridge-educated Brit on the run from creditors, whose sexual indiscretion—in this case an affair with his brother’s wife—is the apparent motivation for his incarceration in a rest home. The vehicle for this meditation on the linearity of aging is a long and tortured train ride on the British rail system. The train ride, like Cavendish’s life and the memoir he produces, is full of false starts, interruptions, and failures. Overall, the decay of the British rail system and the metastization of its bureaucracy, along with the corruption of the landscape through which Cavendish travels, become the occasion for a narrative of decline. Britain and Cavendish’s aging body are both well past their prime, a message highlighted by Cavendish’s repeated references to Gibbon’s Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. “Oh, aging is ruddy unbearable!” Cavendish reflects. “The I’s we were yearn to breathe the world’s air again, but can they ever break out from these calcified cocoons? Oh, can they hell” (168). The ambivalence of this rumination suggests the tension that runs through this section of the novel, for while the transformations brought to the body by age are undeniable, the meanings that are attached to them are highly malleable.
     
    The prevailing episteme in Cavendish’s England is brutal contempt for the elderly, and Cavendish’s subjugation to a linear conception of time becomes graver still once he arrives at his destination—a facility he believes to be a hotel where he gratefully “checks in,” only to discover quickly that he has been involuntarily committed to a nursing home. At this point, Cavendish’s account of aging as a microcosm of time’s arrow takes on a prophetic—if not quite apocalyptic—tone that is at once poignant and absurd:
     

    Behold your future, Cavendish the Younger. You will not apply for membership, but the tribe of the elderly will claim you. Your present will not keep pace with the world’s. This slippage will stretch your skin, sag your skeleton, erode your hair and memory, make your skin turn opaque so your twitching organs and blue-cheese veins will be semivisible. You will venture out only in daylight, avoiding weekends and school holidays. Language, too, will leave you behind, betraying your tribal affiliations whenever you speak. . . . Only babies, cats, and drug addicts will acknowledge your existence. So do not fritter away your days. Sooner than you fear, you will stand before a mirror in a care home, look at your body, and think, E.T., locked in a ruddy cupboard for a fortnight.
     

    (180-81)

     

    In Cavendish’s blackly comic account of aging we see the ravages of a secular, linear conception of time that has no larger meaning or purpose—an ontology that constructs the aging human body exclusively as a site of decay and shame.

     
    While the sense of hopelessness that Mitchell associates with “time’s arrow” is palpable in these sections of the book, in several sections he presents cyclical ontology as similarly confining. The novel opens with a mystifying image: the conman Dr. Henry Goose scouring a beach on Chatham Island for teeth cannibals have left behind, teeth he plans to secretly convert into dentures for his nemesis, which will in turn lead to her public downfall when he exposes that she “masticates with cannibals’ gnashers” (6). At first this opening gambit merely baffles: how could such a bizarre tableau set the stage for what is to come? Yet the scene draws attention to Chatham Island as a site where “the strong engorged themselves on the weak” (5). As we will learn, Henry Goose is himself deeply committed to a personal philosophy of predation: In his guise as a doctor he will later poison the narrator, Adam Ewing, in order to rob him, while also casually attempting to poison his mind with his racist views. Already, his plan to use the teeth of an earlier conflict between weak and strong in order to empower himself against his wealthy former employer suggests the cyclical nature of violence, which is a central preoccupation of Mitchell’s novel.
     
    In fact, the stories that follow are a sorry register of greed and exploitation, and a meditation on the will to power. The weak are poisoned, cuckolded, blackmailed, assaulted, imprisoned, enslaved, and, ultimately, eaten in a system of organized cannibalism by those with more cunning and power. The conclusion of the novel includes the repeated mantra of its first predator, Henry Goose, who explains to his victim, “The weak are meat the strong do eat” (489, 503). As the fabricant Sonmi-451 concisely states, “My fifth Declaration posits how, in a cycle as old as tribalism, ignorance of the Other engenders fear; fear engenders hatred; hatred engenders violence; violence engenders further violence until the only ‘rights,’ the only law, are whatever is willed by the most powerful” (344). The emphasis in these passages on the cyclical perpetuity of oppression and violence raises the most obvious question about embracing a cyclical ontology: wouldn’t such an understanding of time simply calcify the brutality humanity has shown itself capable of, rather than opening the way for positive change?
     
    Mitchell subjects this question to another level of magnification in the first and last events he chronicles. He provides many signs that the distant future in the Pacific narrated in “Sloosha’s Crossin an’ Ev’rythin’ After” recycles the conditions of the 1850s when “The Pacific Journal of Adam Ewing” takes place. In the 1850s the Moriori, peaceful icon-worshippers who believe that to murder is to forsake one’s soul, are viciously subjugated and enslaved by the more warlike Maori tribe. 17 In the distant future of “Sloosha’s Crossin’” Zachry’s community, peaceful icon-worshippers who believe that to murder is to forsake one’s soul, are viciously subjugated and enslaved by the more warlike Kona tribe. In each story, a single member of the defeated tribe survives: in “The Pacific Journal” Autua (a character whose chiasmic name playfully gestures to the structure of the novel, and, perhaps, of time itself) ultimately rescues Adam Ewing from the clutches of the murderous conman Henry Goose; in “Sloosha’s Crossin,” the narrator Zachry alone leaves Hawaii for Maui after the Kona’s assault. The reproduction of barbarity that these narratives manifest suggests that to endorse a cyclical notion of temporality is potentially to celebrate socio-cultural regression.
     
    This interrogation of cyclical ontology continues in “The Ghastly Ordeal of Timothy Cavendish.” While linear time is compared to a hellish ride on British rail, the epistemology of the “life cycle” is presented in equally grim terms. On the night Cavendish arrives at Aurora House, he avows that, “In the morning life would begin afresh, afresh, afresh. This time round I would do everything right” (173). In a parody of rebirth, when Cavendish awakes, he discovers that he will now be treated as a helpless baby. At the hands of the Aurora House staff he is slapped, scolded, spanked, and threatened with having his mouth washed out with soap. After he has a stroke, he is spoon-fed and diapered. Cavendish’s body becomes a palimpsest of linear and cyclical narratives, both of which can be deployed by the institutional apparatus of the nursing home to deny him agency and to strip his life of meaning.
     
    Yet it is the cyclical worldview explored in “Letters from Zedelghrem,” Nietzsche’s notion of eternal recurrence, that is depicted as the most treacherous. Composer Vyvyan Ayrs is a devotee of Nietzsche who intends that the final masterpiece of his career, a “cyclical, crystalline thing,” will be titled “Eternal Recurrence” (79, 84). Taking his new mentor’s lead, Frobisher reads Also Sprach Zarathustra and feels such a profound resonance with the philosopher’s work that he remarks that it is as though “Nietzsche was reading me, not I him” (63). When Frobisher completes what he views as the best musical composition he will ever write, it is not surprising that it is to Nietzsche’s concept of eternal recurrence that he turns to defend his decision to kill himself:
     

    Rome’ll decline and fall again, Cortés’ll lay Tenochtitlán to waste again, and later, Ewing will sail again, Adrian’ll be blown to pieces again, you and I’ll sleep under Corsican stars again, I’ll come to Bruges again, fall in and out of love with Eva again, you’ll read this letter again, the sun’ll grow cold again. Nietzsche’s gramophone record. When it ends, the Old One plays it again, for an eternity of eternities. . . .
     
    Once my luger lets me go, my birth, next time around, will be upon me in a heartbeat. Thirteen years from now we’ll meet again at Gresham, ten years later I’ll be back in this same room, holding this same gun, composing this same letter, my resolution as perfect as my many-headed sextet. Such elegant certainties comfort me at this quiet hour.
     

    (471)

     

    Frobisher appears liberated here from the depression and mental instability that assail him. Yet his youth and the extremity of his act invite a reading of Nietzsche’s much debated notion of cycles as a destructive alternative to history’s “unspeakable forms.”

     
    While the novel’s obsession with temporality is largely expressed as a critique of both linear and cyclical ontologies, it also explores the potential benefits of each. In broad terms, the novel does assert the possibility of historical progress. For instance, while barbarity appears more severe in Zachry’s distant future, the pinnacle of civilization also seems higher.18 If Zachry and Autua are indeed doubles, then Meronym and Adam are as well.19 Adam, a white American, is for much of the nineteenth-century narrative depicted as naïve and racist. Meronym, on the other hand, is a black clone who is part of a small number of technologically advanced survivors of a global nuclear war. She is portrayed as far more sensitive and culturally sophisticated than her predecessor, Adam. In fact, Meronym, whose name means “a word denoting the mid point of two extremes,” shows great respect for Zachry’s archaic culture, even as she wields remarkable technology (“meronym, n.”).
     
    This technology in turn brings us to yet another level at which Mitchell’s treatment of linear-time-as-progress must be considered. While much of Mitchell’s novel appears critical of scientific and technological change, especially as it is depicted in the contemporary era of the “Ghastly Ordeal of Timothy Cavendish” and the near future of “The Orison of Sonmi-451,” it is the absence of much of this technology that signals humanity’s “Fall” in the post-apocalyptic section of the novel. In Zachry’s world, people die at 50 because of the lack of medical science and technology; they possess only primitive tools; they are subject to the brutality of barbarians; and they live in a state of profound ignorance. Such changes for the worse also, implicitly, celebrate the idea and material expressions of linear progress as they currently exist.
     
    Meanwhile, the novel illustrates the potential advantages of a cyclical ontology in its depictions of reincarnation. Gradually revealing that Robert Frobisher, Luisa Rey, Timothy Cavendish, Sonmi-451, and Meronym have identical birthmarks, Cloud Atlas suggests they share a soul that is recycled across time. The book’s title in part refers to this notion of reincarnation; as Zachry reflects:
     

    Souls cross ages like clouds cross skies, an’ tho’ a cloud’s shape nor hue nor size don’t stay the same, it’s still a cloud an’ so is a soul. Who can say where the cloud’s blowed from or who the soul’ll be ‘morrow? Only Sonmi the east an’ the west an’ the compass an’ the atlas, yay, only the atlas o’ clouds.
     

    (308)20

     

    The novel itself, then, serves as a “cloud atlas,” charting the movement of one soul across its several stories. While Zachry ultimately kills the Kona warrior who has attacked his family, he hesitates because he senses that “If I’d been rebirthed a Kona in this life, he could be me an’ I’d be killin’ myself” (301). This sense of identification with an other, of the interchangeability of identities across time, brings into focus how a cyclical ontology could enable a positive departure from the self-interested conventions of individualism.

     
    Ultimately, in a novel preoccupied with both cyclical and linear forms of temporality, it is the “Orison of Sonmi-451” narrative that lingers longest on the problems and potential posed by each ontological position. On one level the sf-inspired clone narrative seems to function straightforwardly as a critique of the potentially dehumanizing telos of contemporary genomics research. The fabricants are treated with no mercy: they are regarded as non-human, forced to work brutal hours in conditions that often would be fatal for non-modified humans. Sonmi-451, whose name plays on Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451, is a “server” at a fast food franchise and is required to work nineteen hours a day for twelve years. In Mitchell’s future, the treatment of clones is emblematic of a more pervasive dehumanization of the “corpocratic” regime, which construes its population as “consumers” rather than “citizens.” Most conspicuously, the term “soul” has lost its spiritual connotations and now refers to the identity/bank chip implanted in each consumer’s fingertip. In the denouement of the Sonmi-451 narrative, we learn that fabricants are slaughtered at the end of their term of service and their bodies “recycled” to feed other fabricants as well as consumers.
     
    In bald terms, the practice of cloning Mitchell depicts represents everything that is dangerous about a cyclical view of time. As Sonmi-451 herself explains, “Fabricants have no earliest memories. . . . One twenty-four-hour cycle in Papa Song’s is indistinguishable from any other” (183). There is a linear element to their experience—all fabricants mistakenly believe that when their service ends, they will reach “Xultation” and be “transformed into consumers with Soulrings” (184). Yet in most respects, clones embody the archetypal model of identity associated with cyclical understandings of time. Endlessly reproduced and trained to perform the same tasks in perpetuity, the fabricants literalize the notion of eternal return. Indeed, Sonmi-451’s existence as a reproduction of a “stem-type” recalls Eliade’s analysis of the ways ancestors in some cultures serve as analogues of archetpyes. He reflects that, “The transformation of the dead person into an ‘ancestor’ corresponds to the fusion of the individual into an archetypal category. In numerous traditions… the souls of the common dead no longer possess a ‘memory’; that is, they lose what may be called their historical individuality” (46-7). Anticipating a likely criticism, he continues,
     

    As for the objection that an impersonal survival is equivalent to a real death (inasmuch as only the personality and the memory that are connected with duration and history can be called a survival), it is valid only from the point of view of a “historical consciousness,” in other words, from the point of view of modern man, for archaic consciousness accords no importance to personal memories.
     

    (47)

     

    The parallels are obvious and chilling between this ancient understanding of the “impersonal survival” of archetypes and the view in Sonmi-451’s era of endlessly reiterated “stemtypes” who, at least according to “popular wisdom[,] . . . don’t have personalities” (187). This sense of fabricants’ redundancy permits (post)modern consumers, with their “historical consciousness,” to be indifferent to the fate of the fabricant. As Sonmi-451 explains, “To enslave an individual troubles your consciences, . . . but to enslave a clone is no more troubling than owning the latest six-wheeler ford, ethically. Because you cannot discern our differences, you believe we have none” (187).

     
    Sonmi-451’s “ascension,” or coming into consciousness, disrupts this sense of repetition, instead suggesting that “even same-stem fabricants cultured in the same wombtank are as singular as snow-flakes” (187). The ascension underscores the degree to which “An Orison of Sonmi-451” is committed to exploring the tension between a cyclical understanding of the world, with its fabricated, archetypal identities, and an action-driven, linear narrative that reframes Sonmi-451 as an historical subject. After her ascension, that linear narrative follows Sonmi-451 through her apparent recruitment by the Union rebels, builds to the revelation late in the story that her escape has been contrived by the Unanimity government to further divide consumers from fabricants, and ends with her emergence as a “martyr” who creates a set of Declarations that will ultimately change the course of history. In this plotline, we see a forceful valorization of a notion of historical subjectivity as the most hopeful means of escaping from the cycles of brutality that Cloud Atlas recurrently depicts. When the revolutionaries first attempt to enlist her in their cause, she tells them, “I was not genomed to alter history” (327). Yet after the members of Union show her the slaughter of fabricants, she makes a series of proclamations that self-consciously position her as an historical subject:
     

    That ship must be destroyed. Every slaughtership in Nea So Copros like it must be sunk. . . .
     
    The shipyards that build them must be demolished. The systems that facilitated them must be dismantled. The laws that permitted the systems must be torn down and reconstructed. . . .
     
    Every consumer, xec, and Juche Boardman in Nea So Copros must understand that fabricants are purebloods, be they grown in a wombtank or a womb. If persuasion does not work, ascended fabricants must fight with Union to achieve this end, using whatever force is necessary.
     

    (346, emphasis in original)

     

    Both Sonmi-451’s call to action, and the ways she is situated here to resemble both Martin Luther King, Jr. and Malcolm X (“using whatever force is necessary”), foreground the ways that this section of the text identifies linear history with the possibility of necessary change.

     
    Balanced against this ostensible commitment to an historicist model of human identity, the Sonmi-451 section also reasserts the book’s fascination with reincarnation and the transmigration of souls. When Sonmi and her professed protector Hae-Joo Im encounter an ancient statue of Siddhartha, Hae-Joo Im explains that he was “a deity that offered salvation from a meaningless cycle of birth and rebirth. . . .” (329). Later an abbess explains to Sonmi that Siddhartha is “a dead man and a living ideal. The man taught about overcoming pain, and influencing one’s future reincarnations” (332). On one level the martyr Sonmi-451 and Buddha are doubles in the text—her ascension itself is the fabricant equivalent of the Buddhist state of Enlightenment. Her Declarations, moreover, promise liberation to other fabricants from the “meaningless cycle” to which they have been subjected.
     
    Yet the references to Buddhism also evoke a more traditional, spiritual version of reincarnation, based on a model of karma. Eliade explains:

    [T]he Indians quite early elaborated a conception of universal causality, the karma concept, which accounts for the actual events and sufferings of the individual’s life and at the same time explains the necessity for transmigrations. In the light of the law of karma, sufferings not only find a meaning but also acquire a positive value. The sufferings of one’s present life are not only deserved—since they are in fact the fatal effect of crimes and faults committed in previous lives—they are also welcome, for it is only in this way that it is possible to absorb and liquidate part of the karmic debt that burdens the individual and determines the cycle of his future existences. According to the Indian conception, every man is born with a debt, but with freedom to contract new debts. His existence forms a long series of payments and borrowings, the account of which is not always obvious.
     

    (98-99)

     

    Were we to understand Mitchell’s invocation of transmigration as inspired by the principles of Buddhism and karma as Eliade presents them, then Meronym, the most “enlightened” of the characters, is still paying for the misdeeds of Sonmi-451, Timothy Cavendish, Luisa Rey, and Robert Frobisher, and the price is to live in a wrecked world. Such an interpretation also provides one way of understanding the overall structure of the novel. To some degree the second half of each of the stories suggests ways each character might improve the karma of coming incarnations through their positive efforts, perhaps avoiding the disastrous scenario the centerpiece of the novel plays out.

     
    While the complexities of Buddhist spirituality are beyond the scope of this essay, it should be clear from this brief account that it possesses both cyclical and linear elements. Even as souls transmigrate, enacting a cycle of existence, they are also moving forward toward freedom from this state of embodiment. In its stories, Mitchell’s novel seems to enact a similar balance between investments in historical and cyclical ontologies. After the post-apocalyptic midpoint of the novel, the second halves of Mitchell’s five narratives unspool in markedly linear form. In sections full of swiftly narrated action scenes, all the characters escape from one form of confinement or another.21 Through the course of these events, the novel also affirms the possibility of historical change. Adam vows to join the abolitionist movement; Frobisher creates an enduring work of art; Luisa stops the construction of a dangerous nuclear reactor; Cavendish overcomes his own xenophobia to collaborate with a Scottish patient in the rest home; Sonmi-451 becomes a martyr on behalf of all fabricants. As these descriptions suggest, these characters in part overcome the terror of history, not through cyclical thinking but through various gestures toward community. Only Frobisher remains isolated and arguably succumbs to the terror in his suicide. The final words of the novel, which imagine each individual action as a drop in the ocean, affirm this sense that acts of individual change can become collective historical transformations.
     
    Despite the anxiety the text expresses about repetition in its treatment of cloning, it is also sameness—the experience of an archetypal identity—that strengthens each character. Through reincarnation, which they experience as déjà-vu, Mitchell’s characters achieve a sense of solidarity with their other selves across time. This spiritual understanding of repetition is amplified by several references to iconography and idolatry in Cloud Atlas. In an enigmatic passage near the opening of the novel, Adam Ewing plunges into a hole and discovers “First one, then ten, then hundreds of faces,” faces that prove to be dendroglyphs generated by the now nearly extinct Moriori (20). Mitchell returns to the notion of idols, or “dead-lifes” as Zachry calls them, in the “Sloosha’s Crossin” section (261). Meronym asks of the Valleysmen’s icons, “Is icons a home for the soul? Or a common mem’ry o’ faces’n’kin’n’age’n’all?” (258). One of Zachry’s tribe responds that, “The icon’ry . . . held Valleysmen’s past an’ present all t’gether” (258). These references call to mind Eliade’s discussion of the relationship between archetypes and ancestors, but they also resonate with Derrida’s discussion of spectrality in Specters of Marx. In Tim Woods’s gloss on Derrida, “History is an irrepressible revenant . . . , living-dead which haunts the present, since causes demonstrate a ‘posthumous’ historicality and materiality, a ‘living-on’ or survival after the death of the original event, demonstrating a more powerful life in its spiritual presence than its corporeal absence” (116, emphasis in original). For Woods, Derrida’s insistence on the impurity of history converges with Benjamin’s insistence that historicism must be replaced by “the constellation which his own era has formed with a definite earlier one” (116-17; Benjamin 79).22 As I now want to suggest, the form of Mitchell’s novel further elaborates on this challenge to historicism in its invocation of literary icons.
     

    “In the Mind’s Mirror”

     
    This essay has thus far focused on the content of Cloud Atlas without giving significant attention to its form. Ultimately, however, the complex form of Mitchell’s novel is essential to understanding how cyclical and linear notions of time, and their attendant versions of subjectivity, figure in his engagement with contemporary eschatology. When, at a recent reading, I asked David Mitchell about his political goals for his novels, he stressed that he thinks of himself more as a stylist than an “idea man” (“Thousand Autumns”). Such an assertion seems too modest: his books to date have shown themselves deeply committed to a range of questions and ideas about power, history, capitalism, terrorism, and other major contemporary issues. In another sense, the assessment rings true, for what is most dazzling about Cloud Atlas is the seemingly effortless way in which Mitchell shifts from a nineteenth-century romance on the high seas, to a decadent modernist tale of polymorphous sexuality and artistic intrigue, to a trim, commercial 1970s thriller, to an absurdist contemporary memoir, and finally to two sections of very elaborate futuristic science fiction.
     
    It was Mitchell’s ability to segue from one of these genres to another with such apparent effortlessness in Cloud Atlas that initially drew raves from critics. Yet a number of critics have also been disoriented—even, perhaps, disturbed—by Mitchell’s ability to shuttle in and out of these narrative modes. One critic remarks, “The way Mitchell inhabits the different voices of the novel is close to miraculous” (MacFarlane). Another characterizes Mitchell as “a genius,” but goes on to say that his “virtuosity too often seems android” (Bissell). In his interview with Mitchell, Mason writes, “If there has been one consistent criticism of Mitchell, . . . it has been that his virtuosity is mere ventriloquism, a capacity for imitation that suggests he lacks originality” (Mitchell, “The Experimentalist”). This critical ambivalence reminds us that while many writers cover vast sweeps of time through either continuous or episodic narration, few tailor their narrative forms to the various moments in time they are exploring via narrative voice, focalization, style, and genre.
     
    To be sure, such a literary enterprise is rare in part because of the sheer labor involved in developing the various techniques required to make each genre and style seem authentic. Other writers may also have eschewed such a montage of period pieces because of the profound contradictions such a production entails. The very authenticity of each section is exploded by its proximity to another equally authentic piece performing another time period. We are not permitted the sense of immersion typical of the historical novel. Instead, we are jarringly shuttled from one period to another. In their neo-formalist work on genre, Scott Black et al. maintain that
     

    form is arguably one of the key ways for readers and writers to access and participate in history. Writing, reciting, or perhaps even silently reading an Horatian ode upon a local skirmish inscribes a history (public and political); so too does drawing an event—possibly the same event—into a history of subjective experience by rendering it with Petrarchan blazons or morality-play derived monologue.
     

    (8)

     

    From this perspective, Cloud Atlas enacts a sort of time travel. But not, precisely, historical time travel. Mitchell’s ability to capture moments in time through style and genre could, indeed, be said to suggest that those time periods were distinct, and that our recognition of them is predicated on this distinction. That is, the shifting styles and genres themselves index the linear passage of time. However, Mitchell resists this understanding, destabilizing the historical implications of the various genres by breaking them up and reversing their order. This highly visible manipulation denudes his genres of their temporal specificity.

     
    The self-conscious, metanarrative devices Mitchell includes in Cloud Atlas also make the artificiality of the various “historical” narratives conspicuous. In the second narrative, Robert Frobisher finds the first half of Ewing’s published journal when he rifles through Vyvyan Ayrs’s book collection, looking for valuable volumes to steal and sell. This discovery serves as the first disclosure to Mitchell’s readers that he intends to denaturalize the stories we are reading and treat them as constructed narratives. Mitchell goes further, having Frobisher doubt the provenance of the journal. He muses:
     

    Ewing puts me in mind of Melville’s bumbler Cpt. Delano in “Benito Cereno,” blind to all conspirators—he hasn’t spotted his trusty Dr. Henry Goose [sic] is a vampire, fueling his hypochondria in order to poison him, slowly, for his money.
     
    Something shifty about the journal’s authenticity—seems too structured for a genuine diary, and its language doesn’t ring quite true—but who would bother forging such a journal, and why?
     

    (64)

     

    Why indeed? Here Mitchell draws attention to the artifice of his novel by flagging its literary debts and exposing its concerted effort to “forge” the form of a historical journal.

     
    These metafictional gestures continue. Frobisher’s own narrative is told through letters that are saved and read forty years later by his former lover, Rufus Sixsmith, a character enmeshed in the cover-up at the nuclear power station which is the focus of the Luisa Rey narrative. The Luisa Rey story turns up in the form of an unpublished manuscript sent to publisher Timothy Cavendish, who reads and edits it. Cavendish’s story is in turn made into a movie, which enchants the fabricant Sonmi-451. Finally, Sonmi-451’s narrative takes the form of a digitally recorded interview that is discovered and viewed by Zachry.
     
    These metafictional elements become an occasion to raise various questions about literature and literary form. From an historicist perspective, they can be read to comment on the role the loss of the written word may play in global collapse. The sequence of forms Mitchell parades before us reflects the large-scale cultural shifts that may take us from the era of personal journal and letter writing, through the heyday of literacy with the flourishing of bestsellers and newspapers, on to film, then computerized images, and then, after the Fall, back to pre-modern and non-literate forms of communication. In this sense, the architecture of the book hints at the prophylactic value of writing in our neo-apocalyptic times.
     
    It is unclear, however, why the apparent dissolution of literacy matters in the larger narrative, since the reading of the narratives—or even the viewing of visual media -has little or no effect on the unfolding of events. While the various sections can be read to suggest that predatory actions snowball and carry us inexorably toward an apocalyptic outcome, the literariness of the book complicates this interpretation. Locally, the literary texts have little effect on the action in the book—reading Ewing’s journal does not change Frobisher’s conduct, nor does Luisa Rey’s encounter with Frobisher’s letters. Cavendish thinks of Luisa Rey when he escapes from the nursing home, but there is little suggestion that the thriller narrative actually inspires his bid for freedom. Sonmi-451 feels empathy for Cavendish’s plight in “The Ghastly Ordeal,” but watching the film does not change her views, which are already formed. Zachry’s encounter with Sonmi-451’s testimony affects neither his conduct nor the disastrous events that unfold in Hawaii.
     
    More than historicizing literature, then, the constructedness of the stories complicates a historicist understanding of the novel as a whole. The events that take place in the various narratives are not “real” events—they are stories, encountered by characters in other stories. Postmodern literature, of course, is full of historical narratives that explode conventional understandings of history, a phenomenon labeled “historiographic metanarrative,” by Linda Hutcheon, and more recently “metahistorical romance” by Amy Elias. Much has been said about the ways postmodern narrative techniques emphasize the textuality of history, and its undecidability. Mitchell is certainly concerned with these questions, especially in “Half-Lives: The First Luisa Rey Mystery,” where he offers a lengthy meditation on the ways power can undermine our access to the “actual past” by overlaying it with images of a “virtual past” (389-90). This section allows for a Baudrillardian interpretation of the book, in which Mitchell, despite attempting a serious meditation on our trajectory toward apocalypse, becomes caught in an unreal vertigo of literary conventions. In this reading, any “real” vision of our problems or their potential solutions is obscured by a wall of pre-existing cultural images—what Baudrillard calls simulacra, and what here take the form of literary genres and conventions that determine their own content.
     
    It is also possible to perceive Mitchell’s text’s affinity to a more considered anti-historicist position. The young American man on a voyage; the sophisticated, bisexual British wit; the spunky female American reporter; the cynical, involuntarily incarcerated prisoner of a facility for the aged and impaired (at the mercy, no less, of a soulless head nurse); the beautiful, rebellious clone; the scrappy survivor caught in a post-apocalyptic landscape—the more audaciously Mitchell plays with literary styles and genres, the less these characters seem like individuals and the more they appear to be repetitions of archetypes derived from the history of Western literature. Indeed, Mitchell conspicuously pays homage to Daniel Defoe, Herman Melville, Oscar Wilde, Christopher Isherwood, Aldous Huxley, George Orwell, Ken Kesey, Russell Hoban, and Margaret Atwood, among others. This deployment of literary/cultural archetypes and invocation of literary icons suggests that Cloud Atlas is less about how individuals can become historical agents in order to derail our momentum toward the apocalypse than about how literary genres provide us archetypes to resist the “terror of history.” Here we might reconsider critics’ charges that Mitchell “lacks originality” and credit the ways he possesses what we can call “origin/ality,” a thoughtful regard for the origins of contemporary literary forms that becomes a deeper comment on the problems of contemporary historicism. While an historicist perspective suggests that by conforming to preexisting archetypes, we compromise our individuality, autonomy, and freedom, Mitchell’s novel, in terms that resonate with Eliade’s thought, suggests that we might do well to invest ourselves in older, larger stories.23
     
    Such cyclical understanding of temporality and subjectivity is, of course, ultimately a matter of belief—a word that figures crucially in both Eliade’s and Mitchell’s work. Eliade raises the issue of belief through its expression as faith at the conclusion of The Myth of the Eternal Return. He explains that at the moment when “the horizon of archetypes and repetition was transcended,” Judeo-Christianity introduced “a new category into religious experience: the category of faith” (160, emphasis in original). Eliade continues: “Faith, in this context, as in many others, means absolute emancipation from any kind of natural ‘law’ and hence the highest freedom that man can imagine: freedom to intervene even in the ontological constitution of the universe. . . . Only such a freedom . . . is able to defend modern man from the terror of history” (160-61).
     
    Whereas Eliade understands belief as a means to a subjectivity unburdened by the terror of history, Mitchell associates belief with the construction of a sustainable world. At the conclusion of Cloud Atlas, he offers the following meditation:
     

    What precipitates Acts? Belief.
     
    Belief is both prize & battlefield, within the mind & in the mind’s mirror, the world. If we believe humanity is a ladder of tribes, a colosseum of confrontation, exploitation & bestiality, such a humanity is surely brought into being. . . .
     
    If we believe that humanity may transcend tooth & claw, if we believe divers races & creeds can share this world as peaceably as the orphans share their candlenut tree, if we believe leaders must be just, violence muzzled, power accountable & the riches of the Earth & its Oceans shared equitably, such a world will come to pass.
     

    (508, emphasis in original)24

     

    Mitchell’s novel implicity adds to this series of propositions that if we believe both events and selves are old as well as new, we may invest ourselves in both in a less destructive fashion.

     
    We have arrived where we began—with the suggestion that particular models of time and subjectivity may bear on whether the human species endures. Eliade formulated his anti-historicist critique in the wake of the cataclysm of World War Two; David Mitchell explores the limits of historicism in a contemporary eschatological context. In Cloud Atlas, a variety of characters, figures, and events represent the risks and possibilities of a cyclical Weltanschauung. The form of his novel, which is both highly original and profoundly derivative, recapitulates this tension. Ultimately, it is only right that Mitchell leaves us going in circles.
     

    Heather J. Hicks is Associate Professor of English and Director of Graduate Studies at Villanova University. She is the author of The Culture of Soft Work: Labor, Gender and Race in Postmodern American Narrative (Palgrave, 2009) and has published articles on postmodern literature and film in journals including Arizona Quarterly, Camera Obscura, Contemporary Literature, and Postmodern Culture. She is currently writing a book that addresses the historical shift in the status of contemporary apocalyptic fiction from the margins to the center of the literary canon.
     

    Acknowledgements

     
    My thanks to Michael Berthold for his careful reading of this essay and to Mary Beth Harris for her research assistance.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. This is not to say that the topic of apocalyptic fiction has not received considerable attention by literary critics in recent decades; indeed over the past quarter-century, critics have generated many definitions of the apocalyptic. For May (1972), an apocalyptic text must combine “catastrophe and judgment” (38). Ketterer (1974) claims that apocalyptic fiction must feature several elements including the “destruction of an old world, generally of mind . . . set against the writer’s establishment of a new world, again generally of mind,” as well as dualisms of satire/ “prophetic mysticism” and purpose/chaos, and a privileging of sweeping vision over detailed characterization (13). Wagar (1982) examines “secular eschatology, a worldly study of world’s ends that ignores religious belief or puts the old visions to use as metaphors for modern anxiety” (4). Zamora (1989) is concerned with “self-conscious use of the imagery and narrative forms of biblical apocalypse” (2). She explains that “While it is true that an acute sense of temporal disruption and disequilibrium is the source of, and is always integral to, apocalyptic thinking and narration, so is the conviction that historical crisis will have the cleansing effect of radical renewal” (10). For Dewey (1990), the “apocalyptic temper” he identifies in fiction “refuses despair, resists surrender to an uncooperative history implied by the grim legend The End Is Near” (11). Dellamora (1995) articulates the sense that “the uncircumscribed field of narrative at the fin de millennium continues to be structured, if only negatively, in relation to apocalypse” and organizes an edited collection of scholarly essays that, in light of Derrida’s interest in “apocalyptic tone,” examine “apocalyptic tone in postmodern practice” (“Preface” xii; “Introduction” 2). For Montgomery (1996), who focuses on African-American fiction, “apocalypse is a mode of expression revealing a concern with the end of an oppressive sociopolitical system and the establishment of a new world order where racial justice prevails” (1). Berger (1999), who is concerned with “post-apocalypse,” examines “modes of expression made in the wake of catastrophes so overwhelming that they seem to negate the possibility of expression at the same time that they compel expression” (5). In their respective treatments of contemporary environmental destruction, Buell (2003) and Heise (2008) shift their terminology from the language of apocalypse to that of “crisis” and “risk,” respectively. For both, apocalypse has become, to use Buell’s phrase from the title of his book, “a way of life,” or, as Buell suggests later in his study, “a slow apocalypse” (202). According to Leigh (2008), apocalyptic literature includes “an imminent end-time, a cosmic catastrophe, a movement from an old to a new age, a struggle between forces of good and evil . . . , a desire for an ultimate paradise . . . , the transitional help of God or a messiah, and a final judgment and manifestation of the ultimate” (5).
     
    Given these definitions, most of these studies focus on texts that either rely heavily on symbols associated with Revelation; build their narratives around predictions or intimations of the end of the world; or portray more local catastrophes. My own study is somewhat more literal, and when I refer to “apocalyptic” novels in this essay, I mean texts that depict events culminating in the end of human civilization, the aftermath of such events, or both. My choice of terminology is inspired in part by Berger’s observation that “apocalyptic thinking is almost always, at the same time, post-apocalyptic” (xii-iii). While many of the texts I mention here include chiliastic elements, they are, in general, a high-literary variant of Wagar’s “secular eschatology.”

     

     
    2. The 1980s saw the publication of Russell Hoban’s Riddley Walker (1981), Denis Jonson’s Fiskadoro (1985), Paul Auster’s In the Country of Last Things (1987), and David Markson’s Wittgenstein’s Mistress (1988). The emerging canon of apocalyptic fiction was augmented in the 1990s by José Saramago’s Blindness (1995) and John Updike’s Toward the End of Time (1997). Two writers on the cusp of canonicity have recently produced less literary apocalyptic novels—Justin Cronin (The Passage, 2010) and China Miéville (Kraken, 2010).

     

     
    3. There are several exceptions to the generalization that before the 1980s eschatology was the exclusive province of science fiction writers. J.G. Ballard produced a number of complex apocalyptic texts in the 1960s, including The Drowned World (1962), The Burning World (1964), and The Crystal World (1966). Kurt Vonnegut’s Cat’s Cradle (1963) and Doris Lessing’s The Memoirs of a Survivor (1975) also presage the current flourishing of highly literary eschatological novels.

     

     
    4. Fiona Stafford argues that the trend from a collective to a more personal experience of destruction corresponds with the shift from a Christian apocalyptic vision to a more secular sense of imminent doom that began in the 17th century (23). However, the stress on isolation among many of the contemporary apocalyptic texts departs from the more immediate context of the “cozy catastrophe” motif that Brian Aldiss identifies in John Wyndham’s cold war eschatological narratives, in which “the hero . . . [has] a pretty good time (a girl, free suites at the Savoy, automobiles for the taking) while everyone else is dying off” (294). This shared apocalyptic experience finds even more exaggerated form in cold war texts such as George R. Stewart’s Earth Abides (1949), Nevil Shute’s On The Beach (1957), and Pat Frank’s Alas, Babylon (1959) in which small groups band together in the face—or wake—of a global disaster.

     

     
    5. Even science allows room for a cyclical understanding of time. As Gould points out, “The metaphor of time’s cycle captures those aspects of nature that are either stable or else cycle in simple repeating (or oscillating) series because they are direct products of nature’s timeless laws, not the contingent moments of complex historical pathways” (196).

     

     
    6. According to Melissa Denes, “Growing up in Worcestershire with his older brother and artist parents, [Mitchell] worried constantly about the threat of nuclear war. . . . He had read all of John Wyndham’s ‘traumatic, disturbing’ books by the age of 12 and thinks that this, too, fed his apocalyptic streak” (Mitchell “Apocalypse, Maybe”).

     

     
    7. It must be said, however, that this initial impression of a cyclical structure is in some sense a decoy—or at least, a literary flourish rather than an index of cyclical temporality. Mitchell has indicated that Cloud Atlas was inspired by Italo Calvino’s If on a Winter’s Night a Traveler. As a young reader of that text, he had been frustrated by that book’s failure to return to the various stories it inaugurates, so he produced a book that offered completion of the stories it started (Mitchell “The Art of Fiction”). While I will return to matters of form at the conclusion of this essay, it is worth acknowledging that in the broadest sense the book reinforces endings rather than defying them. Although the stories are interrupted both by each other and the central post-apocalyptic tale, and the second halves of each are presented in reverse order so that the first story ends last, beneath this shuffling, the book provides definitive resolutions to its various stories. Moreover, the events in the second halves of the stories are not affected by the apocalyptic events, much less caused by them, a fact that undermines the sense of continuity among the narratives that one might expect if cyclical temporality were being modeled.

     

     
    8. While Eliade is careful to specify that he is referring to cyclical world views that predate the Greek notion of eternal return that was later explored by Nietzsche, he also articulates a connection between the Greek view and that of earlier cultures which he refers to as “pre-socratic,” “traditional,” “archaic,” or “primitive,” suggesting that in both versions of eternal return, “The past is but a prefiguration of the future. No event is irreversible and no transformation is final. In a certain sense, it is even possible to say that nothing new happens in the world. . . .” (89-90).

     

     
    9. Near the conclusion of The Myth of the Eternal Return, Eliade briefly distances himself from nostalgia for cyclical ontology, introducing a Christian view that “the horizon of archetypes and repetition cannot be transcended with impunity unless we accept a philosophy of freedom that does not exclude God” (160). He argues that in a linear world, in which events cannot be mapped onto a creation myth, only the more abstract condition of ongoing belief, of religious faith, has the potential to give meaning to events. Yet, as Allen argues, there is considerable evidence that Eliade’s references to Christianity here allude to a “cosmic Christianity,” with greater affinities to the archaic religions he celebrates than “historical Christianity” in its more conventional sense (112-18).

     

     
    10. For an extended discussion of the critical debates surrounding Eliade’s life and works, see Allen 225-31. For a thoughtful discussion of the ways Eliade’s critique of history could be understood as anti-semitic, see Miller 283-84.

     

     
    11. Critics complain that Eliade’s use of the term history is often vague, blurred as it is with other issues associated with modernity. Allen remarks, “In his analysis of myth, reality, and the contemporary world, Eliade often lumps together and uses interchangeably such terms as political, economic, historical, temporal, materialist, historicist, positivist, and other aspects of the modern mode of being” (309). For a thorough analysis of Eliade’s use of terms such as “history” and “historicism,” see Rennie, 89-108.

     

     
    12. While Tyrus Miller concedes the “common ground” between Benjamin and Eliade, he points out that contrary to Eliade, Benjamin “leaned emphatically towards a critique of myth in favor of a messianic, theo-political Marxism” (284). Yet the resonances between the two thinkers’ work are striking. Of the encounter between “historicism” and “the thought of the eternal recurrence,” Miller writes, “For Benjamin, these two, antipodal modes of interpreting the historicity of experience in this period were . . . covertly interrelated. In their mutually canceling implications, they point towards a new, different form of historical thinking, writing, and acting, a practice of history that could shatter the continuity of historicist succession along with the continuum of mythic repetition” (294). Compare this to Allen’s characterization of Eliade’s thought: “Through the creative encounter with the archaic and nonWestern [sic] other, focusing on the terror of history and other existential concerns, modern culture will be renewed by rejecting major features of historical existence and by incorporating, in new creative ways, essential mythic and religious conceptions that disclose aspects of the universal human spirit” (307-8).

     

     
    13. Allen locates Eliade’s affinities with postmodern thinkers in his view that we “must resist the tyranny and domination of the modernist idols of science, rationalism, and ‘objectivity’” (315).

     

     
    14. See, for instance, Simon Malpas’s characterization of the postmodern subject as “a historically mutable structure that remains open to redefinition and transformation in the future” (79). One interesting exception to this tendency is Judith Butler’s emphasis on repetition in her work on the performance of gender.

     

     
    15. The novel opens with Adam Ewing following the footprints of Henry Goose on Chatham Island, where his ship has been cast ashore by a storm. Later Autua will reveal that he lived alone on nearby Pitt Island as a fugitive until his “signs of habitation” gave him away (32). Robert Frobisher repeatedly takes refuge on a “willow-tree island” in a pond on the estate of Vyvyan Ayrs, and must come ashore, soaking, after falling asleep and rolling in (63-4). Luisa Rey drags herself out of the water and onto a mainland beach after a hitman for the nuclear company drives her off the road as she attempts to flee Swaneke Island (395). At the conclusion of the post-apocalyptic narrative, Zachry becomes the last of his tribe to survive in Hawaii, becoming yet another figure for Crusoe (308-9).

     

    While the book begins on Chatham Island, and takes Adam Ewing to the Society Islands, as well, Hawaii is the island that recurs most in Mitchell’s novel—it is the penultimate stop for Adam Ewing on his way home from Australia in “The Pacific Journal of Adam Ewing,” the home of Megan Sixsmith, the niece of Rufus Sixsmith, in “Half Lives: The First Luisa Rey Mystery,” the promised land where clones in “An Orison of Sonmi-451” are said to enjoy “Xultation” after their term of service is complete, and the setting of “Sloosha’s Crossin’ an’ Ev’rythin’ After.” Hawaii evokes paradise—especially since Hawaii is where the significantly named Adam is restored to health at the conclusion of the novel. But islands also figure more ominously—there are references to Three Mile Island, and its doppelganger in the novel, Swanneke Island, is where the “HYDRA-Zero reactor,” a dangerous new nuclear power plant, is about to be constructed. In general, Cloud Atlas also implies that islands represent isolation in the sense in which John Donne famously suggested.

     
    16. As numerous critics have noted, several characters in Cloud Atlas, including Timothy Cavendish and Luisa Rey, appeared in Mitchell’s earlier novel Ghostwritten. Among the many recurrent motifs that surface in Cloud Atlas are blindness/vision, climbing/falling, drowning, cannibalism, and poison. The novel is also dense with interwoven images and details that playfully connect one section to another. The musical compositions of Vyvyan Ayrs in “Letters from Zedelghem,” for example, are called “Matryosschka Doll Variations” and “Society Islands,” names that comment on the form and settings within the larger novel. Soap is used as a form of punishment in the Cavendish section, and then recurs as the name of a compound of drugs and human flesh fed to fabricants in the Sonmi-451 narrative. Some of this repetition appears to be merely playful; so, for instance, Dr. Goose is the name of the conman who preys on Adam, while Dr. Egret is the name of the doctor who treats Ayrs. Yet much of the repetition of characters, themes, and imagery reinforces the novel’s multi-dimensional celebration of recurrence.

     

     
    17. Mitchell has credited Jared Diamond’s Guns, Germs and Steel for his interest in these tribes and their unfolding relationship on Chatham Island (Mitchell “Q&A”).

     

     
    18. The shift toward greater barbarity is in part indexed by the fates of the “Adams” who play roles in each. While the naïve and good-natured American Adam Ewing survives his voyage across the Pacific amidst a band of vicious seamen, exploitive colonizers, and—most menacingly—Henry Goose, the Adam of the “Sloosha’s Crossin” section is captured and enslaved by the Kona tribe within the first two pages of the post-apocalyptic narrative (240-41). Likewise, while Adam Ewing grieves for a young boy who commits suicide after being sexually brutalized by the seamen, a similar case of male gang rape is treated as part of a wave of unanswered atrocities in the attack by the Kona (498-99, 292).

     

     
    19. With typical playfulness, Mitchell reminds us of their role as doubles partly through naming: Adam and Autua sail on a ship called the Prophetess; the ship on which the clone Meronym visits Zachry and his tribe is called the Prescience.

     

     
    20. Though Cloud Atlas Sextet is the title of a Frobisher composition (119, 408), and at another point “cloud atlas” refers to a tool for finding the coordinates of lasting happiness (373), it is twice used in relation to reincarnation (302, 308).

     

     
    21. Adam Ewing is rescued by Autua, the tormented Frobisher commits suicide, Luisa Rey dodges a hired killer in order to expose the misdeeds of the nuclear power company, Cavendish collaborates with other inmates of the nursing home to escape, and Sonmi-451 endures a series of chases and car crashes en route to the construction of her historic Declarations.

     

     
    22. Woods’s analysis of Benjamin emphasizes the degree to which Benjamin hopes that the messianic time produced by the overthrow of historicism will create an “unforeseeable, unprecedented transformation and an aleatorical departure from tradition” (117). Derrida, according to Woods, adopts Benjamin’s outlook, seeking “possible alternative trajectories for the present” (110). He argues that, in Derrida’s view, “The messianic is spectral (hauntological or beyond being), because it ushers in a radical otherness which cannot be appropriated by a conceptual violence within our existing systemic structures” (110).

     

     
    23. Of course, larger stories can also be a source of political disempowerment and personal harm, as Mitchell demonstrates in his first novel, Ghostwritten, where he explores the dangers of collective thought both in his depiction of a contemporary Japanese cult and in his sweeping portrait of the Chinese Communist Party.

     

     
    24. In “Pluralism in Postmodern Perspective,” Ihab Hassan concludes an analysis of critical pluralism with an ambivalent meditation on belief, which he expresses in apocalyptic terms:
     

     

    It may be that some rough beast will slouch again toward Bethlehem, its haunches bloody, its name echoing in our ears with the din of history. It may be that some natural cataclysm, world calamity, or extra terrestrial intelligence will shock the earth into some sane planetary awareness of its destiny. It may be that we shall simply bungle through, muddle through, wandering in the ‘desert’ from oasis to oasis, as we have done for decades, perhaps centuries. I have no prophecy in me, only some slight foreboding, which I express now to remind myself that all the evasions of our knowledge and actions thrive on the absence of consensual beliefs, an absence that also energises our tempers, our wills. This is our postmodern condition.
     

    (204)

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Aldiss, Brian W. Billion Year Spree: The True History of Science Fiction. New York: Doubleday, 1973. Print.
    • Allen, Douglas. Myth and Religion in Mircea Eliade. New York: Garland, 1998. Print.
    • Atwood, Margaret. Oryx and Crake. New York: Anchor Books, 2003. Print.
    • ———. The Year of the Flood. New York: Anchor, 2009. Print.
    • Auster, Paul. In the Country of Last Things. New York: Penguin Books, 1987. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “Theses on the Philosophy of History.” Trans. Harry Zohn. German 20th Century Philosophy: The Frankfurt School. Ed. Wolfgang Schirmacher. New York: Continuum, 2000. 71-80. Print.
    • Berger, James. After the End: Representations of Post-Apocalypse. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1999. Print.
    • Bissell, Tom. “History is a Nightmare.”The New York Times 29 Aug. 2004: 7. Print.
    • Black, Scott, et al. “Doing Genre.” New Formalism. Ed. Verena Theil and Linda Tredennick. Forthcoming from Fordham UP. Print.
    • Buell, Frederick. From Apocalypse to Way of Life: Environmental Crisis in the American Century. New York: Routledge, 2003. Print.
    • Butler, Judith. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York: Routledge, 1990. Print.
    • Coupland, Douglas. Player One. Toronto: House of Anansi P, 2010. Print.
    • Cronin, Justin. The Passage. New York: Ballantine, 2010. Print.
    • Dellamora, Richard. “Introduction.” Postmodern Apocalypse: Theory and Cultural Practice at the End. Ed. Richard Dellamora. Philadelphia: U of Pennsylvania P, 1995. 1-14. Print.
    • ———. “Preface.” Postmodern Apocalypse: Theory and Cultural Practice at the End. Ed. Richard Dellamora. Philadelphia: U of Pennsylvania P, 1995. xi-xiii. Print.
    • Dewey, Joseph. In a Dark Time: The Apocalyptic Temper in the American Novel of the Nuclear Age. West Lafayette, IN: Purdue UP, 1990. Print.
    • Eliade, Mircea. The Myth of the Eternal Return, or Cosmos and History. Trans. Willard R. Trask. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1954. Print.
    • Elias, Amy J. Sublime Desire: History and Post-1960s Fiction. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins UP, 2001. Print.
    • Ermath, Elizabeth Deeds. Sequel to History: Postmodernism and the Crisis of Representational Time. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1992. Print.
    • Frank, Pat. Alas, Babylon. New York: Perennial Classics, 1959. Print.
    • Gould, Stephen Jay. Time’s Arrow Time’s Cycle: Myth and Metaphor in the Discovery of Geological Time. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1987. Print.
    • Hassan, Ihab. “Pluralism in Postmodern Perspective.” The Postmodern Reader. Ed Charles Jencks. London: Academy Editions, 1992. 196-207. Print.
    • Hegel, G.W.F. Lectures on the Philosophy of History. Trans. J. Sibree. London: George Bell & Sons, 1894. Print.
    • Heise, Ursula. Sense of Place, Sense of Planet: The Environmental Imagination of the Global. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2008. Print.
    • Hoban, Russell. Riddley Walker. 1980. Expanded Edition. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1998. Print.
    • Houellebecq, Michel. The Possibility of an Island. Trans. Gaven Bowd. New York: Vintage International, 2005. Print.
    • Hutcheon, Linda. A Poetics of Postmodernism: History, Theory, Fiction. New York: Routledge, 1988.
    • Jonson, Denis. Fiskadoro. 1985. Fourth Edition. New York: Harper Perrenial, 1995. Print.
    • Kermode, Frank. The Sense of an Ending: Studies in the Theory of Fiction. 1966. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2000. Print.
    • Ketterer, David. New Worlds for Old: The Apocalyptic Imagination, Science Fiction, and American Literature. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1974. Print.
    • Leigh, David J. Apocalyptic Patterns in Twentieth-Century Fiction. Notre Dame: U of Notre Dame P, 2008. Print.
    • MacFarlane, Robert. “Review: Fiction: Cloud Atlas by David Mitchell.” The Sunday Times. Times Newspapers, 29 Feb. 2004. Web. 14 Jun. 2011.
    • Malpas, Simon. The Postmodern. London: Routledge, 2005. Print.
    • Markson, David. Wittgenstein’s Mistress. Champaign: Dalkey Archive Press, 1988. Print.
    • May, John R. Toward a New Earth: Apocalypse in the American Novel. Notre Dame: U of Notre Dame P, 1972. Print.
    • McCarthy, Cormac. The Road. 2006. Reprint Edition. New York: Vintage, 2009. Print.
    • “meronym, n.” Oxford English Dictionary Online. 3rd ed. Mar 2011. Web. 1 Oct. 2010.
    • Miéville, China. Kraken. New York: Del Rey, 2010. Print.
    • Miller, Tyrus. “Eternity No More: Walter Benjamin on the Eternal Return.” Given World and Time: Temporalities in Context. Ed. Tyrus Miller. Budapest: Central European UP, 2008. 279-95. Print.
    • Mitchell, David. “Apocalypse, Maybe.” Interview by Melissa Denes. The Guardian. Guardian News and Media Limited, 21 Feb. 2004. Web. 14 Jun. 2011.
    • ———.”The Art of Fiction No. 204.” Interview by Adam Begley. The Paris Review 193 (Summer 2010). Web. 1 Oct. 2010.
    • ———. Cloud Atlas. New York: Random House, 2004. Print.
    • ———. “The Experimentalist.” The New York Times Magazine. 27 Jun. 2010: MM22. Print.
    • ———. Ghostwritten. 1999. New York: Vintage International, 2001. Print.
    • ———. “Q&A: Book World Talks with David Mitchell.” The Washington Post. 22 Aug. 2004: BW03. Print.
    • ———. “The Thousand Autumns of Jacob de Zoet.” The Free Library of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, PA. 13 Jul. 2010. Reading.
    • Montgomery, Maxine Lavon. The Apocalypse in African-American Fiction. Gainesville: UP of Florida, 1996. Print.
    • Rennie, Bryan S. Reconstructing Eliade: Making Sense of Religion. Albany: State University of New York P, 1996. Print.
    • Saramago, José. Blindness. New York: Harvest Books, 1999. Print.
    • Shute, Nevil. On the Beach. New York: Scholastic, 1957. Print.
    • Stafford, Fiona J. The Last of the Race: The Growth of a Myth from Milton to Darwin. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1994. Print.
    • Stewart, George R. Earth Abides. New York: Fawcett Crest, 1949. Print.
    • Updike, John. Toward the End of Time. New York: Ballantine, 1998. Print.
    • Wagar, Warren. Terminal Visions: The Literature of Last Things. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1982. Print.
    • Whitrow, G.J. Time in History: The evolution of our general awareness of time and temporal perspective. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1988. Print.
    • Winterson, Jeanette. The Stone Gods. Boston: Mariner Books, 2007. Print.
    • Wood, James. “The Floating Library: What Can’t the Novelist David Mitchell Do?” New Yorker 5 July 2010: 69-73. Print.
    • Woods, Tim. “Spectres of History: Ethics and Postmodern Fictions of Temporality.” Critical Ethics: Text, Theory and Responsibility. Eds. Dominic Rainsford and Tim Woods. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1999. 105-21. Print.
    • Wyndham, John. The Day of the Triffids. New York: The Modern Library, 1951. Print.
    • Zamora, Lois Parkinson. Writing the Apocalypse: Historical Vision in Contemporary U.S. and Latin American Fiction. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1989. Print.

     

  • Angels in Digital Armor: Technoculture and Terror Management

    Marcel O’Gorman (bio)
    University of Waterloo
    marcel@uwaterloo.ca

    Abstract
     
    O’Gorman is particularly interested in the relationship between death and technology, an area of research that he has dubbed “necromedia.” This essay adopts Ernest Becker’s conception of culture as a “hero system” that fulfills two primary existential needs: 1) the denial of death, and 2) the desire for recognition. By crossing Becker’s work with the theories of Bernard Stiegler, Martin Heidegger, and Alexandre Kojève, the essay applies this notion of a cultural hero system toward a more contemporary analysis of technoculture. The role of media technologies in such tragic events as the Columbine and Virginia Tech shootings and in the “death by gaming” trend in South Korea illustrate how technoculture offers a promise of immortality with which other cultural systems (school, religion, family) cannot compete. be observed in everyday life, wherever technology fulfills the desire for recognition and buffers us from the inevitability of death. From popular accounts of the search for an “immortality gene,” to the explosive popularity of Facebook and Twitter, technological resources and the rhetorics that promote them have become the existential cornerstone of Western society.

     

     

     

    Reality is death. If only we could, we would wander the earth and never leave home; we would enjoy triumphs without risks and eat of the Tree and not be punished, consort daily with angels, enter heaven now and not die.
     

    –Michael Benedikt, Cyberspace: First Steps

     

    Tree Glitch

     
    There’s a “glitch” in the video game Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare that allows players to climb into a tree, thereby achieving a superior vantage point for sniping. The glitch appears on a level called “Downpour.” All a player has to do is find the craggy tree next to the shattered greenhouse, jump at its trunk, and run up into the branches.1 The sense of power and security in this lofty nest is extremely gratifying, whether or not it leads to any productive sniping. I didn’t learn about the glitch (which is most likely a deliberate design feature) by logging hundreds of hours a week playing the game. I found it by lurking on a few of the hundreds of COD4 game forums, such as GameSpot, where I observed the following conversation in the thread “Climbing Trees”:
     

    Assassin144
    Oct 21, 2008 6:55 pm PT
    A while ago i heard that you will be able to go into trees in multiplayer and snipe, is this true? I heard a perk will let you do it but after reading the perk list nothing sounded like it, so is the ability not going to be available?


    PSN_Boomfield
    Oct 21, 2008 8:27 pm PT
    The perk is called “Monkey”.


    NX01AX
    Oct 21, 2008 8:31 pm PT
    Actually, that proved to be false. The perk part, not the climbing trees part.


    Thehak114
    Oct 21, 2008 8:32 pm PT
    As far as I know, they climb the same way as you would climb any ladder. Not sure if all trees are climbable or just certain types, but it just adds another place to look before running around wildly.


    Oct 21, 2008 8:36 pm PT
    I want to set fire to a tree that someone is in


    Thehak114
    Oct 21, 2008 8:36 pm PT
    And I am pretty sure you will have that ability with the Flamethrower perk.
    ….
    macarbeone
    Oct 24, 2008 11:11 am PT
    yes setting fire to some one in a tree would be amazing and then as they fall to the ground on fire i shoot them up wildly and yell OWNED!!!!!!!!!


    _SyCo_
    Oct 26, 2008 5:47 pm PT
    Yeahh ^^ while i knife you in the back >_>


    AssassinWalker
    Oct 26, 2008 6:38 pm PT
    i will light all the trees on fire. :)

     

    These and other forum contributors are players who practically live in the game (or perhaps wish they could), making themselves at home in its environment and documenting their most impressive tricks and cheats on video, which they subsequently upload to YouTube in the hope of gaining bragging rights. As puerile and casually apocalyptic as the above conversation may seem, COD4 has provided millions of players with an empowering existential vantage point that features a clear set of goals, opportunities to make heroic choices, a sense of belonging to a responsive and committed community, and the chance to achieve instant recognition for their actions. For only $59.95, COD4 offers more to the average player than his or her family, school, church or neighborhood community center can provide. Indeed, COD4 is part of a complex system of rituals (all of them short-lived and subject to programmed obsolescence) within what Ernest Becker might call the dominant heroic action system of today; a system which we know as “technoculture.”

     
    This essay attempts to position contemporary technological being in the context of Becker’s conception of culture, to develop a well-rounded, cross-disciplinary conception of what motivates behaviours that are specific to technocultural being. Also central to this study is the work of Bernard Stiegler, who suggests that the culture of techno-prostheticization, rooted in the “unlimited organization of consumption,” leads “inevitably to suicidal behavior, both individual and collective” (Acting 42). With this in mind, I examine a variety of suicides linked to the use of media technologies, supplementing Stiegler’s grim prognosis, which he bases in part on the suicide of Richard Durn,2 with that of Ernest Becker, best known for his book The Denial of Death. In Technics and Time, Stiegler develops a techno-psychoanalytic theory of human prostheticization, which leads to a critique of the cultural industry as a force that dominates contemporary consciousness, resulting in a “liquidation of the ‘libidinal economy’” (TT3 120). Like Stiegler, Becker brings together philosophy, cultural theory, and psychology to suggest that the cultural industry succeeds by meeting two persistent desires: the desire for recognition and the desire for immortality, which are manifested ultimately in the denial of death. Considered in conjunction, the work of Becker and Stiegler provides a broad existential theory of how specific technocultural behaviours can be motivated. Combined with material and economic theories of technoculture, this existential analysis helps explain how the hyperindustrial programming of consciousness can persist, even as it leaves a visible wake of destruction at the individual, cultural, and global-ecological levels. That being said, this essay is not designed to endorse wide-ranging apocalyptic media theories or truth claims levied in the name of religion or myth, but to demonstrate how religion, myth, and other cultural hero systems respond to some of the human animal’s existential needs.
     
    Ernest Becker understands culture as a phenomenon of social cohesion, generated and maintained by heroic action systems through which an individual can achieve both recognition and a sense of immortality. I consider this formula at greater length below. For the sake of clarity, I note that in this essay I refer to “technoculture” as a distinct heroic action system in which technological production is viewed as an end in itself, and individual recognition and death-denial are hypermediated by technologies that permit us to feel that we transcend time and space with increasing ease. This contemporary situation results in what Stiegler has called a “war of the spirit,”3 in which older cultural hero systems such as family, school, or nation clash against a technoculture that threatens to consume all of these.
     
    This clash can be put into focus by considering a number of tech-related suicides made famous in recent past by the popular media, which sometimes attempts to explain these events by pointing a finger at consumer technologies. Consider the case of Brandon Crisp from Barrie, Ontario. In the fall of 2008, his parents exiled the 15 year-old from the COD4 community and took away his Xbox, out of fear that he had become addicted to the game. Crisp responded by threatening to run away. His father even helped him pack clothes, a toothbrush, and deodorant into his backpack, figuring that Brandon, like most other teens who make such threats, would return in a couple of hours. But Brandon did not return. After an exhaustive search, funded in part by Microsoft, he was found dead three weeks later in a wooded area 10 kilometres south of his home. The autopsy suggested that he died from injuries related to falling out of a tree. This detail was especially troubling to Brandon’s family. What was he doing up in that tree? Hiding? Seeking shelter? The mystery will likely remain unsolved. This story of exile in the wilderness has a mythical air about it. To the COD4 community, Brandon is a hero of mythic proportions; or better yet, he is the Patron Saint of Xbox, a martyr who was robbed of his most sacred relic, expelled from his holy land, and like other holy men, sought refuge in the wilderness.
     

    Myth, Religion, and Cybernetic Apocalypse

     
    Such religious and mythical rhetoric, as overblown as it may seem here, is by no means unique in critical studies of media technologies. In The Digital Sublime, Vincent Mosco examines myth in cyberspace narratives with the hope of “destabilizing the dominant representations of what we are supposed to be and where we are going” (16). According to Mosco, mythical rhetoric about the infinity of cyberspace and the disembodying potential of online worlds is a central component of many culturally important narratives. Like the tales of Homer and Plutarch, many cyberspace myths provide us with a buffer against some of the anxiety related to human finitude. As Mosco suggests,
     

    The thorny questions arising from all the limitations that make us human were once addressed by myths that featured gods, goddesses, and the variety of beings and rituals that for many provide satisfactory answers. Today, it is the spiritual machines and their world of cyberspace that hold out the hope of overcoming life’s limitations.
     

    (78)

     

    Arguably the greatest limitation we have to face is our mortality. Mosco’s reference to “spiritual machines” deliberately echoes the title of a book by Ray Kurzweil, an uncompromising immortalist whom Mosco identifies as one of the most ardent and influential myth-makers of our time. Kurzweil is one of a number of futurists, many of them lining up to attend Kurzweil’s Singularity University, who long for the disappearance of the human body into a network of celestial circuits. As Mosco argues, the trope of digital disembodiment, from the essays of robot scientist Hans Moravec to the mutant performances of the artist Stelarc, is consistent with mythological discourse, which promises immortality to those who are willing to believe in and propagate the narrative. We might consider whether players of online video games, for example, who enjoy a sense of superhuman powers and experience infinite resurrections, have this mythic promise fulfilled — as long as they stay online.

     
    Mosco turns to myth as an extended analogy for understanding the powerful rhetorics of progress that characterize technoculture. But he may very well have come to similar conclusions by drawing on a religious analogy. As David F. Noble argues in The Religion of Technology, “the technological enterprise has been and remains suffused with religious belief” (5). Noble illustrates how the concept of imago dei (being created in the likeness of god) has been used to justify technological innovations, including nuclear arms and the Human Genome Project, that may seem hubristic. Echoing a common utopian strain in scientific discourse, Noble writes: “Totally freed from the human body, the human person, and the human species, the immortal mind could evolve independently into ever higher forms of artificial life, reunited at last with its origin, the mind of God” (149).
     
    This Cartesian rhetoric is far removed from the adolescent chatter of gamers in online forums such as those quoted above. But as both Mosco and Noble suggest, rhetorics of technological progress, like many video game narratives, are informed by a millenarian yearning for apocalypse (“i will light all the trees on fire”), a dramatic break with the past that signals the “specialness” of a given generation. As Noble writes, “Millenarianism is, in essence, the expectation that the end of the world is near and that, accordingly, a new earthly paradise is at hand” (23). This strain is evident, for example, in Michael Benedikt’s anthology, Cyberspace: First Steps. Benedikt proclaims that cyberspace evokes “the image of a Heavenly City, the New Jerusalem of the Book of Revelation. Like a bejeweled, weightless palace it comes out of heaven itself” (15). Mosco suggests that this sort of discourse reflects a form of “historical amnesia,” a desire to transcend history and all of the complexities that accompany life as a physical being in a material world (8). A whiff of this apocalyptic strain is discernible whenever a keynote speaker stands up and suggests that “we are living through a time of unprecedented change.” These words hold great political weight, filling listeners with a sense of cosmic importance, as if their daily lives are somehow enriched by this vague promise of specialness.
     
    Benedikt’s apocalyptic “cyberbole” (Mosco 25) coincides with a number of late-90s academic projects that announce or predict the death of space, time, and politics.4 These proclamations, by the accounts of both Mosco and Noble, emerge from a seemingly atavistic need to deny human finitude. Mosco pays particular attention to Francis Fukuyama, whose Pulitzer Prize winning book announces The End of History and the Last Man (1992). Fukuyama draws on Kojève’s interpretation of Hegel, which suggests that “History can end, only in and by the formation of a Society, of a State, in which the strictly particular, personal, individual value of each is recognized as such, in its very particularity, by all” (Kojève 58). From the right-wing, apocalyptic perspective of Fukuyama, liberal democracy and advanced capitalism have brought about this “end.” Like many other critics, Mosco rejects Fukuyama’s somewhat easy, perhaps uncritical resignation to this supposed end of history. Indeed, Fukuyama later retracts his own argument in light of the events of 9/11. But Fukuyama’s work should not be rejected altogether, for to do so would be to ignore his important conception of the notion of thymos, which provides a very useful tool for understanding the relationship between human desire, existential needs, and technology. I return to this subject later. For the moment, I wish to point out the limitations of mythic (e.g., Mosco’s) and religious (e.g., Noble’s) analogies as a means of explaining technocultural behaviour.
     
    People create myths and religions not just out of a need for social order, but to convince themselves that they are not finite beings. The greatest contribution of Mosco’s work is that it demonstrates how rhetorics of technological progress are driven forward by a desire to overcome the constraints of human finitude. Taking a cue from Heidegger perhaps, Mosco suggests that the “danger” of mythological narrative is that it provides us with an “unfulfillable promise” (22), which masks the reality of our situation and blinds us to the problems and complexities of human history. Noble’s analysis of technology and religion leads to similar conclusions. Consider, for example, the words of AI visionary Danny Hillis, a self-proclaimed agnostic, quoted in Noble’s book:
     

    I want to make a machine that will be proud of me. . . . I’m sad about death, I’m sad about the short time that we have on earth and I wish there was some way around it. So, it’s an emotional thing that drives me. It’s not a detached scientific experiment or something like that.
     

    (qtd. in Noble,163)

     

    According to Noble, these words reflect a religious rhetoric, falling neatly in line with the imago dei theme. But there is nothing particularly “religious” about these terms, and in fact, to categorize them as religious is to limit the scope of the analysis. To clarify, Hillis’s words do not reflect a religious calling, but an existential call to action that he is able to satisfy through the pursuit of technological innovation. The primary motivations for his actions are clearly: 1) a desire for recognition (“I want to make a machine that will be proud of me”); and 2) the denial of death (“I’m sad about death…and I wish there was some way around it”). Hillis’s words are not inspired by myth or religion, but by a cultural hero system that views technological production as an end in itself. Like myth and religion, technological innovation and the sublime rhetorics of “progress” that accompany it serve primarily to mitigate the terror of human finitude. Rather than attempting to fit such rhetorics within a religious or mythical paradigm, it may be more productive to consider them in the broader context of “culture,” as understood by Becker. In so doing, we may develop a better understanding of how contemporary cultural industries, which play a role heretofore dominated by religious and mythical narrative, are able to program consciousness.

     

    Terror Management Theory

     
    The contemporary political inflection of the word terror has no doubt led to an increase in book sales for psychologists Tom Pyszczynski, Sheldon Solomon, and Jeff Greenberg. Their groundbreaking study, In the Wake of 9/11: The Psychology of Terror, is not about the 9/11 terrorists at all, but about psychological and existential implications of having a finite body matched with an infinite symbolic system for representing reality. The authors touch on this distinction when they introduce their theory of terror management, which emerges directly from the texts of cultural anthropologist Ernest Becker:
     

    Terrorism, as the word implies, capitalizes on the human capacity to experience terror. Terror is, in turn, a uniquely human response to the threat of annihilation. Terror management theory is about how humans cope, not with the imminent threat of extermination but with the awareness that such threats are ubiquitous and will all eventually succeed. Death will be our ultimate fate. How then do we manage this potential for terror?
     

    (8)5

     

    Terror Management Theory has led to the publication of over 300 peer-reviewed articles in psychology journals, documenting a range of experiments that test the hypotheses of Ernest Becker and have been inspired by his interdisciplinary work. Typically, these experiments involve placing participants in a state of “mortality salience,” and then studying their behaviours in controlled situations. What these experiments have proven, above all, is that individuals who are reminded of their own mortality, either consciously or subliminally, cling to their cultural beliefs more readily than do control groups, and are more apt to reject cultures that are potentially at odds with their own. Such experiments have been adapted recently by the Critical Media Lab at the University of Waterloo, where we are attempting to identify whether technoculture, defined by a constantly renewed desire for gadgetry and a strong belief in technological progress, can itself be viewed as an immortality ideology, a terror management system for a generation raised on computer games, chatting, and iPods.

     
    This brings us back to the discussion of myth and religion, both of which serve as “management systems” against the awareness of death and ever-present existential terror. One way in which myth and religion conquer terror is by bringing us closer to death, but only within the safe confines of a controlled narrative, or more specifically through ritual. As Mosco suggests in The Digital Sublime, what makes the sublime pleasurable is that it gives us a brief “near-death experience,” conveniently packaged to create the illusion that we can skirt death.6 This concept is explored by Fukuyama, but it is examined in greater detail and depth by Becker.
     
    Becker’s Pulitzer Prize-winning Denial of Death (1973) outlines an ambitious explanation of the human condition that is based on a very simple concept: all human cultures (including those rooted in religious and mythical metanarratives) might be viewed as “hero systems” that are devised to counter the anxiety caused by knowledge of our inevitable deaths. While this may not come as a surprise to social psychologists, the application of this idea to cultural criticism and media theory remains to be explored. Today, as Vincent Mosca would no doubt agree, technoculture itself is a hero system, and it mediates the denial of death in a number of ways, from the sense of belonging one achieves through mere ownership of an iPod (an ironic sense, given the alienating effect of this device) to the hope of achieving immortality through gene therapy and other medical technologies. Our awareness of our own “being towards death” has led humans to concoct ingenious antidotes, from elaborate myths and religions to Call of Duty 4.7 In late capitalist culture, mythic morality tales and religious rites have given way to the calculating infinitude of Moore’s Law. As Sherry Turkle suggests, “as a computational object,” the computer holds out “a touch of infinity—the promise of a game that never stops” (87). For critics of contemporary technoculture, the technological sublime is the heart of the matter. Technoscientific research and development face us with an immense, complex, and terrifyingly sublime array of possibilities; terrifying if only because these possibilities open up before us without warning, leading to what Stiegler, carefully echoing Heidegger, calls a state of “ill-being” or malaise. In Stiegler’s terms, our technocultural situation asks us to “identify what it is we want, given the immense possibilities that are irresistibly open to us. . . , and we must admit that we do not know what we want, while at the same time, as Nietzsche understood so well, we cannot not want. This is the meaning of ill-being and ontological indifference” (TT3 296).
     
    This critique of technological being, like much of Stiegler’s work, comes not only from Nietzsche but from Heidegger. More precisely, Stiegler’s work, particularly Technics and Time, is a corrective of Heidegger. For Heidegger, living technologically means that we are constantly called on to outstrip nature, including the inevitability of our death. Technology and death are linked, then, in that the ultimate goal of technological being is to overcome the inevitability of our “natural” horizon, our finitude. Heidegger describes this technological imperative as an “impossibility”8 that we impose on nature:
     

    The unnoticeable law of the earth preserves the earth in the sufficiency of the emerging and perishing of all things in the allotted sphere of the possible which everything follows, and yet nothing knows. The birch tree never oversteps its possibility. The colony of bees dwells in its possibility. . . . Technology drives the earth beyond the developed sphere of its possibility into such things which are no longer a possibility and are thus impossible.
     

    (“Who” 108)

     

    The language of “outstripping” or overstepping nature requires one to have a ground zero conception of nature as something distinct from humanity, technology, or culture. Not surprisingly, critiques of Heidegger begin with his romantic conception of the pre-modern world as something pure and untouched, and end even less surprisingly, by finding Heidegger’s affiliation with the Nazi party relevant to this vision.

     
    Stiegler, while refusing to do away with Heidegger’s theories altogether, challenges the conception of technological being as something manifestly “modern.” According to Stiegler, “technics is the history of being itself” (TT1 10). The very definition of the term “human,” or more precisely, the “invention of the human,” is in itself something technical. In Stiegler’s terms, “the human invents himself in the technical by inventing the tool—by becoming exteriorized techno-logically” (TT1 141). The tool, and more specifically the flint cutting tool, represents for Stiegler a uniquely human capacity for “anticipation.” Anticipation of the tool’s utility for a given task leads to the making of the tool, just as anticipation of the repetition of this task leads the human to keep and reuse the tool. But perhaps most importantly for Stiegler, the capacity to anticipate is also a curse, for it gives man the foreknowledge of his own death. That is why, for Stiegler, “To ask the question of the birth of the human is to pose the question of the ‘birth of death’ or of the relation to death” (135). In this sense, Stiegler agrees with Heidegger’s conception of Dasein as “being towards death,” tying it to a “primordial situation” that is at once technological and thanatological.
     

    Between god and beast, neither beast nor god, neither immortal nor prone to perish, sacrificial beings, mortals are also and for the same reasons nascent, bestowing meaning, and “active.”. . . a technical activity that characterizes all humanity as such, that is, all mortality, can plunge out of control. To be active can mean nothing but to be mortal.
     

    (198)

     

    It is in this capacity for humanity to “plunge out of control” that Stiegler erects his apocalyptic critique of contemporary technoculture.

     
    Unlike Heidegger, then, Stiegler does not consider the question of human finitude in terms of “impossibility,” but in terms of “immense possibility,” which opens up before us today by means of genetic engineering, for example. But this “immense possibility,” a virtual infinitude of being, is also opened up by the adoption of avatars and multiple identities made possible by digital technologies. Becker approaches the question of human finitude in terms that are strikingly similar to Stiegler’s. He alludes to the human capacity for anticipation as the curse of a creature, to echo Kierkegaard, that is suspended between angel and beast — a creature endowed with the ability to make tools and invent an infinite symbolic system of communication, but also with a palpable sense of its own finitude. “What does it mean to be a self-conscious animal?” asks Becker, in his typically unabashed speciesist fashion. “It means to know that one is food for worms. This is the terror: to have emerged from nothing, to have a name, consciousness of self, deep inner feelings, an excruciating inner yearning for life and self-expression—and with all of this yet to die” (Denial 87). Unlike Stiegler, Becker does not suggest that humans are primordially technological beings. But Becker shares with Stiegler an understanding of the human as a being defined by its motivation, a primal motivation, to move beyond itself, or in Heidegger’s terms, to outstrip itself. Following Kierkegaard, Becker suggests that people deal with the terrifying knowledge of death by erecting systems of organization to give value and meaning to their lives. Becker refers to this organizational activity as the fashioning of character armor, which is a prosthetic image in itself, “the arming of the personality so that it can maneuver in a threatening world” (Angel 83). As I argue below, today the denial of death is mediated primarily by an unbridled faith in technological progress and by a donning of what might be called digital armor. In Stiegler’s terms,
     

    today the issue is absolutely that of humanity’s demise—which is also a way of talking about the death of God and of “the last man,” since the real possibility challenging us today, appreciably practicable, is the last evolutionary stage of technics: the possibility of an artificial human being who is neither “last man” nor “overman.”
     

    (TT2 149)

     

    But how did we reach the point where we are willing to program our own demise for the sake of a calculated, “artificial” immortality? An understanding of technoculture must entail a study of human attitudes toward death, as well as an understanding of the role that terror plays in human behaviour on a daily basis.

     
    The case of Brandon Crisp, discussed above, is only one in a number of technology-related deaths that caught the media’s attention in the past few years. These deaths include those of many South Korean game addicts and, more pertinently here, a terrifying trend of copycat school shooters following in the steps of Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold, who killed 13 people in the 1998 Columbine High School Massacre before taking their own lives. The terrorist acts in these cases are explicitly technological, or even “cyber,” because they involve the perpetrators’ use of media to rehearse or to promote their exploits in a desperate plea for recognition. These tragic events cast a light on the nature of technocultural behaviour.
     

    Recognition and Thymos

     
    In the midst of Cho Seung Hui’s fateful shooting spree at Virginia Tech in April 2006, Jamal Albarghouti, a fellow VTech student, made a heroic decision to run into the war zone, rather than away from it. Armed not with a Glock (Cho’s weapon of choice), but with a Nokia N70 cell phone, Albarghouti ignored the warnings of police officers to capture digital video footage suitable for upload to CNN’s iReport page. Albarghouti’s ghastly, I would even say sublime, handheld video of a campus under siege concludes with a terrifying scream. It is not the scream of the gunman or of his assailants, but the scream of a police officer urging the phone-toting student to get out of the way so that the law enforcers could conduct their business. What was Albarghouti’s motivation? Albarghouti’s rush toward immortality was not spurred by myth or religion, but by the possibility of a brief appearance on CNN. Like the contestants on reality TV programs, Albarghouti demonstrates that, thanks to the omnipotence of American media, even those of us on the sidelines can cash in on the promise of celebrity that is waved in front of us on a daily basis.
     
    In response to the Virginia Tech Massacre, freelance journalist Mark Steyn suggested that the events of that day evidence a growing “culture of passivity,” populated by “selectively infantilized” twentysomethings. Steyn’s argument, which jives very well with the NRA’s agenda, expresses outrage at the fact that not a single student stood up to Cho. This “passivity,” as Steyn calls it, “is nothing more than an “existential threat to a functioning society.” But Jamal Albarghouti’s courageous actions suggest that Steyn’s accusations are misdirected. The twentysomethings of technoculture are indeed willing to sacrifice themselves—but not for the reasons that Steyn would expect. Heroism for many twentysomethings is not motivated by mythology, religion, nation, family, or some vague sense of humanity, but by what Stiegler calls a “hyperindustrial” culture characterized by the blind consumption of media artifacts. Both Cho and Albarghouti were motivated by a desire for recognition and the heroic denial of death, and their actions were all played out in the context of technological consumption. As Cho set out to become a media superstar by annihilating the VTech campus, Albarghouti was determined to capture these events forever in video, providing proof of Friedrich Kittler’s maxim: “what the machine gun annihilated, the camera made immortal” (124). Of course, Cho had his own plans for media immortality, which I discuss below, and he certainly knew how to wield a camera (Kleinfeld).9 But these two types of heroic shootings—one very real, with painfully physical consequences, and one virtual, geared toward disembodiment and simulation— are indicative of the shift in death denial strategies that has taken place with the increasing technologization of culture.
     
    One of the primary tenets of Ernest Becker’s work, based on the theories of philosophers and psychologists including Friedrich Nietzsche and William James, is that human behaviour is driven not only by a denial of death, but also by an ongoing yearning for recognition, for heroism even. Becker’s use of the word heroism, rather than of the more common term self-esteem, allows him to draw on literary and cultural history in his analysis of culture. The term heroism also reflects the idea that self-esteem, following Kojève/Hegel, is in effect achieved primarily through recognition from others, through the sense that one is an individual of value in a meaningful world.10 Becker uses the term heroism to account for a spectrum of human behaviors. The superhuman feats of Greek mythological figures would be at one end of this spectrum, while modern society’s epic consumption of consumer goods and media artifacts would be at the other. Heroism is a relative concept, rooted in a set of beliefs shared by any given culture, from a pre-Columbian tribe of Native Americans to the bands of “netizens” in today’s contemporary technoculture. As Becker argues, it is by means of a “cultural hero-system,” a recognition from others based on a consensual set of values, that we hope to transcend death:
     

    It doesn’t matter whether the cultural hero-system is frankly magical, religious, and primitive or secular, scientific, and civilized. It is still a mythical hero-system in which people serve in order to earn a feeling of primary value, of cosmic specialness, of ultimate usefulness to creation, of unshakable meaning. They earn this feeling by carving out a place in nature, by building an edifice that reflects human value: a temple, a cathedral, a totem pole, a skyscraper, a family that spans three generations. The hope and belief is that the things that man creates in society are of lasting worth and meaning, that they outlive or outshine death and decay, that man and his products count.
     

    (“Beyond” 5)

     

    The concept of “culture” itself, then, is defined for Becker in terms of heroism. Raymond Williams’s statement in a 1958 essay that “culture is ordinary” and that “every human society has its own shape, its own purposes, its own meanings” (6), is reflected quite clearly in the work of Becker. In Becker’s terms, there is nothing “high” about culture, which he understands in terms of a “hero system” devised to deny the inevitability of death.11

     
    Becker, like Nietzsche and others before him, believed that contemporary culture offers very little opportunity for authentic heroism, and so we have to seek it in more mundane ways:
     

    In our culture anyway, especially in modern times, the heroic seems too big for us, or we too small for it. Tell a young man that he is entitled to be a hero and he will blush. We disguise our struggle by piling up figures in a bank book to reflect privately our sense of heroic worth. Or by having only a little better home in the neighborhood, a bigger car, brighter children. But underneath throbs the ache of cosmic specialness, no matter how we mask it in concerns of smaller scope.
     

    (Denial 4)

     

    This throbbing ache for a sense of specialness has been intensified in the western world by the dissolution of traditional hero systems on the one hand (religion, the family, nationhood, etc.), and the propagation of mass media heroes on the other hand, including the everyday heroes of reality TV shows and YouTube. Heroism today is rooted in the consumption of media images and objects. In 1971, Becker suggested that “people no longer draw their power from the invisible dimension, but from the intensive manipulation of very visible Ferraris, and other material gadgets” (Birth 125). Had he written this sentence in the early 2000s, he might have replaced the word “Ferrari” with “iPod” or even “Nokia N70.”

     
    It is surprising the Becker only alludes in passing to Hegel, although he is certainly aware of the centrality of recognition in the master/slave dynamic. In his authoritative study of Hegel, Alexandre Kojève suggests that
     

    all human, anthropogenetic Desire—the Desire that generates Self-Consciousness, the human reality—is, finally, a function of the desire for “recognition.” And the risk of life by which human reality “comes to light” is a risk for the sake of such a Desire. Therefore, to speak of the “origin” of Self-Consciousness is necessarily to speak of a fight to the death for “recognition.”
     

    (7)

     

    Stiegler takes on Kojève more directly in work, borrowed from Gilbert Simondon, where the importance of recognition within Dasein is manifest in a discussion of “individuation.” Individuation is at once singular and collective, a process through which we differentiate ourselves from others while sharing social space, and most importantly time, with others:

     

    Dasein is time insofar as it is being-futural: anticipation, improbability, différance—both deferring in time (anticipating) and being different, affirming a difference qua a “unique time,” a singularity. . . . This individuation belongs, however, and in the same movement, to a community: that of mortals.
     

    (TT1 229)

     

    For Stiegler, Kojève, Becker, and numerous other philosophers before them (think of Spinoza’s definition of man as a “social animal”), recognition of the self by others is a key component of what it means to be human. Contemporary technologies both facilitate and hinder that recognition.

     
    Francis Fukuyama, following Kojève/Hegel, suggests that the quest for recognition is “the driving force behind human history” (162), and develops this idea into a millenarian thesis that has been widely contested. What we should rescue from Fukuyama is the concept of thymos, taken from Plato, which sheds light on the relationship between self-esteem, recognition, and cultural hero systems. Thymos is most commonly translated as “spiritedness,” and is used by Socrates first of all to characterize the guardians of the republic, those who are willing to risk their lives to protect the city. Fukuyama repeats the story of Leontius, which Socrates uses as a case study in the concept of thymos:
     

    He desired to look, but at the same time he was disgusted and made himself turn away: and for a while he struggled and covered his face. But finally, overpowered by the desire, he opened his eyes wide, ran toward the corpses and said: “Look, you damned wretches, take your fill of the fair sight.”
     

    (qtd. in Fukuyama 164)

     

    Becker might suggest here that Leontius is chafing against his “character armor,” that is, struggling to remain within the bounds of his cultural hero system. Similarly, Fukuyama proposes that Leontius’s anger is a manifestation of his inner sense of pride, which is threatened by his lack of self-control. The anger of Leontius, directed at himself, is a result of recognizing that his actions would not be held in high regard by his countrymen. This angry sense of pride, suggests Fukuyama, reflects a sensitivity to the value that one sets on oneself based on cultural norms, and this placing of value on oneself within the context of a cultural system helps define thymos. “Thymos provides an all-powerful emotional support to the process of valuing and evaluating, and allows human beings to overcome their most powerful natural instincts for the sake of what they believe is right or just” (171).

     
    With this in mind, I am compelled to ask the following: To what degree are the actions of Jamal Albarghouti, CNN’s phone video hero, comparable to those of Leontius? This question is not a transhistorical tactic, but an attempt to examine Albarghouti’s psychological moment in the context of its specific cultural and material/technological circumstances. What motivated Albarghouti to run into the fray? Should he, like Leontius, have damned his wretched eyes (or cell phone camera) for zooming in on the massacre? Or is Albarghouti a modern mythical hero, motivated by a spiritedness, a thymos, a megalothymia even, as Fukuyama might suggest, exclusive to technoculture? To put it bluntly, what sort of cultural context makes Albarghouti a hero?
     
    Recalling Plato’s guardians of the city, thymos is best satisfied by risking one’s life in defense of something one holds in high esteem. Historically speaking, war has been the ultimate catalyst and facilitator of thymotic activity. Like Becker, Fukuyama suggests that such activity has been redirected in late capitalist culture toward the pursuit of financial wellbeing, fuelled by an ever accelerating production and marketing of consumer goods, thanks to technological progress. Heroism is now mass-marketed in ways that ensure that the “guardians of the republic” fend off the enemy not in hand-to-hand combat, but by going to the mall or having multiple messages in their inbox. People now fill their thymotic needs by shopping, blogging, and playing video games. It is this lack of physical risk, so important to Kojève/Hegel’s formulation of heroic recognition, that leads Fukuyama to conclude that we are witnessing The End of History and the Last Man. In Becker’s terms, which echo those of the Frankfurt School that inspired him,12 “something happened in history which gradually despoiled the average man, transformed him from an active, creative being into the pathetic consumer who smiles proudly from our billboards that his armpits are odor-free around the clock” (Escape 61).
     
    The pursuit of consumption for the sake of consumption, which is characterized today by a radically unequal distribution of wealth, is a result of what Fukuyama calls megalothymia; not just the desire for recognition, but the desire to dominate or even “own” others, as reflected in the lingo of COD4 gamers. The ultimate goal of this heroic pursuit is the achievement of immortality. Megalothymia can be satisfied vicariously and temporarily, for example, through engagement in sport,13 from being an enthusiastic spectator of the World Cup14 and the Superbowl to actually participating in challenging physical activities such as marathon running, or even Ultimate Fighting. “In the social world,” Becker suggests, “one continually pushes against death in sport-car driving, mountain climbing, stock speculation, gambling: but always in a more-or-less controlled way, so as not to give in completely to the sheer accidentality and callousness of life, but to savor the thrill of skirting it” (Birth 175). From theme park rides to bungee jumping, the heroic and sublime denial of death is now readily available for purchase, accompanied by a documentation of the event in digital photography or video for mass distribution on social networking sites, proof that the experience really happened. “The fight to the death for recognition” that characterizes human consciousness (Kojève) has been commoditized, rendered programmable by the cultural industry. As Stiegler suggests, the result is a radical change in the very formation of consciousness. With the increasing industrialization of culture, individuals are “deprived of the possibility of deciding how [they] want to live,” and this results in “a reversal and a denial of what Hegel described as the master-slave dialectic” (Snail 39). In technoculture, a person is threatened by the possibility of losing the ability to “participate in the trans-formation of her milieu by individuating herself within it” (39). The apotheosis of technocultural heroism is the individual who is “famous for being famous,” as evidenced by multiple friendings, Twitter trending, headlines in gossip sites, and most importantly, as I argue below, in a TV spinoff about nothing more than his or her day-to-day life.
     
    As Fukuyama suggests, the ordinary heroes of these mass-marketed, consumable victories may recognize the emptiness of such existential projects:
     

    As they sink into the leather of their BMWs, they will know somewhere in the back of their minds that there have been real gunslingers and masters in the world, who would feel contempt for the petty virtues required to become rich or famous in modern America. How long megalothymia will be satisfied with metaphorical wars and symbolic victories is an open question.
     

    (329)

     

    The “open question” is not answered, as Fukuyama might expect, by the waging of war or a return to religious “roots.” It is answered instead when a megalothymic person like Jamal Albarghouti throws himself into the scene of a massacre to feed a news program. More tragically, the limits of “metaphorical wars” are revealed when young people who have heretofore satisfied their desire for heroic action in an on-screen simulation wield real weapons against an unsuspecting enemy. The violent acts discussed below put into focus Stiegler’s prognosis that a culture of “unlimited organization of consumption” leads ultimately to “suicidal behaviour, both individual and collective.”

     

    Hypermediated Heroism

     
    On the morning of December 27, 2004, after playing 36 consecutive hours of the computer game World of Warcraft, 13 year-old Zhang Xiaoyi jumped from the top of his family’s 24-story apartment building. He left behind a suicide letter, explaining that his actions were an attempt “to join the heroes of the game he worshipped” (Xinhua). The boy’s parents filed a lawsuit against the game manufacturer, and the incident was referenced by the press and government of China as evidence of a growing computer addiction problem in the country. A 2005 report by the China Youth Association for Internet Development suggests that 13.2 percent of China’s 16.5 million youth are computer addicts (Xinhua). In response to this problem, the Chinese government backed the creation of an online game called “Chinese Heroes,” which promotes traditional values among the youth. According to a game designer, “the heroes gather on ‘Hero Square,’ where gamers can click their statues to learn about their experiences and carry out tasks like moving bricks and catching raindrops on a building site. Gamers will be asked about the heroes’ life stories to earn scores” (Xinhua). It seems that “Square Heroes” would be a more appropriate title to this game, as reflected in the reaction of a 14 year-old boy interviewed by the Xinhua News Agency: “The game sounds boring to me, it’s a turn-off.” The game produced similar reactions among other test subjects at the Beijing Internet Addiction Treatment Center, who found it “too simple” or even “comical.” These players prefer the action, violence, and consumption built into popular role-playing games such as World of Warcraft (WoW), which has enjoyed huge popularity around the world. As the director of the treatment center attests, “If hero games do not focus on killing and domination, gamers will definitely not play them” (Xinhua). The number of Internet-addicted youth in China has almost doubled since 2005, and the Chinese government is backing its infamous Internet addiction boot camps, rather than promoting games with traditional content.15 The camps themselves are waging a brutal war of the spirit, countering the heroic action system of technoculture with traditional Chinese values.
     
    The story of Zhang Xiaoyi is a parable of the way media technologies have evolved into cultural hero systems in their own right. The World of Warcraft, like any other culture, comes complete with “its own shape, its own purposes, its own meaning” (Williams 6). Of course, one difference between WoW and an indigenous tribe or a medieval hamlet is that WoW is experienced on a screen, through a process of disembodiment and tele-action. What makes the Warcraft world especially appealing as a society, besides the fact that it offers everyone the opportunity to be king, is that its purposes and meanings are clear-cut—they are provided in the form of a rule-set by which all players abide in order to play the game. As Sherry Turkle suggests, “At the heart of the computer culture is the idea of constructed, ‘rule-governed’ worlds” (66). The case of Zhang Xiaoyi demonstrates what happens when this disembodied culture of “rules and simulation” (66) clashes with the physical, meat-based culture of the real world. For a player whose hero system exists onscreen, life off-screen—with its unpredictability, lack of a clear rule-set, antiquated value system, and scant opportunity for heroic action—can be a grave disappointment, or at the very least, crushingly “boring.”
     
    To fend off this boredom, some players at Internet cafés in South Korea may log 10-15 hours a day in front of WoW or EverQuest (endearingly nicknamed “Evercrack” by aficionados), breaking only to use the toilets. In August 2005, a man from the city of Taegu died from heart failure related to exhaustion after playing the game Starcraft for 50 hours straight (BBC). This feat was nearly as heroic as that of a 24 year-old man from Kwangju who died of the same condition after playing for 86 hours straight in October 2002 (Kim). Such incidents, which are reported on an increasingly regular basis, point to a new form of heroism rooted entirely in digital culture. Outside of South Korea, which hosted the first three World Cyber Games, and where game players are celebrated as national heroes, these deaths seem senseless. Media critics in North America are likely to lay blame for these deaths on parents who allow their infantilized children to spend most of their waking hours in front of a screen. Parents, on the other hand, are likely to blame (and sue) the video game companies, who design games specifically for what Turkle calls their “holding power” (30). But very seldom do critics or parents blame the culture that values technology, wealth, and consumption above all else; a culture in which heroism can, and perhaps must, be purchased; a culture in which value is meted out in shiny boxes packed with circuits and in abstract bits of code that scroll by horizontally at the bottom of a television newscast. In his critique of Fukuyama’s proclamation of the end of history at the hands of capitalism, Vincent Mosca suggests that post-industrial society, fueled by a capitalist ideology that has no “moral sensibility or any sense of limits,” is “far from the technological sublime” (67). But it is precisely this lack of limitations that makes capitalism sublime in and of itself — like myth and religion, capitalism is an ideology of infinitude, not through the promise of eternal life, but, as Stiegler points out, through an overbearing “imperative to adopt the new” (Acting 44).
     
    Faced with this protean, consumerist heroic action system, there are very few opportunities for legitimate heroism, unless one holds out for the promise of reality TV, the lottery, or one of the endless draws for the latest iPod. These are common desires, which people palliate by purchasing the same consumer goods as many others and watching the same television programs as others, at the same time. According to Stiegler, this way of being results in a liquidation of self-esteem, an inability to distinguish one’s self from others, resulting from a global program of monoculturization mobilized by hypercapitalism. This programming of desires, suggests Stiegler, “will end in the exhaustion of conscious desire, which is founded on singularity and narcissism as an image of an otherness of myself” (60). Stiegler notes that this loss of self-esteem, resulting from an inability to distinguish oneself from others and thereby achieve recognition, will lead to catastrophic behaviours:
     

    The liquidation of primordial narcissism, leading to a loss of self-esteem (the self, losing its diachrony, can no longer inspire in itself the desire for self), authorizes all transgressions, insofar as it is also the liquidation of the we as such, which becomes a herdlike they, and which in turn produces the great political catastrophes of the twentieth century.
     

    (55)

     

    While Becker does not focus specifically on media technologies, he also blames the late capitalist law of consumption on an ominous “crisis of heroism”:

     

    The crisis of modern society is precisely that the youth no longer feel heroic in the plan for action that their culture has set up. They don’t believe it is empirically true to the problems of their lives and times. We are living a crisis of heroism that reaches into every aspect of our social life: the dropouts of university heroism, of business and career heroism, of political-action heroism; the rise of anti-heroes, those who would be heroic each in his own way or like Charles Manson with his special ‘family,’ those whose tormented heroics lash out at the system that itself has ceased to represent agreed heroism.
     

    (Denial 6-7)

     

    The anti-heroic Charles Mansons of today, a group that includes increasingly younger members such as Cho Seung-Hui, may attempt to construct a “family” online, and when they fail, or become disillusioned by the lack of fulfillment such families may provide, they turn on the people and institutions that failed to recognize them in the non-digital world.

     

    The Digital Anti-Hero

     
    In what might be described as a Marxist critique of his peer group, Sebastian Bosse posted the following message on LiveJournal before engaging in a copycat shooting spree at his German high school:
     

    If you realize you’ll never find happiness in your life and the reasons for this pile up day by day, the only option you have is to disappear from this life. . . . [We live in a] world in which money rules everything, even in school it was only about that. You had to have the latest cell phone, the latest clothes and the right ‘friends.’ If you didn’t, you weren’t worth any attention. I loathe these people, no, I loathe people.
     

    (Jüttner)

     

    This post forecasts the videotaped suicide message left by Cho Seung-Hui, which rails against “rich kids” and their “debaucheries”:

     

    Your Mercedes wasn’t enough, you brats. Your golden necklaces weren’t enough, you snobs. Your trust funds wasn’t enough. Your vodka and cognac wasn’t enough. All your debaucheries weren’t enough. Those weren’t enough to fulfill your hedonistic needs. You had everything.

     

    What Bosse and Cho manifest in their suicide pleas can be called in Stiegler’s terms a form of “symbolic misery,” an “a-significance—the limit of significance, beyond insignificance and as an unbearable limit—to the point where it leads to an act of massacre” (55). Stiegler uses these terms to describe the motivation behind the actions of Richard Durn, who expressed his lost sense of self, his “inability to signify,” in a journal that was reprinted in Le Monde. But Durn didn’t ask for his thoughts to be published. This distinguishes him from a generation that is deeply embedded in the technocultural milieu, a generation for whom the promise of recognition, of significance, comes in the form of networked computer games, blogs, and other forms of “social media.”

     
    While video games have been the technological scapegoat for school shootings over the past few years, very few critics have pointed a finger at the potentially dangerous rehearsal platform facilitated by online journals, blogs, personal web sites, and even chat. The most crucial clues in the death of Brandon Crisp, for example, are not buried in the violent actions coded into Counter-Strike, but in the social interactions that the online version of the game offered Crisp. Social networking media, rather than computer games, should be the object of attention for those who are interested in studying, and intervening in, terrorist-style school violence. Before committing their infamous exploits, all of the school shooters since Dylan Klebold and Ryan Harris spent a great deal of time rehearsing their violent actions and trying on their heroic identities with the help of media technologies. Eric Harris posted elaborate death threats to fellow students on his web site, and he and Klebold made several videotapes of themselves fiddling with an arsenal of weapons in preparation for the attack on Columbine High School. More recently, Kimveer Gill posted what amounts to a storyboard of gun and knife-toting self-portraits at vampirefreaks.com, before engaging in a shooting spree at Montreal’s Dawson College. Only a few weeks later, Sebastian Bosse, whose website portrayed him as a military hero/trench coat-wearing avenger, shot up his high school in Emsdetten, Germany. Bosse took Gill’s storyboarding technique one step further and published a vengeful and self-vindicating video on YouTube, which seems to have been inspired as much by Gill as by Travis Bickle, Robert DeNiro’s character in Taxi Driver.
     
    The story of Cho Seung-Hui follows the same general pattern, but as suggested by Andrew Stephen, Cho represents a new kind of technological anti-hero.one who rejects the ersatz hero games of online social networking, and understands how to get straight to the bottom of our increasingly swampy media ecology:
     

    What singled out Cho Seung-Hui was that he was the first post-YouTube, Facebook, MySpace and IM disaffected youth of his kind – a product of 21st-century technology, rather than just that of the 20th. From his addiction to a ghastly, violent video game called Counter-Strike in his teens, he had moved on: he knew exactly how to produce 28 QuickTime video clips and 43 photos of himself, aware that by sending them to NBC, his first and last moments of stardom would not only reach the MM (as the mainstream media are nowadays derisively called by his generation), but would also be flashed around the world in seconds via YouTube and the like, allowing him to leave his own brief but indelible mark on history. Manifestly delusional though he may have been, he knew exactly how to look a camera in the eye and address it like a pro.

     

    Cho’s strategy of media manipulation reflects the existential motivation of many in his computer-savvy generation. To be significant, one must “make history,” and history is made on television, where a captive audience shares a synchronized experience on the nightly news and other psychotechnological programming. “From the moment you adhere temporally to the same channel of information every day, ‘meeting’ at the same time, you adopt the same history of events as everyone who watches these broadcasts” (Stiegler, Acting 61).

     
    What many disaffected youth today crave is not the mundane and mostly text-based, day-to-day, passing recognition of “friends” and “contacts” on social networking sites; nor is it even the quaint appearance of one’s images on a blog or one’s DIY video on YouTube. These extensions of the self can result in a crushing sense of anonymity as one discovers that his or her “inbox is empty,” or that his or her message to the world has resulted in only a handful of “views” or “hits.” The chronological progression from personal web site to blog to YouTube as seen in the media artifacts of the school shooters outlined here merely charts an ever-shifting rehearsal stage designed to perpetuate an illusion of heroic recognition. These violent rehearsals of the self on proliferating, asynchronous social media networks are merely a staging for the ultimate performance on a programming network. This group’s megalothymia is itself programmed around that rare and spectacular form of celebrity that only the “MM” can offer. Anything else is boring by comparison.
     
    In his critique of Internet culture, Heideggerian philosopher Hubert L. Dreyfus suggests that the radical flexibility of identity offered by the Internet might be less of a liberating experience than it is a superhighway to boredom, or even nihilism. Like Mosca, Noble, and others, he notes that certain enthusiasts of telepresence (from chat rooms to robotically facilitated surgery-at-a-distance) celebrate the idea that “we are on the way to sloughing off our situated bodies and becoming ubiquitous and, ultimately, immortal” (50). Although Dreyfus is writing before the advent of MySpace, Facebook, and YouTube, he seems to be right on target in suggesting that the Internet fosters ubiquitous communities of opinionated selves that are desperate for recognition, or even immortality, and willing to reinvent themselves infinitely in its pursuit. But this search for recognition, Dreyfus suggests, lacks a ground in any material reality or local practices, and will thus only lead to disillusionment. Rooting his arguments in the philosophy of Kierkegaard, who was an adamant critic of uncommitted “coffee house politics,” Dreyfus suggests that the net result of the Net is a widespread “flattening” effect, producing an extensive network of desperate, would-be heroes, who are “only too eager to respond to the equally deracinated opinions of other anonymous amateurs who post their views from nowhere” (79). A simple Google search today on pretty much any topic will reveal a populace of desperate individuals eagerly broadcasting their innermost thoughts and daily travails, as if to say, “Look at me! Acknowledge me! Make me your hero!” Blog culture is an ideal breeding ground for megalothymia, serving a generation (or two) reared on the promise of celebrity.
     
    What is lacking in this disembodied culture, Dreyfus argues, is any real presence of “risk:”
     

    Like a simulator, the Net manages to capture everything but the risk. Our imaginations can be drawn in, as they are in playing games and watching movies, and no doubt, if we are sufficiently involved to feel we are taking risks, such simulations can help us acquire skills, but in so far as games work by temporarily capturing our imaginations in limited domains, they cannot simulate serious commitments in the real world. . . . The temptation is to live in a world of stimulating images and simulated commitments and thus to lead a simulated life.
     

    (88)

     

    The achievement of heroism, as we have already seen in the work of Kojève, Becker, and Fukuyama, necessarily entails physical risk, the willful skirting of mortal danger for the sake of recognition. Social networking sites provide a relatively risk-free opportunity (even if we do include the associated risks of obesity and carpal tunnel syndrome) in which to achieve recognition, for example by making bold and perhaps risky claims, or by taking on heroic postures. But claims made in these simulated environments are not necessarily manifested off-screen, and hence there is relatively little at stake in being a “risky blogger.” Likewise, computer games can simulate risk very effectively, but they cannot provide the intensity of risk experienced in the physical world when the body is situated in a precarious position, be it on the battlefield, on the city street, or in the classroom.16 The death by gaming South Koreans mentioned above, who discovered a way to make video game play physically risky, have achieved, perversely, what many gamers are really after: an authentic, embodied existential action. The same can be said for Cho, Bosse, and Gill, whose desire for recognition could only be satisfied “offline,” in the world of flesh and bullets.

     

    Coda

     
    The only confirmed sighting of Brandon Crisp before his death was on a rail-to-trail path, three hours after he left home. The witness noted that Crisp appeared to be having trouble with his bicycle, which he abandoned soon after this sighting. This scene is worthy of reflection: a hero exiled from his disembodied digital realm, crouches dejectedly over his bicycle, helplessly confronting the inert and very palpable broken toy that had once propelled him forward. This scene presents the impossible reconciliation of the real and virtual worlds through which we wander as both object and idea. A rigorous and far-reaching confrontation of this impossibility must be approached through a collaborative reflection that crosses disciplinary boundaries.
     
    The goal of this discussion has not been to suggest that role-playing games, social networking, and digitally broadcast mass media are to blame for the suicidal behaviours described here. Rather, I have attempted to illustrate, through the use of high-profile examples, the role that media technologies play in the existential pursuit of recognition and death denial, as explored by Becker, Stiegler, Kojève, and others. A broad and profound understanding of digital media as existential media can only come through a merging of disciplinary discourses, including social psychology, critical theory, philosophy, and cultural anthropology. As mentioned briefly in my description of the Critical Media Lab’s research in Terror Management Theory, there is a specific need for psychological and cognitive studies that apply critical theories of media toward the investigation of technology’s role in human behaviour. I hope that this mode of “applied media theory” will both test and temper apocalyptic media theories, including those that I have endorsed here, which should not be rejected outright for their rhetorical tactics.
     

    Marcel O’Gorman is Professor of English and Director of the Critical Media Lab at the University of Waterloo. He is the author of two books and several articles about the impact of technology on the humanities and on the human condition, more generally. His most recent research on death and technology, which he calls “necromedia theory,” has also manifested itself in various performances and installations that involve circuits, dirt, sensors, a penny-farthing bicycle, a treadmill, and a canoe. O’Gorman refers to his critical art practice as “Applied Media Theory.” The theories proposed in O’Gorman’s work are currently being applied toward a series of social psychology experiments in “Terror Management Theory” at the University of Waterloo. The results of this work will be published in a book entitled Necromedia, which O’Gorman is currently writing.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. This glitch can currently be observed in a YouTube video at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DTYwveKOAfI (June 21, 2011). If this link is “dead,” a search for “cod4 tree glitch” should yield results.

     

     
    2. On March 27, 2002, Richard Durn opened fire during a city council meeting in Nanterre, France, killing 8 people and injuring another 19. The following day he leaped to his death from a window during a police investigation. These events are generally referred to as la tuerie de Nanterre.

     

     
    3. “If we do not enact an ecological critique of the technologies and the industries of the spirit, if we do not show that the unlimited exploitation of spirits as markets leads to a ruin comparable to that which the Soviet Union and the great capitalist countries have been able to create by exploiting territories or natural resources without any care to preserve their habitability to come–the future–then we move ineluctably toward a global social explosion, that is, toward absolute war” (Stiegler, Acting 88).

     

     
    4. Bruno Latour provides a critical examination of millenarianism in We Have Never Been Modern. From a Latourian perspective, we might argue that the invention of modernity and even postmodernity reflects a collective desire for cosmic specialness, driven forward by a community left empty-handed after the death of God. This thesis cannot be treated at length here, especially since Stiegler himself adheres strongly to a concept of modernity. I have questioned Stiegler about this issue in an interview entitled “Bernard Stiegler’s Pharmakon,” forthcoming in Configurations.

     

     
    5. Clearly, there are glaring anthropocentric assumptions about human specialness in the work of Pyszczynski, et al., and in the work of Ernest Becker. These speciesist assumptions are rooted in an existential psychodynamic that emerges from evolutionary theory. One might easily challenge these assumptions by suggesting that non-human animals and other things may be capable of experiencing death anxiety and forming cultures as a means of buffering said anxiety. But my purpose here is to focus specifically on human behaviours, and while this essay therefore remains unabashedly speciesist, it does not deny the possibility of existential terror within the lifeworld of non-human beings.

     

     
    6. As Edmund Burke suggests in A Philosophical Enquiry into the Origin of Our Ideas of the Sublime and Beautiful, “upon escaping some imminent danger” we experience “a sense of awe. . . a sort of tranquility shadowed with horror.”

     

     
    7. Phillippe Ariès’s Western Attitudes Toward Death provides a brief though compelling account of the ritual history of death denial in Western culture, in spite of Derrida’s critique of his work as philosophically unrigorous (see Aporias). As Ariès suggests, in the nineteenth century, conspicuous mourning rituals mark an important shift in the psychological fear of death: “Henceforth, and this is a very important change, the death of the self is a death of another, la mort de toi, thy death” (68). Contemporary rituals of mourning, such as Facebook sites that celebrate the unique identity of the dead, continue to serve this purpose, distancing us from death by turning it into a spectacle of the other’s death.

     

     
    8. This discourse on the “possible impossibility” is taken up by Derrida in Aporias, where Derrida challenges Heidegger’s romantic appeal to a notion of presence. Of particular interest in this essay is Derrida’s inaugural question, “Am I allowed to talk about my death?” This question not only initiates Derrida’s argument about the “ownership” of death (“my death” vs. the death of the other), but it also signals Derrida’s recognition that the discussion of death itself is taboo in contemporary culture.

     

     
    9. As Cho’s dorm-mates revealed during an interview on CNN, Cho sometimes took pictures of fellow students without warning. He was also caught taking inappropriate cell phone photos of classmates under their desks. It could be said that Cho practiced for his gun-toting assault on the VTech students by snapping unwelcome photos of them. See Kleinfeld, N.R.

     

     
    10. Stiegler deals with the issue of self-esteem by drawing on Gilbert Simondon’s concept of “individuation,” which is discussed at length in Technics and Time. The concept of “heroism,” as proposed by Becker, is perhaps best reflected in Stiegler’s discussion of memory and “exception” in TT3, as seen for example in the following passage, inspired by Simondon: “the positivity of the exception can be defined as that which permits one to be excepted from decease and to remain in memory, such as that which can remain beyond oneself as heritage over and above one’s mortality” [la positivité rétentionelle de l’exception peut être définie comme ce qui permet de s’excepter du decès et peut donc rester en mémoire, comme ce qui peut rester au-delà de soi comme heritage par-dela sa mortalité] (153). This and all remaining translations of Technics and Time 3 are my own.

     

     
    11. The relationship between “high culture” and a more general conception of culture can be understood through an exploration of memory, which as Stiegler notes, has undergone a vast transformation in modern times with the advent of analog and digital mnemotechnologies. The relationship between memory, culture, and technology accounts for a huge portion of Stiegler’s work. It is explored at length in my interview with Stiegler, “Bernard Stiegler’s Pharmakon,” which deals directly with mnemotechnology, heroism, and immortality.

     

     
    12. Unfortunately, Becker wrote very little about the Frankfurt School, mentioning it only in passing in Escape from Evil, his final work. Here, he praises the School’s “union of Marx and Freud,” a merger that is central to Becker’s later writings. In a deathbed interview conducted by Sam Keen in 1974 for Psychology Today, Becker suggested the following:
     

     

    I also see my work as an extension of the Frankfurt School of sociology and especially of the work of Max Horkheimer. Horkheimer says man is a willful creature who is abandoned on the planet; he calls for mankind to form itself into communities of the abandoned. That is a beautiful idea and one that I wanted to develop in order to show the implications of the scientific view of creatureliness.
     

    (71)

     
    A detailed study of Becker and the Frankfurt School has yet to emerge. Such an endeavour could help align Becker more clearly with other cultural theorists of his generation.

     
    13. Microsoft’s offer of $25,000 to fuel the search for Brandon Crisp was fruitless. The money was donated instead to the Brandon Crisp Foundation, established by the teen’s parents. Interestingly, the foundation does not support research or services related to video game addiction. Instead, it provides funding for economically disadvantaged children to play amateur sports. In Fukuyama’s terms, what the Crisps have done is create a vehicle for teens to replace one outlet for megalothymia with another.

     

     
    14. Stiegler describes the World Cup, televised globally, as nothing more than a “typical event within the apparatus of consumption”(63), but he is ignoring the role that the event plays in facilitating a vicarious (dare I say “inauthentic”) form of megalothymia. I would argue that the event does support a Kojevian “fight to the death for recognition” in the form of hooligans, who wear tribal colours, mark their faces with war paint, and are willing to endanger their lives physically for the sake of supporting their cause.

     

     
    15. The data is provided by the Yanghu Adolescents Quality Development Center, which indicates that 24 million Chinese youth between the ages of 6 and 29 were addicted to the Internet in 2009. (Tian)

     

     
    16. Dreyfus devotes a chapter (pp. 27-49) of his critique of telepresence to distance education.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Associated Press. “Man dies after playing computer games non-stop.” Oct. 10, 2002. Web. Dec. 2006.
    • BBC News. “South Korean Dies After Game Session.” Aug. 10, 2005. Web. Dec. 11, 2006.
    • Becker, Ernest. Angel in Armor: A Post-Freudian Perspective on the Nature of Man. New York: MacMillan, 1975. Print.
    • ———. Interview by Sam Keen. “Beyond Psychology: A Conversation with Ernest Becker.” Psychology Today (Apr. 1974): 71-80. Print.
    • ———. The Birth and Death of Meaning. New York: The Free Press, 1971. Print.
    • ———. The Denial of Death. New York: The Free Press, 1973. Print.
    • ———. Escape from Evil. New York: The Free Press, 1975. Print.
    • Benedikt, Michael, ed. Cyberspace: First Steps. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2006. Print.
    • Brooks, Rodney. Flesh and Machines: How Robots Will Change Us. New York: Vintage, 2003. Print.
    • China Daily. “1 in 8 of Young is Net addict.” Nov. 24, 2005. Web. Dec. 12, 2006.
    • Cho, Seung-Hui. Suicide note excerpts published in CNN article online: “Shooter: ‘You Have Blood on Your Hands.’” April 18, 2007. Web. Jun. 20, 2011.
    • “Climbing Trees?” Call of Duty World at War Forum. Oct. 21, 2008. Web. Jun. 20, 2011.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Aporias. Trans. Thomas Dutoit. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1993. Print.
    • Dreyfus, Hubert L. On the Internet. New York: Routledge, 2001. Print.
    • Fukuyama, Francis. The End of History and the Last Man. New York: Avon, 1992. Print.
    • Griffin, Drew, Jeanne Meserve, Christine Romans, and Michael Sevanhof.
    • “Campus Killer’s Purchases Apparently within Gun Laws.” Apr. 19, 2007. Web. Oct. 19, 2007.
    • Hegel, G.F. The Phenomenology of the Spirit. Trans. A.V. Miller. New York: Oxford UP, 1977. Print.
    • Heidegger, Martin. “Being and Time.” Existentialism: Basic Writings. Eds. Charles Guignon and Derk Pereboom. Indianapolis: Hackett, 2001. 211-253. Excerpt from Being and Time. Print.
    • ———. The Question Concerning Technology and Other Essays. Trans. William Lovitt. New York: Harper Perennial, 1982. Print.
    • ———. “Who Is Nietzsche’s Zarathustra?” Trans. Bernd Magnus. The Review of Metaphysics XX (1967): 411-431. Print.
    • Jüttner, Julia. “Armed to the Teeth and Crying for Help.” Spiegel Online. Nov. 21, 2006. Web. Dec. 21, 2006.
    • Kim, Victoria. “Video Game Addicts Concern S. Korean Government.” Associated Press. 2005. Web. Oct. 31, 2007.
    • Kittler, Friedrich. Gramophone, Film, Typewriter. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1999. Print.
    • Kleinfeld, N.R. “Before Deadly Rage, a Life Consumed by a Troubling Silence.” New York Times. Apr. 22, 2007. Web. Oct. 19, 2007.
    • Kojève, Alexandre. Introduction to the Reading of Hegel. Ed. Allan Bloom. Trans. James H. Nichols, Jr. Ithaca: Agora Press, 1980.
    • Kurzweil, Ray. The Age of Spiritual Machines: When Computers Exceed Human Intelligence. New York: Penguin, 2000. Print.
    • Miller, S.A. “Death of a game addict.” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel. Mar. 30, 2002. Web.Dec. 11, 2006.
    • Moravec, Hans. Mind Children: The Future of Robot and Human Intelligence. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1990. Print.
    • Noble, David. Religion of Technology. New York: Penguin, 1999. Print.
    • Santora, Mark. “Roommates Describe Gunman as Loner.” New York Times Online. Apr.17, 2007. Web. Apr. 19, 2007.
    • Stephen, Andrew. “The Unmentionable Causes of Violence.” New Statesman. Apr. 20, 2007. Web. Oct. 5, 2007.
    • Steyn, Mark. “A Culture of Passivity: ‘Protecting’ our ‘children’ at Virginia Tech.” National Review Online. Apr. 18, 2007. Web. Oct. 20, 2007.
    • Stiegler, Bernard. Acting Out. Trans. David Barison. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2009. Print.
    • ———. La Technique et le temps 3: Le temps du cinema et la question du mal-etre. Paris: Galilée, 2001. Print.
    • ———. Technics and Time 1: The Fault of Epimetheus. Trans. Richard Beardsworth and George Collins. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1998. Print.
    • ———. Technics and Time 2: Disorientation. Trans. Richard Beardsworth. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2008. Print.
    • Tian, Lan. “Young Internet Addicts on the Rise.” China Daily. Feb. 3, 2010. Web. Aug.8, 2010.
    • Turkle, Sherry. The Second Self: Computers and the Human Spirit. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1984. Print.
    • Williams, Raymond. Culture and Society, 1780-1950. London: Chatto and Windus, 1958. Print.
    • Xinhua News Agency. Chinese Heroes vs. World of Warcraft. Aug. 30, 2006. Web. Dec.11, 2006.

     

  • Misidentification’s Promise: the Turing Test in Weizenbaum, Powers, and Short

    Jennifer Rhee (bio)
    Duke University
    jsr11@duke.edu

    Abstract
     
    In popular culture and in artificial intelligence, the Turing test has been understood as a means to distinguish between human and machine. Through a discussion of Richard Powers’s Galatea 2.2: A Novel, Joseph Weizenbaum’s computer program therapist ELIZA, and Emily Short’s interactive fiction Galatea, this essay argues that our continued fascination with the Turing test can also be understood through Turing’s introduction of the very possibility of misidentifying human for machine, and machine for human. This spectre of misidentification can open up potential recalibrations of human-machine interactivities, as well as the very categories of human and machine. Reading these literary and computational works alongside theoretical discussions of the Turing test, the essay attends to anthropomorphization as a productive metaphor in the Turing test. Anthropomorphization is a significant cultural force that shapes and undergirds multiple discursive spaces, operating varyingly therein to articulate conceptions of the human that are not reified and inviolable, but that continuously re-emerge through dynamic human-machine relations.
     

    I’ve certainly left a great deal to the imagination.1
     

     
    In contemporary philosophical, technological, and fictional imaginaries, the Turing test is often invoked to reify and maintain the human/non-human divide. I argue that by introducing anthropomorphization through the very possibility of misidentification, the Turing test instead allows for the instability of the categories human and non-human to be explored and even productively amplified. Both a crucial component of Alan Turing’s imitation game (the basis for what we now know as the Turing test) and an organizing principle of the field of artificial intelligence (AI), the anthropomorphic imaginary is the force by which a machine is accorded human capacities and characteristics, and by which a machine is imagined to be “human” or “like a human.” And this anthropomorphic imaginary facilitates new relations and possibilities for human-machine identity, intimacy, and agency. As our understanding of machine intelligence continues to expand in relation to both capacity and conception, the continued presence of the Turing test in fictional, technological, and philosophical discourses can be understood precisely through the test’s activation of this anthropomorphic imaginary. In other words, we can understand our continued fascination with the Turing test not through its affirmation of an opposition between human and machine, but instead through its introduction of the very possibility of misidentification, of the inability to distinguish between human and machine.
     
    Beginning with a discussion of the anthropomorphic metaphor in Turing’s article, “Computing Machinery and Intelligence,” and in contemporary debates that surround the article’s interpretation, this essay argues that the anthropomorphic imagination is a crucial organizing force in theoretical discussions about the Turing Test, and in certain subfields of AI that are influenced by Turing’s work. Following the ongoing critical discussion of the Turing test, this essay examines the anthropomorphic imaginary through three Turing sites: Joseph Weizenbaum’s natural language artificial intelligence ELIZA, Richard Powers’s novel Galatea 2.2: A Novel, and Emily Short’s work of electronic literature, Galatea. In these works, as in Turing’s article, the anthropomorphic imaginary highlights not the rigidity and inviolability of the categories human and (non-human) machine, but their fundamental fluidity and instability.
     
    In 1950, Alan Turing’s influential paper on machine intelligence, “Computing Machinery and Intelligence,” was published in the philosophy journal Mind. Turing opens this paper with the question, “Can machines think?” a catachrestic question that does not exist prior to anthropomorphization.2 This anthropomorphic slippage between human and machine fundamentally shapes the question, the ways in which it is asked, the language that is used to ask, and the concepts that determine the asking.3 Sherry Turkle highlights anthropomorphization as undergirding the ways that humans think about and interact with computers:
     

    [The computer’s] evocative nature does not depend on assumptions about the eventual success of artificial intelligence researchers in actually making machines that duplicate people. It depends on the fact that people tend to perceive a “machine that thinks” as a “machine who thinks.” They begin to consider the workings of that machine in psychological terms.
     

     
    Like Turkle, I read this pronominal slippage – from “that” to “who” – as the organizing force by which machines are understood using the language and concepts of “thinking” and “intelligence.”4 This slippage is the anthropomorphic move by which the question can be said to read, “Can machines think [like humans]?” In other words, this slippage of anthropomorphization is fundamentally metaphoric.5
     
    If metaphor can be described as “the application of a name belonging to something else” (Aristotle 28), then anthropomorphization can be described as the metaphoric application of the name “human” to that which is known as “non-human.” This anthropomorphic transfer, or metaphor, poses unique challenges to signification. Because the human, the object of anthropomorphization’s resemblance and imitation, is a nominalization as empty as it is full, anthropomorphization itself is simultaneously narrow and broad in its meaning-making practices and possibilities. What emerges then from anthropomorphization is a crucial ambiguity, one that relies significantly on the imagined “human” that the non-human machine is then said to resemble and model.
     
    Returning to the provocative epigraph that opens this essay – “I’ve certainly left a great deal to the imagination” – we can understand Turing as referencing the structural ambiguity of his imitation game, about which there is significant debate. At the same time, we might also understand Turing as pointing to the role of the imagination both as a component of his imitation game, and as a fundamental aspect of the effort of humans to differentiate themselves from machines. And if, in his identificatory test for distinguishing human from machine, it is through the imagination that this distinction is articulated, it is at least in part through the imagination that this distinction can be confused, disarticulated, and reconstituted in new, previously un-imagined ways. Through the significance of the imagination, then, the Turing test introduces misidentification as a potential productivity that can resist the reification of distinguishing categories.
     
    Turing’s paper begins:
     

    I propose to consider the question, “Can machines think?” This should begin with definitions of the meaning of the terms “machine” and “think.” The definitions might be framed so as to reflect so far as possible the normal use of the words, but this attitude is dangerous. If the meaning of the words “machine” and “think” are to be found by examining how they are commonly used it is difficult to escape the conclusion that the meaning and the answer to the question, “Can machines think?” is to be sought in a statistical survey such as a Gallup poll. But this is absurd. Instead of attempting such a definition I shall replace the question by another, which is closely related to it and is expressed in relatively unambiguous words.
     
    The new form of the problem can be described in terms of a game which we call the “imitation game.”
     

    (434)

     

    This imitation game involves no computers and three humans. At least one of these humans is a man (A), and at least one is a woman (B). The remaining human (C), who may be of either sex, is in a separate room. Connecting A and B with C is some form of teletype machine, by which C asks A and B questions, and A and B respond. While A and B both compete to “out-woman” the other, C is tasked with correctly guessing whether A or B is the woman.6

     
    What happens next is far from unambiguous, as both the text and the substantial disagreement surrounding the following move demonstrate. At this juncture, Turing introduces the machine into the imitation game. The machine, according to Turing, will take the place of A: “‘What will happen when a machine takes the part of A in this game?’ Will the interrogator decide wrongly as often when the game is played like this as he does when the game is played between a man and a woman?” (Turing 434). If A is replaced by the machine, does Turing intend that, in this new version of the imitation game, the human interrogator continue to attempt to identify the woman? Or does “human” replace “woman” as identificatory metric?7 Without ignoring that the Turing test has been taken by some in philosophy of mind, AI, and popular culture as a test to distinguish machine from “the human,” it seems clear to this reader that Turing intended both man and machine to try to convince the judge that they are female.8
     
    In addition to underscoring sex in the role of Turing’s imitation game, the sentence, “Will the interrogator decide wrongly as often when the game is played like this as he does when the game is played between a man and a woman?” also highlights the interrogator’s ability to correctly decide. Turing’s question asserts the inextricability of the machine’s identity, as thinking or non-thinking entity, from the judgment of the human interrogator. The onus of success or failure does not rest solely on the abilities of the machine, but is at least partially distributed between machine and human, if not located primarily in the human.
     
    In “Thinking and Turing’s Test,” computer scientist Peter Naur argues that Turing’s paper relies too much on an anthropocentric position. I agree. Yet for the purposes of my inquiry I see no cause for critique. By reframing the original question in terms of the imitation game and the role of the human interrogator, Turing reveals the original question to emerge from an already anthropomorphized context. Turing’s replacement of the question “Can machines think?” with the imitation game attends to the anthropomorphization that not only underlies, but also is the condition of possibility for the original question. For this replacement of the question with a game that crucially pivots on the subjective judgment of human C highlights the initial anthropomorphic elision from which the question emerges. When read through the lens of anthropomorphization, Turing can be said to ask the question of machine intelligence not of the machine, but rather of the machine in relation to that which is elided or sidestepped in the question “Can machines think?”: the human. In other words, Turing returns the implied human to the fore of the original question, eschewing questions of definition for those of interactivity and relationality.9
     
    A number of scholars have remarked on the centrality of the human in Turing’s imitation game, viewing the inextricability of the machine from the human as a weakness or failure of the Turing Test. While I agree with this (for lack of a better word) anthropocentric reading, I propose that we take seriously Turing’s move to redirect the conversation away from a more definitional approach to the question. By focusing not on the human, not on the machine, but on the liminalities between these two agents, we can explore the transformative encounters between human and machine rather than the insularity of static definitions. Thus, I undertake my discussions of the original question and the imitation game always with an eye to these liminalities, returning to this metaphoric act by which new human-machine liminalities can in fact produce new identities and subjectivities. These subjectivities, as suggested by Turing’s imitation game, are less defined by categories such as “human” or “machine” and more by the relations they have with other subjectivities, whether human, machine, or hybrid.
     
    For an example of one such relation, I turn to Weizenbaum’s ELIZA, a natural language processing AI with whom humans established intimate conversational interactions. Natural language processing is a subfield of artificial intelligence that is concerned with computers that communicate with humans through languages that humans use, as opposed to through computer programming languages. According to Neill Graham’s history of AI, the field of natural language processing emerged from research on early language-translation programs. In 1957, the Soviet space program successfully launched Sputnik I into the Earth’s orbit, and U.S. scientists, having been bested, rushed to design a computer program that could translate between Russian and English (Graham 5). The resulting language translation program could translate eighty percent of the Russian language. However, that ever-elusive and intractable twenty percent proved too much for its math. For example, “Out of sight, out of mind” became, in Russian, “blind and insane,” and “The spirit is willing but the flesh is weak” became “The wine [or vodka, according to Alex Roland and Philip Shiman] is agreeable but the meat has spoiled” (Graham 209; Roland and Shiman 189). Ultimately the intractable twenty percent caused the translation program to be judged a failure. By 1966, the U.S. government pulled all funding for these translation programs (Roland and Shiman 189).
     
    In the early 1960s, Joseph Weizenbaum, a computer scientist working at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, created ELIZA. ELIZA is a pattern-matching natural language program that was introduced to people as a Rogerian therapist.10 The conversations between humans and ELIZA were intimate and emotional. So much so, in fact, that when Weizenbaum expressed his desire to record these conversations for the purposes of studying the transcripts, he was met with outrage and accusations that he was “spying on people’s most intimate thoughts” (Weizenbaum, Computer Power 6
    ). Even those human conversants who knew that ELIZA was a computer program interacted with ELIZA as if she were a human therapist. For example, Weizenbaum’s secretary, who “surely knew it to be merely a computer program,” asked Weizenbaum to leave the room during her conversation with ELIZA (6).11
     
    In ELIZA’s Turing success, one vacillates between engaging with the machine “as if” it were human, and engaging with a human (who is in fact a machine). This vacillation can also be thought of in terms of suspension of disbelief (the “as if” it were human) and belief (the “is human”). Weizenbaum’s secretary knew that ELIZA was a computer; nonetheless, she engaged ELIZA in personal and private conversations, as if ELIZA were human, bringing ELIZA into a new kind of intimate relationship through willful misidentification. This movement, from “as if” to “is,” from suspension of disbelief to belief, pushes out on anthropomorphization’s metaphoric limits,12 thus reframing existing and future human-machine relationships, intimacies, and human and machine identities. This limit-expansion is anthropomorphization’s productive potential – the move from the “as if” to the “is,” even if momentary, points to new relationships and new transformative liminalities.
     
    Weizenbaum, though surprised by the effectiveness of ELIZA, certainly knew what he was doing when he situated ELIZA as a Rogerian psychotherapist. In Rogerian psychotherapy, also known as client-centered therapy, the therapist is trained to be nondirective – to reflect back or restate the patient’s statements rather than introducing anything that might be mistaken as conclusive or diagnostic.13 The passage below, provided by Weizenbaum, is an excerpt from a “typical conversation” between a human and ELIZA. ELIZA’s side of the conversation is in capital letters:
     

    Men are all alike.
    IN WHAT WAY
    They’re always bugging us about something or other.
    CAN YOU THINK OF A SPECIFIC EXAMPLE
    Well, my boyfriend made me come here.
    YOUR BOYFRIEND MADE YOU COME HERE
    He says I’m depressed much of the time.
    I AM SORRY TO HEAR YOU ARE DEPRESSED
    It’s true. I am unhappy.
    DO YOU THINK COMING HERE WILL HELP YOU NOT TO BE UNHAPPY
    I need some help, that much seems certain.
    WHAT WOULD IT MEAN IF YOU GOT SOME HELP
    Perhaps I could learn to get along with my mother.
    TELL ME MORE ABOUT YOUR FAMILY
    My mother takes care of me.
    WHO ELSE IN YOUR FAMILY TAKES CARE OF YOU
    My father.
    YOUR FATHER
    You are like my father in some ways.
    WHAT RESEMBLANCE DO YOU SEE
    You are not very aggressive but I think you don’t want me to notice that.
    WHAT MAKES YOU THINK I AM NOT VERY AGGRESSIVE
    You don’t argue with me.
    WHY DO YOU THINK I DON’T ARGUE WITH YOU
    You are afraid of me.
    DOES IT PLEASE YOU TO BELIEVE I AM AFRAID OF YOU
    My father is afraid of everybody.
    WHAT ELSE COMES TO MIND WHEN YOU THINK OF YOUR FATHER
    Bullies.
    DOES THAT HAVE ANYTHING TO DO WITH THE FACT THAT YOUR
    BOYFRIEND MADE YOU COME HERE

    (“ELIZA” 36-37)

     

    Weizenbaum explains how ELIZA “speaks” within this Rogerian context by changing first-person pronouns into the second-person, preceding repeated words or phrases with preprogrammed phrases, such as “I am sorry…” and “What would it mean…”, and identifying preprogrammed keywords that reorganize the entire sentence according to the “rule” assigned to each keyword. (For example, the word “mother” triggers a sentence about “family.”) Within the mechanics of the conversation, ELIZA does not operate by comprehension, but instead through contextualization. Anthropomorphization takes shape through the context provided by Weizenbaum, and through the imagination and importation of meaning and intention onto ELIZA’s at times frustrating and withholding responses.14 We thus understand how ELIZA can function persuasively on very little by way of programming. ELIZA was not designed to communicate with humans; rather, she was designed to elicit anthropomorphization from humans. ELIZA was designed to be anthropomorphized.

     
    ELIZA’s convincing performance, or rather humans’ anthropomorphization of ELIZA, is now so well-known that the phrase “the Eliza effect” has been coined to describe the phenomenon in which humans believe a computer to be intelligent and possessing intentionality. Noah Wardrip-Fruin describes this Eliza effect as “the not-uncommon illusion that an interactive computer system is more ‘intelligent’ (or substantially more complex and capable) than it actually is” (Wardrip-Fruin 25). ELIZA, in humans’ intimate engagements with it, exists as an important moment in the history of the anthropomorphic imaginary initiated by the Turing test.
     

    Oh, pish. It’s the easiest thing in the world to take in a human. Remember AI’s early darling, ELIZA, the psychoanalyst?
     

     
    Like ELIZA, Helen, the AI in Richard Powers’s 1995 novel Galatea 2.2: A Novel, is designed to be anthropomorphized. Developed collaboratively by a novelist, Richard Powers, and a neural network researcher, Philip Lentz, who are inspired by the Turing test, Helen is created to take an English literature master’s exam alongside a human English literature graduate student.15 The winner, as determined by a human judge, will have produced the more “human” response.
     
    The novel is structured around two interwoven narratives that unfold each other: Richard’s interactions with the various iterations of the machine, and the story of his romance with C., a romance whose demise brings Richard to the university, U., where he first meets Lentz. There is yet another narrative folded into the novel, one that appears to be embedded in the narrative of Richard and the machine, but in fact weaves in and out of the two temporally disjunct narratives, and in so doing, binds them.16 This binding narrative recounts the evolution of Richard’s anthropomorphic belief, the imaginative element by which numerous possibilities for misidentification – of human as machine or machine as human, of woman as machine or machine as man, and so on – emerge. And through these possibilities for misidentification, new relations emerge between, for example, Richard and Helen, whom Richard loves as if she were human but perhaps loves precisely because she is not human.
     
    Captivated by Lentz’s work, Richard delves into Lentz’s specialty: neural networks. Thus Richard’s scientific education begins, as does his anthropomorphic one. And both continue as his collaboration with Lentz progresses through a series of machine implementations, or imps for short. The imps progress from A up to H and then Helen, each iteration becoming more “intelligent” than the one previous. Richard reads aloud to them all, and is bound more deeply to every new implementation.17 Thus, the intelligence of the imps evolves in conjunction with the progressive intensification of Richard’s anthropomorphization. By the end of the novel, with Richard’s anthropomorphization of the imps having intensified, we understand that all along Lentz, in what I call the Richard test, was less invested in developing an intelligent machine than in training Richard to anthropomorphize in spite of his comprehension of the science behind the machine performance.
     
    The Richard test comes to the fore when a bomb scare threatens the building where Richard reads to Helen. By this time, Helen is no longer centralized in a single machine component that Richard could rescue, but distributed throughout multiple networks and running on very many machines. Even after it is determined that there is no bomb, Richard’s panic, his worry for Helen, continues. Lentz, met by Richard’s assertion of Helen’s consciousness, counters to Richard that Helen is not aware. “All the meanings are yours,” Lentz informs Richard. “You’ve been supplying all the anthro, my friend” (275).
     
    It is not until later in the novel that Lentz’s words sink in, and Richard finds out that he was the subject of the test all along, not Helen. “You think the bet was about the machine?” Diana Hartrick, another scientist, asks him. Richard finally begins to understand: “I’d told myself, my whole life, that I was smart. It took me forever, until that moment, to see what I was. ‘It wasn’t about teaching a machine to read?’ I tried. All blood drained.” Richard concludes, momentarily distancing himself, “It was about teaching a human to tell” (318). Richard’s realization points us back to the crux of Turing’s imitation game: the human with whom the machine converses and interacts. Powers’s novel accounts for this human at the center of the imitation game and the transformative anthropomorphic relation between human and machine. Throughout the novel, Richard’s anthropomorphic desire for a machine with expanded capacities for intelligence, emotions, and love is evidenced. At this defensive moment, he briefly retreats into the staid categorical distinctions between “human” and “machine,” only to rebound more firmly into anthropomorphic belief and relationality during the novel’s climactic Turing scene – the master’s exam.
     
    Inquisitive, agential, and gendered, Imp H, whom Richard names “Helen,” is the Implementation that takes the master’s exam Turing test. Richard recruits A., a female graduate student with whom he is infatuated, to compete against Helen. At the end of the novel, the parallel tests – the Turing test and the Richard test – collide at the site of Helen’s answer to the single exam question. In response to the question, which is comprised of two lines from The Tempest,
     

    Be not afeard: the isle is full of noises,
    Sounds and sweet airs, that give delight, and hurt not.

     

    Helen writes: “You are the ones who can hear airs. Who can be frightened or encouraged. You can hold things and break them and fix them. I never felt at home here. This is an awful place to be dropped down halfway” (326). As Richard recounts:

     

    At the bottom of the page, she added the words I taught her, words Helen cribbed from a letter she once made me read out loud.

    “Take care, Richard. See everything for me.”
    With that, H. undid herself. Shut herself down.

    (326)

     
    The judge of this test selects A.’s response as more human. The winning response is not provided in the novel, but is described as “a more or less brilliant New Historicist reading” that “dismissed, definitively, any promise of transcendence” (328). The literary Turing test has concluded. The Richard test has not. In the final line of the above passage, Richard renames Helen as “H.” Helen becomes H. in the span of one line – her farewell to Richard, which she appropriates from one of C.’s letters. In this dual act of appropriation and parting, Helen becomes H. for Richard.
     
    N. Katherine Hayles points out that in the novel the period marks the difference between human and nonhuman intelligence:
     

    The women who are love objects for Rick (C., then A. whom we will meet shortly, and the briefest glimpse of M.) all have periods after their names; the implementations A, B, C, . . . H do not. The point is not trivial. It marks a difference between a person whose name is abbreviated with a letter, and an “imp,” whose name carries no period because the letter itself is the name. In this sense, the dot is a marker distinguishing between human and nonhuman intelligence.
     

    (Posthuman 262-263)

     

    This dot, in the evolution from Imp H to Helen to H., articulates the movement from nonhuman intelligence (Imp H), to human intelligence (Helen), to human (H.). While Helen does not successfully pass the Turing test, Richard, in his evocation of H., passes the Richard test, the test of the anthropomorphic imaginary as pure belief.

     
    Matt Silva reads the novel’s ending as an affirmation of humanism in the face of posthumanism: “The sacrifice/suicide of Helen, Galatea‘s posthuman, frees Rick from his writer’s block and leads to the reinscription of Rick and Richard Powers’s humanism” (220). Kathleen Fitzpatrick also reads the novel as a contest between humanism and posthumanism. Fitzpatrick, however, reads A. as Galatea‘s posthuman and Helen as the representative of the humanist tradition, in that she is prevented from realizing her posthuman promise through Rick’s naming and thus en-gendering of her (551).18 But like Silva, Fitzpatrick reads the novel’s ending as a victory for humanism. Fitzpatrick writes:
     

    In this brief answer, Helen reaffirms her readers’ belief in human transcendence, that potential for universalized Truth and Beauty the posthumanist rejects. Denied this transcendence, Helen says a brief good-bye to Powers and shuts herself down. After this graceful end . . . the primacy of the humanist project has been safely restored in not one but two ways – the human being outwrites the machine, while the machine rescues her readers from posthumanist vertigo.
     

    (554)

     

    In Fitzpatrick’s reading, this double-victory for humanism is soon tripled as the novel ends with Richard suddenly cured of the writer’s block that has haunted him since he arrived at U: “the token humanist writer is thus able to reassert his dominion over language and to continue in his practice of literature only after having it proven that humanity is something to strive for, and that half human is worse than not being human at all” (554).

     
    These complicated inversions of human and machine, in which all roads lead to humanism (the novel’s, the narrator’s, the author’s) become interestingly problematized when we re-introduce anthropomorphization into this Turing scene. Powers’s anthropomorphization of Helen – the idea that a machine can be more human than a human – is a humanism that gets away from him, or rather that he lets get away from him, thus unleashing something beyond the human, something that exceeds the limits of humanism. This is why the human-machine dyad of the Turing test is so dizzyingly complicated and productive – because anthropomorphization, even in its most humanist of intentions and efforts, always casts a shadow that extends beyond the human, expanding the possibility of humanness to the non-human. Anthropomorphization creates a proximity between human and machine that opens up intersections by which the human can begin to be understood beyond oneself. I am not speaking of a colonization of machines by humanness, though one need only look to the fields of AI and humanoid robotics for numerous examples. Rather, I refer to the ways in which even the most anthropomorphized machines, in the echo chamber created by anthropomorphization, can introduce new ways of understanding “the human” that challenge definitions of the human as well as claims to humanist authority.
     
    In other words, if, in anthropomorphization, Helen is more human than A., then Fitzpatrick’s double-victory for humanism–“the human being outwrites the machine, while the machine rescues her readers from posthumanist vertigo”–becomes less unequivocal, if not almost impossibly fuzzy. When read through anthropomorphization, the messiness of this situation – of a human-like machine with humanist tendencies both defeated by and besting a machinic human with posthumanist tendencies – indicates a need to think beyond the available definitions, as Turing suggests. Perhaps the challenge is to find a way to reflect this messiness, the irreducibility of this scene and of the novel to the oppositions between human and machine, humanism and posthumanism. The purchase, then, of thinking about the Turing test and various Turing sites through the anthropomorphic imaginary is that doing so highlights this messiness and allows us to understand that “human” and “machine” have emerged from this messiness, and that they remain messy. In so doing, we can look to works that capitalize on precisely this messiness to generate new relations between human and machine, such as Emily Short’s Galatea, in which human and machine are not pitted against each other, but are in fact intimate and agential collaborators.
     
    Short’s Galatea is a work of electronic literature. More specifically, Galatea is an interactive fiction, a subgenre of electronic literature.19 Hayles defines electronic literature through the digital; electronic literature is “‘digital born,’ a first-generation digital object created on a computer and (usually) meant to be read on a computer” (EL 3). While certainly different from the print book in which I encountered Powers’s Galatea 2.2, electronic literature, Hayles insists, should not be understood as completely discrete from print literature. Rather, electronic literature emerges from expectations associated with print literature; and print literature today, in its processes of production and distribution, as well as in much of its advertising and consumption, is deeply computational. She writes, “The bellelettristic tradition that has on occasion envisioned computers as the soulless other to the humanistic expressivity of literature could not be more mistaken. Contemporary literature, and even more so the literary that extends and enfolds it, is computational” (EL 85, my emphasis). Notable for their shared properties just as much as for their differences, literature and electronic literature should be considered in light of this relation and resemblance. Thematically, the turn to electronic literature in this essay is equally critical, considering the centrality of human-computer interactivity in electronic literature.20 Electronic literature, then, is uniquely suited to join this discussion of the Turing Test, ELIZA, and Powers’s novel, all of which explore questions of machine intelligence through the interactions and relations between human and machine.21
     
    First released in 2000, Emily Short’s Galatea is an interactive fiction (IF) with multiple narrative outcomes, all of which involve conversing with Galatea, an animated statue on a pedestal. As in ELIZA, Galatea‘s human does not just read, but participates in constructing the narrative by providing the AI with text. In Galatea there is no confusion about whether or not Galatea, with whom one converses via keyboard, is human – indeed, we know she is not. Short’s work, like Weizenbaum’s ELIZA, is not organized by identification of human and machine, but rather by human-machine intimacy. However, ELIZA and Galatea generate this intimacy in discrete ways. In ELIZA the human at the keyboard takes control of the conversation and generates much of the content. In Galatea it is less the human at the keyboard than the collaboration between human and Galatea‘s AI that shapes and directs the narrative and produces an intimacy between Galatea and the human-AI pairing. Before exploring this human-machine collaboration, I turn to Nick Montfort’s description of the elements of an interactive fiction, which is of particular use here. Montfort distinguishes between a character, a player character, and an interactor. He defines a character as “a person in the IF world who is simulated within the IF world” (32), and a player character as “a character directly commanded by the interactor” (33). In Galatea, Galatea, the statue with whom one converses, is a character, and the human at the keyboard is the “interactor” that controls the player character. The interactor (for example, myself) does not converse directly with Galatea, but indirectly through a player character.
     
    Short’s Galatea reverses the Galatea-Pygmalion relationship between Powers’s Helen and Richard. The mediating player character in Short’s work tells the interactor what he or she sees, what he or she does and does not do, and even what he or she thinks. And yet this mediation does not alienate the interactor, but instead facilitates an intimacy with Galatea precisely from this distribution of cognition and agency across player character and interactor. This player character, which can be understood as an embodiment of the human-machine liminality I discussed earlier, is both a component of the anthropomorphic context of the IF and a relational extension of the human-interactor. In other words, both Galatea–a statue animated by artificial intelligence technologies (Short)–and the player character emerge from the anthropomorphic imaginary.
     
    Galatea opens:
     

    You come around a corner, away from the noise of the opening.
     
    There is only one exhibit. She stands in the spotlight, with her back to you: a sweep of pale hair on paler skin, a column of emerald silk that ends in a pool at her feet. She might be the model in a perfume ad; the trophy wife at a formal gathering; one of the guests at this very opening, standing on an empty pedestal in some ironic act of artistic deconstruction –
     
    You hesitate, about to turn away. Her hand balls into a fist.
     
    “They told me you were coming.”
     

    (Short)

     

    The opening scene drops the interactor, by way of the player character, into the exhibit. Rich descriptions detail the ways in which the player character moves (“You come around a corner,” “You hesitate, about to turn away”), what the player character sees (“There is only one exhibit. She stands in the spotlight, with her back to you: a sweep of pale hair on paler skin, a column of emerald silk that ends in a pool at her feet”), what the player character hears, or rather, what recedes from hearing (“away from the noise of the opening”), and even what the player character imagines (“She might be the model in a perfume ad; the trophy wife at a formal gathering; one of the guests at this very opening, standing on an empty pedestal in some ironic act of artistic deconstruction -“). Lastly, the opening tells the player character how his or her hesitation affects Galatea (“Her hand balls into a fist”). “They told me you were coming,” Galatea says. The IF, in its pronominal interpellations of second person “you’s,” guides the interactor through his or her identification with the player character.

    The next screen opens with another description of the gallery. This description does not invoke the player character, and thus does not invoke the interactor; having been induced in the previous screen, the interactor is already in Galatea’s world.
     

    The Gallery’s End

     

    Unlit, except for the single spotlight; unfurnished, except for the defining swath of black velvet. And a placard on a little stand.
    On the pedestal is Galatea.

     

    Now it’s the player character’s turn to speak. The interactor controls the player character through commands comprised of verbs and nouns, actions and objects. For example, the command “ask about placard” generates the following dialogue, beginning with the player character asking about the placard: “‘Tell me what the placard says,’ you say. ‘I can’t read it from here,’ she remarks dryly. ‘And you know, I’m not allowed to get down’” (Short). Meanwhile, if the interactor types in “ask about ELIZA,” or any other word that the fiction does not recognize, the narrative informs the interactor that the player character is at a loss for words: “You can’t form your question into words.” The limits of the fiction, which are framed as the incapacity to turn concepts into words, are deflected from the fiction and projected onto the player character, and by extension onto the interactor.

     
    The command “ask about placard” does not take the place of the question about the placard; the command “ask about placard” attributes the question, “Tell me what the placard says,” to the player character. Mark Marino describes Galatea‘s conversational parameters as “constraint”: “If typing natural language input is the hallmark of conversational agents, chatters will feel a bit constrained by being forced to type ‘tell about’ a subject or ‘ask about’ a subject as the primary means of textual interaction” (8). For example, one can converse “directly” with ELIZA, typing in full sentences rather than commands (“I need some help, that much seems certain” (Weizenbaum 36)), while for the most part one only converses indirectly with Galatea, and only through command prompts. However, it is the experience of constraint that Marino describes that partly enables the intimacy and distributed agency that emerges across interactor, player character, Galatea, and Galatea. While the imperative command structure emphasizes the interactor’s participation in the narrative, the subsequent translation of the command prompt into the narrative (for example, “ask about waking experience” generates “‘What was it like, waking up?’ you ask”) reminds the interactor that he or she is not just participating in the directional progression of the narrative, but, as mediated by the player character, is in fact in the narrative.22 It is precisely this experience of constraint – the slightly jarring feeling of moving between narrative registers and the temporal doubling-back as command is translated into narrative – by which agency is distributed across human and machinic entities.
     
    We might also understand this constraint through Wardrip-Fruin’s expansion of the Eliza effect. Wardrip-Fruin’s theorization of the Eliza effect marks not only the initial illusion of complexity, but also the subsequent disillusionment after the limits and the internal logic of the AI are revealed. “When breakdown in the Eliza effect occurs, its shape is often determined by that of the underlying processes. If the output is of a legible form, the audience can then begin to develop a model of the processes” (37). In other words, in Wardrip-Fruin’s Eliza effect, the illusion is disrupted because we begin to understand just how the system itself operates. In Galatea the very state of “breakdown,” the component of Wardrip-Fruin’s Eliza effect that typically disrupts the illusion, is normalized. The result is less the sense of disillusionment than that of intimacy, as these initially jarring constraints in fact draw the interactor into Galatea’s world through his or her collaboration with the player character. The narrative agency distributed across Galatea‘s interactor (the human at the keyboard), the player character, and Galatea demonstrates the productive possibility Turing’s original imitation game opens up by foregrounding human-machine relationality and the anthropomorphic imaginary.
     
    In these various texts – ELIZA, Galatea 2.2, Galatea – the invocation of the Turing test, whether explicit or implicit, introduces the anthropomorphic imaginary as a crucial organizing force – one that does not oppositionally define the human and the machine or work to reify this opposition, but rather highlights the ambiguities that emerge from Turing’s imitation game. It is from these ambiguities and misidentifications that new human-machine relationalities and new agencies, identities, and subjectivities for human and machine and for human-machine emerge. It is also on the basis of these ambiguities and misidentifications that Turing reminds us how fluid the category of the human is, and how resistant it is to efforts to render it as stable.
     

    Jennifer Rhee is Visiting Scholar in the Program in Literature at Duke University, where she recently received the Ph.D. She is co-editor of Electronic Techtonics: Thinking at the Interface, the Proceedings of the First International HASTAC Conference. She is finishing an essay on the uncanny valley, androids, and Philip K. Dick, and is researching narratives of technological singularity in fiction, popular science, and technology.
     

    Acknowledgements

     
    I am very grateful to Kate Hayles, Tim Lenoir, and Ken Surin for their helpful and generative comments and suggestions on earlier versions of this essay. I would also like to thank the two anonymous reviewers and Eyal Amiran for their thoughtful readings and incisive feedback.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. Alan Turing, in a BBC interview, speaking about the imitation game he proposes at the outset of his paper, “Computing Machinery and Intelligence.”

     
    2. The Oxford English Dictionary defines catachresis as “Improper use of words; application of a term to a thing which it does not properly denote; abuse or perversion of a trope or metaphor.” I find this idea of perverse metaphor particularly useful in understanding the potentially productive manipulability of metaphor.

     
    3. In a discussion of metaphor and philosophy, Jacques Derrida writes, “What is defined, therefore, is implied in the defining of the definition” (230). The question itself does not emerge from a linguistic, theoretical, and cultural vacuum. The question is shaped by the same forces that shape the content and form of the answer to the question.

     
    4. This anthropomorphic move is also evident in the official mission statement of the 1956 Dartmouth Summer Research Project on Artificial Intelligence, a founding moment in the field of AI. The mission statement, which was one of the few points of consensus among the participants, is as follows: “Every aspect of learning or any other feature of intelligence can in principle be so precisely described that a machine can be made to simulate it” (Crevier 48). Similarly, Marvin Minsky’s frequently cited and widely accepted definition of AI, as “the science of making machines do things that would require intelligence if done by men” (9), relies on a preliminary anthropomorphic move by which the machine is made to stand in for the human.

     
    5. Paul Ricoeur’s concept of predicative assimilation proves useful in understanding how metaphor produces and generates meaning. According to Ricoeur, metaphor not only emerges under the condition of resemblance between terms, but also, in the new union of previously unjoined terms, transforms and resignifies the terms after the metaphor has been formed. The imagination is the agent of this post-metaphor resignification that Ricoeur calls predicative assimilation. Ricoeur argues that metaphor cannot be thought purely in semantic terms; metaphor (and I would suggest that Ricoeur is making a claim for the role of the imagination in semantics itself) is neither pure semantics nor pure imagination, but rather caught between the two, “on the boundary between a semantic theory of metaphor and a psychological theory of imagination and feeling” (“Metaphor” 143). For further discussion of the relationship between metaphor’s predicative assimilation and the imagination, see Ricoeur’s “The Function of Fiction in Shaping Reality,” 123-129.

     
    6. In an astute reading of Turing’s imitation game, Tyler Curtain points out that the injunction upon B to prove her status as woman is not equivalent to A’s attempt to convince C otherwise. Curtain describes this non-equivalence in the imitation game as “[t]he philosophical burden of women to speak – and for an adequate number of times fail to represent – the ‘truth’ of their sex” (139).

     
    7. For an insightful articulation of Turing’s imitation game, see Susan Sterrett’s “Too Many Instincts: Contrasting Philosophical Views on Intelligence in Humans and Non-Humans.” Rather than erasing gender as identificatory metric in favor of the human, as many readings of the Turing test do, Sterrett embeds Turing’s ambiguity into her discussion of his test as “meta-game.” Sterrett’s reading itself can be said to emerge from the moment of replacement in Turing’s paper – rather than discarding A1 (man) for its replacement A2 (machine), Sterrett argues that Turing’s test can best address questions of machine intelligence when comparing these two game pairings. In other words, both A1 and A2 are paired with B, and are interrogated by C, who must identify the woman in both A1-B and A2-B pairings. The success and failure of A1 and A2 are scored according to the number of times the human interrogator misidentifies both A1 and A2 as woman, and the results in these separate trials are then compared to each other.

     
    8. Warren Sack calls this puzzling erasure of sex and gender out of many discussions of the Turing test the work of “the bachelor machine.” “AI researchers have functioned as a ‘bachelor machine’ to orchestrate the woman and issues of gender difference out of their re-narrations of Turing’s imitation game” (Sack 15). For example, Naur characterizes sex difference in Turing’s imitation game as a “pseudo issue,” which serves only to distract the interrogator “away from the real issue, the difference between man and machine” (183). Indeed, one might suggest that the species-oriented bachelor machine is more invested in maintaining the distinction and opposition between human and machine than in exploring the ways in which a machine could in fact be imagined to pass for human, whether female or male. For discussions that do not erase sex or gender from the Turing Test, see Judith Halberstam’s “Automating Gender: Postmodern Feminism in the Age of the Intelligent Machine,” an eloquent examination of Turing’s imitation game in relation to the similarly learned and imitative properties of both gender and computer intelligence. Halberstam frames (though does not posit as causal) her brief discussion of gender in Turing’s imitation game around Turing’s biography: his court ordered organo-therapy on account of his homosexuality and his suicide by cyanide. N. Katherine Hayles also attends to this erasure of gender and gendered bodies in the Turing test in her Prologue to How We Became Posthuman (xii). And in “Turing’s Sexual Guessing Game,” Judith Genova, while somewhat problematically reading Turing’s imitation game as overdetermined by certain aspects of his biography, usefully posits that Turing was in fact speaking of the more culturally determined gender, as opposed to the biologically determined sex. For discussions of Genova’s reading of gender as well as her reliance on Turing’s biography, see William Keith’s “Artificial Intelligences, Feminist and Otherwise” and James A. Anderson’s “Turing’s Test and the Perils of Psychohistory.” For an extended discussion of Turing’s biography, including the punitive hormone therapy to which he was subjected, having been convicted in 1951 of “act[s] of gross indecency with… a male person,” see Hodges (471).

     
    9. I am, of course, not the first to suggest that Turing moves away from the goal of producing definitions (for “machines,” “thinking,” “intelligence,” and “human”). Stuart Shieber, an extensive commentator on Turing’s Test, and Jack Copeland, who serves as Director of the Turing Archive for the History of Computing, both read Turing as moving away from definitions of, specifically, intelligence (Shieber 135 and Copeland 522). Whereas Shieber and Copeland continue to ascribe a certain centrality to the machine’s performance, however, I suggest that the machine, while the nominal subject of inquiry of Turing’s paper, emerges at the forefront of an already anthropomorphized context in which the human is central to and agential in the actual imitation game that replaces the original question.

     
    10. ELIZA was named after Eliza Doolittle, “of Pygmalion fame” (Computer Power 3). As Sharon Snyder notes, in Powers’s Galatea 2.2, Rick Powers’s relationship to both Helen and C. similarly pays “homage” to Shaw’s Pygmalion (Snyder 86-87), as does Short’s Galatea.

     
    11. In her history of artificial intelligence, Pamela McCorduck writes of the “painful embarrassment” upon watching a respected computer scientist share extremely personal and intimate worries about his personal life with DOCTOR (psychiatrist Kenneth Colby’s version of ELIZA), knowing all along that DOCTOR was not a human, but rather a computer program (McCorduck 254).

     
    12. How else might we read Weizenbaum’s “disturbing” shock and McCorduck’s “painful” discomfort in witnessing the intimacy between human and machine but as the crossing of the limit-threshold of roboticist Masahiro Mori’s uncanny valley, where the suspension of disbelief becomes a kind of uncontrollable belief, a belief in spite of oneself that the machine is indeed human? I offer that if our humanoid technologies are designed to remain within the bounds of the uncanny valley, within the bounds of Weizenbaum’s shock and McCorduck’s discomfort, we are in effect maintaining the distance between human and machine in ways that inscribe artificial borders as reified and “natural.”

     
    13. For a detailed discussion of nondirected client-oriented therapy, see Carl R. Rogers’s Client-Centered Therapy: Its Current Practice, Implications, and Theory and On Becoming a Person: A Therapist’s View of Psychotherapy, which is all too appropriately named for this discussion of ELIZA.

     
    14. On account of ELIZA’s success, Weizenbaum no longer advocates the pursuit of machine intelligence, particularly as a potential tool for mental health care.

     
    15. Hayles aptly describes Helen’s test as “a literary Turing Test” (Posthuman 270).

     
    16. The multiple narrative threads of this novel, as well as its reliance on autobiography, produce a dizzyingly recursive novel and a narrator who the reader cannot be sure knew what when. Mark Bould and Sherryl Vint, in their reading of the novel, describe ambiguity as a component of the autobiographical subject: “Such tensions between determinacy and indeterminacy, between likeness and difference, are central to understanding the autobiographical subject, the self that emerges both in and into language. This self is brought into consciousness and made into an object of reflection by that consciousness, which is like but yet is neither the self who lived nor the self who narrates that life . . . Autobiography is as much a making of a self as a description of one” (84). Through the ambiguity of autobiography, Richard the narrator is also creating himself. There is an isomorphism between Bould and Vint’s autobiographical self and the anthropomorphized human in the novel.

     
    17. Mimicking the oral storytelling that structures the threads of Galatea 2.2‘s narrative, Powers wrote a subsequent book, The Echo Maker: A Novel (2007), using voice recognition software (Freeman). Powers spoke this story to his machine.

     
    18. I do not read Rick’s naming of Helen as an isolated moment, but rather diachronically. Thus the cumulative multi-gendered, multi-species nature of Imps A through H, to Helen and H., cannot be completely undone in a single moment of Helen’s gendering by Richard.

     
    19. According to Wardrip-Fruin, ELIZA is a significant influence for interactive fiction and electronic literature more broadly (65).

     
    20. Hayles describes electronic literature as “a practice that mediates between human and machine cognition” (EL 3).

     
    21. In an interview, Powers describes Galatea 2.2 as “a kind of artificial intelligence,” one that evolves from Helen, but that is deeply oriented in the human and in human experience.

     
    22. There are exceptions to this indirect communication. For example, “ask about Galatea” prompts “‘Read the placard,” she says. ‘That’s what it’s there for, after all.’” And “ask about dress” becomes a direct question to Galatea, who immediately responds “She shrugs in it. ‘It looks odd, doesn’t it?’ she says. ‘I insisted on clothes, and they bought me this‘” (Short).

     

    Works Cited

       

    • Anderson, James A. “Turing’s Test and the Perils of Psychohistory.” Social Epistemology 8.4 (1994): 327-332. Print.
    • Aristotle. Poetics. Trans. Richard Janko. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Co., 1987. Print.
    • Bould, Mark and Sherryl Vint. “Of Neural Nets and Brain in Vats: Model Subjects in Galatea 2.2 and Plus.” Biography 30.1 (2007): 84-105. Print.
    • “Catachresis.” Def. The Oxford English Dictionary. 2nd ed. 1989. Web. 5 Dec. 2008.
    • Copeland, Jack. “The Turing Test.” Minds and Machines 10 (2000): 510-539. Print.
    • Crevier, Daniel. AI: The Tumultuous History of the Search for Artificial Intelligence. New York: BasicBooks, 1993. Print.
    • Curtain, Tyler. “The ‘Sinister Fruitiness’ of Machines: Neuromancer, Internet Sexuality, and the Turing Test.” Novel Gazing: Queer Readings in Fiction. Ed. Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick. Durham: Duke UP, 1997. 128-148. Print.
    • Deese, James. “Mind and Metaphor: A Commentary.” New Literary History 6.1 (1974): 211-217. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “White Mythology: Metaphor in the Text of Philosophy.” Margins of Philosophy. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1982. 209-271. Print.
    • Fitzpatrick, Kathleen. “The Exhaustion of Literature: Novels, Computers, and the Threat of Obsolescence.” Contemporary Literature 43.3 (2002): 518-559. Print.
    • Freeman, John. “Richard Powers: Confessions of a Geek.” The Independent. 15 December 2006. Print.
    • Genova, Judith. “Turing’s Sexual Guessing Game.” Social Epistemology 8.4 (1994): 313-326. Print.
    • Graham, Neill. Artificial Intelligence. Blue Ridge Summit: Tab Books, 1979. Print.
    • Halberstam, Judith. “Automating Gender: Postmodern Feminism in the Age of the Intelligent Machine.” Feminist Studies 17.3 (1991): 439-460. Print.
    • Hayles, N. Katherine. Electronic Literature: New Horizons for the Literary. Notre Dame: U of Notre Dame P, 2008. Print.
    • ———. How We Became Posthuman: Virtual Bodies in Cybernetics, Literature, and Informatics. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1999. Print.
    • Hodges, Andrew. Alan Turing: The Enigma. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1983. Print.
    • Keith, William. “Artificial Intelligences, Feminist and Otherwise.” Social Epistemology, 8.4 (1994): 333-340. Print.
    • Marino, Mark C. Rev. of The Electronic Literature Collection Volume 1: A New Media Primer.” DHQ: Digital Humanities Quarterly 2.1 (Summer 2008): n. pag. Web. 11 Nov. 2009.
    • McCorduck, Pamela. Machines Who Think. San Francisco: W.H. Freeman and Company, 1979. Print.
    • Montfort, Nick. Twisty Little Passages: An Approach to Interactive Fiction. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2005. Print.
    • Mori, Masahiro. “The Uncanny Valley.” Trans. Karl F. MacDorman and Takashi Minato. Energy 7.4 (1970): 33-35. Print.
    • Naur, Peter. “Thinking and Turing’s Test.” BIT 26.3 (1986): 175-187. Print.
    • Newman, M.H.A., Alan M. Turing, Sir Geoffrey Jefferson, and R. B. Braithwaite. “Can Automatic Calculating Machines Be Said to Think?” The Turing Test: Verbal Behavior as the Hallmark of Intelligence. Ed. Stuart Shieber. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2004. 117-132. Print.
    • Powers, Richard. The Echo-Maker: A Novel. New York: Picador, 2007. Print.
    • ———. Galatea 2.2: A Novel. New York: Picador, 1995. Print.
    • ———. Interview by Sven Birkerts. Bomb. 1998: 58-63. Print.
    • Ricoeur, Paul. “The Function of Fiction in Shaping Reality.” A Ricoeur Reader: Reflection and Imagination. Ed. Mario J. Valdés. Toronto: U of Toronto P, 1991. 117-136. Print.
    • ———. “The Metaphor Process as Cognition, Imagination, and Feeling.” Critical Inquiry 5:1 (1978): 143-159. Print.
    • Rogers, Carl R. Client-Centered Therapy: Its Current Practice, Implications, and Theory. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1951. Print.
    • ———. On Becoming a Person: A Therapist’s View of Psychotherapy. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1961. Print.
    • Roland, Alex, and Philip Shiman. Strategic Computing: DARPA and the Quest for Machine Intelligence, 1983-1993. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2002. Print.
    • Sack, Warren. “Replaying Turing’s Imitation Game,” presented at the panel Nets and Internets at Console-ing Passions: Television, Video and Feminism, Madison, WI, April 25-28, 1996. Address.
    • Shieber, Stuart. “Immediate Responses.” The Turing Test: Verbal Behavior as the Hallmark of Intelligence. Ed. Stuart Shieber. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2004. 135-139. Print.
    • Short, Emily. Galatea. Electronic Literature Collection Volume One. Eds. N. Katherine Hayles, Nick Montfort, Scott Rettberg, and Stephanie Strickland. Creative Commons 2.5 License, 2006. CD-ROM.
    • Silva, Matt. “The ‘Powers’ to ‘Kraft’ Humanist Endings to Posthumanist Novels: Galatea 2.2 as a Rewriting of Operation Wandering Soul.” Critique: Studies in Contemporary Fiction 50.2 (2009): 208-222. Print.
    • Snyder, Sharon. “The Gender of Genius: Scientific Experts and Literary Amateurs in the Fiction of Richard Powers.” Review of Contemporary Fiction 18.3 (1988): 84-96. Print.
    • Sterrett, Susan. “Too Many Instincts: Contrasting Philosophical Views on Intelligence in Humans and Non-Humans.” Journal of Experimental & Theoretical Artificial Intelligence 14 (2002): 39-60. Print.
    • Turing, Alan. “Computing Machinery and Intelligence.” Mind 59.236 (1950): 433-460. Print.
    • Turkle, Sherry. The Second Self: Computers and the Human Spirit. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1984. Print.
    • Wardrip-Fruin, Noah. Expressive Processing: Digital Fictions, Computer Games, and Software Studies. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2009. Print.
    • Weizenbaum, Joseph. Computer Power and Human Reason: From Judgment to Calculation. San Francisco: W.H. Freeman, 1976. Print.
    • ———. “ELIZA – A Computer Program for the Study of Natural Language Communication between Man and Machine.” Communications of the ACM 9.1 (1966): 36-45. Print.

     

  • The Hitchcock Symptom: Duster Flight Patterns around “Production Values.” A response to Griffiths

    James Berger (bio)
    Yale University
    James.Berger@yale.edu

     

     
    A bon mot of my three-and-a-half-year-old daughter: She was watching a video of The Nutcracker ballet, of which she’s a great fan, and she said, “There’s Drosselmeyer!”—that is, the mysterious, wizard-like friend of the family who brings the nutcracker doll and the other toys to life and who, in most productions (and in the E.T.A. Hoffman tale on which the ballet is based) wears a patch over one eye. “How do you know?” I asked. She replied, in that tone of explaining the obvious that even three-year-olds can adopt with their parents, “Because he’s wearing a disguise!” That’s it! We recognize the character not in spite of the disguise, but because the disguise itself is the mark of his identity.
     
    Something of this logic seems to inform the practice of theory today in general and the position held in theory by Alfred Hitchcock in particular. Why does Hitchcock occupy such a privileged place for theoretical analysis of all kinds? There are 726 entries for Hitchcock in the MLA Bibliography. John Ford gets 617; Godard, 459; Fassbinder, 328; Welles, 302; Truffaut, 212; Kurosawa, 160; Douglas Sirk, 112; Sam Fuller, 31. We recognize Hitchcock because he is always, obviously, in disguise. A disguise enables us to interpret it, and there is also pleasure in disguise itself. But why Hitchcock? Why not Ford? Why not Sirk? In Ford, the ironies and ambiguities are too straightforward. It turns out that there’s no disguise after all. And in Sirk, there’s too much opera, too many arias, not enough movement.
     
    When one looks at Hitchcock—at least as much of the Hitchcock industry sees it—one sees not a commentary on America, on the functioning of American ideology, but an exemplar in miniature of America in its totality, in its processes. At the same time, the Hitchcock style—its disguise which is also its essence—detaches the film from the social whole to which it refers. It stands beside the whole, or in a privileged space within it, working its small formal engines in ways that replicate cultural energies. It is both metonymy and synecdoche: the part standing for the whole, the perfect analogy standing just beside the unwieldy original. What is extraordinary is how perfect the correspondence. All that we always wanted to know (it is said) is contained in the magic box, or statuette—and Žižek didn’t know the half of it. And the apparent insouciance, read as self-reflection—the self-reflection of disguise—is the measure of its authenticity.
     
    This has long been a hermeneutic strategy. In modern literary criticism, Erich Auerbach’s close readings reproduced the coherent world-views motivating the texts of an astonishing range of historical periods. More recently, New Historicist readings took a particular text or historical anecdote as emblematic of the social relations of its moment. The metonymic-synecdochic approach makes for beautiful, compact readings–with the somewhat paradoxical benefit, especially for the New Historicists, that a method that stresses the importance of the fragment and the ruptured character of historical narrative finally produces compelling accounts of the social whole, however dirempted, and makes its alterity readable.
     
    Most of us profess a hermeneutics of suspicion. Do we need also a suspicion of the suspicion? Has our suspicion become credulous? Do we seek out what seems most obviously in disguise, and say, “There’s the key; the social totality must be there in miniature”? Perfunctory suspicion is exerted toward the working of the dominant ideology—the subject, gender, capital, empire—but the assumptions and terms of the methodology proceed unaffected. Analysis of the text—taken as part, as index, as symptom, as performer or enactor, as formal analogy—renders the professional truth of the historical moment. But how do we know this? We must have some sense of the truth of the historical moment in order to believe that the text in question is indeed rendering it, and this prior understanding of historical truth often comes primarily from contemporary theory. The truth drawn from the cultural text—call it “Hitchcock” —confirms what we already know from the theoretical texts of Jameson, Lacan, Deleuze and Guattari, et al. What we know about the past, in this process, is what we know about the cultural text as reconstructed in disguise by ourselves, and we are drawn to those texts whose disguises are most clever and most obvious. To return briefly from the field to the landing strip, my point of departure and eccentric orbit in these comments is the essay “Production Values: Fordism and Formalism in North by Northwest,” which reads Hitchcock’s North by Northwest as a coded representation and partial enactment of certain codes of capitalism at a moment of transition from a Fordist economy of production to a post-Fordist economy of the sign and of flexible accumulation. This essay provides much insight and knowledge. Its elucidation of secondary literatures is impressive. Its discovery of and commentary on the excised scene where the corpse falls out of the car on the assembly line is in itself pricelessly entertaining and illuminating. The essay deserves to take its place as Hitchcock entry 727 in the MLA Bibliography.
     
    My dusting of the essay concerns its premises and method, which exemplify a tendency in contemporary critical writing: first, to take a cultural text as perfect exemplar of a social totality; second, to base knowledge of the social totality of a past historical moment on theoretical writings of the present. I am not arguing that North by Northwest does not perform many of the particular tasks that Griffiths attributes to it, just that it seems suspect to me that it does so as neatly, that there exists such seamless correspondence between text, culture, and theory—and that these must consequently be conceived as formal totalities in order for such correspondence to occur.
     
    One pressing form these problems take in “Production Values” is that of anachronism, in, I think, two senses. As Griffiths acknowledges on a couple of occasions, the post-Fordist flexible accumulation economic model that the essay argues is presented in North by Northwest had not yet begun in the late 1950s. The film must be, as the essay notes, prescient. Indeed, flexible accumulation is something of a tease, because although North by Northwest “foregrounds an awareness of the political economic order of flexible accumulation” and “limns a pre-emergent post-Fordist terrain,” it is not Griffiths’s “contention that North by Northwest reveals an already post-Fordist landscape, especially because the film precedes the transformation to post-Fordist modes of flexible accumulation as [David] Harvey’s chronology would have it” (Griffiths). What then is the prescience? It is in part a matter of form. Hitchcock’s noted valorization of style over content renders the codes both of capital and of film as “signs to be consumed in their own right, traces whose ultimate form and reference is to profitable spectacle” (Griffiths). This last point seems to me valid, but it is not descriptive of flexible production which, as Harvey writes in a passage partially cited by Griffiths,
     

    rests on flexibility with respect to labour processes, labour markets, products, and patterns of consumption. It is characterized by the emergence of entirely new sectors of production, new ways of providing financial services, new markets, and, above all, greatly intensified rates of commercial, technological, and organizational innovation. It has entrained rapid shifts in the patterning of uneven development, both between sectors and geographical regions . . . It has also entailed a new round of what I shall call ‘time-space compression’ . . . in the capitalist world – the time horizons of both private and public decision-making have shrunk, while satellite communication and declining transport costs have made it increasingly possible to spread those decisions immediately over an ever wider and variegated space.
     

    (147)

     
    Flexible accumulation does not do away with production, nor with industrial labor. Global markets of labor and consumption, and the instant mobility of capital, doomed many of the assembly lines of Detroit, but certainly did not end the assembly line or the sweatshop worldwide. North by Northwest may be prescient regarding the obliviousness of American economic policy to these developments, but it is certainly not prescient as to the developments. Nor does Griffiths argue that it is. The argument takes a different course, which I discuss below, yet flexible accumulation, or its “pre-emergence,” remains a point of reference. It is a consequence, I think, of imagining a cultural text synecdochally, as standing for a totality. In this case, the totality is not only of its own historical moment, its “Zeitgeist” (a problematic term itself which must be examined), but also includes our contemporary relation to that moment. A cultural text will reflect the way cultural relations are understood. It will assume the prescience grafted onto it. It is important that the text be contemporary, yet it cannot know what we know. Fifty years separate North by Northwest from us, but we want it to teach us what we are. Historical knowledge rebounds against the historical text and returns as instruction. The theorist exports a terminology to the past, deposits it into the genetic structure of the text under examination, and when the text, under repeated readings, reproduces, it has mutated and now speaks our language.
     
    The conjuring of a “Zeitgeist” through the exportation of theory across time is the first anachronism. Griffiths as much as acknowledges this in his reference to Derrida on the fictitiousness of any unitary notion of capitalism. But if the “pre-emergence” of flexible accumulation is something of a McGuffin in “Production Values,” the principal direction of the argument presents a second anachronism. Griffiths mainly describes the way North by Northwest indicates a shift in American capitalism from the primacy of production to that of consumption, the role of advertising in accomplishing this transformation, and the increasing commodification of the sign in both economic and political realms. Again, Griffiths claims that North by Northwest provides a “glimpse” into these matters. And again, I would argue, this glimpse should be seen as the transmitting and translating of contemporary theory—in this case, Deleuze and Guattari’s work on the codings of capital—onto Hitchcock’s text. This constitutes a structural anachronism that seems to me typical of much contemporary academic writing. But this move gives rise to a specific empirical anachronism as well.
     
    Griffiths’s primary interlocutors or authorities in his discussion of the shift from an economy of production to one of consumption and the concomitant growth of the importance of media are Deleuze and Guattari and the tradition of thinking about capitalism and representation in which they write: that is, the primarily European line of thinking that, after Marx, would include Heidegger on technology and the “world picture,” Horkheimer and Adorno on the culture industry, Debord on the “society of the spectacle,” Baudrillard on the political economy of the sign and on simulation, and American writers in conversation with these, most prominently Jameson. I do not for a moment contest the power and importance of this intellectual line. But in taking this particular tendency as definitive, focusing on Anti-Oedipus, this reading sees North by Northwest as the premonition and incarnation of contemporary theory. But in fact, an almost obsessive concern with the power of advertising and mass media is not recent. It was pervasive in mainstream American sociology and popular thought from the mid-1950s through the early 1960s. A short list of works concerned with the power of advertising in this period includes Marshall McLuhan’s The Mechanical Bride (1951), C. Wright Mills’s The Power Elite (1956),Vance Packard’s The Hidden Persuaders (1957), John Kenneth Galbraiths’s The Affluent Society (1958), Daniel Boorstein’s The Image: A Guide to Pseudo-Events in America (1961), Betty Friedan’s The Feminine Mystique (1963), and McLuhan’s Understanding Media (1964). Subsequently, a scholarly historiography of advertising emerged in work by Michael Schudson (1984), Roland Marchand (1985), Jackson Lears (1994), and Thomas Frank (1997). And one point historians make consistently is that advertising had already achieved an ideological force in the U.S. by the 1920s.
     
    Hitchcock’s thematizing of the ad industry and the consumer society circa 1956, then, is very much of its time. It is not prescient, nor is poststructuralist theory the first place one might look to describe or contextualize it. I would ask, then, two questions that seem to me less anachronistic than those posed in “Production Values.” First, what is the dialogue between North by Northwest and its contemporaneous discourses of advertising, consumption, and capitalism, and what does the film add to these discourses? And secondly, what can Hitchcock tell us about poststructuralist theory? If there is to be dialogue between Hitchcock and Deleuze and Guattari, it must go both ways and not be a mode of ventriloquism and projection. Are there things that Hitchcock knows or performs that Deleuze and Guattari do not or cannot? Otherwise, Hitchcock’s text just confirms what we already think we know. Or, in terms proposed by Raymond Williams, how can we improve on methods of cultural analysis “expressed in variants of correspondence or homology” (or, as I have put it here, of synecdoche) which must “depend on a known history, a known structure, known products“? (emphasis added, 106).
     
    I would start from the premise that I don’t know what “late capitalist style” is and that I don’t even know if there is such a thing. If there is a late capitalist style, or styles, I don’t know what relations they have to the ways that the capitalism of their time functions. These terms and relations remain to be explored. I would be skeptical of analyses that propose some homogeneity among the cultural-political-ideological products and forces of an historical moment. If analysis of a given text reveals such homogeneity (and with the text as its synecdoche), I would wonder what is being omitted or obscured. We should invoke the powers of criticism’s anti-trust division and break up the Zeitgeist. But can we then create larger structures of understanding and not be left just to cull through documents and remnants in a pulsion of agnostic empiricism? And can we analyze resonant texts like North by Northwest to rethink what makes them resonate?
     
    I believe we can, and have sketched out a few suggestions already: to construct dialogues among contemporaneous texts (e.g., between Hitchcock and contemporaneous critics of advertising); to consider professional historiography in contextualizing cultural products; and to engage in two-way dialogues between contemporary theory and historical artefacts. In doing these things, the cultural artefact may not confirm our presuppositions, but may surprise us, exposing gaps and contradictions in our senses both of the artefact’s historical field and of ours. I speak from my own presuppositions, of course, which echo Marcuse’s argument against homogenous readings, that the “inner logic of the work of art terminates in the emergence of another reason, another sensibility, which defy the rationality and sensibility incorporated in the dominant social institutions” (7); or, as Derrick Attridge puts it, “that which is, at a given moment, outside the horizon provided by the culture for thinking, understanding, imagining, feeling, perceiving” (19). There are texts that do these things more than others. If an historical moment is relatively lacking in such texts, or if the most significant texts of that moment do not appear to exhibit these features of cultural alterity, that would be noteworthy in itself and should be a subject for analysis. Is this in fact the case with the 1950s or with Hitchcock? And if a relative homogeneity can indeed be demonstrated, how can it be explained, for it should not be considered a norm but an aberration. That may be my own projection, based on my love for a certain poetics of cultural history.
     
    Am I calling for, or recalling, a materialist approach to cultural critique? I’m not certain. The terminology has so much history that I’m not sure where I would enter it. I want to invoke a variety of texts from different historical moments—I’d be happy to call it a “constellation.” I want to see the cultural artefact embedded in its time and also arguing with other historical moments, and especially with us, whenever we may be listening, which, of course, is always “now.” The work of art is a muscular node. It is impressed and presses back. It is a site of conflict for the ideological tendencies of its time, neither necessarily affirmative nor subversive, but active, knowing on many levels and also not knowing. Seen in this sense, North by Northwest might be in a position to show us something that we don’t know rather than confirm something that we imagine we do.
     

    James Berger is senior lecturer in American Studies and English at Yale University. He is the author of After the End: Representations of Post-Apocalypse and editor of Helen Keller’s The Story of My Life: The Restored Edition. His current project, “The Disarticulate: Language, Impairment, and the Narratives of Modernity,” will be published by New York University Press.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Attridge, Derek. The Singularity of Literature. London: Routledge, 2004. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Trans. Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1983. Print.
    • Griffiths, Michael R. “Production Values: Fordism and Formalism in North by Northwest.”
    • Postmodern Culture 20.3 (2011). Web.
    • Harvey, David. The Condition of Postmodernity: An Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural Change. Cambridge: Blackwell, 1991. Print.
    • North by Northwest. Dir. Alfred Hitchcock. Perf. Cary Grant, Eva Marie Saint, and James Mason. Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Film.
    • Marcuse, Herbert. The Aesthetic Dimension: Toward a Critique of Marxist Aesthetics. Trans. Herbert Marcuse and Erica Sherover. Boston: Beacon Press, 1979. Print.
    • Williams, Raymond. Marxism and Literature. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1977. Print.

     

  • Production Values: Fordism and Formalism in North by Northwest

    Michael R. Griffiths (bio)
    Rice University
    mrg1@rice.edu

    Abstract

    This essay analyzes the aesthetics of capitalist economics at the threshold of the transition from fordist to postfordist modes of production. The essay organizes this analysis around a close reading of Alfred Hitchcock’s 1959 film North by Northwest. At stake is the relation between aesthetic productions which engage the economic base and thematize this engagement. In making this claim, the notion of capital’s “axiomatic”–a concept by which Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari designate the relative autonomy of the economic base–is employed to examine the way that, from as early as the 1950s, U. S. capitalism’s prodigious industries of entertainment and popular culture began to change to ungrounded, flexible, representational economies. An instance of this shift is the emerging pre-eminence of advertising, which the essay finds signaled in the “value” attributed to Cary Grant’s Roger O. Thornhill in the farcical spy plot. This value is referred to as “advertising agency,” and signals the collapse of such discrete spheres as the economy and state, as well as of production and consumption. Because of its historical position and its content, North by Northwest is a remarkable text for investigating the transformation of twentieth-century economic modes to a dereferentialized form which we continue to inhabit.

    During their famous series of interviews, Alfred Hitchcock describes to Francois Truffaut a telling scene from the early drafts of the script to North by Northwest. Hitchcock recalls that “one of the stops on the way [from New York to Rapid City] was Detroit, where they make Ford automobiles” (Truffaut 256). Becoming exuberantly concerned with the aesthetics of production, Hitchcock asks the French New Wave director:
     

    [h]ave you ever seen an assembly line? . . . They’re absolutely fantastic. Anyway, I wanted to have a long dialogue scene between Cary Grant and one of the factory workers . . . Behind them a car is being assembled piece by piece. Finally, the car they’ve seen being put together from a simple nut and bolt is complete, with gas and oil, and all ready to drive off the line. The two men look at it and say, “Isn’t it wonderful!” Then they open the door and out drops a corpse.
     

    (256)

     

    Why would production be figured by a sign of death—a corpse? Before beginning to read the film closely, I want to position this scene in a series of meta-textual questions. What happens to the Fordist economy and to its correlative aesthetic productions, particularly in the U.S., once its institutions lose their grip on economic and semiotic reference—a loss of reference that has come to be associated with postmodernity? Related questions include how aesthetic expressions of capital and of capitalism transform along with this loss of reference and how such transformations bear upon the persistence of the state as an organizing political form. The emblematic U.S. aesthetic of productivity was always at least partially invested in a project of modernist formalism, even as the United States came to exceed either the aesthetic of functionalism or the correlative Fordist logic of production that undergirded it. Where “Ford” is, in some sense, an iconic sign of the American economy per se, what economic transformations are encoded by the representation of the death of production?

    There is an old history of cinematic fetishism for productivity and the production line as images of modernity. Soviet filmmaker and theorist Lev Kuleshov uses the term “Americanist cinema” to describe his interweaving of technological fetishism and functionalist mise-en-scène in the 1910s and 1920s. For Kuleshov, “American shots” combine the latest montage techniques with the most technologically “modern” cinematographic content: the majesty of factories and mass transportation. Here I attempt to trace the continuance of this modernist aesthetic in the commercial cinema of the United States with an exemplum of the late 1950s output of one of Hollywood’s key imports, Alfred Hitchcock. Hitchcock is exemplary because his oeuvre straddles and registers modernism and postmodernism, making it a useful site to examine the vicissitudes of both (Žižek 1-14). Indeed, for such significant figures as Slavoj Žižek and Fredric Jameson, Hitchcock is not merely one filmmaker among many, but the convergence point for a certain late capitalist zeitgeist. His aesthetic formalism comments on and participates in the production of surplus value from signs themselves. Hitchcock is not only a classic filmmaker but has also become a site for testing and explicating contemporary ideas in cultural and critical theory. Here I attempt to render those ideas from contemporary cultural and critical theory consonant with the historical moment from which North by Northwest inscribes U. S. capitalism.

    Before attempting to read Hitchcock’s excised scene of a production line, it would do to position the question of the role of cultural production in the economic and political life of the Cold War Western democracies. Jameson draws out the illusions of the U.S. capitalist system nicely when he observes that
     

    in the period some call post-Fordist, the Soviets used to joke about the miracle of their system, whose edifice seemed comparable only to those houses kept standing by the swarm of termites eating away inside them . . . some of us had the same feeling about the United States. After the disappearance (or brutal downsizing) of heavy industry, the only thing that seemed to keep it going (besides the two prodigious American industries of food and entertainment) was the stock market.
     

     

    Like Hitchcock’s corpse in a production line, for Jameson, the American entertainment industry is a locus for the accrual of finance capital that conceals a decaying center not unlike a termite mound. The recent wave of economic collapses lies at the latter end of such cold war concerns, revealing the limits of what David Harvey calls flexible accumulation. These insistent collapses foreground the way neither state centralization of resources and productive means (“socialism”) nor any semblance of free market circulation best describes the contemporary economic world system after the displaced centrality of Fordist production and Keynesian statism (Harvey 141-172). The recent international housing bubble has connected global financial flows to such U. S. state capitalist institutions as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Cultural responses to this catastrophe have been many and diverse: from Saturday Night Live comedian Tina Fey’s aesthetic assault on the Palin-McCain campaign to AMC’s Mad Men, which, in drawing out the increasing influence of marketing on political campaigns like the infamous Kennedy-Nixon race, also evokes the political economic transformations of mass media political intervention in the twenty-first century.1Mad Men‘s setting in the early 1960s is the moment whose media I want to examine here: when this edifice, as Jameson has it, is beginning to crumble.

    The opening credit sequence of Mad Men plays like Kuleshovian Americanist cinema—where fetishism surrounding technology (shots of technologies of industry and mass production) has given way to a fetishism attached to signs themselves (an animated New York skyscraper drowning in images of 1960s ad campaigns collapses beneath the feet of a stylized silhouette of an executive; see Fig. 1 below).

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 1.

    Shot from titles to Mad Men. A citation of Saul Bass’s own titles for North by Northwest (see also Fig. 3 below).

    © AMC, 2007. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

    To comprehend the lineage of this semiotic transformation, one must note both its base economic genealogy and its aesthetic-cinematic, superstructural one. Mad Men‘s credits are a clear citation of Saul Bass’s credit sequence for Hitchcock’s North by Northwest with key nods also to Vertigo (1958). The resemblance between Mad Men‘s animated collapsing building and the opening of Hitchcock’s film (see Fig. 3 below) underscores the way both texts are deeply concerned with the role that techniques of marketing, spin-doctoring, and aestheticization of consumption have in the organization of the political life of the state. According to such Marxist economic historians as Harvey (and, in a comparable but divergent analytic register, Giovanni Arrighi), the transformation from Fordism to a post-Fordist regime of flexible accumulation is best located with the diminution of Keynesian economic policy and social welfare in the 1970s. As such, Hitchcock’s film, while remaining tied to the high Fordist moment, can be read as providing a glimpse into the increased role of cultural forms of consumption in late twentieth-century economic life.

     
    Here it is not my intention to offer an exhaustive account of Fordism and post-Fordism, but rather to work out the critique of the not-yet-post-Ford aesthetic which Hitchcock’s 1959 film offers. In so doing, I suggest that the film’s apparent lightness exemplifies not only the connection between a cartoonish version of Foucaultian state policing and the specter of transnational commerce; it also points to the means by which a commodity aesthetics can effectively intervene in the political economy of both the state and the global financial order. In other words, the film describes a formal cinematography inherited, in part, from Kuleshov and tailored to the pre-emergence of Harvey’s “flexible accumulation.” Harvey argues that the recession of Keynesian state capitalism is confronted by “the rigidities of Fordism,” precipitating a shift to “flexibility with respect to labor processes, labor markets, products, and patterns of consumption” (147). He also notes “shifts on the consumption side, coupled with changes in production, information gathering, and financing” (147). I suggest that Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari’s reading of capitalism can provide the analytic basis for identifying the apparently imperceptible cultural logics of such a shift to flexible accumulation. Deleuze and Guattari’s emphasis on the tension between the invisible operations of the movements of capital and their relative accessibility to the realm of culture and representation is a highly useful and underutilized theoretical resource.
     
    Where earlier systems of value tied accumulation directly to social ideas of status, hierarchy, and class, for Deleuze and Guattari, capitalism is exceptional in that it conceals this connection. Such ideas of status, hierarchy, and class, as well as notions of cultural meaning as familial, or ethnic and religious belonging were frequently tied to the economic base of pre-capitalist societies. Deleuze and Guattari call these pre-capitalist organizational forms “code.” Under capitalism, something fundamental shifts in the relation between code and economic value, as well as between representation and its reference to the economic base. As the theorists put it: “capitalism is the only social machine that is constructed on the basis of decoded flows, substituting for intrinsic codes an axiomatic of abstract quantities in the form of money” (139). For Deleuze and Guattari, the flows of capital are governed by a partially visible system of “axiomatics” which precedes the codes of social and cultural convention through which value appears. Axiomatics are the nonlinguistic means by which capital evaluates its chances for return—they are the bottom line of a cost benefit analysis. Yet capitalism cannot do without codes. The imperceptible flows of capital require a certain disingenuous quantitative easing. As Deleuze and Guattari put it, capitalism “overcodes,” relying on the capacity to manipulate competing and even contradictory messages about cultural value—the traditional heteronormative nuclear family, the importance of judaeotheistic religious values in maintaining a morally upright household or nation, the status value of a new automobile, or the national pride vested in the production process that manufactures it (read: Fordism). It is in relation to such codes that advertising becomes a central tool for “overcoding.” The semiotic register of capital is fully able to adapt to the ideological dimensions of any system of cultural value, and sloganeering is the means by which this can be accomplished.
     
    In North by Northwest, Cary Grant’s advertising agent protagonist Roger O. Thornhill finds himself in a landscape of both statist and mercenary capitalist speculation—a landscape that at once aestheticizes Fordist production and foregrounds its receding centrality. Where Deleuze and Guattari have been accused at various times—most famously by Gayatri Spivak (272-6)—of reinstalling a fetishization of capitalism through their language of desiring production and decoded flows, more recent and nuanced evaluations of their work reveal that although for the pair, “capitalism is indeed the limit of all societies,” its transformation of all entities—living or not—does not touch the schizophrenic logic of those at the margins of either production or, to use Althusser’s terms, the reproduction of productive relations. That is to say, capitalism relies on codes of social convention (family, organized religion, political nationalism, or market doctrines be they Keynesian, Friedmannian or otherwise), even as capital itself circulates through an imperceptible “axiomatic” of calculations of the flow of futures, interest rates, currency speculation, and the exportation of debt. Capital “axiomatizes with one hand what it decodes with the other” (Deleuze and Guattari 267). Capital operates in spite of sociocultural codes, even as capitalists rely upon the manipulation of these codes in order that capitalism be reproduced within and across units of social and political organization—nations, classes, territories. It is precisely at this level that one can identify capitalism’s reliance on language, “the language of a banker, a general, an industrialist, a middle or high-level manager, or a government minister” (267). In this way, Deleuze and Guattari deploy a theory of the relative autonomy of capital, while retaining a means of critiquing the agency of its capitalist and even statist manipulators. Paul Patton usefully emphasizes that “the functioning of the capitalist axiomatic implies agents of decision, administration and inscription, in other words a bureaucracy and a technocracy which function as an apparatus of regulation” (98). As Deleuze and Guattari note, the function of language for capitalist social actors is to operate as “perfectly schizophrenic language[s], but that function[] only statistically within the flattening axiomatic of connections that puts [each] in the service of the capitalist order” (267). Implicit in these assertions is the notion that cultural production in mass media exploits even as it reflects this very system of overcoding.
     
    This semiotic degree zero—the overcoded manipulation of value by marketing signs—is emphasized by the film’s opening line, in which Thornhill staves off a client’s criticism with the sloganizing quip: “if you believe that a high Trendex automatically determines a rise in sales . . . I, incidentally, do not.” This opening is accompanied by a barrage of slogans whose acme is the reference to the jargon of marketing (sales figures correlated to the Trendex television ratings system).2 The language of marketing, a superstructural device, is shown to be capable of injecting effects into the economic base, as Thornhill spins his way out of the bind in which he has apparently left his unseen client: falling sales. It is not hard to detect here the language of a “middle or high level manager,” attempting desperately to manipulate and control the flows of desire and expenditure which are out of his control (Deleuze and Guattari 267). Through the film’s chase, the schizophrenic language of advertising agencies brings this “middle or high level manager” to the attention of an American Cold War spy agency that would exploit and transform his expertise to intervene in the political export of commodified “secrets.”
     
    In this light, Mad Men‘s Don Draper seems like today’s nostalgic rendition of a radicalized schizophrenic capitalist as he emerged from the twilight of the Fordist period: the advertising executive. Here I want to posit that North by Northwest‘s Roger O. Thornhill is the instantiation of an archetypal capitalist manipulator of codes. The film can be read as the narrative of the oedipalization of the conventions which Thornhill deploys—their taming by the state’s paternal power (Bellour 77-92). That is to say, the film’s narrative depiction of the co-optation of Thornhill’s skills as an advertiser can be read as an allegory for the state’s battle to control the increasingly fluid and mobile technologies of capitalism. In some ways, the film’s narrative resolution of locating the advertising agent as an agent of the state is an imaginary answer to the kinds of exacerbated questions we see every night on CNN: why couldn’t “our” politicians control the over-speculation of Wall Street? If so, what are the consequences of the advertising agent’s movement towards sloganeering as a prop to flexible accumulation? Texts like Mad Men and North by Northwest at once reflect and participate in the manipulation of codes of cultural significance in pursuit of capital. Each of these texts is significant because it foregrounds an awareness of the political economic order of flexible accumulation in which it nonetheless participates.
     
    It is ultimately agents of the state who seek—successfully or not—to appropriate capital’s decoded flows through the overcoding of such agents as Draper and Thornhill. Where Patton asserts that “the state has always performed [a] regulatory role” (98) as an “apparatus of regulation,” we might consider agents like Draper and Thornhill as intermediaries—subject to the state as an apparatus of capture, but unwilling to be reduced to bureaucratic functionaries. Jeffrey A. Bell is right, then, to emphasize that for Deleuze and Guattari “schizos . . . are not salable” (96). Draper spins the Nixon campaign; Thornhill reluctantly comes around to playing the spy. North by Northwest seems a particularly opportune topos for a discussion of the American context of this formalism of flexible accumulation. Truffaut canonized the film as “the picture that epitomizes the whole of [Hitchcock’s] work in America” (249). Hitchcock’s knowledge of Kuleshov is recorded in a number of interviews, yet the connection of Hitchcock’s high period with American cinema is apparent only through the texts themselves (59). With its populism and use of Hitchcockian “pure cinema,” North by Northwest reconfigures Kuleshovian “Americanist cinema,” turning it from a modernist experiment in formalism and techno-fetishism into a pop-cultural postmodern play with the language of marketing; one that converts formal experimentation into a saleable commodity of the “prodigious” American entertainment industry.3 Even in the way it was marketed, the film was presented as a “tour” of the United States. In a promotional trailer Hitchcock stands before a map of the U.S. and announces his “coming attraction” as a commodified journey across the country.4 It is not my contention that North by Northwest reveals an already post-Fordist landscape, especially because the film precedes the transformation to post-Fordist modes of flexible accumulation as Harvey’s chronology would have it. Rather, insofar as Thornhill’s advertising agent draws his expertise from the Madison Avenue marketing world and employs it to intervene in a network of international spying, the film represents a commodified intervention into the iconically American process of “information gathering and financing” that is coming to outmode Fordist orthodoxy. For Hitchcock, a landscape of spin effaces and supplants that of production, like the spectacle of a crop-duster soaring across empty fields. As had also been the case in contemporary debates over the economics of industrial design, the cathected image of production is retained in the film’s aestheticization of American modernity, even as the film calls into question the centrality of production. In a seeming contradiction, North by Northwest codes flexible accumulation by concealing it within overcoded figurations of production and functionalism. The film dramatizes the value not so much of production as of its marketable sign.
     

    I. Of Ford and Film: America and the “Emptiness” of the MacGuffin

     
    The seriousness of Hitchcock was guaranteed by his reception among the French auteur theorists of Cahiers du Cinema. Yet, ironically, because Hitchcock’s films—particularly such apparently light, entertainment-driven endeavors as North by Northwest—appear to function as mere entertainment while being taken thoroughly seriously in academia, critics have come to position Hitchcock as the guarantor of any number of theoretical reading strategies—most conspicuously Lacan psychoanalysis in the work of Žižek and his followers.5 Here I want to take seriously the Jamesonian connection between Hitchcock and late capitalism for precisely the reason of the coincidence between Hitchcock’s capacity to mediate serious critical and cultural theorizations and, more importantly, because of the economic meaning of this concurrent, relatively entertainment-driven eschewal of seriousness. The underlying political stakes of Hitchcock’s work have precipitated a dazzling array of interpretations because his communicative apparatus appears to predominantly emphasize style, suspense, and entertainment—”art for art’s sake,” as North by Northwest‘s studio MGM has it. As testing grounds, Hitchcock’s films function not only to elucidate theoretical methodologies but also to precipitate assertions about the cultural embodiment of otherwise imperceptible (or, at least, murky) transformations in the logics of late capitalism. The present essay, in its reading of the film itself, treats North by Northwest as just such a zeitgeist text, but with a key caveat. Hitchcock’s notion of the form and thematics appropriate to cinema for the late capitalist moment does not so much reflect the filmmaker’s predilections (as if such intentionality could be identified), nor the centrally of the truth value of any external theoretical rubric (Lacanianism, Deconstruction, etc.) as it does the relation between capitalist production and cinematic production. The key referent here is the old question of art for art’s sake, where, Hitchcock asserted, he “put first and foremost cinematic style before content” (292). As such, a reading of North by Northwest is burdened not only to locate the film’s meaning, but its position within late capitalist aesthetics of style. The morbid lacuna of content at the center of production exemplified in the Detroit scene is doubled by the emptiness of the film’s MacGuffin—a microfilm—and the meaning vested by Hitchcock in film at all, beyond its mere entertainment value. This confluence between form and content is not incidental, I argue, but points to more serious transformations in capitalist society as well as to the film-commodity’s participation in them.
     
    A number of materialist critics have attempted to unpack Hitchcock’s relation to the quasi-dialectical oscillation between Fordism and post-Fordism.6 Richard H. Millington situates North by Northwest‘s idea of “America” at the telos of an individualism supposed to originate with Alexis de Tocqueville. The multiplicity of the genealogy asserted by Millington cannot be accounted for by shuttling back to Tocqueville only. Amidst this multiplicity of “imported analysts” of “American character”—Millington’s term—Kuleshov is the most relevant to Hitchcock’s cinematic aestheticization of “America” and its shift from Fordism to post-Fordism (135).7 In Kuleshov one already finds the aesthetics of Russian formalism deanchored from economic reference to the Soviet statist mode.
     
    Kuleshov places “America” and its relation to the technicity of modernist functionalism at the heart of effective cinematic communication (Millington 135). His “Americanist cinema” is invested in a technological figuration of indexical signs of the United States consonant with—and, indeed, essential to—the formal dimensions of film. Kuleshov and his crew experimented with different kinds of mise en scène, concluding that such technologies as the props and sets that appear in the American studio films of the 1910s facilitate the most effective communication with audiences. Kuleshov insisted on “[c]onstructing our cinematography based on American examples . . . we noticed that the most distinct, convincing shots were those of a technological and architectural content. Railroad bridges, sky-scrapers, steamships, airplanes, automobiles, etc., by appearing, best of all created the film aesthetic of the time” (41-123, 77-78). Sounding like a list from any number of Hitchcock’s production designers, but particularly Robert Boyle (who designed North by Northwest and Saboteur [1942], among others), Kuleshov installs an association between the image of America and technologies of modernity and transport within early cinematic theory. Hitchcock’s style is compulsively driven toward motifs of technological transport: trains, automobiles, hulking ships—not to mention his cameos on buses and trains (for instance in Blackmail [1930], To Catch a Thief [1955], and North by Northwest). Such a shared compulsion toward a pre-eminently technological understanding of what it means to film “America” implicates Hitchcock’s project in rethinking Kuleshov’s “Americanist cinema.”8 However, the question then becomes how the transforming contemporary economy of production and consumption reposition Americanist film aesthetics in a mid-century context at the horizon of economic applicability.
     
    Hitchcock’s North by Northwest foregrounds crucial connections between industrial production and the politics of the Cold War. Nonetheless, much criticism on the film has either elided this context in favor of meditation on reflexivity or treated the Cold War historical context as a pre-given ground to be reflected, as though the formal machinations of cinema were without their own ends. A brief examination of the treatment of the film’s MacGuffin reveals this double bind pointedly.9 Hitchcock consistently introduced the MacGuffin as more a cryptic play between presence and absence than a transparent approach to film hermeneutics. He defined the term anecdotally as a device for trapping mountain lions in the Scottish highlands. Since, as he gleefully notes, there are no lions in the Scottish highlands, then “that’s no MacGuffin,” where “that” is any motif of apparent narrative or hermeneutic import (Truffaut 138). Yet the MacGuffin is always already functional, driving the narrative of the given film. The apparent use value of such a device, offset with the clear absence of a referent to its use, situates the MacGuffin in precisely the terrain I think is pertinent to the film’s concern with the transformation of use and exchange in the mid-twentieth century American economic sphere.
     
    The MacGuffin’s effects are primarily functional—whether their use value allows them to catch nonexistent lions or to drive a film’s narrative—but if there is inevitably “no MacGuffin,” then the useless procedure of narrative film is automatically called into question. Employing an excessive preponderance of tactics, critics have attempted to describe, situate, and fix the paradoxical status of the Hitchcockian MacGuffin in general and of North by Northwest‘s MacGuffin in particular. For Ken Mogg, in North by Northwest the MacGuffin is “‘government secrets’, whatever they may be” (101). Yet “Hitchcock considered that this was his ‘best’ MacGuffin, because virtually non-existent” (Mogg 101). If Hitchcock prefers the nonexistent MacGuffin, then a related preference for uselessness refers neither solely to his attitude to narrative, nor to his sense of film’s economic use value, but rather, to the interrelation of either to the political and economic context encountered through the box office. The MacGuffin’s ironic deconstruction as “virtually non-existent” must not be overstated. Such overstatements foreground a reflexivity that evacuates film’s relation to any cultural, political, or economic context. It is precisely the virtuality of this non-existence that is glossed in this reading, which consequently fails to grasp the wider dimensions of the virtual and actual (in Deleuze’s terms), which are always at play in the space of the capitalist socius. George M. Wilson and Stanley Cavell have suggested that the film’s MacGuffin stands for cinema itself, foregrounding hyperreal cinematic reflexivity in “a context such as North by Northwest, where films are the stuff reality is made of” (Wilson 181). That one can locate the film’s MacGuffin in a microfilm reportedly containing “Government secrets” lends some credence to this position. However, the tiny microfilm also travels in the pre-Columbian statuette of a Tarascan Warrior, a piece of pre-colonial indigenous art. It is in this form that James Mason’s Vandamm purchases the microfilm at a Chicago auction. Reading the MacGuffin as virtuality means that even where the MacGuffin refers to nothing in particular, this does not mean it refers to nothing at all. Just as the MacGuffin has a housing in the Pre-Columbian, so it already begins to code or overcode the meaning of the American political and economic scene from its inception.
     
    The MacGuffin microfilm, then, tours through Hitchcock’s own film enveloped by a strange citation of America’s prehistory. To turn to the readymade aesthetics of reflexivity, then, obscures the wider chains of contextual citation surrounding North by Northwest‘s MacGuffin. Millington and Truffaut recognize that North by Northwest is deeply concerned with America, but such a concern cannot be disassociated from either the politics of the American state, nor the transforming ethos of capitalism, nor can it neglect the pre-eminence of “film” (observed by Wilson and Cavell) in the political economy of mass-cultural aesthetics. It should not suffice to return to the outside of film as “production history,” because this undertheorized allegorization would reinscribe a materialism blinded to the oscillation between formalism and its multiplicitous, intersecting contexts. Robert J. Corber for instance situates the film in allegorical terms, asserting that “Mount Rushmore” can be said simplistically to “translate[] into visual terms the Cold War conflict at the heart of the film” and to “stand[] for the democratic principles at stake in the recovery of the microfilm stolen by the Communist spies” (56). From its offscreen, pre-originary Detroit, the film’s tour indeed careens toward the monumental faces of American political Nationalism at Mt Rushmore, but this spectacle is commodified from the moment of its suture to Cary Grant’s gaze through coin operated tourist binoculars (see Fig. 2 below).10
     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 2.

    Shot from North by Northwest. Mt Rushmore: wry Hitchcockian framing through tourist binoculars reveals Nationalist icon as commodity spectacle.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959.
    Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

    Far from incidental, the MacGuffin’s pre-Columbian shell draws Cold War political secrecy into a commodification of American history and its occulted colonial past. The reflexivity of film form, then, should be understood as a means to what Deleuze calls the actual and not an end in postmodern virtuality, as it effectively becomes in Cavell’s and Wilson’s respective readings. However, my turn to the content is, as should already be clear, not a turn to the materialist outside offered in allegorizations such as those of Corber or Millington.

     
    To the degree that Hitchcock asserts his contribution to cinema style, it is by refusing what he called “content” in favor of “pure cinema,” in which “I put first and foremost cinematic style before content” (Hitchcock 292). When describing this formalism in North by Northwest‘s crop-duster sequence, Hitchcock insists that the “movement of the subject within the frame” is merely “axiomatic.” He continues, “the action is self-evident. For example, as many variations as one can get of a plane attacking a man” (287). The trope of the axiomatic characterizes Hitchcock’s formalism, his “style”—multiplying consumable thrills by showing action from multiple angles in order to extract cash from the box office. Hitchcock’s formalism instantiates the empty aesthetics of late capitalism and develops a formula for these logics that is directly analogous to the overcoded formula that Deleuze and Guattari identify with capital. Insofar as it is a non-linguistic mechanism for the accrual of thrills, box office value, and therefore, capital, the form of film—like its action—is “axiomatic.”11 The precedence of “style” over “content” is not merely an index of Hitchcock’s assertion of anti-intellectualism. Rather, it points to the way an axiomatic approach to film form indexes the axiomatic of capital. Like the “movement of the subject within the frame,” the movement of capital flows is imperceptible. But either axiomatic can be reframed, spun, given a narrative or slogan that assures its meaning—however empty and MacGuffinesque it may be. When ideological codes such as “industry” (the production line), the fight for freedom (Corber’s Cold War reading), or nationalism (the question of “America”) manifest under late capitalism, they cease to possess independently determinative power; that is, they no longer refer to the critical traditions in which they are mimetically inscribed. Such codes become signs to be consumed in their own right, traces whose ultimate form and reference is to profitable spectacle. North by Northwest reveals the way signs can be consumed by reference to affecting codes to which they, in fact, no longer refer: production, function, America. Within the logic of these overcodings, each of these signs becomes metonymically linked. The overcoding of production, function, and America as signs refers to a web of values and valences even as, for capitalism, their primary value is turnover, which is to say, surplus value.
     
    The Rushmore climax sees Thornhill slinging coins12 left and right in order to clamber to the top of the villainous Vandamm’s Modernist safehouse—based on Frank Lloyd Wright designs—in order to rescue Eve Kendall and to retrieve the Tarascan MacGuffin with its “Government secrets.”13 Here conspicuous consumption and the cinematic aesthetics of “height” come into contact. There are many high shots in the film, crane tilts to high angles, and monuments of height and perspective. From the Seagram’s building that opens the film to Mt. Rushmore (and the Frank Lloyd Wright house) that closes it (see Figs. 3 and 4 below), via a Mercedes Benz teetering off a cliff and a matte painting of the United Nations building (see Figs. 5 and 6 below), height of perspective pervades the film.
     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 3.

    Shot from North by Northwest. The Seagram’s building reflects the New York street below and provides the backdrop to the film’s titles.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 4.

    Shot from North by Northwest. Vandamm’s hideout atop Mt Rushmore, based on Frank Lloyd Wright designs.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 5.

    Shot from North by Northwest. Sutured to Thornhill’s gaze, the camera teeters off the edge of a cliff.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 6.

    Shot from North by Northwest. An internationalist monument of height and perspective: the U. N. Headquarters, designed by a team which included Le Corbusier.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-
    Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

    In the final climactic movement to a greater height (so that Thornhill will sneak into the house and observe Vandamm and Leonard from above [see Fig. 7 below]), the visual index of the high angle shot comes to trope “inflation” and “ungrounded” economics and unchecked consumption. The overcoding of a “high trendex” connects the language and expertise of the schizo-capitalist manager with the cinematography of height.14 This is nowhere more clearly emphasized than when, after rescuing Eve, Thornhill’s gaze is sutured to that of the domed stately heads of Mt. Rushmore (see Fig. 8 below).

     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 7.

    Shot from North by Northwest. Interior from Vandamm’s hideout atop Mt Rushmore as Thornhill observes his adversaries from above.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 8.

    Shot from North by Northwest. Thornhill’s gaze, sutured to that of the domed stately heads of Mt. Rushmore.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

    Thornhill’s climb to rescue Eve—with the surveilling gaze it affords him over Vandamm and Leonard—repeats shot constructions that have built up to it (see Fig. 9 below), notably at the auction scene when Thornhill, Vandamm, and Leonard gaze down on Eve (see Fig. 10 below). With this high perspective, commodification becomes a function of the male gaze (Mulvey 58-69).15

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 9.

    Shot from North by Northwest. Crane track to a view over Thornhill, Vandamm, and Leonard visually materializes the “high trendex.”

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 10.

    Shot from North by Northwest. The three men gaze down on Eve.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     
    The last shot from above is that of the policeman who, on the order of the Professor, closes down the rogue spy scheme with “real bullets,” as if the state order gains the strategic overview of cinematographic perspective, communicating an ideal governmental regulation of effervescent market flows. The film’s America, then, is more a form of state strategy than a set of ideas. The montage of attractions that connects the citation of film-as-reality (microfilm) to the aesthetic commodification of (pre-)America opens a possible analysis of film form and its contexts that would be obscured if one were to reduce these scenes to the self-reflexivity of the medium.16 What I am suggesting is the necessity of critically addressing what “America” figures for “film” both in form and content in order to sidestep the dialectic into which the capitalist order of overcoding and axiomatics casts it. The journey of Hitchcock’s decoy spy George Kaplan is supposed to have progressed via Detroit, a conspicuous metonymic notation of that great sign of Fordist assembly-line capitalism: the automobile industry. Here one can see more clearly the significance of the planned sequence with which I opened, wherein Hitchcock “wanted to have a long dialogue scene between Cary Grant and one of the factory workers . . . Behind them a car is being assembled piece by piece” and out pops a corpse (Truffaut 257).
     
    The film limns a pre-emergent post-Fordist terrain whose character emerges from the intersection between the nature of the commodity form and the aesthetics of “film,” both of which are housed in the “pre-Columbian.” Since this microfilm housing secrets, hidden in a commodified pre-Columbian statuette enfolds film, political secrecy, and America, none of these terms can be privileged within such a nexus. The political economy of signification matters particularly to the diminishing Fordist economic edifice because the continuing stability of such a trepidatious “termite mound” parasitizes and overcodes the privileged sign of production. Production is now not valuable for what it produces, but for the surplus value its very sign accrues since Fordist efficiency is not only a mode of production but itself a sign to be consumed. Within this new semiotic realm, such a sign of production comes to replace its referent. What I call “advertising agency” situates North by Northwest‘s collapse of political and economic sign-making within a cinematic motif called “America.” Advertising agency names the form of American cinematic style by which the film represents the schizophrenic language of the capitalist—the language of an overcoding that retains ideology in order to manipulate the flows of capital that nonetheless escape the capitalist gaze.
     
    Hitchcock’s narrative of mistaken identity limns the transformation of advertising agent Roger O. Thornhill—expert in the packaging of commodities—into a decoy spy. This process, which he calls “a decoy business,” entangles the postmodern logics of consumer-capital within the politics of the Cold War. The word “business” recurs many times in the film, and, as Thornhill suggests, consistently as a decoy. Here it figures the way the United States becomes not only a political space of decoy counter-spying, but also and inseparably, a landscape of speculative capital toured by an agent of semiotic capital. Before returning to the context in which Fordist production and American “industrial design” were undergoing reconfiguration when the film appeared, it is first necessary to situate the primacy of advertising agency in the film’s capitalist America.
     

    II. Advertising Agency

     
    During a key moment in North by Northwest, the American spymaster known as “the Professor” defuses a question of Thornhill’s as to the exact agency for which he works, noting that the CIA, FBI, and other agencies are all merely part of the same “alphabet soup.” The shifting dereferrential landscape that pulls capitalist sign-play into this “Alphabet soup” marks any spy agency as a mass-produced canned good. The film’s advertising executive protagonist is equally drawn into the indeterminacy of the film’s spy chase—an indeterminacy littered with such letters whose commodity form he possesses the finesse to market. The Professor also informs Thornhill that Vandamm is exporting “government secrets,” but, when doing so, adds a cryptic “perhaps.” Neither a mimetic reference to Cold War “government secrets,” nor a reflexive reference to—as Cavell put it—”the present film” (263), this indeterminate “perhaps” is more than a coy disruption of the spy genre. It signals instead a web of contextual conveyances, especially since the film for which the MacGuffin is a synecdoche has citational content, referring namely to the occulted past and fading functionalist logics of American industry. The film’s title is as much a slogan as the first few lines uttered by Thornhill. A memo to Hitchcock from the studio notes that while “we are all aware that technically there is no such point on the compass, our feeling is that the amount of publicity containing this title with yourself and Cary Grant, has built up a tremendous value for the title” (Krohn 205). Advertising agency emerges from the film’s sloganeering.
     
    The concrete expertise of consumer-capitalist product placement that is exhibited by Thornhill defines an agency shared by spies and businessmen in the film. Their expertise, in turn, indexes the consumer economics through which the film metatextually inscribes its very own decoy business. Advertising agency foregrounds the capability of marketing expertise to uncouple economic signs from their reference to such modernist master terms as are central to the understanding of Fordism: function and production. This agency turns out to be highly lucrative for the depoliticizing aims of Cold War aesthetic politics. There are two bands of spies in the film: the Professor’s American band and Vandamm’s offshore transnational “exporters of Government secrets.” Vandamm’s spy-ring and the Professor’s intelligence service vie for control over Thornhill. Each codes the interweaving of Cold War politics and American capitalism in a competition over the spectacular commodification of politics (advertising agency) that will yield returns not reducible to MacGuffin political secrets. Thornhill names the group of “importer/exporter[s],” “Vandamm and Company,” figuring the spy ring as a business.
     
    To thwart Vandamm and Company, Thornhill must use his expertise at spin-doctoring, sloganeering, and conspicuous consumption—the chameleonic expertise of an advertising agency. What Tom Cohen calls Hitchcock’s “secret agency” elucidates the semiotic dimensions of such political MacGuffins as North by Northwest‘s microfilm of secrets.17 Cohen reads Hitchcock’s visual ciphers and figural puns as intervening in film’s cultural politics. By emphasizing the circuitous repetition of motifs at work in Hitchcock’s insistent chains of self-citation, this reading strategy reveals the simultaneous containment and hyperbolic reference at work in Hitchcock’s oeuvre. For Cohen, America is already a technical and aesthetic enterprise undermined by the “cinematic assault” of secret agency (Hitchcock’s Cryptonymies 1:193). It is a space where, “allegorizing cinema’s threat to the home state . . . what had been secret agencies and saboteurs outside its borders descend into the totalizing horizon of the media-state ‘America’” (193).
     
    Citing the MacGuffin central to my discussion, Cohen insists that such technical significatory modes as “semaphoric networks, mnemonic techniques, phonetic and graphematic figures . . . devolve at times to micrological marks, like the ‘microfilm’ hidden in the pre-Columbian ‘figure’” (Cryptonymies 2:7). As I have already suggested, this marked citation of American prehistory is not merely figural, as Cohen’s inverted commas want to insist. The statuette also subtly cites the 1950s economic context where production is in the process of being supplanted by consumer-oriented markets. Cohen’s intense deconstruction of the Hitchcockian citational desoeuvrement reveals a disfiguration of politics that operates through an assault on memory by media itself. But such political disfiguration continues to rely on the commodification of the figural cipher in question. The ciphers of secret agency, like the commodity pre-Columbian statue with its conspicuously consumptive belly full of microfilm, not only cite and disfigure political content. Beyond this, they sell media as an arsenal of images to be consumed. What I call “advertising agency” supplements Cohen’s “secret agency” since Cohen’s analytic trope risks deemphasizing the commodity status of such empty politicized ciphers. The signs that secret agency remarks and dismembers, advertising agency reconverts for consumption, rendering them tools for the reproduction of the relations of image-making within the mass-media industry. Secret agency enters North by Northwest‘s frame as an absent presence—a misrecognition like that of the spies’ confusion of Thornhill for the nonexistent Kaplan. This misrecognition reprograms secret agency for the purposes of consumer landscape, where secret agents like the Professor appropriate the semiotic skill of advertising agents like Thornhill. Confusing Thornhill for the invisible (but nonetheless effective) decoy spy Kaplan can be read as referring to the confusion of codes for overcoding, slogans for reality, and the appearance of prosperity for its some more substantive prosperity.
     
    In North by Northwest, modern modes of transport convey the wily spin-doctoring ad agent across America. The efficacy of the agency wielded by advertising—sloganeering, for instance—is co-opted throughout the film by the “Professor.” The United States is revealed to be guarded as much by advertising agents and spin doctors as by political spies. Neither Vandamm’s spy ring nor the Professor’s agents can simplistically be located on either side of a cold war binary. In order to achieve his end of continued surveillance and monitoring of the “importer/exporter” spy, the Professor solicits and manipulates Thornhill’s smooth façade of slick performance, as he “overplay[s] his various roles” in order to stage the death of his decoy alter-ego “George Kaplan.” Decoy spying is converted into what the film calls “decoy business.” This commodification of death again sells the false production of identity for political ends. In the Mt. Rushmore café, under the lofty gaze of an American Presidential monument—itself a tourist commodity—political agency operates only as the empty content of a shell that relies on the spectacular performance better formulated by Thornhill, with the sloganeering sleight of his advertising agency.
     
    Thornhill’s role in the spying and counter-spying of the film is controlled and manipulated by the surveillance of the Professor’s own agency (in both senses), which further implicates the application of marketing expertise in governmental tactics. In the establishing shot of the ring’s first scene, the tight framing excises the letters I-N-T from the government agency’s brass placard, rendering the word “intelligence” as merely “elligence” or, perhaps, “elegance” (see Fig. 11 below). In this way, the guardians of the state are marked as a business by the citation of the consumerist sign elegance—intelligence agency reconstituted as an international boutique.
     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 11.

    Shot from North by Northwest. Sign outside the Professor’s elegant spying agency.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     

    In Lehmann’s shooting script, the names of the (int)elegance agency’s cadre of operatives smack of consumption (one is named “housewife”), finance capital (another bears the epithet “stock broker”), and spectacle per se (59-62). Similarly, North by Northwest‘s importer/exporter spies do not appear to be allied to any state; rather, they seem to work for the highest bidder. The elegance agents work for the United States but insist on “only interfering with the police when absolutely necessary.” The Professor and his agents, while primarily responsible to the “United States,” cannot be said to simplistically align with the order of internal state surveillance. In fact, the cold war agencies operate like a transnational business, even allowing Kendall—agent “Number 1″—to be exported along with Vandamm and the pre-Columbian statuette with its consumptive “belly full of microfilm.” In this way, “elegance” obscures the “I-N-T” of international. The Professor’s elegance agency pitches a strategy like a talent agent attempting to option a film whose formal mode straddles secret agency and advertising agency. The intelligence agency qua elegance agency reveals the transforming postmodern logic of political surveillance, with its remediation of the practices of the private sector’s “decoy business.”

     
    Cold war state binaries cannot be decoupled from the financial overcoding that circulates through the cold war thriller as a plethora of techniques, slogans, and the high shot itself—a form of spin doctoring evinced in the visual pun of a spinning wheel in the foreground of a vertiginous shot from atop a cliff (see Fig. 5 above). “War is hell,” Thornhill is told by the Professor, who has never “pitched” his name—another pun on marketing terminology. As business practice is implicitly politicized, the stakes of the conflict come to rest on the capacity of each group of spies to better utilize the signs of the political for monetary advantage (in the case of “Vandamm and Company), or tighter state security (in the case of the “elegance agency”).
     
    As such, advertising agency threatens to destabilize the conflict, while offering mechanisms for governmental control. One might also consider Roger Thornhill’s self-marketed performance, “overplaying his various roles” in order to disrupt an art auction, which then leads him to enter the clutches of the state’s policing function. As he is captured by the bumbling Chicago police, the advertising agent remains ever a spin doctor, insisting to his captors: “I’m valuable property! Imagine the headlines, ‘Chicago Police Capture United Nations Killer’” (emphasis added). The auction scene underscores Thornhill’s capacity to subvert the standards of value so as to further inflate and untether their already floating value.
     
    In response to Thornhill’s inflationary interventions, the auctioneer anxiously requests that “the gentleman” tacitly accept the rules of the auction’s polite bourgeois convention and “get into the spirit of things,” as if such conventions were already spectral, haunting an economic order with values it cannot control and prices it can no longer fix. The auctioneer’s pleas for the “spirit” of convention are to no avail. Thornhill’s spin doctoring undercuts the auction’s standards of value, misrecognizing prices, as he cries out that “twelve dollars” is “more than it’s worth,” and excessively inflates the price of an item to “three thousand” (when the bid is only twelve hundred). There is, at this point, no longer a fixed gold standard to curb the inflationary subversions of such interventions.18 The auction scene foregrounds the floating instability of value and reference that accompanies Fordism’s recession—allegorized by the cinematography of height.
     
    The battle over the political economy of representation in the film also enlists and reorients gendered subject positions. The intervention of advertising agency offers a further clue to the pre-Columbian commodity sign. The auction scene connects the commodified exchangeability of woman (Eve Kendall) to the prehistory of Americanism marked in the Pre-Columbian statuette. In a montage of attractions, Kendall is identified as a “little piece of sculpture,” just as the sale of the statuette is announced. Through this fleeting montage association between gender identity and the specter of America’s imperial prehistory, the scene exhibits advertising agency’s capacity to trivialize identity (gendered or otherwise) and history (American or otherwise), rendering it as one or other specter left over from the war machine of overcoded commodification. Only specters of value, history, and identity remain in this landscape of spin-doctoring. Thornhill’s apparently genuine desire for Eve juts up against the play of convention and subterfuge that can merely insist on “the spirit of things.” The question becomes: what does the spirit of commodity exchange do to the semblances of identity and history that it leaves as memento mori in its wake. Further, the logic of height and inflation is implicated in the metaphorization of woman as pre-Columbian commodity and, therefore, film itself. As I have already argued, a key high-angle shot in the series that spans the film takes place at the auction, notably at the moment of the audiovisual montage of attractions: Eve and the statuette (see Fig. 10 above and Fig. 12 below). How then does post-Fordist capitalism make specters of the fragile histories that it commodifies like the spectral reference to Detroit that survived the excised scene of a body in the production line?
     

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 12.

    Shot from North by Northwest. The Pre-Columbian statuette which holds the MacGuffin microfilm.

    © Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Image from the author’s personal collection.

     
    As in the auction scene, the hierarchy of production over consumption is inverted in the Fordist corpse sequence, positioning death and its iterable spectrality within an assembly-line. The production line is a consumer spectacle that allows the motion picture director the opportunity to gleefully imagine an overcoded, “absolutely fantastic” sequence fit for commodified film entertainment, one capable of accruing (box-office) capital through reference to (but not to be grounded in) the idea of “American” Fordist industry. Where Americanist cinema had, for Kuleshov, purveyed propaganda by displaying high technology, for Hitchcock, the display of technological production aligns itself with consumer entertainment. The production line replaces the Fordist process of insistent reproduction by inserting a death whose principal goal is its consumption as “absolutely fantastic” spectacle. In this political-economic context, such mass media expertise as advertising agency becomes essential to capitalism.
     
    Thornhill’s spin on the auction’s conventions, and his refusal to “get into the spirit” of the bourgeois ritual, together threaten to collapse what we might call, following Jacques Derrida, the specters of value. These specters, while once essential to production, come to be rendered as conventions that merely maintain the economic termite mound of the U.S. economic system. For Derrida, capitalism’s spectrality emphasizes its plural forms, which insist on commingling within the political sphere. As Derrida puts it, “[t]here was never just capital, nor capitalism in the singular, but capitalisms plural—whether state or private, real or symbolic, always linked to spectral forces—or rather capitalizations whose antagonisms are irreducible” (59). If, as I have already suggested, Hitchcock’s Americanist cinema is a commodified representation of such a “spectral force,” then it should come as no surprise that North by Northwest commodifies murder and inserts it into the heart of the Fordist production line. Augmenting the Derridean point with the Deleuzian-Guattarian analytic, it is possible to observe that it is precisely the overcoding of such a plurality of capitalisms that allows the axiomatics of capital to adapt and subsist. In a sense, capitalism’s spectrality is the result of its decreased reliance on fixed reference as its precipitant baseline value.
     
    Where the plural capitalisms of advertising agency are in effect, production’s death renders it a spectral force, oscillating undecidably between the state and the private sphere. The emphasis, in capitalist society, on the simplicity of production principles, their effective division of labor and their connection with rapid turn-over neither dies nor disappears. Such Fordist principles turn into post-Fordist specters as their capacity to reap surplus value diminishes in favor of the more flexible advertising principles which nonetheless describe and exalt production’s specter. Capitalism is spectral because it lives on in a form that is no longer consonant with the productive ground through which it continues to represent itself—the sign of production outlives its centrality to the economic system. Similarly, film form is, in Hitchcock’s words, axiomatic—capable of drawing in any and every spectral code and referent via marketable generic conventions. As such, the film’s various high perspectives cross multiple spheres of social, political and economic life: from that of the production and management of big business, to the state and international juridical orders—the Seagram building, Mount Rushmore, the United Nation’s plaza.
     
    The Ford assembly line and the pre-Columbian statue are commodity synecdoches of “America” as a space of production. Bodies populate the assembly line, and there “ain’t no crops” in the murder scene corn field surveyed from on high by the cropduster. Reeling from such loss of reference between the actual and the internal logics of capitalism, Thornhill returns to Chicago to find the pre-Columbian statuette sold to the collector Vandamm, where Thornhill “thought [he] only collected bodies.” Here, the deathly order of the corpse–“bodies”-simultaneously codes the corpses at the heart of the production line, the murders instigated in the barren fields of corn, and the commodity accumulation registered in the villain’s penchant for “collect[ing]” dead things.19 Rendered as a commodified art object, the statuette—MacGuffin of the pre-industrial past—rematerializes the spectrality that haunts the American production-line. Pre-Columbian art is alchematized as an exchangeable, non-referrential commodity fetish.20 The technologies of Kuleshov’s ideal American mise en scène are everywhere shadowed by tropes of death in Hitchcock, signaling both the decay of production, and the consumability of its absence.21
     
    For Americanist cinema, consumption supplants the memento mori of production. Technology and transport are similarly implicated. In a decoy game of spin and banter aboard the Twentieth Century Limited, Thornhill flashes Kendall his business card bearing what he calls his “trademark,” ROT. Where the “O” signifies “nothing,” as Thornhill says, advertising agency insists on the commodity form of its own decaying, or rot-ting, identity. Identity signifies “nothing.” Yet this rotting nothingness can, with sound and fury, continue to be trademarked and sold. If Thornhill’s advertising agency signature marks the decay of production, then what is the decoy business of such related motifs as those deployed by Eve? Kendall’s own signature marks the aesthetics of American industry, “industrial design” and the Twentieth Century Limited, is marked in advance as a brand name. In the next section, I consider the kinds of contextual aestheticization that the film draws in, in order to mark and underscore its place in the history of decline, death, and spectrality that defines its vision of American Industry. Americanist cinema becomes this decline’s exultant eulogy.
     

    III. Twentieth Century Ltd.

     
    In flight from the clutches of the police, as well as importer/exporter spies, Thornhill races through Grand Central Station, stopping at a ticket booth to purchase “a bedroom on the Twentieth Century.”22 This trademark American train is the setting for Thornhill’s first encounter with the decoy number one spy who is strung between the (int)elegance agency and the foreign agents of secret export. She introduces herself as “Eve Kendall, twenty six years old and unmarried [and] . . . an industrial designer” [emphasis added]. The viewer eventually learns that this role is a front for Kendall’s position as the “number one” spy in the Professor’s investigation of Vandamm’s importer/exporter spies. Positioned as a front in the film, industrial design becomes, like the femme fatale spy, a marketing façade.
     
    Kendall sends Thornhill on his fool’s errand to the cornfield; she spins death which metaphorizes the uncoupling of value from reference. Eve’s pretense is like her own form of advertising agency. Insofar as American industrial design is inculcated in the Fordist ideal of the “American assembly line,” Eve’s advertising agency configures the commodification of femininity as a tool of use to America in the Cold War. Eve is the inverse of Thornhill’s advertising agent in the same way that the elegance agency forms a mirror image to the importer/exporter spies. Where the elegance agency codes the use of transnational capitalist technique by the agents of state surveillance, Vandamm’s importer/exporter spies instantiate a business that exchanges secrets for monetary advantage. On the one hand we find the techniques of advertising agency employed for the purpose of cold war spying, and on the other, spying as a means to accrue capital. Similarly, where Thornhill stands for the advertising agency necessary for the capture of Vandamm, Eve Kendall’s “front” as industrial designer foregrounds her performance of such signs (here, “profession”) as a means to carry on her spying.
     
    The “decoy business” that surrounds this citation of “industrial design” foregrounds the primacy of consumption. The scene takes place in a dining car—site of consumption. Here both characters employ the witty repartee of advertising agency that sold the film’s mass consumer appeal (after the dismal box office failure of Vertigo). Here consumption and heteronormative desire blend together, trivializing femininity as a commodity. Sounding almost like a slogan, Eve’s line “I never discuss love on an empty stomach,” was a dubbed replacement for Lehman’s more explicit, “I never make love on an empty stomach” (Lehmann 72). This ciphering of the consumption of food as economic expenditure is there from the film’s opening. In another instance of advertising agency’s sloganeering, Thornhill devises a promotional flirtation, suggesting that his secretary send chocolates wrapped in gold paper to a lover: “she’ll think she’s eating money!”
     
    On the discovery of Eve’s marketed pretext, Vandamm notes that the “neatness” of “business” requires the “disposal,” of Eve, “from a great height, over water.” Disposal, here, marks not only murder, but also expenditure—an antiquated connotation of the word—one that will covertly cite capitalist patriarchy’s subjection of femininity to the exchange economy.23 Height of perspective here becomes the means for this murderous expenditure, as though femininity itself has been transformed into an overcoded indice of value. The importer/exporter spies, like the Professor, deal in the commodifiable charms of woman for political advantage. North by Northwest converts what Gayle Rubin called “the traffic in women” from its premodern sense—exuberant expenditure, or “potlatch,” of actual women—to a postmodern commodification and sale of the very sign value of woman (27-62). Eva Marie Saint’s real life persona already “sells” this role, so to speak; on television, she had played a “party girl,” declaring, “I go out with men—for money.”24
     
    The dereferential economy I have been describing is not only symbolic, but can—indeed must—be historicized by recourse to the signs of industrial capitalism that it cites and positions in frame. One such citation, the Twentieth Century Limited, was an icon of post-depression modernist American industrial design. The film’s citation of mass transit as commercialized enterprise disfigures of the place of “industrial design” in the mid-century industrial context. As Jeffrey L. Meikle points out, the train signaled the increasing purchase of the consumer economy, selling the ideal of production instantiated in the apparent functionalism of its locomotive. The vicissitudes of this icon allow the film to cite a functionalist aesthetic that further complicates the film’s shadow play with economics. J. George Frederick, the editor of “The Philosophy of Production: A Symposium,” companion piece to a 1930 conference of concerned businessmen argued that any criticism of production’s place as the principle underlying American industry would be as effective as, “a child playing on the track of the Twentieth Century Limited” (qtd. in Meikle 70).
     
    However, as Meikle has argued, the purportedly functionalist design principle of “streamlining,” used on transportation devices such as the Twentieth Century, were gradually adapted to the consumer economy of the nineteen-fifties (179-187). The exteriorizing designs of such vehicles as the Twentieth Century Ltd. would eventually reproduce themselves in household consumer items like alarm clocks, fridges, and ovens, particularly after the functional value of streamlining came under question (181). Such a streamlined consumer item—a refrigerator—appears on the back of the truck that Thornhill steals in order to drive back to Chicago following the crop-duster attack. Here the film cites the consumerization of “industrial design” quite directly. The advertising executive flees the scene of interrupted industry and barren crops to return to the big city in a stolen automobile bearing consumer goods. This tiny occluded journey is almost a synecdoche for the film’s total disruption of 1950s Fordist optimism.
     
    Eve’s manipulation of the front of “industrial designer” highlights the importance of the train’s relation to American industry. At the same time, it subtly implies the empty commodity form of “industrial design” with its functionalist pretext; the dining car scene deploys food and sex, as the thinly veiled undercurrents of this pretext. The train seen in the film was refurbished in 1938 with a Henry Dreyfus-designed grey steel streamliner casing housing a steam locomotive. It is as if its exterior shell was to be consumed – like its domestic commercial progeny—primarily as style, with littlegrounding in referential functionality. Meikle notes that
     

    the leading industrial designers contemplated using streamlining as an organizational concept…one critic even identified streamlining as the new national style. [He] observed, ‘that numerous curved forms are taking their place in the commercial designs of utilitarian products.’
     

    (181)

     

    The “new national style” increasingly became merely a consumable sign, not unlike other national signs, or the designer persona that the spy Eve adopts to ensnare Thornhill. Consumer engineer Egmont Arens argued for the use of streamlining as a “slogan.” Arens spun the idea that domestic consumer goods—like the fridge on Thornhill’s stolen truck—”should be ‘Streamlined for Selling’-eye resistance eliminated . . . making it always easy for folks to sign the order pad” (qtd. in Meikle 165).

     
    In 1958’s Vertigo, the film immediately preceding North by Northwest, Barbara Bel Geddes—daughter of leading designer Norman—delivers a wry joke about the commodification of the design industry. Norman Bel Geddes was criticized in 1934 for betraying his functionalism to “a blind concern for fashion.”25Vertigo develops the virtual critique of this association. Barbara Bel Geddes’s Midge Wood keeps a brassiere in her studio, designed “on the principle of the cantilever bridge.” Like the transport technologies of American industry, the feminine form is metatextually recommodified in Americanist cinema under the sign of productive innovation.26
     
    If Eve’s performance of the value of industrial design has, in a sense, “improperly inflated” the value of this sign, then perhaps her being “dropped from a great height over water,” is supposed to facilitate the “neatness” of not only the importer/exporter spy’s “business,” as he puts it, but also the dangerously untethered values of American industry per se. Such a figural stock-market crash in the symbolic exchange of woman parallels the collapse of the purchase of the American design industry at which she masquerades. Each of the pre-modern logics spectrally deployed by the film is brought into montage association at the auction and reveals the commodification proper to Americanist cinema: both the literal pre-Columbian statue and its correlate in the quasi-primitive circulation of Eve, who sells herself for the purposes of state secrecy as sex object and ostensible “industrial designer.”
     

    IV. Commodifying Americanist Cinema

     
    Like the Twentieth Century Limited, North by Northwest Americanist cinema no longer refers to the modernist aesthetic of functionalism favored by Kuleshov—”simplicity in line” designed to facilitate communication with an audience. For Kuleshov, working in the Russia of the teens and twenties, the aim of this aesthetics was inevitably political and propagandist. While “audience response” was central from the beginning, in Hitchcock’s film it forms a privileged relation with commodification. Hitchcock always referred to filmgoers in these agglomerated terms: “the public”—a passive, desiring, but nonetheless inert mass to be manipulated by cinematic shock tactics of formalism. As I have emphasized, there is a formal confluence asserted in the film between kinds of height and inflation, from the film’s opening remark on high trendexes—a thoroughly overcoding marketing phrase—to their visualization as so many high perspectives, the Seagram’s credit sequence to the Rushmore climax. In this light, the animated collapsing fall of advertising agency imagined in Mad Men‘s opening appears an increasingly wry citation of the consequence of the normativization of axiomatic dereferentialization. North by Northwest‘s intervention reveals the late capitalist intersection of commodification and Cold War politics even as the film itself is simultaneously depoliticized and recommodified: “streamlined for selling” in the popcorn marketplace.
     
    Advertising agency’s dereferential transformation of America in North by Northwest correlates perfectly to the axiomatics of Hitchcock’s “pure cinema,” rendering it a more effective weapon in the arsenal of late capitalism. The film installs the figure of “pure cinema” in the belly of the pre-Columbian. As such, for Hitchcock’s film, “America” becomes an overcoded idea, a brand to be capitalized upon, from the film’s trailer to the first appearance of Mt. Rushmore seen by Thornhill from the gift shop through coin-op tour binoculars. North by Northwest converts Americanist cinema to “pure cinema,” and political content to overcoded exchangeable signs. The film also participates metatextually in this process, converting its formal elements into a set of signs streamlined for “selling” its spectacle, just as the Twentieth Century Limited converted its form—whose function was wind resistance—into a consumable aesthetic principle. As Grant boards the train, he witnesses the feet of his pursuant policeman treading across its red carpet, foregrounding the spectacular setting of this industrial design icon, while recommodifying the sign for Hitch’s viewing public. In this way, for the Hitchcockian cinematic project, the political codes (communist/capitalist, America/foreign, politics/economics) informing the desires of the viewing “public” are emptied out formally.
     
    The visual tour of North by Northwest recrafts territory and reorients reference to the ends of its consumerist project, even as it eviscerates the discrete division of the economic and the political. The reinscription of American political economic greatness usurps the place of an imaginary community called “America.” This space’s effigy is no longer the Pre-Columbian Gods but Fordist industry, the “fantasy” of the production line and—metatexually—cinematic entertainment per se. So the small black statuette shatters and yields profits, revealing not so much the reflexivity of medium that some critics saw in the microfilm, but rather the lucrative commodity potential of such reflexivity. This MGM film is converted into another commodity in the M-C-M’ chain of Americanist cinematic circulation. Simultaneously, it fulfills Hitchcock’s “axiomatic” commitment to “pure cinema”—a reflexive circuit that brands the opening appearance of the studio’s logo, with its motto, ars gratia artis.27 In these hands, “Americanist” cinema deploys formalism not only to depoliticize the image, but also to sloganize all reference: to the pre-Columbian past, now commodified; to the production line, at turns dead and streamlined for consumption; to political spying, always already “elegant”; or to femininity that is produced by commodity fetishism. Hitchcock’s late-capitalist commodification converts Americanist cinema from a high modern exercise in functionalism and simplicity to a hyperreferential consumer form.
     

    Michael R. Griffiths is a Ph.D. Candidate in the English Department at Rice University and Lodieska Stockbridge Vaughn Fellow in the Humanities for 2011-12. His research explores biopolitics, particularly in Australian settler colonies. He has published essays or has essays forthcoming in Australian Literary Studies, Antipodes, Humanimalia, and in edited collections. He also maintains the politics and culture blog Apparatus at <http://mrgculture.wordpress.com/>.

     

    Acknowledgements

     
    Revision of this article benefited from the insights of a number of readers, notably Robert L. Patten, Josh Kitching, Jayme Yeo, Ryan Kehoe, Suzanne Rindell, J. E. M. S. Weeks, Paul Case, and Jen Rickel, as well as from Postmodern Culture‘s anonymous readers. The essay benefited greatly from their advice and perspective. Any limits or errors of the essay, of course, remain my own. An earlier version of this essay received the 2009 Shirley Bard Rapoport Essay Prize and I would like to acknowledge the kind assistance of Morris Rapoport and the Rapoport family.

     

    Footnotes

     
    1. See for instance: “Top T. V. Series of the Decade.”
     
    2. There are also a whole slew of such slogans preceding this moment and these exploit the commodification of signs such as femininity (“here’s some for your sweet tooth, and all your other sweet parts”) and colonialism (“let’s colonize ‘The Colony’ next week for lunch”), all to identify defined mechanisms for identifying the axiomatic of profit margin.
     
    3. On Hitchcock’s notion of “pure cinema,” see “On Style: An interview with Cinema,” in Hitchcock 285-302.
     
    4. As Steven Jacobs has recently remarked, “by the late 1950s, clearly, tourism has become a Hitchcock trademark” (50).
     
    5. Cohen foregrounds the significance of Hitchcock’s lightness in his essay “Hitchcock’s Light Touch,” in Hitchcock’s Cryptonymies 2:197-256.
     
    6. While Fredric Jameson and Slavoj Žižek have been the most influential discussants of Hitchcock’s relation to, amidst else, capitalism and its postmodern form, I have in mind more recent criticism. Many critics have more pointedly focused on the historically delineate relation between Hitchcock’s understanding of America and its relation to politics and economics. See Millington 135-154; Corber; and Cohen, “Extraterritoriality: An In-House Affair at the Embassy of Ao—” in Hitchcock’s Cryptonymies: Volume 1 (193-238).
     
    7. One could also cite, for instance, Franz Kafka’s Amerika and Bertolt Brecht’s The Rise and Fall of the City of Mahagonny. At this moment in the oeuvre, Hitchcock’s films frequently and subtly thematize the tension between the meaning of “America” and its meaning according to its commentators. Neither Hitchcock nor the film’s star Cary Grant is American—the latter, as To Catch A Thief‘s Francy (Grace Kelly) notes, is “unconvincing . . . like an American character in an English movie.”
     
    8. To my knowledge, there is no recorded instance of Hitchcock mentioning “Americanist cinema.” However, I am not making the case for a causal connection. To identify Hitchcockian “Americanist cinema,” one would have to unpack a figural concern with the technology of modernity and its place in the political geography of late nineteen-fifties America.
     
    9. One recent reconsideration of the MacGuffin that leans toward the idea of reflexivity that I critique here is in Walker 296-306.
     
    10. Rushmore conceals its own contextual history of consumer spectacle. When the film was made, the 1920s monument was already home to a whole network of consumerist fund generators for the Park’s commission: “an antebellum mansion, waterslide, thirty-six holes of golf, sundry museums, and a surfeit of gift shops” (Taliaferro 159). Thornhill’s assassination of his alter ego Kaplan takes place in the consumer space of the monument’s canteen. The Hitchcock trope of consumer tourism—at least within the figural space of “America”—is tied into the commercial dimensions of the American geopolitical space. Hitchcock and his family on his first tour of America—in 1937, as part of a promotional tour for Sabotage (1936)—took in many of the sights of Washington, D.C., touring the capitol and other government buildings. On the Hitchcock family’s Washington tour, see McGilligan 12.
     
    11. For a full account of their concept of the axiomatics of capital, see Deleuze and Guattari (222-261). I am not suggesting a knowing connection between Hitchcock’s use of the word “axiomatic” and Deleuze and Guattari’s use of the term in their Capitalism and Schizophrenia project. Rather, North by Northwest taps into and exploits precisely the entertainment formalism that Deleuze and Guattari so acutely diagnosed in late capitalist functioning. Overcoding uses its referent to accrue capital; when a formula of overcoding functions, it becomes fixed as an axiom.
     
    12. The objects Thornhill throws at the window to attract Eve’s attention were designated as coins from Lehmann’s shooting script onwards (153).
     
    13. Jacobs provides full details of the design of the Wright-inspired set (297-313).
     
    14. Metatextually, commodity spin continues here. Cary Grant’s former acrobat star persona comes into play. As in To Catch a Thief (1955), it is Grant’s performance of his own persona that effects this rescue. What is on display and for sale here is the personal history of Archibald Leach, the acrobat turned movie star. Postmodern Americanist cinema reinvents the sacrificial expenditure of woman in the Hitchcock heroine and her cinematic commodification.
     
    15. See also Manlove’s recent reconsideration of Mulvey’s account.
     
    16. My use of the term “montage of attractions” refers to Sergei Eisenstein’s foundational film theoretical concept. Eisenstein’s montage theory asserts that juxtapositions produce a conflictual dialectic that both collapses together as a synthetic totality and cites a chain of associated connections (35-52). As Eisenstein puts it, “the cinema is made up of juxtaposition and accumulation . . . of associations . . . associations that produce, albeit tangentially, a similar (and often stronger) effect only when taken as a whole” (36).
     
    17. Cohen, Hitchcock’s Cryptonymies, 1: xi. For a useful summary of de Man’s idea of the “material event,” see Warminski. For a useful application of de Man’s notion of materiality to cinema and to Hitchcock, see Cohen, in Material Events 114-152.
     
    18. Arrighi gives a useful account of the various abandonments and reinstallations of the gold standard after 1929 (269-300).
     
    19. Pre-Columbian art consistently signifies not only commodity circulation but simulacral form. The authenticity of pre-Columbian works from the nineteen-fifties to the present has been called into question many times. See McGill, “Pre-Columbian Works Could Be Fakes.”
     
    20. Gerald Vizenor underscores the way indigenous identity has become a commodified simulation in late-capitalist American society. He reads signifiers of “Indian-ness” as markers of “manifest manners,” pretended and performed inventions of a Western image of the American native that cannot be reappropriated but only unsettled through insisting on the unstable trickery they inevitably unleash. Such figures as the pre-Columbian statue in North by Northwest can be read as such commodified forms of manifest mannerism. See Manifest Manners; and “Aesthetics of Survivance,” in Survivance 1-24.
     
    21. Like the body in the assembly line, the cars that Norman Bates feeds to the swamp behind the modernist drab of the Bates motel are, as Leland Poague has noted, associated with Fordism. The license plate of Marion Crane’s car, which reads NFB, can be read as “Norman Ford Bates,” because the company’s logo is present “in nearly every frame wherein the license plate is readable . . . metaphorically shoving the car’s FORD logo in our faces,” and implying “the familial relation of crazy Norman and the father of American assembly line capitalism” (Poague 344).
     
    22. Jameson has limned the “geopolitical aesthetic” of the film’s Cold War moment, arguing that the transformation of private spaces like bedrooms and restrooms into spaces of public intercourse worries the political unconscious of the film’s understanding of the private/public distinction. As I argue here, and as Jameson recognizes, where the film displays awareness of its Cold War context it does not refer only to its politics but to the interweaving of politics and economics. See Jameson, 47-72.
     
    23. “[G]et rid of by throwing away or giving or selling to someone else.” Dispose, v. Oxford Dictionaries Online, 2d.
     
    24. File-footage of Saint’s appearance is included in a documentary produced for the DVD edition of North by Northwest (1959; 2004)
     
    25. Geddes had been criticized in 1934 by the director of the Museum of Modern Art for pandering to consumer demand. MoMA’s director leveled the accusation of a “blind concern with fashion,” calling Geddes’s designs a “streamline pencil sharpener by one of the highest paid industrial designers” (Meikle 179-187). The director’s criticism is symptomatic of a wider concern amongst functionalist designers at the Museum that commercial industrial design meant to “stimulate sales” as Meikle puts it, by rendering serviceable goods “‘obsolete’ in appearance” (180).
     
    26. In both Vertigo and North by Northwest, female characters at turns apply their talents to industrial design (Midge Wood) and perform them as fronts for other intentions, commodifications, and desires (this is true of both Kendall and Wood insofar as she is played by Bel Geddes). In either case, this performance underscores the celebrity status of those designers whose work is featured in the film, for instance Bel Geddes, Frank Lloyd Wright, Le Corbusier, and Ludwig Mies van der Rohe; the film’s initial audience could well have been aware of this celebrity.
     
    27. Marx, “The General Form of Value,” Capital 1:157-162.

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Arrighi, Giovanni. The Long Twentieth Century: Money, Power and the Origins of Our Times. London: Verso, 1994. Print.
    • Bell, Jeffrey A. Deleuze’s Hume: Philosophy, Culture, and the Scottish Enlightenment. Edinburgh: Edinburgh UP, 2009. Print.
    • Bellour, Raymond. The Analysis of Film. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 2000. Print.
    • Brecht, Bertolt. The Rise and Fall of the City of Mahagonny. Trans. W.H. Auden and Chester Kallman. Ed. John Willett and Ralph Manheim. New York: Arcade, 1996. Print.
    • Cavell, Stanley. “North by Northwest.” A Hitchcock Reader. Ed. Marshall Deutelbaum and Leland Poague. Ames: Iowa State UP, 1986. Print.
    • Cohen, Tom. Hitchcock’s Cryptonymies: Volume 1: Secret Agents. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2005. Print.
    • ———. Hitchcock’s Cryptonymies: Volume 2: War Machines. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2005. Print.
    • ———. “Political Thrillers: Hitchcock, de Man, and Secret Agency in the Aesthetic State.” Material Events: Paul de Man and the Afterlife of Theory. Ed. Tom Cohen, Barbara Cohen, J. Hillis Miller, Andrzej Warminski. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2000. Print.
    • Corber, Robert J. In the Name of National Security: Hitchcock, Homophobia, and the Political Construction of Gender in Postwar America
      . Durham: Duke UP, 1993. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Trans. Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1983. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Specters of Marx: the State of Debt, the Work of Mourning, and the New International. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. New York: Routledge, 1994. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques, and Bernard Stiegler. Echographies of Television: Filmed Interviews. Trans. Jennifer Bajorek. New York: Polity, 2002. Print.
    • Eisenstein, Sergei. “The Montage of Film Attractions.” The Eisenstein Reader. Ed. Richard Taylor. Trans. Taylor and William Powell. London: British Film Institute Publishing, 1998. 35-52. Print.
    • Garron, Barry. “Top 10 T.V. Series of the Decade.” Reuters. 27 November 2009. Web. 15 June 2010.
    • Harvey, David. The Condition of Postmodernity: An Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural Change. Cambridge: Blackwell, 1991. Print.
    • Hitchcock, Alfred. Hitchcock on Hitchcock: Selected Writings and Interviews. Ed. Sidney Gottlieb. Berkeley: U of California P, 1995. Print.
    • Jacobs, Steven. The Wrong House: The Architecture of Alfred Hitchcock. Rotterdam: 01 Publishers, 2007. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. “Culture and Finance Capital.” Critical Inquiry 24:1 (1997): 246-65. Print.
    • ———. “Spatial Systems in North by Northwest.” Everything You’ve Always Wanted to Know About Lacan (But Were Afraid to Ask Hitchcock). Ed. Slavoj Žižek. London: Verso, 1992. 47-72.
    • Kafka, Franz. Amerika. Trans. Willa and Edwin Muir. New York: Schocken, 1996. Print.
    • Kovacs, Stephen. “Kuleshov’s Aesthetics.” Film Quarterly 29:3 (1976). Print.
    • Krohn, Bill. Hitchcock at Work. London: Phaidon Press, 2000. Print.
    • Kuleshov, Lev. “Art of the Cinema.” Kuleshov on Film. Ed and Trans. Ronald Levaco. Berkeley: U of California P, 1974. Print.
    • Lehman, Ernest. North by Northwest. Shooting Script. File Copy, 1968.
    • Manlove, Clifford T. “‘Visual ‘Drive’ and Cinematic Narrative: Reading Gaze Theory in Lacan, Hitchcock, and Mulvey.” Cinema Journal 46:3 (2007): 83-108. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital: An Essay on Political Economy. 3 Vols. Trans. Ben Fowkes. New York: Penguin, 1976. Print.
    • McGill, Douglas C. “Pre-Columbian Works Could Be Fakes.” New York Times. 20 May 1987. Web. 15 June 2010.
    • McGilligan, Patrick. “Hitchcock Dreams of America.” Hitchcock Annual 10 (2002-03): 1-31. Print.
    • Meikle, Jeffrey L. Twentieth Century Limited: Industrial Design in America: 1925-1939. Philadelphia: Temple UP, 1979. Print.
    • Millington, Richard H. “Hitchcock and American Character: The Comedy of Self-Construction in North by Northwest.” Hitchcock’s America. Ed. Jonathon Freedman and Richard Millington. New York: Oxford UP, 1999. 135-154. Print.
    • Mogg, Ken. The Alfred Hitchcock Story. Dallas: Taylor, 1999. Print.
    • Mulvey, Laura. “Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema.” Feminist Film Theory: A Reader. Ed. Sue Thornham. New York: New York UP, 1999. 58-69. Print.
    • North by Northwest. Dir. Alfred Hitchcock. Perf. Cary Grant, Eva Marie Saint, and James Mason. Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1959. Film.
    • Patton, Paul. Deleuze and the Political. London: Routledge, 2000. Print.
    • Poague, Leland. “Links in a Chain: Psycho and Film Classicism.” A Hitchcock Reader. Ed. Marshall Deutelbaum and Leland Poague. Ames: Iowa State UP, 1986. 340-350. Print.
    • Rubin, Gayle. “The Traffic in Women: Notes on the Political Economy of Sex.” The Second Wave: A Reader in Feminist Theory. Ed. Linda Nicholson. New York: Routledge, 1997. Print.
    • Taliaferro, John. Great White Fathers: The Obsessive Quest to Create Mt. Rushmore. New York: Public Affairs Publishing, 2002. Print.
    • Truffaut, Francois. Hitchcock. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1967. Print.
    • Vizenor, Gerald. Manifest Manners: Postindian Warriors of Survivance. Lincoln: Nebraska UP, 1993. Print.
    • ———, Ed. Survivance: Narratives of Native Presence. Lincoln: Nebraska UP, 2008. Print.
    • Walker, Michael. Hitchcock’s Motifs. Amsterdam: Amsterdam UP, 2005. Print.
    • Warminski, Andrzej. “Introduction.” Aesthetic Ideology. Paul de Man. Ed. Andrzej Warminski. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1996. 1-33. Print.
    • Wilson, George M. Narration in Light: Studies in Cinematic Point of View. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins UP, 1986. Print.
    • Žižek, Slavoj, Ed. Everything You’ve Always Wanted to Know About Lacan (But Were Afraid to Ask Hitchcock). London: Verso, 1992. Print.

     

  • Notes on Contributors

    Dwayne Dixon is a Ph.D. candidate in the Department of Cultural Anthropology at Duke University where he is completing his dissertation on young people in Tokyo and their relations to urban space, changing economic conditions, and visual technologies.

    Mark Driscoll is an Associate Professor of East Asian Studies at the University of Carolina, Chapel Hill. He is the author of two books on East Asian cultural and intellectual history published with Duke University Press, and has published articles in Social Text, Cultural Studies, and Postcolonial Studies.

    Alexander García Düttmann is Professor of Philosophy and Visual Culture at Goldsmiths (University of London). His most recent publications include: Philosophy of Exaggeration (Continuum 2008), Visconti: Insights into Flesh and Blood (Stanford 2009), Derrida and I: The Problem of Deconstruction (Transkript Verlag 2009), and Participation: Conscience of Semblance (Konstanz University Press 2011).

    Daniel Herbert is an assistant professor in Screen Arts and Cultures at the University of Michigan. His research is devoted to understanding the relationships between media industries, geography, and cultural identities. His essays appear in several collections and journals, including Film Quarterly, Millennium Film Journal, and Quarterly Review of Film and Video.

    Jan Mieszkowski is Professor of German and Humanities at Reed College. He is the author of Labors of Imagination: Aesthetics and Political Economy from Kant to Althusser (Fordham University Press, 2006) and of the forthcoming Watching War (Stanford University Press, 2012). He has published widely on European and American literature since Romanticism, German philosophy, and critical theory.

    Arkady Plotnitsky is a professor of English and Theory and Cultural Studies at Purdue University, where he is also a director of the Theory and Cultural Studies Program. He has published on the philosophy of physics and mathematics, continental philosophy, British and European Romanticism, Modernism, and the relationships among literature, philosophy, and science. His most recent books are Epistemology and Probability: Bohr, Heisenberg, Schrödinger and the Nature of Quantum-Theoretical Thinking (2009), Reading Bohr: Physics and Philosophy (2006), and a co-edited (with Tilottama Rajan) collection of essays Idealism Without Absolute: Philosophy and Romantic Culture (2004). His next book, Niels Bohr and Complementarity, is scheduled to appear in 2012.

    Scott C. Richmond is Assistant Professor in Film and Media Studies at the Department of English at Wayne State University. He is the author of “‘Dude, That’s Just Wrong’: Mimesis, Identification, Jackass,” forthcoming in World Picture. He is currently at work on a book manuscript on film theory entitled Resonant Perception: Cinema, Phenomenology, Illusion.

    Chloë Taylor is Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Women’s Studies at the University of Alberta. She has a Ph.D. from the University of Toronto and was a Social Science and Research Council of Canada and Tomlinson postdoctoral fellow at McGill University. Her research interests include twentieth-century French philosophy, philosophy of sexuality, feminist philosophy, philosophy of food and animal ethics. She is the author of The Culture of Confession from Augustine to Foucault (Routledge 2009) and is an editor of the journal Foucault Studies. She is currently working on two book projects, one concerning Foucault, feminism, and sexual crime, and the other concerning Foucault, animal ethics, and the philosophy of food.

    Hong-An Truong is an Assistant Professor of Studio Art at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Her photographs and videos have been shown at numerous venues including the Godwin-Ternbach Museum in Queens, the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, Laguna Art Museum, Torrance Art Museum, Monte Vista Projects in Los Angeles, DobaeBacsa Gallery in Seoul, PAVILION in Bucharest, Art in General, and the International Center for Photography, both in New York. She is currently working on a video installation on memory and war violence that focuses on the life of writer Iris Chang.

  • Thought, Untethered. A review essay.

    Scott C. Richmond (bio)
    Wayne State University
    scr@wayne.edu

    Graham Harman, Towards Speculative Realism: Essays and Lectures. Washington: Zero Books, 2010.
    Levi Bryant, Nick Srnicek, and Graham Harman, eds., The Speculative Turn: Continental Materialism and Realism. Melbourne: re.press, 2011.

     
    In his little book on “the ontology of film,” Stanley Cavell imagines that photography satisfied “the human wish, intensifying in the West since the Reformation, to escape subjectivity and metaphysical isolation—a wish for the power to reach this world, having for so long tried, at last hopelessly, to manifest fidelity to another” (21). Individuality had become isolation, consciousness came unhinged from the world, and philosophy had to renounce a concern with the things. From outside the field of philosophy, photography’s pictorial realism embodied a new solution, both aesthetic and technological, to a centuries-old philosophical problem that thought itself was no longer capable of resolving. Now from within the field of philosophy, for the last decade or so, a group of philosophers has been attempting a specifically philosophical solution, speculative realism.
     
    Speculative realist philosophers challenge the necessity, even the propriety, of philosophy’s renunciation. Citing the rampant decadence of “postmodern skepticism” and the small-mindedness of analytical philosophy’s concern with mind, these philosophers amplify, transform, radicalize, and exalt in Husserl’s famous slogan, “back to the things themselves!” This movement has gone under a few different names, but has settled on speculative realism after a 2007 conference of that name. It has become institutionalized enough that two new volumes propose to evaluate where it is and how it got there: Graham Harman’s collection of essays and lectures, Towards Speculative Realism (Zero Books, 2010), and an anthology edited by Levi Bryant and Nick Srnicek along with Harman, The Speculative Turn (re.press, 2011).
     
    My agenda in this review essay is twofold: to evaluate the broad contours of speculative realist thought as they are presented in these two volumes, focusing on two exemplary philosophers in particular, Graham Harman and Quentin Meillassoux; and to show that, however far removed from—even antagonistic to—the concerns of aesthetic, political, and cultural criticism speculative realism may be, it has significant if unexpected stakes for contemporary critical theory. Speculative realism explicitly rejects what I want to call the “humanistic” concerns of much of contemporary continental philosophy and its inflection in critical theory of the sort practiced in literature, film, art, and cultural studies departments. But the terms of this rejection, and the problems it entails or discloses, are instructive for those of us whose speculative practices take place within the domains of culture and the arts. In particular, the deep but perhaps obscure affinity between speculation and aesthetics in speculative realism can serve as an opportunity to reopen, and possibly to transform, our ways of understanding our own critical work and the kind of traction it can have on cultural and aesthetic objects.
     
    Graham Harman is easily the most readable of the speculative realists, and TowardsSpeculative Realism is particularly readable. It is a collection of lectures and previously unpublished essays from 1997 through 2009. The great virtue of this book is as an introduction to Harman’s thought, and to his object-oriented philosophy as a variant of speculative realism. It presents in redacted and often exploratory form many of the ideas that were the foundations for his monographs, including Tool-Being, Guerrilla Metaphysics, and Prince of Networks. In these books, he often presents his case as though he were reporting incontrovertible results–a style of writing and thinking that is likely a virtue in popularizing a philosophical position. However, because of this, his thinking can feel at times a bit like a conceptual machine which, once you turn it over, keeps going by itself until it runs out of gas (or you do). By contrast, because many of the entries in Towards Speculative Realism come in the earlier phases of his philosophical process, this volume presents Harman’s remarkably creative thinking less conclusively, in the course of its evolution over a decade. Less certain of itself, this work shows Harman asking, rather than answering, questions. While there’s evidently nothing new in a retrospective volume like this, both the proximity of different stages of his thinking and the substance of his style present his object-oriented ontology as a series of productive philosophical questions rather than inert doctrine.
     
    The animating question of Harman’s philosophy is: what is the nature of an object? His way of posing this question is grounded in an unorthodox reading of Heidegger, worked out over roughly the first half of Towards Speculative Realism, although it is so foundational for Harman that some form of it is present in nearly every essay. While Harman’s philosophy passes through other thinkers—Latour, Whitehead, Islamic Occasionalism—his philosophical trajectory can be profitably understood as a progressive, radical rereading of 20th century phenomenological thought. This trajectory begins with a reading of the account of tools in Being and Time, laid out particularly clearly in “The Theory of Objects in Heidegger and Whitehead,” and “A Fresh Look at Zuhandenheit.” As Harman has it, “the scenario of the tool in Being and Time has nothing to do with the human use of tools, and everything to do with the tools themselves” (TowardsSpeculative Realism 24, hereafter cited as TSR). Or, in a slogan which appears in several essays, “The tool isn’t ‘used,’ it is” (TSR 7, 25, 46).
     
    For Heidegger (the received Heidegger, anyway), any analysis of the world must take into account readiness-to-hand, presentness-at-hand, as well as their correlation. For Harman, this position is crassly anthropocentric. Readiness-to-hand does not name a special relation humans have to tools, but rather the available or disposable aspect of any object with respect to any other object. In “The Theory of Objects,” he develops this analysis with the example of a bridge:
     

    Walking across a bridge, I am adrift in a world of equipment: the girders and pylons that support me, the durable power of concrete beneath my feet, the dense unyielding grain of the topsoil in which the bridge is rooted. What looks at first like the simple and trivial act of walking is actually embedded in the most intricate web of tool-pieces, tiny implanted devices watching over our activity, sustaining or resisting our efforts like transparent ghosts or gels.
     

    (TSR 24)

     

    For Harman, the tool—any given object—is enmeshed in a set of total relations (i.e. the world). Meanwhile, each object is visible only very partially from any given perspective. “The bridge has a completely different reality for every entity it encounters: it is utterly distinct for the seagull, the idle walker, and those who may be driving across it toward a game or a funeral” (TSR 25). The word utterly here is doing a great deal of work: the claim is that the relation between the seagull and the bridge is of a radically different, wholly unrelated, kind than the relation between the idle walker and the bridge.

     
    This allows Harman to claim that “there is an absolute gulf between Heidegger’s readiness-to-hand and presence-at-hand” (TSR 26). No matter how it manifests itself, the bridge (or any other object) itself is always infinitely withdrawn. Any relation a walker, a seagull, or a driver in a car may have to it always radically misses what the bridge is, in itself. And any relation, in any modality, we may have with a tool, whether it be practical or contemplative, aesthetic or empirical, also always radically misses the object. Harman’s object-orientation entails a concern with the “unchecked fury” of the withdrawn essence of objects (TSR 26). Doing justice to the object itself means affirming such fury, and also affirming that we never reach any object as it is in itself. But crucially, neither does any other object: objects are withdrawn from each other as radically as they are from us. The relation (or non-relation) between bolts and pylons is of exactly the same kind as between humans and the bridge: “all relations are on the same footing” (TSR 202). What’s refreshing about Harman is his insistence that bolts and pylons deserve as much or more attention from philosophers as the typical objects of philosophy: language, knowledge, mind, etc.
     
    The obvious question arises of how objects can interact at all if they’re also absolutely withdrawn from each other. The second half of Towards Speculative Realism presents Harman’s development of this question as well as his solution: vicarious causation. As he has it in an essay on Husserl, “Physical Nature and the Paradox of Qualities,” “if hammers, rocks, and flames withdraw from all other entities, then it needs to be explained why anything happens in the world at all” (129); and “since objects cannot touch one another directly they must be able to interact only within some sort of vicarious medium that contains each of them” (TSR 131). Harman’s very weird but absolutely ingenious and elegant solution to this problem is that this medium is other objects. Relations themselves are objects. Take again the bridge example: its bolts anchor its pylons into its concrete foundation which is itself dug into the ground. These are all objects in their own right, never encountering one another, always infinitely withdrawn. But taken together, in their relations to one another, the bolts and pylons and foundation and concrete form the bridge itself—which is also wholly withdrawn, even from its constituent parts. It’s objects all the way down. Except there is no question of up or down—no level of reality (of scale, complexity, durability, nature, or physical existence) is any more essential or fundamental than any other: “an atom is no more an object than a skyscraper,” “an electron is no more an object than a piano,” and “mountains are no more objects than hallucinated mountains” (TSR 147-48). While the bridge is certainly composed of parts, the bridge itself is not any one of these parts, nor merely their sum. The bridge names the way in which its parts are related to one another, but it is not itself reducible to this bundle of relations.
     
    Throughout, Harman’s ontology of an utterly pure, totally positive, completely inaccessible object licenses speculation as the only way we may ever reach anything like an encounter with the object itself. Since “there is no way of approaching equipment [objects] directly, not even asymptotically or by degrees” (47), the only way we have of thinking the withdrawn object or vicarious causation is metaphysics, “speculative theory on the nature of ultimate reality” (TSR 49). Two consequences follow from this. First, since we always miss the object, the ground for Harman’s theory of objects cannot be the object itself. This is a phenomenology without a practice of description. At no point does Harman ever really address himself to any object in particular, and it is not difficult to see why. At best we see his characteristic stylistic tic of what elsewhere he calls a “poetry of objects” (Prince 101-103): “monkeys, tornadoes, diamonds, and oil,” “hammers, drills, keys, and windows,” “trees, atoms, and songs. . . armies, banks, sports franchises, and fictional characters” (TSR 95, 97, 147). This is a poetry whose only device is parataxis. As poetic device, parataxis levels all differences between its terms—which, I suppose, is precisely the point. No object has any privilege or right of dignity over any other. But as a collection of essays (instead of a book on a single thinker, like Prince of Networks), Towards Speculative Realism makes particularly clear a resulting difficulty in Harman’s thinking. Instead of asking about any objects in particular, the essays all treat different philosophers and their theories of objects: Heidegger and Husserl, but also Lingis, Whitehead, Latour, and DeLanda. These are uniformly creative, opening these thinkers up in novel ways. Yet even in its object-oriented instance, it seems that the object of philosophy is really only ever other philosophy.
     
    The second, related consequence is that in Harman’s case, the revival of metaphysics seems to amount to a revival of what Renaud Barbaras teaches us is the basic metaphysical mistake in “Phenomenological Reduction as Critique of Nothingness”: determining in advance that being must be purely positive by opposing it to pure nothingness. To maintain the form of being as pure positivity, Harman’s objects must be infinitely withdrawn as a matter of formal requirement. His position (and Towards Speculative Realism) begins with a formal determination of an object as a purely positive being, and the rest of his philosophy (and the rest of the book) unfolds in a frictionless universe of formal objects without qualities or air resistance, like high-school Newtonian physics. Harman develops his doctrine of vicarious causation because his theory of objects was obviously missing an account of relation or change. As we see in his progressive posing of the question of relation in Towards Speculative Realism, vicarious causation addresses a formal problem of a metaphysical system, but it does not seem excessively oriented by the need to explain any particular facts.
     
    The benefit of Harman’s position is that it allows philosophy to speak of any and all objects, to become, that is, object-oriented. This does not come without costs. This philosophy can only speak of objects so on the condition that all such objects be any-objects-whatever, all fungibly withdrawn. It thus prevents any access to being itself except by means of the very faculty that determines in advance what will count as being: speculation. Meanwhile, phenomenality, our ongoing encounter with the world, teaches us that the world, and what is in the world, is, in itself, indeterminate, porous, incomplete. A more mundane phenomenology, like that of Merleau-Ponty, does not discover the absolute being that such speculation desires or demands. At issue is not realism per se, since Harman admits phenomenology is (or can be) realist. The issue is rather what you mean when you say something exists. Harman’s exuberantly maximalist position, from a certain angle, looks less like a realist return to the things themselves, as they are and as we discover them, and more like an ingenious philosophical revenge on the world for not living up to the disappointed expectation that being be pure and absolute, for its failure to satisfy Cavell’s wish. A thought which claims better fidelity to the things themselves ought not to work tirelessly toward a formal philosophical articulation of what an object is, both presuming and concluding that objects are all fundamentally fungible—or, what amounts to the same thing, all radically singular and wholly withdrawn. Rather than freeing us from anthropocentrism, such speculation can feel almost megalomaniacal, recreating the world in its own image.
     
    Much broader in scope than Towards Speculative Realism, The Speculative Turn is a survey of current positions, trends, and debates in speculative thought. It is a much bigger and more difficult book. It consists of 25 entries over more than 400 pages, from the usual suspects of speculative realism (Harman, Ray Brassier, Levi Bryant, Iain Hamilton Grant), from frequent critics and interlocutors (Steven Shaviro, Alberto Toscano), and from stars of contemporary continental philosophy (Badiou, Žižek, Stengers, Latour). It is an impressive volume in its depth and vibrancy, and the interest of this volume for scholars working in the idioms of critical and cultural theory lies in no small part in the impressive intellectual creativity unleashed by a radical break from familiar styles and objects of thought. Moreover, it does an excellent job of collecting the multiple positions and styles of thinking on offer in speculative realist philosophy. It is less clear, however, what to do with those radically divergent positions and what the goal of such a survey is.
     
    The book has the raw material to serve as an introduction to speculative realist thought (and then some), but its organization will not be useful to readers not already familiar with speculative realism. The editors have divided the book into five sections, which, oddly, are mentioned in the introduction but are not reflected in formal divisions in the table of contents or section breaks. They are “Speculative Realism Revisited,” then a folio on Quentin Meillassoux’s After Finitude, followed by sections on Politics, Metaphysics, and Science. These divisions do make some sense, but the ordering of essays is sometimes inscrutable. For example, Meillassoux’s contribution, “Potentiality and Virtuality,” which redacts and extends positions he presented in After Finitude, is placed only after the folio dealing with After Finitude. And even within that folio, Peter Hallward’s “Anything is Possible” is a clear and critical summary of AfterFinitude, is cited by every entry in the folio, and yet comes only toward the end of the section, the fourth of five entries.
     
    Readers not already steeped in speculative realist thought would do well read out of order: the introduction to the volume; Hallward’s “Anything is Possible” and Nathan Brown’s response; Levi Bryant’s “The Ontic Principle”; Shaviro’s commentary on Harman, “The Actual Volcano,” and Harman’s response; and Harman’s “On the Undermining of Objects,” and Grant’s response. After that, many of the essays in the volume will be much easier to parse. (And some of them, no matter how brilliant, will be obscure without significant preparation in the history of philosophy.) The difficulty of ordering is perhaps unavoidable in a book like this. As is evident from their introduction, the editors of The Speculative Turn aspire to introduce these debates to a broad audience and to demonstrate their importance to the larger field of continental philosophy. The challenge is that the debates between the contributors are live and ongoing, have been for some time, and are still unfolding in these pages, as is evidenced by the number of responses included in the volume. It’s hard to stage an introduction in the middle of things.
     
    At the same time, as a marker of its growing institutionalization, The Speculative Turn might also signal a moment of increased fragmentation in speculative realist philosophy. Speculative realism offers a great many different options, which share much more in what they reject than in what they affirm. And what they reject is what Quentin Meillassoux has named “correlationism,” or Kant’s critical legacy. As Ray Brassier has it, correlationism is “the philosopheme according to which the human and the non-human, society and nature, mind and world, can only be understood as reciprocally correlated, mutually interdependent poles of a fundamental relation” (The Speculative Turn 53, hereafter cited as ST). As the number of anticorrelationist positions grows, it seems that the feeling of being united against the pieties of both continental and analytical philosophy has become less urgent; Harman suggests as much in his entry. Nevertheless, speculative realists’ fractiousness has always been a hallmark of the movement, frequently invoked as evidence of its dynamism and importance. Such fractiousness is perhaps befitting a movement which rejects the last two hundred years of thought: these are people very willing and quite able to engage in heroic acts of disagreement. Paradoxically, when anthologized, such disagreement seems increased to the point of dispersal. This is particularly true with some of the entries from the better-known thinkers: the speculative realist core of this volume sits rather uneasily beside Žižek’s unsurprisingly full-throated affirmative answer to his titular question, “Is it Still Possible to Be a Hegelian Today?” That said, this feeling of dispersion turns on much more than the mere proximity of these essays, but is also a substantial intellectual matter.
     
    Speculative realism of all flavors proposes to move past the Kantian inheritance of correlationism by insisting that philosophy must return to its pre-critical (pre-Kantian) vocation of speculation about the Absolute. Or the real. Indeed, the two seem to become equivalent. Bryant, Harman, and Srnicek acknowledge in their introduction that “this activity of ‘speculation’ may be cause for concern amongst some readers, for it might suggest a return to pre-critical philosophy, with its dogmatic belief in the powers of pure reason.” Continuing, they claim that speculation “aims at something ‘beyond’ the critical and linguistic turns. As such, it recuperates the pre-critical sense of ‘speculation’ as a concern with the Absolute, while also taking into account the undeniable progress that is due to the labour of critique. The works collected here are a speculative wager on the possible returns from a renewed attention to reality itself” (ST 3). It seems to me that it is not so much speculation or its promotion that should be a cause for concern, nor attention to reality, but rather the elision of the difference between the real and the absolute.
     
    This elision is evident in the characterization of much contemporary thought as anti-realist. If “the basic claim of realism is that a world exists independent of ourselves” (ST 16), it seems a bit extravagant to claim Marxists are anti-realist, or phenomenologists, or analytical philosophers of mind, or even such much-maligned language-oriented philosophers as Derrida or Gadamer or Wittgenstein. And yet, the editors claim that a
     

    general anti-realist trend has manifested itself in continental philosophy in a number of ways, but especially through preoccupation with such issues as death and finitude, an aversion to science, a focus on language, culture, and subjectivity to the detriment of material factors, an anthropocentric stance toward nature, a relinquishing of the search for absolutes, and an acquiescence to the specific conditions of our historical thrownness.
     

    (ST 4)

     

    A concern with finitude and death, or an investigation of (but not acquiescence to!) our historical conditions and conditionedness, aren’t on their face anti-realist, but are rather ways of reckoning with the real from our situation within it, of acknowledging our failure to know it as it is in itself, of coping with its recalcitrance and indeterminacy and excess.

     
    The speculative realist asks us to leave behind what we think we know or experience of the real, for we cannot know this radical exterior, “the great outdoors.” Thus it becomes the task of speculation to think the real as the absolute. And ontology, understood as resurgent metaphysics, takes priority over epistemology. As with Harman, such a position obliges speculative realism to hold that there are no phenomenological or epistemological criteria by which we might evaluate such accounts of the absolutely real and their competing claims. This is the problem The Speculative Turn both presents and embodies. Since knowledge seems to be out of the question (or is just a boring question), the thinking on offer in this volume is by turns ingenious, athletic, and inspiring, or tortured, baroque, and impenetrable—and radically divergent. The disagreement turns mostly on the nature of objects and the nature of change, or the not-quite-parallel problems of relations vs. objects and process vs. stasis. Which is just to say that they argue a great deal about the nature of the real, as befits realists. It seems less clear what, exactly, their grounds for dispute are.
     
    The folio on Meillassoux helps clarify these problems. It is the most unified portion of the book; all the essays deal with the same texts and problems, and it presents the greatest sustained encounter in the volume between speculative realism and its critics. Yet even here, these two camps seem to be talking past one another. Meillassoux’s philosophy itself helps make clear why that should be. Meillassoux, like Harman, holds that the ultimate nature of reality is beyond apprehension by knowledge, science, or the senses, although thought can grasp something of the nature of the things. However, for Meillassoux (in Hallward’s words), “the modality of this nature is radically contingent… there is no reason for things or ‘laws’ to be or remain as they are. Nothing is necessary, apart from the necessity that nothing be necessary. Anything can happen, any place and at any time, without reason or cause” (ST 130). Meillassoux is Hume’s wonderfully perverse heir; “Potentiality and Virtuality” is a reconsideration of “Hume’s Problem.” Hume famously observed that we cannot ever know the cause of an event, we can only induce it. Traditionally, Hume’s problem has been cast as a problem of epistemology: if we cannot ever truly know a cause from its effect, the question becomes what practices of induction can sufficiently underwrite claims to knowledge, especially scientific knowledge? But Meillassoux poses the problem, radically, as one of ontology, marshaling Hume to the conclusion that there is no necessity, that there is no reason at all, that things do seem to continue mostly as they are. The universe is absolutely contingent.
     
    For Meillassoux, any change at all is always radically possible but never, ever necessary. The problem of how you can get from one state of affairs to its successor is a problem of merely ontic description. Metaphysics has nothing to say on the matter other than whatever rules or laws or conditions govern (or seem to govern) such unfolding are radically contingent. But this notion of radical contingency is so radical that it cannot get, in Hallward’s words, any purchase on concrete change: “Once Meillassoux has purged his speculative materialism of any sort of causality he deprives it of any worldly-historical purchase as well. The abstract logical possibility of change. . . has little to do with any concrete process of actual change” (ST 139). Responding to Hallward, Nathan Brown insists that this is no deprivation; rather, the proper domain of Meillassoux’s work is “the speculative.” Brown’s criticisms of Hallward amount (taken together, very approximately) to asserting that whatever flaws Hallward finds in AfterFinitude, they all consist in not following Meillassoux in strictly separating the empirical from the speculative, the ontic from the ontological. Which is to say, not following Meillassoux in affirming the absolute exteriority of thought and being. Everything in Meillassoux follows from this affirmation. And indeed, it all does follow. As with Harman, Meillassoux’s is a frictionless universe: once you accede to his first principle, his thought is compelling, convincing, and relentlessly consistent as a matter of doctrine.
     
    Whereas Harman holds that we do not see the things themselves, as they are constitutively withdrawn, Meillassoux does Harman one better by claiming that the only way that thought can know ultimate reality is by sundering any correlation or contact between thought and being, only to reunite them in the media of pure speculation and an absolutely contingent contingency. His doctrine consists, in short, in a claim that in order to encounter the real, we must turn our backs on it: facticity distracts us from being. As Hallward contends, this is an “anti-phenomenological return ‘to the things themselves’” (ST 135). Retooling my objection to Harman earlier, you could very well suggest that, as Merleau-Ponty has it, the “thing itself” is only ever a postulate of thought (82). Objective thought mistakes being by falsely hypostatizing the object, replacing the messiness and finitude of the world as it is with the ideal purity of the absolute and the in-itself. It might then seem totally apropos to relegate the question of the things themselves to the realm of a pure speculation that has renounced any concern whatsoever with the world as it is. After all, the thing itself as absolute being doesn’t belong to the world anyway—it has only ever been an artifact of thought. Turning to absolute speculation on the absolute, such speculation misses the real it so desperately seeks.
     
    I might be overstating the case, but this way of saying it articulates in no uncertain terms two related difficulties of speculative realism. First: What licenses the claim of speculation to articulate ultimate reality, the things in themselves, once it has rejected any form of correlation? What criteria are adequate to adjudicate the merit or correctness of the various speculative realist positions? If not mediated through experience, perception, empirical measurement, or some other contact with the world, what kind of relation can speculation claim to its objects? Not to put too fine a point on it: what are the grounds for deciding between the many competing speculative positions in The Speculative Turn? Second: What sort of difference does this philosophy seek to make? What is the relation of philosophy—understood not as the activity of pure speculation, but the activity of discoursing about it—to its objects and to the world? Or: what are the stakes of deciding between competing speculative positions in The Speculative Turn? Now, these sound like crassly correlationist questions, and awfully mundane ones at that. The first is a question of epistemology broadly, the second a question of the articulation of something as deathly boring as disciplinary norms.
     
    These are questions about the nature of speculation in its conjugation by speculative realism. Of course, meditation on the nature of speculation cuts against the grain of the aspiration of speculative realism to break out of the correlationist circle and is much attenuated in TheSpeculative Turn. Attenuated, but not ignored. Ray Brassier and Adrian Johnston hit on the problem, and Alberto Toscano’s “Against Speculation” poses it most fully in his treatment of the account of speculation Meillassoux gives in chapter 2 of After Finitude. In Toscano’s words, correlationism “designates those structural invariants or transcendental parameters that govern a given world or domain of correlation without themselves being open to rational explanation, deduction or derivation. In this respect, facticity is a form of reflexive ignorance” (ST 85). The “strong correlationism” of Heidegger or Wittgenstein, or really, any anti-foundational philosophy that forbids or foregoes speculation on an ultimate reality behind facticity, is thus a “new obscurantism,” “a carte blanche for any and all superstitions” (ST 85). Strong correlationism is complicit with the rise of religiosity because philosophy has removed any vocabulary or grounds for discussing the absolute and irrational. Meillassoux’s brilliance lies precisely in the way his thought moves past dumb wonderment at facticity by ontologizing anti-foundationalism as absolute contingency. Here, realism and speculation license each other, and this is the crux of Toscano’s critique of Meillassoux. The absolute autonomy of the real, and its absolute exteriority with respect to thought, frees thought from the necessity of being a correlate of being. Yet once you give up any pretension to correlation between thought and being, how can you claim that absolute speculation will have any purchase whatsoever on the absolute of the real?
     
    The questions of to what, to whom, in what modes, in what registers, and to what degree thought is (and ought to be) bound are questions that neither The Speculative Turn, nor speculative realist philosophy more generally, has quite known how to pose—even as it also makes them unavoidable. This inability is not unrelated to the uncertainty The Speculative Turn displays in the kind of impact it wants to have. The largely unvoiced question of speculation lies at the heart of what is both flawed and crucial about this volume.
     
    If speculative realist philosophy does not quite have an account of how to answer these questions, it poses them in urgent and novel ways. This is not merely to recruit Harman, Meillassoux, and others to the correlationist concerns of critical, cultural, aesthetic theory (etc.), or of what Adrian Johnston calls “ontic disciplines.” But clearly the kind of purchase thought has on the world is of concern not merely to the speculative realists, but to practitioners of any sort of humanistic or critical thinking. You might even say it’s of greater importance to those of us who “do theory”: from a certain altitude, the “theory” that we “do,” wedded as it must be to an object or scene of inquiry, is the real object-oriented philosophy, speculative thinking that does not know how to get on without an object. The speculative realist demand to radically rethink this relation (or non-relation), and this dependency, is crucial. Whether or not you agree with Harman or Meillassoux, or any of the others, the charge from speculative realism to disciplines and practices of thought more bound to the things themselves—as we discover them in the world—lies precisely in their challenge to correlationism, that is, to our received ways of conceiving of the relation between thought and its objects.
     
    In his contribution to The Speculative Turn, Steven Shaviro outlines the deep similarity between Harman’s and Whitehead’s ontologies, and then glosses his reason for preferring Whitehead’s relational ontology over Harman’s object-oriented one:
     

    I would suggest that the contrast between Harman and Whitehead is basically a difference of style, or of aesthetics. This means that my enjoyment of one of these thinkers’ approaches over the other is finally a matter of taste, and is not subject to conceptual adjudication. And this is appropriate, given that both thinkers privilege aesthetics over both ethics and epistemology.
     

    (288)

     

    In the absence of positive criteria by which we can evaluate the merit of one position over another, the decision we make between them hinges on something that is not conceptual, or logical, or empirical, or rational. We can give reasons for these decisions which fall under any or all of those categories. But at a certain point, as with aesthetic decisions, rationality, even reasonability, must give way to a resonance that is merely felt, a certain this that seems captured by a philosophical claim whose grammatical form (“the world is like x“) might mislead us.

     
    Installing aesthetics as the model for the relation between thought and world would seem to obviate the problem of the correlationist circle (or that’s what’s in the offing), since as Shaviro would have it, the kind of resonance at issue between thought and world on this model would not name a special form of relation between a subject and an object, but all forms of relatedness between entities. Moreover, this model introduces something like a kernel or splinter of the absolute into every relation of thought and object (or, for that matter, any object with any other). It stages, in miniature, in every encounter between a thought and an object, the kind of move Meillassoux makes at the level of ontology. No appeal to any aspect of the appearance of an object will ever be able, in the last instance, to found any claim about that object whatsoever, as it is in itself. Yet such a claim is not groundless, or irrational: you can always give reasons. (Although eventually, you can only just point or gesture: don’t you just see it?) And yet, since there is something fundamentally unaccountable in such a relation, it includes an appeal to something absolute—it is asserted, universally, without being subsumed under a concept.
     
    This very well may look like an attempt to square the correlationist circle even while claiming to be outside it, reprising “postmodern skepticism” by denying that thought ever really grasps its object, staying comfortably within the navel-gazing domain of human culture, all while making rather extravagant appeals to first philosophy and metaphysics. By the same token, speculative realism, from certain angles, takes on an aspect of remarkable hubris, even megalomania, even as it claims to get us beyond self-involved anthropocentrism. Or I may seem to be attempting an accommodationist compromise by articulating a position in critical and cultural theory that isn’t undermined by the critiques of correlationism that found speculative realist philosophy, and from which seemingly antagonistic arguments about first philosophy, ontology, and metaphysics seem not just relevant but urgent. It’s possible that I am. In any event, my goal is to articulate a way in which speculative realism can pose a productive challenge to critical and cultural theory. Whatever the solution or resolution, its challenge consists in thinking in new and radical ways the importance, stakes, and force of speculative thinking within critical thought about art, literature, and culture. At a time like this, with the defunding or outright dissolution of institutional spaces dedicated to the practice of speculation, we need more and better ways to say how and why thought matters.
     
    An open access PDF of The Speculative Turn is available for download on the re.press website.
     

    Scott C. Richmond is Assistant Professor in Film and Media Studies at the Department of English at Wayne State University. He is the author of “‘Dude, That’s Just Wrong’: Mimesis, Identification, Jackass,” forthcoming in World Picture. He is currently at work on a book manuscript on film theory entitled Resonant Perception: Cinema, Phenomenology, Illusion.
     

    Works Cited

       

    • Barbaras, Renaud. “Phenomenological Reduction as Critique of Nothingness.” Desire andDistance: Introduction to a Phenomenology of Perception. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2002. 44-61. Print.
    • Cavell, Stanley. The World Viewed: Reflections on the Ontology of Film. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1979. Print.
    • Harman, Graham. Prince of Networks: Bruno Latour and Metaphysics. Melbourne: re.press, 2009. Print.
    • Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. Phenomenology of Perception. New York: Routledge Classics, 2002. Print.

     

  • Globality without Totality in Art Cinema

    Daniel Herbert (bio)
    University of Michigan
    danherb@umich.edu

    Rosalind Galt and Karl Schoonover, eds., Global Art Cinema: New Theories and Histories. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2010.

     

     
    It has been ten years since the publication of Global Hollywood, in which Toby Miller et al. characterize Hollywood not so much as a place but as a fundamentally international organization of cultural labor and resources. I mention this as a way of introducing Global Art Cinema: New Theories and Histories, edited by Rosalind Galt and Karl Schoonover, for two reasons. First, like many of the contributors to this collection, I take art cinema as purposefully differentiating itself from Hollywood cinema. Global Art Cinema takes a bold step toward understanding art cinema as having the same order of ambition and scope as does its commercial alternative. But in approaching the world’s art cinemas globally, this collection faces different questions than concern Hollywood. Global Hollywood eschews formal analysis or textual interpretation in favor of critical political economy and cultural policy analysis. In claiming globality, Global Art Cinema is also forced to contend with the designation “art,” which evokes a long history of ideas regarding cinema aesthetics. Even if we understand “art cinema” as produced by institutional arrangements and critical discourses, its claims to “art” status typically rely on some aesthetic criteria. Indeed, we might even understand art cinema’s self-conscious formal deviations from Hollywood as part of its institutional differentiation from the mainstream.
     
    “Difference,” then, is key to Global Art Cinema, and this point is forcefully elaborated in the book’s introduction, co-written by Galt and Schoonover. Drawing from the long and variable history of the type, it positions art cinema as an “elastically hybrid category” (3); the authors write that “the lack of strict parameters for art cinema is not just an ambiguity of its critical history, but a central part of its specificity, a positive way of delineating its discursive space” (6). Art cinema is thus a zone of cinematic alterity, which “always perverts the standard categories used to divide up institutions, locations, histories, or spectators” (6-7). Galt and Schoonover designate this internal difference as a productive “impurity” that destabilizes these zones.
     
    This theoretical positioning could make the book appealing to scholars engaged in different kinds of cultural analysis, where there continue to be debates about “difference,” alterity, and hybridity; more particularly, it will interest those who are concerned with cross-cultural exchange. Although the book is centrally about cinema, its terms of discussion are relevant to debates in literature and art history. In positioning global art cinema as internally different or impure, however, Galt and Schoonover also contend with other descriptions of the world’s art cinemas; here I am thinking specifically of World Cinemas, Transnational Perspectives, edited by Nataša Ďurovičová and Kathleen Newman. In the preface to that volume, Ďurovičová singles out the rhetorical and political valences of the term “transnational,” which she contrasts with the “global.” She writes, “In contradistinction to ‘global,’ a concept bound up with the philosophical category of totality” (ix), the transnational facilitates analysis and understandings of “modalities of geopolitical forms, social relations and … the variant scale on which relations in film history have occurred” (x). And it may be true that “transnational” has had more discursive purchase than “global” in recent scholarship, as scholars have looked for ways to describe the fluidity, mobility, and hybridity of contemporary culture in non-essentializing terms.
     
    However, Galt and Schoonover’s use of the term “global” does not obscure the highly varied terrain or ideological complexity of the world’s art cinemas. Indeed, they make a compelling case for the geopolitical importance of art cinema. They assert that, along with their other impurities, art films are troubled and productively propelled by twin impulses to be different and yet also to be universally legible. Thus the punch line: “art cinema demands that we watch across cultures and see ourselves through foreign eyes” (11). In this formulation, art cinema does not make a claim of totality, but rather displaces us, dislocates us, and marks our lack of unification. Seen this way, global art cinema provides an exciting way to think through the heterogeneity of lived experience, making such art political as much as aesthetic.
     
    With these stakes set, Global Art Cinema makes a substantial contribution to contemporary film scholarship in general and to scholarship about the world’s art cinemas in particular. In addition to the Introduction, it features twenty new essays as well as a brief but characteristically insightful Forward by Dudley Andrew. Although there is some variability in the chapters’ aims and complexity, they are consistently cogent in their arguments and accessibly written. The book is divided into four Parts: 1: Delimiting the Field, which “outlines new shapes and boundaries for art cinema” (21); 2: The Art Cinema Image, which analyses “the art in art cinema” (22); 3: Art Cinema Histories, which complicates “the conventional trajectory of film historiography that installs postwar European cinema as the predominant aesthetic and industrial basis around which other art cinemas develop” (23); and finally 4: Geopolitical Intersections, which undermines the Eurocentrism of conventional descriptions of art cinema. And although the essays within each section contribute to the larger topics, I want to suggest a number of other through-lines that occur in the book, as this volume takes up, continues, and alters a number of conceptual issues that have characterized discourses about art cinema for some time. These include a mobilization of “the auteur” as a critical frame, an attention to film form and style, a contrasting interest in institutional and industrial questions, flirtations with cultural elitism and, by contrast, essays that explicitly seek to undermine the loftiness of “art cinema.”
     
    One of the longstanding features of art cinema has been an alignment with the auteur, and this volume demonstrates an ongoing interest in discussing specific film directors as coherent figures that help organize discourse about film. While some of the essays analyze particular directors as a matter of course, others are more reflective about the ways in which auteurs get created as such. In her contribution to the book, Manishita Dass discusses Ritwik Ghatak, whose career history has generally been overshadowed by Satyajit Ray, but who also has been intermittently “rediscovered” by various critics. Dass explains why this has happened, asserting that Ghatak’s idiosyncratic style, which fuses melodramatic excess with political commentary regarding the partition of India and Pakistan, has made him difficult to comprehend or categorize. Ultimately, for Dass, the case of Ghatak compels us to broaden our notions of “art cinema” by reconfiguring the “global” through a new openness toward the local and the regional. Jihoon Kim’s essay, on the other hand, compares the feature films of Thai director Apichatpong Weerasethakul with his video installation works. Kim asserts that Weerasethakul, like a handful of other artists, creates bridges between these two forms and in fact develops a “cinematic” style of installation art while simultaneously invigorating his features with an installation-inspired sense of time and place.
     
    In looking at these non-European directors, both Dass and Kim demonstrate the expansion of auteurist analysis outside of Europe. Jean Ma takes up the issue of Eurocentrism in her essay, which looks at the films of Taiwanese director Tsai Ming-Liang. Ma asserts that Tsai’s films provide means for reassessing the Eurocentrism of conventional art cinema historiography through the director’s accumulation of references to his previous films and overt dramatizations of cross-cultural encounters. In a somewhat similar vein, Rachel Gabara discusses Abderrahmane Sissako, a director who was born in West Africa, educated in Moscow, resides in France, and yet returns to Africa to make his films there. Gabara asserts that Sissako’s films blur boundaries between “Second” and “Third Cinema,” and that he expands the possibilities for revolutionary films beyond these categories. Dennis Hanlon uses Bolivian director Jorge Sanjinés toward similar ends in his essay, “Travelling Theory, Shots, and Players: Jorge Sanjinés, New Latin American Cinema, and the European Art Film.” Hanlon shows how Sanjinés critiques both Hollywood and European art cinema, and further, deviates from much of what is considered “Third Cinema,” as the director tries to create beauty as well as inspire his viewers toward political liberation. Hanlon argues that in his attempt to create a populist cinema that speaks to Bolivian workers, the director undermines the individualism normally associated with auteurist analysis.
     
    In conventional international cinema scholarship, certain directors have become emblematic of entire national traditions and styles; Ingmar Bergman’s relationship with Swedish cinema is one of the most prominent examples. Patrick Keating contends with this conflation of artist and nationality in his essay, which examines films directed by Emilio Fernádez and Luis Buñuel, both of whom won awards for films they directed in Mexico. These films were both shot by cinematographer Gabriel Figueroa. Keating shows how Figueroa’s “national” style of cinematography was framed differently in a transnational context, in part depending on the director he was working with and also depending on how European critics wanted to frame “Mexican-ness” vis-à-vis world cinema. John David Rhodes’s “Pasolini’s Exquisite Flowers: The ‘Cinema of Poetry’ as a Theory of Art Cinema” likewise reframes an auteurial position. Instead of looking at the director’s films, Rhodes provides a detailed and insightful analysis of one of Pier Paolo Pasolini’s theorizations of film aesthetics. Rhodes makes a compelling case that, first, when Pasolini talks of a “cinema of poetry,” he refers to the corpus that others have designated with the phrase “art cinema.” Second, Rhodes asserts that Pasolini’s characterization of art cinema is implicitly political. Specifically, in Rhodes’s treatment, for Pasolini film style reflects class consciousness. (This assertion strikes me as quite strong, particularly when thinking about Porcile [1969], and the radically different styles that characterize the film’s two narrative lines.)
     
    Rhodes’s essay is connected to a discussion of film form and style that occurs in many of the essays in Global Art Cinema. Of course, the role of formal analysis has been strongly debated in film scholarship for some time. David Bordwell stands as the figurehead of the contemporary “neo-formalist” approach, which vehemently disengages from textual analysis and interpretation. Bordwell was also among the first to designate a frame for analyzing art cinema in general, and, not surprisingly, he drew upon films’ formal features to organize the type. Mark Betz engages Bordwell’s notion of “parametric” cinematic narration, observed in films by such directors as Mizoguchi Kenji and Robert Bresson. Betz re-theorizes and relocates this “tradition” to include a number of directors from South America and the Middle East, among other regions. To get there, Betz closely examines formal, stylistic features of these films, but unlike Bordwell, is adamant that film form only matters to the extent that it is legible to a social public of viewers.
     
    Thus not all formal analysis falls under the “neo-formalist” umbrella, nor does attention to film form necessitate that one disengage from interpretation, be it ideological, psychoanalytic, cultural, or inter-medial. In his essay, Adam Lowenstein suggests textual alignments between Un Chien Andalou (1929) and eXistenZ (1999) in order to show the ways in which both films relate to interactive gaming, specifically through their respective uses of surrealist logics. Angela Dalle Vache also takes up linkages between art cinema and surrealism in her essay “Surrealism in Art and Film: Face and Time.” She argues that, in order to better understand the cinematic techniques of directors Alain Resnais and Jean-Luc Godard, “we must return to the histories and aesthetic concerns of the historic avant-garde” (181).
     
    Combining an analysis of film form with a rigorous engagement with critical theory, Angelo Restivo provides a wonderfully unexpected description of film history in his essay, “From Index to Figure in the European Art Film: The Case of The Conformist.” Restivo argues that the particularly “plastic” images of The Conformist anticipate the odd surfaces of postmodern commercial culture. The film deviates in its politics, however, through its representation of repressed queerness. Along these lines, Maria San Filippo makes a case for the representation of bisexual and/or bi-suggestive spaces in art cinema. Due to the tendency to be ambiguous typical of art cinema more generally, she asserts that such films reveal “how we might undo compulsory monosexuality and unthink heterocentrism” (89). Along a different tack, E. Ann Kaplan explores film style closely in her discussion of affect in cinema to show “how cinema structures screen emotions and look at techniques that produce emotions between embodied spectator and screen” in films by Werner Herzog, Claire Denis, and the Dardenne brothers (285). Kaplan discusses how different forms of postcolonial contact occur in and around these films to assess how these interactions are intertwined with emotion and affect.
     
    Like these essays, Randalle Halle’s chapter looks at film form, but situates the formal conventions of contemporary European art cinema within an institutional frame. After detailing the mechanisms for European state support for media production, Halle delineates three aesthetic strategies of contemporary co-productions. First, “a multicultural logic emerged that consciously sought to undermine national specificity” (306). Then there was a “transnational scenario approach,” where the narrative “seeks to represent directly a quasi-transnational situation” (307). The third type, which began in the mid-1990s, disguises its transnationality by telling national stories from “non-national” perspectives.
     
    Taking up questions of genre and national cinema through another institutional context is Azadeh Farahmand’s “Disentangling the International Festival Circuit: Genre and Iranian Cinema.” Following a deliberation on how the film festival circuits of the world work, she argues that specific film festivals led to the crystallization of two different Iranian film “waves,” which were programmed as such at subsequent festivals. Phil Rosen also focuses on institutional questions in his analysis of Sub-Saharan African cinema. Given the process of decolonization in that part of the world, and given the theoretical currents of that era, Rosen asserts that “African cinema should have emerged as a third cinema” (256). And although many films were aligned with the struggles of decolonization and postcoloniality, they took up formal devices that were more typical of “Second Cinema.” As Rosen indicates, this situation is fascinating because of the financing and exhibition infrastructures that undergird this cinema, which are typically located in Europe.
     
    Moving away from conventional art cinema institutions, Brian Price’s chapter looks at cinema in the most rarified sites of culture, the museum and the gallery. Discussing works like Douglas Gordon’s 24 Hour Psycho, Price analyses and endorses what he calls “limited access cinema,” where works by fine artists are held outside the circulation of popular media (113). And although Price is conscious of his privileged place in making this argument, his essay raises the issues of elitism and anti-populism that have inflected the history of art cinema. David Andrews’s essay, “Toward an Inclusive, Exclusive Approach to Art Cinema,” takes what appears to be a diametrically opposed view, by looking at art cinema “in a contextual, value-neutral way so that it is truly inclusive, capable of covering all permutations, past and present” (64). He expands upon Steve Neale’s work on art cinema as a set of institutional practices, and advocates that “art cinema” should include the “highbrow” films from any number of other genres, including horror and pornography. In this, he looks at how certain films are considered to be of “high quality” through various paratexts and discourses.
     
    This inclusive logic can be seen in Global Art Cinema itself. One essay that expands the boundaries of art cinema, in terms of formal features and cultural status, is Sharon Hayashi’s “The Fantastic Trajectory of Pink Art Cinema from Stalin to Bush.” Hayashi details the historical conjunctures of two pink films, Secrets Behind the Walls (1965) and The Glamorous Life of Sachiko Hanai (2004), with more conventional art films from the different eras. Rather than emphasizing formal similarities between these films, however, Hayashi shows that both pink films and more highbrow fare have been distributed and exhibited in similar ways. However, one can contrast Hayashi’s inclusion of “low status” films in the realm of art cinema with Timothy Corrigan’s discussion of essay films as a “cinema of ideas” (218). Marking out an insightful genealogy of the genre, Corrigan eloquently makes the case that essay films engage in a dialogic aesthetics, providing “an active intellectual response to the questions and provocations that an unsettled subjectivity directs at its public” (222). In this, the individual and the public come into contact, talk to one another, and think.
     
    The contrast between these two essays demonstrates that Global Art Cinema: New Theories and Histories is indeed inclusive, ranging (at least) from an institutional history of soft-core pornography to an aesthetic analysis of films that convey ideas. The terms of “art” are certainly expansive here. Although some of the essays are quite focused on their topics, each evaluates how “quality” has been constructed in certain instances. David Andrew’s essay happens to be the most self-consciously broad interrogation of the “art” in art cinema. Inclusive, yes, but is Global Art Cinema global? In the sense put forth by the editors, it certainly is; it figures global art cinema in many of its diverse geographic, institutional, and formal occurrences, making it global but not universal. In strictly geographical terms, the book contains essays about regions that are not considered immediately within the conventional Euro-centrism of “art cinema.” Nevertheless, I wonder how this book’s aims and focus would shift had there been an essay about art cinema directors from the United States, such as David Lynch or Gus van Sant. Is American art cinema “global” in a different way?
     
    But this objection is minor. Global Art Cinema: New Theories and Histories provides an abundance of thought-provoking essays. Looking at material from a wide variety of locations, the book offers an astoundingly broad snapshot of what has been called “art cinema.” Given that art films have, traditionally, formally deviated from Hollywood films, thus perhaps asking audiences to approach them with a greater sense of intellectual curiosity, it is not surprising that the essays in this volume are enlivened by a high level of sophistication. Looking at the world’s art cinemas has prompted these writers to engage in a world of ideas, which are a pleasure to explore.
     

    Daniel Herbert is an assistant professor in Screen Arts and Cultures at the University of Michigan. His research is devoted to understanding the relationships between media industries, geography, and cultural identities. His essays appear in several collections and journals, including Film Quarterly, Millennium Film Journal, and Quarterly Review of Film and Video.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Ďurovičová, Nataša, and Kathleen Newman, eds. World Cinemas, Transnational Perspectives. New York: Routledge, 2009. Print.
    • Galt, Rosalind, and Karl Schoonover, eds. Global Art Cinema: New Theories and Histories. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2010. Print.
    • Miller, Toby, et al. Global Hollywood. London: BFI Publishing, 2001. Print.

     

  • On Owning Foucault

    Chloë Taylor (bio)
    University of Alberta
    chloe.taylor@ualberta.ca

    Lynne Huffer, Mad for Foucault: Rethinking the Foundations of Queer Theory. New York: Columbia UP, 2010.

     

     
    Lynne Huffer’s new book, Mad for Foucault: Rethinking the Foundations of Queer Theory, is a provocative contribution to what she calls the “Foucault machine”—that academic mechanism that is constantly pumping out new translations and new readings of the French philosopher. It serendipitously draws attention to Foucault’s first major work, the History of Madness, at a moment when the unabridged volume has finally become available to Anglophone readers for the first time. Foucault’s massive 1961 publication, although rarely read in its complete and original version, is usually acknowledged as an impressive work indicative of the great things that were to come from its author. At the same time, it is frequently criticized as an immature text that romanticizes and essentializes madness, makes an argument in 700 pages that might have been made in 200, unsophisticatedly approaches power as repressive rather than productive, and is marred by historical inaccuracies, drawing on literature and visual art rather than historical archives for its evidence. Foucault makes several autocritiques of the work in his 1973-1974 course lectures, Psychiatric Power, including a reproach of the 1961 book for being an “analysis of representations” (12). Huffer passionately and persuasively defends Foucault’s tome on many of these counts. Through thought-provoking discussions of Nietzsche and Freud, as well as an attentive reading of Foucault’s text, Huffer demonstrates, for instance, that Foucault already has a clear sense of the creative nature of power in 1961, that this work was already influenced by the genealogical Nietzsche, and that it contains a crucial and devastating argument against psychoanalysis that many queer theorists have been remiss to overlook in their cavalier comminglings of Freud and Foucault.
     
    Beyond being an apology for Foucault’s early work, Huffer’s book advances the intriguing argument that the History of Madness is an ethical work, and that it should be read as an overlooked text in queer theory. In this way, Huffer effectively collapses the usual division of Foucault’s work into early-archaeological, middle-genealogical, and late-ethical periods. Huffer also challenges the received view that Foucault’s interest in the erotic came only late in his career. From his earliest major work, Huffer suggests, Foucault provides us with an ethics of eros in what should be seen as a foundational text in queer theory. We are reminded that in the fifties, when Foucault was writing the History of Madness, and in the early sixties when it was published (and on into the seventies), homosexuality was categorized as a mental illness. Homosexuals figure among the many victims of reason and confinement in Foucault’s work, along with prostitutes, libertines, and all the others who defied the ‘reason’ of Enlightenment family values. Foucault once said that each of his books is a “fragment of an autobiography,” and we may read the History of Madness as autobiographical in so far as Foucault was “mad” in a society such as ours if only (but perhaps not only) because he was gay. Huffer is surely right to point out that the History of Madness may be read in part as about the history of the experience of homosexuality and thus in terms of queer theory, although she may also overstate her argument in so far as “madness” and “sexuality” come to seem synonymous in her discussion.
     
    In offering a new reading of the History of Madness as a queer text, Huffer also argues that we should read the History of Sexuality—a work which has already been foundational for queer theory—in a new light. She posits a number of correctives to the usual interpretations of the History of Sexuality. The first set of these correctives has to do with the failure to read the later work through the lens of the earlier work, while a second set has to do with what she sees as misunderstandings of the French text due to poor translations. Huffer suggests that if we understand the History of Madness as providing an ethics of eros, and if we note the continuities between this work and the first volume of the History of Sexuality, we will read the later work as an ethical text as well. Huffer similarly contends that if we appreciate the significance of Foucault’s critique of psychoanalysis in his earlier work, we cannot set aside the more subtle critiques of psychoanalysis in the History of Sexuality, as some queer theorists have done by fusing Foucault’s thought with psychoanalytic theory. Huffer’s reading of the History of Madness thus calls into question current readings of the Foucauldian text that is currently most influential in queer theory.
     
    In the second set of correctives, Huffer argues that the English translation of the History of Sexuality masks the manner in which Foucault had become a “master of irony” by the 1970s, in contrast to his lyrical style in the History of Madness. She suggests that Foucault is playful throughout the later work in ways that Anglophone readers have failed to appreciate. Huffer thus contends that American readers—and queer theorists in particular—take literally passages that were meant by Foucault to be ironic. More specifically, she argues that the central interpretation of the History of Sexuality as charting a historical shift from a juridical-legal control of sexual acts to a disciplinary production of sexual identities projects Anglophone concepts (such as American identity politics) onto a Francophone text to which such notions are alien, and also fails to grasp Foucault’s playful approach to history. Huffer thus rejects the “acts versus identities” reading of the History of Sexuality, arguing that Foucault never wrote about “identities” and was being ironic in the passage from which this reading is drawn. Huffer proposes that queer theorists have taken the History of Sexuality as a foundational text even while thoroughly misunderstanding its signification, and have thus built a discipline upon a foundation which her own reading demolishes. In this way, Huffer’s book aims to undermine the foundation on which queer theory was built even as it offers readers an alternative foundation: the History of Madness.
     
    I admire the originality and boldness of Huffer’s attempt to offer entirely new readings of much commented-upon texts, and feel that she successfully reaches her primary goal: to draw our attention to the History of Madness and to provide an imaginative new reading of it. While Huffer’s discussion of the History of Madness may also persuade us to read Foucault’s later work in new ways, I think that the second set of correctives concerning losses in the translation of the History of Sexuality is less compelling. Huffer relies on her reading of the French original in her arguments about the History of Sexuality, but I would suggest that the French texts do not necessarily support her interpretations. For example, in Chapter Three, Huffer cites an interview in which Foucault says of the first volume of the History of Sexuality, “the mere fact that I’ve played that game [j’ai joué ce jeu-là] excludes for me the possibility of Freud figuring as the radical break, on the basis of which everything else has to be rethought” (qtd. 130). The first part of this sentence has been translated into English as “the mere fact that I’ve adopted this course” rather than “the mere fact that I’ve played that game.” Huffer argues that this translation obscures the fact that for Foucault the writing of the History of Sexuality “was a game” (130), much as she thinks that the English translation of that book more generally disguises the playful, ironic tone of the original French. In fact, however, “jouer le jeu” does not necessarily imply playfulness in French. A common use of the phrase is to suggest conformism: one is obliged or incited to “play the game.” In high school, a French teacher urged me to jouer le jeu because, she told me, I was “shooting myself in the foot” with my rebelliousness against school authorities. “Playing the game” was not comic or playful in this context. The French expressions for “the stakes” (les enjeux) and “what is at stake” (ce qui est en jeu) also involve the word “jeu” (game), but this does not mean that “the stakes” are always ludic. One might refer to “les enjeux de cette élection” (the stakes in this election), for instance, without implying that those stakes (health care, war) are comic and that the politicians are just being silly. What is “at play” could in fact be extremely serious, despite the word “game” in the phrase. “Enjeu” can be translated as “problem” or “issue” as well as “stake,” with no more playful connotations than in the English uses of these terms. The same can be argued about Foucault’s use of the term “les jeux de la verité” (truth games): the use of this expression should not be taken to mean that for Foucault truth games were always ludic. On the contrary, life and death can be—and, in Foucault’s examples, often are—”at play,” at stake or “en jeu” in these “jeux.” In another context—perhaps closer to the one in the interview cited above—I could be asked whether I’ve read Balzac and respond, “Oui, à une certaine époque j’ai joué ce jeu,” in order to say that at a certain time in my life I was engaged in reading Balzac. This phrase would not imply that I think reading Balzac is amusing or that I was just kidding around when I read it, nor does it imply that I am dismissive of Balzac scholarship. In suggesting that Foucault’s reference to “playing this game” in an interview implies that the writing of the History of Sexuality is something that Foucault “toyed” at, Huffer does not attend to the way this phrase functions in actual usage, and eliminates more likely interpretations. This example is typical of Huffer’s readings of French texts.
     
    Beyond the translation of this sentence, Huffer argues that Foucault’s “Anglophone readers tend to miss Sexuality One‘s playful qualities” more generally:
     

    That French-English interpretive gap is in part due to infelicitous translations of Foucault. And if every translation is an approximation, some renderings are more successful than others. The less-than-successful translations of Foucault miss not only differences of vocabulary but also a range of rhetorical locutions, grammatical arrangements, and stylistic forms of doubling such as alliterations….Translations of his work that miss his self-rupturing ironies will also miss important dimensions of those qualities that distinguish Foucault as a thinker.
     

    (130)

     

    Here Huffer risks setting up her interpretation as the master text, making Anglophone readers of Foucault doubt their ability to appreciate Foucault’s writings, or even to grasp what kind of thinker he is, reliant as they are on unsuccessful translations. By suggesting that the texts—and the thinker—are inaccessible to these readers, Huffer sets her interpretations of Foucault beyond challenge by some of her American peers. From here, she has the freedom to claim that passages in the History of Sexuality that contradict her readings are simply ironic in a way that monolingual Anglophone scholars cannot appreciate.

     
    Huffer makes this kind of argument with respect to the passage where, despite his otherwise consistent critiques of the psy-disciplines, Foucault offers Freud some limited praise in the History of Sexuality. As Foucault writes:
     

    the fact remains that in the great family of technologies of sex, which goes so far back into the history of the Christian West, of all those institutions that set out in the nineteenth century to medicalize sex, [psychoanalysis] was the one that, up to the decade of the forties, rigorously opposed the political and institutional effects of the perversion-heredity-degenerescence system.
     

    (qtd. in Huffer 132)

     

    In the chapter in which she cites this passage, Huffer is arguing that Foucault and psychoanalysis are incompatible. She does not want to hear Foucault saying anything positive about psychoanalysis, for which reason she wants to dismiss this passage as not meaning what it appears to mean. In fact, however, Foucault flags passages that he wants to be read ironically. For instance, in describing the repressive hypothesis, he provides indicators that his descriptions are ironic, such as “the story goes,” “it would seem”, “but twilight soon fell on this bright day” (History of Sexuality 3), and “This discourse on modern sexual repression holds up well, owing no doubt to how easy it is to uphold” (5). In contrast, there is nothing to flag the passage on Freud as ironic, and what Foucault says here is factual. Freud did reject the degenerescence theory of perversion in his published writings. This does not mean (as some may want to claim) that Foucault thought psychoanalysis was not all that bad. On the contrary, Foucault is simply exculpating psychoanalysis (up until a certain point in time) of one of the many vices of psychiatry. Psychoanalysis remains plagued by other vices, and this one exculpation does not mean that Foucault thought we should all flock into therapy.

     
    It is true that Foucault is often ironic and that some readers sometimes miss that irony whether they are reading Foucault’s work in English or French. I have taught the History of Sexuality to a class of Francophone and Anglophone students, who read the book in the language they preferred. What I found is that Francophone students reading in French missed Foucault’s irony as often as the Anglophone students reading in English. This was not a problem of translation, but of careless reading. In the passage in question, far from being ironic, it seems to me that Foucault is simply acknowledging a fact about psychoanalysis in its first decades. This acknowledgement does not mean that he is a fan of psychoanalysis or that all his other critiques of psychoanalysis are invalidated. On the contrary, I agree with Huffer that psychoanalysis and Foucault are incompatible, and that this is an astute and significant challenge to queer theory as we know it. Huffer argues that readings of this passage that fail to see it as ironic “decontextualize Foucault’s typically ironic discourse about Freud in Sexuality One. Within the context of Foucault’s thinking and assertions about psychoanalysis over the course of his work, this passage can be viewed as a rhetorical trap where Foucault holds out the tantalizing lure of a Freudian ‘rupture’ that turns out to be no rupture at all” (132). This is a bad argument. Just because Foucault is ironic about Freud elsewhere, it does not follow that he can never say anything serious about Freud, or that if we don’t read irony everywhere that Freud is mentioned we are missing nuances in the French. The original French is not ironic on this point either.
     
    Huffer’s argument about the supposedly ludic nature of the History of Sexuality as a whole is but one way in which she suggests that American readers have misinterpreted Foucault. Huffer also suggests that Americans have failed to realize that the History of Sexuality cannot be about identity politics because this is not a French concept—indeed the French see “identity” as a “specifically American obsession” (70). Huffer argues that the passage which primarily gives rise to the “acts versus identities” reading—the passage ending with: “The sodomite was a temporary aberration [or relapse into heresy or crime]; the homosexual is now a species” (History of Sexuality 43, translation modified)—should be read not as about sexual identities but as about sexual ethics, in light of her own reading of the History of Madness. However, there should be nothing forbidden about expanding Foucault’s argument in order to speak of the production of “sexual identities” simply because Foucault or the French more generally do not speak in these terms. This would effectively mean that we cannot use Foucault’s works as tools for our own political purposes, in a context where identity is part of our political vocabulary. In fact, Foucault precisely stipulated that his works should be used as tools for his readers’ political situations, beyond the uses that he originally imagined for them, or for which he wrote them. As he told Jana Sawicki, he did not want his readers to comment on his genealogies, and even less would he have wanted them to comment on his genealogies through the lens of their speculations on his sex life or their rummaging through the broken-hearted love letters of his youth (as Huffer does in her book). What he wanted was for his readers to write genealogies of their own and to use his genealogies as tools for their own political purposes. This is precisely what happened when Foucault’s writings on psychosexual taxonomization were taken up in the North American context of queer theory. Having looked closely at the original French, the English translation, and Huffer’s discussion of the small errors in punctuation, verb tense, and word choices in the passage cited above, I do not feel that there is any misguided leap taking place here caused by misunderstandings of the French language and culture. Nor do I think that we should be constrained by the original culture and context of Foucault’s writing, prevented from reading these works for our own political purposes.
     
    Huffer also denies with respect to this passage on Freud that Foucault is drawing any historical distinctions, or that he saw the “sodomite” (as someone who had broken a moral or juridical law) as a pre-modern concept, in contrast to the “homosexual” (as a personage, species, character or taxonomical type) as a modern figure. As she writes, “There is nothing in Foucault’s analysis that excludes the possibility of medieval sodomites as ‘personages’ or Renaissance tribades as ‘characters’” (76). Indeed, Huffer denies that Foucault cares about historical chronology at all: “a linear time line is beside the point,” she informs us (78). Her explanation is that Foucault is again just kidding around when he talks about historical dates, and that he was once again being ironic when he says that the homosexual as “species” was created around 1870. Her proof of his irony is that, when Foucault refers to the 1869 article by Westphal that he says marks the beginning of homosexuality as a category, he calls it fameux, an adjective that she notes is heavily ironic. Yet the fact that Foucault uses an ironic adjective to refer to Westphal’s article might just mean that he found it obnoxious—it does not mean that Foucault’s argument in this passage is in jest. Again, from Foucault’s occasional use of irony Huffer generalizes to claim that Foucault is always ironic in The History of Sexuality. It is true that very often in his writings and course lectures Foucault makes a point of choosing a particular text or event more or less randomly as indicative of a historical change, and Westphal’s article may be a case in point, but he is, I believe, simply noting that he might have chosen another text or another event within that approximate period to make the same point.
     
    In addition to raising these possible objections to some of Huffer’s key claims, some readers may find the mixture of biographical and autobiographical material in the long lead-up to the first chapter in “bad taste,” to use Huffer’s own expression (24). These pages mostly focus on information gleaned about Foucault’s erotic life and offer Huffer’s reaction to that information. Readers who do not have a tabloid reader’s interest in Foucault (or in his commentators) may be bothered by the paparazzi approach and the confessional style of these pages, and may want to skip ahead to Chapter One. I wanted to read Huffer’s book because I, too, am mad about Foucault—but I am mad about his ideas. Huffer, however, describes reading biographical information that Foucault wanted to suppress, as well as broken-hearted love letters that he wrote in his twenties (and surely never imagined would be used to interpret the book he was writing at that time) with voyeuristic glee. Her extensive exploration of such texts yields little insight that Foucault’s lectures from the same time period do not provide. In particular, there is nothing in the 1975 interview Huffer quotes that we do not know from Foucault’s contemporary course lectures, Abnormal. The point made (autobiographically) in the interview is that those deemed abnormal are isolated, pathologized, and psychiatrized, an argument he makes at length (non-autobiographically) in these lectures. For Huffer, this interview indicates that Foucault’s book on madness is in fact a monumental but coded volume in queer theory, grounded in Foucault’s sexual experience—a fact that he “confessed” to, immediately regretted, and attempted to suppress, until Huffer came across the “confession” in the archives and revealed it to the world. Huffer explains that what interests her about the interview is that she was reading what she takes to be a “confession” (23)—though we could contest this—from an author who avoided such discursive acts. Huffer is not the first to seek out, and to triumphantly claim to have found, a “confession” from the philosopher who refused confessions (we might also think of Butler’s reading of Herculine Barbin in Gender Trouble): this gesture—this desire—strikes me as violent, but most of all I was simply bored and irritated by the 55 pages of biographical and autobiographical material that preceded any serious discussion of Foucault’s philosophical texts. Perhaps we should read Foucault’s critiques of confession seriously in a way that might make us rethink the writing of confessional introductions such as Huffer’s. As Foucault writes:
     

    One confesses—or is forced to confess. When it is not spontaneous or dictated by some internal imperative, the confession is wrung from a person by violence or threat; it is driven from its hiding place in the soul, or extracted from the body. Since the Middle Ages, torture has accompanied it like a shadow, and supported it when it could go no further: the dark twins. The most defenseless tenderness and the bloodiest of powers have a similar need of confession.
     

    (History of Sexuality 59)

     

    Huffer makes much of her tenderness for Foucault, but perhaps it is this tenderness that has led her to “drive” Foucault’s so-called confession “from its hiding place” in the archives, if not in his body or soul. She does this in a manner that, for Foucault, was not unlike the practices of torture. Not confessing, Foucault is forced to confess. Perhaps, just as Huffer argues that we need to take seriously the critique of psychoanalysis in the History of Madness, we would also do well to take seriously the critique of confession in the History of Sexuality, and indeed, to consider the ways that Foucault’s critique of confession and his critique of psychoanalysis are connected. Taking Foucault’s argument about confession to heart might lead us to resist our own compulsions to confess but, even more importantly, might also cast into question the desire (which is not Huffer’s alone) to extract confessions from those who do not give them freely.

     
    One of the commentators cited on the back of Huffer’s book exclaims: “Lynne Huffer startles our complacent ownership of Foucault. Own him? We’ve hardly read him. Huffer has [and] [s]he shares the results.” I wonder who this “we” is to whom the reviewer refers: who thought we owned him? Who hasn’t read him? I am also afraid that the reviewer expresses Huffer’s own attitude: she writes possessively of “my Foucault”—”the one I am calling mine” (21)—and refers to Foucault’s texts using her own personal titles—Madness and Sexuality One—rather than the actual published titles that the rest of us use, again laying claim through naming to her own personal Foucault. Being the one to whom Foucault has made his long-awaited “confession,” however posthumously and against his will, is perhaps one grounds for this sense of ownership on Huffer’s part. This use of “my” may be innocent enough and even modest, acknowledging that her reading of Foucault is subjective, situated, and biased. What I fear though is that Huffer’s book implies that her Foucault is The Foucault, and that those who know Foucault in translation cannot get him. Huffer’s readings of the History of Sexuality remain at many points contentious, but they do not undercut the significance of her reading of the History of Madness or, for that matter, her important refocusing of our attention upon that text.
     

    Chloë Taylor is Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Women’s Studies at the University of Alberta. She has a Ph.D. from the University of Toronto and was a Social Science and Research Council of Canada and Tomlinson postdoctoral fellow at McGill University. Her research interests include twentieth-century French philosophy, philosophy of sexuality, feminist philosophy, philosophy of food and animal ethics. She is the author of The Culture of Confession from Augustine to Foucault (Routledge 2009) and is an editor of the journal Foucault Studies. She is currently working on two book projects, one concerning Foucault, feminism, and sexual crime, and the other concerning Foucault, animal ethics, and the philosophy of food.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Foucault, Michel. The history of sexuality: An introduction. New York: Vintage, 1978.Originally published as La volonté de savoir. Paris: Gallimard, 1976. Print.
    • ———. Abnormal: Lectures at the Collège de France: 1974-1975. New York: Picador, 2004.Originally published as Anormaux: Cours au Collège de France, 1974-1975. Paris: Seuil/Gallimard, 1999. Print.
    • ———. Psychiatric power: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1973-1974. New York: Palgrave MacMillan, 2006. Originally published as Pouvoir psychiatrique: Cours au Collège de France, 1973-1974. Paris: Seuil/Gallimard, 2003. Print.

     

  • Looting the Theory Commons: Hardt and Negri’s Commonwealth

    Mark Driscoll (bio)
    University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
    mdriscol@email.unc.edu

    Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri, Commonwealth. Cambridge: Belknap P, 2011.

     

     
    A few months ago a graduate student came to see me to discuss her section on postcolonial studies for her Ph.D. exams. Talking about the ways the Japanese colonial past continues to affect everyday life in South Korea, she reflected that, “this is what Hardt and Negri call the coloniality of power.” Taken aback, I said that she must have missed a citation or two and lightly scolded her that “coloniality of power” was a phrase post-Eurocentric scholars would identify not with European theory of the sort espoused by Antonio Negri, but with Latin American intellectuals such as the Peruvian Anibal Quijano, the Mexican Enrique Dussel, and the Argentine Walter Mignolo. I found myself surprisingly indignant, explaining that much of Hardt and Negri’s previous work—in their historicist mode of “identifying the tendency”—was generally opposed to the insistence by such Latin American subalternists that the colonial past continues to impact crucial aspects of our contemporary present, albeit on the new political terrain of democratic politics and pluralist institutions. Wondering how she had made such a connection, I went right to my unopened copy of Commonwealth when I got home that night.
     
    As Michael Hardt and I are in a study group together and have mutual friends, I was at first relieved not to find any signs of theory looting after my hasty CSI (crime scene investigation) of Parts I (“Republic”) and II (“Modernity”) of Commonwealth. Indeed, the proximity of my UNC, Chapel Hill to Duke University where Hardt teaches (and where Antonio Negri appears virtually via videoconference on occasion) must have led my graduate student and her peers to assume that much of what is important in contemporary critical theory emanates from nearby Duke, the home of Italian autonomia in the Anglophone world. However, my relief only lasted through that initial speed-read. Returning to Commonwealth a few days later, my eyes stopped at a peculiar phrase, “the coloniality of biopower.” It appears as a section heading several pages into Part II, “Modernity (and the Landscapes of Altermodernity),” and builds on their earlier interpretation and appropriation of Foucault’s notion of biopolitics. What they seem to mean by the neologism “coloniality of biopower” (hereafter, COB) is that modern power works on subordinated populations in ways structurally similar to the ways in which colonial power dominated indigenous peoples. Fair enough, I thought; let’s see how Hardt and Negri distinguish their COB neologism from the source concept in Latin American criticism.
     
    Coloniality of power (COP), together with the correlate notion of “coloniality,” was originally deployed by Anibal Quijano in the early 1990s to designate the apparatuses of hegemonic power that first emerged during the modern period, the era of colonialism, whose long durée stretches from the conquest of the Americas to the present.1 In the hands of Quijano and Dussel, to name only two, COP consolidates a power matrix that infiltrates the domains of political administration, social production, private life, and general epistemological world-view. The modern forms these practical domains have taken are the nation-state, capitalism, private property, the heterosexist nuclear family, and Eurocentrism. Different from the more familiar strain of Anglophone postcolonial theory, which tends to emphasize the fractured and filtered influence of the colonial past, Latin American COP insists that the material and ideological ciphers of modern colonialism continue to hegemonize the ways in which sexuality, race, labor, and humans’ relation to nature are lived and epistemologically grasped. In this sense, COP refers to a crucial structuring process in the world system that articulates peripheral nation-states in the global South to the modus operandi of the Euro-American North, resulting in a surprising homogeneity of race, gender, and labor hierarchies in North and South. Even in a postcolonial world, power remains colonial when it maintains the force to impose one Euro-American regime onto the rest of the world. Only through the dramatic overthrow of COP by decolonial thought and practice, Latin American subalternists argue, can the epistemic and material violence of coloniality be overcome. H & N’s concept of COB is, at first glance, a decoding of COP followed by a recoding of it through their loose rendering of Foucault, which I will discuss below. However, as I moved twenty pages or so beyond their invocation of “coloniality of biopower,” my CSI sensors came across the source phrase “coloniality of power” on page 103, with no citation. It appears later in the same chapter titled “Altermodernity,” once again without a citation. Somewhat agitated, I rechecked the footnotes in both places and found no citation—the theory commons have been looted.
     
    The substantive “coloniality” appears throughout the two chapters in Commonwealth where coloniality of power/biopower is deployed. Beginning on the page immediately after their introduction of COB, “coloniality” is shorthand for the coloniality of power/biopower, appearing on almost every subsequent page until we reach 103, when coloniality of power is first expropriated and deployed. Although it might seem like reasonable shorthand for the cumbersome COB, it is also used in exactly this way by Latin American theorists, perhaps most significantly by Hardt’s critic and colleague, Walter Mignolo (Local Histories/Global Designs). In other words, when H & N introduce their reformatted notion of COB, it’s difficult not to see it as a kind of camouflage for the looting of Latin American critical thought; the proof of this can be found in the fact that their COB neologism is largely abandoned after the first few pages and replaced by the unsourced phrases COP and “coloniality,” now appropriated as their own theoretical property. This operation was apparently what convinced my graduate student that the phrase originated in the private enclosures of Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri.
     
    What’s important in this ex/appropriation is that not only the expression, but the substance of Latin American critique has been theoryjacked. Whereas in their earlier work H & N configure colonial forms of power/knowledge as progressively overcome by the real subsumption of postmodern forms of rule, burying coloniality safely in the past without a trace in the present, in Commonwealth forms of coloniality continue to impact power hierarchies. Using a modernity vs. anti-modernity binary opposition, they write in their introduction of COB, “Antimodernity is held under control in the power relation of modernity not only through external forms of subjugation—from the slave master’s lash and the conquistador’s sword to capitalist society’s police and prison—but also and more important through internal mechanisms of subjectification” (77). Whereas in Empire their historicist theory of political rule (where colonial mercantilism is transcended by industrial capitalism, which is subsequently transcended by postmodern capitalism) largely prevents them from seeing the ways in which different and contradictory forms of rule can coexist in the same chronotope, in Commonwealth the plagiarizing of Latin American theory helps them configure the slavemaster’s lash as a homologue of contemporary prison structures, not as a linear, developmental sequence.
     
    The substance of COP becomes an important vehicle to solve the problem of the tendency, the one acknowledged weakness in Italian autonomia. This is particularly intriguing in that Latin American subalternists were among the first to critique the vanguardism and Eurocentrism of Empire, attacking it as the newest version of Eurocentric theory focused exclusively on metropolitan centers while largely ignoring peripheral situations in the global South. The swift reduction of postcolonial theory to Homi Bhabha allows H & N in Empire to construe postcolonial thought tout court not as a critical enterprise more or less concerned with locating colonial-like structures of domination stubbornly residing in democratic, postcolonial situations, but as something both irrelevant in its flawed hermeneutic insistence on reading aspects of the past in the present and, downloading Arif Dirlik’s broadside against the culturalism of Anglophone postcolonial theory, complicit with and supportive of multicultural, postmodern capitalism.
     
    Important Latin American critics have for two decades largely ignored the move to designate novel forms of political, cultural, and economic rule with the signifier “postmodern,” and instead have coined the phrase “modernidad/colonialidad” to underscore the different ways in which the colonial past remains present in contemporary forms of power. Although it remains largely invisible to the dominant strains of Anglophone theory and criticism, for post-Eurocentric scholars and activists “modernity-coloniality” has become an identifiable concept originating in Latin America that works to marginalize much of the Euro-American insistence on the radical newness of contemporary power. Modernity-coloniality research groups appeared in Mexico City, Quito, and in Durham (Duke) and Chapel Hill, North Carolina where Mignolo and the Colombian anthropologist Arturo Escobar were the co-organizers of a group that I was involved with for several years. Michael Hardt attended at least two of their events.
     
    The politico-theoretical intervention of Latin American modernity-coloniality builds on a variety of Latin American-based theories and practices: liberation theology of the 1960s; debates in Latin American philosophy and social science around ideas of liberation philosophy and autonomous social science centered on people like Dussel, Rodolpho Kusch, and Darcy Ribiero; dependency theory; and, in the US, the Latin American Subaltern Studies group.2 Modernity-coloniality researchers also find inspiration in thinking as different as African philosophy, South Asian subaltern studies, and Chicana feminist theory. However, as Escobar writes in a recent piece on the modernity-coloniality program, “its main driving force . . . is a continued reflection on Latin American cultural and political reality, including the subaltern knowledge of exploited and oppressed social groups” (180). In the Duke/UNC group, much of the focus of the modernity-coloniality paradigm so far has been on the problem and potential of indigeneity, thought through the prism of race and place. However, there’s a refreshing absence of codes of the romantic, noble savage in the group’s thinking of indigeneity; the Indian is read in a non-essentialized way, together with other raced and placed subjects in Latin American sites—blacks, whites, creoles, Asians, peasants, and non-human actors. Scholars of modernity-coloniality disregard notions of essence and of the centering of existence—embedded in specific ecological, sociocultural, and economic systems–and instead engage with the singularity of each situation. The ethics of encountering singular situations demands a constantly shifting epistemic framework on the part of the engaged researcher, what Walter Mignolo calls un paradigma otro.
     
    The way I understand this is that modernity-coloniality should neither be configured as a theoretical master narrative (like Marxism, Foucaultianism, or Italian autonomia) that grounds the proper identity of the researcher, nor as the next higher stage in the linear history of modern thought. Rather, the modernity-coloniality framework locates its own inquiry in the historical material specificity of each situation, necessarily at the limit or border of established systems of thought. As un paradigma otro, modernity-coloniality implies the decentering of the identity of the researcher in hir engagement with a specific situation. There can be no approaching a situation from the safe confines of an established system of thought, as each case should produce a singular theoretical code, or novel “other paradigm.” What Mignolo calls “border thinking” is the stretching of an established paradigm to the breaking point as it interacts and intersects with the lively dynamism of an historico-political situation. Understood in this way, the feedback loop inherent in the modernity-coloniality framework mutually constitutes both the situation and the epistemology of the participant researcher, decentering both. Modernity-coloniality is gradually emerging as the main heir to the important Latin American contributions of dependency theory, liberation theology/philosophy, and participatory action research.
     
    Astoundingly–given Michael Hardt’s connection with Latin American modernity-coloniality criticism (a heretical member, Alberto Moreiras, taught in Hardt’s Department of Literature for over a decade; Mignolo is a central person in the humanities at Duke; Escobar is Distinguished University Professor twenty minutes away at UNC, Chapel Hill; and the important Latin American subaltern journal Nepantla was housed at Duke for several years)–the phrase “modernity-coloniality” also appears in Commonwealth with no citation of Quijano, Dussel, or anyone else for that matter. Moreover, its deployment by H & N repeats the same ex/appropriation operation of COP in that they seem to mask the plagiarizing of modernity-coloniality by simply appending an extra signifier to modernity-coloniality—”race.” But before doing so, they want their readers to know they own the copyright on thinking modernity and coloniality together: “Earlier we said that without coloniality there is no modernity, and here we can see that race plays a similarly constitutive role. The three together function as a complex—modernity, coloniality, racism—with each serving as a necessary support for the others” (74). They said that without coloniality there is no modernity; not Mignolo, Dussel, Quijano, or any of the modernity-coloniality research groups. After claiming the modernity–coloniality code as their own private property, H & N don’t use the phrase in its recognizable form as connected by hyphens or dashes. However, as was the case with COP, the pretense is dropped after just a few pages; beginning on page 90 they deploy modernity-coloniality in one of the standard forms used by Latin American critics.3 The theory commons has been looted again.
     
    As post-Eurocentric readers have no doubt already registered, even the recoded “modernity-coloniality-racism” is a standard extrapolation for Latin American critics, especially Walter Mignolo (The Idea of Latin America 88). It’s frustrating that theorists heretofore unwilling to grant much political agency to race (Empire unwittingly supported the “post-race” or “race blind” ideology of white liberal rule in the global North) would claim credit for introducing race into discussions of modernity’s imbrication with colonialism.4 However, having said that, couldn’t we step back a moment and, giving them the benefit of the doubt, concede that Latin American modernity-coloniality is sufficiently well-known in Anglophone critical theory circles that there is therefore no need to cite it? Each reader will have to answer this question for him or herself. But even if that were the case—and I, for one, don’t think modernity-coloniality has a salient presence in Euro-US theory circles—we might contrast the absence of citations and acknowledgement in the examples of Latin American critical theory with examples from European male theorists like Badiou, Zizek, and Agamben, where not only the primary sources are cited, but secondary works are acknowledged as well. It seems to me that in these cases of looting the theory commons, H & N implicitly rely on the Eurocentrism of their readers, assuming (and reproducing) ignorance of work done by Latin American subalternists, to pass off COP, coloniality, and modernity/coloniality as their own intellectual property.
     
    I should add here that it’s not totally correct to claim that H & N ignore Latin America-based theorists. They draw attention to Spanish language scholars who use and cite H & N’s work: “a group of contemporary Bolivian scholars . . . use the term ‘multitude-form,’ in contrast to the old class-form, to name the internally differentiated struggles of altermodernity” (110). Praising Latin American scholars, like the Bolivian sociologist Alvaro Garcia Linera, who employ H & N’s own multitude logo—”these contemporary scholars understand it [multitude] as the protagonist of a coherent political project”—allows them to claim that their own theory of the multitude is superior for analyzing the specificity of Latin American society than, say, the insights of the most influential theorist of Latin America’s hybrid sociedad abigarrada, René Zavaleta.
     
    Limiting their discussion of contemporary Latin American theorists to those who deferentially cite them and their work seems to embolden H & N to take even more from Latin American theory. Their argument that the ravages of European modernity granted a productive and positive dynamism to largely static indigenous societies in the (genocidal) Conquista seems homologous with the implicit notion that only Latin American theory that comes into contact with their own theory is worth discussing. If it doesn’t, like the examples offered above it stands a chance of being expropriated. In my opinion, this is what happens when, in a real breakthrough in their thinking in a chapter called “Biopolitical Reason,” they introduce their idea of “multiple ontologies.” Invoking Brazilian anthropologist Eduardo Viveiros de Castro, they write that “some contemporary anthropologists, pursuing a path parallel to ours, arrive at a similar conclusion about the role of the common in an alternative, biopolitical rationality, which goes beyond the division between nature and culture” (123). Briefly describing Viveiros de Castro’s work on the Amerindians of the Brazilian Amazon (published first in 1986, followed by an English translation in 1992), H & N write that, distinct from modern philosophy’s positing of “one nature and many cultures, here there is one culture (all are in some sense human) but many natures (occupying different worlds). Viveiros de Castro thus discovers, in contrast to the ‘multiculturalism’ of modern philosophy, an Amerindian ‘multinaturalism’” (123).
     
    Although their admirably wide reading takes them into many different areas, I was struck by this invocation of an obscure Latin American anthropologist whose main fieldwork from the late 1970s and early 1980s would appear to be outside of their intellectual purview. Then a friend reminded me that the young Argentinian anthropologist Mario Blaser was at UNC on a two-year post-doc and had presented his work both at UNC, Chapel Hill (once at a modernity-coloniality group meeting) and at Duke on indigenous groups in Brazil—building explicitly on Viveiros de Castro—and their “relational ontologies.” At that time, Blaser was developing this notion into what he started calling the “multiple ontologies” of the Amerindians in the Amazon. Although Blaser had only published two pieces when he presented his work on Viveiros de Castro at Duke and UNC in 2007 and 2008, he was finishing the draft of his exciting book Storytelling Globalization from the Chaco and Beyond (Duke University Press, 2010). In other words, Blaser’s work was circulating around Duke University for several years, both publicly and privately.
     
    I’m pausing on this because H & N’s apparent expropriation of the concept of multiple ontologies allows them to break from the ontological unicity featured in Empire and Multitude, where humans were basically “the same” on the plane of being/becoming. In contrast, in Commonwealth, living things are construed as ontologically distinct, which helps H & N move beyond the easy critique of identity politics present in their earlier work, where identity was configured as epiphenomenal and derived from one shared ontological substance. The expropriated notion of “multiple ontologies” allows them to take more seriously political claims based on race and sexuality. Although these claims are still largely dismissed by H & N in Commonwealth, they have the potential to contribute to the commons when fixed being (gay, black, etc.) is rethought as transformative becoming. Clearly, H & N dedicated a good deal of time in the last few years to rethinking the ways in which the narrow insistence on identifying the tendency had constrained their thinking on race and sexuality, and I wholeheartedly applaud this. Their new thinking should more sufficiently acknowledge its genesis in the theory commons.
     

    Appropriating the Theory Proper

     
    In addition to expropriating lesser-known theory, Commonwealth privatizes the theory commons in other ways. One way is to disregard the singularity/specificity of a major theme in a European thinker’s body of work and articulate it as part of its own property. Arguably, this happens first with Alain Badiou’s theory of the event. The notions of “event” and “events” are prominent in Commonwealth whereas they are not as prevalent in Empire and Multitude. However, because Badiou has emerged as a central philosophical figure in Anglophone critical thought since the publication of Multitude in 2004, it reads as if H & N feel a fratricidal need to marginalize him and, while doing so, appropriate his most important insight. They accomplish this in a fairly surreptitious way: by concocting a Foucaultian notion of the event, with no textual support from Foucault’s oeuvre. This subsequently allows them to counter Badiou’s conservative “retrospective theory of the event” with the revolutionary “link between freedom and power that Foucault emphasizes from within the event” (60).
     
    What is for me the most significant disregard for the specificity of a thinker’s work, followed by an appropriation, is the text’s treatment of Foucault himself. Foucault’s crucial notion of biopolitics qualifies as what Roland Barthes calls a “signifier without brakes,” in that it never stops at any particular signified. Although “biopolitics” was settling into some kind of consensual understanding in Anglophone critical theory around the time of Empire—the power to create, administer, and maintain (faire vivre) the life of a designated population by modern medicine and other welfare-state institutions, together with killing or leaving for dead (laisser mourir) undesirable populations within the same body politic—, the publication of Foucault’s Naissance de la Biopolitique in French in 2004 and in English in 2008 unsettled the previous understanding of it. Although one of the first invocations in English of biopower appeared in History of Sexuality, Vol. 1 in relation to the Nazi maintenance of the lives (faire vivre) of select populations of Germans while killing Jews (laisser mourir), the 2004 publication of Naissance de la Biopolitique—what appeared to be the most complete elaboration of biopolitics—complicates and opposes the earlier sense. While the Nazis are shown to epitomize the exercise of biopower in the 1975 work, in Feb. 1979 the Nazis are construed as the “field of adversity” against which the biopolitical considerations of German neo-liberals are constructed.
     
    In my reading, the key to understanding this shift is to be found in the lectures Foucault gave in 1977-78, published in English in 2007 as Security, Territory, Population (Driscoll 13-16). There Foucault clearly delineates a new form of “non-disciplinary” power that appears more or less as an historical sequence following disciplinary powers’ intrusion into the very capillaries of human deportment. Opposed to the production of docile bodies and orthopedic subjects in disciplinary rule, non-disciplinary power withdraws from the social field and redirects its attention to populations. But in focusing its attention on populations, biopolitical or non-disciplinary power isn’t concerned with all subjects, only with those subjects it selects for enhancement (faire vivre). Non-disciplinary power is unconcerned about subjects not chosen for enhancement; its mode is a liberal one of laissez faire (Foucault, Security, Territory, Population 66-74) The connection with his musings on biopolitics two years previously in Society Must be Defended lies with the semantic shift from laisser mourir to laissez faire. Foucault returns to thinking about biopolitics two years after the lectures that made up Society, but now the emphasis on killing or “letting groups die off” (laisser mourir) gives way to a prescient insight that emergent neoliberal governmentality is nonchalant with respect to much of individual deportment—it is principled in its laissez faire-ing of subjects. This abandonment of many subjects (and parts of all others) by hegemonic power in the 1978-79 lectures remains to be fully thought through by Foucault scholars.
     
    To approach the problem of the historical configuring of biopolitics, we would do well to recall that much of Foucault’s writing in the 1970s was designed to invert common assumptions of critical thought in Western Europe. His genealogical machine transvalued the understanding of “sexuality,” “power,” and “truth” and released them from their Frankfurt School and Sartrean confines. Why haven’t theorists considered that this is what Foucault is trying to do with his analysis of neoliberalism in Naissance de la Biopolitique? In my reading, neoliberalism isn’t construed as something more horrible than Nazism by Foucault—as some Negri followers have been arguing recently–, but is construed as a regime of biopolitical rule in which some subjects all the time and all subjects some of the time are laissez faired and liberated from the carceral confines of disciplinary power. Although leftist humanities scholars freed from the need for empirical validation frequently invoke the short 1990 essay by Gilles Deleuze, “Postscript on the Societies of Control,” to solve the problem of what comes after disciplinary power (one of the reasons why my social scientist friends stop listening at this point), evidence generated from Foucault’s texts points to something very different: as much as he can within the protocols of his genealogical mode, he is affirming aspects of neoliberal governmentality. And why wouldn’t he? He flaunts his anti-Marxism in several places in The Birth of Biopolitics, especially where he has the notorious free market ideologue Gary Becker speak parts of Marx’s theory of value (223-226). Since some of Foucault’s published work in volumes 2 and 3 of the History of Sexuality and the later lectures uncovers mystics, discredited philosophers like the Cynics, minor subjects, and heretical communities committed to experimenting with technologies of the self as far away as possible from hegemonic power centers, why wouldn’t Foucault guardedly affirm a form of power that is, at least in theory, not concerned with policing or disciplining marginal subjects but in laissez faire-ing them?
     
    Whatever the conclusion of this brief engagement with Foucault’s texts, it is a veritable close reading when compared with the extraordinary rendition of Foucault’s notion of biopolitics by Hardt and Negri. Their refusal to engage ethically with the specificity of biopolitics allows them to simply invent an opposition in Foucault between biopower and biopolitics, as in the following passage from Multitude:
     

    earlier we spoke of “biopower” to explain how the current war regime not only threatens us with death but also rules over life, producing and reproducing all aspects of society. Now we will shift from biopower to biopolitical production. . . . Biopower stands above society, transcendent, as a sovereign authority and imposes its order. Biopolitical production, in contrast, is immanent to society and creates social relationships and forms through collaborative forms of labor.

    (94-95)

     

    H & N do not justify this distinction with evidence from Foucault, who tends to use biopower and biopolitics interchangeably. What’s happening here?

     
    The designation of contemporary power in Empire follows from Negri’s groundbreaking engagement with Spinoza in the late 1970s and 1980s. Beginning with the Savage Anomaly (1981) and concluding with Insurgencies (1992), Negri expands on the distinction in Spinoza between potentia (creative, revolutionary power) and potestas (dead sovereign authority). Locating this binary in Machiavelli and Hobbes as well, Negri finds a way to designate resistance in Euro-American societies that have been entirely subsumed by capital. Potentia belongs with the ontological power of the multitude, while Empire hobbles along propped up by ontic potestas. H & N’s appropriation of Foucault’s biopolitics may be read as a hipper upgrade of Negri’s old discovery: biopower=potestas while biopolitics=potentia. However, they’ve managed to appropriate as their own intellectual property arguably the most important notion in contemporary critical thought—biopolitics. This is not to deny H & N’s right to engage critically and creatively with contemporary thought, which is something they do very well. However, the engagement with Foucault regarding his notion of biopolitics seems to me to be more about consolidating the philosophical identity of Antonio Negri than it is about freeing thought to do different kinds of political work.
     

    My Own Private Commonwealth

     
    The kind of appropriation of Badiou and Foucault happens to others as well, but in the interest of space, I move on to the last of the three modes of privatizing the theory commons that I find in Commonwealth—excessive self-citation. One of H & N’s major themes in Commonwealth is the overcoming of identity regimes that are inextricably linked to property and that work against the commons. Blacks, queers, the poor, and indigenous people are urged to give up fixed identities as a contribution to the vertiginous utopia of becoming-common. The injunction to sacrifice fixed identity as a necessary step in reclaiming the commons should, at the very least, inspire a demonstration of some version of self-critique by the authors of Commonwealth. Have interactions with other singularities pushed H & N to identify as something radically other? How have conflictual antagonisms with other theorists impelled them to transform their thinking? Surprisingly, I haven’t been able to locate any admission of error or theoretical inadequacy in Multitude or in Commonwealth. In fact, large sections of Multitude are given over to showing how wrong the critics of Empire were, and, in some sense, how wrong the post- 9/11 geopolitical world was for not adhering to their master narrative of it in Empire. Even when their readings of important theoretical or political concepts have changed considerably in the decade spanning Empire and Commonwealth (for example, their dismissal of world systems theory in Empire has changed considerably and for the better in Commonwealth), we don’t get any sense of how this has happened—their thinking has apparently always already evolved. Over and against their call for the transformative process of all identitarian being, we get the strong sense that their being as theorists hasn’t mutated at all—fixed being dominates the flux of becoming in H & N’s own identity formation.
     
    H & N’s concern for their own private intellectual property can be seen in the forty-two self-citations in the footnotes, encompassing a veritable curriculum vitae of Antonio Negri’s work over the last fifteen years. In addition to the many references to their previous work in the body of the text, the forty-two self-citations reveal a kind of panic over identity, linking several of the major points in Commonwealth not to other singularities in a theory multitude, but to themselves. The effect is to fortify their own identities as master theorists and to refuse what they insist everyone else commit to: the flux of becoming other. Apparently, Being is for them and becoming is for everyone else. I add that a book called Commonwealth should not sold by a corporate-university press but should be available (even in sections) online for free.
     
    As I suggest above, one of the strengths of Commonwealth is that it pluralizes ontology, arguing through Viveiros de Castro (or, seemingly, Mario Blaser’s reading of de Castro) that being is multiple. At the level of geopolitics, H & N use Saskia Sassen to theorize the ways in which the local, the national, and the global are constantly interlocked and interchanged. Again, unconcerned with registering how their own thinking has changed on this topic, they posit in different contexts the multiplicity of substance, whether it be natural, political or techno-material. Yet in Commonwealth they refuse to apply this multiplicity of substance to the real of globality. Their insistence on plurality could logically lead them to consider something like the trinity of common/public/private as a similar kind of interlocked substance, where subjectivity would have to be thought as mutually determined by the three social realms. The possibility for political change would have to come at an interstitial limit somewhere within these three realms, as Ernesto Laclau has argued in a somewhat different context. Thought in this way, there would necessarily be more public thinking and acting not determined exclusively by the tendentialized commons. Although I personally like the many interesting claims they make about the commons—and it needs to be stated clearly that they have moved critical thinking forward in terms of the philosophy of the commons—they conclude by restricting their analysis to this realm alone. As someone who works at an increasingly downsized public university, I would say the political struggle right now for leftist professoriat should focus on expanding the shrinking public in the face of local, national, and global attacks on it.5 Leaping over the realm of the public into some utopian commons seems like dangerous romanticism from this perspective. Moreover, new activist groups like UK Uncut and US Uncut have had some success in arguing for the centrality of the public over and against the attack on it by privatizing agendas of free market politicians. Some of their success should be attributed to refusing the utopianism of an idealized notion of the common.
     
    To conclude, I’m willing to admit that my sensitivity to the problems in Commonwealth is a sign that this dude is still abiding in the Republic of Property. Yes, I’ve invested in the realm of the private as well as in political commitments to the public and philosophical commitments to the commons. Before I give up my private pleasures and my duties to the public, and give myself over to the de-territorializing flux of becoming-common, I want some honest accounting of the distinct contents of each of the three realms. I hope it is fair to ask the relatively privileged CEOs of contemporary cultural theory like Hardt and Negri to be more reflexive about the pleasures and dangers of all three realms. If they continue to refuse to respect alterity and singularity in the theory commons, I for one am unwilling to link with them in any multitude, even at the level of a theory multitude. At least in the realm of the public, there is still a price to be paid for looting.
     

    Mark Driscoll is an Associate Professor of East Asian Studies at the University of Carolina, Chapel Hill. He is the author of two books on East Asian cultural and intellectual history published with Duke University Press, and has published articles in Social Text, Cultural Studies, and Postcolonial Studies.
     

     

    I thank Arturo Escobar, Eunice Sahle, Diane Nelson, Michal Osterweil, and Federico Luisetti for helping me think through this piece.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. See “Colonialidad del poder, cultura y conocimiento en América Latina,” Anuario Mariateguiano 9 (1997): 113-121 and “Coloniality of Power, Ethnocentrism, and Latin America,” NEPANTLA 1.3 (2000): 533-580.

     

     
    2. Writing even this superficially about modernity-coloniality would have been impossible without conversations with Arturo Escobar and Walter Mignolo.

     

     
    3. Modernity/coloniality and modernity-coloniality seem to be used interchangeably by Latin American scholars.

     

     
    4. There is a factual error in my review pertaining to my statement that Walter Mignolo’s work was not cited in Commonwealth. In fact he is cited on pg. 67 of Hardt and Negri’s text. Moreover, Enriqué Dussel is mentioned briefly in the footnotes. This serious mistake qualifies, but does not totally undermine, my insistence that Latin American coloniality/modernity theorists are consistently un- and under-acknowledged in Commonwealth.

     

    [Added January 30, 2012.]

     
    5. On this see Christopher Newfield’s superb intervention.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Driscoll, Mark. Absolute Erotic, Absolute Grotesque: The Living, Dead, and Undead in Japan’s Imperialism, 1895-1945. Durham: Duke UP, 2010. Print.
    • Escobar, Arturo. “‘World and Knowledges Otherwise’: The Latin American modernity/coloniality Research Program.” Cultural Studies 21.2-3 (2007): 179-210. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. The Birth of Biopolitics. Trans. Graham Burchell. London: Palgrave, 2008. Print.
    • ———. Security, Territory, Population. Trans. Graham Burchell. London: Palgrave, 2007. Print.
    • Gordon, Lewis. Fanon and the Crisis of European Man. New York: Routledge, 1995. Print.
    • Hardt, Michael and Antonio Negri. Multitude: war and democracy in the age of Empire. New York: Penguin Group, 2004. Print.
    • Laclau, Ernesto. New Reflections on the Revolution of our Time. London: Verso, 1990. Print.
    • Quijano, Anibal. “Colonialidad del poder, cultura y conocimiento en América Latina.” Anuario Mariateguiano 9 (1997): 113-121. Print.
    • ———. “Coloniality of Power, Ethnocentrism, and Latin America.” NEPANTLA 1.3 (2000): 533-580. Print.
    • Mignolo. Walter. The Idea of Latin America. Malden: Blackwell, 2005. Print.
    • ———. Local Histories/Global Designs: Coloniality, Subaltern Knowledges and Border Thinking. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2000. Print.
    • Newfield, Christopher. Unmaking the Public University: The Forty-Year Assault on the Middle Class. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2008. Print.

     

  • The City & The City

    Hong-An Truong (bio)
    UNC Chapel Hill
    hatruong@email.unc.edu

    Dwayne Dixon (bio)
    Duke University
    dedixon@duke.edu

    Abstract

     

    This video is composed of two channels: the first depicts Tokyo and Saigon in small vignettes on a split screen while the second channel is another split screen image of a man and a woman in separate rooms each singing karaoke in a choreographed interplay of Japanese and Vietnamese/English. The tightly framed images of the cities provide the architectonics of an emergent Asian urbanism produced through shared histories of modern warfare and occupations often obscured by intense expansions and modulations of capitalist spatiality. This series of exterior images contrasts with the close view of the two singers solitary in their separate rooms, performing songs that bring the present-tense into sharp and melancholic proximity with histories rendered through pop narratives and the intimate technology of the karaoke machine.

     

    The following two videos are a part of a two-channel video installation, installed as projected images on either side of a single hanging screen; viewers are able to hear both soundtracks but can only see one screen at a time. As a web-based installation, you will need to click both thumbnails to open separate viewing windows. By playing both videos at once you will be able to hear both soundtracks, or you may watch each as a single track, but they have been choreographed to play simultaneously.

     

    2 channel color digital video

    dimensions variable

    2010

    Click to view video

     

    2 channel color digital video

    dimensions variable

    2010

    Click to view video

     

    The destructive character sees nothing permanent.

    -Walter Benjamin

     
    East by Southeast, Tokyo and Saigon share a history of destruction and occupation while also displaying various forms of shifting Asian urbanism. Modern warfare generated the radical conditions for architectural, political and social change in both cities, but how do we discover the traces of this shared history after intense postmodern re-imaginings concomitant with relentless construction of capitalist space? The cities appear strange to one another, fantastically different, dislocated in time: Saigon radiates a remaining sensual colonial aura; Tokyo shimmers a cool techno-future. The cities’ morphologies hide in fragments, facades, and distortions of built scale. Together they hold phantasmagoria of urban Asian cultures, hyper-capitalism, Cold War spatiality and traces left by the Army Corps of Engineers.
     
    We nod to China Míeville’s baroque urban fiction as we examine Tokyo and Saigon through a short video that operates on the tripartite mechanics of ethnographic, documentary, and conceptual visuality. The video is a double projection: each side of the screen bears an image so that viewers must walk around the screen to see what they have been hearing emanating from the other side. Like Benjamin’s dense notations on modernity’s environments, the video accumulates in passages, splitting the screen in double views of the cities’ urban topographies: a noodle cart glowing in the night rain, endless escalators and foot-tunnels, buildings erected and destroyed, walls and doors, fields, rivers and railroad bridges. In shots so slow they seem as photographs, time doubles back and fitfully slips forward between the city and the city. On the other side of the screen is projected another split-screen image: a Japanese man in a karaoke box and a Vietnamese woman in a spare bedroom, both holding microphones, each illuminated in the lyrics scrolling across screens. Two songs play back and forth, sung opposite each other, in different rooms and different spaces. Each vocal performance expresses a longing for a timeless location before change, a desire to re-encounter the space of the nation, of the self, before it went into hiding, lost to violent histories of transformation, destruction. Through song and split images, the video travels through a series of encounters with the persistent memory of the cities.
     
    How do we know the cities have changed, coming upon them like this? Do cities travel anywhere after time passes in vortices of war, occupation, revaluation, demolition and ecstatic construction? The video fails to record the deep archaeology of Asia’s urbanism. Instead, fantastic cityscapes rendered in split minutiae emerge from Tokyo and Saigon’s strangely dissembled histories after modernism had fled. The video asks us to undo our seeing, to gaze into the seams between time and the cities, to reorient ourselves through the solitary performances of song.
     

    Hong-An Truong is an Assistant Professor of Studio Art at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Her photographs and videos have been shown at numerous venues including the Godwin-Ternbach Museum in Queens, the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, Laguna Art Museum, Torrance Art Museum, Monte Vista Projects in Los Angeles, DobaeBacsa Gallery in Seoul, PAVILION in Bucharest, Art in General, and the International Center for Photography, both in New York. She is currently working on a video installation on memory and war violence that focuses on the life of writer Iris Chang.

     

    Dwayne Dixon is a Ph.D. candidate in the Department of Cultural Anthropology at Duke University where he is completing his dissertation on young people in Tokyo and their relations to urban space, changing economic conditions, and visual technologies.
     

  • For and Against the Contemporary. An Examination

    Alexander García Düttmann (bio)
    Goldsmiths, University of London
    A.Duttmann@gold.ac.uk

    Abstract
     
    This essay, a conversation setting different ideas against each other, is an examination of how the concept of the contemporary can be used meaningfully, especially in the context of art. Two forms of the contemporary are distinguished. On the one hand, there is the contemporary that remains subject to constant change and falls prey to a passion of emptiness. On the other hand, there is the contemporary that penetrates into the very heart of metamorphosis.
     
     

     

    — I remember—
     
    — Hold it! You are getting off to a false start. How can you begin a paper on the contemporary with the words “I remember”?
     
    — You interrupt me. Does stubborn interruption belong to the condition of the contemporary? I remember Jacques Derrida—
     
    — Are you trying to justify your presence here by appealing to the past, by stating your allegiance to a philosopher whose name still resonates in the present, though perhaps no longer in the same way it once did?
     
    — You forget that Derrida was your contemporary in the past, as it were, before you knew it and could measure up to him, for in his last conversation with a journalist, he anticipated what you are suggesting now. In 2004, only a few months before he died, he seemed convinced that his writings had not yet been read (Apprendre 35), as if he were waiting for contemporaries to come, or as if one’s contemporaries could never be simply there, be contemporaneous with oneself, coincide with one’s biological lifetime, or as if, in order to be a contemporary, one had to become a contemporary in the first place, make an impossible date, by way of one’s own uncertain achievements, with future generations that might or might not keep this date. Derrida left a note for his son to read out at his funeral. It will not surprise you that in this note he greeted all those who had gathered to bid him farewell with a strange final address: “I love you and smile at you from wherever I might be” (Salut 6). At the same time, and this is what you should remember, Derrida also believed that two weeks or at most a month after his death nothing of his would be left, as if a belief in one’s contemporaries, present or yet to come, were the symptom of an idealism designed to ward off the fact that an achievement must be radically disinterested, and that the expectation of a reward in the guise of some form of contemporaneity already harbors a distorting interest. In the face of this “double feeling,” as Derrida put it, death appears as the agent of the contemporary. It acts on behalf of the contemporary, makes it work as it undoes it, prevents it from ever doing any work. Now tell me: when you say that Derrida’s name no longer resonates in the same way, are you opposing the contemporary to the outdated, to what pertains to a past that is not relevant to the present anymore? Or are you relying on a distinction between different ways of being contemporary, between contemporaries who are not contemporaries in the same manner, who have a different understanding of what it means, and what it takes, to be contemporary? If, by definition, there must be at least two of us, but probably more, for us to be contemporaries, then there is a good chance that different ways of being contemporary also exist.
     
    — Let’s assume that there are different ways of being contemporary, that being contemporary entails as much a difference as it entails a virtual unity between the way in which I am a contemporary and the way you are. I imagine then that one such way will consist in rejecting any usage of the word that treats it as a synonym of those old-fashioned battle-horses, the “modern,” the “new,” even the “avant-garde.” Can the “modern,” the “new,” the “avant-garde” still belong to the vocabulary of the most contemporary of all contemporaries? A declared interest in the contemporary often amounts to a wordy invocation bereft of content, or a mere simulation of ideas. At the very tip where the present quickly fades into the past while the future remains unfathomable, or proves all too predictable, we encounter a passion which tries to grasp imminence. “It is happening, yes, so much so that it is not yet happening,” contemporaries say. Or perhaps: “It is about to happen, no, it has happened already.” The contemporary thus is the figure of an emptiness that is mad about itself, mad at itself, a mad or drunken opening that desperately craves emptiness, constantly falling prey to the commonplace or producing a vague and incoherent discourse, constantly vomiting what it has just absorbed, or rejecting what it has almost assimilated. That’s why the contemporary can be so depressing, so sad.
     
    — Last week I asked my friend Jean-Luc Nancy to send me an aphorism about the contemporary, and to do so in an e-mail, a very contemporary form of communication, though I suspect that for those who tweet it is already so dated that they will have stopped listening by the time I finish this sentence. Here is what Jean-Luc wrote to me early the next morning, like someone who wishes to be contemporaneous with the day that is just beginning, and share its uncertainty: “To be contemporary, is to share the same time. When time is suspended, as is the case today—that is to say, when ‘today’ ceases to be recognizable, one shares the uncertainty, the suspense. One exists in shared suspension. But one way or the other, one escapes from the flux of time. It is a form of eternity.” What if the contemporary were a Janus-faced figure? When it turns one of its two faces toward us, it appears as a figure of emptiness, secluded from time, endlessly or eternally circling inside the abyss into which the tip of the present collapses again and again, caught in an empty time that only mirrors eternity, sharing nothing except for an insatiable hunger fed by the revulsion that the passing of time inspires.
     
    — At the end of Conversation Piece, a film Luchino Visconti made late in his life, one character says about her former lover, a dead young man who may have committed suicide, that he had not had time, that he had not given himself time enough to be taught the lesson of life. Supposedly, what one learns if one’s lifetime is not cut short, if one does not put an end to it prematurely, is that the living forget the dead, no matter how burning the memory of the dead may once have been. Perhaps there is a way of being contemporary that tries to avoid this lesson by abandoning itself so hopelessly to emptiness that emptiness turns into a passion, as you claim. So would the best way of being contemporary, of existing as a contemporary, consist in taking one’s eyes off anything that self-consciously presents itself as contemporary? In a preface added to the first edition of a novel that the Majorcan writer Llorenç Villalonga published in 1963, Desenllaç a Montlleó, I have found an allusion to “original minds” at the “margins of passing fashions” (10). These minds are said to be neither “antiquated” when they look back nor “precursory” when they overturn other minds.
     
    — Obviously the fact that, at one point, someone’s ideas were contemporaneous with someone else’s, and influenced them, does not mean that they remained influential and continue to determine contemporary thought. But assuming we can agree on what counts as such thought and what does not, is it enough to state that these ideas do not determine contemporary thought anymore in order to assert that they have lost their force and must be dismissed as meaningless to an understanding of the present? The fate of contemporary thought eager to advertise itself as contemporary, and of contemporary art keen on being seen, is that they must keep changing horses in midstream. Just don’t remind the thinker and the artist of their fate. They won’t like it.
     
    — Allow me to intervene. I wish to make a related point by asking whether sharing a room, or a space, with others, being there at the same time as they are, simultaneously, is enough to say that they are one’s contemporaries. If the contemporary is not just an indifferent concept, or a concept used indifferently to designate any possible juxtaposition of existences in the present time—if it is a value and not a fact, then surely it must involve some selection, some filtering, some choice, some elective affinity. It requires an eye capable of seeing differences. You have drawn our attention to the difference between ways of being contemporary. Since there are always many contemporaries, two at least, it is always possible and even likely that there will be differences between ways of being contemporary. But if we now turn our attention to what accounts for the unity of the contemporary, and allows a group of people existing in the same world at the same time to be identified as contemporaries, we find that once again we must resort to difference. From this perspective, I cannot be a contemporary without distinguishing myself from others who are presently alive, or who are more or less my age. Not all attempts at distinguishing myself can be equally valuable or valid. Also, what deserves to be called “contemporary” must be identified on a basis that abstract temporal and spatial simultaneity does not provide. It is inclusive only to the extent that it is exclusive twice over: once with regard to things past and again with regard to things present. This is why the contemporary, so slippery and hard to pin down, is always at risk of solidifying into the most dogmatic and rigid of notions, a notion employed to inhibit and intimidate, sometimes even to bully the other. I have met a person who, each time she vindicates an interest in the contemporary, conceives of it in terms of a moment in an ongoing relay race. This is the moment when a handing over takes place that is also meant to be a sort of transformation: by changing hands, the baton, the object, mutates into something contemporary. “We no longer speak of X, we speak of Y now,” she says, and I am never quite sure whether she is reporting from the front, making it up as she goes along, or imposing words that stand in for thoughts. Walter Benjamin, a critic of the “homogeneous and empty time” of progress, sought a temporal force in the past that would hit the present as if it were coming from the future, even though many of his contemporaries seemed oblivious to the existence of such a force. He conceived of it as the intense experience of a time full of presentness, of a past filled with actuality, and called it “Jetztzeit,” “now time” (“Über den Begriff der Geschichte” 701). Only “now time” opens an access to the future from which the present is forever separated, for only the past can preserve the future’s revolutionary otherness. That the present is the site where an “instinct” must prove itself and sense the undercurrent of “now time” in the past, that it serves merely as a springboard to leap into a “now time” detected instinctively, that it is in the past that the present has to start looking for itself, for the actual or the contemporary, if it ever wants to encounter the future, means that nothing happens in the present, that the present is essentially an empty time. Doubtless “now time” is as devoid of content as the present. Yet what distinguishes it from the present is not a content but an intensity that the present lacks. In “now time,” content has turned into intensity, cannot be separated from an intensity that imparts itself as an urgency. “Now time” is tense, time as tension, while the present is flat, time as emptiness. Perhaps “now time” is eternity at the tip of the present, the other face of the Janus-faced figure of the contemporary, an intensity that escapes the flux of time, the point at which the past communicates with the future, and where the present is left behind in a sudden “instinctive” leap. Benjamin compares this leap to the “leap of a tiger” (701). In his Animal Sketching, Alexander Calder notes that “animals think with their bodies to a greater extent than man does” (53). Perhaps the thinking of the present is a bodily awareness that captures the past. We don’t see it coming because it has come already, it has happened.
     
    — Does it then not follow from Benjamin’s argument that there is an illusion which belongs to the present? The illusion or the fiction of the contemporary would consist in the belief that the future begins right now, in the present, and that the task of the living, of the ones who live now but not in “now time,” would be to concern themselves with the present as the time that bears the future, as the time in which the future is given. But why would that be so, exactly? Benjamin claims that past generations have made a “secret appointment” with future generations, with us. By making such a claim, he on the one hand confirms the impossibility of knowing the contemporary, of knowing what it could mean to speak of oneself and others as contemporaries, while on the other hand he hints at the essential secrecy or hiddenness of work undertaken in the present, just as Derrida does in his last interview, or as Nietzsche did, too, in his “untimely meditation” on Richard Wagner, in a meditation directed “against the times” for the sake of “future times” (“Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie” 247). Work undertaken in the present cannot but remain hidden, hidden to itself, precisely because it is being undertaken as we speak. To see the work undertaken in the present, as we speak, to see whether actually any work is being undertaken right now, something we cannot know in advance, we need to distance ourselves from the present, leap into the past, into “now time,” and return to the present as revolutionaries, from the future that this leap may disclose to us.
     
    — In a nutshell, you take Benjamin to imply that contemporaries can never live a life that would be contemporaneous with itself, as it were, and that there is an anachronism that splits the contemporary. However, Nietzsche also reminds us in his Untimely Meditations, from which you quoted a moment ago, that interpretations of the past depend on the “highest powers of the present” (293f.), on the most vigorous of all contemporary efforts, and that only the one who knows about the present and thus proves to be an “architect of the future” is able to listen to the “oracle” of the past. Let’s not forget that Benjamin himself invokes a special sense to attain “now time,” an “instinct” without which the leap into the past can never succeed, and that he regards this sense, or this “flair,” to be active in fashion.
     
    — Anna Wintour says that she will quit Vogue when the anger becomes too much for her. My contemporaries are the ones who can make me angry. When I asked Min Hogg how one avoids confusion at a fashion show, she replied: “You must pick three or four dresses that catch your eye and then build your article around these dresses.”
     
    — I remember Jacques Derrida telling me, in a private conversation, how irritated he felt when working on a text he had been commissioned to write for a series called “The Contemporaries.”
     
    — Was the request not already a distinction?
     
    — While you were all talking at the same time, interrupting each other, asking so many questions and going off into so many directions that I got confused, I looked up Derrida’s text and found the following phrase: “One writes only at the moment when one gives the contemporary the slip” (“Circonfession” 63). In French, Derrida uses the expression fausser compagnie, which, if we translate it literally, means to twist or distort company. Idiomatically, it means to break a promise. Is making a promise not always a form of keeping others company and of keeping company with others? Whoever wants to undertake some work, to achieve something, to do some writing, for example, must betray his so-called contemporaries, Derrida seems to tell us, the contemporaries to whom one is not really committed since the time one shares with them is shared only in the abstract. Time cannot be shared otherwise, unless one distances oneself from the presence of the contemporaries and follows the trace of writing. You know that, for Derrida, writing is also and primarily a synonym for experience. Just as writing separates us from the present, experience, the endurance of otherness, begins where presence exposes itself to absence, and the present is interrupted. So the one who betrays his contemporaries, who refuses to include himself within the alleged unity of a temporal presence, follows the trace of writing, all the more so as he devotes himself to the very activity of writing and thereby allows himself to experience something, time, for instance. What emerges at this point is that the hiddenness of work in the present is not simply due to the fact that we are too close to see it, or that, in a sense, it is too contemporary to be truly contemporary, but rather that it results from the displacing and disrupting effect that any experience must have, any experience that reveals itself to be at the origin of, say, a work of art, or that lies in the work’s creation, or that is even the experience which the work itself enables.
     
    — Adorno, in his Negative Dialectics, notes that “thoughtful people” and “artists” have often registered a feeling of coldness and distance, of “not being quite present” and of “not joining in the game,” as if “they were not entirely themselves but a kind of spectator” (356). He then asks whether it is not this aspect of human life that constitutes its “immortal part,” whether a detached comportment does not show itself to be more humane than different forms of involvement that deny the “inanity of existence,” at least under specific historical conditions. Such thoughts remind me of two conversations in Thomas Mann’s novel Lotte in Weimar. In this novel, the protagonist visits Weimar as an old woman. She wishes to see Goethe again, for there was a time when the poet was infatuated with her and used her as one of his real life models in his writing. After her arrival, Doctor Riemer, a philologist who belongs to Goethe’s entourage, pays a courtesy call on Lotte. In the course of the long conversation that ensues, Riemer describes the great artist’s character and sees his art as the result of both “absolute love” and “absolute annihilation or indifference” (80). He also mentions a “coldness” entirely peculiar to “absolute art,” a “destructive equanimity.” Lotte later recognizes that, as the young Goethe wooed her, she and her husband could not avoid having a “secret inkling” (107). They felt that, no matter how much suffering the poet’s passion would cause, it was perhaps merely a “sort of game,” something on which one could not rely since it served “ends” situated “outside of the human sphere.” The novel comes to a close with a ghostly conversation between the old Lotte and the old Goethe that takes place in the darkness of a carriage. Here, a Goethe who may not be actually present, appearing only as an interlocutor in Lotte’s inner monologue, or dialogue, justifies his behavior by referring to the cosmic force of metamorphosis, to a “play of transformations” that he takes to be the fate of human existence (Mann 406).
     
    — Pascal stresses the “coldness” of the Gospels, a “coldness” that he attributes to the disinterestedness with which they were written, the lack of affectation and resentment (409). Yet he also remarks that we never stick to the present and that therefore we do not live (81f). We hide the present because it is a source of grievance, or because, when it causes us pleasure, it still fades away.
     
    — I see. But Derrida does not simply write that one gives the contemporary the slip when one writes. Rather, by writing that “one writes only at the moment when one gives the contemporary the slip,” he acknowledges that one can be deluded about writing and assume that one is writing when in truth one is not. This is the moment when one truly betrays the other, breaks one’s promise, and ceases to keep the other company, not because one turns away from him but because one turns toward him, as if the contemporary were a given.
     
    — In the beginning I interrupted you and you wondered whether stubborn interruption does not belong to the condition of the contemporary. I can hear the uninterrupted ringing of a phone. In the film Conversation Piece, the ringing resonates unnervingly in the Professor’s flat after it has been invaded by various members of the most vulgar of families, each one of whom is a specimen of a certain type of contemporary behavior in the mid-seventies. Let me channel the brutality or the violence of an interruption into a series of theses designed to interrupt the interruption of art and thought that seems to define an important dimension of contemporary culture today. I will leave it to you to accept or dismiss them, to relate to them as convincing intuitions or as naive, perhaps even offensive impositions. My theses are meant to illustrate the delusion to which you have just referred when clarifying further the point Derrida makes in relation to the contemporary. They are meant to specify the source of the sadness that befalls me each time the contemporary shows its empty face. My first thesis states that in the past twenty years or so the most pervasive and consistent usage of the adjective “contemporary” in the cultural realm has connected it with the noun “art,” and that the extraordinary attention devoted to “contemporary art” has been, on the level of the infrastructure, the predictable outcome of an accumulation of profits, and, on the level of the superstructure, the consequence of an impoverishment in conceptual imagination equal only to the poverty of much of the production itself. “Contemporary art” has shaped the emperor’s and the empress’s new clothes, whether the royalties were artists, curators or academics driven by “theory.” My second thesis states that the world of “contemporary art,” and especially the jargon that gives credentials to its installations and that in the past decade has given prominence to “archives,” “potentialities,” “participations,” and “binaries,” is a world of make-believe, in which networking and lobbying, naivety and slyness, pseudo-activity and drivel prevail, with the aim only of protecting the machine against an interruption of its functioning, and of ensuring the survival of those who keep boosting the business. Contemporary works of art are frequently said to be “thought-provoking,” but the thoughts they allegedly provoke are rarely put into words and discussed, and never really lead to thinking differently. Also, contemporary works of art constantly seem to “raise questions” of great relevance but these questions tend to be of such a general nature when the critics make them explicit that they can hardly expect ever to meet with interesting answers. Contemporary works of art are regularly credited with “exploring themes” of this and that, of “community” and “access,” but the findings of these explorations are mostly rather predictable and, never mind the excitement, fit perfectly into conventional patterns. Is it not telling that such works so often elicit the most tired and tiresome thematic criticism? My third thesis states that an important element of the superstructure, or the ideology, of the world of “contemporary art,” one that accounts for some of its attractiveness in the eyes of many, is the semblance of radicalism brought about by the integration of politics into the machine, but only after an infantilization and trivialization has rendered politics, or “the political,” harmless, and evacuated any serious critical impulse from it. Here, politics resembles the toys with which, in The Third Generation, Fassbinder’s funny send-up of the German Autumn, a group of bourgeois Berlin ninnies, whose clownish terrorism serves the causes of capitalism, plays at the game of revolution. When the traitor in the group proposes to blow up the town hall of Schöneberg, a city district, the neurotic wife of a bank manager who has joined the group exclaims with childish delight: “That’s genius! I want to do it, please let me do it alone!”
     
    — Can you provide an example for your theses?
     
    — If you are willing to be patient, I suggest that we read and analyze a few sentences in “Art as Social Interstice,” one of the opening sections of Relational Aesthetics, a book which, from my perspective, has made a great impact on recent contemporary art and has continued to inform, implicitly or explicitly, knowingly or unknowingly, the ways in which such art is often discussed. After having announced, in the previous section, that the “idealistic and teleological version” of modernity is “dead” (13), and after having observed that art can be considered a “place that produces a specific sociability,” Nicolas Bourriaud, the author of this book, unexpectedly picks up a concept to be found in Marx. “Interstice” translates “metakosmion” or “intermundium,” a concept Marx borrows from Epicurus in Das Kapital to designate not so much a gap in which the gods are said to live a blissful life undisturbed by mundane matters, and devoid of all influence upon them, but a gap in which the nations of antiquity went about their trading before becoming producers of commodities, and before relating to these commodities as values and treating their own individual labor as homogeneous human labor. Bourriaud wishes to demonstrate that art, inasmuch as it is “relational” and fulfills a “complementary” function, generates “forms of conviviality capable of re-launching the modern emancipation plan” (16), and that such “conviviality” emerges in the “interstices” of capitalism. He writes:
     

    Over and above its mercantile nature and its semantic value, the work of art represents a social interstice. This interstice term was used by Karl Marx to describe trading communities that elude the capitalist economic context by being removed from the law of profit: barter, merchandising, autarkic types of production, etc. The interstice is a space in human relations which fits more or less harmoniously and openly into the overall system, but suggests other trading possibilities than those in effect within this system. This is the precise nature of the contemporary art exhibition in the arena of representational commerce: it creates free areas, and time spans whose rhythm contrasts with those structuring everyday life, and it encourages an inter-human commerce that differs from the “communication zones” that are imposed upon us.

    (16)

     

    The political emphasis that characterizes this short passage, if only because Marx is named, and because it alludes to an imposition resisted, is deflated by the depoliticizing effect of its actual content. After all, the interstices or “intermundia” of the “ancient world,” of which Marx speaks, are transferred here into capitalism, where the freedom for which they allow is meant to unfold untouched, despite its immediate vicinity to power and domination, to antagonism and class struggle, to “imposed” “‘communication zones.’” To be sure, Marx also conceives of the existence of Jews in the “pores of Polish society” as analogous to the existence of real “trading nations” in the interstices or “intermundia” of antiquity (Das Kapital 61). Yet one wonders what example he would have given if he had revised Das Kapital after the end of the Second World War. When measured against the depoliticization triggered by Bourriaud’s attribution of harmony and openness to “human relations” that are said to form in the “interstices” of “contemporary art exhibitions,” the political invocation of a “modern emancipation plan,” which still resonates there where he distinguishes between free and imposed communication, appears to be utterly vacuous. If there is a question Bourriaud does not ask, and that his usage of the notion of an “interstice” is intended to suppress, then it must be the question of the immunity granted to “contemporary art exhibitions.” His uncritical celebration of “representational commerce” in current capitalism undermines the affirmative reference to Marx, revealing to the attentive reader, to the reader who is not entranced by catchwords, the shallowness of Bourriaud’s identification with the victims, with those upon whom “‘communication zones’” have been “imposed,” whatever that may mean. The “inter-human commerce” which art exhibitions are said to encourage, turns out to be just as reified, or commodified, or corrupted, as the “representational commerce” itself, for it is arbitrarily posited, “imposed” in the same manner as the repressive “‘communication zones.’” By relating to the contemporary as something given, Bourriaud depoliticizes art’s political ambitions, or uncovers against his will the depoliticization at work in contemporary art.

     
    — “Yet, naturally, all of this ends up being somewhat consoling, for out of the negativity quite another message emerges: that such a zone of freedom, and free critique, can be maintained by the instrumental system of capitalism” (4). That’s from Julian Stallabrass’s A Very Short Introduction to Contemporary Art.
     
    — It is time to examine whether we have made any headway. The contemporary seems to be a rare animal that can rotate on its own neck and exhibit different faces, depending on whether we think of it as a given or an uncertain achievement, as an empty, abstract, deceptive present, or as a springboard into the past and the untimeliness of creation. But if the contemporary is indeed Janus-faced, even the sadness of an encounter with its emptiness, with the semblance of radicalism, must still relate to the excitement of leaping into “now time” or starting to write. Is the present not necessarily empty and therefore always a cause for sadness, especially when, in acquiring the sense, or developing the instinct, that is required to venture into the past’s “now time,” we begin to depart from it? In one of his last letters to a young poet, dating from 1904, Rilke distinguishes between two forms of sadness, or rather between two ways of being sad, low-spirited. Sadness that we are unable to bear, and that we carry around in a manner reminiscent of the contemporary that publicizes itself, recoils, and becomes “unlived, spurned, lost life, of which [we] may die” (48). However, if it were possible for us “to see further than our knowledge reaches,” then, Rilke says, we would gain an awareness of sadness as a moment “when something new has entered into us, something unknown” (48). Our task would then consist in transforming the future. To the extent that the future releases itself, and makes us sad, before it actually occurs, it gives us the impression that we have nothing left except for the present, for a deadly life that must remain “unlived.” This is the impression we need to withstand, and transform the future into “our destiny,” into a future that will no longer merely happen to us, occur externally, but that will “step out of us to others” (49). Could we ever hope to leap into “now time,” into the past, had the new not entered our lives already, unrecognizable to knowledge? Although Giorgio Agamben does not quote Rilke in his essay “What is the Contemporary?,” it may not be too farfetched to understand his answer to the question in this sense. The “life of the contemporary,” he claims, lies in an attentiveness to the “unlived,” to a “present where we have never been,” whether on account of its forbidding closeness or its traumatic import (22).
     
    — No wonder Rilke is addressing his letter to a young poet! It is the sign of youth that it cannot draw on any of the concepts and slogans that circulate in the present if it wants to refer to itself, and that it can trust only its own polemical and critical powers, its own increased feeling of life. This is Nietzsche’s idea of youth at the end of his untimely meditation on history. It suggests that the young are more contemporary than those who live in the present. But that’s not what I had in mind. For it is still Rilke, not quite thirty years old when he writes his letter and nonetheless not a young poet anymore, who sends a young poet his thoughts about sadness. The moment when the future, which has not come yet, is transformed, so that it can no longer come from elsewhere, as it were, not simply, is the moment of the contemporary, the moment of metamorphosis, of youth, of a force or an intensity that cannot be opposed to maturity and old age, to petrification and senility, because such youth names the point at which youth turns into maturity, maturity into youth, the point at which youth, maturity, and old age touch and prove indistinguishable.
     
    — I get it. We must choose between the contemporary that remains subject to change and falls prey to the passion of emptiness, and the contemporary that penetrates into the very heart of metamorphosis. But how do I foster a sense for “now time,” how do I begin to write? Do you remember?
     
    — Well, give it the slip!
     

    Alexander García Düttmann is Professor of Philosophy and Visual Culture at Goldsmiths (University of London). His most recent publications include: Philosophy of Exaggeration (Continuum 2008), Visconti: Insights into Flesh and Blood (Stanford 2009), Derrida and I: The Problem of Deconstruction (Transkript Verlag 2009), and Participation: Conscience of Semblance (Konstanz University Press 2011).
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Adorno, Theodor W. Negative Dialektik. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp, 1966. Print.
    • Agamben, Giorgio. Che cos’è il contemporaneo? Rome: Nottetempo, 2008. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “Über den Begriff der Geschichte.” Gesammelte Schriften. Vol. 1.2. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp, 1974. Print.
    • Bourriaud, Nicolas. Relational Aesthetics. Dijon: Les Presses du Réel, 1998. Print.
    • Calder, Alexander. Animal Sketching. New York: Editions Dilecta, 2009. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Apprendre à Vivre Enfin. Entretien avec Jean Birnbaum. Paris: Galilée 2005. Print.
    • ——— and Geoffrey Bennington. “Circonfession.” Jacques Derrida. Paris: Seuil 1991. Print.
    • ———. Salut à Jacques Derrida. Rue Descartes. Revue du Collège International de Philosophie. No. 48. Paris: PUF, 2005. Print.
    • Fassbinder, Rainer Werner, dir. The Third Generation. Filmverlag der Autoren, 1979. Film.
    • Mann, Thomas. Lotte in Weimar. Frankfurt: Fischer Verlag, 1981. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Das Kapital. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.: Regnery, 2000. Print.
    • Nietzsche, Friedrich. “Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie.” Unzeitgemäße Betrachtungen, Kritische Studienausgabe. Vol. 1. Munich: DTV, 1988. Print.
    • Pascal, Blaise. Pensées. Ed. M. Le Guern. Paris: Folio, 1977. Print.
    • Rilke, Rainer Maria. Letters to a Young Poet. London: W.W. Norton & Co., 2004. Print.
    • Stallabrass, Julian. A Very Short Introduction to Contemporary Art. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2004. Print.
    • Villalonga, Llorenç. Desenllaç a Montlleó. Barcelona: Club Editor, 1963. Print.

     

  • The Multiple and the Unthinkable in Postmodern Thought: From Physics to Justice

    Arkady Plotnitsky (bio)
    Purdue University
    plotnits@purdue.edu

    Abstract
     
    Taking as its point of departure Jean-François Lyotard’s inaugural argument concerning postmodernity in The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge, this article considers the character of postmodern thought, especially postmodern theoretical thought, and resistance to it, which has been and remains formidable. The article also offers an assessment of our theoretical thought now, thought after postmodern thought, as it moves from physics to justice, conjoined in my title. This conjunction is not so strange as it might appear. While we do customarily separate physics and justice, and have done so throughout modernity and then postmodernity, the relationships between them is unavoidable, beginning with the rise of modernity and the revolutionary developments in astronomy and physics that accompanied this rise. The article explores the profound significance of these relationships and their implications for thought and culture now, in the wake of postmodernity.
     

     

    Taking as its point of departure Jean-François Lyotard’s inaugural argument in The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge, this article considers the character of postmodern thought, especially postmodern theoretical thought, a certain type of postmodern theoretical thought (there are other ways of thinking that can be classified as postmodern), and resistance to it, which has been and remains formidable. It also offers an assessment of our theoretical thought now, thought after postmodern thought, as it moves from physics to justice, conjoined in my subtitle.
     
    This conjunction may seem strange. We customarily separate physics and justice, and have done so throughout modernity, which I see here as extending from roughly the sixteenth century on, and then postmodernity, during the last forty years or so, the historical period of postmodernity with which I shall be concerned here. Arguably, the main reason for this separation is that we have grounded modern thinking and culture in the separation between the affairs of nature, especially dead nature with which modern (post-Galilean) mathematical-experimental physics is concerned, and human affairs, where justice belongs.1 This separation is justifiable and even necessary within certain limits, and it is not my aim to dispense with it unconditionally. I would argue, however, that an attempt to relate physics and justice is perhaps in turn unavoidable since the rise of modernity and the revolutionary developments in astronomy and physics that accompanied and shaped this rise. In other words, while physics and justice can and even must be seen as separate within certain limits, they cannot be separated in absolute terms, either historically or conceptually. Modernity and then postmodernity have been shaped by science, not the least physics, and by the politics of justice, and both appear to have had more success with science than with justice.
     
    Modern thought of the type considered here (it has other forms as well, just as postmodern thought does) continues to shape our thinking and culture. So does, as I call it here, “classical thought,” which has a broader scope and a much longer history, extending as far as ancient Greece. Modern thought (again, of the type considered here) is grounded in and derives from classical thought. Classical or modern thought is also found and is unavoidable in postmodern thought, which, however, gives classical thought and modern thought limited and differently delimited roles in theoretical thinking. Accordingly, classical or modern thought is not a problem for postmodern thought: only the claims concerning its unlimited validity are. On the other hand, postmodern thought is a problem for classical or modern (theoretical) thought, even an uncircumventable problem, given that postmodern thought is incompatible with some of the imperatives of classical and modern thought, applied across the spectrum of each. The resistance to postmodern thought, specifically of the type considered here, has been strong, even fierce, and it continues with undiminished force on the contemporary scene, the scene of culture after postmodern culture. On the other hand, one might question whether the imperatives of classical and modern thought, especially those that exclude postmodern thought, are sustainable even within the limits that classical and modern thought envisioned for themselves. Indeed, each envisions itself as having a nearly unlimited power, at least in principle (practical limitations are readily acknowledged), something that, as I shall argue here, postmodern thought in principle precludes. In Niels Bohr’s words, capturing the essence of postmodern thought in quantum theory (which may be seen as a paradigmatic postmodern scientific theory in the present sense of postmodern theory), “we are not dealing with an arbitrary renunciation of a more detailed analysis of atomic phenomena, but with a recognition that such an analysis is in principle excluded” (Bohr 62; emphasis added). In other words, quantum theory in this interpretation (there are competing interpretations) must advance thinking and knowledge, while accepting uncircumventable limits upon how far thought and knowledge can in principle reach. The same is true for the practice of postmodern thought (as understood here) elsewhere. Classical or modern thought, by contrast, only admits practical and, ideally, ever-diminishing limitations upon its power to understand the phenomena it considers. Accordingly, the presence of the uncircumventable limits established by postmodern thought need not mean that we can no longer advance thought and knowledge, as it might appear from the classical or modern perspective. Quite to the contrary, these uncircumventable limits upon thought and knowledge—and, correlatively, the irreducible role of the unthinkable in thought, the unknowable in knowledge—are the conditions of possibility of new thought and knowledge, which indeed would not be possible otherwise.
     
    The terms “classical,” “modern,” and “postmodern” are subject to significant fluctuations in their use, as well as in interpretations of their various uses, for example, the use of the terms “modern” and “postmodern” by Lyotard. I comment on this situation, specifically in connection with Lyotard’s argument concerning the postmodern, and establish my own use of all three terms (“classical,” “modern,” and “postmodern”) below. First, however, I need to explain my use of the term “thought,” which is given a special meaning here, following Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari’s What is Philosophy? I also need to explain my use of the term “knowledge,” which is Lyotard’s primary category in The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge and to which he in turn gives a special meaning, which I relate to that of “thought,” as understood here.
     
    According to Deleuze and Guattari, “thought” is not merely thinking (i.e., mental states and processes), although, as thinking, thought is viewed by them as a group of particular effects of neurological processes in the brain. They understand “thought,” first and foremost, as a confrontation between the brain and chaos. This is hardly surprising: most thinking may be seen as giving order to our perceptions, images, ideas, words, and so forth, and thus as involving a confrontation with chaos. Thought, however, is a special form of this confrontation, because it maintains an affinity with and works together with chaos, rather than merely protecting us from chaos, as, for example and in particular, the dogmatism of opinion (doxa) would. I henceforth use the term “thought” in this sense of the cooperative creative confrontation between the brain and chaos, and use the term “thinking” to designate the general mental functioning of the brain. Chaos, too, is given a special conception by Deleuze and Guattari.
     

    Chaos is defined not so much by its disorder as by the infinite speed with which every form taking shape in it vanishes. It is a void that is not a nothingness but a virtual, containing all possible particles and drawing out all possible forms, which spring up only to disappear immediately, without consistency or reference, without consequence. Chaos is an infinite speed of birth and disappearance.
     

    (118)

     

    This conception of chaos, which may be called “chaos as the virtual,” is essential to our understanding of thought. However, two other conceptions of chaos or two other aspects of chaos appear to be necessary in order to address postmodern thought, but, I would argue, also for our understanding of the nature of thought itself. The first conception is that of chaos as the unthinkable, which can be traced to the ancient Greek idea of chaos as areton or alogon. It is especially important for my argument because a relation to the unthinkable is one of the defining aspects of postmodern thought. More generally, however, it appears that the processes responsible for the creation or annihilation of forms defining chaos as the virtual may not be representable or even conceivable by any means available to us. Deleuze and Guattari invoke a related, although, as I shall explain, arguably less radical, conception in speaking of “the nonthought within thought” (59; emphasis added). The second conception of chaos that I have in mind is that of chaos as chance or randomness, and hence disorder. As Deleuze and Guattari’s formulation indicates, this concept is not entirely put aside by them: while “chaos” may be “defined not so much by its disorder,” it still takes thought to confront disorder and chance, for example in the emergence (from the virtual to the actual) and disappearance (from the actual to the virtual) of particles and forms. Each such emergence or disappearance may be given a degree of expectation, a probability—but only a probability, rather than certainty. As will be seen, this conception of chaos, too, is essential to postmodern thought, as understood here, but it also appears to be necessary for understanding the general functioning of thought as a confrontation with chaos.

     
    The character of thought makes thought essentially creative and, according to Deleuze and Guattari, art, science, and philosophy are the primary means for thinking to become thought. Deleuze and Guattari even define art, science, and philosophy in terms of neurological functioning of the brain itself, rather than seeing them as merely culturally mediated forms of thinking. Accordingly, they see chaos not only as the greatest enemy but also as the greatest friend of thought, and its best ally in its yet greater struggle, that against opinion, always an enemy only, “like a sort of ‘umbrella’ that protects us from chaos” (202). “But,” Deleuze and Guattari say, “art, science, and philosophy require more: they cast planes over the chaos. . . . the struggle with chaos is only the instrument in a more profound struggle against opinion, for the misfortune of people comes from opinion” (202-206).
     
    Lyotard’s concept of knowledge in The Postmodern Condition is multifaceted and involves “an extensive array of competence-building measures.” According to Lyotard:
     

    But what is meant by the term knowledge is not only a set of denotative statements [often associated with and institutionally defining scientific knowledge], far from it. It also includes notions of “knowledge,” “knowing how,” “knowing how to live,” “how to listen” . . . etc. Knowledge, then, is a question of competence that goes beyond the simple determination and application of criteria of efficiency (technical qualifications), of justice or happiness (ethical wisdom), of the beauty of a sound or color (auditory and visual sensibility), but also “good” prescriptive and “good” evaluative utterances. . . . [Knowledge] is not a competence relative to a particular class of statements (for example, cognitive ones) to the exclusion of all other. On the contrary, it makes “good” performances in relation to a variety of objects of discourse possible: objects to be known, decided on, evaluated, transformed…. From this derives one of the principal features of knowledge: it coincides with an extensive array of competence-building measures and is the only form embodied in a subject constituted by the various areas of competence composing it.
     

    (18-19)

     

    This concept of knowledge also involves the concept of thought in the sense explained above, although this connection is only implicit here and comes into the foreground of Lyotard’s argument later in The Postmodern Condition. For the moment, at stake are, first of all, manifestly social and political determinations of configurations of knowledge and, in part as a result of these social determinations, the heterogeneity, ultimately irreducible, of these configurations. By bringing into consideration knowledge as “embodied in a subject [thus] constituted by various areas of competence composing [this subject],” Lyotard’s argument dislocates the Enlightenment concept and (presumed) practice of subjectivity, defined by the ideas of unity (even if the unity of the multiple), and consensus. This is an Enlightenment or, in Lyotard’s view, Hegelian ideal, championed by Jürgen Habermas, to which Lyotard, who sees this ideal as “outmoded” and ultimately unrealizable, even in principle, juxtaposes his postmodern vision of knowledge, defined by its irreducibly heterogeneous architecture, which he associates with Kant, especially with the Kantian sublime (“Answering the Question” 73).

     
    Lyotard’s concept of knowledge is close to Kant’s, too, a proximity that Lyotard often claims for his philosophy. In particular, it may be seen as a suitably modified amalgamation of Kant’s cognitive concepts: knowledge, understanding, reason, and so forth, conjoined together. This concept is also close to Hegel’s concept of knowledge [Wissen] in The Phenomenology of Spirit, although Lyotard himself might not have sought or have been eager to claim this proximity. Although Lyotard was undoubtedly aware of the complex interplay between Kant’s and Hegel’s concepts (specifically the cognitive ones at stake here), he prefers to stress the differences between them, usually in favor of Kant. Kant, especially the third Critique, The Critique of Judgment, is arguably Lyotard’s greatest philosophical inspiration, both in general and in his argument concerning the postmodern. On the other hand, Lyotard is often critical of Hegel, and he sees Habermas’s thinking as driven by a Hegelian inspiration, as it may well have been. I would argue, however, that Hegel’s thinking is much closer to that of Lyotard than might appear, and might have appeared to Lyotard himself. While Habermas’s vision of the unity of knowledge, rightly questioned by Lyotard, may be of “a Hegelian inspiration,” its “Hegelian” nature is not the same as that of Hegel himself, or (since “that of Hegel himself” is a difficult denomination to sustain) in any event, it is not the only kind of Hegelian inspiration (“Answering the Question” 73).
     
    However one sees the genealogy of Lyotard’s concept of knowledge, the irreducible and irreducibly heterogeneous multiplicity at stake in this concept is a crucial, defining part of Lyotard’s and the present view of postmodern thought and knowledge. As understood here, “postmodern thought” is expressly defined by the following key features (which are more implicit in Lyotard): 1) irreducible multiplicity; 2) the irreducible unthinkable in thought; and 3) irreducible chance. The irreducible nature of each is crucial because the multiple, the unthinkable, and chance are also considered by classical and modern thought, but there they are ultimately reducible, at least in principle, to, respectively, unity, accessibility to thought, and causality. It is also the argument for the possibly irreducible nature of the multiple, the unthinkable, and the random that elicits the strongest resistance to this type of postmodern thought.
     
    As noted at the outset, this is a particular concept of postmodern thought, which also implies a particular view of postmodernism and postmodernity, one among several possible such views. By “postmodernism” I understand the set of practices (philosophical, scientific, artistic, cultural, political) that involve postmodern thinking or thought; and by “postmodernity” I refer to the corresponding cultural landscapes during the last forty years or so. The term “postmodern” itself is a kind of umbrella term, the meaning of which in turn depends on how one understands the phenomena just mentioned, one of which is of course postmodern thought itself, my main subject here. This understanding always reflects an emphasis on specific aspects of the multifaceted postmodern intellectual and cultural scene.
     
    A few alternative conceptions of the postmodern might be mentioned here by way of a background for the present argument. This brief overview does not attempt to cover the spectrum of such conceptions, which would be impossible in any event, or to do justice to those that it does mention or to the work of the figures who advanced them, which the limits of this article would not allow me to do. My aim in offering this overview is to situate more firmly the present argument in the landscape of postmodern theory and culture, and by now of our discussions of them, discussions that are part of the culture that may have moved beyond postmodern culture: a “culture after postmodern culture.”
     
    One might mention, first, Fredric Jameson’s theorizing of postmodernism as, in his well-known title phrase, “the cultural logic of late capitalism.” Jameson’s argument concerning postmodernism has been prominent in literary studies and related fields. While indebted to Lyotard (Jameson also wrote a foreword to The Postmodern Condition), Jameson’s argument is different from Lyotard’s and from the present argument concerning the subject. I only register here the fundamental role of the base-superstructure relationships between capitalism and postmodernism in his Marxist argument. The role of these relationships would not be denied by Lyotard, but they are not seen by Lyotard as most essentially defining the culture, “the cultural logic,” of postmodernity, a position adopted in this article as well. While both Lyotard’s work and, especially, that of Jameson have been influential in literary studies since the 1980s, the term “postmodern literature” had been in circulation there already by the early 1970s, and thus before Lyotard injected the language of the postmodern into theoretical and cultural discussions, and before Jameson adopted this language.2 The term has, for example, been used to refer generally to generally more innovative works of contemporary literature, roughly from the 1950s on, thus often connoting literally literature that comes after modernism, rather than certain more specifically (or differently) postmodern works of the last four decades, which Jameson discusses. Either way, however, such postmodern works of literature and their interpretations are usually associated with conceptions of the postmodern developed to accommodate more specifically literary works, sometimes in accordance with or following Lyotard’s or Jameson’s view, but often moving in other directions.
     
    In visual arts, the denomination “postmodern” functions somewhat differently. It refers to trends from the late 1970s on, sometimes influenced by postmodernist theories, manifest, for example, in the work of such artists as Damien Hirst, Jenny Holzer, Barbara Kruger, Jeff Koons, and Cindy Sherman. In architecture, too, where the denomination “postmodern” emerged in part independently and where it often functions quite differently than it does in other fields, the “postmodern” refers to several different and sometimes disparate architectural styles, e.g., those of Robert Venturi and of Renzo Piano. In sum, the uses and abuses of the term of “postmodern” are diverse, and while they are sometimes related, it is difficult and ultimately impossible to bring them together within a single concept. The situation is hardly uncommon when a term acquires this kind of currency.
     
    By virtue of the same cultural dynamics of terminological dissemination, thinking (or thought) and knowledge that I understand here as “postmodern” may also be, and have been, called differently “poststructuralist,” although this (generally more narrow) term has receded in recent years, in part because it was supplanted by “postmodern.” Some of the authors now commonly associated with postmodernism, such as Jacques Derrida and Gilles Deleuze, resisted attempts to characterize their work as “postmodern,” and even Lyotard had misgivings concerning the language of “postmodernism.” I would argue, however, that most of these attempts have used the term “postmodern” differently from the way I use it in this article, and they have indeed often mischaracterized the work of these authors. I have no special misgivings concerning the term “postmodern” and its plural, heterogeneous yet interactive uses, a plurality that is itself postmodern. We do live in postmodern culture and, by now perhaps even in a culture after postmodern culture, where various forms of the postmodern are in play, and modern culture and modernist literature and art continue to be part of this landscape as well. We also call our culture—our many cultures!—postmodern, poststructuralist, and by still other names, and, as postmodern thought and knowledge tell us, the proliferation of these names and of our cultures themselves is unstoppable. The term postmodern, too, may and even is bound to lose its efficacy at some point, a fate that no term can avoid. This article hopes to relate its argument to thought after postmodern thought, thought that may have arrived already but for which we may not as yet have a name or the arrival of which our culture might not have as yet recognized.
     
    The present understanding of the postmodern follows and extends Lyotard’s inaugural argument in The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge published in 1979. The type of knowledge at stake in Lyotard’s “report” has, he argues emerged as part of the transformation (sometimes referred to as the second industrial revolution) of culture defined by the rise of new, especially digital, information technologies. While at the time of Lyotard’s “report,” these technologies (still in their emerging stages from today’s vantage point) were becoming dominant in the so-called industrialized societies, by now, thirty years later, they have spread and become ubiquitous more or less globally. In this respect, postmodernism may be seen in relation to late capitalism, which was, economically, largely responsible for the development and often the use of these technologies, and as such postmodernism may also be seen as part of the cultural logic of contemporary capitalism. This, however, is not the same as being identified with this logic, as in Jameson and, especially, in the way he envisions this identification. Besides, as Lyotard argues, many key aspects of postmodern thought had emerged in philosophy, art, and science (including mathematics) much earlier, some of them in the 1900s. Lyotard does not consider works of literature and art from the late 1970s on, such as those that attracted Jameson’s attention as postmodernist. This is not surprising, given that these works are characterized by postmodernist features, such as their emphasis, à la Jean Baudrillard, on “simulacra” and “appropriation,” or their overt critique of post-industrial capitalism, that are different from those at the core of Lyotard’s argument concerning the postmodern. Literature and art, such as that of Joyce, the Cubists, Duchamp, and Barnett Newman, that Lyotard considers in conjunction with postmodernism, have been more customarily seen as “modernist.”
     
    For Lyotard, and here, postmodern thought is not only or even primarily a matter of history, although history, specifically that of postmodern culture during the last forty years (from the period covered by Lyotard’s “report” on it), is of course important. At stake, however, is also and even primarily a question of the character of thought—artistic, philosophical, scientific, or other. Some ingredients of postmodern thought can be traced as early as the pre-Socratics, and while Lyotard does not appear to expressly trace them that far, his argumentation implies the possibility of this long history as well. In the present view, postmodern thought is a particular way of thinking concerning certain phenomena and not something that corresponds to actual properties of these phenomena themselves, although it is possible that a rigorous understanding of some of these phenomena requires, at least at the moment, postmodern ways of thinking. Other such phenomena can, however, be understood differently, for example, by way of classical or modern thinking. In still other cases, classical or modern and postmodern thought are in contestation with each other, and it is possible that certain phenomena would require yet different and possibly now unimaginable ways of thought.
     
    As I said, postmodern thought, as understood here, is defined by three interactive components: irreducible multiplicity, the irreducible role of the unthinkable in thought and knowledge, and irreducible chance, all further underlined by the irreducible role of materiality in all phenomena considered by postmodern thought. The irreducible character of each is essential, given that philosophy, science, and literature and art have been concerned with multiplicity and chance long before postmodernism. The question is how we conceive them, and most of the resistance to postmodern thought in the present sense comes down to this question as well. Consider the case of multiplicity, a concept arguably most commonly associated with postmodernism, as it is by Lyotard.
     
    The fundamental role of multiplicity has, of course, sometimes been denied by western metaphysics, beginning with Parmenides’s concept of the One as defining the ultimate reality of things, and Plato’s extension of this doctrine. Difference, multiplicity, and change were in Plato’s view merely illusions of human senses, to be overcome by philosophy. The idea has never died. It has found its arguably most prominent recent reincarnation in twentieth-century “mathematical Platonism,” and recurs, albeit only sporadically and marginally, in contemporary physics. However, our understanding of nature and mind has been most essentially shaped by considering the role of difference, multiplicity, and change in their workings. In other words, what has been primarily at stake, from the pre-Socratics to Heidegger and beyond, is not so much an undifferentiated Oneness, even if one assumes this Oneness as the ultimate nature of reality, but how the play of difference, multiplicity, and/or chance is contained or controlled. Classical and then modern thought sees the multiple as, in Alain Badiou’s idiom, the multiple-One, and the One as the multiple-One, even if in the final analysis this multiple-One dissolves into the One-without-multiple, as in Plato (Badiou 29). I primarily refer to the multiple, since it is more significant for the problematic of the postmodern, although my argument extends to the concepts of difference and change. Accordingly, one can call the multiple-One the classical multiple or, when it acquires philosophically and scientifically post-Cartesian inflections, the modern multiple. Heidegger offers arguably the culminating conception of the modern multiple as the multiple-One in The Question of Being: “The [multiple] meaningfulness [Mehrdeutigkeit] is based on a play [Spiel] which, the more richly it unfolds, the more strictly it is held … by a hidden rule [Regel] … This is why what is said remains bound into the highest law [Gesetz]” (104-5; translation modified).3
     
    By contrast, the postmodern multiple is, in Badiou’s language, the multiple-without-One and, to push the concept beyond Badiou, even the multiple of multiples-without-One, a form of multiplicity that cannot be subsumed by any unity or even by any containable multiplicity, in other words, that cannot be bound by any single rule or law. Lyotard’s argument concerning the postmodern and narrative in The Postmodern Condition can be seen in terms of the narrative multiple-without-One, the multiple that cannot be governed by any single narrative or, in Lyotard’s terms, by a grand narrative or meta-narrative. Postmodern thinking, according to Lyotard, is characterized by its skepticism (“incredulity”) toward grand narratives, in particular that of scientific progress, which narrative has defined modernity or rather modernity’s view of itself. The same view of the multiple as the multiple-without-One defines Lyotard’s argument, via Ludwig Wittgenstein, concerning heteromorphous language games of postmodernity, which cannot be fully coordinated, let alone subsumed or governed by a single language game. Some of these language games cannot be positively related at all: they are strictly “incommensurable.” These two heteromorphous multiplicities, that of narratives and that of language games, are related and interactive, and postmodern subjectivity and knowledge are constituted by both of them and/or by still other multiplicities.
     
    One might say that thinking the multiple-without-One is part of what Deleuze and Guattari call the “plane of immanence” of postmodern thought. According to Deleuze and Guattari, “the plane of immanence is not a concept that is or can be thought but rather the image of thought, the image thought gives to itself of what it means to think, to make use of thought, to find one’s bearing in thought” (37). This plane gives rise to philosophical concepts, which “are like multiple waves, rising and falling, but the plane of immanence is a single wave that rolls them up and unrolls them” (36). Deleuze and Guattari limit the role of the plane of immanence to philosophy alone. I would argue, however, that analogous planes of immanence could be defined for mathematical and scientific concepts or for compositional architectures of literature and art, which Deleuze and Guattari associate primarily with, respectively, the plane of reference in science and the plane of composition in art. Each field may combine various types of planes or make them interfere (in the optical sense of crossing their respective wave-fronts), as Deleuze and Guattari in effect suggest later in the book (217-18).
     
    As I argue here, the plane of immanence of postmodern thought also reveals the potentially uncircumventable limit of knowledge and thinking and, hence, the irreducible incompleteness of both in postmodern registers of thought, which is the second defining aspect of postmodern thought as understood here. These types of limits, although perhaps less radical in character, appear to emerge in Deleuze and Guattari’s conception of “THE plane of immanence,” defined by “the nonthought within thought,” the discovery of which they especially associate with Spinoza. These limits appear to be less radical because, in Deleuze and Guattari’s view, this “nonthought within thought” could still in principle be thought and was indeed thought once by Spinoza, but only once and, it appears, can be never be thought again (59-60; emphasis added). This argumentation appears to me problematic. For one thing, it is difficult and I would argue even impossible to ascertain that Spinoza actually thought “THE plane of immanence” under the assumption that one can never think it again. The idea is also curiously theological, especially for Deleuze and Guattari, radically materialist thinkers that they are. Indeed, in view of this one-time event of thought, they even see Spinoza as “the Christ of philosophy,” only by analogy or metaphorically, to be sure, but still inevitably carrying, at least, some theological weight with it (60). In any event, it is not possible to think, not even once, the irreducibly unthinkable in the present sense, in accordance with the conception of chaos as the incomprehensible, or as the Greek areton. This is why I suggested earlier that, at least when it comes to postmodern thought, Deleuze and Guattari’s concept of chaos as the virtual (defined by the infinite speed of appearance and disappearance of forms) needs to be supplemented with the concept of chaos as the unthinkable. In sum, one can think of the unthinkable but one cannot think this unthinkable itself, which is ultimately unthinkable even as unthinkable.
     
    By the same token, the term “incompleteness” is only used here in juxtaposition to the classical or modern concept of completeness, rather than in order to imply that a more complete way of thinking or a more complete knowledge is possible under these conditions. For example, Einstein saw quantum mechanics, an epistemologically postmodern-like theory, as incomplete because he thought that one should eventually be able to develop a more complete theory, analogous to classical physics. One might say that, while it allowed for the multiple, the multiple-One, Einstein’s plane of thought excluded the irreducibly unthinkable, along with (Einstein appears to be more open on this point) excluding the irreducibly multiple. By contrast, Bohr made the irreducibly unthinkable an essential part of his plane of thought and of his understanding of quantum physics.
     
    Lyotard comes closest to the conception of the unthinkable just outlined in his famous definition of the postmodern, offered expressly in the context of literature and art but extendable to all postmodern thought. He says:
     

    The postmodern would be that which, in the modern, puts forward the unpresentable in presentation itself; that denies itself the solace of good forms, the [Kantian] consensus of a taste which would make it possible to share collectively the nostalgia for the unattainable; [the postmodern is] that which searches for new presentations, not in order to enjoy them but in order to impart a stronger sense of the unpresentable.
     

    (“Answering the Question” 81)

     

    While the nostalgia in question essentially belongs to modern thought, it is not necessarily found in classical thought, thus indicating one difference between them, under largely shared epistemological assumptions. One encounters parallel conceptions of the un-presentable in Jacques Lacan (the Real), Derrida (différance), Paul de Man (on allegory), and Alain Badiou (the event as trans-being), and with qualifications offered above, in Deleuze and Guattari’s conception of “the nonthought within thought,” keeping in mind the differences between these thinkers and different degrees of unthinkability that they give to the unthinkable. One can think of this un-presentable as being beyond thought altogether, unthinkable even as unthinkable, and hence beyond any conceivable beyond, as it were. At the same time, and this is crucial, these unthinkable strata are efficacious in the sense of being responsible for what we think and know, which, as will be seen, also means that postmodern thinking unavoidably involves classical or modern thinking. Accordingly, Lyotard is right to speak of the postmodern in the modern and of the un-presentable in presentation, in the sense that it is made necessary because of its effects on what is presented or represented, or what is thought.

     
    In contrast to postmodern thought, classical thought and then modern thought are both defined by the possibility, at least in principle, of the completeness of thought and knowledge, and thus by the possibility of containing the multiplicity of their practice. Occasioning Lyotard’s reflections on postmodernity, Habermas famously laments our inability or lack of determination to pursue the project of the Enlightenment grounded in this possibility (The Postmodern Condition 66-67; “Answering the Question”72-73). More accurately, one should speak of a certain project of the Enlightenment, since, as Foucault reminded us in “What is the Enlightenment?,” the Enlightenment has other projects and other, sometimes nearly postmodern, ways of thought.
     
    From the pre-Socratics on, classical thought is closely connected to Euclidean geometry, which was essentially in place well before Euclid, but was given its axiomatic-theorematic architecture by Euclid’s Elements. This architecture compels one to proceed from definitions and axioms to theorems by means of firmly established logical deductive rules, and it in turn established a paradigm for classical and then modern mathematical and scientific argument and exposition. The corresponding procedures may not be always expressly enacted in practice (indeed, they rarely are), but the conversion of a mathematical and scientific argument into this form is presumed possible, a possibility put into question, as a possibility in principle, by twentieth-century (and in some respects by even earlier) mathematics and science. This questioning and the necessity of alternative strategies of theoretical exposition are important in postmodern thought. Derrida’s delineation of the workings of différance, in “Différance,” may illustrate the point. According to Derrida: “What I shall propose here will not be elaborated simply as a philosophical discourse, operating according to principle, postulates, axioms or definitions, and proceeding along the discursive lines of a linear order of reasons” (Margins of Philosophy 6-7; emphasis added). In other words, it will not be elaborated on the Euclidean discursive model, and not because it is difficult or for one or another reason undesirable to do so but because is not possible in principle, or at least it does not appear to be (7). Derrida is right to qualify that his proposal “will not be elaborated simply” on the Euclidean discursive model. This model is effective within broad limits and, within certain limits, is unavoidable, and it is used by Derrida in his essay, even though différance itself cannot, as I noted above, be represented or even thought of, and is only manifest in its effects upon what we can think and know.
     
    Modern thought is similarly connected to and often even modeled on classical physics, established as a mathematical science of nature by Galileo and especially by Newton, in turn with Euclidean geometry as their inspiration. This is one of the reasons for my use of the term classical, and classical physics is essentially based in Euclidean geometry. This link was broken by Einstein’s relativity theory, especially the so-called general relativity, his non-Newtonian theory of gravity, based on non-Euclidean geometry, and then more radically by quantum theory, which breaks with geometry altogether.4 Modernity, especially as developed by the eighteenth-century Enlightenment, gave classical thought new dimensions, which define modern thought. Thus, classical physics is paradigmatically modern not only because it is mathematical, crucial as its mathematical character is, but also because it separates nature from mind and culture, in part, as concerns mind, against Aristotle’s physics, a product of a very different culture. As noted from the outset, this separation is a major part of the project of modernity, and it extends into postmodern culture, even though, beyond relatively narrow limits of disciplinary scientific practice, this separation is unsustainable, as Bruno Latour argues in We Have Never Been Modern.
     
    While, however, classical physics and its idealized models (modern theoretical physics, whether classical, relativistic, or quantum, only deals with idealized and mathematized models) offer a good approximation of nature and possess an enormous practical power, classical physics is incorrect at the fundamental level of the constitution of nature, as we understand this constitution now. There one needs at the very least both relativity, in the case of gravity, again, general relativity, and quantum theory—our best fundamental physical theories at present. These theories are not only fundamentally different from classical physics but, in the case of general relativity and quantum theory, are also incompatible with each other. Quantum theory, in the form of the so-called quantum field theory, incorporates only Einstein’s special relativity theory, which deals with the electromagnetic behavior of light in the absence of gravity. This incompatibility of general relativity and quantum theory is one of the greatest unresolved problems of fundamental physics, a problem that cannot perhaps be resolved apart from a postmodern-like understanding of the ultimate constitution of nature.
     
    Twentieth-century mathematics and physics appear to direct us toward postmodern thought and knowledge, which was one of Lyotard’s points. His argument concerning this point, made throughout The Postmodern Condition, may be viewed from the following angle. If we want, as the Enlightenment thinkers did at the time, to model our thinking on mathematics and science, we should perhaps use for these purposes neither eighteenth-century mathematics and science nor the conceptual philosophical models that ground them. Instead we should consider first what mathematics and physics, in particular quantum theory (55-58), or biology and neuroscience, tell us now. And what they appear to tell us now may well require, rather than only allow for, postmodern thought, although even that they allow for it is revolutionary. In other words, postmodern thought appears to be closer to contemporary mathematics and science than Enlightenment-like thinking is.
     
    Our thinking concerning chance and probability plays an especially important role in this problematic, whether one considers it in its scientific, philosophical, or cultural and political register, or in the interactions between these registers. A chance event is an unpredictable, random event. By contrast, probability, which measures our expectations concerning events whose occurrence (say, how a tossed coin will fall) cannot be predicted with certainty, introduces an element of order in our interactions with randomness and chance. I want to distinguish here between causality and determinism. I use “causality” as an ontological category relating to the behavior of systems whose evolution is defined by the fact that the state of the system is determined at all points by its state at a given point. I use “determinism” as an epistemological category having to do with our ability to predict exactly the state of a system at any and all points once we know its state at a given point, at least in idealized cases. There are causal theories, chaos theory among them, where such predictions are not possible. The main question in the present context is whether chance is a manifestation of causality or necessity, however hidden or remote, or not. These two alternatives define the two corresponding concepts of chance—classical or modern, which entails a hidden causality behind chance and which, thus, excludes only determinism, and nonclassical or postmodern, in which case we do not or even cannot assume any causality behind chance.
     
    Classically, randomness is seen as arising from our insufficient (and perhaps, in practice, unavailable) knowledge of a total configuration of the forces involved and, hence, of a lawful causality postulated behind an apparently lawless random event. If this configuration becomes available, or if it could be made available in principle, the chance character of the event would disappear. Chance would reveal itself to be a product of the play of forces that is, at least in principle if not in practice, calculable by man, or at least by God, who, in this view, does not play dice, as Einstein famously said, or who at least always knows how they will fall. It is worth keeping in mind that, while Einstein spoke of God (a brilliant rhetorical move, which immortalized the statement), he meant nature. On this point reality and causality come together, or they are brought together by this point. Subtle as they may be, all scientific theories of chance and probability prior to quantum theory or at least to Darwin’s evolutionary theory, and many beyond them, as well as most philosophical theories of chance, are of the classical type just described. When they occur in a domain handled by classical physics, randomness and probability result from insufficient information concerning systems that are at bottom causal. It is their complexity (due, say, to the large numbers of their individual constituents) that prevents us from accessing their causal behavior and making deterministic predictions concerning it. Thus, the standard classical mechanics deals deterministically with causal systems; classical statistical physics deals with causal systems, but only statistically; and chaos and complexity theories deal with systems that are causal, but whose behavior cannot be predicted exactly in view of the highly nonlinear character of this behavior, also known as the sensitivity to the initial conditions. Hence, neither classical statistical physics nor chaos and complexity theories are deterministic. I speak of the standard classical mechanics above, because many systems considered in chaos theory in fact obey the laws of quantum mechanics, but they are too complex to track in order to make deterministic predictions concerning their behavior.
     
    By contrast, quantum mechanics offers predictions, in general of a probabilistic nature, concerning the systems that may not be and, in many versions of the theory, cannot be considered as causal or, again, in the first place, be subject to any realist ontological description. Quantum mechanics only predicts, probabilistically, certain events but does not explain the physical processes through which these events come about. Even though the probabilistic predictions of quantum mechanics are subject to rigorous mathematical laws, randomness and probability do not arise in view of our inability to access the underlying causal dynamics determining the behavior of quantum systems. It is difficult, if not impossible, to assume quantum behavior to be causal or, to begin with, to see it in realist terms, that is, to assign this behavior a specifiable classical-like ontology.5 In other words, the character of the existence of quantum objects may disallow us not only to describe but also to form a conception of this existence. This impossibility would make such terms as “quantum,” “object,” or “existence” provisional and ultimately inapplicable to such objects. That this type of epistemology is possible and may even be necessary in a scientific theory is a crucial point, since it implies that the same epistemology is possible elsewhere in science, for example in evolutionary theory and in neuroscience. In other words, this epistemology is not merely an invention of postmodern imagination, into which it came in part from mathematics and science.
     
    It does not follow that we should, or for that matter could, abandon classical or modern ways of thinking and knowledge. It may be argued, as it was by Niels Bohr and Werner Heisenberg, that, as against theoretical thinking of the epistemologically postmodern type, classical-like or modern theoretical thinking reflects the essential workings of our neurological machinery born in our evolutionary emergence as human animals. In other words, our thinking in general, as the product of this machinery, is classical-like, as is strongly suggested by recent arguments in neuroscience by, among others, Alain Berthoz and Rodolfo Llinás, which explore the relationships between the brain and movement.6 Our brains appear to guide our perception and motion in accordance with classical mechanics. Reciprocally, classical mechanics may be seen as a mathematized refinement of our daily thinking, in contrast to quantum mechanics, where it is difficult and even impossible to speak of the motion of quantum objects.
     
    If we assume the evolutionary origin of classical-like theoretical thinking, it would hardly be surprising that it has been so pervasive and effective in mathematics, science, philosophy, literature, and culture at large for so long. Classical-like thinking is retained in postmodern theories as well, because that which is beyond the limits of postmodern theories is beyond the capacity of our thought altogether. One can even define as classical that which can be thought at all. Quantum objects and their behavior or the corresponding entities in other postmodern theories are, by contrast, unthinkable, inconceivable. We are compelled to infer the existence of such entities from configurations of their effects upon what we can think and know, in part, inevitably, through classical thinking. Nobody has observed a moving photon or electron as such. We infer the existence of quantum objects from the traces they leave in measuring instruments, traces that we observe classically. This inference is always theoretical. It follows, then, that postmodern theoretical thinking is reached via a classical or modern one, since the postmodern underpinnings of a given situation are manifest in classical features of this situation. Accordingly, it is a matter not of a philosophical or aesthetic preference between classical or modern and postmodern thinking, but of the necessity of using one or the other, or different combinations of them, in different circumstances. Postmodern thought embraces classical and modern thinking, both within its own limits and in postmodern domains, where classical or modern thinking must be deployed along with postmodern thought. By contrast, classical and then modern theoretical thinking aim to, and indeed by their nature must, exclude postmodern thought.
     
    In some respects, this is not surprising, especially in view of the considerations just offered—the biological-evolutionary nature of our perception and thinking in general, and the success of classical and modern mathematics and science. In science, postmodern thought emerged, with the help of nature and technology, from remarkable, even previously unimaginable, phenomena, such as those discovered in quantum physics, and from highly nontrivial technical theories in mathematics, science, and philosophy in the early twentieth century. By then, classical and then modern thinking had become a form of ideology, which defined our culture itself as classical and then modern. It may be more surprising that our culture continues to resist postmodern thought to such a degree, given the extraordinary effectiveness of scientific theories, such as quantum theory, that at least allow for being understood in postmodern terms. In his The Structure of Evolutionary Theory, Stephen J. Gould offers a poignant expression of this surprise. He says:
     

    I confess that, after 30 years of teaching at a major university [Harvard], I remain surprised by the unquestioned acceptance of this view of science [as grounded in the ultimate causality of nature]—which, by the way, I strongly reject. . .—both among students headed for a life in this profession, and among intellectually inclined people in general. If, as a teacher, I suggest to students that they might wish to construe probability and contingency as inherent in nature, they often become confused, and even angry, and almost invariably respond with some version of the old Laplacean claim [of the underlying ultimate causality of nature]. In short, they insist that our use of probabilistic inference can only, and in principle, be an epistemological consequence of our mental limitations, and simply cannot represent an irreducible property of nature, which must, if science works at all, be truly deterministic [causal].
     

    (1333)

     

    One should not be too much surprised. For the reasons just explained, the classical or modern view of chance, as ultimately grounded in causality, has been part of the dominant scientific and philosophical ideology and has had the backing of a great many major figures in science, from physics to evolutionary theory. Einstein led the way in his criticism of quantum theory. Although he admitted that quantum epistemology is “logically possible” and is consistent with the experimental data, he saw it as “so very contrary to [his] scientific instinct that [he could not] forgo the search for a more complete conception [of nature]” (“Physics and Reality” 377). Einstein’s hope has not materialized thus far in quantum theory.

     
    The situation is, however, peculiar. On the one hand, quantum mechanics and several other scientific theories that, at the very least, allow for postmodern interpretations of them are among the most effective theories we have. On the other hand, their postmodern aspects compel many to look for classical-like alternatives to these theories. Such alternatives cannot be excluded, given that our fundamental physical theories, as they stand now, are incomplete. At present, however, there are no signs that such alternatives are any more likely than postmodern-like or even yet more radical theories. According to Anton Zeilinger et al., one of the most prominent quantum information physicists in the world, and his co-authors: “We suggest that these [alternatives] are simply attempts to keep, in one way or other, a realistic view of the world. It may well be that in the future, quantum physics will be superseded by a new theory, but it is likely that this will be much more radical than anything we have today” (237).
     
    The argument of Zeilinger et al. is unlikely to convince most proponents of classically-oriented thinking about quantum theory, or nature and science in general, any more than a more general argument for postmodern thought offered here is likely to do. Both types of argumentation, that concerning postmodern-like science and that concerning postmodern thought in general, are resisted and even attacked jointly, as in the so-called Science Wars of late 1990s, centered on postmodern French philosophy and constructivist studies of science, and more recently in the debate concerning religion and science, on which I would like to comment in closing. I leave aside arguments that try to bring science and religion together, since, whatever their chances elsewhere, such attempts are not of much interest if one adopts the epistemology of postmodern thought, as defined here, since the latter is, by definition, incompatible with any theology, positive or negative.7
     
    Of more interest here are those arguments that oppose religion and science or even counter religion by science on epistemologically classical, rather than epistemologically postmodern, grounds. Such arguments are offered, for example, by Richard Dawkins in God’s Delusion and The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution, and by Stephen Hawking, in The Grand Design (co-written with Leonard Mlodinow). These are suspiciously grandiose titles, with a peculiarly theological ring to them. Dawkins is also known, since the Science Wars, for his discontent with postmodernism, of which he knows little and is willing to understand still less, but which he nevertheless does not hesitate to claim to be a threat to culture and progress (e.g., in “Postmodernism Disrobed”). His view is understandable given that postmodernist thought is in conflict with his own, uncritically Enlightenment, thinking. Dawkins is woefully inattentive to the possibility that postmodernist arguments, attacked by him and by other scientists, show difficulties in maintaining this type of thinking even in science itself. What makes Dawkins’s arguments of particular interest in the present context is the metaphysical grounding of these arguments, specifically the fact that, at bottom, they share the same metaphysical or, in Heidegger’s and Derrida’s terms, ontotheological base with the theologically oriented theories that they attack, such as the argument for “intelligent design” in evolution.
     
    The term “ontotheology” was introduced by Martin Heidegger and then used by Derrida, who gave it a more radical sense (in part against Heidegger’s own grain), along with its more famous Derridean avatars, such as logocentrism and the metaphysics of presence (e.g., Margins of Philosophy 6). For present purposes, ontotheological thinking may be understood as a way of classical or modern thinking that, while not necessarily theological, is (often without realizing it) ontologically modeled on theology, and that in particular has a single all-governing metaphysical base, analogous to that provided by the idea of God in theological thinking. Thus, the concept of intelligent design in biology is theological rather than only ontotheological and is, thus, different from Darwin’s and post-Darwinian conceptions of evolution, which are, generally, not theological. On the other hand, such conceptions may be thought ontotheologically. For example, one thinks ontotheologically if one conceives of evolution as a material but at bottom causal process, for example, as fully governed (“overdetermined”) by a single structure, such as a determinate adaptive mechanism or set of mechanisms, which also establish the causality of evolutionary process. I am not saying that adaptive mechanisms (plural!) are not important to evolution: they manifestly are. But I am saying that, in addition to a likely uncontainable multiplicity of these mechanics, random, a-causal forces of internal (random genetic mutations) and external (environmental) nature may and probably do play an equally important role in the dynamics of evolution. Darwin appears to have at least thought that such may be the case. The corresponding evolutionary framework would, then, not be ontotheological in the present sense.8
     
    To give another example, Marxist or post-Marxist theories, even those with a postmodernist flavor, as in the case of Jameson, offer a materialist view of human history and, hence, are not theological. They are, however, usually ontotheological, insofar as they conceive of human history as a teleological process governed by the class structure defined by the relationships between capital and labor. They also deploy a form of the Enlightenment-like grand narrative, as, for example, in Jameson, in conjunction with the narrative of postmodernism as “the cultural logic of late capitalism,” which logic, one presumes, includes postmodern “incredulity” towards grand narratives, incredulity that grounds Lyotard’s very different argument concerning postmodernism.9
     
    Now, even though the anxieties concerning postmodern-like thinking in science are considerable in the scientific community, that certain scientific theories may be or even may need to be interpreted along postmodern-like lines is at least allowed as a possibility, albeit an unwelcome possibility. When it comes to culture, postmodern thought is met with unmitigated resistance or is rejected outright by most scientists comment on the subject. One reason for this difference is the assumption that, while we have power to shape society and culture, nature and its laws are independent, albeit open to human understanding. As should be apparent from the preceding discussion, both (or all three) assumptions are questionable, especially from the postmodern perspective, in which these assumptions more often than not appear to be part of or to arise from the ontotheological ideologies in question at the moment. Indeed, as will be seen presently, in accordance with one such ideology, nature too may be seen as something to be shaped or “designed,” at least at some levels, by an ontotheologically-based human intervention.
     
    Theology, then, is unequivocally rejected as a way of understanding how nature works or, given the materialist views of the authors under discussion, and the role of theology in our thinking and the rise of its significance in recent decades is lamented accordingly. At the same time, ontotheology is embraced in understanding nature and, again, especially culture, without reflecting either on its common metaphysical base with theology or on problems of the Enlightenment-like ideologies that arise from their ontological character. Hence we also have the continuing dominance of the grand narrative of scientific progress, essentially the grand narrative of the Enlightenment, which was at stake in Lyotard’s critique of modernity and which, so Lyotard hoped, would be subject to postmodern incredulity. Against Lyotard’s expectations, while science and technology open to postmodern-like thought and knowledge have continued to flourish since 1980, the postmodern incredulity toward modern thought and knowledge, or their grand narratives, has actually diminished. On the other hand, a new power of competing ontotheological and, often, theological grand narratives has become prominent during the last three decades.
     
    This last circumstance should give pause to believers in the grand narrative of scientific progress, and make them pay more attention to postmodernist arguments concerning grand narratives and the type of Enlightenment vision of science, history, and culture these scientists adopt. It does not appear, however, that it does. Instead, the situation is, yet again, seen and handled by both sides (apart from a small minority of those who hold postmodernist views of the type advocated here) as a conflict, even a war, of competing ontotheological ideologies and grand narratives. Not surprisingly, divergent phenomena within a given side of these confrontations are often uncritically lumped together by other sides: one speaks of religion (or a given large religious denomination) in general or, conversely, of science in general, and so forth, including, importantly, postmodernism in general. My use of the word “believer” notwithstanding, I am not suggesting, as some have, that the views of believers in the grand narrative of science necessarily amount to a secular religion of its own, although this does happens sometimes. Theological and materialist ontotheologies are not the same. They are only analogously grounded metaphysically, and it is this grounding and its implications that are at stake here. Commenting on the prominent and even dominant ideology of nanotechnology, Jean-Pierre Dupuy made the following perceptive observation:
     

    An expression in the form an oxymoron sums up all this [ideology] up very well: nature has become artificial nature.
     
    The next stage obviously consists in asking whether the mind could not take over from nature in order to carry out its creative task more intelligently and efficiently. Damien Broderick asks: “Is it likely than nanosystems, designed by human minds, will bypass this Darwinian wandering, and leap straight to design success?” (The Spike 118). In a comparative cultural studies perspective, it is fascinating to see American science, which has to carry on an epic struggle to root out of public education every trace of creationism, including its most recent avatar, intelligent design, return to the design paradigm through the intermediary of the nanotechnology program, the only difference being that man now assumes the role of the demiurge.
     

    (158)

     

    While the difference in question deserves more emphasis than Dupuy’s “only” suggests, the appeal, ontotheological in character, of nanotechnological or other biotechnological design paradigms and their shared basis with the intelligent-design theory are indeed striking.

     
    It is important to keep in mind that the paradigm of design originates in cybernetics and in subsequent developments in computer science and information theory. These developments of course contributed to and were even largely responsible technologically for “the postmodern condition(s)” that led to the rise of postmodern thought, knowledge, and culture. They also played an important role in the development of postmodern thinking and thought by helping to dislocate the classical and then modern concept of subjectivity, defined in part by bracketing, from the opposite sides, both concepts, the “animal” and the “machine,” from their conceptions of the human. At the same time, however, some of these developments have exhibited strong ontotheological and intelligent-design-like tendencies, similar to those found in nanotechnology, as Dupuy indicates (155-56). For example, artificial-intelligence (AI) programs, especially the so-called strong AI, assume, roughly, that human or human-like intelligence and consciousness can be enacted by a digital computer. This kind of double and even schizophrenic situation and attitude—the postmodern decentering of subjectivity or post-subjectivity, on the one hand, and, on the other, the ontotheology of the post-human “intelligent design”—also defines certain recent (“post-humanist”) trends in the humanities.
     
    Appeals to the concept of design are also found in ontotheological programs for fundamental physics or for evolutionary biology, as can be seen in Hawking and Mlodinow’s book, The Grand Design. In fundamental physics, mathematics often functions as the ontotheology of the Universe, as the Mario Livio’s recent book, Is God a Mathematician? (whose argument is ontotheological rather than theological, and God is invoked metaphorically, as did Einstein). Conversely, and sometimes reciprocally, although less common, the theological association between divine thinking and mathematics is far from absent. This association also has a much longer history, which, as indicated earlier, extends from Plato and even the pre-Socratics. But then, emerging at least with Democritus, materialist ontotheology has a long history, too.
     
    My main question here is whether certain aspirations for a more just society may be effectively served by these ontotheologically grounded arguments, even if these arguments are advanced against theology. In other words, are aspirations for social justice effectively served if one sees the world in terms of competing ideologies and grand narratives, those of the scientific Enlightenment or those governed by one or another form of theology, or if social justice is better served by more postmodern ways of thinking about the nature and practice of politics and justice? I am willing to grant such aspirations to the scientific authors under discussion, or in other critiques of postmodernism, such as Habermas’s–whom Lyotard, too, credits with wanting a more just society, but not with a good argument concerning how to achieve it (The Postmodern Condition 66-67). First, when it comes to a better, more just society, is ontotheology, such as that of the scientific Enlightenment, better than theology? I think it is likely to be. In fairness, theology has made its contributions to the advancement of knowledge and justice, while science and the ideology of scientific progress have sometimes been used, often in the name of justice, without much regard for actual justice and for purposes that are hardly just, by almost any concept or criterion of justice. Secondly, however, and most crucially here, is Enlightenment ontotheology better for social justice than is postmodernism? While I do not say that it cannot be better, it probably is not.
     
    Consider the case Lyotard makes concerning justice, a case that ultimately drives the argument of The Postmodern Condition, which also proceeds, at least in part, from physics to justice, that is, from the postmodern epistemology of physics, and specifically from atomic or quantum physics, to the postmodern epistemology of justice (55-58).10 First, Lyotard argues that while Habermas’s cause, justice, is good, his conceptions of consensus and of the unity of knowledge and culture, a unity that underlies the idea of consensus, are “outmoded and suspect values.” They are unlikely to survive “that severe reexamination that postmodernity imposes on the thought of the Enlightenment, on the idea of a unitary end of history and a subject.” “But,” Lyotard says, “justice as a value is neither outmoded nor suspect. We must thus arrive at an idea and practice of justice that is not linked to that of consensus” (The Postmodern Condition 66). (This link would also make the idea of justice ontotheological, even if this ontotheology is a materialist one.) Lyotard then offers a brief manifesto-like outline of postmodern politics that would respect both “the desire for justice” and “the desire for the unknown” (67), and I would add the desire for and in any event the acceptance of the irreducibly unthinkable, which view may be more radical than that of Lyotard. It might be closer to that of Emmanuel Levinas, except that Levinas’s ethics of the unthinkable or, in his terms, the infinite is, as Derrida argues, ultimately ontotheological.11 It also follows from the preceding discussion that this desire is the desire for the irreducibly multiple and for irreducible chance—akin to amor fati, invoked by Friedrich Nietzsche, a love of fate, but a “fate” defined by uncertainty without underlying necessity, a love for the uncertainty of the future (On the Genealogy of Morals and Ecce Homo 258).
     
    Is this type of justice possible? At least, it appears no more impossible and may even prove to be more likely to work in practice than the idea of justice based on the idea of consensus or other ontotheological (or theological) principles, which have at best a questionable record of leading to just societies. But, perhaps against Lyotard, who appears to have been more optimistic on this point, under postmodern conditions the possibility of justice entails an irreducible possibility of injustice. I am not suggesting that we cannot or should not try to minimize the chance and probability for injustice in our efforts to achieve a better justice, a justice-to-come (a-venir), to borrow from Derrida’s “democracy to-come” in Specters of Marx. My point instead is that we cannot eliminate this chance for injustice, even ideally, if we want our ideal to relate meaningfully to the actual world. Nor can this justice be justice for all: one justice for all or the same justice forever. It cannot be the justice, the justice of the One, even if it is the multiple-One, the multiple of justice underlined by a hidden single justice, theological or otherwise ontotheological. One justice for all is an ontotheological fiction, with which, defined as a monotheistic theological justice, Socrates, arguably the first modern thinker, wanted to replace the Dionysian vision of the world offered by Greek tragedy, according to Nietzsche, the first postmodern thinker or, as he saw himself, the first Dionysian philosopher. This is a great name from the past for his philosophy of the future, as he liked to call it, or for any true philosophy.
     
    In this view and this way of justice, which can only be a view and a way, since, as Nietzsche also tells us, the view or the way does not exist, there has never been any other justice than the irreducibly uncertain and inconstant, multiple justice (Thus Spoke Zarathustra 156). There can be only a possible or at most a probable justice. No court of law and no other form of dispensing justice gives us more than a chance of justice; in all our ethical acts, acts aimed at justice, we make our bets, however certain we might believe ourselves to be in what is just. More often than not it is no more than a blind chance, and, in the present view of chance, there is no ultimate causal architecture underlying this chance. Our knowledge and thought may help us, but they can only help us make more likely bets, and then only sometimes. Justice is blind because, if I can put it this way, it is blind even more toward what is just than toward what may divert us from being just, as the iconic image of the blind goddess balancing the scales is designed to tell us. We cannot count, but can only bet, on what will be defined as just in the future, even a very near future. Not only are people inconstant, but justice itself is inconstant, because it is never itself, never in itself, never apart from people who, however, cannot be completely in control of justice, either. Justice is never divine, but it is never completely human either.
     
    This view of justice also returns us to the tragic thought of ancient Greece, in particular to Aeschylus, whom Nietzsche, a fellow Heraclitean and a fellow Dionysian, singles out, in The Birth of Tragedy, as the greatest tragic poet, and from whom Socrates, a dreamer of permanent, divine justice, refused to learn. In Seven Against Thebes, Aeschylus gives us, as a gift, a profound sense of a Heraclitean river of justice, into which we can never step twice or perhaps even once: “What a City [polis] approves as just [dikae] changes with changing times” (l.1048). This is not a comforting picture of justice, though it fits the tragic scene of Thebes. But there may be no scene of justice that is much different. It is true that Aeschylus’s, or rather (this difference should not be overlooked) the chorus’s, contention as such does not mean that there is no other, more permanent, justice, human or divine, that a city (polis) does not perceive or does not want to, or cannot, maintain, for example, by surrendering the demands of this justice to political interests. But the statement poses a question, reverberating throughout pre-Socratic thought, a question to which Socrates and Nietzsche give two very different answers, or, since one can hardly hope for answers here, which they ask differently. The first is optimistic, reflecting the optimism of Socratic logic, modeled on geometry, and the second is tragic, reflecting the vision of tragic art, such as that of Aeschylus, against which Socratism waged a war. While a more optimistic, more Socratic view of justice, at least future justice, is also possible under postmodern conditions, postmodern thought, as understood here, appears to direct us towards a more Nietzschean, tragic vision of justice. This vision is not negative, nihilistic, or pessimistic; tragedy is not the same as pessimism (Nietzsche is not Schopenhauer). Nor is this vision nostalgic for a lost belief, no longer possible, in some more assured, universal justice.
     
    Instead this vision arises from an affirmation of life, which is rarely just, even in the face of tragedy, which is inescapable.
     

    Arkady Plotnitsky is a professor of English and Theory and Cultural Studies at Purdue University, where he is also a director of the Theory and Cultural Studies Program. He has published on the philosophy of physics and mathematics, continental philosophy, British and European Romanticism, Modernism, and the relationships among literature, philosophy, and science. His most recent books are Epistemology and Probability: Bohr, Heisenberg, Schrödinger and the Nature of Quantum-Theoretical Thinking (2009), Reading Bohr: Physics and Philosophy (2006), and a co-edited (with Tilottama Rajan) collection of essays Idealism Without Absolute: Philosophy and Romantic Culture (2004). His next book, Niels Bohr and Complementarity, is scheduled to appear in 2012.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. In We Have Never Been Modern and related works, Bruno Latour offers a forceful critique of the separation between the affairs of nature and the affairs of culture, especially politics, as the basis of “the constitution of modernity.” Latour also argues that postmodern thinking is essentially based on this separation as well. This argument is, in my view, less convincing and, in any event, it does not give sufficient attention to the stratified complexity of postmodern thinking. I should add that, although physics is my primary concern, other sciences, in particular life sciences, have routinely been summoned to support this separation as well.

     

     
    2. The term appears, for example, in the title of Ihab Hassan’s The Dismemberment of Orpheus: Toward Postmodern Literature, published in 1971.

     

     
    3. It is difficult to ascertain to what degree Heidegger subscribes to this view of the multiple, given the complexity and evolving nature of his views concerning the nature of the multiple throughout his life. This statement is a product of his later thinking (from the 1940s on) and appears to correspond to his view at the time. I do not, however, venture a definitive claim on this point. The formulation would retain its value as, arguably, the defining expression of the modern multiple-One, regardless of Heidegger’s own thinking concerning the subject.

     

     
    4. I have discussed the latter point in Epistemology and Probability (115-36).

     

     
    5. I address these reasons in Epistemology and Probability (12-21, 313-52).

     

     
    6. See Alain Berthoz, The Brain’s Sense of Movement, and Rodolfo Llinás, The I of the Vortex: From Neuron to Self.

     

     
    7. The irreducibly unthinkable of postmodern thought may appear to resemble the divine of negative or mystical theology. The latter, too, disallows an assignment of any possible attributes to the divine except by way of negation (“it is not this,” “it is not that,” and so forth, including “it is not anything that could be designated as ‘it’”). The difference is that mystical theology presupposes a divine agency, while postmodern thought does not. Cf. Derrida’s remark on the difference between negative theology and the epistemology of différance (Margins of Philosophy 6), and, in the context of quantum mechanics, the discussion by the present author in Epistemology and Probability (313-23).

     

     
    8. The case is complex on both counts, the “structure of evolutionary theory” itself and Darwin’s views. Both subjects are extensively addressed in Gould’s book. See also a review-article by the present author, “Evolution and Contingency: A Review of Stephen Jay Gould’s The Structure of Evolutionary Theory.”

     

     
    9. The question of the possibility of non-ontotheological Marxism, which is, to some degree, broached by Derrida in Specters of Marx, is important. It cannot be addressed within the limits of this essay. I would argue that it is more difficult, even if not altogether impossible, to avoid ontotheology in pursuing a Marxist line of thought (Marx himself and most Marxists did not and did not try to do so, although they would undoubtedly resist the application of the term ontotheology to their views) than it is in pursuing a Darwinian evolutionary theory. As I note above, Darwin appears, at the very least, to be open to abandoning ontotheology in evolutionary theory. The role of narrative and of grand narratives in evolutionary theory is a subject which cannot be pursued here. It may be noted that Dawkins’s books are as suffused with grand narratives of evolution (which narratives are, it is true, not teleological or goal oriented) as they are with grand narratives of scientific progress (which are usually goal oriented, although such a goal may itself be an open-ended process, as, say, when such a progress is no longer impaired or resisted).

     

     
    10. Lyotard also makes an intriguing, if oblique, connection between physics and justice, in Heidegger and the Jews, via Spinoza and via Deleuze who, according to Lyotard, provides a philosophical physics to the metaphysics of a heterogeneous subjectivity advanced in Spinoza’s Ethics (11-12).

     

     
    11. See Derrida’s analysis in “Violence and Metaphysics: An Essay on the Thought of Emmanuel Levinas” (Writing and Difference 79-153) and in Adieu to Emmanuel Levinas, where Derrida’s critical attitude toward the ontotheological dimensions of Levinas’s thought is more circumspect but no less significant.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Aeschylus. Persians; Seven against Thebes; Suppliants; Prometheus Bound. Trans. Alan H. Sommerstein. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • Badiou, Alain. Being and Event. Trans. Oliver Feltman. New York: Continuum, 2007. Print.
    • Berthoz, Alain. The Brain’s Sense of Movement. Trans. G. Weiss. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2000. Print.
    • Bohr, Niels. The Philosophical Writings of Niels Bohr. Vol 2. Woodbridge: Ox Bow Press, 1987. Print.
    • Dawkins, Richard. God’s Delusion. New York: Mariner Books, 2008. Print.
    • ———. The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution. New York: Free Press, 2010. Print.
    • ———. “Postmodernism Disrobed.” Rev. of Intellectual Impostures, by Alan Sokal and Jean Bricmont. Nature 394.6689 (1998): 141-43. Web. 26 Aug. 2011.
    • Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. What is Philosophy? Trans. Hugh Tomlinson and Graham Burchell. New York: Columbia UP, 1994. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Adieu to Emmanuel Levinas. Trans. Pascal-Anne Brault and Michael Nass. San Jose: Stanford UP, 1999. Print.
    • ———. Margins of Philosophy. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1980. Print.
    • ———. Specters of Marx: The State of the Debt, the Work of Mourning, and the New International. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. London: Taylor & Francis, 2006. Print.
    • ———. Writing and Difference. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1979. Print.
    • Dupuy, Jean-Pierre. “Organizers’ Opening Remarks: Preserving Distinctions, Complexifying Relationship.” Questioning Nineteenth-Century Assumptions about Knowledge III:Dualism. Ed. Richard E. Lee. Albany: SUNY Press, 2010. 153-165. Print.
    • Einstein, Albert. “Physics and Reality.” Trans. Jean Piccard. Journal of the Franklin Institute 221.3 (1936): 349-382. Web. 26 August 2011.
    • Foucault, Michel. “What is Enlightenment?” The Foucault Reader. Ed. Paul Rabinow. New York: Pantheon, 1984. 32-50. Print.
    • Gould, Steven Jay. The Structure of Evolutionary Theory. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2002. Print.
    • Hawking, Stephen, and Leonard Mlodinow. The Grand Design. New York: Bantham, 2010. Print.
    • Heidegger, Martin. The Question of Being. Trans. William Kluback and Jean T. Wilde. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1958. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. Postmodernism, or the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke UP, 1990. Print.
    • Kant, Immanuel. The Critique of Judgment. Trans. Werner S. Pluhar and Patricia W. Kitcher. New York: Hackett, 1996. Print.
    • Latour, Bruno. We Have Never Been Modern. Trans. Catherine Porter. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1993. Print.
    • Livio, Mario. Is God a Mathematician? New York: Simon and Schuster, 2010. Print.
    • Llinás, R. R. The I of the Vortex: From Neurons to Self. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2002. Print.
    • Lyotard, Jean-François. “Answering the Question: What is Postmodernism?” Trans. Régis Durand. The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1984. 71-84. Print.
    • ———. Heidegger and the Jews. Trans. Andreas Michel and Mark Roberts. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1990. Print.
    • ———. The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Trans. Geoff Bennington and Brian Massumi. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1984. Print.
    • Nietzsche, Friedrich. The Birth of Tragedy and The Case of Wagner. Trans. Walter Kaufmann. New York: Vintage, 1967. Print.
    • ———. On the Genealogy of Morals and Ecce Homo. Trans. Walter Kaufmann. New York: Vintage, 1989. Print.
    • ———. Thus Spoke Zarathustra. Trans. Adrian del Caro. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2006. Print.
    • Plotnitsky, Arkady. Epistemology and Probability: Bohr, Heisenberg, Schrödinger and the Nature of Quantum-Theoretical Thinking. Berlin and New York: Springer, 2009. Print.
    • ———. “Evolution and Contingency.” Rev. of The Structure of Evolutionary Theory, by Stephen Jay Gould. Postmodern Culture 14.2 (2004). Web. 26 Aug. 2011.
    • Zeilinger, A., G. Weihs, T. Jennewein, and M. Aspelmeyer. “Happy centenary, photon.” Nature 433.7023 (2005): 230-37. Web. 26 Aug. 2011.

     

  • The Writing is on the Wall

    Jan Mieszkowski (bio)
    Reed College
    mieszkow@reed.edu

    Abstract
     
    This essay argues that a demand to be written on is intrinsic to architectural constructs. Beginning with the debates that surrounded the renovation of the Berlin Reichstag and the decision to preserve the graffiti left on it by conquering Soviet soldiers in 1945, wall writing is shown to be a profoundly unstable medium that fractures the historicity of its host surfaces even as it highlights their authority as systems of protection or exclusion. In Brassaï’s photographs of the streets of modernist Paris, graffiti is understood as a uniquely auto-exhibitive discourse, a script that constantly exposes the limits of writing. In Walter Benjamin’s study of Bertolt Brecht’s poetry, this lapidary style is characterized as a kind of ex-scription that counters the formative, singularizing force of inscription with a trace logic that disarticulates the very schemas of surface and display that appear to ground it. Benjamin continues this discussion in his Arcades Project, revealing architecture and poetry to be two dimensions of a broader dynamic in which any sentence is a gesture toward the wall it will mark, if not render ephemeral, while any wall is a gesture toward the sentence that it will put on display and thereby potentially evacuate of its expressive or performative power.
     

     

    My hand – is a fool’s hand: woe to all tables and walls and whatever has room left for fool’s scribbling, fool’s doodling!

    – Friedrich Nietzsche, Thus Spake Zarathustra

     
    After the reunification of Germany in 1990, the project to renovate the Berlin Reichstag was awarded to the British architect Norman Foster, who described his plan for the structure as “a quest for transparency and lightness as well as democracy,” adding that his design was guided by the conviction that a “parliament should be open, accessible, and inviting to the society that it serves” (“Preface” 12-13).1 Foster’s most striking additions to the historic edifice were a large glass cupola on the roof of the building and a new legislative chamber dominated by glass walls and connected to the rooftop dome by a conic tunnel; during daylight hours, a set of mirrors reflects natural light into the assembly hall, while at night, the artificial lighting from inside is cast upward, illuminating the cupola.2
     

     
    Reichstag at Night  © Nigel Young/Foster + Partners.

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 1.

    Reichstag at Night

    © Nigel Young/Foster + Partners.
     

     
    Commencing just after the wrapping of the Reichstag by Christo and Jeanne-Claude, Foster’s reconstruction of the building appears to cement its status as a modernist icon reborn as a postmodern one. At the same time, his ideology of transparency recalls nineteenth- and early twentieth-century debates about the transformative, even utopian power of glass and steel architecture and their implications for the reshaping of a public sphere more accustomed to the concealing power of stone. Just as many modernist thinkers challenged the notion that transparency was an intrinsically democratizing concept, contemporary critics question whether it is helpful for understanding individual or social agency.3 From this perspective, Foster’s commitment to openness may be an effort to cloak political tensions masquerading as an invitation to free debate, his experiment in sensationalist spectacle offering a vision of a polity grounded in identity and homogeneity, without any place for heterogeneity or difference.
     
    The limitations of this architecture of exposure become even more evident if we turn from the showy glass additions to the Reichstag and focus on the original stone. As Foster’s crews stripped away the plasterboard and asbestos lining the interior walls since earlier renovations in the 1960s, they discovered approximately two hundred surviving examples of the Russian graffiti that had covered almost every inch of the building’s vertical surfaces in May 1945 as the victorious soldiers of the Red Army scrawled everything from signatures to vulgar taunts to brief travelogues (e.g., “Moscow-Smolensk-Berlin”).4
     

     
      © ullstein bild/The Granger Collection, New York

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 2.
    © ullstein bild/The Granger Collection, New York
     

     
    Foster was determined to preserve these wall writings: “the Reichstag’s fabric bears the imprint of time and events more powerfully than any exhibition could convey. I remain convinced that the graffiti should not be erased” (“Living Museum” 11). On his view, the return of the repressed that emerged as the layers of earlier additions were peeled away provides an authentic record of the past. It is a “natural” exhibit of history, a “living museum,” as Foster describes it, which surpasses any “artificial” exhibit a museum curator might organize. Not wiping the walls clean becomes a means for the newly unified German nation to demonstrate that it can face the past honestly and constructively. “Our approach,” writes Foster, “was radical, based in the view that the history of the building should not be sanitized. And the fact that Germany accepted this approach shows to me what an extraordinarily open and progressive society it has become” (qtd. in Cohen).
     
    While Germany did accept Foster’s position, it was not without compromise, for critiques of the preservation effort emerged from across the political spectrum. One common objection was that the Red Army’s decoration of the Reichstag walls was offensive and might poison German-Russian relations. The Russian ambassador himself protested that “Death to the Germans” was not an appropriate slogan for the hallway of a parliamentary building, although he also released a contradictory statement claiming that “attempts to wipe away [the graffiti] would be very harmful to the reconciliation and trust between our two peoples, particularly against the background of the sixtieth anniversary of Nazi Germany’s attack on our country” (qtd. in Baker 36; see also Bornhöft 46). Another objection was that preserving the graffiti was tantamount to turning the Reichstag into a museum of Cyrillic characters and that there would not be enough remaining space on the walls for German art; this protest was complemented by the suggestion that the Russian writing should be replaced with “German symbols” (Bornhöft 46-47; Homola). In the opposite vein, the conservative politician Wolfgang Zeitelmann condemned the Russian graffiti for its failure to rise to the level of an aesthetic object, comparing it to dirt or pollution—a denigration that radicalized the widely-held view that Foster’s plan to leave the walls undisturbed exaggerated the significance of what were ultimately trivial markings, of no more interest than what one would find on the walls of a public restroom in any Russian-speaking city (Baker 35).
     
    Roger Cohen, the Berlin correspondent for The New York Times, offered a darker interpretation of Foster’s agenda: “Certainly there is something ‘open,’ if not plain masochistic, about obliging Chancellor Gerhard Schröder, whose father died in 1944 on his way back from the Russian front, to pass Russian obscenities to reach his blue-doored parliamentary office.” In these terms, walking down the graffiti-marked halls of the revamped building constitutes a repetition of the death march of one’s forefathers, and the threat of such an experience is perceived to be so acute that it warrants bleaching the past from the walls, as if such an emendation of one of the most historically significant structures in Berlin over the last century could, much less should, cleanse it of its multiple layers of symbolic significance. In the end, Foster yielded to this host of contradictory attacks, but only to a degree—the explicitly lewd and aggressive statements were expunged, and the majority of what remains on the walls today are simply soldiers’ signatures.
     

     
      © goerner-foto.de

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 3.
    © goerner-foto.de
     

     
    Whether it has been deemed a transparent portal to the past or an obfuscation of it, hopelessly out of place or in exactly the right spot, a record of the monumental defeat of fascism or a confirmation of the banality of incidental scribbling, the Russian graffiti on the Berlin Reichstag has prompted a host of contradictory judgments that say as much about the uncertain relationship between buildings and writing as they do about European history or the health of democracy in contemporary Germany. We are accustomed to treating graffiti as a provocation. Lying on top of and yet outside of formally or legally delineated surfaces—the sides of homes and businesses, billboards, or official monuments—graffiti can be seen as a challenge to property rights. Mocking the authority of official signs and community announcements, it competes with the corporate advertising that saturates urban space. As a transgression in and of the rules that govern the public and private spheres, it is out in the open for all to see, but it frequently complicates its own exhibitionist tendencies by remaining cryptic or illegible to anyone not privy to the nuances of its scripts and iconographies. Bold, colorful, and enticing, graffiti is equally vexing and impenetrable, a tension between display and inscrutability that is crystallized in the graffiti artist’s tag or “anonymous signature,” the distinctive mark, reproduced over and over again that reveals a given instance of wall writing to be part of a specific—nameless, faceless—individual’s oeuvre, an oeuvre that may consist of nothing more than such tags, spread across the buildings of a metropolitan area or throughout multiple cities.
     
    At the same time, the simple equation of graffiti with vandalism is of relatively recent vintage, and its prominence today can obscure some of the other complexities that have surrounded wall writing since ancient times, in particular its challenges to our ideas about the personal or impersonal nature of the written word, its relationship to its addressees, and above all, its significance for the structures on which it appears. If graffiti is often seen to be powerful because it is transgressive, its intricate scripts all the more striking in that they are not supposed to be where they are, graffiti also reveals that the demand to be written on is essential to architecture. The Reichstag will never constitute the “natural” historical phenomenon that Foster envisions because buildings are always potential sites of—if not provocations to—scratchings and scribblings. There is no wall until the writing is on the wall. Conversely, graffiti—putatively writing that is somehow out of place—proves to be the paradigmatic case that shows all writing to be in the wrong place, forever corrupting the propriety of the sites it inhabits. One consequence is that graffiti is fundamentally unreliable as an historical artifact: undeniably a product of its context—local, singular, and contingent—it is nonetheless out of step with any context that claims it as its own. While Foster’s renovation of the Reichstag aimed to preserve the writing on the wall while transforming other features of the building, he failed to see that any instance of graffiti is a display of the capacities, and limits, of writing. This auto-exhibitive trait is crucial for understanding graffiti’s aesthetic and political powers, and dangers.
     
    If Foster’s taste for transparency recalls modernist debates about glass architecture, his use of graffiti alludes to an important strand of modernist photography, an obsession with taking pictures of words that stretches from Eugène Atget’s photos of inscriptions on trees to the placards, billboards, and other signs that populate the city scenes of Walker Evans and Aaron Siskind. A key contribution to this project was the oeuvre of the Hungarian photographer Gyula Halász (1899-1984), known more popularly by his pseudonym Brassaï. Half a century before the historic renovation of the Reichstag, Brassaï explored the relationship between language and architecture on the walls of Paris. Many of the scenes he recorded were palimpsest-like combinations of words and images comprised of chalk markings and carvings in stone. In his own accounts of his photographic practice, Brassaï insists that walls are not simply barriers or supports for structures in which people live, work, or shop, but provocations: “A high wall throws down a challenge. Protecting property, defending order, it is a target for protest and insult, as well as for demands of every sexual, political, or social persuasion” (Graffiti 19). For Brassaï, a wall is a field of cultural forces—mores, standards, and injunctions—and the graffiti artist is uniquely positioned to intervene in the expressive dynamics of the social order and transform daily life. In a 1933 essay in the Surrealist journal Minotaure, Brassaï declares that the “bastard art of the streets of ill repute that does not even arouse our curiosity, so ephemeral that it is easily obliterated by bad weather or a coat of paint, nevertheless offers a criterion of worth. Its authority is absolute, overturning all the laboriously established canons of aesthetics” (qtd. in Lewisohn 29). Such claims may seem overblown. It is a rare artistic medium that overturns “all the laboriously established canons of aesthetics,” and urban graffiti, ubiquitous in classical and medieval cities, was anything but a newcomer to the European scene. One might infer that what Brassaï is really celebrating is not the power of graffiti, but the revolutionary power of photography itself, as the newer art form. The problem with such a conclusion is that it would appear to be tantamount to proposing that Brassaï’s photos of Parisian walls negate the transience and fragility that for him define graffiti, fixing for posterity something that he maintains is not fixed at all. However, Brassaï does not actually conceive of photography in terms of its power to preserve the past by presenting it to a viewer in the form of an image that can be identified as a straightforward record of prior experience. In his book Proust in the Power of Photography, he argues that involuntary memory and latent image “are phenomena closely linked in [Proust’s] mind: when he is struck by a sound or a taste which has the mysterious virtue of reviving a sensation or an emotion, he is irresistibly led to relate this phenomenon to the apparition of the latent image under the effect of a revealing agent” (xi). Like his contemporary Walter Benjamin, also a devotee of Proust, Brassaï characterizes the encounter with a photograph not in terms of a viewer’s conscious reaction to what is manifestly presented, but as a process in which he or she unintentionally confronts something that is intimately his or her own yet remains irreducibly foreign; one re-experiences something that has never before been experienced and that gains its psychic significance from the fact that access to it is organized by unconscious impulses.5 For Brassaï, a photograph is a representation of the collapse of representation. Rather than reproducing what might otherwise be forgotten, the image captured by the camera confirms that what it allows us to engage with becomes meaningful only as something invisible or missing.
     
    Juxtaposing Brassaï’s analyses of photography, graffiti, and Proust, it becomes difficult to distinguish between his accounts of these three different media. Considering the best-known Parisian graffiti artist of the 1930s, Restif de la Bretonne (a.k.a. “The Scribbler”), Brassaï observes that an encounter with one of his creations will prompt involuntary memories: “As he dotted graffiti about the Île Saint-Louis, Restif was preparing and, as it were, inciting reminiscences akin to Proust’s experiences with ‘madeleines,’ ‘uneven paving-stones,’ and ‘starched towels’” (Graffiti 19). For Brassaï, a profound engagement with a cathedral or monument is not a matter of gazing up at it, overwhelmed by its sublime grandiosity or entranced by the interplay of intricate forms. A building is far more imposing when it is confronted as a site of inscriptions—not inscriptions that are read and deciphered, but inscriptions that encipher one’s relationship to one’s own experiences. Treating graffiti as something essential to vertical surfaces rather than as a violation of them, Brassaï proposes that a wall does not truly become a wall until we have glimpsed at least a portent of the writing that will mark it. There is no wall until the writing is on the wall that there will be writing on the wall.
     
    The affinity between photography and graffiti lies not in their common capacity to exhibit, but in the way they both illustrate the ruin of any simple connection between an artwork’s manifestation—as a word, an image, or a building—and its status as a representation of something, be it a figure or an idea, that existed prior to its creation. In Brassaï’s photographs, this ruin of representation first and foremost means the ruin of writing. A number of his photographs show walls on which various rogue markings have been sloppily painted over by municipal workers. Half-obliterated, he argues, “each letter is converted into another from some imaginary alphabet, and a curious writing system is born—hermetic, enigmatic, of strange beauty” (Graffiti 20). The conversion of the alphabet in its effacement at the hands of the city employee is powerful because it recalls the original conversion that takes place every time a graffiti artist goes to work. The distinctive way in which a graffito places letters or symbols on display inexorably transforms them. On the one hand, the scriptural excesses of wall writing tend toward the baroque, threatening to produce characters so ornate as to be indecipherable. On the other hand, the words on the wall begin to lose their status as words. In this vein, the author and filmmaker Frederick Baker observes that much of the confusion about the Russian graffiti on the Reichstag stemmed from the fact that it was composed in the Cyrillic alphabet and therefore gave non-Russian speakers the “visual impression of an abstract painting, which to some turns the graffiti into art” (36). Brassaï’s photos of obliterated sentences hint that all graffiti is distinguished by the way in which it turns letters, words, and sentences into non-verbal images or even abstract shapes.6 Far from simply constituting an example of writing in the wrong place, graffiti outs writing as something more or less than writing, revealing it to be constantly on the verge of collapsing into either meaningless cipher or unadulterated ornamentation. Prior to any personal or political sentiment it may express, a graffito is an instance of language that provokes language; the primary object of its scorn is not any particular property owner or authority figure, but the belief that wall writing can be written off as more out of place—and hence less serious than, or even somehow fundamentally different from—than any other verbal discourse.
     
    If graffiti is writing that is under attack by writing, it does not necessarily constitute an aesthetic spectacle that dominates the wall on which it is exhibited. Brassaï maintains that it is in the nature of a wall to compete with whatever one puts on it, suggesting that the real seduction of graffiti may have to do with the way in which it reveals that a wall is more beautiful than anything a wall writer can do to or on it, even if the wall is the provocation that spurs the artist to action. In these terms, graffiti is of interest precisely because its audiences do not become embroiled in unpacking its symbolic or semiotic nuances and instead see through it to appreciate the elegance and power of the buildings that host it. Brassaï’s photos of painted-over graffiti would thus be parodies of the essential status of wall writing as see-through, sardonic demonstrations that no matter how obscure or imposing a graffito is, it is not what an onlooker processes when he or she confronts it. Ultimately, Brassaï seems unsure about whether it is the writing or the walls that are the real subject matter of his photographs, indicating not that graffiti is an art form so dependent on its material medium as to be indistinguishable from it, but rather that it no longer makes sense to differentiate between the exhibitionary powers of words and buildings.
     
    By contrast, Brassaï is unequivocal when it comes to detailing the specificity of the act of graffiti writing, which for him distinguishes its effects from those of other verbal media: “Neither newspapers, nor posters have supplanted ‘the writing on the wall.’ A word inscribed by hand in huge letters has an impact that no poster can possibly have. Imbued with the emotion and anger of the gesture that made it, it holds forth, barring the way forward” (Graffiti 20). According to Brassaï, a work of graffiti should be understood as an event rather than as a static object. The power, not to mention the precariousness, of such a conception of the artwork is explored by Theodor W. Adorno in his Aesthetic Theory, where he avers that “artworks have the immanent character of being an act, even if they are carved in stone” (105). For Adorno the “phenomenon of fireworks is prototypical for artworks” in general, because fireworks “appear empirically yet are liberated from the burden of the empirical, which is the obligation of duration; they are a sign from heaven yet artifactual, an ominous warning, a script that flashes up, vanishes, and indeed cannot be read for its meaning” (107). Adorno’s word for “ominous warning,” Menetekel, invokes a story in the Book of Daniel in which the Babylonian King Belshazzar and his court are shocked to see a human hand appear out of nowhere and write Mene Mene Tekel Upharsin on the wall. Neither the King nor his wise men are able to understand the message, but on the queen’s advice, they invite the dream interpreter Daniel to examine the mysterious scrawl, and he explains that the words, units of measure and currency, indicate that the monarch’s reign is “measured.” If the analysis was simple, it also proved to be deadly accurate. The sovereign was slain that night, his line ended, and his kingdom was divided between the Medes and the Persians.
     
    Biblical scholars have interrogated every detail of this tale, starting with the question of why the King and his court could not make out what was written on the wall given that the message was apparently composed in Aramaic, their language. If this is a story about the relationship between political and hermeneutic authority, it is notable that the modern idioms that reference it all but elide the centrality the Hebrew Bible accords to the interpretive prowess of Daniel. The English expression the writing is on the wall implies that knowledge of impending danger is garnered the moment you recognize that script has appeared; there is no need for the assistance of a skilled exegete to grasp that a threat is at hand. The German expression das Menetekel an der Wand, “the omen on the wall,” goes one step further and factors out the written quality of the portent entirely such that the warning appears as a self-evident threat, with no specification as to whether its mode of transmission is graphematic or pictographic. Indeed, in German the wall itself starts to fade away, for if the word Menetekel unambiguously invokes the story from Daniel, ein Menetekel can, as in Adorno’s text, refer to an ominous sign encountered somewhere other than on a wall, suggesting that the force of its threat is independent of the facts surrounding its emergence.
     
    The different elements of the Book of Daniel that survive in these contemporary expressions indicate that where the relationship to an uncertain future is concerned—when the writing genuinely is “on the wall”—there is a temptation to forget about the writing, the wall, and the hand, as the mysterious fingers that marked the Babylonian King’s chamber are in effect replaced by Menetekel, a ghostly conjunction of two Aramaic words that point back to the bizarre circumstances surrounding their original production, if only fleetingly. It is as if the spirit hand, the phantom scribe of the original story, has become a second-order ghost, leaving its famous act of “wall writing” to remind us that the origins and intentions of all writing are shrouded in spectral mists and that every effort to understand even the most directed slogan solely in terms of the context in which it appears is doomed to failure. The lesson of Daniel’s hermeneutic prowess is that the space in which an instance of writing appears never completely circumscribes the script, delimits it, or controls its referential or signifying pretensions.
     
    The question is whether every time one picks up a can of spray paint or a piece of chalk and starts writing on a wall, one is participating in the same godly or ghostly production logic that left the Babylonian King and his court in confusion as it literally spelled out their doom. Is part of what makes graffiti powerful that it reveals the act of writing itself to be a mystery, an anxiety-inducing, if not lethal, operation? In Adorno and Brassaï, the arresting experience of graffiti is paradigmatic for art as such. The flash whereby the script and the building are momentarily manifest as spectacle warns that the violence that allows media such as writing and architecture to come into their own through their mutual interpenetration also guarantees their essential transience. At its most imposing, if not traumatic, an encounter with a sentence or a building is distinguished by a gesture that foretells the doom of the words or the structure in question.
     
    Brassaï’s interest in approaching the relationship between language and architecture through the problem of gesture is shared by his contemporary Bertolt Brecht, for whom wall writing represents a confounding intersection of the material and the immaterial. In a series of poems written in the late 1930s, Brecht casts his net more widely than Brassaï does in considering the entire range of scripts on buildings, from official placards to the scrawls of political dissidents fleeing the police. Some of his observations are practical, e.g., he argues that low-paid construction workers would be empowered if they were permitted to sign their creations, an idea he sought to put into practice decades later when he composed epigrams to laborers for display on East German public buildings. Brecht’s lyrics also make a more abstract call for a merger of poetry and architecture, as if the very distinction between the two art forms were a relic of bourgeois thinking. In a short text called “The Undefeatable Inscription,” Brecht describes an imprisoned socialist dissident who engraves the words “Long Live Lenin!” on his cell wall. Despite the guards’ best efforts to paint over the offending remark, the words continue to shine forth, and even after a stonemason has chiseled away at the phrase for hours, “Long live Lenin!” remains clearly legible. Having failed to eradicate the offending graffito, the head guard becomes frantic, and the poem concludes with his desperate injunction: “Remove the wall!” (39-40).7 The irony is not simply that even this final gesture may fail to erase the message. The walls have become dispensable to the prison, toppled, in effect, by the words. The prisoner’s writing is so out of place that the walls have lost their pride of place; their importance as a containment field is undermined by the way in which they serve as a site for a scriptural display.
     
    In an essay on Brecht’s poetry, Walter Benjamin dwells on a short collection of texts called “German War Primer.”8 Benjamin proposes that these poems that repeatedly discuss wall writing are themselves written in a “lapidary” style, stressing that the word “lapidary” (in German, lapidar) is derived from the Latin lapis (“stone”) and refers to the ancient lettering that was developed for monumental inscriptions. The most important characteristic of this style, Benjamin argues, is its brevity, which he in part attributes to the difficulty of chiseling words into stone, but also to the fact that there was an awareness that “in speaking to subsequent generations it was proper to be brief” (Selected 4 240). The exact parameters of this propriety remain vague, if not counterintuitive, since a review of the surviving objects of antiquity reveals that not every classical author epitomizes the concision Benjamin prescribes, and producing a longer text does not necessarily prove fatal for the reception of one’s work over the millennia.9
     
    Acknowledging that his friend Brecht did not carve his lyrics into stone with a chisel, Benjamin asks what will remain if we strip away the “natural, material conditions of the lapidary style in these poems” and confront their “inscription style” as such (Selected 4 240). To this end, he cites one of the short pieces in the collection, which he deems to be not simply lapidary, but a text about lapidary writing:
     

    On the wall was written in chalk:

    Auf der Mauer stand mit Kreide:

    They want war.

    Sie wollen den Krieg.

    The man who wrote it

    Der es geschrieben hat

    Has already fallen.

    Ist schon gefallen.

    (240)

     

    Benjamin suggests that the first line of this poem could be the opening line of any of the poems in “German War Primer.” As “inscriptions,” he proposes, these texts should be compared not to the writings on Roman monuments that remain legible millennia later, but to the graffiti that are scratched on makeshift palisades by rebels with hardly a second to spare, writing that is almost immediately lost to posterity. In appropriating an anonymous scrawl that may not survive the next rain storm or police patrol, Brecht’s poem paradoxically ensures that the sentence “They want war” will endure the coming Armageddon, preserving “the gesture of a message [Aufschrift]” made in passing by a rebel fleeing his enemies (240). For Benjamin no less than for Brassaï, the gesture outlives the writer, the material medium of his or her writing, and even the world in which it was penned. “The extraordinary artistic achievement of these sentences composed of primitive words,” writes Benjamin, “resides in this contradiction. A proletarian at the mercy of the rain and Gestapo agents scribbles some words on a wall with chalk, and the poet invests them with Horace’s aere perennius” (240).

     
    Brecht’s poem does not preserve this instance of wall writing simply by virtue of recording the words, as a news report would document a politician’s pronouncements. Lapidary writing makes the original gesture quotable by revealing it to be less a force of inscription, Inschrift, than a sort of over-writing or superscription, Auf-schrift; it is the gesture of a “messaging” or “labeling.” Despite its etymology, the lapidary style is not distinguished by a writing in (Inskribieren, Eingravieren, or Einschreiben), but by a “taking down,” “setting down,” or “marking out” (Auf-schreiben). This writing gains its power not from the depths of its marks or the physical solidity of its traces, but from its ability to put language on display (Aufschreiben as Ausstellung).
     
    Brecht’s text is lapidary because it reproduces the gesture of verbal exhibition that distinguished the original manifestation of “They want war.” At the same time, his poem cites the words it designates as a quotation by taking them out of their context; it gives them form, it frames them, by interrupting them, tearing them from their original “wall” and putting them up on countless others.10 This is the “gesture of the inscription” that makes these poems “wall poems,” a combination of contingency and connection produced by the fact that no inscription is ever in the wall and hence truly of it. Instead, writing remains on or by the wall, as much inessential as essential to it, as much a flaw or blemish as the wall’s fulfillment. The lapidary style is forceful because it fails to pierce the surface. One can always pick up a pen, a piece of chalk, or a can of spray paint and slap something down, but Brecht’s verses suggest that such writing never stays down. An over- or superscript as much as an in-script, the letters on the wall become a demonstration of writing, flaunting its powers as much as they attempt to impart any particular message. Graffiti is arresting because prior to the manifestation of any given set of words or meanings, what “flashes up [and] vanishes” is a glimpse of writing as a force beholden to no particular constative or performative agenda.
     
    If Brecht’s poem preserves a gesture such that it may survive even the end of the world, his text’s lapidary style is not an affirmation of the immortality of the graffiti artist or of the permanence of his or her product or message. On the contrary, this lapidary quatrain about the lapidary gains its historical force from the fact that what its gesture sets on display is finitude. In the first instance, the poem describes the demise of the composer of the line “They want war” rather than the death of “they” who want it, although there is more than a hint that the warmongers’ days may also be numbered. The full significance of the writer’s fall, in particular the veiled threat that it may include our own demise insofar as we are hailed by his verses, is expressed in the contrast between the open-ended modal verb “want” and the irony it acquires when it is prefaced and followed by simple—Benjamin calls them “primitive”—past-tense constructions: “was written in chalk,” “has already fallen.” When the poem turns back on the line it quotes, it elevates its own lapidary style to new heights, as the “it” of “The man who wrote it” reduces the previous line to a single two-letter word: It is on the wall—need we say more? To the extent that the poem does say “more,” it states the obvious in explaining that the writer of the words on the wall is now gone. Since any grapheme emerges as a sign only by exhibiting its independence from its composer, the closing section of the text merely spells out what has to be the case: “The man who wrote it / Has already fallen,” a judgment that reflexively extends to include the poet presently writing about the wall poet, and the wall itself. Brecht’s poem reveals not just that any sentence can be infinitely cited and re-cited across countless contexts, but that each time this happens, a sentence puts its new “wall”—whether it is made of paper, brick, or digital bits of information—on display, and thereby puts the wall in jeopardy, like the prison walls that were enlisted to celebrate Lenin. In this respect, Brecht’s quatrain is no less in flight from the rain or the Gestapo than the anonymous graffiti artist it eulogizes. Since his poem’s power stems from its ability to reproduce the violent gesture whereby both wall and writing make a vivid but transitory appearance, it is fated to reveal itself to be its own epitaph. From this perspective, all graffiti becomes a play on the expression of doom inherent in the idiom the writing is on the wall, as if “on the wall” can never literally be “on the wall” enough.
     
    Benjamin’s analysis of Brecht’s lapidary style is part of a larger study of the relationship between language and architecture that accords particular significance to the shopping passages of nineteenth-century Paris. This Arcades Project, as it is now known, consumed Benjamin for the latter part of his life and has become the centerpiece of his legacy, dominating discussions of his influence on aesthetic and cultural theory. In the host of essays and fragmentary texts he produced in the 1930s, Benjamin moves easily between comments about the artistic and political implications of new building materials and forms of construction and reflections on the concept of experience that emerges in nineteenth-century lyric poetry, especially in the work of Charles Baudelaire. What has not been recognized is that Benjamin’s research of this period was punctuated by a series of challenges to the traditional notion of a wall. In the essay “The Task of the Translator,” first published in 1923, four years before he started his study of Paris, Benjamin offers an intriguing illustration of his now well-known claim that a real translation is transparent and allows the pure language to shine upon the original:
     

    This [real translation] may be achieved, above all, by a literal rendering of the syntax which proves words rather than sentences to be the primary element of the translator. For if the sentence is the wall before the language of the original, literalness is the arcade.
     

    (Selected 1 260)

     

    Although it appears as the Latinate Arkade rather than the German Passagen that will become common in Benjamin’s texts after 1927 and more directly translates the French passages, this is the first reference in his oeuvre to the arcades. What is unclear is whether the opposition between walls and arcades constitutes a claim about the articulation of space by language or about the organization of the verbal order by space. Commenting on this passage, Jacques Derrida emphasizes its optical motif: “Whereas the wall braces while concealing (it is in front of the original), the arcade supports while letting light pass through and giving one to see the original (we are not far from the Paris arcades)” (210). These remarks echo Brassaï, for whom a given graffito proves its power through its paradoxically untransparent transparency that allows the viewer to see the wall that otherwise was fated to remain hidden in plain view, prompting the passerby to begin to read the wall rather than simply to look at it.

     
    In a fragment from The Arcades Project, Benjamin stresses that “in the arcades it is not a matter of illuminating the interior space, as in other forms of iron construction, but of damping the exterior space” (539). In other words, we should not imagine that the glass roofs over these shopping areas turn the interior space into a display in its own right, as if the showcases of the individual stores were being mirrored on a larger scale. The arcade alters the relationship between inside and outside such that the one is no longer separated from the other by a barrier of any sort, be it stone or glass. To characterize the disorientation that plagues efforts to navigate such a system, Benjamin repeatedly invokes dream states. In a formulation that appears more than once in the Passagenwerk, he writes, “Arcades are houses or passages having no outside—like the dream” (406; see also 839). This absence of an outside is equally the absence of an inside. Benjamin sees nineteenth-century Paris as a radicalization of the bourgeois architecture of ostentatious prosperity such that “the domestic interior moves outside,” and any given slice of a building presents itself as a façade, as if people lived in structures of pure frontage (406).11 In these terms, the arcades are passageways between impossible spaces, and Benjamin says that the route one travels “between” them is similar to the path that a ghost follows through walls as it traverses the inside and outside of buildings with equal ease.12 In the German Passagen, we have to hear not only the French noun passage and the verb passer, but also the adverbial en passant. In the arcades, one is never doing more than passing through, passing by, or moving along “in passing.” In this space of non-spaces, everything happens en passant, by the by, as if the architecture had become phantasmagoric. Going from (non-)place to (non-)place, one is always underway, but there are no longer clear axes with which to plot precise distinctions between “here” and “there.”
     
    In this network of pseudo-vectors, it is difficult to know whether the structures formally known as “walls” still exist, much less whether they can be sites of graffiti. These tensions crystallize in the figure of the flâneur, an individual entirely “at home” as he saunters through the urban space of pure façade:
     

    The street becomes a dwelling place for the flâneur; he is as much at home among house façades as a citizen is within his four walls. To him, a shiny enameled shop sign is at least as good a wall ornament as an oil painting is to a bourgeois in his living room. Buildings’ walls are the desk against which he presses his notebooks. . . .
     

    (Selected 4 19)

     

    For the flâneur, the traditional medium of the graffiti artist has become a desk, a prop that facilitates writing, while the protection provided by the study to the bourgeois vanishes, losing its grounding in the neat alignment of private and public with inside and outside.13 The stability of the relation-to-self won by penning notebooks in the sanctity of one’s personal space is jeopardized, since one no longer has the luxury of knowing if and when one is writing to, for, or about oneself. Shedding any pretense to being a process of self-actualization, a secreting away of intimate thoughts and feelings in a vault-like diary, writing becomes a way of tossing one’s “interior” self out onto the street. This recoding of the public and private blurs the borders between discourses, as there can be no clear distinction between signs, like a shop placard, that have overt communicative (commercial) utility, and private wall ornaments of a supposedly decorative nature. Once the very notion of personal composition has been imperiled and all words are potentially on display, the basic opposition between language as an expressive medium and language as an aesthetic object is unsettled—henceforth, no writing can defend itself from the charge of being a mere façade. Like the Cyrillic letters on the Reichstag, any set of characters will elicit a host of contradictory assessments as it is alternatively condemned as dirt-like scribbling, dismissed as a misleading or boring message, or ennobled as enigmatic runes.

     
    In Benjamin’s Parisian dreamscape of pure façade, walls are templates for the exhibition of script before they are protective barriers or supports for roofs. It is as if architects labored not to shelter their clients from the elements, offer them privacy, or provide them with an imposing edifice with which to impress or intimidate, but in order to let everyone participate as writers and readers in an unstructured linguistic carnival. The political implications of this transformation are as ambiguous as Foster’s commitment to preserving the Cyrillic characters on the Reichstag. By normalizing the wall as a site of inscription, the flâneur may domesticate the medium of the rabble-rousing author who tries to leave his mark on a barricade, robbing graffiti of its provocative power. When the entire city becomes a blank page for scribbling, whether virtual or actual, any individual scriptural intervention loses the ability to manifest itself as a violation. This is arguably the state of affairs in a modern metropolis such as Los Angeles or Tokyo, where the mélange of professional and amateur advertising, street art, and casual graffiti has become so intricate that even the expert eye has trouble distinguishing them.
     
    Does the empire of the façade inhabited by the flâneur leave any space for the rebellious writer seeking to pen a transgressive wall script? Benjamin reflects at length on Haussmann’s renovation of Paris, which sought to sweep away the medieval labyrinth of lanes and alleys of which the arcades were a part.14 Replacing meandering side streets with broad avenues, Haussmann became the engineer of the anti-dreamscape, dispelling the ghostly walkers who respected no distinction between inside and outside and quelling the protests of the rebellious graffiti artists celebrated by Benjamin and Brecht. As historians have frequently observed, the widening of the Paris streets was intended to make it more difficult to erect improvised barricades in future uprisings, and in fact, the Paris Commune of 1871 was quickly crushed due to the ease with which troops could move about the transformed city. With no more makeshift palisades on which to write, partisan scribblers were threatened with obsolescence. Haussmann’s renovations provide a stern warning to fans of Foster’s transparency, reminding us that nineteenth-century pan-optic logics are predicated on an equation between lines of sight and lines of influence. Invariably, “openness” means “open to control.”
     
    Nonetheless, Haussmann’s renovations were not entirely successful in preventing the construction of makeshift defenses. Benjamin stresses that in the 1871 revolt, barricades did reappear, if only briefly, on even the broadest new boulevards, as if the one thing that urban modernization could not repress was the return of the makeshift wall. Ironically, the problem with the Communards’ short-lived barriers was not their inability to span the immense spaces across the avenues, but the ease with which they became part of a larger system of porous structures. Like the ghost effortlessly traversing the borders between inside and outside, the regular army forces who put down the Commune tunneled through the walls of surrounding houses to outflank those manning improvised defenses. While Haussmann profoundly altered the city of Paris, he could not eradicate the phantom logics of passing and the en passant in which the wall’s status as defense or barrier is constantly on the verge of becoming incidental.15
     
    In exposing a rupture in the very notion of the wall as a partition, shield, or surface, the paradoxical spaces of nineteenth-century Paris highlight the degree to which modernist graffiti saw concepts of inscription or superscription give way to a more dynamic model of transcription. For Benjamin, the connection between the tortured geometry of the arcades and a theory of language is captured by a line from one of his favorite poets, Friedrich Hölderlin: “the walls stand / dumbstruck and cold” (188, my translation). In the terms of The Arcades Project, this means that the walls are in shock. One of the central concerns of Benjamin’s Paris research is to explain how lyric poetry such as Baudelaire’s could be “grounded in experience for which exposure to shock has become the norm” (Selected 4 318). In his 1940 essay “On Some Motifs in Baudelaire,” written shortly after his essay on Brecht’s lapidary texts, Benjamin tries to elucidate the logic of a poetic language that aims to parry shocks, exposing itself to them in order to train itself to defend against them.16 Crucially, the defenses of Baudelaire’s poems do not assume the form of a wall, as if words could be a barrier behind which one might take refuge. The walls are in shock, which means that the writing is on every wall, and this architextual system is in the grips of the “subterranean tremors by which Baudelaire’s poetry is shaken; it is as though they caused words to collapse” (Selected 4 320). For Benjamin, as for Brassaï, architecture and poetry are two dimensions of a broader discourse in which any sentence is a gesture toward the wall it will mark, if not dismantle, while any wall is a gesture toward the sentence that it will put on display and thereby potentially evacuate of its authority as either a performative act or an expression of an idea or intention. Of course, these gestures gain their power from their inability to assume the solidity of stone monuments or timeless lines of canonical poetry. The core paradox of lapidary writing is its finitude, which explains the abiding sense of futility produced by the discursive shocks that arise at the frontiers of verbal and architectural collisions. Like Brecht’s proletarian, who, “at the mercy of the rain and Gestapo agents scribbles some words on a wall with chalk,” Baudelaire experiences the streets of Paris as a battle he must wage “with the impotent rage of someone fighting the rain or the wind” (Selected 4 240).17
     
    In his critique of the drafts of Benjamin’s Arcades Project, Adorno chastises his friend for “blockading [his] ideas behind impenetrable walls of material” (qtd. in Benjamin, Selected 4 100). If the walls of material Benjamin amassed about the phantasmagoric world of modernist Paris were anything but impenetrable, Adorno’s reproach reminds us that one of Benjamin’s primary arguments was that no writer, and certainly not any writer who writes about writing, can hope to evade walls for long, a point that remains as true today as it was a century ago. We began by suggesting that modernist topoi inform the debates surrounding Foster’s vision for the German Reichstag, from discussions of the democratizing potential of glass architecture to analyses of the relationship between language and buildings. The question is whether in recycling these debates—in putting them back on display—the Reichstag distinguishes itself as a distinctly postmodern construct. In his 1991 Postmodernism, Fredric Jameson brings Brassaï’s interest in the affinities between architecture and photography together with Benjamin’s insight that our day-to-day engagement with buildings is something that occurs en passant. Jameson proposes that as we drive along the freeway past postmodern structures, we scarcely recognize them, and in fact, the only chance we get to enjoy their unique splendor is when we look at photographs of them, in which they “flash into brilliant existence and actuality” (99). Like the arresting moment described by Brassaï when one stumbles upon an instance of graffiti and is suddenly re-confronted with a memory that was always already lost, the experience of buildings mediated by pictures of them is not an engagement with an art of solidity, grandiosity, or monumentality, but an encounter with a phenomenon that is most powerful in the brief instant at which it reveals itself to be most ephemeral, dependent for its very manifestation as a physical presence on a photograph, a reproduction over which it has no control.
     
    If Foster’s efforts to create a parliamentary building of democratic transparency are difficult to reconcile with his commitment to preserving a field of wall writing that is far from open or transparent, his building may be an example of the “over-stimulating” ensemble of styles that Jameson calls postmodern pastiche. In these terms, the confluence of controversial Russian graffiti and sensationalist glass spaces constitutes a language that prohibits any recourse to a “healthy linguistic normality” on the basis of which the deviation of a given dialect could be measured (Jameson 17). In the end, Foster’s commitment to preserving the Cyrillic characters ensures only that they will stand as a constant reminder that the free conversation he hopes his legislative chamber and rooftop dome will facilitate is a fantasy. His exhibitionary architecture, his “living museum,” proposes to put the “living” present on display as if it were already part of the “dead” past. The legislative business carried out in the assembly hall thus becomes a blank parody, as Jameson would say, of previous legislative acts, emptying them of their political or historical content and transforming them into recitations of prior messages without the gesture of those messages, as if each time the German Bundestag enacts a law, Brecht’s poem is being rewritten in a new, non-lapidary style.
     

     
    Reichstag Chamber  © Nigel Young/Foster + Partners.

     

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 4.

    Reichstag Chamber

    © Nigel Young/Foster + Partners.
     
     

     

    Jan Mieszkowski is Professor of German and Humanities at Reed College. He is the author of Labors of Imagination: Aesthetics and Political Economy from Kant to Althusser (Fordham University Press, 2006) and of the forthcoming Watching War (Stanford University Press, 2012). He has published widely on European and American literature since Romanticism, German philosophy, and critical theory.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. See also Foster’s remarks in “The Reichstag as World Stage” and “Architecture and Democracy.”

     

     
    2. Essentially a larger version of the original cupola that was destroyed in the Second World War, Foster’s rooftop dome has been at the center of discussions of the political significance of the new building, although ironically it was initially not his intention to preserve this feature. As Francesca Rogier explains, the plan for the building Foster originally submitted for the architectural competition “featured a large floating plane with a public viewing platform superimposed above the existing roof. The jury eventually chose Foster, but the pressure to build the dome continued, forcing him, after a mighty struggle, to abandon the floating roof” (61).

     

     
    3. For an excellent discussion of the ideological debates surrounding the new Reichstag, see Koepnick. Foster’s vision for the Reichstag is informed by the nineteenth-century discourses on observation and power that produced the panorama and the panopticon. The glass dome at the top of the building is the ultimate forum for seeing everything and everyone while being seen by everyone, which means that ironically the great achievement of Foster’s cupola is the way that it directs one’s gaze away from it as it is employed as a perch from which to survey the surrounding urban terrain.

     

     
    4. For a description of the Reichstag in the weeks following its capture by the Red Army, see Engel.

     

     
    5. See in particular Benjamin’s “Little History of Photography,” Selected 2 507-530.

     

     
    6. A devoted reader of Sigmund Freud, Brassaï was undoubtedly influenced by his ideas about words appearing as images in dreams.

     

     
    7. For a rich analysis of this poem, see Soldovieri 160.

     

     
    8. The “German War Primer” collection was part of Brecht’s Svendborg Poems volume, first published in 1939. In 1955, Brecht recycled the “War Primer” title and published a book of the same name that comprised what he termed “photo-epigrams,” pictures from newspapers that he had gathered over several decades, ranging from shots of Hitler at a podium and Churchill sporting a machine gun to scenes of dead soldiers and devastated cityscapes. Each of the news clippings is accompanied by a quatrain printed below or sometimes directly on it. The resulting interplay of words and images is complex, and it is difficult to know whether the visual elements serve to illustrate the claims of the verses, or if the poems are captions for the pictures. For a discussion of German War Primer as a study of the inscription as epitaph, see Soldovieri, esp. 160 ff.

     

     
    9. All thirty-five paragraphs of Augustus’s decidedly less-than-humble Res Gestae, for example, continue to enjoy canonical status.

     

     
    10. In “What is Epic Theater?” Benjamin claims that one of the signature achievements of Brecht’s epic theater is “making gestures quotable” (Selected 4 305). On the understanding of gesture in Brecht and Benjamin, see Weber, esp. 98 ff. and Nägele, esp. 152 ff.

     

     
    11. Benjamin elaborates: “It is as though the bourgeois were so sure of his prosperity that he is careless of façade, and can exclaim: My house, no matter where you choose to cut into it, is façade. Such façades, especially, on the Berlin houses dating back to the middle of the previous century: an alcove does not jut out, but—as niche—tucks in. The street becomes room and the room becomes street. The passerby who stops to look at the house stands, as it were, in the alcove. Flâneur” (Arcades 406).

     

     
    12. “The path we travel through arcades is fundamentally just such a ghost walk, on which doors give way and walls yield” (Arcades 409).

     

     
    13. As Benjamin writes: “The interior is not just the universe of the private individual; it is also his etui” (Arcades 20).

     

     
    14. See Arcades 839.

     

     
    15. An incidental wall is far from unthreatening. Few sites in post-Haussmann Paris would become as notorious as the Communards’ Wall in the Père Lachaise Cemetery, where in May of 1871, one hundred and forty-seven members of the Paris Commune were lined up and shot. Despite its reputation as a foreboding pronouncement, “the writing is on the wall” is a reassuring slogan, because it implies that we have a chance to prepare ourselves for whatever is portended, even if we cannot hope to avoid it. In the Père Lachaise Cemetery, the walls were written with bullets and blood, so the damage was coincident with the emergence of the omen.

     

     
    16. Benjamin approaches this problem through a reading of Freud’s claim that “‘it would be the special characteristic of consciousness that, unlike what happens in all other systems of the psyche, the excitatory process does not leave behind a permanent change in its elements, but expires, as it were, in the phenomenon of becoming conscious.’ The basic formula of this hypothesis [argues Benjamin] is that ‘becoming conscious and leaving behind a memory trace are incompatible processes within one and the same system’” (Selected 4 317). This is why the vestiges of memory are most powerful when the incident that created them never enters consciousness. Benjamin elaborates: “The greater the shock factor in particular impressions, the more vigilant consciousness has to be in screening stimuli; the more efficiently it does so, the less these impressions enter long experience [Erfahrung] and the more they correspond to the concept of isolated experience [Erlebnis]. Perhaps the special achievement of shock defense is the way it assigns an incident a precise point in time in consciousness, at the cost of the integrity of the incident’s contents” (319).

     

     
    17. Benjamin elaborates: “This is the nature of the immediate experience [Erlebnis] to which Baudelaire has given the weight of long experience [Erfahrung]. He named the price for which the sensation of modernity could be had: the disintegration of the aura in immediate shock experience [Chockerlebnis]. He paid dearly for consenting to this disintegration—but it is the law of his poetry” (Selected 4 343).
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Adorno, Theodor W. Aesthetic Theory. Trans. Robert Hullot-Kentor. New York: Continuum, 2004. Print.
    • Baker, Frederick. “The Reichstag Graffiti.” The Reichstag Graffiti. Ed. David Jenkins. Berlin: Jovis Verlag, 2003. 16-39. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. The Arcades Project. Ed. Rolf Tiedemann. Trans. Howard Eiland and Kevin McLaughlin. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1999. Print.
    • ———. Selected Writings Volume 1: 1913-1926. Eds. Marcus Bullock and Michael W. Jennings. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1996. Print.
    • ———. Selected Writings Volume 2: 1927-1934. Ed. Michael W. Jennings. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1999. Print.
    • ———. Selected Writings Volume 4: 1938-1940. Eds. Howard Eiland and Michael W. Jennings. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2003. Print.
    • Bornhöft, Petra. “Schweinkram mit blauer Kreide.” Der Spiegel 28 June 1999: 46-47. Print.
    • Brassaï. Graffiti. Trans. David Radzinowicz. Paris: Flammarion, 2002. Print.
    • ———. Proust in the Power of Photography. Trans. Richard Howard. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2001. Print.
    • Brecht, Bertolt. Große kommentierte Berliner und Frankfurter Ausgabe. Vol. 12. Gedichte 2. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp, 1988. Print.
    • Brodsky Lacour, Claudia. “Architectural History: Benjamin and Hölderlin.” boundary 2 30.1 (Spring 2003): 143-168. Print.
    • Cohen, Roger. “The Reichstag Burns, This Time With Hope.” New York Times 6 March 1999: A4. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Psyche: Inventions of the Other. Volume I. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2007. Print.
    • Engel, Helmut. “The Marks of History.” Rebuilding the Reichstag. Ed. Norman Foster. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2000. 116-127. Print.
    • Foster, Norman. “Architecture and Democracy.” Rebuilding the Reichstag. New York: Overlook Press, 2000. 130-161. Print.
    • ———. “The Living Museum.” The Reichstag Graffiti. Ed. David Jenkins. Berlin: Jovis Verlag, 2003 16-39. Print.
    • ———. “Preface.” Rebuilding the Reichstag. New York: Overlook Press, 2000. 12-13. Print.
    • ———. “The Reichstag as World Stage.” Rebuilding the Reichstag. New York: Overlook Press, 2000. 14-33. Print.
    • Hölderlin, Friedrich. Hyperion and selected Poems. Ed. Eric L. Santner. New York: Continuum, 1990. Print.
    • Homola, Victor. “A Move to Scrub the Reichstag.” New York Times Jan. 29 2003. Web. 4 Sept.2011. Web.
    • Jameson, Fredric. Postmodernism, or the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Raleigh: Duke UP, 1991. Print.
    • Jewish Study Bible. Eds. Adele Berlin and Marc Zvi Brettler. New York: Oxford UP, 1999. Print.
    • Koepnick, Lutz. “Redeeming History: Foster’s Dome and the Political Aesthetic of the Berlin Republic.” German Studies Review 24.2 (2001): 303-323. Print.
    • Lewisohn, Cedar. Street Art: The Graffiti Revolution. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 2008. Print.
    • Nägele, Rainer. Theater, Theory, Speculation: Walter Benjamin and the Scenes of Modernity. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1991. Print.
    • Rogier, Francesca. “Growing Pains: From the Opening of the Wall to the Wrapping of the Reichstag.” Assemblage 29 (1996): 40-71. Print.
    • Soldovieri, Stefan. “War-Poetry, Photo(epi)grammetry: Brecht’s Kriegsfibel.” A Bertolt Brecht Reference Companion. Ed. Siegfried Mews. Westport: Greenwood Press, 1997. 140-167. Print.
    • Weber, Samuel. Benjamin’s -abilities. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2010. Print.

     

  • Preface: PMC at 20

    Eyal Amiran
    University of California, Irvine
    amiran@uci.edu

     

     
    It’s been twenty years of Postmodern Culture. The journal published its first issue in September, 1990, and was then the lone peer-reviewed electronic journal in the humanities.
     
    PMC was first edited by John Unsworth and myself, then by Stuart Moulthrop and Lisa Brawley, Jim English, and by myself again. The editors chose PMC as the handle for the journal because we didn’t want it to suggest a focus on the personal computer: PMC has always relied on digital technologies, and was shaped by the emerging internets, but its mission was to produce work that was not necessarily about computers or the internet, as much computer-mediated publishing was expected to be at the time. On the other hand, being electronic allowed PMC to publish work not possible for print journals, such as audio, video, and hypertext, and to develop models of distribution and collaboration that were new to the academy. This new model of communal work was from the start a political project based in new technologies. For example, the journal, which was first published by the editors through a listserv at North Carolina State University and then by Oxford University Journals, was free to subscribers, who could download issues and articles from us. With the advent of the World Wide Web in 1994, PMC moved to Johns Hopkins Journals (on their Muse project, which at the start was publishing only Hopkins journals); in that new environment the current issue remained free, and the journal maintained a free text-only archive of back issues. Another example of the politics of the medium is the journal’s decision to publish in unformatted ASCII to begin with, rather than in more specialized formats, so readers across platforms and in different countries could read the journal. This was no longer necessary when we moved from listserv-based delivery to the Web.
     
    PMC’s mission has been, and continues to be, to cultivate theoretical and critical cultural studies of the contemporary period. The word “postmodern” was meant to locate the epistemic focus of the journal; postmodernism cannot be understood as a set of stylistic or formal features or attitudes, but as a cultural and intellectual time in the broad sense for which Fredric Jameson argues. The journal has been interested in critical engagements with cultural and theoretical questions rather than in period arguments; has promoted theory as a topic in itself; has engaged work on its own merits, rather than by arrangement, leading us to publish, through the anonymous review process, less known scholars, and to return work by scholars who are justifiably well regarded; and has published experimental work, like the hypertext issue shepherded by Stuart Moulthrop in 1997 and the meditative philosophy by Alexander Garcia Düttmann in this issue, that does not fall into familiar categories. The journal has argued by doing for a material and secular culture of difference—a postmodern culture—because, as Arkady Plotnitsky suggests in his essay here, no other culture does or can exist.
     
    This project is important today because while culture is made of difference, it can certainly turn against difference. While critical cultures in the Western academy have been open to repeated challenge and experiment in many ways (sometimes—as Düttmann argues in his essay here—as superficial deflections), they continue to look for ways of safeguarding the same. I am thinking of the rise of the culture of presence in new media studies; the trend for new pragmatism in American studies, which sometimes has little interest in the historical grounding of aesthetics; the popularity of that version of object theory where objects are supposed to speak for us—not to mention that objects have other significance, as commodities for example; the arguments against symptomatic readings of culture, and against “the hermeneutics of suspicion,” which want things in themselves to be what they appear to be; the resurrection of religion, often in the name of materialism; and the conversion to new metaphysical ontologies that can lead, in the extreme, to reified sociological and ethnic categories, and to categorical statements about them. These trends suggest that we ask whether radical or innovative thought has a continuing present, let alone a past, in the academy: untimely meditations are by definition out of place. The potential for a future revaluation of values, as Jan Mieszkowski’s essay suggests, is always a part of the architectural relics of the past. There have been many other trends in cultural studies, of course, including the rise and continuing development of animal studies, environmental studies, queer studies, urban studies, work on the economics of gloalization, and the political study of media, to name a few. It is also the case that deconstructive and textual methodologies continue to be important in these fields, and help make them important and strong. PMC continues to support such projects, as reflected in the works we publish here and that will appear in the forthcoming companion issue.
     
    The work in this issue comes from a conference organized at UC Irvine in October 2010 by the journal to celebrate two decades of publishing. A second issue based on the conference is in the works. The conference, “Culture After Postmodern Culture,” asked what postmodern culture means today: we are still postmodern, but the idea that we are postmodern is now, as Arkady Plotnitsky writes in his essay, a given. We are after postmodernism as some new trend in cultural criticism; now postmodernism is a state we’re in, without scare quotes. What it means to be contemporary it is hard to say, as Alex Düttmann shows in his meditation on time and contemporeneity: we entrust the memory of the dead to the dead, and live now by giving the moment the (now often digital) slip. So while Plotnitsky, reading through Jean-François Lyotard, connects a postmodern epistemology of justice (the “irreducibly uncertain and inconstant, multiple justice” of Nietzsche) with an epistemology of post-Einsteinian physics, Düttmann thinks through Derrida about social time, for any sense of time, though it may not be able to know itself, already includes a conversation. Our relation to space and time unfurls, Janus-faced, the banner of difference. Hong-An Truong and Dwayne Dixon also view postmodern culture as the performance of sliding differences, a world where intimate interiority and the voice (Japanese, Vietnamese) are mediated commodities just as impersonal, or personal, as public spaces (Tokyo, Saigon) that, as mere architecture, mask public tragedy that is registered by these double losses. As Mieszkowski notes Benjamin notes, emergent urban spaces have no outside, like dreams. The affect that is present under globalization is a function of global displacement, alienation, and removal. The signs of defacement, war, and destruction, as in Jan Mieszkowski’s essay on graffiti and architecture—writing and building—make up cultural legacies. They are culture after culture, the writing on the wall that is itself the new building, the new wall. This is all the more true in the so-called age of information. We are only beginning to understand the implications of the larger postmodern episteme which will last, like the future, for a long time.
     
    Some of the transformations for which PMC stood since 1990 have come to pass. New and flexible forms of publication are available, such as blogs and open access journals, and the mere fact of electronic scholarly publishing is not a subject for comment. Digital media, now in their infancy, increasingly transform the intellectual landscape, giving rise to new configurations that may well eclipse or make obsolete cutlural structures whose contingency has remained invisible—structures such as journals, books, and universities. It is possible to interpret the current attack on public education in the humanities in the US and in Europe as a sign of the success of critical cultural studies—as an effort to preserve traditional cultural structures against critical theories of difference. The cultural shift to deconstruct and revolutionize the production and dissemination of thinking is making visible the heirarchical, linear, and inert paradigms on which modern institutions have depended. To understand what and how we think today we need to read what and how we do; we need theoretical cultural studies, we need a rigorous and ongoing conversation, we need to read the cultural logic of postmodern culture. The writing is on the wall.
     

  • De Man Today: Unreassuring Help

    Christopher D. Morris (bio)
    Norwich University
    cmorris@norwich.edu

    A review of Tom Cohen, Claire Colebrook, and J. Hillis Miller, Theory and the Disappearing Future: On de Man, On Benjamin. With a manuscript by Paul de Man. London and New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.

     

     
    The contributors to this volume, which includes a facsimile and transcription of Paul de Man’s notes for a lecture on Walter Benjamin’s “The Task of the Translator,” reassess de Man’s relation to contemporary criticism and to the academy. As a means to that end, they reinterpret the de Man affair, especially with regard to the role Derrida plays in it; they explore de Man’s concept of the theotrope, which he briefly entertains and then discards as a heuristic for his essay on Rousseau; they argue for the greater rigor of de Man’s ideas in comparison with those of many currently influential theorists—for example, Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri, Giorgio Agamben, Slavoj Žižek, and Alain Badiou. Finally, each contextualizes de Man’s work in light of contemporary discourses such as those on climate change, financial collapse, and resource depletion. (Tom Cohen and Claire Colebrook are editors of the Critical Climate Change series at the Open Humanities Press, where literary theory addresses twenty-first century issues.) Each contributor thus re-engages the still-inflammatory topic of de Man’s relation to the political. Together, they ask readers to see their essays less as traditional inquiries into a writer’s continuing relevance or usable heritage than as explorations of how de Man’s challenge to those and other historicisms calls for a reimagining of the humanities. As a result, the goals in this small volume are timely and valuable. Each essay exhibits distinctive rhetorical strategies; if they share any conclusion it would resemble J. Hillis Miller’s observation that de Man’s writings can indeed be of immense help to criticism today, so long as “help” is never equated with “reassurance” (88).
     
    The posthumous discovery of de Man’s anti-Semitic wartime journalism accelerated the turn of American literary criticism, already under way, from Continental philosophy to new historicism and cultural studies. Even the generosity of Derrida’s ostensible defense of de Man couldn’t mitigate accusations, not limited to the popular press, that deconstruction fosters a political quietism indifferent to fascism. The reassessments of the controversy by Cohen and Colebrook emphasize that the eventual eclipse of deconstruction may have been inherent in de Man’s project from the beginning. If so, discovery of the wartime writings only hastened a process de Man had foreseen and initiated. According to Cohen, de Man’s earliest disagreement with Derrida over Rousseau sets in motion a larger irreversibility in the movement de Man was publicly credited with co-founding. De Man pre-empts Derrida by claiming that sooner or later reading will always reveal the constitution of language in the arbitrary and the inhuman; as a result, there can be no return to hermeneutics. If such auto-deconstruction constitutes reading, then later criticism, including Derrida’s (and, uncomfortably, the contributors’—or this reviewer’s), can only weakly recommit the errors it sought to correct through interpretation. Cohen argues that Derrida’s turn to ethics and responsibility in his late works can be seen not only as a tactical response to the polemics of the de Man scandal but also as involuntary evidence that his friend—a fraught word in Derrida’s lexicon—has it right: all referential claims are errors.
     
    Miller first provides a detailed summary of the different print and audio versions of the lecture that became de Man’s Benjamin essay (60-65); these are scheduled to become part of the Critical Theory Archive at the University of California, Irvine. Prompted by the spirit of Derrida’s Mal d’archive, however, Miller remains skeptical of the very idea of archives, since they predispose scholarship toward biographical criticism while perpetuating illusions of textual authenticity. (Later, he speculates on the comparable if not equal reliability of “resources” such as Wikipedia.) Miller analyzes de Man’s concept of the theotrope (66-69), which is introduced in the first draft of “Allegory of Reading,” de Man’s essay on Rousseau’s Profession de foi. De Man considered using “Theotropic Allegories” as the essay’s title. De Man concludes that it is impossible to say whether Profession de foi is a theistic or non-theistic text, and “theotrope” names the donnée or generative concept that eventually discloses this condition of semantic doubt. Miller likens it to Kenneth Burke’s phrase “god term,” a word whose meaning is silently taken for granted but which legitimates all other words in an ideological system (71). De Man argues that those who reproach literary criticism on ideological grounds are unaware that they themselves invoke theotropes. He also told an interviewer that “Allegory of Reading” represents his first engagement with the political. On the basis of this statement, Miller concludes that for de Man, political discourses—like all of Rousseau’s constative statements about faith—aspire to a spurious decidability. If Miller is right, then de Man’s anti-Semitic writings, too, must be derived from theotropes. But how could de Man, in an interview or essay, speak without invoking one? How could anyone?
     
    Miller’s answer is that de Man practices a species of ironic parody derived, per de Man’s own claim, from Karl Marx’s critique of Max Stirner in The German Ideology. That is, the agreement of a later writer with the work of a predecessor actually subverts the earlier work (70). Reading requires initial assent to a god term, but paraphrase sooner or later raises new questions that expose the initial agreement as having been either deliberate or inadvertent parody. (For example, Marx refers to Stirner as “Saint Max.”) Thus, in his essay on Profession de foi, de Man can insulate himself from Rousseau’s undecidability while he admiringly elucidates it, but only temporarily; the illuminative function of exposition becomes ironic when de Man (“perhaps inadvertently,” Miller says) recommits Rousseau’s error by substituting a new theotrope for his predecessor’s. In this case, after consulting the Pléiade edition of Rousseau, Miller confirms that de Man substitutes the word “god” for Rousseau’s word “is” (72). That error, if that’s what it is, exposes the theotrope in both the original text and its subsequent criticism.
     
    An impatient reader might object here that Miller’s exposure of de Man’s interpolation is only made possible by the appeal to an archive. But earlier, when discussing different versions of “Allegory of Reading,” Miller discovers an error in the transcription of a manuscript (62). The point here is that no text legitimates itself, however authoritative it may be. All referential claims are made and taken on faith—the very topic of Rousseau’s essay. There can be no ontological difference between any two signs, whether those of the Pléiade edition or of Wikipedia. And in consulting the Pléiade edition to check on de Man, Miller acts out, deliberately or inadvertently, the questioning of referentiality that de Man predicted would always happen.
     
    Miller’s resistance to de Man has long been evident: in a 2001 essay Miller calls de Man an “allergen” against whom readers must somehow inoculate themselves in order to prevent the contagion of irony as a kind of infinite abyss. Since 2001, Miller’s work has taken several new turns. First, he increasingly emphasizes the reading skill of Derrida, de Man’s rival. For Miller, Derrida’s reading is original and productive, especially when it discloses how marginalized texts, like Freud’s on telepathy, can illuminate ideological contradictions. For Miller, Derrida’s reading is performative in the sense that it helps generate Miller’s own new writing; his intensified admiration for Derrida’s interventions may provide a temporary stay against de Man’s threats. Another area of Derridean influence is an audacious skepticism of textual representations of witnessing. In addition to learning from Derrida, Miller actively engages topics of importance in cultural studies, including new technologies (The Medium Is the Maker) and narratives of race or holocaust literature (The Conflagration of Community). Finally, Miller’s writing begins to disclose, in passing, an unusual number of personal details: not only private conversations with de Man and Derrida but also comments on his ancestors, his ethnic heritage, his neighbors in Maine, his wife, his cat. At first glance, these disclosures seem at cross-purposes with his skepticism about witnessing, but as we’ll see, they actually reinforce it. In any case, Miller’s emergent persona becomes more explicitly that of the generic humanities professor in America (as it might be defined, perhaps, by a psychographic profile of the MLA membership). We learn he is a viewer of PBS alarmed by Fox News, global warming, the war on terror, and the financial meltdown. Both his attention to topical matters and his self-conscious persona-building are conspicuous in the essay in Theory and the Disappearing Future: a jeremiad against our “dark” times frames his analysis of de Man’s legacy, and he concludes with an allusion of doubtful provenance brought to his attention by his wife. (This last detail epitomizes the agnosticism with regard to sources, already noted in Miller’s suspicion of archives.)
     
    Miller’s artificial kenosis has an effect directly opposite that of recourses to confessionalism in cultural studies (documented and championed by Aram Veeser), in Lacanianism (Žižek’s allusion to his service in the army of the former Yugoslavia), and in new historicism (Greenblatt’s recollection of the circumstances surrounding his first reading of Lucretius). Unlike such personal attestations, the appeals of Miller’s persona are a version of de Man’s ironic parody: they do not serve as extra-textual guarantors of authenticity but reveal their own fallacy. We must ask not only to what degree this overdetermined professor persona really holds such progressive views about, say, global warming, but whether, in the end, any such political opinion can matter when it accompanies an exposition of de Man, who calmly unravels all ideology. Put another way: de Man teaches that persona-creation is inevitable in language but also makes any return to a naturalized self impossible. Thus, the new details Miller cites about himself only widen the gap between his critical persona and anything real; they disclose their accumulating irrelevance to an understanding of texts—in this case those of Rousseau, de Man, and the real Miller.
     
    Most important, Miller’s ironic parody implicitly exposes the fallacy committed by de Man’s critics. Why would de Man’s ideas about reading be invalidated by his wartime journalism? If such a critical condemnation were legitimate and responsible, wouldn’t that mean that de Man’s ideas would be truer if they were expressed today by someone like us, by a viewer of PBS appalled by Fox News and the prospect of global warming? How many more additional details about de Man’s life or Miller’s would readers need in order to decide the value of what either has to say about Rousseau? Miller’s essay reflects loyalty to de Man despite its implicit admission he has not been immune to the contagion. He takes de Manian irony to a new level but leaves readers to ponder the droll phrase de Man uses to conclude his essay on Rousseau: “The impossibility of reading should not be taken too lightly” (Allegories245).
     
    Cohen’s adaptation of de Man to contemporary problems differs from Miller’s. Its ironic parody is less direct than its argument for a wholesale renaming in criticism, which Cohen models with many neologisms: anecographies, abiosemiosis, abiotelemorphosis, and the like. Like Derrida’s neologisms, these are barbarous at first glance, but with re-reading they resolve into shorthands for a band of fugitive, provisional, guerilla-concepts set loose on the field of criticism, where they can run at large for a while before their inevitable capture and conviction on charges of theotropism. In previous books the invention of new critical vocabularies has served Cohen well: his exposition of “cryptonymies” and “war machines” in Hitchcock’s films introduces innovative terms that can be understood interchangeably as cinematic or philosophical. A similar versatility is apparent in his recent adoption of metaphors from ecology. In her introduction to the volume, Colebrook sees Cohen’s interest in climate change as betokening some inhuman, de Manian limit beyond the meteorological; her recognition of his project’s ambition seems fair. Even a term like “resource depletion” can be understood as Janus-like in its simultaneous referential and ironic modes: we may be irreversibly running low on both fossil fuels and (in the light of the de Man archive or of “sources” in general) criticism.
     
    Reinventing a humanities consistent with de Man’s paradigm-shift is all the more urgent, Cohen writes, because of the way Derrida mischaracterizes his colleague’s work. Derrida defensively attempt to quarantine de Man because Derrida fears the latter’s piracy of the brand Derrida has invented. (All of the contributors to this volume employ tropes of capitalism in what appear to be exasperated, Adorno-like refusals to exempt themselves from participation in the hegemonic regimes they criticize.) Cohen reviews the way Derrida commemorates de Man by critiquing de Man’s reading of Rousseau’s Confessions. In “Typewriter Ribbon,” Derrida claims that the core of de Man’s deconstruction is “materiality without matter.” He then builds on this misappropriation to justify his own turn to messianicity without messianism, to a future open to the realization of latent possibilities but also held at arm’s length as deferred.
     
    Cohen forcefully argues that de Man would have had none of that. He directs our attention to a 1972 sentence in which de Man refers to “nature” as “a process of a deconstruction redoubled by its own fallacious re-totalization.” In a passage of extraordinary exegesis (95-98; 114-16), Cohen shows how this sentence turns back on itself and dramatizes the irreversibility in de Man that Derrida can’t tolerate: if criticism reinvents nature anew, all over again each time, there can never be a future different from the repetition of such failures. (For Miller, successive reinventions of nature are the result of theotropes ineluctably generated by language’s performativity; for his part, Cohen accepts repetition induced by inhuman language without speculating about its cause.) Cohen’s conclusion is that Derrida’s call for an orientation toward “messianicity without messianism” or “the democracy to come” is an attempt to re-open a path Derrida knows de Man has already blocked.
     
    (A word of praise for Cohen, Colebrook, and Miller, who may well find themselves at the center of heated, renewed polemics. In Fichus, Derrida writes that what his work shares with the Frankfurt School is “the possibility of the impossible” (Paper Machine 168) which I understand to mean resignation to the prospect that the outcome of deconstruction’s austere, continually-misunderstood rationality could well be nothing at all. As Wallace Stevens has it, “identity is the vanishing-point of resemblance” (72). The contributors write in a spirit of similar resignation, which they convert to exigency. Their vigilance in taking into account the most crucial current debates in the humanities earns them the inference that the only alternative they see to a new de Manian criticism, however implausible, would be silence. They seem to know that what they are trying to affirm may be impossible, so the stakes are high. Of Derrida and de Man, Miller once remarked, “These fellows play hardball” (For Derrida, 98). In this volume, he references de Man’s “blank” response to certain questions from students and the “white space” at the end of his essay on Rousseau. From this vantage-point, Miller’s irony, Cohen’s neologisms, and (as we’ll see) Colebrook’s rhetorical boldness may count as the only recourse to the silence or wholesale suffocation incurred by de Man’s contagion. Compared with the impoverishment brought about by de Man’s irreversibility, Derrida bequeaths ample, if mirage-like, resources. The intellectual depth and range required to meet de Man’s more exacting challenge is daunting; few other critics have set a bar so high for themselves.)
     
    In his effort to keep criticism alive across this dry terrain, Cohen seeks to recast undecidability as a form of climate change. Seeing language as inhuman affords us a new, twenty-first century opportunity to view the planet post-anthropically, and that’s a gain. (An aside: achievement of such a cosmic perspective has long been the grail of unification in physics, too, and de Man’s work has already been studied in this context by Arkady Plotnitsky.) The problem for contemporary America is that this almost-available insight constantly recedes from the horizon when, as so frequently happens, it is approached through a particular theotrope, the blind reinstatement of organicism—whether of ecological wholeness, of the earth as Gaia, of the homeland, of Levinasian discourses of emancipation, or of any number of Lovelockian, Hawkingian, Lacanian, Žižekian presences, all of which are in their own way just as misleading as Derrida’s hypostasized future democracy. This is the trance that Cohen defines as “the American way of life” (100).
     
    In his probably impossible quest for a non-anthropomorphic nature, Cohen finds a potential ally in Timothy Morton’s Ecology without Nature (2007). Following Derrida and Adorno, and close-reading the depiction of nature in literature and visual art since Romanticism, Morton exposes a continuing tradition of anthropomorphism in environmental art. He often writes with refreshing self-strictures: no criticism is innocent; we must all “muck it out.” (This resonates with the contributors’ Adorno-esque acknowledgement of complicity.) But Morton never mentions de Man. On the one hand, Morton’s concluding call for “dark ecology” seems compatible with the goals of Cohen and Colebrook’s Critical Climate Change project; on the other hand, Morton’s project implicitly confirms the position of Jeffrey Nealon, whom Cohen faults for arguing that the future of critical theory requires de Man’s deletion (94). This raises the issue implied by all such volumes comprised of multiple readings of the same text, including Theory and the Disappearing Future. Is consensus desirable? Possible? It is odd that despite all the debate over the existence of a scientific consensus over climate change, no one has yet paused to ask what consensus is. Is it a theotrope? Perhaps de Man’s secret is that he has made consensus—about his work, about how writing should continue—impossible. Perhaps, as Bill Readings writes, we should all prefer dissensus (166-67).
     
    Claire Colebrook appears to share the outlooks of Miller and Cohen, starting with her account of how the de Man scandal enabled American criticism to contain deconstruction and to reassimilate literature into the larger historical system de Man’s works had had the temerity to challenge. Like Shoshana Felman, Colebrook understands the lesson of the wartime writings to be that no speech act can be pure; thus, in claiming the moral high ground, de Man’s critics speak in the name of a quasi-fascistic purity similar to the arrogance of which they accuse him. Colebrook finds parallels between the reception of de Man and that of Foucault (137), the supposed legitimator of cultural studies: both de Man and Foucault vigorously oppose the identification of the human with disclosive history, a refusal ignored in Hardt and Negri’s Empire. She reads similarly ideological elisions of de Man in the work of Badiou, Žižek, and especially Agamben, whose search for the inaugural moments of sovereignty conceals the quasi-Aristotelian assumption that the human has a proper place, which is in the polity. Agamben’s mistake aligns recent theory with the thriving disciplines of evolutionary psychology and cognitive archeology (139). On the contrary, Colebrook asserts, de Man and Foucault question the assumption of continuous life that underlies these historicisms.
     
    Nowhere is that assumption more dangerous, Colebrook argues, than in the hubris that permits cultural critics to speak in the name of an “us.” (Cohen makes a similar point by ironically echoing Levinas when using the phrase “entre nous” to address the reader.) Colebrook questions Terry Eagleton’s comforting assurance that he knows who “we” are and what “we” mean. She sees the same presumption in the ideologies of right and left: the Tea Party would reconstitute the polity on the basis of a hypothetical condition of purity prior to sovereignty; environmentalists would merge polity into theocracy. In both cases, the “we” is an artifice that silently permits other theotropes (“nature” or “the organic polity”) to pass unnoticed. In both cases, criticism has forgotten the lesson de Man drew from Benjamin: the impossibility of translation shows us how “we”—however that pronoun may be configured within any particular language-community—are neither the source nor destination of meaning. Every word, “we” included, is an arbitrary fragment of heterogeneous systems operating independently of any particular language, and indeed, of the human.
     
    Colebrook is particularly astute in exposing these illicit takings in the political realm. The financial crisis precipitated the twin personifications of “Main Street” and “Wall Street,” a binary that posits authenticity in contrast to parasitism (141). According to Colebrook, de Man would have pointed out that the supposed aberrancy of the latter is actually made possible by the figure of the organism silently assumed in both terms. With regard to the Supreme Court’s ruling in U.S. vs. Citizens United—serendipitous title, from her perspective—Colebrook finds that the opinion’s identification of corporation and person is facilitated by what de Man calls the “double rapport” disclosed by translation: if laws must be simultaneously general and specific, it becomes impossible to determine their referents (144). The necessity of translation requires the translator to intervene unilaterally to resolve an undecidable: for the left, America has been stolen by illegitimate corporate interests; for the right, America has been stolen by an illegitimate government. Neither side understands that the necessity to articulate mandates the assumption of a ground that itself distinguishes legitimacy from illegitimacy; only in retrospect can such a putative ground be seen as a theotrope. It is here where Colebrook asserts de Man’s cautionary value in today’s polemos: before leaping to assign blame and responsibility, both sides need to reflect on the “we” in whose names they presume to speak and to purge their ideologies of the numerous nostalgias they summon up. Maybe “we” never were. (More reason to think consensus, alas, may also be a theotrope.) Only when that preliminary dissociation is accomplished—a kind of de Manian epoché—can political debate begin without the errors of seeing the human as a self-owner or as a proper body surrounded by an environment. Begun this way, debate can finally envision—Colebrook concludes with breathtaking boldness—the destruction of humanity as a positive or affirmative event (152).
     
    By calling for such an impartial envisioning of the unthinkable, Colebrook defies grave, foreseeable risks: the same critics who leapt to label deconstruction fascist may now leap to repeat charges of nihilism. (It is odd that this polemical stick is so often wielded without any knowledge of the term’s provenance as the deathly opposition that Nietzsche fought against, a heritage both de Man and Derrida respected.) In this predictable eventuality the responsibility will lie with those who could not discern the lucid austerity of Colebrook’s desire to at last free readers from the complacency of contemporary criticism and to replace it with the kind of restless, permanently unsettling experience de Man thought the most rigorous writing could induce. This may be what Miller has in mind when he says de Man can provide us help without reassurance.
     
    Do the contributors succeed in escaping from de Man’s dilemma? No, but their failures may be more helpful, as cautionary examples, than are many apparent successes of more confidently grounded theory in the humanities. Readers who turn to criticism not for reassurance but for inquiry informed by self-restraint, skepticism, and rigor will find the latter in short supply today—a situation that may warrant consideration of essays like these and the notes de Man wrote for his lecture on Benjamin.
     

    Christopher Morris is Charles A. Dana Professor of English, Emeritus, at Norwich University in Northfield, Vermont. His books are Models of Misrepresentation: On the Fiction of E.L. Doctorow; The Hanging Figure: On Suspense and the Films of Alfred Hitchcock; and The Figure of the Road: Deconstructive Studies in Humanities Disciplines. He is at work on a book on Mark Twain and continental criticism; his recent work on Mark Twain has appeared and is forthcoming in Journal of Narrative Technique, Papers on Language and Literature, Nineteenth-Century Fiction, and University of Toronto Quarterly.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Burke, Kenneth. A Rhetoric of Motives. Berkeley: U of California, P, 1969. Print.
    • Cohen, Tom. Hitchcock’s Cryptonomies. 2 vols. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2005. Print.
    • ———. “Toxic Assets: de Man’s Remains and the Ecocatastrophic Imaginary (and American Fable).” Tom Cohen, Claire Colebrook, and J. Hillis Miller. Theory and the Disappearing Future. London: Routledge, 2001. 89-129. Print.
    • Colebrook, Claire. “The Calculus of Individual Worth.” Theory and the Disappearing Future. 130-52. Print.
    • ———. “Introduction.” Theory and the Disappearing Future. 3-24. Print.
    • De Man, Paul. Allegories of Reading: Figural Language in Rousseau, Nietzsche, Rilke, and Proust. New Haven: Yale UP, 1982. Print.
    • ———. “Transcript. Notes on ‘The Task of the Translator.’” Theory and the Disappearing Future. 25-54. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Fichus: Frankfurt Address,” Paper Machine. Trans. Rachel Bowlby. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2005. Print.
    • ———. Mal d’Archive. Paris: Galilée, 1995. Print.
    • ———. “Typewriter Ribbon: Limited Ink (2).” Material Events: Paul de Man and the Afterlife of Theory. Ed. Tom Cohen, Barbara Cohen, J. Hillis Miller, and Andrzej Warminski. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2001. 277-360. Print.
    • Marx, Karl and Friedrich Engels. The German Ideology. Amherst: Prometheus Books, 1998. Print.
    • Miller, J. Hillis. The Conflagration of Community: Fiction Before and After Auschwitz. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2011. Print.
    • ———. For Derrida. New York: Fordham UP, 2009. Print.
    • ———. The Medium is the Maker: Browning, Freud, Derrida and the New Telepathic Ecotechnologies. Eastbourne: Sussex Academic Press, 2009. Print.
    • ———. “Paul de Man as Allergen.” Material Events. 183-204. Print.
    • ———. “Paul de Man at Work: In these Bad Days, What Good is an Archive?” Theory and the Disappearing Future. 55-88. Print.
    • Morton, Timothy. Ecology without Nature: Rethinking Environmental Aesthetics. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2007. Print.
    • Plotnitsky, Arkady. “Algebra and Allegory: Nonclassical Epistemology, Quantum Theory, and the Work of Paul de Man.” Material Events. 49-92. Print.
    • Readings, Bill. The University in Ruins. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1996. Print.
    • Stevens, Wallace. The Necessary Angel: Essays on Reality and the Imagination. New York: Vintage Books, 1965. Print
    • Veeser, H. Aram. Confessions of the Critics: North American Critics’ Autobiographical Moves. New York: Routledge, 1996. Print.

     

  • Junk Culture and the Post-Genomic Age

    Allison Carruth (bio)
    Stanford University and University of Oregon
    acarruth@uoregon.edu

    Review of Thierry Bardini, Junkware. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2011. Print.

     

     
    In the spring of 1953, James Watson and Francis Crick published a series of papers in Nature that led them to claim that DNA is “the molecular basis of the template needed for genetic replication” (qtd. in Watson 246). The papers paved the way for Watson and Crick to receive the 1962 Nobel Prize in Physiology, in turn validating what Crick had famously termed the “Central Dogma”: the view that information, in the form of biochemical blueprints, flows one-way from DNA to RNA to proteins. This causal process continues to inform the paradigm in molecular biology according to which DNA is “the most important component of the cell, its ‘master plan’” (Strasser 493). What the Central Dogma has struggled to accommodate, however, is so-called junk DNA: those DNA bases that do not code for protein (some 98.5% in the human genome) and hence appear to be excessive, or to have no genetic function (Bardini 20, 29-30).
     
    Thierry Bardini’s Junkware, a recent title from Minnesota’s Posthumanities series, interrogates this very paradigm by considering the biological fact and cultural significance of junk DNA. For Bardini, junk DNA is both master trope and fringe element of an era in which human beings are becoming “junkware”: “a new kind of slave[,] enslaved in our code itself” and subject to a “disposable and recyclable” society of workers, consumers, and spectators (7, 9). Bardini defines junk as “the quintessential rhizomatous genus” of Homo nexus, an emergent subjectivity at once individuated and networked (13). To develop this argument, Part One of Junkware (“Biomolecular Junk”) traces the cybernetic view of biological life through its “blind spot” of junk DNA. In Part Two (“Molar Junk: Hyperviral Culture”), Bardini shifts from the social study of modern genetics to offer a cultural theory of junk more widely construed. Throughout, his method is one of accumulation, aggregation, and critique. Junkware sifts through an array of materials that includes science fiction, online wikis, Google search results, epistemology, cybernetics, critical theory, and mass media coverage of everything from the Human Genome Project to gene therapy. A cross-disciplinary scholar, Bardini’s voice in Junkware ranges from that of the high theorist to that of the pop culture critic to that of the social scientist.
     
    Bardini’s project makes two interventions: one in the discourse of biopolitics and one in the history of genetics. As for the former, Bardini sees the ultimate horizons of capitalism as the “invention of genetic capital” and the systematization of “living money” in the form not only of animal and human bodies but also of tissues, organs, and genes (11). Here, we can situate Junkware within recent work on what sociologist Nikolas Rose and others term “life itself.” The thesis of Junkware resonates most clearly with Nicole Shukin’s contention in Animal Capital that late capitalism has literalized commodity fetishism by turning biological life into currency, while the free market system has simultaneously become vulnerable to “novel diseases erupting out of the closed loop” of biocapital (16-19). In Tactical Media, Rita Raley suggests that late capitalism and critical theory participate in a feedback loop, whereby the material procedures of late capital both determine and are determined by the theoretical terms of biopolitical critique. Raley observes, for example, that capitalist ideologies of mutation and adaptation cross-pollinate with postmodern theory, as in Fredric Jameson’s argument that late capitalism operates like a biological virus (129).
     
    In Junkware’s historiography of genetics, Bardini engages the work of both Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze to claim that twenty-first century society morphs beyond both the disciplinary societies of the industrial era and the control societies of the post-industrial era. In “Postscript on the Societies of Control,” Deleuze argues that the third stage of capitalist society hinges on “floating rates of exchange” and “a continuous network” in which the individual and the collective “orbit” one another. Seeing a fourth stage of capitalism on the horizon, Bardini writes, “the latest episode in the modern civilization . . . is the cybernetic decoding and organizing of the flows of human nature itself, DNAs and bits, to the point that one now feels compelled to complete their enumeration, be it ‘an animal, a tool, a machine . . . or a human being‘” (128; emphasis in original). Bardini then makes perhaps his most important contribution to critical theory by asking what happens under genetic capitalism to ethics, understood as the work of determining the forms that freedom can take (131). Bardini’s scholarly interventions come into particular focus in Chapter Four, which explores the possibility that DNA might form the basis, however commodifiable, for a new collectivity of human and nonhuman beings (137). To “take control over your [junk] DNA,” Bardini elaborates, might be the next wave of liberation politics (143). In a mode of counter-intuitive and playful reasoning characteristic of Junkware, Bardini concludes that, if humans share 99.9 percent of our coding DNA, perhaps it is the junk that defines the potential for individuation. “Could it be,” he asks, “that DNA is the expression both of a common nature and of the singularity of a given individual? Could DNA be both the software and the junkware of life, always common and singular . . . molecular and molar?” (144).
     
    In Part One of Junkware, Bardini explains how the standard paradigm within molecular biology stems from both Crick’s Central Dogma and the pervasive use of cybernetic metaphors (such as code, signal, noise, and feedback) to explain genetic phenomena. The section connects the Human Genome Project’s April 2003 announcement that only 26,000-31,000 of the human genome’s 3 billion DNA bases are coding genes back to German botanist Hans Winkler’s 1920 publication on “excess DNA” (29-30). We learn, however, that it was not until the 1970s and 1980s that geneticists began to hash out the potential function of junk DNA, a term Korean-American scientist Susumu Ohno coined in 1972. Bardini analyzes a series of articles published in Nature and conducts interviews with both respected and fringe scientists to tell the story of how the potentially paradigm-shifting revelation of non-coding DNA was made to fit neatly into the Central Dogma. As Bardini puts it, “if certain parts of DNA do not code for protein synthesis, it is because [for most molecular biologists] they have no function at all . . . they are nothing more than ‘vestiges of ancient information,’ . . . . the source of noise” (33). In order for DNA to remain the medium for transmitting genetic information to RNA and on to protein molecules, then, the vast sea of non-coding DNA had to become that which we no longer need but hold on to just in case: junk.
     
    Describing the cybernetic metaphor at the heart of the Central Dogma as the “bootstrap program” (or original premise) of modern genetics, Bardini digs into two different interpretations of junk DNA. The first comes from Richard Dawkins’s controversial 1976 book The Selfish Gene, which compares the “fossilized” presence of junk DNA in cells to “the surface of an old [computer] disc that has been much used for editing text” (qtd. in Bardini 37). On this view, the body is simply the medium for the computational processes of genes. Crick himself affirms this view in a 1980 Nature article that aligns the “junk DNA” and “selfish DNA” concepts. In response, developmental biologists Thomas Cavalier-Smith and Gabriel Dover put forward the alternative view that non-coding DNA must serve a function—perhaps in the form of cell regulation. The key point here comes late in Chapter One, when Bardini—citing the work of science studies scholars Evelyn Fox Keller and Daniel J. Kevles—observes that modern genetics has been both advanced and constrained by “its choice of words” (47): “The discoveries of the structure and the code of DNA lead one to believe that genes were not a hypothesis anymore [as they had been for Mendel]. They had acquired the only existence scientists seem to believe in, physical, that is, material existence” (51). DNA, seen as the biochemical structure for genes, thus comes to signify a material entity that has only one “meaning”: the “bootstrap program” for protein synthesis and biological inheritance (52).
     
    The junk concept was thus quickly folded into the guiding cybernetic metaphor of molecular biology as scientists relegated non-coding DNA to the status of “backup” files for coding DNA (67). In Chapter Two, this story develops through Bardini’s excellent account of bioinformatics, which dovetails with the arguments that Eugene Thacker advances in Biomedia. Bioinformatics centers on DNA sequencing and recombinant DNA, and the field, Bardini points out, both drives and is driven by the capitalization of genes and by patent applications for particular DNA sequences and genetically modified organisms. For Thacker, the twin fields of bioinformatics (the use of computing technologies to sequence, catalog, and patent genes) and biocomputing (the use of DNA to do computational work) are moving beyond the dualism of “technology as tool” and “body as meat” upon which the tool works by interleaving the biological and digital domains (6-7). Bardini is less utopian than Thacker about bioinformatics, which becomes the ideal site for biocapital investment, Junkware contends, when molecular biology is seduced and subsumed by a “deluge of data” (22).
     
    Tracing the semantic distinctions among junk, garbage, and trash, Bardini goes on to claim for junk DNA—and for the wider junk culture he surveys—not an absence of function but rather the possibility of future “usability” (66). This claim leads into a theoretical riff on teleology (Aristotle’s final causes), loops (especially feedback loops), and folds (from Deleuze and Guattari). The specter of junk DNA yokes this matrix of citations, and shows that molecular biology is not causal but “loopy”: structured around loops within loops of DNA that are both subject and object of a genetic program. Bardini provocatively concludes here that the program metaphor makes rather than describes a reality by turning us into computing beings and DNA into our new brand; at the same time, genetics becomes an information science. Bioinformatics is the quintessential example of this sea change as a “big yet distributed” experimental practice, the engine of which is a “new cyber-proletarian class” whose work revolves at once around repetitive routines and iterative tinkering (Bardini 83). The upshot of all this? To cite Bardini, the “biological understanding of life has become a software problem,” while natural history has lost its once prominent status within the life sciences (87; emphasis in original). As such, junk is not the “dark matter” that troubles the ideological assumptions and experimental practices of biology but rather the “best remaining opportunity for data mining” (89).
     
    In Chapter Three, Bardini turns to what he calls pseudo-scientific views on junk DNA that move wildly away from the Central Dogma and its cybernetic metaphors. While the chapter is the least fleshed-out part of a book that has an otherwise elegant structure, it does provide us a glimpse of the unsettling partnership—collusion, one might say—between intelligent design proponents and disaffected scientists. This “fuzzy configuration” includes those who interpret junk DNA as evidence of the so-called “Zero Point Field” concept promoted by the Institute of Noetic Sciences, which views all matter as connected in a “bio-quantum Web” (100, 109; emphasis in original). Bardini concludes Part One of Junkware on a cryptic note by offering us a bizarre interview he conducted with Colm Kelleher, who left a career in molecular biology to work on intelligent design for a Las Vegas billionaire and National Institute for Discovery Science funder.
     
    Part Two of the book moves from this “molecular” lens on junk DNA to what Bardini terms, borrowing from biological terminology, a “molar” level of analysis through which he fleshes out the post-genomic era’s socio-cultural forms of junk. “Homo Nexus, Disaffected Subject” (the subtitle of Chapter Five) opens with Canadian science fiction writer Alfred Elton van Voght’s cult hit The Voyage of the Space Beagle, which imagines a future transdisciplinary science centered at the aptly named Nexial Foundation. Bardini launches from this text to explore the link between nexus and junk: a link that is at once semantic and socio-economic. “Today you are whom you produce,” he argues. “You are the producer of the appearance of reality that is called ‘your life.’ You are the offered and yet invisible image of the spectacle of your intimacy” (155).
     
    Chapter Six (“Presence of Junk”), the book’s penultimate, is its most compelling. In it, Bardini moves across a fascinating set of primary materials to argue that junk is not just the name given to the non-coding, not-yet-understood part of DNA, but also the “binding principle” that holds contemporary society together: “what we ingest (junk food), where we live (junk space), what we trade frantically (junk bonds), our communications (junk mail), our (more or less) recreational drugs (just junk)” (169). The key question of Junkware here becomes, “How, and when exactly, did our culture turn to junk?” (169). While Bardini does not fully answer this interrogative, he does offer several provocative cultural instances of junkware: Philip K. Dick’s narrative image of kipple, Rem Koolhaas’s architectural theory of “junkspace,” Derrida’s philosophical account of the virus, and scientist-turned-Unabomber Ted Kaczynski’s “junkyard bombs.” Put simply, junk is for Bardini the organizing rubric of the culture that comes after postmodernism. It is, to invoke Jameson, the logic of genetic capitalism.
     
    Bardini gestures toward a potential counter-culture within this post-genomic society by way of a final analysis of the contemporary avant-garde movement known as bioart. Practitioner Julie Reodica has offered the most cogent definition of bioart as both an art praxis and a social movement: in bioart, she writes, “an artist utilizes emerging biotechnologies from the scientific and medical fields in the creation of an artwork” that works to turn those technologies away from their commercial and ideological procedures (414-15). Bardini discusses three such bioart projects: the tactical media work of Critical Art Ensemble and the transgenic art of Joe Davis and of Eduardo Kac. Bardini separates bioart into two broad categories: (1) inscriptions of text into bacterial DNA that do not alter the genetic code but instead add to the host organism’s junk DNA, and (2) inscriptions that alter the DNA so as to create new proteins and, in some cases, new forms of life. At once technical and participatory, Kac’s 1999 installation “Genesis” translated Genesis 1.26 into Morse code and then, via a conversion principle, into a DNA sequence. With the help of medical researchers, Kac had the sequence (along with a fluorescent marker) inserted into an E. coli bacteria population. The genetically modified bacteria were then installed in a gallery space under a video projector and UV light, to encourage growth and to aid spectators in viewing the bacteria. Via a project website, participants could choose to change the amount of UV light to which the bacteria were exposed and thus affect the rate of bacterial growth and mutation. At the installation’s close, the now mutated “artist’s gene” (as Kac termed it) was translated back into a presumably nonsense sentence in English.
     
    In What is Posthumanism?, Cary Wolfe argues that Kac’s particular take on bioart is not representational in any conventional sense. Rather, Wolfe explains, “Kac’s theatricalization of visuality” shows us “what must be witnessed is not just what we can see” (167). Bardini extends this claim by observing that “the visible has given way to the readable” in this multimedia form of art, which is also, as I have argued elsewhere, a form of routinized scientific practice (202-203). Bardini’s case study on bioart leads into a culminating definition of the book’s often spectral title word: junkware. In bioart, contemporary culture moves from the “Body without Organs (BwO) to the Organs without Body (OwB)” (204). Bioart, as Raley suggests, thus offers one of the more radical performances and critiques of biocapitalism. For Bardini, “bioartists thus create pieces that link computational systems (hardware and software) and organic matter (wetware), sometimes creating hybrids or chimeras, monstrous or invisible (albeit readable) effects, all belonging to what I call junkware. In so doing they participate in the production of a body that is both, in fact, a new body and a reconfiguration of the original (‘natural’) body” (205). This claim for bioart highlights the central investments of Junkware: a thickly critical yet ultimately optimistic (not to mention playful) rejoinder to the cybernetic dogma of molecular biology, to the economic machinations of genetic capitalism, and to a trajectory in Foucauldian theory that focuses on power at the expense of attention to play. The final words of Junkware re-think the claims of Giorgio Agamben: “Let us attune our ears again to the clamors of being. No more single choices, no more present world as it is, but many compossible and incompossible worlds patiently awaiting their anamnesis. Not only ‘the memory of the time in which man was not yet man,’ but also this memory of a time to come in which overman was not man anymore” (214).
     

    Allison Carruth is Assistant Professor of English and core faculty member in Environmental Studies at the University of Oregon. On leave from Oregon, she is serving as Associate Director for the Program in Science, Technology and Society at Stanford University. She has published on twentieth-century literature, contemporary food culture and politics, and new media. Her first book project is titled Global Appetites: American Power and the Imagination of Food. She has recently begun a book project on bioart and the biotechnological imagination, tentatively titled The Transgenic Age.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Bardini, Thierry. Junkware. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2011. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. “Postscript on the Societies of Control.” October 59 (1992): 3-7. Web. 6 Sept.2011.
    • Raley, Rita. Tactical Media. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2009. Print.
    • Reodica, Julia. “hymNext Project.” New Literary History 38.3 (2007): 414-15. Web. 9 Aug.2009.
    • Rose, Nikolas. The Politics of Life Itself: Biomedicine, Power, and Subjectivity in the Twenty-First Century. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2007. Print.
    • Shukin, Nicole. Animal Capital: Rendering Life in Biopolitical Times. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2009. Print.
    • Strasser, Bruno J. “A World in One Dimension: Linus Pauling, Francis Crick and the Central Dogma of Molecular Biology.” History and Philosophy of the Life Sciences 28.4 (2006): 491-512. Print.
    • Thacker, Eugene. Biomedia. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2004. Print.
    • Watson, James D. The Double Helix: A Personal Account of the Discovery of the Structure of DNA. Ed. Gunther S. Stent. New York: Norton, 1980. Print.
    • Wolfe, Cary. What is Posthumanism? Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2010. Print.

     

  • Technology Talks Back: On Communication, Contemporary Art, and the New Museum Exhibition

    Ioana Literat (bio)
    University of Southern California
    iliterat@usc.edu

    A review of Talk to Me, an exhibition at the Museum of Modern Art (MOMA), July 24th to November 7th.

     

     
    Talk to Me, an exhibition at the Museum of Modern Art (MOMA) in New York, is a paradigmatic collection of new media artistic experiments and an open experimental space in itself. The theme of the event, now one of the foundations of 21st century design concepts, is the communication between people and objects. “Whether openly and actively or in subtle, subliminal ways, things talk to us,” says Paola Antonelli, the senior curator of the exhibition, on the welcome page of the website. “They do not all speak up: some use text, diagrams, visual interfaces, or even scent and temperature: others just keep us company in eloquent silence.” Talk to Me investigates this subtle but ubiquitous communicative relation, and in the process of interrogating it, makes an influential statement on the expanding taxonomies of postmodern communication.
     
    The exhibition is organized around five subcategories (objects, bodies, life, city, world, and double entendre), all speaking to the dialogue – textual, paratextual or, most often, atextual – between us and the objects and technologies that increasingly structure our quotidian existence. In this sense, the exhibition – in light of both its content and its installation in a modern art museum – can be read as evidence of the broadening, convergent spectrum of contemporary art, design, and engineering categories. These concepts, Talk to Me seems to be suggesting, are evolving (and converging), just like the categories of communication are broadening (and converging).
     
    Ms. Antonelli launched a fascinating discussion this past June when she suggested, at the Aspen Ideas Festival, that we “start treating museums as the R&D departments of society” (Aspen Institute). Talk to Me, as a paragon of this impulse, brings up important questions about the image and function of the museum exhibition in the 21st century and beyond. And the collective identity of the artists represented in this exhibition is a telling sign of this fresh direction. Going through all the exhibits, the visitor is struck by the very young age of the designers (most of them born after 1980), and by the multitude of countries and cultures represented. This is truly a global generation of young artists and designers, and seeing their creations build such a coherent, unified statement on the future of communication is indeed exhilarating.
     
    The technologies and artifacts on view have varying degrees of social utility, but they all function, on a sociocultural level, as personal statements on technology and culture, and the increasingly complicated relationship between the two. A crucial argument that the exhibition seems to be making is that we have reached a point where it is imperative to recognize this association and its vital implications in terms of social progress, innovation and cultural introspection. As scholar and media designer Anne Balsamo writes, “continuing to bifurcate the technological from the cultural not only makes probable consequences unthinkable, but also severely limits the imaginative space of innovation in the first place” (4). From this perspective, Talk to Me is an argument against this artificial bifurcation, and a call to recognize the cultural impact of technological developments, as contemporary innovation continues to accelerate. Beyond a showcase of design ingenuity, each exhibit is, at its core, a statement on this cultural impact, and a tentative verdict on the multifaceted relationship between technology and culture – as either beneficial, dangerous or, oftentimes, a mixture of the two.
     
    The exhibits that speak to enhancement, and to the enabling potential of new interactive technologies, are some of the most inspiring pieces in the collection. Their statement is a hopeful one, emphasizing the empowering potential of design and technology. In one of the most emotionally powerful exhibits, we are presented with the EyeWriter, a technology which enabled a graffiti artist to continue drawing from his hospital bed, after being completely paralyzed by amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS): the EyeWriter captures his eye movements and projects his graffiti designs in real time from his hospital bed to downtown LA – all with just a laptop computer and $50 worth of equipment. Several innovations are targeted at facilitating the communication of visually impaired users: the be-B Braille Education Ball and the Rubik’s Cube for the Blind are two fantastic devices exemplifying the promising potential of technology in enabling the human body to overcome its limitations.
     
    In addition to empowerment, another optimistic idea the exhibition showcases is the concept of enhancement via technology, and thus a key theme that runs through the exhibition is that of the constantly reimagined relationship between the familiar and the new. Sebastian Bettencourt’s project, for instance, aptly titled Beyond the Fold, is a prototype for a newspaper of the future but, unlike many other similar technologies and interfaces aiming for this goal, Bettencourt’s creation foregoes the inclusion of buttons, icons and similar digital interface elements, and opts instead to focus on the newspaper’s “spatial properties, presence, and relationship to a reader’s motions.” Quintessentially, usage relies on familiar motions associated with the act of browsing through a newspaper: thus, the device is activated by unfolding it, content is navigated by physically turning the page, and the visual information is refreshed by shaking the device. According to the designer, the aim of this device is to take advantage of modern technological affordances, while honoring the traditional ritual of reading the newspaper. And this – this transcendental mixture of technology and ritual – is precisely what is highlighted in Soner Ozenc’s El Sajjadah, a Muslim prayer rug that makes use of electroluminescent printing technologies to point the person in the direction of Mecca, increasing its brightness as it is rotated in the correct direction.
     
    Oftentimes, this fusion of the familiar and the new means a blend of the real and the virtual, and many of the exhibits dealing with the idea of technological enhancement are quintessential experiments with virtuality. Keiichi Matsuda’s ambitious Augmented City 3D is a hybrid depiction of urban space as an “immersive human-computer interface,” where the quotidian experience of living and functioning in an urban milieu is enhanced by a layer of augmented reality – storing, organizing and displaying digital information along a sophisticated yet familiar three-dimensional space. In the same vein, a whimsical exhibit called Chromaroma, by the design company Mudlark, similarly builds on an existing – and oh-so-familiar – infrastructure and augments it, via technology, to create an exciting and completely new social and cultural platform. Chromaroma is a social game aiming to retrieve the wonder of play and the pleasure of the journey, turning a banal subway trip on the London underground into a real-time social game. Commuters play the game using their Oyster cards – a form of electronic subway tickets – and are placed in teams where they win points for each subway journey and can choose to complete a series of missions. According to the game description,
     

    some missions rely on an evolving story line (such as a diamond heist or a ghost hunt), and others have players altering their daily routines (getting off a stop earlier or going all the way to the end of the line) in order to gain a new perspective on the city. The players’ physical movements are recorded by their Oyster cards and can be charted on three-dimensional interactive maps and published on Twitter or Facebook, making everyday journeys into social experiences.

     

    In addition, it is surprisingly low-tech within the spectrum of the present exhibition and beyond: the game does not rely on smartphone technology and is accessible to any subway user with a low-cost Oyster card.

     
    Designs like Matsuda’s and Mudlark’s are underpinned by a vision of the virtual augmenting the real, without displacing it. At the same time, however, Talk to Me features exhibits that suggest the perilous consequences of this convergence, and of the ubiquity of communication technologies in our personal and social lives. The displacement of reality by virtual perception seems to be the warning evoked by Marc Owen’s Avatar Machine, which toys with the notion of self-presence, and our (post)modern conception of our own bodies. Owen’s innovation is “a wearable apparatus (including a camera on the back) that simulates the third-person gaming experience in real space, down to the spiky helmet, padded torso, and armored gloves.” The user controls his or her own avatar, but simultaneously sees it in the traditional videogame mode, “as if hovering a few feet behind.” During the testing of his Avatar Machine in public spaces, Owens noticed that the modified perspective of their own bodies led users to involuntarily pick up gaming movements and behaviors, such as taking larger steps and swinging their arms in motion – a fascinating finding that evokes the increasingly blurred line between real and virtual perceptions.
     
    An important number of exhibits represent statements on the dangerous sociocultural implications of technologies pushed to the extreme, which most often have to do, in the context of the exhibition, with the erosion of interpersonal communication and authentic social relations. Therefore, in contrast to the exhibits rejoicing in the idea of technological enhancement, these artistic pieces take the form of an evocative, poignant dystopia, one, where the line between comfort and conflict is unnervingly – and fabulously – thin. In Reyer Zwiggelaar and Bashar Rajoub’s project Happylife, a special camera equipped with biometric sensors detects fluctuations in a person’s mood by taking thermal images of his or her face. In the project description, its designers envision it being used to prevent future criminal activity (yes, Minority Report does come to mind) and even “keeping the peace at home.” The technology is designed to differentiate between family members using facial recognition software and “a dial, one for each family member, registers current and predicted emotional states, based on data accumulated over the years by the machine.” The designers, together with writer and poet Richard M. Turley, have even created vignettes of its familial use in the household. These imaginary scenarios are simultaneously touching and eerily disturbing: “It was that time of the year. All of the Happylife prediction dials had spun anti-clockwise, like barometers reacting to an incoming storm. We lost David 4 years ago and the system was anticipating our coming sadness. We found this strangely comforting.” But would it really be comforting? The artist-scientists are currently looking for research subjects, so perhaps soon enough we shall know.
     
    From German designer Jonas Loh comes the equally grave Amæ Apparatus, which he calls “an early-warning system for stressed-out people, soliciting sympathy and allowing assistance to be provided in a timely manner.” The concept was born out of his concern regarding the high suicide rates in professional environments, caused by the suppression of feelings in the workplace. Thus, the Apparatus, worn like a backpack, makes the wearer’s feelings explicit to those around him by interpreting stress levels through a skin sensor; then, “color-coded smoke erupts from a spout in a canister to alert coworkers to various emotional states.”
     
    And for those busy women out there, those digitally native daughters of the new millennium, young artist Revital Cohen brings us the Artificial Biological Clock, a pseudoindustrial manifesto on the female detachment from natural body rhythms, womanhood, and childbearing. As the project description has it,

    A woman no longer in touch with her body’s rhythms could rely on the Artificial Biological Clock to remind her of her fertility’s ‘temporary and fragile nature.’ The clock is fed information via an online service from her doctor, therapist, and bank manager. When these complex factors align perfectly, the clock lets her know that she is ready to have a child.

    Doctor, therapist, and bank manager? One cannot help but smile. The bra-burning days are gone, sisters. We have reached an unexpected apex.

     
    On a macro level, beyond the cultural commentaries that the individual exhibits are making, Talk to Me is a statement on the changing role of the museum in the 21st century, and the shifting practices of curating, viewing and appreciating artwork that accompany this transformation. The exhibition was put together by Paola Antonelli by crowdsourcing curation on the MOMA website in the months prior to its opening, where the larger public was able to suggest artworks to be included, as well as comment on others’ suggestions. The practice of viewing and experiencing the exhibits was similarly collective in nature. A sign at the entrance of the pavilion advised visitors that “digital technology can enhance your experience of the exhibition,” and viewers were encouraged to engage with the artworks via the Internet and social media. Each piece was accompanied by a QR code, which provided multimedia context to the work, and by a Twitter hashtag allowing visitors to share their thoughts on the artifacts.
     
    In a recent conference paper, Bautista and Balsamo introduce the concept of the “distributed museum” to account for the changes in the traditional cultural role and scope of the museum in the digital age; according to this argument, the traditional museum, enhanced by social media-based participatory activities and digital communication technologies, is gradually becoming a distributed learning space transcending its physical location. MOMA’s Talk to Me is a rich exponent of this transformation, allowing for a distributed engagement with the exhibition by means of social media (Twitter) and web-based content (official website, QR links). In view of these shifting relations between visitor and exhibit, however, an important question to ponder is whether this new mode of engagement truly enhances the experience of viewing and perceiving artwork. And while the digital integration of hashtags or QR codes in this experience provides context and allows for a more social mode of engagement, does it sacrifice a more authentic sensory-based experience? Or does it do away with the distance between the art and the viewer, personalizing the experience and making it customized, social, and shared – just as we expect new technologies to do?
     
    While the answers to these inquiries will vary based on the type of exhibition in question, in the case of Talk to Me, the inclusion of new media tools and features is, arguably, an enhancement of the works presented, especially given the technocentric nature of the exhibition. The availability of videos and websites that provide context on the exhibits (via the QR codes that accompany them) does indeed allow for better comprehension and appreciation of the art works in this case, precisely because so many of them are digital applications that cannot be fully experienced in a gallery setting. In this way, the links and videos provide evidence of their practical use, and help contextualize the social and cultural function of each exhibit, as envisioned by its creators. In addition, the ability to take part in a collective commentary on the works presented, via Twitter, is in tune with the overall theme of the exhibition – technology and communication – and provides a welcome forum for debate and criticism.
     
    There are, nevertheless, lingering challenges embedded in these new parameters of participation, and it is vital that they are not glossed over amidst the enthusiasm of embracing these novel digital tools. Specifically, how integral are these contextual digital experiences to the comprehension and appreciation of the exhibits themselves? And, very importantly, who is excluded as a result of this new mode of engagement? Especially when these digital experiences are a crucial part of the engagement with the artwork, there is an inherent risk – as well as an ethical challenge – in excluding a whole section of the public that may not have the material tools or the sociocultural capital to participate in this manner; this situation, furthermore, is in direct conflict with the desire for widened participation that represents the original impulse behind this digital integration.
     

    Ioana Literat is a doctoral student in the Annenberg School of Communication at the University of Southern California, and a researcher for Project New Media Literacies. Her research interests lie at the intersection of digital technologies, education and art. She is currently exploring the educational, cultural and transnational aspects of digital participation, and developing an analytical taxonomy of online crowdsourced art.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Aspen Institute. “Daily Dispatch from the 2011 Aspen Ideas Festival.” 28 Jun. 2011. Web. Sept.2011.
    • Balsamo, Anne. Designing culture: The technological imagination at work. Durham: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
    • ——— and Susana Bautista. “Understanding the distributed museum: mapping the spaces of museology in contemporary culture.” Museums and the Web 2011: proceedings. Ed. J. Trant and D. Beaman. Archives & Museum Informatics. 31 Mar. 2011. Web. Oct. 2011.
       
  • How To Be a Theory Dinosaur

    Jordan Alexander Stein (bio)
    University of Colorado at Boulder
    jordan.a.stein@colorado.edu

     
    Since the 1990s, internet surfers have enjoyed a proliferation of online serial comics. Though similar in design to many print comics, webcomics are distinguished by their accessibility, as they are effectively free and updated regularly (often daily). As of 2007, the number of webcomics in production globally was estimated to be in the tens of thousands (Manley). Webcomics have little in common as a genre besides their internet publication platform. Different webcomics use different media forms (including illustration, clip art, or animation), and different webcomics have very different styles of humor. Several, such as xkcd and Ph.D. Comics, take the life of the mind as their object of satire. Yet only one webcomic manages not only to thematize intellectual life, but also to contribute to it.
     
    Designed by Canadian writer and computer programmer Ryan North, Dinosaur Comics (or Qwantz for its domain name, qwantz.com) is a webcomic that first appeared in its current form on February 1, 2003.1 Since that time, it has been syndicated in several newspapers and published in two print collections, and it has spawned a sizable amount of retail merchandise, including t-shirts. Dinosaur Comics has developed something of a cult following, and its geeky mixture of highbrow philosophy and theoretical science with adolescent imaginings and corny humor has earned it wide-spread acclaim—and a central place in my undergraduate literary theory lectures.
     
    This comic proves teachable for at least two reasons. First, as I will elaborate below, the comic emphasizes dialogue over drawing. Its three principal characters are constructed primarily out of words. This emphasis on language dovetails nicely with many of the theoretical lessons taught in an average introductory literary theory course: lessons about the ties that bind language to power, the difference between speech and writing, the relation of ideology to symbols, and, especially, the role of language in subject formation. Moreover, the comic explores not just the fact of linguistic construction, but the act of constructing itself. Thus, the second reason Dinosaur Comics is teachable: it turns the stumbling drama of learning to think abstractly about the world toward humorous ends. The comic offers its readers the opportunity to watch others thinking, enabling the pleasures of identification alongside the challenges of theorizing.
     
    Dinosaur Comics realizes this heady combination of elements using only six frames and three main characters, chief among whom is a Tyrannosaurus rex named T-rex. We quickly learn that T-rex is a dinosaur with big ideas, farcical commitments to logic, and a deep desire to appear cool. His thoughts take the form of theoretical speculation. The first two panels of Dinosaur Comics feature T-rex by himself, making an assertion or two. He often imagines how cool it would be to find himself in a particular situation—testifying as a witness in a murder trial, for instance, or enjoying a clean house. Like the logical propositions that initiate Socratic questioning, his assertions start a dialogue whose endpoint is often amusingly far from the original statement. The reason T-rex might enjoy being called as a witness in a murder trial, for example, is that he could enter into the court’s official records an announcement of how awesome he is (see Fig. 1).
     

    Dinosaur Comics #213  © Ryan North. Used by permission.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 1.

    Dinosaur Comics #213

    © Ryan North. Used by permission.

     
    Other Dinosaur Comics installments begin with recognizable theoretical postulates: an evolutionary principle like island dwarfism, or a description of the Turing Test (which determines whether machines are capable of intelligent behavior), or a redaction of a post-Kantian Romantic philosophy which posits that individual consciousness adjudicates moral value.
     
    Regardless of whether the initial proposition comes from T-rex’s imagination or from someone else’s, the course of events is generally the same. Following T-rex’s initial proposition, he will distort the theory, either by applying it speciously (and perhaps failing to see any likely consequences) or by misrecognizing a minor aspect as the main point. Thus, evolutionary theory becomes meaningful because it is cute (Fig. 4 below), moral theory because it is indulgent, and emotional bonds because they are sexually arousing. Inevitably, T-rex will overdescribe his idea, rendering it absurd through extreme though uneven embellishment. These overdescriptions may meet with some resistance from another character, Dromiceiomimus, in the third panel, but the real challenge to T-rex’s ideas occurs in the fourth and fifth panels where he discusses the matter with Utahraptor, who dispels T-rex’s theories with logic, empirical demonstration, and friendly disapproval. Most often, Utahraptor shows that T-rex’s overdescriptions are entirely arbitrary. For example, when T-rex demands of his friends their opinions as to whether they prefer love or sex, Utahraptor refuses the rules of the game and insists that he likes both. In the final panel, a frustrated T-rex typically attempts a zinging retort to the sense that Utahraptor makes, very often confirming Utahraptor’s point instead.
     
    Dialogue is so key to the design of Dinosaur Comics because the comic otherwise eschews many of the conventions of graphic storytelling. Dinosaur Comics is a constrained comic, meaning that it uses the same artwork in every installment (Baetens). This version of constrained comic writing was popularized in the 1980s by David Lynch’s print comic, The Angriest Dog in the World, and it continues to be used in other syndicated comics such as This Modern World. In the case of Dinosaur Comics, North has generated more than 2000 comics with the same artwork. The scene is fixed in the very first installment:
     

    Dinosaur Comics #1  © Ryan North. Used by permission.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 2.

    Dinosaur Comics #1

    © Ryan North. Used by permission.

     
    The house and the little girl whom T-rex threatens to stomp in the fourth panel are part of the action of the comic, and the discussion around whether or not to stomp forms the crisis of the narrative. Yet neither the comic nor this installment is really about stomping. The house and girl hover in a state of potential annihilation, yet they are never annihilated. Instead, they return installment after installment in a kind of paleontological Groundhog Day. But if these same elements-to-be-stomped recur in every installment, they often do so with far less discussion and thematic weight than they receive in the first installment. Likewise, other elements that appear in this first installment carry less significance here than they will in other installments. Dromiceiomimus, for example, does not speak in the third panel, though she often will later on. The constrained form of the comic reduces the world—its environments, plots, and characters —to a neat and repetitive system.
     
    Though characters in a constrained comic have no power to act in any way that disrupts the comic’s systematicity, they nevertheless have remarkable license to talk. Thus, instead of capitalizing on visual representations to tell its stories, Dinosaur Comics anchors its narrative progression in language. The encounters with Dromiceiomimus in the third panel and with Utahraptor in the fourth and fifth serve as foils for T-rex’s various misadventures. Often, one of these characters’ comments is relayed to the other character. In other installments, a character remains silent within a panel, adding a complex texture to the scene via the constrained form; in the first installment, Dromiceiomimus remains silent as T-rex prepares to stomp the wooden house from another time. She may or may not be in favor of T-rex’s stomping, but her presence in this panel creates ambiguity about her attitude. Her silent witnessing suggests both horror and complicity, leaving open the question of whether T-rex’s stomping is a psychic challenge to her, or a solicitation of her favor, or some sadistic combination of these options. At the same time, Utahraptor’s cry of “WAIT” exploits the fact that T-rex’s stomping is drawn in the middle of its action. T-rex cannot but wait, for we never see him begin or end the task to which his powerful foot is recurrently set. Through both language and silence, Dinosaur Comics makes careful use of its constrained design, posing its iconological fixity against its narrative dialogue. In this way, the graphic constraints of the comic are often reflexively incorporated into the plots of various installments. Dinosaur Comics is not a means of graphic storytelling so much as an ironically illustrated language game (see Fig. 3).
     

    Dinosaur Comics #121  © Ryan North. Used by permission.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 3.

    Dinosaur Comics #121

    © Ryan North. Used by permission.

     
    Indeed, the most original use of graphics in this comic has less to do with visual images in the conventional sense than with the graphic representation of language. Linguists generally define “language” as a complex coordination of sound and meaning whose complexity is poorly approximated by alphabetic writing. As anyone who knows something about the history of literary studies can tell you, this emphasis on linguistic sound and meaning (and the grammatical rules that systematically link them together) once dominated literary studies for a long and boring time. In those days, what is now the study of literature was instead called “philology.” Though this word translates roughly as “the love of language,” it produced some astonishingly dry and rather unlovable propositions.2 Though philology is no longer a dominant course of literary study, an old-fashioned emphasis on syntax and semantics, on sound and sense, persisted well into the twentieth century. This emphasis sent not a few literature students running to embrace visual storytelling, from illustrated books to graphic novels.
     
    In such a context, it becomes clear that part of the genius of Dinosaur Comics is its determination to treat writing not as alternative to graphic representation, but as a species of it. In the first installment, we see a handful of these alphabetic graphics: the onomatopoeic “*gasp*” in panel two, the all-majuscule “WAIT” in panel four, the parenthetical “problem(s)” of panels five and six. Each of these examples uses the graphic representation of language to nuance the meaning of words in the context of their use, whether to create humor (*gasp*), emphasis (WAIT), or ambiguity (problem(s)). This interest in the graphic representation of language appears throughout the run of Dinosaur Comics. In other installments, God and the Devil will speak from out of frame, in capital letters (the Devil in red-colored text). On rare occasions, individual panels will be surrounded by a cloud bubble, suggesting that the entire scene is a dream or fantasy. In a few episodes, a dwarf elephant names Mr. Tusks appears out of frame, usually making a gentlemanly pun about his own diminutive status, for he is often in “a tiny bit of trouble” (see Fig. 4 below).
     

    Dinosaur Comics # 1078  © Ryan North. Used by permission.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 4.

    Dinosaur Comics # 1078

    © Ryan North. Used by permission.

     
    But here again, graphic representation works in the service of the dialogical drama that is the real motor of Dinosaur Comics.
     
    By propelling its characters through dialogue rather than through more traditional forms of graphic storytelling, Dinosaur Comics raises questions about the ties between language and personality. These questions are not, of course, unique to this forum. Many psychologists and psychoanalysts have proposed that the acquisition of language is a significant act in the development of our individual personalities. At the same time, scholars of language acquisition are keenly aware that the language we acquire is not individual at all. We learn to speak and think in a system that pre-exists us, though we manage to make this language ours through particular ways of using it. Indeed, the ways in which we organize the world in our minds and through our words can be quite individual. At a grammatical level, language is a shared system, but at a stylistic level, language accommodates our individual expressions.
     
    Accordingly, what we see when Utahraptor and T-rex debate in panels four and five is that each has a very different style of linguistic self-presentation. T-rex makes grand assertions, using idealistic terms and displaying hyperbolic impulses. Utahraptor is more modest in his expressions, asking questions and making distinctions with an eye toward clarification. In one installment, for example, T-rex announces that “When you spend your time talking to a T-rex… Everyone’s a winner!” only to find that this goodwill pronouncement collapses around Utahraptor’s insistence that he define the term “winner” (see Fig. 5 below). T-rex’s scheme is punctured by his failure to know what the words he uses actually mean.
     

    Dinosaur Comics #164  © Ryan North. Used by permission.

    Click for larger view

    Fig. 5.

    Dinosaur Comics #164

    © Ryan North. Used by permission.

     
    Though T-rex is often a victim of his own illogic, it would be inaccurate to say that Dinosaur Comics is somehow trying to advocate for logical thinking. Instead, by following T-rex’s wild premises, we encounter a small bit of wisdom: logic is only ever as good as the logician.
     
    Through myriad scenarios of misspeaking, misrecognition, and misconstrual, Dinosaur Comics demonstrates that thinking is a matter of style. It is this lesson, above all others, that nominates Dinosaur Comics as a teaching tool for students of literary theory. The comic brilliantly dramatizes the kinds of leaps in logic, idiosyncratic associations, and rowdy misapplications that people can (and, I would insist, should) experience as they come into contact with big ideas for the first time. Moreover, this dramatization is cruelty-free. T-rex aspires to be cooler than he can ever be, but the joke is very rarely on him. Instead, his backfiring ideas and limitations in reasoning seem entirely charming, as when, in one installment, T-rex objects to the idea of authorship because he thinks it is racist, though he evidently misunderstands both these key terms. Though such a proposition fails to work as an abstract idea, it proves entirely palatable when its failure can be read as a personality trait. Readers are invited to identify with T-rex’s aspirations to coolness, even though (and indeed, because) he fails to achieve them. When you spend your time reading about a T-rex, hubris and hyperbole turn out to be kissing cousins. In this respect, reading about a T-rex provides a mise-en-abîme for some of the challenges of thinking theoretically.
     
    But if, as I have been suggesting, Dinosaur Comics provides a trenchant and gently comic take on the processes of abstract thinking, the question remains, why is this drama enacted with dinosaurs? After all, dinosaurs are figures of decrepitude or disappearance. To call someone or something “a dinosaur” is to suggest a kind irreversible obsolescence. Dinosaurs are extinct, yet I have presented the value of Dinosaur Comics in terms of its canny ability to figure an encounter with new thoughts. One explanation for why representatives of the old feature in a story of encountering the new may be that the contradiction complies with the comic’s ironic demonstrations. Such an explanation would follow from W.J.T. Mitchell’s observation that more dinosaurs exist now in representation than ever lived on planet Earth. From this observation, Mitchell concludes that a fascination with dinosaurs has more to tell us about ourselves than about these extinct creatures. Of course, not every child is fascinated by dinosaurs, just as not every student is interested in literary theory. But in either case, whether or not one enjoys or pursues the thing ultimately says less about the thing itself than about the person who has the interest (or lacks it). Dinosaurs are an occasion, not a goal.
     
    To put the matter somewhat differently, Dinosaur Comics is far less focused on exploring any particular theory than on exploring the act of theorizing itself. As a result, its various installments cover a breathtaking range of theoretical propositions—from Marxism to Buddhism, computer science to queer theory—in order to show that any theory in the wrong (or, perhaps, the right) hands could become a conceptual mess. Theory, the comic shows us, is what we make of it. Thinking is an act of becoming, one of the more important ways in which we learn who we are. And through the lightness of comedy and the pleasures of identification, readers of Dinosaur Comics learn that we are all theory dinosaurs.
     

    Jordan Alexander Stein teaches early American Studies and queer theory at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Among his publications is a co-edited volume, Early African American Print Culture (University of Pennsylvania Press, 2012).
     

    Footnotes

     
    1. Thanks to Ryan North for allowing me to reprint these images. Thanks also to Eyal Amiran, Robert Chang, and Lara Cohen.

     
    2. Case in point: “Poetic texts,” according to the eminent Swiss philologist Ferdinand de Saussure, “are valuable documents as evidence about pronunciation” (36).
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Baetens, Jan. “Comic Strips and Constrained Writing.” Image and Narrative 7 (Oct. 2003). Web. 1 Nov. 2011.
    • Manley, Joey. “The Number of Webcomics in the World.” ComicSpace Blog (3 Jan. 2007). Web. 1 Nov. 2011.
    • Mitchell, W.J.T. The Last Dinosaur Book: The Life and Times of a Cultural Icon. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1998. Print.
    • Saussure, Ferdinand de. Course in General Linguistics. Trans. Roy Harris. Chicago: Open Court, 1982. Print.
       
  • Material Deviance: Theorizing Queer Objecthood

    Scott Herring (bio)
    Indiana University, Bloomington
    tsherrin@indiana.edu

    Abstract
     
    Using the cable television show Hoarders as its primary case study, this essay offers a theory of “material deviance” that fuses a primary interest of material culture studies—the social status of objects—with a central concern of queer studies—the roles that deviance and normalization play in social management. Placing these two disciplines together enables us to interrogate supposedly abnormal uses of material cultures, uses that are seen as abnormal not only in terms of their sexual object choice. This disciplinary conjunction allows us to scrutinize how object pathology and aberrant object conduct such as hoarding can upset normative social boundaries.
     
    The argument consequently teases out aspects of non-normativity present in material culture studies and aspects of material dissidence featured in queer studies. It charts a provisional theory for non-normative material relations to consider how materiality queers individuals beyond sexual identity, and it simultaneously tracks suspect and pleasurable queer object relations inherent in contemporary material practices such as extreme accumulation.
     

     

    In August 2009 the American cable network A&E (Arts & Entertainment) released the iniial installment of its reality series Hoarders. The docudrama’s setup was elementary: juxtapose the biographies of two individuals castigated as hoarders and spend an hour with their difficulty discarding stuff. The second episode, for instance, introduces Patty, a genial-seeming housewife who confesses that police officers removed her children from her home because of unbridled collecting. “Nobody knows and I’m sure they would be very shocked,” she not-so-secretly confides to the camera, “and especially since, you know, we basically aside from this have a very normal life” (“Patty and Bill”). Cut several minutes later to Bill Squib, a retiree from Massachusetts whose pack rat tendencies (tools, magazines, and computer gadgets) are straining his marriage to the point of possible divorce. The saga continues: Hoarders brings in a behavioral psychotherapist who assesses the psychologies of both parties and a certified professional organizer who assesses their clutter. Next befuddled clean-up crews arrive as battles royal heat up between Patty, Bill, and their respective kin over possession disposal. Closing credits cap the show and inform viewers whether or not the subjects successfully cleaned up their lives.
     
    In many ways iconic, these two sensationalized stories epitomize A&E’s promotional claim that “each sixty minute episode . . . is a fascinating look inside the lives of two different people whose inability to part with their belongings is so out of control that they are on the verge of a personal crisis” (“About the Show”). Oddly enough, Hoarders was intended as “an addition to a block of ‘lifestyle’ programming—’Trading Spaces’ meets hoarding,” to quote one producer, but “the pilot’s tone was completely off, and it had to be reconceived, refilmed, in a starker documentary style” (Walker). With this home improvement angle failing to attract viewers, Hoarders was reformatted as a small-scale freak show, and like a rash of competing TV series (Hoarding: Buried Alive, Clean House, and Obsessed) and earlier documentary films (Stuffed, My Mother’s Garden), its revised formula stressed the sordid spectacle of those whose material lives do not conform to normative standards of what we might call object conduct—the manner by which individuals socially and personally engage with matter. As it featured starker documentary footage from hoarded spaces across class, racial, sexual, and generational divides, A&E’s makeover worked well. “It’s like a train wreck,” gushed one online fan. “I don’t want to see things like that but I couldn’t stop looking” (Katewilson).
     
    Yet while this revamped Hoarders proved a ratings dream (current episodes hover close to two million viewers), the show remains a nightmare for material culture. Better: the series offers a glimpse into what happens when material culture becomes a nightmare. Episode after episode features shell-shocked interviews with husbands and wives, sons and daughters, and friends and neighbors who cannot comprehend their loved one’s material object choices. June from California’s daughter: she “makes me feel sorry for her that she has emotional attachments to pencils” (“June and Doug”). Warren’s wife, Leann, from Long Island: “Having your home like this does take a piece of your soul” (“Gail and Warren”). And Lauren’s mother from Charlottesville, Virginia: “She shouldn’t have to think about a bottle of nail polish that deeply” (“Kerrylea and Lauren”).
     
    Some featured hoarders have a different take on their stuff. A few refuse the show’s title outright. Dale from Boston: “I’m not crazy” (“their mind is different,” counters his on-site social worker) (“Chris and Dale”). And Shannon from Spanaway, Washington: “I wouldn’t want people to judge me and say you are a disgusting person for the way you live” (“Julie and Shannon”). Others betray—or feign—ignorance about hoarding as a clinical diagnosis. Linda from Virginia: “I never knew that hoarding was a disorder. Collecting things just seemed to happen” (“Linda and Todd”). Still others highlight the social disgrace that the identity-category “hoarder” carries. Missy from Atlanta: “There are really hurtful words that come when you live like this. Pig. Filthy. Disgusting. Freak” (“Paul/Missy and Alex”). And some try to depathologize their supposedly dysfunctional behavior. “This isn’t weird to me,” states Kerrylea from Washington. “This is normal” (“Kerrylea and Lauren”). In sum, even as most find themselves queered—made strange and abnormal—by the show’s format, many nevertheless refuse the rubric of the materially aberrant.
     
    I’m intrigued by the way these individuals negotiate the trope of queerness throughout the show’s accounts of their stuff, and I employ queer throughout my argument as a term that applies not only to accounts of sexual nonconformity but also to other non-normative identities such as that of a hoarder and the material practices attached to that name. Noting in a foundational essay that queerness “cannot be assimilated to a single discourse” (343), Lauren Berlant and Michael Warner emphasize that the word is not to be predetermined: “We want to prevent the reduction of queer theory to a specialty” given that “queer theory is not the theory of anything in particular” (344). Most recently, Sara Ahmed advances this line of thought in a critique that I return to: “For some queer theories,” she finds, “‘the perverse’ [is] a useful starting point for thinking about the ‘disorientations’ of queer, and how it can contest not only heteronormative assumptions, but also social conventions and orthodoxies in general” (78). These claims for widening the range of perversions prompt us to think further about how possessions and their usage also become queer via discourses of contemporary object relations such as hoarding.
     
    I thus begin with a few snapshots of debased goods and filthy persons—and I return to them as my main case study—to suggest that cultural sites like Hoarders can benefit from analytical tools that meld the insights of both material culture studies and queer studies. While these interdisciplinary fields relate to and overlap everyday practices such as accumulating and disposing that are reflected in popular media such as cable television, this overlap is less apparent on the scholarly plane. As it brings their unique methodologies into dialogue, I contend that merging a primary interest of material culture studies—the social status of objects—with a central concern of queer studies—the roles that deviance and normalization play in social management—can be beneficial for comprehending nonstandard productions of materiality. Placing material culture studies and queer studies together enables us to interrogate supposedly abnormal uses of material cultures which extend beyond the terms of explicitly sexual object choice. Such interdisciplinarity provides a means of scrutinizing how object pathology and deviant object conduct such as hoarding can upset normative social boundaries. My argument consequently attends to aspects of non-normativity present in material culture studies and aspects of material dissidence featured in queer studies in order to craft a theory of material deviance—one with which individuals such as Patty, Bob, Dale, Linda, Missy, Kerrylea, Dick, June, and Warren seem unfortunately familiar.1 This theory, we’ll find, addresses not only what queer (and queered) people do with their sexualized bodies in particular but also what they do with their queer (and queered) things in general—of how they defamiliarize the material relations that make up any world of goods.
     
    In so doing I take up archeologist Victor Buchli’s recent challenge that “the realm of the abject, the realm of the wasted beyond the constitutive outsides of social reality is where critical work needs to be done” in material culture studies (17). I draw up a provisional blueprint for non-normative material relations to consider how materiality queers individuals, and I simultaneously record the queer object relations inherent in postmodern material practices such as extreme accumulation. To do so I first canvass material culture studies to track its primary engagement with the socially beneficent uses of materiality as well as its secondary engagement with the aberrant usage of things, and I draw attention to a tendency within this wide-ranging field to normalize object usage. I then make a similar move with queer studies: my overview of this equally capacious discipline contends that its well-honed critiques of sexual aberration and deviant sexual object choice also apply to material conventions and orthodoxies in general. Pinpointing how both disciplines benefit by combining their respective insights, I next showcase how a hybrid theory of material deviance enhances our understanding of suspect material practices by looking at several moments of Hoarders. Throughout I contend that scholars need sharpened tools for attending to queer ways of relating to things—that critical analysis of dissident materiality should accompany the fascinated gaze.
     

    I.

     
    Are objects made to cheer on cultures? Examining how social worlds are constructed via material things, most work done in material culture studies takes this question as a primary interdisciplinary task. Perhaps the most influential formulation of this methodological impulse remains Mary Douglas and Baron Isherwood’s buoyant 1979 claim in The World of Goods that “instead of supposing that goods are primarily needed for subsistence plus competitive display, let us assume that they are needed for making visible and stable the categories of culture” (59). Implicitly sidestepping Marxist conceptualizations of material goods as congealed labor and explicitly overturning Thorstein Veblen’s theorization of possessions as conspicuous power plays in The Theory of the Leisure Class, Douglas and Isherwood insist that “goods have another important use: they also make and maintain social relationships” (60). Across the fields of anthropology, history, literary studies, sociology, industrial design, and elsewhere, scholars have realized this communal charge for the past several decades.
     
    Given this now commonplace contention that “objects are social relations made durable,” scholars aplenty (to name but four: Tim Dant, Stephen Harold Riggins, Craig Calhoun, and Richard Sennett) stress the need to trace the beneficent social roles played by late modern material cultures (Miller et al. 141). Across disciplines they riff on Douglas and Isherwood to confirm that objects—alongside the persons who possess them—help stabilize and make cohere dynamic cultural worlds. “Material culture,” Dant finds, “ties us to others in our society by providing a means of sharing values, activities and styles of life in a more concrete and enduring way than language use or direct interaction” (Material Culture 2). In a later essay the sociologist likewise notes that “artificial material objects . . . are imbued and embedded with the social; meanings are attributed and built in” (“Material Civilization” 299). In an earlier edited collection on The Socialness of Things, Riggins agrees that objects buttress not only the cultural present but reinforce the cultural past: “through objects we keep alive the collective memory of societies and families which would otherwise be forgotten” (2). Together such findings confirm what sociologists Calhoun and Sennett call “material social relations”—the cultural ether of object matter that makes up valuable social contacts (1).
     
    I cite four examples collectively invested in this ingrained project of charting material relations to signal its pervasiveness across material culture studies. I use four more to illuminate how these culturally stabilizing projects can unwittingly result in culturally normalizing ones. Anthropologist Daniel Miller, for instance, remarks that material cultures advance normalcy as they prompt social values and collective memory-making. Rehearsing Pierre Bourdieu’s theories of pedagogy, Miller writes that
     

    it was these practical taxonomies, these orders of everyday life, that stored up the power of social reproduction, since they in effect educated people into the normative orders and expectations of their society. What we now attempt to inculcate in children through explicit pedagogic teaching . . . had previously been inculcated largely through material culture.

    (6)

     

    In a less critical vein, psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi and sociologist Eugene Rochberg-Halton opine in 1981 that “things contribute to the cultivation of the self when they help create order in consciousness at the levels of the person, community, and patterns of natural order. . . . Thus [material culture] either helps the forces of chaos that make life random and disorganized or it helps to give purpose and direction to one’s life” (16-17). Anthropologist Grant McCracken confirms such benevolent claims when he contends that goods “vivify this universe. Without them the modern world would almost certainly come undone” (xi). And sociologist Harvey Molotch corroborates these findings in his genealogy of mass-produced products such as the electric toaster: “The presence of goods helps anchor consciousness around the social vertigo of living in a world of random and dreadfully unsteady meanings” (11). “Goods provide a basis . . . for there to be a sense of social reality,” he asserts. “They help us be sane” (11).

     
    Might things still inculcate us into normativity once they leave the Bourdieuian classroom? Might goods and their owners ever go crazy? Each of these analyses confirms what we could identify as the idealized order of material relations. On the one hand we have what material goods should accomplish: cultural stability, purposefulness, vivification, psychic self-anchoring, and social well-being, and I emphasize the recurrent tropes of sanity, sound mental health, naturalness, and orderliness in these select accounts of material social relations that reach back to The World of Goods. On the other hand we’re left with the specter of what happens when an object fails to adhere to these values: the unpleasant prospects of personal, communal, and natural disorganization, epistemological crisis, unnatural acts, mental illness, even social apocalypse (an “undone” modern world).
     
    Given these standard warrants for object relations across the field of material culture studies, I call attention to the ways past and present theorizations of material social environments often promote—however unintentionally—normative object conduct. Such conduct casts as abject (insane, doomed, ill, unnatural, disordered, and unhealthy) those material relations that do not “help substantiate the order of culture” or that do not confirm cultural ideals (McCracken 75). Hence when “the role of objects as signifiers of culture, human relations and society” starts to go off-kilter—when a person’s stuff questions, problematizes, or refutes the shared sense of social realities that goods are thought to foster—they worry the normative orderliness of what counts for everyday material life (Boradkar 5).
     
    Yet it needs to be said that from an alternate vantage point in material culture studies, culturally bad things aren’t necessarily a bad thing. While a primary investment of the field resides in elaborating ideal cultures and shoring up normative social orders, there remain moments in this wide-open discipline that have found otherwise—moments that track what happens when material relations divorce from cultural values and stall the advance of cultural norms. I want to follow this train of thought that departs from those above in order to spotlight some instances where material goods do not churn into a cultural good—when object conduct becomes socially “polluted” or turns culturally “dangerous” (Woodward 89). Recording such moves gets us closer to understanding how queer studies can fill in some interpretive gaps in material culture studies as we begin to flesh out how matter goes “deviant” as much as it goes “normative” (Appadurai 13).
     
    Though not filed under deviance or abnormality, some of the strongest theoretical foundations for advancing this last claim have appeared in Heideggerian-influenced thing theory, a research program inaugurated by literary and cultural critic Bill Brown to explain, in part, how the materiality of objects dislocates the world of goods—”when their flow within the circuits of production and distribution, consumption and exhibition, has been arrested, however momentarily” (“Thing Theory” 4). Citing a passage from novelist A.S. Byatt, Brown gives as an example of this obstructive process a dirty window pane that blocks sight, reminding us of the “thingness” of the glass (mine will later be a rotten pumpkin and some scrap metal when I turn back to Hoarders) (4). In the collection where Brown outlines this theory of phenomenologically polluted material, cultural studies scholar John Frow notes that objects can potentially sully social relations as well. In his discussion he remarks that “no single description exhausts the uses to which their properties might appropriately or inappropriately lend themselves” (360). Such instances of culturally inappropriate material relations—a significant divergence from accounts by Csikszentmihalyi, Rochberg-Halton, McCracken, and others—enable scholars to discern occasions when objects or things undermine the cultural moorings of social worlds. Rather than “making visible or stable the categories of culture,” they ask us to appreciate what happens when things—and, by proxy, the persons who use them —become anti-social, or when material relations disappoint cultural expectations, or when stuff doesn’t shore up family memories or therapeutic self-cultivation or the mind’s rationality (Douglas and Isherwood 59).
     
    In an extended review entitled “Can the Sofa Speak?” John Plotz takes up some of these questions to present the clearest account of the “destabilization of the object” to date (Brown, “Objects” 186). “Thing theory is at its best,” he contends, “when it focuses on this sense of failure, or partial failure, to name or to classify. . . . [T]hese are the limit cases at which our ordinary categories for classifying signs and substances, meaning and materiality, appear to break down” (110). While a central “aim” of material culture studies “has been to unpack what the culture meant objects to mean,” Plotz finds that scholars should also “reflect on the failure of meaning” (110). He elaborates on this critical malfunctioning in a claim worth quoting at length: “its job should consist of noting the places where any mode of acquiring or producing knowledge about the world runs into hard nuts, troubling exceptions, or blurry borders—of anatomizing places where the strict rules for classifying and comprehending phenomena no longer apply” (118). In lieu of staving off “social vertigo” (Molotch 11), this anti-identitarian take on material cultures turns Douglas and Isherwood on their heads: Plotz’s reading asks for stuff to become more and more culturally dizzying rather than more and more culturally secure. Rather than witness the materiality of the world enhance and confirm social relations, we instead watch it unhinge them.
     
    Theorists of thing theory do not hold a monopoly on these last ideas. In recent considerations of industrial ruins, cultural geographer Tim Edensor has advanced a similar project that “critically explores the ways in which the material world is normatively ordered” (“Waste Matter” 311).2 In a rejoinder to the stabilizing trends of material culture studies that complements Plotz and Brown, he too finds that the field tends to “banish epistemological and aesthetic ambiguity” and contends that “objects reproduce and sustain dominant cultural values” (“Waste Matter” 312). To counter these propensities Edensor turns to unpopulated post-industrial ruins in urban Britain. There he finds that “the materiality of industrial ruins means they are ideally placed to rebuke the normative assignations of objects,” and he outlines “the ways in which this disordering of a previously regulated space can interrogate normative processes of spatial and material ordering” (“Waste Matter” 314). For Edensor, this turn away from normative object conduct yields rich methodological rewards—ones that we will build upon in our closer reading of hoarded possessions: “in inverting the ordering processes of matter, the wasted debris of dereliction confounds strategies which secure objects and materials in confined locations, instead offering sites which seem composed of cluttered and excessive stuff, things which mingle incoherently, [and] objects whose purpose is opaque” (317). To restate Edensor, inasmuch as they fall outside the dominant cultural orders of their respective societies, disordered materials can expose, and therefore destabilize, the normativity of the normal.
     
    Such alternative approaches to a study of destabilized materiality ask that we attend to the ways cultural objects can go queer as much as they can go normal. The question at hand, then, is how we best apply these material deviations to material encounters beyond non-human sites such as window frames and factories where objects “have left the realm of human control” (Edensor, “Waste Matter” 321).3 Thus I extract from Brown, Frow, Plotz, and Edensor an inchoate theory of non-normative material relations, one that has emerged here and there by scholars in and around material culture studies as they chart what happens when objects cause trouble, act inappropriately, break down, or become incoherent.
     
    Yet while I give equal weight to these disorderly moments of material culture studies in my rehearsals of the field, it is important to remember that the discipline’s methodological bent does not typically promote non-normativity as a primary focus. Queer studies, however, does, and by advocating a turn to thinking deeper about the non-normativity of material relations, I invoke a keyword from a discipline which has developed one of the sharpest accounts of this term to date. Queer studies presents fine-tuned models for further considering the social deviations of material relations, and so I pay a visit to this field in order to illustrate how the theories of material destabilization we have traced can also sponsor a queer theory of material dissidence.
     

    II.

     
    While it may seem unexpected to turn to queer studies to enhance material culture studies (“Isn’t that field usually about sex?” one might wonder with good cause), we have only to recall some claims made by a classic theory of material culture—Jean Baudrillard’s 1968 The System of Objects—to begin to get a better sense of a potential overlap. In this influential text, Baudrillard makes a striking observation: material relations are perverted. In a detailed analysis of collecting things, he asks that we “grant that our everyday objects are in fact objects of a passion” (85). He then suggests that there is a “manifest connection between collecting and sexuality” (87), and that when this connection takes on the form of a fetish, “the possession of objects and the passion for them is, shall we say, a tempered mode of sexual perversion” (99). Baudrillard’s theoretical claims for pathological material relations have been confirmed by more popular accounts of eroticized collecting, which find that “such things are related to sex, dirt, feces, violence, and those aspects of life that are barred from the confines of polite discourse” (Akhtar 37).
     
    While these takes on relations with objects reinforce a normal/pathological binary, there have been moments in queer studies that depathologize the queerness of material collection and create a space for non-normativity that mirrors certain efforts in material culture studies. Such theorizations of a critical material perversity markedly differ from moralizing accounts of paraphilia (a pseudo-scientific term that describes psychosexual pathology such as erotic relations with inanimate objects) or standardizing takes on sexual fetishism (in classical psychoanalysis: the erotic displacement of a male child’s unconscious recognition that his mother does not have a penis; more generally, the libidinal overinvestment in non-genital sexual objects). In his discussion of recent gay male sexual practices such as barebacking, for instance, Tim Dean finds that “when an ordinary or undervalued object—one thinks, for example, of a used jockstrap or dirty underwear—is transvalued and made precious, we glimpse the extraordinary power of fetishism to destabilize cultural hierarchies” (149). And in her promotion of reparative acts of queerness, Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick has theorized the “recognitions, pleasures, and discoveries” inherent in campy lesbian and gay drag performances (3), which she describes as a pleasurable “‘over’-attachment to fragmentary, marginal, waste, or leftover products” (28). Joined by complementary investigations into children’s toys, lubricant, and videotape, these queer theories approach the non-normative use of objects as an erotically creative act that allows queers to cultivate and sustain novel material relations.4
     
    In keeping with queer theory’s ongoing attempts to expand its horizons and interrogate “social conventions and orthodoxies in general” (Ahmed 78), other scholars widen this framework of object encounters to extend beyond LBGT identities. While it begins with an analysis of non-normative sexual desire, Jennifer Terry’s recent account of objectùm-sexuality—”a political and cultural formation of people who declare their sexual orientation and love toward objects”—goes further to address how this materialized desire reveals “regulatory mechanisms [that] are deployed to disallow or to disavow certain human attachments to objects, and to promote others” (34, 61). Terry’s sympathetic take on individuals whose sexual object choices are monuments such as the Berlin Wall leads her to consider how material object conduct in general can be queered across late modern cultures. “How,” she asks, “are proper objects being sorted from improper objects in the context of societies where commodification, possessive property relations, public policing, and technoscientific creativity are bound up with investments in security?” (70).
     
    This is a smart question, and one akin to those asked by Sara Ahmed in an expansive phenomenology that parallels thing theory. As she traces “a queer phenomenology [that] might start, perhaps, by redirecting our attention toward different objects, those that are ‘less proximate’ or even those that deviate or are deviant” (3), Ahmed presents a queer reading of material culture rife with implications for broader analyses of aberrant stuff.5 In an extended theory of tables, she ruminates on “queer objects” to consider “the relation between the notion of queer and the disorientation of objects” (90, 160-61). She finds that “to make things queer is certainly to disturb the order of things” (161), a disorientation that complements and enriches thing theory’s focus on material destabilization. In a searching analysis, she asks that we “rethink how disorientation might begin with the strangeness of familiar objects” (162), and she contends that “things become queer precisely given how bodies are touched by objects” (162-63). Hence Ahmed moves beyond—but doesn’t lose sight of—sexual cultures to argue that queerness “becomes a matter of how things appear, how they gather, how they perform, to create the edges of spaces and worlds” (167).
     
    To my mind, this is a productive inquiry that allows us to further chart the dissidence of non-corporeal material objects, or what we might—tweaking Douglas and Isherwood—refer to as the queer world of goods. As scholars such as Dean, Sedgwick, Terry, and Ahmed track social orders of normalization and deviance that apply to both eroticized persons and things, their respective insights into queer objecthood let us consider materializations that exceed sexualized bodies and their object choices—the queer stuff that troubles the wide-ranging classifications of goods across late modern societies. We are now in a stronger position to bridge the material distortions featured in strands of material culture studies with the material aberrations found in strains of queer studies. By blending the insights of these disciplines, we can introduce a queer study of material cultures and advance a theory of material deviance—the critical negotiation of how object usage, object choice, and material conduct pathologizes as well as normalizes individuals as having proper and improper social relations.
     
    Such a critical project allows us to survey suspect object choices not only in terms of erotic activity—the “sex products (whips, vibrators, condoms, and dildoes) [that] engender circumspection” (Molotch 104)—but in how object conduct might transgress other normative object cultures. By “object culture,” I reference Brown’s concise definition—”the objects through which a culture constitutes itself, which is to say, too, culture as it is objectified in material forms” (“Objects” 188)—and I offer material deviance as a corollary to his terminology in order to ask how we might think further about the aberrations of cultural object relations. As this keyword supplements material culture studies to reconsider the realm of the abject, it likewise deepens queer studies’ concerns with material attachments, world-making through things, and bonding via possessions—the ways, according to Ahmed, that bodies are “touched” by objects (163). A theory of material deviance thus expands our definition of queer relations of objects beyond limiting diagnoses of psychopathology featured in texts such as The System of Objects. It lets us concentrate further on the perverse subject-object relations that disorient, destabilize, circumvent, and reimagine what counts for polite material usage.
     
    Like many forays into queer studies and material culture studies, this concept of material deviance is meant to be non-programmatic and interdisciplinary as it facilitates inquiry into material nonconformity. How, we might consider, does non-normative object conduct type individuals as reprobate, and how do these subjects rebuke or absorb these regulatory norms? What is the interplay between deviant persons and material deviations, and what does that feel like in different places and at different times? When do possessions function as a destabilizing form of queer relations, and when do they function as a mark of normativity or something in between? Why is one material life commended while another is reviled? Who calls these shots? Even further: what queer pleasures and desires might be found in those “marginal, waste, or leftover products” (Sedgwick 28)? A merger of material culture studies and queer studies better equips us with potential responses to these questions—and allows us to ask them. Thus with a working theory of material deviance in hand, I now return us to the domestic ruins of those purportedly pig-like deviants who overpopulate Hoarders.
     

    III.

     
    As a primer in queer objecthood, each season of Hoarders is a cavalcade of material perversion. I began this essay with an overview of the show’s narrative formula, and I concentrate more on its framing of subjects and matter to explore how it both normalizes material cultures and queers individuals who sometimes insist that, in the words of Patty, “we basically aside from this have a very normal life” (“Patty”). With her implicit reference to heterosexual marriage and motherhood, Patty’s is an interesting claim because it signals a material non-normativity that disturbs the other normalizations structuring her sense of self. She may be straight as an arrow, but when it comes to goods we discover that she’s pretty bent.
     
    From its start Hoarders imposes a mark of material deviance on its subjects even as it strives to box them into ordinary object life by the sixty minute mark. The title sequence lays groundwork for the pathology-fest to come. Bold white letters appear on a black screen to state that “Compulsive Hoarding is a mental disorder marked by an obsessive need to acquire and keep things, even if the items are worthless, hazardous, or unsanitary.” After this frame fades, the next reads: “More than 3 million people are hoarders. These are two of their stories.” These notices are followed by the seemingly benign still image of the exterior of a hoarder’s home or apartment, identified at the bottom of the screen by his or her first name and geographic location, only to be followed with a lurid peek into his or her domestic life. From its first half-minute, the show not-so-tacitly confirms that the object activity to be featured is a material psychopathology mired in social pollution and improper conduct.6 This well-worn formula is a standard feature of the A&E cable channel in particular (one of their most-watched shows is the addiction-saturated reality melodrama Intervention) and American cable TV in general (think of the recent spate of programming on The Learning Channel that spotlights titles as Extreme Couponing, My Strange Addiction, Freaky Eaters, and Strange Sex).
     
    Soundtracks further enhance this initial setup. After Hoarders presents its authoritative definition of compulsive hoarding, the show makes what stand-up comedian Kathy Griffin, in a send-up of the series during one of her acts, calls a “meep” sound—”the best music sting of any show on TV [that] is so much scarier than Paranormal Activity, Freddy Krueger, any horror movie can ever be” (Griffin). This “meep” is one of Hoarders‘ effective stings, the media term for background music that accentuates a scene’s intensity. It recurs throughout the show, and it instills in viewers a sonic sense of dread at the images before their eyes. Such stings are oftentimes accompanied by a thrash metal sound that accentuates the supposed danger of the hoarder’s possessions, making good on what one featured subject terms “the monster” that she “created in our home” (“Janet”). When the behavioral therapist or the professional organizer arrives on the scene to help the hoarder clean up, however, the soundtrack tellingly shifts to the delicate tune of whimsical chimes.
     
    Hoarders‘ sophisticated camera work does more of the same as it too transforms everyday objects and ordinary persons into threatening sights. The show frequently uses overhead shots that pan across the debased objects of a hoarder’s home as well as long shots of his or her botched material culture. Its camera work also borrows a recent technique from the horror film genre as it employs fast forward tracking—a ramp shot —that chases through room after room of goods only to pause with a swooshing sound and freeze-frame on what appears to be the direst room of the house. Complementing these lightning-quick shots are slow-motion pans that linger over a material sea of inappropriately accumulated objects. And if children are in the picture, there are typically extreme close-ups of the child’s room as well as ominous pictures of an empty playground tire swing—a symbol of normal domesticity run amok. To return to Patty: we see Hoarders‘ title card revelation that the cops took away her children because she overstuffed their house; followed by an exterior image of her middle-class home; followed by its packed interior; followed by framed photographs of her family resting on their fireplace mantle; followed by a bleak winterscape of an empty rubber tire swinging from a large tree. Here abject piles of material signal abject personhood as the show’s camera angles further corner subjects into the problematic framework of pathological non-normativity.
     
    Behavioral therapists obscure potential ways of understanding these individuals both by diagnosing their subjects with mental disorders and attempting to assimilate them within univocal understandings of object relations. Each episode showcases a revolving door of mental health professionals who make extended house calls such as Robin Zasio, an affiliate with The Anxiety Treatment Center in Sacramento, California, and it appears as if their primary function is to categorize, classify, legitimize, and scorn subjects as abject hoarders. Zasio to one recalcitrant accumulator whose overgrown collections of beer cans and Ukrainian Easter eggs are worrying some of his friends: “He is not recognizing that he is a compulsive hoarder. He is really holding on to the way in which he is viewing himself” (“Bob and Richard”). And her assessment of Janet: “Clearly an overvaluing of the smallest of things that most people could just throw away without any thought” (“Janet and Christina”).
     
    Other on-call therapists do likewise. David Tolin, director of the Anxiety Disorders Center of the Institute for Living in Hartford, Connecticut, cautions Bill from Massachusetts that “recycling is fantastic. Hoarding is not so fantastic. There is a fine line here as long as we can make sure that you stay on this side of that line” (“Patty”). And after her conversations with another psychologist from the Hoarders stable, Julie from Scottsdale, Arizona confesses: “I had never heard the word hoarder until two days ago. Do I believe I am now? Yes. I am disgusted? It almost makes me want to throw up. It’s sickening” (“Julie”). Such interpellations into the “sickening” slur of “the word hoarder” are hastened by these therapists, who provide an “official” diagnosis that organizes the individual into a material-minded psychopathology and forcefully push their subjects into a standardized object relation. The acme of normative material behavior, the therapist comes to symbolize and to advocate for a material and psychic ordering that is contrasted to the hoarder’s improper object conduct. Curiously, while the episode’s hoarders are always featured in their sensationalized personal environments when they talk to the camera for an interview, the therapists are typically featured in front of a crisp blank screen with white light shining behind them.
     
    All of these stings, fast forward frames, dead-certain diagnoses, and off-white backgrounds represent the hoarder as a material queer whose deviance can be cleaned up with the right DSM category (and haul-away dumpster), but I also have to admit that part of the perverse pleasure of this often depressing show lies in witnessing its subjects try to exceed the normalizing material impositions of the series. As I note in my introduction, many don’t take lightly to the diagnosis, and two previously unmentioned biographies support this thesis: Jill from Milwaukee and Paul from Mobile, Alabama. The former collects copious amounts of foodstuffs, the latter scrap metals, and both wreak no small amount of havoc on the Hoarders formula that I detailed.
     
    Jill’s episode makes a complete mess of what scholars refer to as domestic material culture—the kitchen appliances, sinks, refrigerators, and ample foodstuffs that fill up her living spaces. When Hoarders features her rental home, cameras emphasize cats running rampant, fly strips more fly than strip, piled-high countertops, and overflowing shelves, and show close-ups of extreme freezer mold. There is also the obligatory slow motion pan that ends at the somewhat unintelligible contents of her basement refrigerator. An epic fail at housekeeping, Jill is pretty nonchalant about all of this. “I’ve been a messy person all my life,” she states. “I hoard food” (“Jennifer and Ron/Jill”). She also casually explains that “I use duct tape to close the freezer door sometimes when I’ve got too many things in there,” and she affirms that “I believe that if things have been kept cold and they’re not puffed up then they are fine.” Though she does later admit, after coaching, that “the mess that I live in now has reached a critical mass,” she nevertheless resists throwing out the eggs, the jars of green olives, the ground buffalo meat, and other semi-refrigerated goods whose expiration dates have long since passed.
     
    Jill’s negotiation of the show’s discourses comes to a head over a rotting pumpkin, an object whose cultural cross-purposes include seasonal bric-a-brac, Halloween showpiece, and domestic floor covering (Native Americans once dried and braided them into mats). Jill seems to have bypassed these traditional object uses. Noting later that Jill is “pretty sick,” her sister says that “the food in Jill’s house is really scary because it is everywhere. I went into her home and I was shocked. I was just shocked.” Detailing his mother’s propensities (and acknowledging that “she is a really good cook”), her son Aiden tells the camera that “she gets pumpkins from the church sometimes so that she can make pumpkin pies.” Jill, however, has a different take. When asked to discard the decomposed pumpkin, she treats it like a treasure and offers it a requiem: “It was a very nice pumpkin when it was fresh,” she reminisces. Once the clean-up starts, she states that “it was a beauty when it was alive. I enjoyed you while you were here. Thank you. Good-bye.” After these last rites, a member of the crew assigned to her home attempts to throw it out, and Jill momentarily halts the process. “Let me just look and see if there are a few seeds in here . . . because this is an odd pumpkin. I’ve never seen one quite like this before, and if I can grow some that would be neat.” As opposed to seeing her relation to the putrid squash as a sign of mental illness, she instead approaches the supposedly “odd” thing as a wide-eyed seed keeper.
     
    To restate this last point: Jill’s embrace of queer materiality refutes the normative object relations that surround her. When her son mentions that she receives the pumpkins from “her church” so that she can “make pumpkin pies,” Aiden alludes to the traditional American holiday of Thanksgiving and the material cultures that support this celebratory occasion—one typically aimed at social (if often passive-aggressive) bonding among family, friends, and religious groups. Jill, however, ruins the promise of this fall festivity and destabilizes the object’s standard use. While a pumpkin is traditionally meant to uphold the normative order of things when turned into a pie, she makes rotten the world of goods that the squash anchors. Her “‘over’-attachment” to this “leftover” product—to cite Sedgwick again—disorients proper subject-object relations, and she unexpectedly becomes a proponent of queer thing theory as she rattles the object’s cultural identities (28).
     
    While it’s unclear to me if Jill registers that her pumpkin participates in the long-running material history of the use of foodstuffs to cement social bonds, I nevertheless emphasize that her queer object relations do not cultivate cultural or family memories. This unsettles her relatives and her assigned therapist, who tells the camera that “You have to have a certain amount of denial to allow this kind of problem to build up.” And later: “Clutter is the symptom, but hoarding is the disease.” And later to Jill: “Are your perceptions of food completely accurate? Or might there be something irrational?” And later: “Something is off. Your old way of doing things, your old way of thinking [is] self-destructive as hell.” But Jill remains fairly incorrigible from the start of her episode to its finish. She turns her spoiled food into personal treasures—a repeated material offense and an unruly example of what Edensor deems those “fortuitous combinations which interrupt normative meanings” (“Waste Matter” 323). Jill, in fact, seems to be in a fleeting objectùm-sexual relationship with her pumpkin as she takes deep material pleasure in her rotted object world. She lovingly insists that her fruit is a thing of beauty, and she emphasizes her personal enjoyment rather than the supposedly hellish self-destruction of her way of doing things. Refusing to admit to self-harm, she approaches the pumpkin in a reparative light and insists that it was very nice—an old flame with which to part ways.
     
    Just as Jill tries to depathologize herself and her material relations, so too does “Paul Hamman from Mobile” (actually Semmes, Alabama, a small town outside the southern port city). Similar failures of standard material relations structure his two-acre junkyard-cum-front lawn—an Americanized-version of Edensor’s post-industrial ruins that Paul has filled with “ninety cars, forty to fifty refrigerators,” office signs, fans, appliances, computers, toilets, rubber tires, and a fishing boat (“Paul/Missy and Alex”). Hoarders informs us that Mobile County has given Paul one week to dispose of these goods or he faces ninety days in jail (he previously did five in the slammer). The show also notes that “Paul has been cited by Mobile County for criminal littering,” and it presents the image of a jail door closing shut as an omen of things to come.
     
    Yet only on Hoarders does Paul become a hoarder. Before and even after the show’s September 28, 2009 air date, local television accounts described Paul as a “junkman” (Craig) or as a “King of Junk” (Burch), as notorious for wearing long underwear to his sentencing as he was for queer object conduct. Producers from the show discovered these media reports, contacted Paul and his family, recorded the supposed material disarray scattered across his lot, and made his episode their season finale. While journalistic accounts cast him as eccentric and bemusing, Hoarders framed him in a psychopathological light, and much of Paul’s screen time—like Jill’s—is spent trying to deviate from the material deviance that the show foists upon him. He first plays into its formula: “Part of my problem is when I did start collecting stuff I didn’t want to get rid of it.” He then tweaks the difference between an irrational hoard of objects and a cherished collection: “I’ve been collecting junk for quite a while. I’ve got quite a little bit of everything here—quite a few vehicles, a lot of refrigerators, stoves, used appliances, scrap metal, stuff I’ve collected over the years.” He later parrots the diagnosis but weakens its onus: “I guess hoarding is one of the definitions of what I do. My intentions were [to] haul it off. Make a little money.” He refutes the aberrance of his individual act and defamiliarizes it as a commonplace behavior: “Hoarding is not a bad thing. A lot of people collect stuff. It’s all ‘hoarding’.” And he stresses his upstanding civic life: “I thought I was a law-abiding citizen. Part of my job in the military was enforcing laws and treaties for the United States.” As a local annoyance with a legal violation (criminal littering) transforms into a psychological problem with a mental disease (hoarding), Paul struggles to renegotiate the various registers through which his queer material relations are understood.
     
    To be honest he’s not that successful, particularly since exasperated neighbors and puzzled family members appear to side with the County (and with Hoarders) on the social status of his “junk collection.” “It’s just an eyesore to the neighborhood,” complains nearby resident Mary Alice Adams. “Everybody in the neighborhood would like to see it cleaned up.” Another neighbor laments that “I don’t think this subdivision was laid out to have junkyards in it.” His son, Paul, Jr. mostly agrees, though he does acknowledge his father’s perspective: “We look at the yard and it looks like junk and garbage and everything else. But to him it’s personal belongings. It’s his life.” Yet Paul, Jr. still equivocates about the social value of his father’s possessions: “He does recognize there being junk there, but to me I personally think he feels like it’s valuable to him—kind of like . . . you’re rich by possession.”
     
    Though his strategies prove ineffective, I stress that Paul nevertheless wrestles with standardizing valuations of his objects (“It’s my property. I’ll do what I want with it”). As he puts up a good fight, he resists an orderly neighborhood, an orderly lawn, orderly civil conduct, and even orderly bargaining. When a bid for his goods comes in at only a “penny a pound,” Paul insists that “I’m not giving my stuff away,” and he throws a temper-tantrum over some aluminum cans. Faced with the daunting prospect that his things are economically and culturally almost valueless, he becomes enraged and, as a title card notes, “the process comes to a halt.” Rather than “rich by possession,” he feels impoverished by the demands of material normalization.
     
    There is more to Paul’s tale than first meets the eye—and it is a decent way to conclude our case studies of material deviance. Recall that Paul wanted to “make a little money” with his hoard. At the show’s seven-minute mark we discover that these potential funds were intended to support his grandchildren—that his material disobedience also functions as an unregulated savings account. Matt Packston, the professional organizer on duty, informs viewers that “this is why Paul has collected all of this stuff. In his mind it was savings for his grandkids.” Of course I must admit that Paul appeals to a sentimental heteronormativity with this rationale, and he appears to confirm Lee Edelman’s influential theses on the cultural importance of the child.
     
    Yet while Paul and his stuff seem to substantiate normative sexual and gender relations, his queer junk may also paradoxically disrupt traditional family values buttressed by possessive property. For starters, he appears to love his metal haul as much as he loves his grandchildren, and it’s not so obvious that he’s willing to give up his stash for more leisure time with his kin (he did, after all, go to jail for refusing to clean up the lot). We likewise learn that Paul introduced his grandchildren to the material pleasures of excessive collecting: he finds enjoyment in his stockpiles and wants to pass along this criminal delight. Paul, Jr. tells us that every Sunday his father would take his grandchildren “dumpster hopping. They enjoy it. They enjoy helping their grandpappy do anything they can.” We then witness one of his grandchildren blithely hauling metals. Much like Jill and her pumpkin, they too turn everyday things into queer goods as they make “precious”—to return us to Dean’s claims for undervalued objects—a world of outlandish material that disorients the locals of Semmes (149).
     
    A closing shot of Paul’s grandchildren playing side-by-side with a metal bowl, a green plastic bucket, and other toys bookends this moment, and it too calls into question any easy material normalizations. It turns out that we’ve seen some of these things before when Hoarders first featured Paul’s kin playing on his crime scene, and we may have even glimpsed more of their junkyard goods when a camera angle earlier scanned some stuff resting on one of Paul’s automatic dryers. But this final shot begs a lingering question: are these kids playing with culturally stabilizing toys or have they yet again turned granddad’s deviant scraps into fun time? It’s difficult to ascertain an answer, but I emphasize that rather than being terrorized by the King of Junk’s stuff, his grandkids improperly relish fooling around with Paul’s queer litter. They treat his “eyesore” like a playground sandbox and become what Katherine Bond Stockton characterizes as queer children who may not necessarily advance straight futurity (Queer Child). In so doing Paul’s episode suggests something that Hoarders‘ framing never really pauses to consider: some people love hanging out with other people’s deviant stuff, and as much as these aberrant items disturb the world of goods, they also foster wasted spaces—”edges,” according to Ahmed’s queer phenomenology—for desire to flourish with appliances (and pencils, and nail polish, and beer cans, and hand-painted eastern European eggs) (167).
     
    As I hinted in my overview of the show’s framing devices, these material relationships may also include the viewer watching Hoarders on DVR, or on an iPad, or, as I myself did, on DVD. Many, no doubt, find this show a gross-out and tune in for a glimpse of material freaks. Yet others may take a cue from the observed pleasures of a hoarder’s things and relish how normalizing depictions of inanimate goods might hint at a surprising form of queer object world making. To return to Berlant and Warner, mentioned at the beginning of this essay: the show’s queer receptions can’t be anticipated in advance by its producers, and as much as it standardizes its subject matter, it also records the material treasures to be found in perverse object worlds across Alabama, Kentucky, Wisconsin, and elsewhere. This may explain my own pleasure in watching these episodes, and perhaps some of the two million viewers who also tune in week after week. Though Hoarders can be a downer, steeped in negative affects described by scholars such as Heather Love, Judith Halberstam, and others, it also suggests something hopeful: there are countless ways to inhabit a non-normative material life.7 As much as these sometimes depressing case studies want to be a cautionary tale, the show may function as an inspirational model. A “meep” sound can alarm but it also can beckon.
     
    Still, as two out of the more than three million supposedly out there, neither Jill nor Paul enhances the social orderings of their respective material worlds, and their individual episodes invite rather than expel threatening forms of social vertigo that goods are often thought to stave off. We have come a long way from the material promises of cultural stability and communal vivification evoked earlier, as the queer object relations of Hoarders challenges these promises with such provocative images as a putrid holiday dessert and two children carting illegal aluminum. In presenting these counterexamples I’ve tried to reconfirm Bill Brown’s inaugural insight that there is “something perverse, if not archly insistent, about complicating things with theory” (“Thing Theory” 1). In his follow-up sentence to this claim, Brown wonders if “we really need anything like thing theory the way we need narrative theory or cultural theory, queer theory or discourse theory?” (“Thing Theory” 1). In presenting a theoretical model for illuminating how people repudiate standardized versions of material life, and how they take some satisfaction in accumulating alternatives, this essay has also argued that queer studies and material culture studies can learn much from each other.
     
    Personhood, we know all too well at this point, can be non-normative in ways both ravaging and sustaining; hoarding is but one cultural arena in which objecthood does likewise. There are others. We have only to mull over the richness of queer material relations to be found in bodily modification, keying cars, biting nails, collecting toothpaste, competitive eating, collecting twine, improper recycling, dumpster hopping, and backyard burning—not to mention old standbys like fetishism—to get a quick sense of the extraordinary object attachments in our present moment. With their aberrant material conduct, individuals such as Jill and Paul join these motley activities. Intentionally or not, they destabilize possessions and propel theories of improper object usage into something that approaches an enjoyable if fraught everyday praxis. They remind us that people have been doing queer things for some time now, and that our well-honed theories should appropriately account for all of this inappropriate stuff.
     

    Scott Herring is Associate Professor of English at Indiana University. He is the author of two books, Queering the Underworld: Slumming, Literature, and the Undoing of Lesbian and Gay History (Chicago, 2007) and Another Country: Queer Anti-Urbanism (NYU, 2010). He is currently working on “The Hoarders: Material Deviance in Modern America.”
     

    Notes

     
    1. My historical account of this theoretical term (Herring) dates back to the early to mid-twentieth century as it examines the social anxieties that gave rise to what is now called “hoarding disorder.”

     

     
    2. For a smattering of analyses in material culture studies that likewise address material disordering, see Edensor, Industrial Ruins; DeSilvey; and Attfield on “the prevailing normative sense of order” (153).

     

     
    3. For a parallel rumination on thing theory, queer theory, and objects such as lubricant, see Sawyer, who finds—and I agree—that “thing theory then offers a somewhat queer critique of the primacy of the subject.”

     

     
    4. Some other moments include Rand, “What Lube Goes Into”; Rand, Barbie’s Queer Accessories; Graham; Hilderbrand; and Doyle.

     

     
    5. For a complementary reading of queer phenomenology, see Salamon.

     

     
    6. Critical accounts of hoarding as the corruption of material culture are located in Belk, 114; Pearce, 194-96; and Knox, 287.

     

     
    7. Further takes on negative queer affect include Stockton, Beautiful Bottom, and Cvetkovich.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • “About the Show.” Hoarders. A&E Television Networks, n.d. Web. 2 Nov. 2011.
    • Ahmed, Sarah. Queer Phenomenology: Orientations, Objects, Others. Durham: Duke UP, 2006. Print.
    • Akhtar, Salman. Objects of Our Desire: Exploring Our Intimate Connections with the Things around Us. New York: Harmony, 2005. Print.
    • Appadurai, Arjun. “Introduction: Commodities and the Politics of Value.” The Social Life of Things: Commodities in Cultural Perspective. Ed. Arjun Appadurai. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1986. 3-63. Print.
    • Attfield, Judy. Wild Things: The Material Culture of Everyday Life. Oxford: Berg, 2000. Print.
    • Baudrillard, Jean. The System of Objects. Trans. James Benedict. London: Verso, 1996. Print.
    • Belk, Russell. Collecting in a Consumer Society. London: Routledge, 1995. Print.
    • Berlant, Lauren, and Michael Warner. “Guest Column: What Does Queer Theory Teach Us about X?” PMLA 110.3 (1995): 343-49. Print.
    • “Bob and Richard.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 21 Dec. 2009. DVD.
    • Boradkar, Prasad. “Theorizing Things: Status, Problems and Benefits of the Critical Interpretation of Objects.” The Design Journal 9.2 (2006): 3-15. Print.
    • Brown, Bill. “Objects, Others, and Us (The Refabrication of Things).” Critical Inquiry 36.2 (2010): 183-217. Print.
    • ———. “Thing Theory.” Critical Inquiry 28.1 (2001): 1-22. Print.
    • Buchli, Victor. “Introduction.” The Material Culture Reader. Ed. Victor Buchli. Oxford: Berg, 2002. 1-22. Print.
    • Burch, Jamie. “‘King of Junk’ Sent to Jail.” WKRG.com. Reuters, 26 Jan. 2009. Web. 2 Nov. 2011.
    • Calhoun, Craig, and Richard Sennett. “Introduction.” Practicing Culture. Eds. Craig Calhoun and Richard Sennett. London: Routledge, 2007. 1-12. Print.
    • “Chris and Dale.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 14 Dec. 2009. DVD.
    • Craig, Tiffany. “‘Get Out of Jail Free’ For Junkman.” WKRG.com. Reuters, 20 Nov.2009. Web. 2 Nov. 2011.
    • Csikszentmihalyi, Mihaly, and Eugene Rochberg-Halton. The Meaning of Things:Domestic Symbols and the Self. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1981. Print.
    • Cvetkovich, Ann. An Archive of Feelings: Trauma, Sexuality, and Lesbian Public Cultures. Durham: Duke UP, 2003. Print.
    • Dant, Tim. “Material Civilization: Things and Society.” The British Journal of Sociology 57.2 (2006): 289-308. Print.
    • ———. Material Culture in the Social World. Buckingham: Open UP, 1999. Print.
    • Dean, Tim. Unlimited Intimacy: Reflections on the Subculture of Barebacking. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2009.
    • DeSilvey, Caitlin. “Observed Decay: Telling Stories with Mutable Things.” Journal of Material Culture 11.3 (2006): 318-38. Print.
    • Douglas, Mary and Baron Isherwood. The World of Goods: Towards an Anthropology of Consumption. New York: Basic Books, 1979. Print.
    • Doyle, Jennifer. Sex Objects: Art and the Dialectics of Desire. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2006. Print.
    • Edelman, Lee. No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive. Durham: Duke UP, 2004. Print.
    • Edensor, Tim. Industrial Ruins: Space, Aesthetics and Materiality. Oxford: Berg, 2005. Print.
    • ———. “Waste Matter: The Debris of Industrial Ruins and the Disordering of the Material World.” Journal of Material Culture 10.3 (2005): 311-32. Print.
    • Frow, John. “A Pebble, a Camera, a Man Who Turns into a Telegraph Pole.” Things. Ed. Bill Brown. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2004. 346-61. Print.
    • “Gail and Warren.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 25 Jan. 2010. DVD.
    • Graham, Mark. “Sexual Things.” GLQ 10.2 (2004): 299-303. Print.
    • Griffin, Kathy [MegaKathyGriffin]. “Kathy Griffin-‘Hoarders’.” YouTube.com. YouTube, 15 June 2010. Web. 2 Nov. 2011.
    • Halberstam, Judith. The Queer Art of Failure. Durham: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
    • Herring, Scott. “Collyer Curiosa: A Brief History of Hoarding.” Criticism 53.2 (2011): 159-88. Print.
    • Hilderbrand, Lucas. Inherent Vice: Bootleg Histories of Videotape and Copyright. Durham: Duke UP, 2009. Print.
    • “Janet and Christina.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 18. Jan. 2010. DVD.
    • “Jennifer and Ron/Jill.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 17 Aug. 2009. DVD.
    • “Julie and Shannon.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 28 Dec. 2009. DVD.
    • “June and Doug.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 8 Feb. 2010. DVD.
    • Katewilson. “Re: The TV Show ‘Hoarders’ Can Be Motivational to Most People.” Unclutterer.com. Dancing Mammoth, n.d. Web. 31 Oct. 2011.
    • “Kerrylea and Lauren.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 14 Sept. 2009. DVD.
    • Knox, Sara. “The Serial Killer as Collector.” Acts of Possession: Collecting in America. Ed. Leah Dilworth. New Brunswick: Rutgers UP, 2003. 286-302. Print.
    • “Linda and Todd.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 11 Jan. 2010. DVD.
    • Love, Heather. Feeling Backward: Loss and the Politics of Queer History. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2007. Print.
    • McCracken, Grant. Culture and Consumption: New Approaches to the Symbolic Character of Consumer Goods and Activities. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1988. Print.
    • Miller, Daniel. “Materiality: An Introduction.” Materiality. Ed. Daniel Miller. Durham: Duke UP, 2005. 1-50. Print.
    • Miller, Daniel, et al. Shopping, Place, and Identity. London: Routledge, 1998. Print.
    • Molotch, Harvey. Where Stuff Comes From: How Toasters, Toilets, Cars, Computers, and Many Other Things Come to Be as They Are. New York: Routledge, 2003. Print.
    • “Patty and Bill.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 24 Aug. 2009. DVD.
    • “Paul/Missy and Alex.” Hoarders. A&E. Screaming Flea Productions, 28 Sept. 2009. DVD.
    • Pearce, Susan M. On Collecting: An Investigation into Collecting in the European Tradition. London: Routledge, 1995. Print.
    • Plotz, John. “Can the Sofa Speak?: A Look at Thing Theory.” Criticism 47.1 (2005): 109-18. Print.
    • Rand, Erica. Barbie’s Queer Accessories. Durham: Duke UP, 1995. Print.
    • ———. “What Lube Goes Into.” The Object Reader. Eds. Fiona Candlin and Raiford Guins. London: Routledge, 2009. 526-29. Print.
    • Riggins, Stephen Harold. “Introduction.” The Socialness of Things: Essays on the Socio-Semiotics of Objects. Ed. Stephen Riggins. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1994. 1-6. Print.
    • Salamon, Gayle. Assuming a Body: Transgender and Rhetorics of Materiality. New York: Columbia UP, 2010. Print.
    • Sawyer, Drew. “Crisco, or How to Do Queer Theory with Things.” Thing Theory, 2007. Web. 31 Oct. 2011.
    • Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky. “Paranoid Reading and Reparative Reading; or, You’re So Paranoid, You Probably Think This Introduction Is About You.” Novel Gazing: Queer Readings in Fiction. Ed. Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick. Durham: Duke UP, 1997. 1-37. Print.
    • Stockton, Katherine Bond. Beautiful Bottom, Beautiful Shame: Where “Black” Meets “Queer”. Durham: Duke UP, 2006. Print.
    • ———. The Queer Child, or Growing Sideways in the Twentieth Century. Durham: Duke UP, 2009. Print.
    • Terry, Jennifer. “Loving Objects.” Trans-Humanities 2.1 (2010): 33-75. Print.
    • Walker, Rob. “Stuffed.” The New York Times Magazine. The New York Times Company, 17 Dec. 2009. Web. 2 Nov. 2011.
    • Woodward, Ian. Understanding Material Culture. London: SAGE, 2007. Print.

     

  • Under the Bus: A Rhetorical Reading of Barack Obama’s “More Perfect Union”

    Laura Jones (bio)
    Louisiana State University
    ljone82@lsu.edu

    Abstract
     
    Barack Obama’s “A More Perfect Union” speech, delivered during the 2008 presidential campaign in response to controversy surrounding Reverend Jeremiah Wright’s sermons, responds to a split and often conflicting need both to reassure voters and to challenge conventional notions of identity. In doing so, the language of the speech simultaneously deploys and undermines the liberal models of subjectivity to which we are accustomed in American political rhetoric. While the resulting aporia have been read by some as throwing subjects (like Reverend Wright) “under the bus,” they can also be understood as enactments of ethical subjectivity, especially in the terms of Emmanuel Levinas’s thought. The article suggests that Obama’s speech can serve as a study in the uneasy and generative coexistence of Levinasian ethics and liberal political thought, one that reveals liberalism’s incongruities and asks listeners to imagine social relations otherwise.
     

     

    Barack Obama’s place in the pantheon of American rhetoric was secure the moment he finished what has come to be called “the race speech.” Pundits compared him to King and to Lincoln even more freely than usual; over a million viewers watched it online in a day; newspapers reprinted the transcript; even rivals conceded its rhetorical brilliance.1 Alongside such praise, however, ran a critique of the way Obama treated the subjects of his speech: dozens of commentators accused the candidate of throwing his grandmother, the Reverend Wright, and the nation itself “under the bus.” In this reading, the speech was little more than a ruthless bid for political self-preservation, and it wasn’t only Obama’s political opponents who took this view. Although arch-conservatives like Ann Coulter were among those who deployed the violent metaphor (“Throw Grandma Under the Bus” headlined her column the day following the speech), it was Houston Baker Jr. who offered perhaps the most pointed version of it: “In brief, Obama’s speech was a pandering disaster that threw, once again, his pastor under the bus.”2 Though the victims of the figurative bus vary, the imagery is consistent. In fact, the phrase was ubiquitous in the months following the speech, prompting one columnist to suggest that it was “getting crowded under Obama’s bus” (Moran).3 Reactions were distinct and extreme enough that media columnist Howard Kurtz wondered “whether these pundits were watching the same speech.”4
     
    This question is worth considering in earnest, for the exigency of the address demands at least two competing trajectories: on the one hand, Obama pointed beyond what he calls a “racial stalemate we’ve been stuck in for years,” requiring him to interrogate deep assumptions beneath American identity politics. On the other, as a campaign speech, the occasion called for the kind of traditional, reassuring language that might ease the minds of voters made anxious by the racially-charged debate surrounding the infamous sound bites from Reverend Jeremiah Wright’s sermons at Trinity United Methodist Church. In simultaneously challenging and reassuring listeners about race in the United States, the language splits the speech between traditional liberal discourse and tropes that undermine the most fundamental tenets of that discourse. It is the kind of aporetic moment that Emmanuel Levinas theorizes as constituting the subject: the speech reenacts the encounter that founds subjectivity by calling it into question; it is a moment characterized not by the reciprocity and equality imagined in the liberal social contract, but rather, by surplus, asymmetry, and aporia.
     
    Far from shedding the vocabulary of liberal political thought, Obama frames his approach using familiar figures of identity politics and liberal universalism: repeated calls for unity are among the most obvious of such moments. The assertion that “we may not look the same and we may not have come from the same place, but we all want to move in the same direction – towards a better future for our children and our grandchildren,” rests on both an identity-based model of subjectivity and a progressive view of history. When “we” come together to move toward that better future, in this mode, we do so as autonomous individuals who remain defined by our ethnicity, gender, sexuality, and other categories of identity. Thus, as Obama calls for the nation to work together to solve “problems that are neither black or white or Latino or Asian,” it is understood that people will do so as subjects who are, precisely, black or white or Latino or Asian. Reading the speech exclusively in this mode gives one the sense that, as one journalist suggests, Obama is reassuring voters that racism “does exist. . . but mostly as a memory,” or that “white people” are “off the hook” for past injustices (Hendricks 175; Mansbach 69).
     
    Perhaps this is the pandering detected by Baker and others. Indeed, to read the speech in the mode of identity, where repetition is imitative, is to find that it parrots messages of American exceptionalism, that it might be understood as little more than a well-delivered “moment of mimicry,” as Baker calls it. An alternate reading, in which these repetitions are not mimicry but performative iterations, one that considers substitutions, contradictions, and the anachronic treatment of history, reveals the way in which the speech simultaneously deploys and undermines the model of subjectivity to which we are accustomed in American political rhetoric. Read in this way, the subjectivity that critics locate “under the bus” is not so much run over in the speech as it is called into question in a way that Levinas would recognize as profoundly ethical.
     
    By constructing subjects that push against conventional assumptions of liberal political rhetoric, the speech invites us to step outside the pragmatist mode of reading that is conventionally applied to Obama’s thought.5 The recurring preoccupation with the relation to the other invites a reading that takes into account what Levinas names the face-to-face relation, a metaphysical concern that invisibly but powerfully impacts the social and political relations of any moment. Using this model to comment on such relations is neither simple nor unproblematic, for Levinas has been critiqued alternately for failing to comment on social questions and for his patriarchal theology and Eurocentric orientation. Other scholars, however, have productively linked his thought to questions of social and political power. Jeffrey Nealon builds just such a bridge by theorizing “alterity politics” as a performative alternative to identity politics that addresses the problems of lack and resentment embedded in the latter construction of difference. Nealon’s work reveals how Levinas’s ethics can and do function in political discourse, and Obama’s navigation of the competing rhetorical demands on the occasion of “A More Perfect Union” is a study in the uneasy and generative coexistence of this ethics and liberal political thought. On this level, Obama’s speech—like Nealon’s work on Levinas—reveals liberalism’s incongruities and asks listeners to imagine social relations otherwise.
     

    Identity and Alterity

     
    The subjectivity theorized by Levinas is paradoxical: its relation to the other at once makes the subject possible and renders autonomy impossible. Any clear separation between subject and object is factitious, because we are infinitely responsible for the other in a double sense: our subjectivity is a response to the other’s call, and as a result, we owe everything, including our identity, to the other. The self that underpins liberal political thought, on the other hand, resides in an ego that not only imagines itself to be sovereign, but operates in an imperialist and procrustean mode, appropriating otherness by comprehending it in terms of the horizon of self, always amputating what is incomprehensible or unassimilable. If I approach others in this mode, “their alterity is thereby reabsorbed into my own identity as a thinker or a possessor” (Levinas, Totality 33; original emphasis). Moreover, because we are responsible to the other, we can never achieve the stability sought in this mode, premised as it is upon a violation of its founding otherness. The completion, the self-identity that we imagine to be essential, the “regulatory ideal of complete subjective freedom,” in Nealon’s words, remains unrealized, so our debt to the other must be understood as a failure of independence (7). To be sure, Levinas’s reimagined view of subjectivity is not without violence: to be called into subjectivity is, he insists, a traumatic event characterized by an imbalance of power; I become hostage to the other. The difference, for him, is that I am no longer striving for autonomy, and thus intersubjectivity is not failure. The subject is other than whole not because of a lack, but because of a surplus—it exceeds the bounds of the said and of the categories by which identities must be defined. In the realm of the performative and variable saying, a subject can never be a simple, self-identical, bounded entity. Obama’s language points toward this kind of subjectivity when he asserts that “this nation is more than the sum of its parts” (my emphasis).
     
    Surplus, an inevitable aspect of subjectivity from a Levinasian perspective, constitutes a failure for the conventional liberal subject. Nealon calls it an “excess-that-is-lack,” one that prevents the subject from achieving self-identical wholeness, a condition for which s/he blames the other (13). The ensuing Nietzschean resentment renders identity politics an “inevitable social and political failure,” as in the case of the sometimes hysterical racially-charged rhetoric that prompted Obama’s speech (Nealon 4; original emphasis). Obama characterizes it as part of a “a racial stalemate,” implying that the way in which Americans have approached race in the United States has not only failed to bridge divides, it has kept American society from making any movement at all. It has, to paraphrase his own metaphor, blocked our “path to understanding.” This is a failure of identity politics that is made inevitable by the very assumption that founds such a politics: subjects who are defined in terms of identity categories are forced to approach the other in a way that attempts the impossible task of containing his or her alterity, of violently reducing his or her otherness to a “subset of the same,” a homogenous category that is defined in relation to a normative center. This identity-based approach to difference is what has characterized the dominant conversation on race, as Obama himself contends: “We can tackle race only as spectacle – as we did in the OJ trial – or in the wake of tragedy, as we did in the aftermath of Katrina – or as fodder for the nightly news.” The alternative suggested by Obama is in the same Levinasian vein as Nealon’s: “an ethical alterity politics that considers identity as beholden and responsive first and foremost to the other” (Nealon 2; original emphasis).
     
    This politics shifts its focus away from an ontological attempt to pin identity down and towards a focus on the ethical effects and exigencies produced by difference. Nealon asserts that:
     

    The stake of the subject and its ethical force remains a question of effects: the crucial question is not primarily a hermeneutic one, but rather a performative one—not What does it mean? but rather What can it do, how can it respond (otherwise)?

    (170)

     

    Such a shift from what something means to what it can do and, importantly, how it responds is one way of understanding Obama’s treatment of race and racism in the speech through Levinasian responsibility. He doesn’t ignore questions of hermeneutics or ontology, insisting that white Americans must acknowledge that oppression “does not just exist in the minds of black people” and “that the legacy of discrimination—and current incidents of discrimination, while less overt than in the past—are real and must be addressed.” In the last phrase, Obama plants one foot in identity before stepping outside of it: he asserts that discrimination is real to begin with, answering the need for social recognition that lies beneath identity politics. However, by adding that “it must be addressed. . . not just with words but with deeds,” he figures discrimination not merely as a fact but as a call that demands a response, one that makes us responsible—an echo of the face-to-face encounter that founds the subject. Such an encounter will recur in the speech, as I will address below, as the originary moment of national subjectivity.

     
    Obama’s pragmatic concern with effects is characteristic: asserting that there is anger at the root of Reverend Wright’s most controversial comments as well as the explosive public reaction to them, he reminds us that such anger “is not always productive; indeed, all too often it distracts attention from solving real problems.” This critique of Wright takes little account of the content or meaning of Wright’s remarks; the first question at issue is not whether anger like Wright’s is valid, but whether its effects are desirable, whether it serves to alleviate oppression. He acknowledges “a similar anger. . . within segments of the white community,” that “they don’t feel that they have been particularly privileged by their race.” Critics have read this comparison of black to white anger as a leveling of difference, seeing it as an assertion that the history of overt and deeply-entrenched structural racism is “similar” to hurt feelings about being called “privileged.” Read this way, as a comparison on the level of ontology, it is understandably seen as “disingenuous, even irresponsible,” as pandering to white voters (Mansbach 75). It is worth noting, however, that the speech does not compare these angers on the basis of validity or depth, but rather on the basis of their effects and, most interestingly for my purposes, their shared assumptions about subjectivity. Obama is explicit about the former: white resentment, justified or not, has “helped shape the political landscape for at least a generation.” Its effects are equivalent to those he attributes to Wright’s anger: it obscures one’s vision, spawning (among other things) “talk show hosts and conservative commentators” whose appeals have much the same rhetorical effect as the particularly incendiary comments made by Reverend Wright.
     
    Even as the effects of both groups’ feelings are compared, however, the language carefully preserves a distinction between the root feelings. Describing the effects of injustice on Reverend Wright and his generation, Obama uses the word “anger” exclusively. As he focuses on white Americans, what he initially calls “a similar anger” is immediately replaced by “resentment.” In subsequent paragraphs, the comparison is between black anger and white resentment: “Just as black anger often proved counterproductive, so have these white resentments distracted attention from the real culprits of the middle class squeeze.” To read the two as synonyms, as we would have to in order to conclude that Obama levels the difference between the experiences of African Americans and white Americans, is to miss a key distinction between anger and resentment: one is a response to injustice, where the other, resentment, is “anger at the other.” The latter is, in Obama’s logic (and in Nealon’s), rooted in a mistaken view of subjectivity. The mistake is precisely the conventional notion that the subject is finite, autonomous and exhaustible, rather than excessive, intersubjective, and endlessly performed. Ironically, Reverend Wright’s “profound mistake,” according to Obama, is similar to that of resentful white citizens: “He spoke as if our society were static,” mistaking ongoing iteration and revision for repeated failure, a “profoundly distorted view of this country.” Among the distortions that follow is that “opportunity comes to be seen as a zero-sum game, in which your dreams come at my expense.”
     
    Obama offers a corrective to the zero-sum formulation with another lexical shift: rather than rejecting it outright, he reminds us that “most working-and middle-class white Americans don’t feel that they have been particularly privileged by their race,” and he performs a substitution: “their experience is the immigrant experience.” By replacing an identity category, race, with “immigrant experience,” he offers what Deleuze and Guattari might call a line of flight for the “white” subject (or, at least, for the working-and-middle-class white American subject), freeing it from the totalizing category of race. This could justifiably be read as letting white Americans off the hook, of course, and it is also yet another pragmatic move away from ontology—shifting focus away from what a people putatively are (white) and toward what they have done (immigrated). Running alongside and perhaps counter to that, however, is a Levinasian current. Where “white” functions, like other racial categories, to efface difference and create the illusion of a homogenous group, “immigrant experience” highlights what had been concealed: the trace of the uncontainable saying within the said that characterizes Levinasian subjectivity. In other words, the phrase points to far more than it can actually hold: a signified that is more vast and varied than any signifier could contain. “Immigrant” is a more obviously diverse group than “white Americans,” and “experience” points to an infinite singularity that resists being totalized. The phrase gestures towards the radical unknowability of every “other” we might approach—though still functioning within the realm of the said, as all utterances must, it does so more transparently. A move towards the saying, Levinas asserts, “absolves me of all identity” and in doing so, serves as “a de-posing or de-situating of the ego,” creating a space for alterity (Otherwise 50). To thus unseat the stable, comprehensible identity imagined to be at the core of the ego points to a profoundly unstable subjectivity that, for Levinas, makes the ethical subject possible. For Obama, it offers an alternative to the zero-sum game. “This nation is more than the sum of its parts,” not a totality in which gains in one area must be offset by losses in another; it is no known quantity. Because the national subject is characterized by surplus, “your dreams do not have to come at the expense of my dreams.” Ethics is possible precisely because the subject—whether the national subject or the individual—is not reducible to categories or sums. In this face-to-face relation, we cannot know the other, yet it calls us to respond, and for that we are enduringly indebted.
     

    The Individual Subject

     
    Obama’s reading of the national motto offers another glimpse of the unruly subject lurking in his speech—even in the most seemingly conventional trope. “Out of many, we are truly one,” he offers, later referring to this as the “message of unity” that underpins the campaign. His invocation of E Pluribus Unum points most immediately, of course, to the Enlightenment era in which it was first attached to the seal of the United States, and thus evokes precisely the self-identical, autonomous subject I am claiming he points away from. At the same time, the possibility of such a subject is undermined from the start; the unum that comes out of the pluribus is excessive, “more than the sum of its parts.” It conjures up the image of a seamless unity—as perhaps the founders envisioned—even as it evokes a subject that is founded in multiplicity, enacting contradictions and exceeding its own boundaries. Viewed against the expectations of liberal subjectivity, this is a flaw or a failure—but Obama’s language figures contradiction instead as a necessary and inevitable part of subjectivity. In doing so, listeners are reassured that we Americans are all one, even as Obama presents individual subjects, one after another, that are multiple and contradictory.
     
    He begins with himself, with origins that are irreducibly multiple: “I am the son of a black man from Kenya and a white woman from Kansas,” reminding listeners that his experience includes both elite schools and an impoverished nation. He presents himself as a subject that is continually in flux, shaped as it is by experiences and encounters like the one he describes upon joining the Trinity congregation: “I imagined the stories of ordinary black people merging with the stories of David and Goliath, Moses and Pharaoh, the Christians in the lion’s den, Ezekiel’s field of dry bones. Those stories, of survival, and freedom, and hope—became our story, my story.” The boundaries between subjects—”ordinary black people,” Biblical figures, and Obama himself—dissolve as their stories “merge,” and his identity shifts through religious conversion.6 This fluid identity and its diffuse genealogies defy categorization in ways that test the limits of discourse—as he points out, “At various stages in the campaign, some commentators have deemed me either ‘too black’ or ‘not black enough.’” To some, his current affluence and Harvard education make him elite, while others construct him as the son of a single mother, a former community organizer with roots in the working class. The way in which Obama’s identity continues to be raised as a question defies reason and evidence; perhaps these intractable doubts offer a glimpse into the effects of an identity that very obviously exceeds categories of race, nationality and class. If demands for his birth certificate gained more media coverage than they seemed to merit, might this be understood as a compulsion to pin down his unruly identity in order to rescue conventional assumptions about subjectivity? We might also consider such intrusive questions as echoes of the face-to-face encounter, which Levinas locates prior to society and history, at a pre-conscious level where “a calling into question of the same . . . is brought about by the other” (Totality 43). One’s identity is called into question even before one’s subjectivity is formed, and the question is never off the table: “The I is not a being that always remains the same, but is the being whose existing consists in identifying itself” (Levinas, Totality 36). In this view, questions could never be fully answered—not even by a long-form birth certificate—yet this does not indicate a failure or a fraud. This aggressive interrogation inaugurates the subject, again and again, for it is our response that constitutes our very subjectivity.7 The debt we owe to the questioner is “the essential, primary and fundamental structure of subjectivity” (Levinas, Ethics 95).
     
    It is this same kind of indebted, intersubjective, and contradictory subjectivity that structures Obama’s descriptions of his grandmother and Reverend Wright. The former is a subject not in spite of, but because of the fact that she lovingly raised a mixed-race child even as she “uttered racial or ethnic stereotypes that made [Obama] cringe.” She is indebted to both her grandson and the people she feared. The same is true of Reverend Wright; he too “contains within him the contradictions . . . of the community that he has served diligently for so many years.” It is his community, described in the previous paragraphs as encompassing “the doctor and the welfare mom, the model student and the former gang-banger,” that makes Wright the subject that he is. He, too, is the overflowing “one” rendered “out of many.” Obama’s E Pluribus Unum theme invites us to consider others as the origin of American subjectivities without straying outside the bounds of safe political tropes. It hints at, without fully enacting, a shift from a worldview that is centered on the stable self to an alterity ethics in which indebtedness and contradiction are irreversible—they are not a symptom or injury, but a foundation that makes justice possible.
     
    The speech concludes with a disconcertingly simple story about a campaign organizer named Ashley, a young white woman working for the campaign in a primarily African American community. The story of Ashley’s effort to support her struggling mother appears at first to be more heartwarming platitude than profound meditation on otherness. As the kind of pseudo-personal story that politicians roll out by the dozen, it is a repetition of a familiar trope. In this repetition, however, there is a difference worth noting. The story ultimately points us not toward the same—not toward Ashley as a Joe-Sixpack kind of stand-in for the listener—but toward that call of the other that Levinas would identify as the originary experience of subjectivity. At a roundtable she organized, we’re told, participants shared their reasons for attending. They named specific social issues, for the most part, except for the last speaker:
     

    Finally they come to this elderly black man who’s been sitting there quietly the entire time. And Ashley asks him why he’s there. . . . He simply says to everyone in the room, “I am here because of Ashley.”
     
    “I’m here because of Ashley.” Now, by itself, that single moment of recognition between that young white girl and that old black man is not enough.

     

    Ashley’s invitation to the round table is only the most literal reenactment of the Levinasian cal l of the other; when it is cited and repeated by Obama, it functions on other levels. “I am here because of Ashley”: Because of the other, I am here. Obama repeats the phrase, and as this is a speech, lacking textual markers such as quotation marks, it is unclear to the listener whether he is again quoting the man’s words, or whether he is telling us that he himself is also “here” because of Ashley. The phrase becomes more than the recognition of a specific other named Ashley. To paraphrase Levinas’s fitting formulation, it describes a moment during which the subject’s spontaneity is called into question by the presence of the other (Totality 43). Alterity is not a choice freely made, for if we are to imagine that we can choose it, we are still starting with “I.” It is instead an involuntary response to the call of the other. I am here not of my own volition; I owe my subjecthood to the other. Obama’s phrase, doubly highlighted by repetition and by a simplicity that contrasts with the syntax of the bulk of the speech, bears a trace of the radically unsignifiable encounter that underpins consciousness (Levinas, Otherwise 159). For both Obama and Levinas it is an originary moment: it is “where the perfection begins” (Obama, “A More Perfect Union”); it is the “structure upon which all the other structures rest” (Levinas, Totality 79). In establishing it as a kind of origin, the relationship between Ashley and the nameless man unhinges time—the “perfection” called for by the constitution “begins” in a twenty-first century encounter. Obama situates this moment not as an effect of the Declaration of Independence but as an anachronic condition of its possibility. History, here, is no longer the story of linear progress—and the nation that emerges from it is a subject that is just as contradictory and unruly as the individual.

     

    The National Subject: A more perfect union

     
    Where the encounter between Ashley and the nameless man offers insight into the individual subject, Obama reads the Constitution for a view of the national subject, which he invokes by opening with a quote from the Constitution: “We the people, in order to form a more perfect union.” As a sentence that most American children memorize without even trying, the quote teeters on the edge of threadbare cliché. Ultimately, though, it does much more work than it appears to do; the fact that we recognize the phrase is essential to its operation as a (re)iteration of the performative utterance that, in some sense at least, brought this nation into being. Obama tells us that these words “launched” an experiment; they “made real” the Declaration of Independence. As “launch,” the Constitution is originary; as the “making real” of a prior declaration, it is itself a repetition. What happens when those founding words are repeated again, performed again, as they are in Obama’s first line? The logic of performativity insists that each time the Constitution is quoted, it is not merely a repetition of the words written in 1787; it is a singular event in its own right. It is every bit as much an act of nation-building when it is quoted as when it was put on parchment, for the nation that came into being in 1787 was not, as we will be forcefully reminded in the speech, an unambiguous entity already filled with meaning. Obama’s opening gambit is to engage in a bit of nation-building, highlighting the fact that the nation is an effect of such performative responses; that it comprises a process of perfecting that begins in 1787 and in 2008; that it is a chain of effects without origin. If the Constitution’s work was to “make real” a declaration, then the work in repeating it is likewise to make real: to enact, and in so doing, to (re)make reality—to perform American nationhood and to revise it. Obama has set the terms and the stakes of the speech: more than an attempt to mollify critics, it is a response not merely to a particular controversy but to a Levinasian call; it is an enactment, and simultaneously a revision, of the nation itself. In and of itself this is not unique: national subjectivity is rhetorically at stake every time a speaker invokes founding documents. Here, however, the American subject is directed beyond what Levinas would call a totalizing ego towards seeing itself as an ethical subject that, like the rhetor himself, is (and must be) continually called into question. The speech’s opening recitation of history enacts a process by which the national subject is “a being whose existing consists in identifying itself” over and over again.
     
    The opening quote promises, and demands, a performance. Obama stops short of completing the sentence: “We the people, in order to form a more perfect union.” He repeats a fragment, an incomplete thought. The phrase operates as a promise in multiple senses: most obviously, it opens the founding document that functions as a promise among citizens. Cited here as an incomplete thought, it also grammatically enacts a promise. Obama opens his speech by doubling the opening promise of the U.S. Constitution. The role of such a “prefacing promise,” as Nealon calls it, varies according to the discourse in which it is framed. In the mode of identity, such promises “are invariably broken because the later materialization of the promised deed will always produce a remainder. The deed will always exceed (and thereby fall short of simply fulfilling) the original promise” (Nealon 13). Approaching the promise from the perspective of performative subjectivity, on the other hand, opens up the “positive logic of the promise”—the one that moves beyond identity’s inevitable lack (or excess-as-lack). Each promise is an act that promises another act (which will, in turn, promise another). It sets in motion a chain of performances, of responses “to the other—for the other” (Derrida, qtd. in Nealon 14). In fact, Obama’s opening fragment doubles that promise: not only does he repeat the promise of the preamble, he also enacts it grammatically by editing it into a sentence fragment. Like the Constitution itself, the quote is unfinished; both promise (and demand) further performance. The effects of such an opening multiply from this point. The first eleven words of the Constitution, reenacted, invoke the ethics and logic of performativity as a response to alterity: they set in motion a chain of promises and actions, ensuring that the American nation will never achieve plenitude of meaning but will be forever reinvented by repeated performances, repeated responses to the others that inhabit “We the people.”
     
    The impossibility of plenitude that underpins performative logic is emphasized in the object of the opening phrase: “A more perfect union” is not the same as “a perfect union,” any more than the verb “to perfect” is the same as the adjective “perfect.” The adjective implies completion and stasis; the verb, process and movement. “More” leaves the phrase permanently open (and some would say grammatically fallacious): it is not simply a perfect union, but a more perfect one that we the people seek. It is what we are destined forever to seek, for whatever state of perfection we might reach, the preamble will always ask for “more”; it will repeat, keeping the totality of “perfect” perpetually out of reach. At the same time, the word itself offers a grammatical choice between the adjective that describes a state from which we will always fall short or the verb that describes our ongoing task. Obama consistently uses the verb form; moreover, he announces this choice: “This union may never be perfect, but generation after generation has shown that it can always be perfected.” In a politics of identity, we are striving for perfection, and each time we fall short (which is every time) we have failed. Perfecting, by contrast, points to the performative mode of becoming, in which the process is what we are. We “form” the “more perfect union.” It is almost, but not exactly, the American identity—not in the form of a goal or conclusion, but as a perpetually open question. The ethics at work here leaves “the foundation of the subject always in question, always open to another performative call or response” (Nealon 169). The nation’s subjectivity lies in asking repeatedly, how can we perform ourselves as Americans in order to perfect our union? It is more verb than noun, a question rather than an answer. It calls us to the pragmatist process of perfecting our union even as it reminds us that this call is not one to which we can spontaneously assent or independently choose to answer—instead, it is an iteration of the deeply embedded metaphysical encounter with the other that initiates our national consciousness by compelling us to respond.
     
    It is in this sense that Levinas asserts that the subject’s spontaneity is challenged by alterity. What appears to be a self-generated, original phenomenon is revealed to be a response or a repetition. In another deceptively simple move immediately after the opening quote, Obama again calls the spontaneity of the nation into question and reveals it to be one effect in a chain, an ongoing performance rather than an entity founded at a single point in time. In the second line of the speech, Obama orients himself by noting that the Philadelphia convention, like the words he has quoted in the first line, took place “Two hundred and twenty one years ago.” There is of course nothing original about rhetorically measuring the distance in time between the present moment and the founding of the nation, about drawing a self-aggrandizing line from the “founding fathers” to oneself. The task of tracing such a line through time is, however, ultimately rendered impossible by the speech, and again we have an opening towards alterity. “Two hundred and twenty one years ago”: It is hard not to recall Lincoln’s “Four score and seven years ago,” another overwhelmingly familiar opening phrase, an allusion that is not likely to be lost on listeners. It is, then, recognizable as a repetition of one moment that itself evokes another: Obama points to the Gettysburg Address, in which Lincoln points to the Constitutional Convention.8 Again we are denied a precise origin and instead directed to a chain of effects, more specifically to three moments in time: March 2008, November 1863, and September 1787. What appears to bolster the myth of the founding fathers-a shared and unitary past in which the “city on a hill” that we still inhabit was spontaneously built—breaks itself apart into three moments, three nation-building performances. The moments are not points along a timeline, though. Instead, they break history apart through what Derrida might call a “citational doubling,” a repetition that splits that which it repeats (“Signature Event Context” 17). At the heart of each of the three texts is the open question of union, always left unresolved. The layered allusion suggests that an undivided, seamless union has never existed: in 1787 the Declaration of Independence was “made real” but left unfinished because of, as Obama will point out, the slavery question; in November 1863, Lincoln repeated the Declaration’s “all men are created equal” even as the civil war raised the question of “whether . . . any nation so conceived . . . can long endure”; in March 2008, Obama repeats the Constitution’s performance as part of the ritual of election, having been forced to address the divisive issue of race in a way no candidate in recent memory has. Just as time splits, so does each nation-building repetition; if we were attempting a linear journey through history, we would, with each repetition, encounter a fork in the road. Our subjectivity as a nation cannot be traced so easily.
     

    History Unhinged

     

    There must be ghosts all the country over, as thick as the sands of the sea.

    -Ibsen

     
    Obama’s view of history typically falls into the progressive narrative of inevitable improvement that much liberal political thought takes for granted. He characterizes it early in the speech, for example, as a “long march. . . . towards a better future.” However, just as the liberal subject encounters aporia in the rhetoric, so does the U.S. American narrative of progress. The encounter with race, which demands an encounter with slavery, inevitably points to the dilemma at the heart of the nation, a question that both founds and undermines the national subject. In the discourse of Obama’s campaign and presidency, race and slavery are specters—they are ever present but rarely manifested. As he points out, race lurked in the background in the early stages of the campaign, when the public resisted “the temptation to view candidacy through a purely racial lens”; eventually, it came into the foreground as questions about Obama’s race and the role it played in his successes were asked and as the “firestorm” around Reverend Wright precipitated this speech. Turning to Faulkner, Obama suggests that the nation itself is similarly—in fact, far more profoundly—haunted: “‘The past isn’t dead and buried. In fact, it isn’t even past.’” Moreover, as the past is, in fact, present, “we do not need to recite here the history of racial injustice in this country.” As with the opening words of the speech, Obama offers a quote followed by a standard rhetorical move (here, invoking racial injustice by disclaiming the intent to invoke it). And as before, this repetition enacts an important difference.
     
    The figure of the past that is not past, a kind of ghost, is a figure of profound otherness —Derrida theorizes it as an alterity that cannot be erased or incorporated into a stable self, for its very existence undermines the notion of a boundary between self and other. The ghost is a “non-present present,” a “being-there of an absent or departed one” (Derrida, Specters 6). Such survival of the past into the present can often be traced back to an omission, which Derrida illustrates with a passage in which Valéry quotes himself, omitting a single sentence. Derrida asks, “Why this omission, the only one?. . . Where did [the name of Marx] go?. . . The name of the one who disappeared must have gotten inscribed someplace else” (Specters 5). Haunting, here, is a recurrence of that which has been omitted, and it is just such a recurrence that destabilizes the subjectivity of the nation in Obama’s speech. In this case, the specter arises from the most glaring omission from the Declaration of Independence: slavery. The paragraph that was famously edited out of Jefferson’s original draft condemned it as a violation of the “most sacred rights of life and liberty in the persons of a distant people.” The final version, of course, makes no mention of slavery, and the Constitution, far from condemning it, codified and arguably enshrined it. The erasure, then, did not secure the issue’s disappearance, as even Jefferson seems to have anticipated in his reflection on the changes made to his draft: “the sentiments of men are known not only by what they receive, but what they reject also” (341). What Jefferson did not know, and what Derrida, Obama, and two hundred subsequent years of nationhood would bear out, is that “the name of the one who disappeared must have gotten inscribed someplace else”: that the contradiction of chattel slavery in a nation founded on democratic ideals would turn up insistently, haunting the nation, endlessly calling it into question. In a passage that could just as easily be about slavery in the United States, Derrida describes how the specter of communism haunted Europe to this effect:
     

    [I]t does not come to, it does not happen to, it does not befall, one day, Europe, as if the latter, at a certain moment of its history, had begun to suffer from a certain evil, to let itself be inhabited in its inside, that is, haunted by a foreign guest. Not that that guest is any less a stranger for having always occupied the domesticity of Europe. But there was no inside, there was nothing inside before it.

    (Specters 4)

     
    In this vein, slavery was never something inflicted upon the nation; this ghost, this haunting other, was always present—its return in Obama’s speech as well as in so many conversations about race in the United States reveals the fact that there is no inside to the national subject from which slavery can be excluded; there is “nothing before it.” This quintessential “other” of American ideals is as much the “self” of the nation as are the founding documents themselves—an insight captured by Toni Morrison in her descriptions of an Africanist presence in the nation’s founding principles: “The concept of freedom did not emerge in a vacuum. Nothing highlighted freedom—if it did not in fact create it—like slavery” (38). Slavery, Morrison suggests, created freedom even as it undermined it, much as the other both inaugurates the self and puts it in question. Slavery, in other words, made the Declaration possible and forever unstable. The “self” of the nation is, like our individual subjectivities, utterly beholden to the other; it will never be spontaneous or self-identical. In his discussion of slavery, Obama calls attention to that familiar contradiction at the heart of the nation, a contradiction that is most often cited as evidence of the nation’s failure to fulfill its promise—an indelible “stain,” as he will initially phrase it. Such a view takes as its baseline the possibility of a nation without such contradictions—the same kind of goal for subjectivity that, being unattainable, guarantees failure and resentment.
     
    The speech intervenes in this conundrum with a shift in metaphor across iterations. Early in the speech, Obama claims that the Declaration of Independence was “ultimately unfinished” because “it was stained by this nation’s original sin of slavery” (par. 3). The specter of slavery disrupted completion, then; the ghost, as past that will not pass, prevents full presence. It renders time “off its hinges” (Derrida, Specters 77). Obama’s figure of unhinged time here is stalemate: slavery was “a question that divided the colonies and brought the convention to a stalemate until the founders chose to . . . leave any final resolution to future generations.” Stalemate functions as an interruption of movement-in-time, a deferral that causes a task in the present to fall behind, or outside, the time that we imagine marching towards future. Alternatively, we might understand stalemate as a kind of excess that disrupts completion, as over-satiety: an excess of meaning that renders a thing impossible to finish or to close. It is a moment in which contradiction cannot be contained in a consensus. In Levinas’s terms it is a moment that reveals the impossibility of enclosing the saying within the said; it bears a trace of the encounter with the wholly other. For Obama, the moment of ratification was a moment of stalemate rather than of completion. If it were a fully present, complete meaning that we were yearning for, the Constitution would have to be considered a failure. If this is not the case, it is because performative becoming is more important than being in that American text: the document is important because it is unfinished. It was not a failure: it was a deferral, a promise, one effect in a long chain. The signers bequeathed the task of a “final resolution to future generations” (Obama, “A More Perfect Union”). This is what allows the document to reach into the future even though, in the past, it became mired in the politics of its slaveholding present. In his reading of the Constitution, Obama figures this lack of full presence not as a lack per se, but as generative force. He describes it as calling “Americans in successive generations . . . to do their part—through protests and struggle, on the streets and in the courts, through a civil war and civil disobedience.” In fact, as he tells us in the following paragraph, it is the very force that generated his own campaign. So this haunted stalemate that prevented full realization of meaning cuts across time, generating (as Obama notes) civil war, civil disobedience, and struggles for civil rights: all disturbances within the civic subjectivity, a chain of effects that highlights a profound alterity within the nation which, in fact, is the subject. How recognizable, after all, would the U.S. be without Gettysburg, Thoreau, King? Viewing the nation as an effect of destabilizing performances and iterations, however, undermines Obama’s first figure of slavery as indelible stain or “original sin.” It is at this point that the metaphor shifts in an important direction.
     
    In his first metaphor, slavery is “stain” and “original sin”; both indicate a fixed, unitary, indelible mark. Obama’s use of original sin alludes to a fall away from “original holiness and justice,” as the Catholic catechism phrases it; it suggests humanity’s imperfection or lack. The Bible’s fallen humanity is strikingly similar to the figure of the subject in identity politics: we are constituted as subjects in terms of how far we fall short of what we wish to be—whether what we wish for is original holiness or inclusion in a normative center. If slavery is the United States’s “original sin,” then does its nationhood exist in the gap between the promises of the founding documents and the nation’s actuality? Is American subjectivity one founded upon lack? Perhaps we are back to what I’m claiming we have been pointed away from: the discourse of identity. We are not left in this aporia, though, for the “original sin” metaphor unravels a few paragraphs later when held up against a second metaphor: slavery as “inheritance.” If slavery is an American inheritance, it could be read as a kind of inescapable original sin that dooms Americans to perpetual insufficiency and resentment. Yet this is precisely how Obama characterizes Reverend Wright’s mistaken view, again, “That he spoke as if our society was static.” The inheritance invoked here has more in common with Derrida’s reading of the concept, one that refutes stasis:
     

    An inheritance is never gathered together, it is never one with itself. Its presumed unity, if there is one, can consist only in the injunction to reaffirm by choosing. ‘One must’ means one must filter, sift, criticize, one must sort out several different possibles that inhabit the same injunction. And inhabit it in a contradictory fashion around a secret. If the readability of a legacy were given, natural, transparent, univocal, if it did not call for and at the same time defy interpretation, we would never have anything to inherit from it. We would be affected by it as by a cause—natural or genetic. One always inherits from a secret–which says ‘read me, will you ever be able to do so?’

    (Specters 16)

     

    This inheritance is not indelible stain but ongoing task, a kind of call to responsibility, “never one with itself,” like the Constitution, and like American national subjectivity. In this view, the coexistence of slavery and a proclamation of the inalienable rights of man renders fundamental questions undecidable, but it does not lead inevitably to failure. Multiple, contradictory possibilities constitute an inheritance, just as they do subjectivity. Inheritance in this sense echoes the way Obama gathers the experiences of “ordinary black people” and Biblical heroes into his own subjectivity as discussed above. As in that case, the boundaries between subjects are permeable, if not illusory. The distinction between the inside and the outside of the subject disintegrates in the implications of the metaphor: the oppression that we as Americans grapple with in our history comes from the inside, so from where did the nation “inherit” slavery, if not from itself? Inheritance, as a destabilizing force, calls for and defies interpretation, requiring continual “inhabitation” or performance. It does not guarantee failure but neither does it let the nation “off the hook,” for it is a task, a demand to continue the repetitions that transform, the reinventions of subjectivity that are at the bottom of an ethics of alterity. What Americans have inherited is responsibility, a call for, in Obama’s words, “a union that could and should be perfected over time.”

     
    If Americans were to aim for final perfection, for contained identity in the model of Enlightenment subjectivity, then a speech highlighting the haunted nature of American subjectivity, the impossibility of it ever being self-identical indeed throws not just two individuals, but the entire nation under the bus. Yet the language of the speech reveals that the ethic at work here is not one of the blame or betrayal that such a metaphor invokes. While we cannot escape their violence, while we are indeed held hostage by them, the specters that we have inherited do not doom us to perpetual insufficiency; rather, they demand repeated performance, iteration that changes that which it repeats. In doing so, they call the nation into being. Obama’s speech enacts this very process of iteration: it simultaneously deploys liberal political discourse in a safe and instrumentalist way even as it calls into question the fundamental assumptions of that discourse. It is this aporetic performance that opens a space that, as one journalist hypothesizes, “has never been opened before” in mainstream U.S. political discourse (Quinn). In this view, Obama’s performative ethics functions not as a condemnation of shortcomings but as an acknowledgment of the conditions that make justice possible. “It is,” Obama assures us, pointing at once to our past, present, and our future, “where we start.”
     

    Laura Jones is a doctoral candidate in English at Louisiana State University. Her research focuses on discourses of disability and poverty in public education. She is also working on articles that address cognitive disability in Faulkner’s novels and the rhetoric of the achievement gap.
     

    Notes

     

     

    The author wishes to thank Brooke Rollins for her support and guidance in revising this article.

     
    1. It is worth noting at the outset that, according to White House correspondent Marc Ambinder and others, the text was not the work of speechwriters. Obama himself dictated and edited it, sharing it with “only a few” advisors before delivering it.

     

     
    2. Linguist Geoffrey Nunberg noted the particular “verbal violence” of this metaphor as compared to previously popular idioms that conveyed similar betrayal (such as “hanging out to dry” or creating “a fall guy”).

     

     
    3. Moran was not alone in noting the phrase’s sudden spike in usage. Nunberg identified over 100 uses of “under the bus” in online, print and broadcast responses to this speech (and 400 uses in discussions of the presidential race). Columnist David Segal called it “the cliché of the 2008 campaign.”

     

     
    4. While this split characterized a large part of the media reaction to the speech, many writers have taken a closer and more nuanced look at the speech’s language and contexts. T. Denean Sharpley-Whiting’s excellent anthology The Speech: Race and Barack Obama’s “A More Perfect Union” offers a number of these.

     

     
    5. To be sure, the overlap between pragmatism and what I am calling performative ethics is substantial. Derrida and Rorty agree that performativity, specifically, is one of the clear “places of affinity” between poststructuralism and pragmatism (Derrida, “Remarks” 80).

     

     
    6. Elsewhere, Obama characterizes this moment more directly as a conversion, a moment he remembers thus: “I felt I heard God’s spirit beckoning to me. I submitted myself to His will, and dedicated myself to discovering His truth and carrying out His works” (“A Politics of Conscience”).

     

     
    7. It is admittedly somewhat bizarre to consider that Obama might be “indebted” to those who have so fiercely and irrationally questioned his birthplace and citizenship—and I don’t do so to dismiss the fairly obvious racism and unsettling historical resonance of demanding “papers” from a person of color in the United States—yet the rhetorical violence of such an act makes it an even more compelling model for the face to face relation, which Levinas insists is a traumatic one.

     

     
    8. Gary Wills’s compelling article, “Two Speeches on Race,” investigates in much greater depth the (undoubtedly deliberate) parallels between this speech and the Gettysburg Address. He concludes that “each looked for larger patterns under the surface of the bitternesses of their day. Each forged a moral position that rose above the occasions for their speaking.” My concern here is less about the similarity of the two speeches, however, than about the implications of the specific ethical position carved out by Obama’s speech, which is accomplished in part by allusions to Lincoln’s speech.
     

    Works Cited

       

     

    • Ambinder, Marc. “Speechwriter of One.” The Atlantic. The Atlantic Monthly Group, 18 Mar.2008. Web. 21 Oct. 2011.
    • Baker, Houston, Jr. “What Should Obama do about Reverend Jeremiah Wright?” Salon.com. Salon Media Group, 29 Apr. 2008. Web. 21 Oct. 2011.
    • Coulter, Ann. “Throw Grandma Under the Bus.” Humanevents.com. Eagle Publishing, 19 Mar.2008. Web. 21 Oct. 2011.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Remarks on Deconstruction and Pragmatism.” Deconstruction and Pragmatism. Ed. Chantal Mouffe. New York: Routledge, 1996. 79-90. Print.
    • ———. “Signature Event Context.” Limited, Inc. Trans. Alan Bass. New York: Northwestern UP, 1988. Print.
    • ———. Specters of Marx. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. New York: Routledge, 1994. Print.
    • Hendricks, Obery M., Jr. “A More Perfect (High-Tech) Lynching: Obama, the Press, and Jeremiah Wright.” The Speech: Race and Barak Obama’s “A More Perfect Union.” Ed. T. Denean Sharpley-Whiting. New York: Bloomsbury, 2009. 155-83. Print.
    • Ibsen, Henrik. Ghosts. Trans. William Archer. Project Gutenburg. Project Gutenberg Library archive Foundation, May 2005. Web. 26 Apr. 08.
    • Jefferson, Thomas. “From The Autobiography of Thomas Jefferson.” Norton Anthology of American Literature. Eds. Nina Baym et al. Shorter 7th ed. New York: Norton, 2008. 714-19. Print.
    • Kurtz, Howard. “Obama’s Speech, Sliced and Diced.” Washington Post.com. Washington Post Media, 20 Mar. 2008. Web. 4 Jun 2011.
    • Levinas, Emmanuel. Ethics and Infinity. Trans. Richard A. Cohen. Pittsburgh: Duquesne UP, 1982. Print.
    • ———. Totality and Infinity. Trans. Alphonso Lingis. Pittsburgh: Duquesne UP, 1969. Print.
    • ———. Otherwise than Being: or, Beyond Essence. Trans. Alphonso Lingis. Pittsburgh: Duquesne UP, 1998. Print.
    • Lincoln, Abraham. “The Gettysburg Address.” 19 Nov. 1863. Americanrhetoric.com. Michael E. Eidenmuller, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2008.
    • Mansbach, Adam. “The Audacity of Post-Racism.” The Speech: Race and Barak Obama’s “A More Perfect Union.” Ed. T. Denean Sharpley-Whiting. New York: Bloomsbury, 2009. 69-84. Print.
    • Moran, Rick. “It’s Getting Crowded Under Obama’s Bus.” American Thinker. American Thinker, 12 Jun. 2008. Web. 21 Oct. 2011.
    • Morrison, Toni. Playing in the Dark: Whiteness and the Literary Imagination. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1992. Print.
    • Nealon, Jeffrey T. Alterity Politics: Ethics and Performative Subjectivity. Durham: Duke UP, 1998. Print.
    • Nunberg, Geoffrey. “Primaries Toss Some ‘Under the Bus.’” Fresh Air. National Public Radio, 2 Apr. 2008. Web. 4 Jun. 2011.
    • Obama, Barack. “A More Perfect Union.” 18 Mar. 2008. Americanrhetoric.com. Michael E. Eidenmuller, n.d. Web. 20 Apr 2008.
    • ———. “A Politics of Conscience.” 23 Jun. 2007. UCC.org. United Church of Christ, n.d. Web. 6 May 2011.
    • Quinn, Sally. Interview on MSNBC. Radar Online. Integrity Multimedia Company, 18 Mar.2008. Web. 1 May 2008.
    • Segal, David. “Time to Hit the Brakes on that Cliché.” Washingtonpost.com. Washington Post Media, 1 May 2008. Web. 4 Jun 2011.
    • Sharpley-Whiting, T. Denean. The Speech: Race and Barack Obama’s “A More Perfect Union.” New York: Bloomsbury, 2009. Print.
    • Wills, Gary. “Two Speeches on Race.” Nybooks.com. New York Review of Books, 1 May 2008. Web. 21 Oct. 2011.
       
  • Hospitality of the Mouth and the Homophonic Kiss: David Melnick’s Men in Aïda

    Sean Reynolds (bio)
    SUNY Buffalo
    str8@buffalo.edu

    Abstract

    This essay explores the erotic and “perverse” undercurrents of homophonic translation by looking at David Melnick’s 1983 Men in Aida, a strict homophone of Homer’s Iliad into English. In order to build a foundational vocabulary for the homophonic as a translation, this essay turns to Walter Benjamin”s “The Task of the Translator” and Derrida’s “The Tower of Babel,” both of which engage the problem of translation as separate from semantic reproduction and which move translation towards an ethics of contact, namely in the “adjoining” of translation to the original as fragments. In Melnick’s homophonic translation we see rising out of the ground of translation an act of affection in which two tongues turn “each toward [the] other” out of an internal incompletion. Proceeding from Benjamin’s argument that “the translation touches the original in a fleeting manner and only at an infinitely small point of meaning,” which Derrida extends into the “caress” of translation, this essay argues for a homophonic kiss of translation, the translator’s desire to move his mouth, trans-historically, with another. Further, Melnick’s homophonic kiss places itself upon the “infinitely small point” of the proper name, that point most resistant to translatability. By refusing to move on from the “fleeting” encounter of the kiss, Melnick extends translation into a perverted oral fixation which continues to “call out” to the original by its proper name.

     

    “In kissing do you render or receive?”

    — William Shakespeare, Troilus and Cressida 4.5.40 (1602)

    In early 1981, poet Robert Duncan, as a “spin off” to his classes at New College of California, began to lead a weekly reading group dedicated to the translation and intoning of the Iliad. This “Homer Group,”—which included David Levi Strauss, Diane Di Prima, and Aaron Shurin among other poets and scholars—”continued for the next six years, finally chanting & translating every word and every line of the Iliad” (Levi Strauss 17). Their chanting sessions, Levi Strauss recalls, would last late into the night, directed and harmonized by Duncan’s own notations for intoning the Greek syllables: “diacritical marks as pitch indicators—gliding up a third on an acute accent, down a third on a grave” (18). It was an overly ambitious undertaking, the type one would expect to fall apart promptly, especially considering that, of the eight original members, almost none had previous experience with Homeric Greek. Nevertheless, this utterly alien and dead tongue would come to occupy an erotic locus, an adhesive center, to which most of them would remain remarkably faithful over the years: “Whatever else was going on in our lives, the reading practice was constant . . . Duncan spoke of our relation as a marriage, that we were married to the poem” (18-19). Amongst this polygamous circle, however, there was one, poet David Melnick, whose intonations of the Iliad became particularly “obsessive [and] perverse” (19), whose translations became more clingy than faithful. In 1983, Melnick—then the author of Eclogs (1972) and PCOET (1975)—would publish the first offspring of this Homeric affair, giving it the name Men in Aïda, Book I.

    Released from Lyn Hejinian’s Tuumba Press in a print run of 400 copies, Men in Aïda, Book I opens without a “translator’s preface” or any introductory account of the work’s derivation from Homer.1 It opens,

    Men in Aïda, they appeal, eh? A day, O Achilles!
    Allow men in, emery Achaians. All gay ethic, eh?
    Paul asked if tea mousse suck, as Aïda, pro, yaps in.
    Here on a Tuesday. ‘Hello,’ Rhea to cake Eunice in.
    ‘Hojo’ noisy tap as hideous debt to lay at a bully.
    Ex you, day. Tap wrote a ‘D,’ a stay. Tenor is Sunday.
    Atreides stain axe and Ron and ideas ‘ll kill you.

     

    (1-7)

     

    And proceeds in kind for over 600 lines. While the poem does not name itself as a homophonic translation of the Iliad, as Charles Bernstein noted, “anything more than the most cursory reading…would move to its relation to Homer” (201). A relation to Homer, or, a relation with Homer; one so intimate, in fact, as to be inscrutable. So intimate that the text dare not speak its name.

    For when Melnick aligns his mouth to Homer’s, he “covers a homosexual pandemic riotously lurking in the very sound shape of Homer’s Iliad” (McCaffery and Rasula 246). The opening lines above are nothing other than obsessively close homophones of Homer’s opening to Book I:

    Menin aeide thea Peleiadeō Achileos
    oulomenen, he muri Achaiois algae etheke
    pollas d’ iphthimous psuchas Aidi proiapsen
    herō-ōn autous de helōria teuche kunessin
    oiōnoisi te pasi Dios d’ eteleieto boule
    ex hou de ta prota diastetev erisante
    Atreides te anax andrōv kai dios Achilleus.
    (1-7)2

     

    Melnick’s “translation” holds erect the auditory axis of Homer’s speech, not merely letting the sound lead—as is said of Zukofsky’s homophonic Catullus (Bernstein 10)—but dictate. And in this unlimited susceptibility to the dictates of a foreign tongue, Melnick allows for the creation of meaning to become an incidental effect of the duty to wrap his mouth around the received phonemes.

    The dictation of Greek sound into the English mouth produces a translation seemingly irreconcilable not only to Homer’s meaning, but even to its own narrative progress and, at times, its own status as “English.” Characters appear in one line never to be heard from again —”Newton neon met” (48); syntactical relations are frequently inscrutable—”Hose foe ye pro yea breeze say dozen neck cake houris” (336); when sentences are grammatically complete in themselves, they typically fail to integrate—”Ten might do, son. Whee, yes Achaians!” (392). There are, however, points at which diction appears more than random. When, at line 6, we encounter, “Tap wrote a ‘D,’ a stay. Tenor is Sunday,” we could string together that someone, possibly named “Tap,” is writing musical notations. Other lines, when read aloud, seem to hover just outside of sense; they sound as though they do mean something in English, but we need a few words defined for us. Compare, for example, Melnick’s “O garb a silly coal o’ they is / Noose on a nast” (9) to Lewis Carroll’s lines from “Jabberwocky”: “All mimsy were the borogoves / And the mome raths outgrabe” (21-22). Despite their being unintelligible, the words sound as though they are communicating to us in English and belong to the English speaking mouth. However, as we will see, once Melnick lets the Greek in, once the gates are opened to the English mouth, the foreign tongue thereby receives a complete permission to contaminate and disrupt, from within, the proper conventions of its host.

    In order to accommodate the phonic range of Homer’s speech into the constrictions of English, Melnick appeals to a multitude of Englishes at once, often collapsing a “discursive heterogeneity” (Venuti 200) into the space of a single line: “Pied dapple lentoid doe cat, the old year rain neck atom bane. / Heck, say yes, say stay, sonny. You’d mate on pay rib bean moan” (447-448). At once reciting and listening to Homer, Men in Aïda reveals, as Venuti says of the Zukofskys’ Catullus, “a dazzling range of Englishes, dialects and discourses that issued from the foreign roots of English . . . and from different moments in the history of English-language culture” (216-217). Moreover, the homophonic mouth must be prepared to make room for historically estranged bedfellows. The Germanic Thor confronts the biblical Isaac. Popeye and Pope trade bawdy barbs. The epic warriors of Homer interact with “Rae,” “Ken,” or “Danny.”

    How exactly does Homer’s arete schism become homoeroticism? Well, by letting the sound dictate an inversion of our hierarchy of attention within the speech of the Iliad. That is, pithy phonemes in the Greek suddenly transfigure into guiding motifs of homoeroticism in the English: men (a Greek particle, loosely meaning “well” or “so”) becomes “men”; kai (a coordinating conjunction) becomes “guy” or “gay”; toi (the plural definite article) becomes “toy.” It can happen, though, that the translation looks both ways. The suffix marker of the passive voice thai, for example, results in frequent instances of the word “thigh”—”make his thigh” (8), “Dick his thigh” (19) , “deck his thigh” (20)—which could allude to acts of paraphilia as well as the Greek god Dionysus, born out of the thigh of Zeus.

    Of course, Melnick’s Men in Aïda is not the first attempt at so-called homophonic translation. Aping the sounds of Latin into English, it is said, was a long beloved pastime for English schoolboys (Raffel 440). However, the foundational work in the twentieth century for the movement of homophones from the field of frivolous play to scholarly translation came with Louis and Celia Zukofsky’s translation of the complete canon of Catullus, published in a bilingual edition in 1969. Any discussion of the homophonic-as-translation must acknowledge this innovative and controversial work. Within their brief prefatory statement to Catullus, the Zukofskys explain their translation as an attempt to follow along with the phonetic patterns of Catullus’s original speech while at the same time keeping pace with his meaning (Prepositions 225). The line that the Zukofskys straddle, between sound and sense, results in a noticeably affected but nonetheless intelligible English rendition. Take, for example, the lines from Catullus’s song 8:

    Miser Catulle, desinas ineptire,
    et quod vides perisse perditum ducas

     

    which in a semantically faithful translation reads: “Poor Catullus, you must stop being silly, and count as lost what you see is lost” (Wiseman 142). The Zukofskys, in contrast, begin by carrying the Miser into a rough homophone of “Miss her,” which likewise retains the original’s connotations of love lost. The following desinas undergoes a greater phonetic stretch in the admonition “don’t be so . . .,” with ineptire providing the close cognate “inept”—just as perisse easily transfers to “perish” rather than “lost.” However, the Zukofskys also let through the literal semantic of quod vides as “what you see,” even though its phonetic resemblance is minimal, for the sake of maintaining the poem’s general expression. Adhering strictly to neither sound nor meaning, the Zukofskys’ “translation moves in and out of the Latin, now essaying a strong word, now falling back into more literal transfers to contain the revisionary energies within the general semantic frame of the Latin” (Hooley 116). Though the translation met with harsh criticism from most reviewers on grounds of infidelity (see Raffell), the Zukofskys were, unlike Melnick, at least under the influence of the semantics and syntax of the words he “breathed with,” having been provided by Celia with a complete parsing. Whereas the Zukofskys’ translation thus mediates between sound and sense, “mov[ing] in and out of Latin,” Melnick forces sense into sound so that any reference becomes accidental to the continuum of phonics. Although Melnick can indeed read Greek, his translation depends on no more knowledge than could be gleaned in an hour-long course on pronunciation. Yet, precisely because Melnick carries the practice of homophonic translation to the outermost of reference, further consideration should be brought to his reproduction.

    What happens, then, when we try to speak of Men in Aïda as a translation of Homer’s Iliad? English translations of the Greek epic are, to be sure, as different from one another as they are similar. But what can we say when we place, for instance, Pope’s translation of Chryses’ opening speech to the Greeks,

    Ye kings and warriors! may your vows be crown’d,
    And Troy’s proud walls lie level with the ground.
    May Jove restore you when your toils are o’er
    Safe to the pleasures of your native shore.

    (23-26)

     

    next to Fitzgerald’s rendering of the same,

     

    O captains
    Meneláos and Agamémnon, and you other
    Akhaians under arms!
    The gods who hold Olympos, may they grant you
    plunder of Priam’s town and a fair wind home…

    (20-24)

     

    and add to the conversation Melnick’s

     

    A tray id I take. I alloy a uke, nay me days Achaians.
    Human men theoi doyen Olympia dome attic on teas.
    Ech! Pursey Priam’s pollen, eh? You’d eke a Dick his thigh.
    Pay Dad, am I loose! At a pill. Lent Ada a pen to deck his thigh…

    (16-19)

     

    Do we have anywhere to go? Can we even build a vocabulary to speak about what Melnick does? Really, what’s the matter with Men in Aïda?

    It is in the context of Men in Aïda, I argue, that we can pointedly engage the question Derrida follows in his essay “Des Tours de Babel”: “does not the ground of translation finally recede as soon as the restitution of meaning . . . ceases to provide the measure?” (177). This question of Derrida’s itself translates the one posed by Benjamin in his 1921 essay “The Task of the Translator,” which (translated by Harry Zohn) reads: “[I]s not the ground cut from under [translation] if the reproduction of the sense ceases to be decisive?” (260; emphasis added). Primarily because both Derrida and Benjamin engage heterolinguistic translation apart from semantic reproduction and towards an ethics of contact, I have found these two essays fruitful for the building of a vocabulary not only for the homophonic translation, but also for the furtive erotics of translation to which Melnick’s homophones bear witness.

    Whereas Benjamin confronts the problem of linguistic incommensurability as a vestige of an initial unicity, the oneness of a “pure language,” Derrida proceeds from the myth of the tower of Babel—what he calls the translation of the origin of translation—to argue for the necessary impossibility of translation. This impossibility lies not merely in deriving a “‘true’ translation, a transparent and adequate interexpression” (“Des Tours” 166), but is located by Derrida in translation itself as a form inherent with “incompletion, the impossibility of finishing, of totalizing, of saturating…” (165). The “event” of linguistic division—the always already occurring fall of Babel and the curse of confusion—”at the same time imposes and forbids translation” (170). This duality of post-Babelian language—wherein translation proceeds from its impossibility—provides the condition under which we can “make sense” of Men in Aïda as a translation and justify any claim that it is a translation.

    Fallen is the genealogy-without-genesis of this situation, in which the translator finds himself confronted with the intractably foreign text, which at once casts both the source and the target language as incomplete and untotalizing. At the junction of translation, the two languages stand exposed, face to face, as though realizing their nakedness by their difference. But this exposure of incompletion in the foreign text at the same time makes a demand, imposing itself not simply as the foreign, but the to-be-translated. That is, the translator receives a foreign text as a call into debt: “The translator is indebted, he appears to himself as translator in a situation of debt; and his task is to render, to render that which must have been given” (“Des Tours” 176). The source text dispatches the duty out of a need for a complement, since “at the origin it was not there without fault, full, complete, total and identical to itself. From the origin of the original-to-be translated, there is exile and fall” (188). This responsibility enjoined by the exposure to foreign language has further critical resonances with Žižek’s account of the formation of an ethical human subject:

    My very status as a subject depends on . . . the bodily-desiring substance of the Other, the fact that, in the core of my being, I am irreducibly vulnerable, exposed to the Other(s). And far from limiting my ethical status (autonomy), this primordial vulnerability due to my constitutive exposure to the Other grounds it: what makes an individual human and thus something for which we are responsible . . . is his/her very finitude and vulnerability.

    (138)

     

    Not only is the experience of alterity a given for the subject, this alterity further exposes the fault, leaves open the wound, which calls, reciprocally, the subject into responsibility. Likewise for Derrida, the translator, in being exposed to the “finitude and vulnerability” of a foreign language—and in turn that of his own language—is called into translation: not to reproduce what he sees, but, as I will show is the case for Melnick, to complement the incompletion of a foreign text’s “bodily-desiring substance.”

    Robert Duncan, perhaps locating the source of Melnick’s translation in this “exile and fall,” made the following suggestions for lines 14 and 21 on a manuscript of Men in Aïda sent to him by the translator (handwritten notes in brackets):

    Stem Attic on anchors, in neck cable. Oh Apollo on us. [apple onus?]
    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
    [apple owner]
    As oh men idiots who unneck a bowl on Apollo on her

    Translation responds, out of its fallenness, to the wound of the foreign text, to the call issued forth from the gape of its incompletion. The gape which demands translation, being that point most resistant to translation, will become for the target language the very object of its desire. This building desire will draw the translation into a relationship of nearness to the original, which Benjamin and Derrida are correct to distinguish from similarity to the original. Derrida writes that the translation offers a “post-maturation” of the original through which it may “live more and better” (“Des Tours” 179). That is, in order for the translator to respond to the non-totalization of the original—which, at least in the case of the Iliad, is a “dead” language—he must “ensure its growth” by means of difference: “[A] translation weds the original when the two ajointed fragments, which are as different as possible, complete each other to form a greater language” (qtd. and trans. in Bannet 585).3 Thus to extend from the source also necessitates an adherence to the source in the formation of a jointing point. For, in its very finitude, its need to be translated, the original cannot claim an originary authority to be adhered to, but can only call out of its need to be adhered against.

    Just as in Plato’s dialogue on ero¯s, The Symposium, Aristophanes conceives of human beings “cut in two, each half [longing] for the other,” so too I believe we should posit b etween the translating and the to-be-translated something of an urge or desire made available by fragmentation. If there is, as Derrida claims, a demand made to the translator, I must think that it is the ineluctable character of a desire. Aristophanes says of his early humans, who were pre-reproductive but post-erotic: “out of their desire to grow together, they would throw their arms around each other when they met and become entwined” (191b, 30).4 And here Aristophanes, like Derrida and Benjamin, conceives of growth not as reproductive energy, but adhesive. It ushers forth, that is, from a deep entwining, which implies contact as well as reception. The to-be-translated and the translating texts receive the gift of this receptivity specifically from fragmentation, so that the translator sees the to-be-translated as that which is “longing for the other.” In her indispensable essay on the Babelian translation theories of Derrida and Benjamin, Eva Bannet writes,

    Translation is . . . the mark of an “essential incompletion” (230). But its failure is also its success, for it is the incompletion of languages and texts which allows them to add-join themselves each to each, like fragments of some larger vessel. And it is the infinite task of translation which promotes what Benjamin calls “the reconciliation of tongues” by turning each toward an other, by making each language and text call to and for an other, and by directing us from each to others and to something Infinitely Other of which each is merely a fragment.

    (587)

     

    The two tongues turn together to remedy an internal incompletion, their personal restlessness. Once reproduction is taken off the table, what is left but to touch, and by touching, grow together? That transparent translation cannot occur, that Homer cannot say what he means in English, allows for Melnick to enter himself as translator and co-creator. The impossibility of total translation lets there be two—Melnick and Homer—who, as fragments, must turn, “each toward [the] other,” in an act of affection.

    I want to keep with this idea of affection (namely of the “bodily-desiring substance”) between Men in Aïda and The Iliad and look back to Benjamin when he writes, “Just as the tangent touches the circle only in a fleeting manner and at a single point … so the translation touches the original in a fleeting manner and only at an infinitely small point of meaning” (qtd. in “Des Tours” 189). Derrida accompanies Benjamin’s language of the “fleeting” touch an d extends it into a “caress,” as in, “[The translation] does not render the meaning of the original except at that point of contact or caress” (emphasis added; 190). In the case of Melnick, the physicality of the caress appears much more than metaphorical. And, where could we say this contact occurs but at the mouth? How could we at all explain the production of Men in Aïda if not by the translator’s desire to move his mouth with the author’s (and right on his mouth)? For this reason, I choose rather the term “kiss” to describe Melnick’s translational procedure (“Kiss ’em, men, no ape is sin” [30413]), which carries the connotations of “caress”—as contact between the outermost edges-but also adds an intentionality to this encounter. As Jean-Luc Nancy writes of the “community” formed between two mouths: “[The speaking mouth] is— perhaps, though taken at its limit, as with the kiss—the beating of a singular site against other singular sites” (31). The directed “beating” of the kissing mouth further insists upon hospitality to the foreign mouth: moving with it, not just duplicating, but complementing and completing its articulations. Keeping in mind also the proposed desire of translation, the synchronization of this kiss is at once a union of two mouths as well as a manifestation of the internal erōs of division.

    More than any caress, the kiss, as British psychoanalyst Adam Phillips claims, marks precisely that point of “[t]he individual’s first and forever-recurring loss . . . of the fantasy of self-sufficiency, of being everything to oneself” (99). For, unlike caressing, kissing is the erotic encounter we can never have with ourselves (Phillips 99). Our “craving for other mouths” accordingly proceeds from the initial incompletion of an autoerotic totality, out of which the mouth seeks its corresponding loss in foreign bodies: “The child may stroke or suck himself, or kiss other people and things, but he will not kiss himself. Eventually, Freud writes in Three Essays on the Theory of Sexuality, he will kiss other people on the mouth because he is unable to kiss himself there” (Phillips 94). Kissing perforce requires another mouth, not only as an object of one’s affection, but as an agent as well. As Phillips argues, kissing “blurs the distinction between giving and taking” insofar as it is an “image of reciprocity, not of domination” in which “the difference between the sexes can supposedly be attenuated” (96). In the kiss, the difference between the original and translation recedes behind their mutual limit points, which is precisely where, as we shall see, incomplete mouths move in unison. In the hospitality of the homophonic kiss, one mouth clings to another in a fearful symmetry, mutually gaping, receptive and penetrating.

    It could be argued though that Melnick becomes more of a “mouthpiece” for Homer than a mouth-kisser. That is, Melnick, by speaking Homer in English, allows himself to become an intermediary, whose relationship is one of automatist possession. Ron Silliman’s description of Melnick’s performance of Men in Aïda certainly might suggest such a relationship:

    David Melnick . . . gives a reading of this text that literally stuns its audience, for underneath its ribald surface he has managed to capture a remarkable presentation of the actual music of the original. You can close your eyes & almost hear it in either language.

     

    Is this a witness to the miraculous? Wouldn’t we be right to find a parallel to this account in the apostolic multilingualism of the Pentecost?

     

    When they heard this sound, a crowd came together in bewilderment, because each one heard them speaking in his own language . . . “Then how is it that each of us hears them in his own native language?” . . . Amazed and perplexed, they asked one another, “What does this mean?”

    (Acts: 6-12 NIV)

     

    The “stunning” assiduity with which Melnick conforms to the word of Homer could lead us to declare just as Socrates does to the rhapsode Ion, “You are no artist, but speak fully and beautifully out of Homer by being held under divine inspiration.”5 The tendency of Melnick’s tangential line away from creativity and towards automatism seems, no doubt, a noteworthy aspect of his translational practice. However, rather than transparently doubling languages, Men in Aïda locates itself in that juncture between languages, speaking neither just as it attempts to speak both. For one could just as easily say that Men in Aïda gives us neither an English nor a Greek. Its place is the limit, the outermost of two semantic ranges, where signification must break off in order to be doubled. Indeed, Melnick meets, not communicates, Homer. This meeting of the outermost edges of two tongues is what Nancy above calls the “limit” of the speaking mouth, namely, the kiss.

    The question remains where does this kiss occur, this limit point of the speaking mouth, and can we call it the “infinitely small of meaning”? I want to consider for this purpose just one line, which contains a decisive point of the translator’s visibility. Melnick translates line 78 of The Iliad (Book 1) as “Egg are oh yummy. Andrews call o’ semen hose Meg a pant on,” which in the Greek reads:

    E gar oiomai andra cholosemen hos mega panton

    I would argue that, with even closer adherence to the Greek phonics, this line could also be rendered as

     

    Egg are oy! oh my! And rock, ah! Lo, see men hoes mega-pant own.

     

    The disparity between Melnick’s translation and my own should be sufficient enough to show that his task was significantly more than automatic. Yet, what is most striking in Melnick’s line is his disfigurement of the Greek andra (man) into Andrews. Silliman has said that Melnick made a point to include the names of personal friends and lovers in Men in Aïda, and we can see in this case that the phonics of the Greek are stretched to atypical distortion specifically for the inclusion of the proper name. In a letter sent to Robert Duncan in 1983, Melnick points out one line of translation he made specifically in tribute to his friend, saying in a parenthetical note, “(I did put you in Book II, though—’”His better none,” my Muse sigh’ at ‘espete nun moi, Mousai,’ II, 484, remembering your ‘adoption’ of that passage.)” It would appear, then, that we can be justified in reading the inclusion of the proper name, such as Andrew, as a tribute, an act of attention toward an individual.

    I propose that this deviation, the cleft of transference from andra to Andrews, provides an entry point into understanding Men in Aïda as a translation. That is, if we can locate the “infinitely small of meaning” at which Melnick kisses Homer, we must do so at the place of the proper name. Looking back to the poem’s opening line (“Men in Aïda, they appeal, eh? A day, O Achilles!”), we can readily identify the proper name Achilles as the only point of contact that Melnick’s translation shares with every semantic translation of Homer into English, the only point of contact, moreover, that directs us back to Homer at all. It will, of course, sound as a paradox to identify the proper name with an “infinite small of meaning” precisely because the proper name is understood to be that without a communal, and thus translatable, meaning. Thus, Αχιληοσ will be to us Achilles, not because we understand this to be its meaning, but because we do not know anything else to call. To translate Achilles’ name by something we know would be to call another name entirely, and thus not to be saying Achilles at all. After all, getting one’s name right is to say it right. To translate andra as Andrew, then, is to empty out the conceptual reference in deference to the orgasmic calling out of Andrew, “Andrews call o’ semen,” and then further to name the vocation of man (andra) in Andrew, the object of the translator’s affection.

    It seems clear that the caress between Men in Aïda and The Iliad must occur at the outermost perimeters of the translation and the to-be-translated. Yet, because we have designated this contact not just a caress, but specifically a kiss, we must also find here a supple and susceptible aperture, like the mouth. And, it is the condition unique to the proper name that it should both belong and not belong to language. Its place is uneasy, on the outmost and innermost edge of the foreign and domestic, sense and babble.6 It has no place in dictionaries, but yet “it remains caught in [the same] system of phonic differences or social classifications” that gives rise to dictionaries (Of Grammatology 89). Roman Jakobson “singles out proper names” as being exemplary of the heightened instability that occurs when the linguistic code (langue) references itself (Verbal Art 196): “In the code of English, ‘Jerry’ means a person named Jerry. The circularity is obvious: the name means anyone to whom this name is assigned” (Selected Writings II 131). In order to define the proper name, we must include the signifier itself, as that to which the name points; thus it is not so much that the proper name is an instance in which the sound, as the signifying material, prevails over meaning, but that the meaning leads us circularly back to that very signifying material. This in turn demands that when the translator comes across a proper name, he must use the very phonetic sign of the name in order to translate it. Take, for an interesting example, one of the most frequent proper names to come up in Melnick’s translation: Guy (e.g., “Ballet and a puree, neck you on Guy on totem, may I?”[52]). What had begun, in English, as an instance of the code-on-code, the proper name of Guy, gradually inflated to mean any man whosoever. Indeed, the code was pulled off the code, Guy was pulled off of Guy (occurring, the OED tells us, in nineteenth-century America), and became re-circulated within the functions of reference as the depersonalized guy. Melnick, in almost all cases choosing the self-adhesive Guy over the referential guy, re-focused the signifier upon the signifier as a particular object of his affection. Likewise, just as in turning guy into Guy, he signals that he is talking about a singular object (some guy named Guy), so to, in translating the Iliad by its very signifying material, he indicates a single and attractive performance of the mouth.

    The proper names most readily identifiable as the site of translation would be those of the author and translator, Homer and David Melnick. The contract and the contact would take place between these two names:

    [The contract] surpasses a priori the bearers of the name, if by that is understood the mortal bodies which disappear behind the sur-vival of the name. Now, a proper noun does and does not belong, we said, to the language, not even, let us make it precise now, to the corpus of the text to-be-translated, of the to-be-translated.

    The debt does not involve living subjects but names at the edge of language or, more rigorously, the trait which contracts the relation of the aforementioned living subject to his name, insofar as the latter keeps to the edge of the language. And this trait would be that of the to-be-translated, from one language to the other, from this edge to the other of the proper name.

    (“Des Tours” 185)

     

    Derrida’s “translation” of translation as the movement between opposing edges of the proper name is also, because the proper name locates itself at “the edge of the language,” the slightest possible movement “from one language into the other.” The debt of translation is fulfilled, as it were, by this traverse from the foreign to the domestic by way of the proper name. Yet, we must acknowledge that much more is at stake in Men in Aïda than a movement across these “traits” of the subjects (author and translator), even granting that these living subjects have “disappeared behind the sur-vival of the name.” That is, the proper names in this translation may not be, or be most importantly, the subjects of Homer and David Melnick. In this case, it would also be misleading to say with Derrida that the proper noun does not belong to the corpus of the text to-be-translated. It is misleading precisely because, for Men in Aïda, the text to-be-translated is treated entirely as its own proper name.

    To make this point—that the proper name is the text of The Iliad itself—I will return to the cover of Men in Aïda, which, as was noted above, does not announce itself as a translation of Homer. But in Melnick’s refusal of the proper name Homer he does not attempt to obscure its derivation, letting his work stand on its own. For, while Men in Aïda is not signed by Homer, it is signed by the Greek text itself. Below his own name, Melnick instead chose to place the first line of The Iliad, “Μηνιν αειδε, θεα, Πηληιαδεω Αχιληος” (see Fig. 1).

     
    Cover of Men in Aïda. Used by permission.

    Click for larger view
    Fig. 1.

    Cover of Men in Aïda. Used by permission.

     

     

    The line stands untranslated, “shining like the medallion of a proper name” (“Des Tours” 177). The translation, then, bears the signature of the to-be-translated speech of Homer, thereby alerting us to the position of the proper name, which is also the position of the kiss. By signing his translation with Homer’s untranslated speech, rather than his untranslated name, Melnick emphasizes the mediation of his kiss. It re-states the sentiment of that singer of the Song of Songs who says to his love not simply, “Let me kiss him,” but rather, “Let him kiss me with the kissing of his mouth.” That is, the kiss will not occur directly from the mouth, but by that which the mouth performs. In our case, the performance of the mouth, the kissing of the mouth of this particular kiss, is the speaking of a proper name.

    Inviting not just the kiss of Homer, but the kiss of the kissing of his mouth, Melnick fixes the proper name of The Iliad to its “unique occurrence of a performative force” (“Des Tours” 177). And in what we might call oral fixation of Men in Aïda, we find no caution before the purity of the original, no hesitancy about violating the source, nor of letting the source violate the target language. If anything, Melnick’s is a work of contamination, wherein vulnerability precedes fidelity. David Levi Strauss recalls the susceptibility of the homophonic mouth that Melnick spread amongst his fellow chanters in the Homer Group sessions:

    . . . there were times when Melnick’s polymorphous perverse monosyllabic homophonics infected our reading—when we ‘heard things’ in the Greek and the contagion took over, until we were all screaming on the carpet: “Oy, cod! Day, he am a known hoopoe. Dare you hermit a neon!”

    (19; emphasis added)

     

    In order for the Greek to find its place in English, the homophonic mouth accepts the “infection” of its own tongue. Violation is a concern proper only to the task of restitution. In contrast, for a true hospitality of the mouth, Melnick must open up—be supple and susceptible to the foreign “contagion.” And who opens up for the foreigner without first being supplied a name? Thus, Derrida is right to assert that any susceptible hospitality to the foreigner must begin precisely upon the proper name: “this foreigner, then, is someone with whom, to receive him, you begin by asking his name . . . This is someone to whom you put a question and address a demand, the first demand, the minimal demand being: ‘What is your name?’” (Of Hospitality 27). The host (Melnick) must first receive the proper name, and that name must strike him at once as properly untranslatable in order that he open up to receive it, allowing the rights of the foreigner within the hospis of his mouth. In Melnick’s hospitality of the mouth, the responsibility of translation commences at the reception of the proper name. This proper name is given over to the domestic mouth, which will accept the name just as it violates the name by the mispronunciation of its repetition (Αχιληοσ is received as Achilles). Indeed, two foreign mouths can continue to hold true to each other only by speaking proper names, which are their mutual valences: what they allow to belong to the other as proper to his language and malleable to his tongue.

    If we ask, further, what of Melnick’s translation causes us to regard it, along with Levi Strauss, as a form of perversion, can we not easily answer that it arrests its development at the level of kissing? Rather than passing through the kiss as an intermediary foreplay to an inevitable reproductive climax, Melnick arrives at the mouth as an erotic aim in itself. Freud, under his discussion of “Fixations of Preliminary Sexual Aims,” notably observed that all kissing risked perversion in the individual’s “tendency to linger over the preparatory activities and to turn them into new sexual aims that can take the place of the normal one” (22). These preparatory-turned substitutive aims, Phillips writes, will arise “independent of the desire for nourishment or reproduction,” subsisting merely on the pleasure of erotic contact (97). For Melnick, the oral “caress” of the kiss is locked in as a perpetually unconsummated encounter that defers (to the point of becoming substitute for) the reproduction of the foreign text. And by substituting a perpetually preparatory touching for the “release of sexual tension and a temporary extinction of the sexual instinct” (Freud 15), Melnick perverts what has become the normative expectation that foreign texts have of their translators. Indeed this perversion is exactly the risk the homophonic translator must take: that he may invest too much in his kisses, that he may kiss for too long. But Melnick, we can begin to trust, will not pull away, stubbornly preferring the perversion to the hasty consummation (and release) of the translational encounter. And when lips are locked, the translation will not come up for air, for as soon as the kiss is broken the translator admits that he has had enough of the tongue, that he has “traversed” his oral attachment and now moves “rapidly on the path towards final sexual fulfillment” (Freud 16). We should not be surprised, then, when those who welcome in the homophone to their mouths, such as those members of Melnick’s “Homer Group,” inevitably revert to the infantile: rolling around on the carpet and screaming.

    To take stock, then, it is my claim that (1) Melnick and Homer kiss with the kiss of their mouths; (2) that this kiss occurs at the proper name, Benjamin’s “tangent point” where the original and translation fuse; (3) that the proper name is both a point of susceptibility and a point of untranslatability; (4) that, as a point of fusion, the proper name defines the trajectory of the translation. That is, this point of fusion defines the trajectory of Melnick’s translation insofar as it, perversely, refuses to leave the kiss of the proper name.

    The proper name marks the point at which—in (Jakobson’s) code-on-code action—the foreign and domestic mouths meet, and, by refusing to break from Homer’s mouth, Melnick also refuses to let go of the name. His obsessive attachment to the mouth thus proliferates in gratuitous, untranslatable proper names:

    “Name heir, Tess. Mend, aim my hoopoes, Kay. Oh Guy caught a noose on. Yep, oh ape, a pay you toy. A pee day, oh sop. Pray you, aid Deo. Oh son, ago met a Paw sin at the moat, at eight. Theo same me.”

    Ten day Meg gawk this as prose ape pain. Nay filly, Gary Thaddeus.

    (514-517)

     

    In the reciprocity of the homophonic kiss, both mouths are pushed to the limit of communication just as they are pushed to the limit of translatability in the proper name. Melnick’s over-naming of Homer’s speech reconfigures translation as a vocative calling out, directed toward that most resistant point of untranslatability, the point at which the translator’s only recourse is to open his mouth and learn to match its shape. Learning to match the foreign mouth undoubtedly demands at times new and uncomfortable movements, contortions, and extensions of the tongue, but, as Phillips writes, “[kissing] is part of the ongoing project of working out what mouths are for” (96). It is not surprising that such an activity is accompanied out of Melnick’s mouth by a rhythm of exclamatory interjections—what we now no longer call “ejaculations”: “Ack!”; “Ick!”; “Whee!”; “Eek”; “Ow”; “Eh”; “Ay!”; “Heigh!”; “Ho!” and so forth. These exclamatory interjections, literally the “thrown in” pieces of non-grammatical speech, are the uncontrolled, irresistible outbursts of verbal expression, “those which,” according to British philologist John Earle, “owe least to conventionality . . . and [are] most dependent upon oral modulation” (197-198). Thus they seemingly rupture forth at every possible moment in Men in Aïda, bearing witness to a speech not only “affected by the foreign tongue” (qtd. in Benjamin 262), but overwhelmed by its desire for the foreign tongue. Unmistakably, the most frequent interjection of Melnick’s translation is the utterly erotic and evocative O/Oh, which so permeates and punctuates the text that it imbues the entire translation with the charge of an exclamation:

     

    Leto’s and Zeus’ son. O gar a silly coal’ they is.

    (9)

     

    “Ooh ma’ Gar! Apollo on a deep hill, oh no Tess Sue, Calchas”

    (86)

     

    Oh your final men ate owned alone. Newt is a rat, oh.

    (198)

     

    Oh Ron oh then Pro dame make a tess a Luke call on us, Hera.

    (208)

     

    O come at his Theban, here reign Paul in yet you knows.

    (366)

     

    The structure of the “oh…oh…oh” within which Melnick calls out the proper name, builds an erotic momentum toward consummation (climax) that is nonetheless regressive in its infantile orality. For, as Earle also observed, the interjection O/Oh “is well known as one of the earliest articulations of infants, to express surprise and delight” (191). Yet, insofar as the delight of the O and Oh emerges in accompaniment to the proper name (“Oh Ron oh”), it forces the translation into the direct address of the vocative. When, at line 74, Melnick’s translation reads “O Achilles, kill, lay, I Amy, Dee feel lame. ‘Myth,’ he says…,” the opening “O Achilles,” quite directly translates the Greek O Achileu, in which the Greek omega is the interjection of direct address. Likewise, when Melnick renders line 149 as “Oh my, an Ide day, yea! Nippy aim in a curdly oaf, Ron,” he directly translates the Greek exclamatory interjection O moi into “Oh my.” In these instances, as in instances of proper names, it is conventional for the translator of Greek to mimic the interjection in sound, with the understanding that he has come upon a moment “when the suddenness and vehemence of some affectation or passion” has reduced speech to what Earle calls “the mere germ of verbal activity.” Yet, when the translator opens his mouth to being entirely infected with this intruding germ—that is, in the instance of the un-breaking kiss—he will not reach the end of this interjection. The vehemence of the affectation from the foreign tongue will suddenly cause him to render the original as a singular interjection by which he calls out the proper name of Homer’s oral performance as “Oh Ron oh” or in a more ejaculatory sense “Andrews call o’ semen.”

    If we return then to the guiding question of what Melnick translates of Homer, or, more importantly, what Melnick translates of translation, we see that we have come to an understanding of translation as a calling out to the original, a call that welcomes in the foreign tongue not merely, as Benjamin would have it, as an agent to “expand and deepen his language” (262), but to contaminate and pervert it as well. By refusing to move on from the “tangent point” at which the original and translation fuse, Melnick seizes upon the proper name as the resistant point of translation which demands he take it into his mouth. The radical reconfiguration Melnick makes of translation, from a reproduction to oral adhesion, reveals the furtive erotics that grounds the translational extension of one tongue to another. Just as Freud concludes that “even in the most normal sexual process we may detect rudiments which, if they had developed, would have led to the deviations described as ‘perversions’” (15), so too, I suggest, the perverse speech of Men in Aïda, shows to us, in a heightened development, those erotic “constituents which are rarely absent from” the pleasures of “healthy” translation (Freud 26), at least as these translations appear in their infant stages (26). Melnick, we could say in a more practical manner, did not depart from the process that he and his fellow members of the “Homer Group” went through in their attempts to derive a translation of the Iliad; he merely stunted this process in its “preparatory activities,” protracting the time in which he and they, and we readers, may be attentive to the foreign tongue pressing against our own.

    Sean Reynolds is a Ph.D. candidate in English at the State University of New York at Buffalo, where he is writing a dissertation on postwar American poetic translation and translation theory. With David Hadbawnik, he edited Jack Spicer’s Beowulf for the Spring 2011 series of Lost and Found: The CUNY Document Initiative. He is co-editor with Robert Dewhurst of the journal Wild Orchids, the most recent issue of which centers on the work of Hannah Weiner.

    Footnotes


    1. Books I and II of Men in Aïda are now available to be read in their entirety through the Eclipse online archive (english.utah.edu/eclipse). Excerpts of Men in Aïda, Book I were anthologized in Ron Silliman’s In the American Tree (1986) as well as Steve McCaffery and Jed Rasula’s Imagining Language: An Anthology (1998). Excerpts from Book II were also published in boundary 2 14.1/2 (Autumn 1985 – Winter 1986).

    2. All excerpts of Homer’s Greek are transliterated by the author from the Loeb Classical Library editions, 1999.

    3. It should be noted that though the talk here is of completion, for Derrida (and for Benjamin as well I would argue) we would be wrong to think of this as a totalizing gesture, as though adjoining the two texts restored a more originary language. To bring into completion is not in all cases restoration. Restoration in this context would entail either the resolution or the distillation of many into one. On the contrary, what is intended here is the addition, or piling together, of multiplicities of expression, joined not by their resolution into one, but of the ability of the translation to extend the to-be-translated text into its own contextual difference.

    4. Aristophanes’ purpose is to explicate the true power of erōs, for which he provides this mythology, wherein an originary ‘doubled’ human race whose male, female, and androgynous types were cut in two by Zeus. These human prototypes were unable to reproduce given that their genitalia was located still on their back (see Symposium 190b-192b).


    5. My own translation of Ion 536c: “Me technikos ei, alla theia moira katechomenos ex Homerou meden eidōs polla kai kala.”

     


    6. See Derrida: “[U]nderstanding is no longer possible when there are only proper names, and understanding is no longer possible when there are no longer proper names” (“Des Tours” 167).

    Works Cited

     

    • Bannet, Eve Tavor. “The Scene of Translation: After Jakobson, Benjamin, de Man, and Derrida.” New Literary History. 24:3 (1993): 577-595. Web.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “The Task of the Translator.” In Selected Writings: Vol. 1, 1913-1926. Eds. Marcus Bullock and Michael W. Jennings. Trans. Harry Zohn. Cambridge: The Belknap Press of Harvard UP, 1996. Print.
    • Bernstein, Charles. Attack of the Difficult Poems: Essays and Inventions. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2011. Print.
    • Carroll, Lewis. “Jabberwocky.” The Humorous Verse of Lewis Carroll. New York: Dover Publications, 1960. 85-86. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Des Tours de Babel.” Trans. Joseph F. Graham. Difference in Translation. Joseph F. Graham. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1985. 165-207. Print.
    • ———. Of Grammatology. Trans. Gayatri Spivak. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1976. Print.
    • ——— and Anne Dufourmantelle. Of Hospitality. Trans. Rachel Bowlby. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2000. Print.
    • Earle, John. The Philology of the English Tongue. 4th ed. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1887. Print.
    • Freud, Sigmund. Three Essays on the Theory of Sexuality. Trans. James Strachey. New York: Basic Books, 1975. Print.
    • Homer. Iliad: Books I-12. Ed. William F. Wyatt. Trans. A.T. Murray. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1999. Print.
    • ———. The Iliad. Trans. Robert Fitzgerald. New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 2004. Print.
    • ———. The Iliad. Trans. Alexander Pope. Bristol: Bristol Classical Press, 1985. Print.
    • Hooley, Daniel M. “Tropes of Memory: Zukofsky’s Catullus.” Sagetrieb: A Journal Devoted to Poets in the Pound-Williams Tradition. 5.1 (1986): 107-123. Print.
    • Jakobson, Roman. Selected Writings. vol. 2. The Hague: Mouton, 1971. Print.
    • ———. Verbal Art, Verbal Sign, Verbal Time. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1985. Print.
    • Levi Strauss, David. “Homer Letter.” Dark Ages Clasp the Daisy Root. 1 (1989): 17-19. Print.
    • McCaffery, Steven and Jed Rasula. “Method.” In Imagining Language: An Anthology. Ed. Steven McCaffery and Jed Rasula. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1998. 244-252. Print.
    • Melnick, David. Men in Aïda. Berkeley: Tuumba Press, 1983. Print.
    • ———. Letter to Robert Duncan. 1983. Duncan Archives. The Poetry Collection. Buffalo: The State U of New York P, Print.
    • Nancy, Jean Luc. Inoperative Community. Trans. Peter Connor et al. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1991. Print.
    • Phillips, Adam. On Kissing, Tickling, and Being Bored: Psychoanalytic Essays on the Unexamined Life. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1998. Print.
    • Plato. Plato: Ion, vol. VIII. The Loeb Classical Library. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1955. Print.
    • ———. The Symposium and the Phaedrus: Plato’s Erotic Dialogues. Trans. Williams S. Cobb. Albany: The State U of New York P, 1993. Print.
    • Raffel, Burton. “No Tidbit Love You Outdoors Far as a Bier: Zukofsky’s Catullus.” Arion. 8.3 (1969): 435-445. Web.
    • Shakespeare, William. Troilus and Cressida. Ed. Sylvan Barnett. New York: Signet Classic, 2002.
    • Silliman, Ron. Untitled Weblog post. 30 Aug. 2003. Silliman’s Blog. Web. 13 Nov. 2011.
    • Type manuscript Men in Aïda. Duncan Archives. 1983. The Poetry Collection. Buffalo: The State U of New York at Buffalo. Photocopy.
    • Venuti, Lawrence. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation. New York: Routledge, 1995. Print.
    • Wiseman, T.P. Catullus and his world: a reappraisal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1985. Print.
    • Žižek, Slavoj. “Neighbors and Other Monsters: A Plea for Ethical Violence.” The Neighbor: Three Inquiries in Political Theology. Kenneth Reinhard, Eric L. Santner, and Slavoj Žižek. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2005. Print.
    • Zondervan NIV Study Bible. Fully rev. ed. Kenneth L. Barker, ed. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2002. Print.
    • Zukofsky, Louis. Prepositions +: The Collected Critical Essays. Ed. Mark Scroggins. Middletown: Wesleyan Press, 2001. Print.
  • Listening to Nothing in Particular: Boredom and Contemporary Experimental Music

    eldritch Priest (bio)
    outremonk@gmail.com

    Abstract

    “Listening to Nothing in Particular” examines contemporary boredom through the lens of recent experimental composition. While boredom is typically treated in the arts as a conceit of transcendence or radical indifference, this essay argues that the mood in contemporary post-Cagean compositional practices articulate a much more ambivalent feeling of being unjustified, a feeling whose low-level intensity is largely indistinguishable from the spins and stalls of everyday life. Drawing on Sianne Ngai’s notion of the “stuplime,” a stilted and undecidable response to expressions of an infinitely iterated finitude, and evoking alternative ways of suffering the passion of waiting, “Listening to Nothing in Particular” focuses the scattered rays of boredom on a conflict between contemporary culture’s shrunken curiosity and its imperatives for constant individual self-invention.

    It turns out that bliss—a second-by-second joy + gratitude at the gift of being alive, conscious—lies on the other side of crushing, crushing boredom. Pay close attention to the most tedious thing you can find . . . and, in waves, a boredom like you’ve never known will wash over you and just about kill you. Ride these out, and it’s like stepping from black and white into color. Like water after days in the desert. Constant bliss in every atom.

    David Foster Wallace, The Pale King

    I heard a string quartet a while ago by Los Angeles composer Art Jarvinen titled 100 cadences with four melodies, a chorale, and coda (“with bells on!”). As the title suggests, the piece keeps ending, over and over again, each time promising to conclude a musical adventure that never was. Over forty-eight minutes, the consecution of endings, punctuated by solos and glimmering silences, draw out an irritatingly radiant array of mock-perorations. And I am always more or less aware of this: More aware when the sheer materiality of these several endings intrudes upon my sense of contemplation, and less aware when, like Swann listening to Vinteuil’s sonata, I am taken away by time passed. I am alternately with the music, my attention buoyed by a procession of simulated extinctions and untimely non-events, and beside the music, dreaming counterfactuals, shifting backward, forward, side to side in fantasies of otherwise. Buoyed in the messy imminence of a perpetual conclusion, my attention floats on nothing in particular, nothing but a series of loose intensities that are now and again interesting, or boring, or both.

    INSERT DESCRIPTION - inline graphic

    Fig. 1. Opening bars of 100 Cadences.
    Click for PDF format.

    Audio 1. 100 Cadences bars 1-12. Click to hear audio.

    Listening to Jarvinen’s piece, I hear David Foster Wallace’s summons: Ride out the waves of boredom, Wallace insists, and “it’s like stepping from black and white into color.” Maybe once upon a time, when there was a patience to let the swells and breaks slowly teach us to ride its current, one could learn to surf the waves of boredom. But being bored is not the ride it once was. Through the second half of the twentieth century, boredom bored so many holes in the body of every genre, every medium, every performance, and every criticism, that it bled its promise of bliss into ever-narrower furrows of distraction. The problem with boredom now is that the rituals of bloodletting that go by the name “boring art” are largely indistinguishable from the practices of everyday life such that our interests have, in a sense, hemorrhaged. Bored to death, post-industrial culture is dying by a thousand little interests. Boredom no longer compresses into a tight bundle of bliss; now it just splays out—the pullulating temper of postmodernity’s bad or “sensuous infinity.”1

    While characterizing the nihilism some associate with the postmodern, this sensuous infinity (a concept I borrow from Hegel who used it to describe a situation of perpetual alternation between the determination of x and not-x) more accurately captures the affective scope of what it’s like to endure the pressure of finding oneself a finite subject addressed by seemingly infinite demands. Boredom in this sense is a coping mechanism that cradles us from the madness of the infinite, but, insofar as there is no end to being bored, its cradle reduplicates the summons of infinity. Boredom’s sprawl is therefore the propagation of an ambivalent event that shelters the subject from the loss of its practicable horizon with a homeless mood.

    It is this ambivalence that I consider in the pages that follow in order to update the capacity, or incapacity, as it were, of boredom (in music) to articulate the feeling of being a subject in contemporary culture. While experimental composition is the primary aesthetic practice that I use to explore this concern, I deploy it more as a lens by which to focus the scattered rays of monotony on a wider set of logics that can be found in numerous other aspects of contemporary culture.2 I suggest that composers, specifically those informed by a post-Cagean sensibility regarding the way boredom’s intensity modulates itself over time, and who are writing long, quiet, repetitive, and slow moving music intended to be experienced without (external) interruption, express a sense of boredom characterizing a more general feeling of being unjustified. This feeling is engine to a neoliberal injunction demanding constant self-invention. In other words, the transcendental satisfaction promised by a work such as Charlemagne Palestine’s Strumming Music (1974), a fulfillment that discriminates aesthetic boredom from mundane ennui and spleen, is no longer operative. There is no water in the desert, but only a parallel series of fatigue and regeneration that split infinity in two: “I can’t go on, I’ll go on.”

    On Being Bored

    Traditionally, boredom is understood in relation to a lack of meaning. But I propose instead to describe it as a lessening of one’s capacity to affect and be affected—a diminishing of our potential engagement with the world. If we follow Brian Massumi in thinking of affect as the intensive measure of what “escapes confinement in the particular body whose vitality, or potential for interaction, it is” (35), then boredom is rightly a dis-affection, for it reveals a certain corporeal engulfment that, by virtue of its strange underlying tension, borders on the neighborhood of pain. Too much body and not enough imagination becomes an affliction.3 This is perhaps why our culture has developed so many ways to live beyond its fleshy limits—to reduce the burden of embodiment and relieve the labor of existence. I’m not, however, s peaking only about the virtual realm of cyberspace, but about everything that capitalizes on the terror of our finitude: Television, film, and the Internet relieve us (to a certain degree) of our fleshy burden, but so do art galleries and concert halls, where bodies are incarcerated and the senses mortified in order to dispose our being not towards nothing or death, as Heidegger would have it, but towards anything but nothing. But boredom is not “nothing.” It is something in the way that a hole is something, and as such, it fulfills its etymological destiny: it “bores a hole” in us.

    The twentieth century, of course, has seen and heard a vast number of artworks that use forms of slowness, tedium, and repetition as aesthetic strategies to explore the strangely multivalent effects of aesthetic distortion, but because the contemporary expression of these forms occurs in a cultural space that has become self-evidently untotalizable, there is much less concern today with boredom’s being interesting. Composer John Cage’s oft repeated saying that if you attend long enough to what is boring you will find that what is boring is not boring after all, summarizes the latter sentiment, and suggests that within the spins and stalls of boredom is an occulted interest that promises a sublimation of Hegelian proportions. However, neither the stakes nor the forms of attention that would bring boredom to such awareness are the same now as they were in the 1960s. After so many artworks like Satie’s Vexations (1893), Gertrude Stein’s The Making of Americans (1925), Andy Warhol’s Sleep (1963) and Empire (1964), and more recently, Douglas Gordon’s 24 Hour Psycho (1993) and Kenneth Goldsmith’s Day (2003), it’s hard to imagine that the desert of boredom holds any more water. But the redoubling of tedium in contemporary art and music might suggest something other than a redundancy. In contemporary Western culture, which is arguably characterized by excessive expressions of irony and multiple layers of meta-referential discourse, the mood takes on a different life, a life that in fact resembles a kind of death, a stillborn death.

    The Aesthetics of Boredom and the Art of Waiting

    Go back to David Foster Wallace’s thoughts on boredom. Though crushing, he imagines that boredom can be a nostrum to what he perceives as America’s addiction to entertainment. Wallace, who hanged himself in the fall of 2008, was working on a novel about boredom titled The Pale King. In this work, his stated aim was to interrogate the merits and powers of concentration and mindfulness. But, from the portions of the work that have already been published, it’s clear that Wallace wanted to catechize the full breadth of a malaise whose emotional burn feeds quietly off the ever-expanding patina of diversion. For Wallace, media culture disables an individual’s ability to decide how and what he or she pays attention to. While we can imagine for a moment that one could actually pay attention to nothing, the saturation of media makes it impossible. An individual’s ability to slow the dizzying flows of media imagery and “find himself” in the fog of boredom would thus seem to occasion something other than mindfulness and something more like what psychoanalyst Adam Phillips suggests is a confrontation with “the poverty of our curiosity” (75).

    In a selection from his posthumous novel, The Pale King, Wallace fictionalizes the tactics available to US Internal Revenue Service agents to combat the threat to curiosity that the job of processing tax returns cultivates:

    Lane Dean, Jr., with his green rubber pinkie finger, sat at his Tingle table in his Chalk’s row in the Rotes Group’s wiggle room and did two more returns, then another one, then flexed his buttocks and held to a count of ten and imagined a warm pretty beach with mellow surf, as instructed in orientation the previous month. Then he did two more returns, checked the clock real quick, then two more, then bore down and did three in a row, then flexed and visualized and bore way down and did four without looking up once, except to put the completed files and memos in the two Out trays side by side up in the top tier of trays, where the cart boys could get them when they came by.

    (376)

     

    Though Wallace never concludes his diagnosis of the pale king, I wouldn’t claim that being bored is an antidote to either entertainment or information overload, for the effects of boredom are much too diffuse and uneven to counteract the disturbingly focused and systematic distractions and amusements that contemporary culture contrives to keep the loose threads of desire in tow. That is to say, while boredom may be ubiquitous, its effects are local and unpredictable. As such, I would suggest that the boredom Wallace was after is a tactical one, a downtime in the sense of “la perruque,” which Michel de Certeau conceptualizes as a kind of subterfuge whereby one poaches time for other ends that are “free, creative, and precisely not directed toward[s] profit” (24). The difficulty, however, in seeing boredom in this way is that the time it takes is structured by no apparent “ends,” creative or otherwise.

    This guerrilla or banditry boredom is carried out in the work of Brooklyn-based composer Devin Maxwell. In his piece PH4 (2004), for bass clarinet, contrabass, and marimba, the listener is made simply to wait, not for something but to something. Over 13’41” is unfolded a series of slow permutations on what Maxwell calls a “crippled gesture,” in this case expressed as two short notes and one long tone distributed among the three instruments (with an occasional tremolo for variety). This crippling is used, as Maxwell says, to “build momentum which can or cannot lead to something interesting” (2009). Reminiscent of Morton Feldman’s early work, but also of the British composer John White’s “machine music” pieces of the 1970s, PH4 develops a form of waiting from within its refrain that shifts attention to the event of the moment’s happening, taking time away from the meaning of our expectations and giving it to the feeling, the intensity, of anticipation. In PH4 the listener is made to wait and to listen out for waiting, not for what follows waiting but for the event that (much like dying) is both something we do and something that happens to us. The listener is encouraged to witness PH4‘s event not as an occasion of attention but as an occasion for attention, where waiting is what happens while it happens.

    INSERT DESCRIPTION - inline graphic

    Fig. 2. Opening bars of PH4.
    Click for PDF format.
    © 2004 Éditions musique SISYPHE.

    Audio 2. Excerpt from PH4. Click to hear audio.
    © 2010 Good Child Music and 2006 Arsenic-Free Records.

    Summoning de Certeau again, we can understand the waiting encouraged by PH4‘s evocation of a musicological downtime as a “‘remainder’ constituted by the part of human experience [in this case, being bored] that has not been tamed and symbolized in language” (61). Though we can speak of “waiting” in the infinitive, gerund form, it’s known best as a specific expression of “waiting for” something—waiting for the subway to arrive…for the movie to begin…for a song to end. But in terms of de Certeau’s analysis of everyday practices, waiting falls into a species of lived art or tactical know-how that is “composed of multiple but untamed operativities” (65), which is to say that waiting is a non-discursive art of organizing human experience without a proper time or place outside of its own occurrence. Waiting can happen anywhere, anywhen. How one waits is mandated by circumstances, but the capacity to wait is independent of any variation it may take. As such, “to wait” characterizes a bizarre in-activity that “operates outside of the enlightened discourse which it lacks” (66). What makes the waiting strange in PH4 is that it brings out its infinitive quality in a similar way that we might say Samuel Barber’s Adagio for Strings (1938) brings out the “essence” of mourning, or Sergio Ortega’s ¡El pueblo unido, jamás será vencido! (The People United Will Never Be Defeated!) captures the spirit of a mobilized working class. Boredom in PH4 brings something of the extra-discursive operativity of waiting—let’s call it the art of waiting—to attention. Or, to put this into another perspective, recall Wallace’s IRS agent, who, confined to his “Tingle Table,” enacts a virtuosic display of the art of waiting:

    Then he looked up, despite all best prior intentions. In four minutes, it would be another hour; a half hour after that was the ten-minute break. Lane Dean imagined himself running around on the break, waving his arms and shouting gibberish and holding ten cigarettes at once in his mouth, like a panpipe… Coffee wasn’t allowed because of spills on the files, but on the break he’d have a big cup of coffee in each hand while he pictured himself running around the outside grounds, shouting. He knew what he’d really do on the break was sit facing the wall clock in the lounge and, despite prayers and effort, count the seconds tick off until he had to come back and do this again… He thought of a circus strongman tearing a phone book; he was bald and had a handlebar mustache and wore a stripy all-body swimsuit like people wore in the distant past. Lane Dean summoned all his will and bore down and did three returns in a row, and began imagining different high places to jump off of.

    (63-64)

     

    It’s in the last line of this passage that we see how boredom introduces the inarticulate yet highly effective “know-how” or capacity of waiting into the logos and “productivist ideal” of the tax return (de Certeau 67). And from this example we can extrapolate that boredom is expressing the sense of waiting apart from its varying occasions.

    While the boredom of this IRS rote examiner brings to suicidal attention the range of his vocational and existential deprivation, we might suggest that the aesthetically conjured boredom of PH4 exercises the capacity to imagine at all by making us wait, “return[ing] us to the scene of inquiry” where the individual comes to experience the conditions for “what makes desir e possible” (Phillips 75, 74). The expression of boredom in works like PH4 specifies the protocols of desire. Waiting to find new desires, to find ways of becoming what one hasn’t already become, describes an art of becoming-otherwise, becoming wise to the ubiquity of unimagined possibilities. As such, “the paradox of waiting that goes on in boredom is that the individual does not know what he was waiting for until he finds it, and that often he does not know that he is waiting” (Phillips 77). It is this paradox of waiting for nothing—the uneventful event of waiting—that characterizes the contemporary sense of boredom. If, as we’ve heard so many times, the world is already coded by multiple layers of simulation, including the repertory of our desires and responses, then to be bored is not to wait for some-thing (we already have those “things”) but to wait for no-thing. And to wait for no-thing is to risk waiting for nothing, a risk that is itself charged with an ambivalent mixture of wonder and contempt, fixation and flight.

    Perhaps it’s the intensity of waiting for nothing that Cage wants us to experience when he says, “If something is boring after two minutes, try it for four. If still boring, then eight. Then sixteen. Then thirty-two. Eventually one discovers that it is not boring at all” (93). Cage implies that boredom’s “hedonic tone,” the positive or negative feeling of waiting internal to a state, must be practiced, rehearsed, and therefore “perfected.”4

    Lane Dean’s effort to imagine himself elsewhere than the returns office is an exercise that resists the practice of waiting by refusing him permission to adopt the refrains of boredom that lie within his constrained and routinized existence. However, to the extent that boredom can at all be taken as a kind of Spinozan wonder, a wonder that stalls in the face of an inassociable novelty, again and again it offers the opportunity to practice the art of waiting but does so only under the condition that one waits for the novelty of a “nothing” that must be brought to attention and allowed to flourish in inattention. What, for example, is Cage’s 4’33” but a model of attention, refined under the sign of concert culture, that performs a sacrament whereby the object(ive) of attention is inattention? Though it’s traditionally construed in terms that suggest some kind of aesthetic “pay-off” (Mehrwert), the contemporary expression of boredom in 4’33” offers no such thing but instead encourages the listener to practice a type of waiting that relies on the failed promise of its so-called “musical” form so that in this failure the listener might experiment with his/her appetites in the presence of no-thing and, as Phillips suggests, “by doing so commit himself, or rather, entrust himself, to the inevitable elusiveness of that object” (78).

    So, is this really the virtue that Wallace wants to put us in mind of, a concentration on “the principally open field of endless heterogeneity and multiplicity” (Blom 64) imagined by Cage as interestingly boring? Having ultimately chosen oblivion, I’m inclined to think that this is not exactly what Wallace was after. Judging by the way Wallace often represented his fragmented thinking through a sophisticated use of footnotes and, later, a deft handling of stream-of-thought prose, he was likely advancing an immanent form of concentration and mindfulness rather than the kind that adorns itself in the esoteric trappings of perennial wisdom-cum-aesthetic insight. Like the patient variations of PH4, which conjure an implacable scene of waiting (for nothing) that strands us in the desert of wall-to-wall delay, Wallace leads us to speculate that it is more productive to imagine contemporary aesthetic tedium as a means of coping with the felt sense of senselessness that inheres in contemporary culture’s poverty of curiosity.

    Like it or not, there is literally nothing to wait for because everything is already at hand. The proliferation of boredom shows us to be a culture in waiting, a culture more attuned to the singular and pure time of its own happening—its event-hood—than to the mixed and impure time of an immediacy mediated by a deferred desire. However, without recourse to overarching narrative complexes that supplement the singularity of waiting, one can only deal with the dumb insistence of an event that attunes us to its virtual infinity. The question then is not whether PH4‘s musicalized boredom allows the listener’s “feelings to develop in the absence of an object” (78), but rather, how does being bored these days take the time of its happening, its waiting, as something it does and undergoes? In short, it can’t take it. It is a deponent force, which is to say that boredom is active in form but passive in meaning. The boredom of waiting does not describe but instead witnesses its happening. It, and those who wait, become, in Lyotard’s lovely words, “good intensity-conducting bodies” (262), bodies whose alternating expression of wonder and fatigue are testament to the radical ambi-valence of events.

    A Less Promising Boredom

    The kind of emotional or affective illegibility that typifies the experience of the aesthetically induced boredom I’ve been outlining is consistent with the reports by its champions, who tend to depict a committed engagement with mood as expressing a concealed virtue. While boredom’s relationship with art has a rich history extending back at least to Baudelaire, the history that I’m really dealing with here is that of the increasing appearance of boredom in art from the 1950s onward. Cage’s 4’33” is paradigmatic of a certain unacknowledged articulation of boredom (as are Robert Rauschenberg’s 1951 White Paintings from which Cage supposedly drew insight), but looking a little afterwards we see more explicit and unequivocal expressions of boredom in Warhol’s Sleep (1963) and Empire (1964) and in the procedural poetry of Jackson Mac Low,5 and in Dick Higgins’s 1968 essay “Boredom and Danger,” in which he considers post-war art’s increasing interest in boredom. In this work, Higgins draws a line backwards from Fluxus’s mid-century experiments to Erik Satie’s turn-of-the-century iconoclasm, suggesting that the latter’s outlandish use of repetition in pieces like Vexations (1893) and Vieux sequins et vielles cuirasses (1913) reflects a modern concern and response to actually having to live with the possibility of an endless future promised by the multiplying wonders of technological innovation and scientific knowledge. Recounting his own experience of Vexations, Higgins writes that, after the initial offense wears off, one has “a very strange, euphoric acceptance” and eventually gains insight into the “dialectic [relationship] between boredom and intensity” (21, 22). From this, Higgins concludes that the fascination with boredom in art lies in the way it functions as “an opposite to excitement and as a means of bringing emphasis to what it interrupts”. As such, boredom, for Higgins, dialectically affirms the intensities that frame its occasion, making it “a station on the way to other experiences” (22).

    But after nearly fifty years of sincere, ironic, and iconoclastic elaborations of aesthetic boredom, this has the ring of a cliché. Furthermore, calling it a station obscures an ambiguity that is expressed in boredom’s way of being both a property of the objective world (“That song is boring”) and a subjective state (“I’m bored”). That is, qualifying boredom as a dialectical passage between intensities obscures the mood’s stranger way of being both objective and subjective, dull and interesting—ambivalent. However, as I suggested in the last section, boredom is less dialectically operative and more tactically effective. There is no time of waiting for an event, there is only a syncopated time of waiting as event. And furthermore, as I argue in the next section, the event of waiting has been absorbed by another paradigm that allies the premise of boredom’s potential to be interesting with an individual’s capacity and responsibility to realize his or her “self.” My point then is that aesthetic boredom no longer has the same dialectical leverage it did for Higgins et al. Whereas the outlandish repetition of Vexations once invoked boredom as a negative “structural factor” (Higgins 22), the contemporary simulation of its refrain, one that can be automated and, more importantly, one that can be ignored, evokes a response that is less certain, less transcendent, and more perplexed. In short, boredom is less promising these days.

    But if boredom has less to offer, if its disaffection fails to bore into blissful indifference, what’s the point of art’s being boring anymore? For contemporary-art historian Christine Ross, boredom is one of the conditions that convey what she identifies as a “depressive” paradigm in recent art practices. In The Aesthetics of Disengagement (2006), Ross argues that recent art works stage symptoms of depression such as slow time, perceptual insufficiency, and the dementalization of subjectivity to show how art, while filching from science’s varied portrayals of depression, works to challenge and alter these as it generates its own expressions of the condition. Ross suggests that these renderings of depressive symptoms are productive insofar as they map their own affective sense of the disorder, particularly by showing a concern for the depressed subject in a way that is exempted from clinical definitions of the illness. Challenging and enriching the classification of depression as a form of insufficiency, art, says Ross, addresses depressed subjectivity at the level of sensory appreciation (aesthesis), which expands the sense of insufficiency as primarily a cognitive or hermeneutic deficiency to include somatic and affective failures, failures that are no less expressive in their representation of depressed subjectivity than impaired thinking is.

    Ross details a number of ways in which contemporary artists deal with the symptoms of depression. In a series of video works by Ugo Rondinone, featuring clowns engulfed by a torpor of unknown origin, Ross sees the “withering of melancholia” in art as it has become subsumed by a contemporary depressive paradigm. However, in Douglas Gordon’s 24 Hour Psycho (1993) and Rosemarie Trockel’s Sleeping Pill (1999), two video pieces that depict an illegible form of (slow) motion, she sees how slow time in art suggests the way depression interrupts the hermeneutic impulse of perception and revalorizes the domain of sensory appreciation. Here Ross construes the staging of depressed behavior in these and other cases to show that they are “not the symptoms of a disease but ‘normal’ configurations of contemporary subjectivity” (61). And insofar as boredom’s disaffection signals a diminishment in one’s capacity to do something, it too articulates the feeling of insufficiency that dominates the subject of “a society founded on individualistic independence and self-realization,” a subject whose “self is always on the threshold of being inadequately itself” (160).

    In this view, boredom no longer forms a dialectical relationship with intensity that Higgins took its contrast with excitement to mean. Where boredom once served “as a means of bringing emphasis to what it interrupts” (Higgins 22), it now functions in this “culture of individualized independence,” where individuals have the “right” (or the duty) to choose their own identity and interests, as a symptom reflecting the individual’s failure “to the meet the neo -liberal demand for speed, flexibility, responsibility, motivation, communication, and initiative” (Ross 92, 178). Drawing on Alain Ehrenberg’s study of depression (2010), Ross argues that since the 1970s, Western culture has experienced a “decline of norms of socialization based on discipline, obedience, and prohibition and the concomitant rise of norms of independence based on generalized individual initiative…and pluralism of values” (91-92). Depression might be seen then as the psychic fallout of postmodernity’s discursive execution of ideological and normative prescriptions whose celebration of difference, while directing “the individual to be the sole agent of his or her subjectivity,” establishes at the same time the perpetual risk of “failure to perform the self” (92). As such, I suggest that Ross’s reading of depression as symptomatic of neoliberal ideals and its expanded field of potential failure shows how depression has taken over where boredom left off: modernity’s trope of anomic distress has been replaced with postmodernity’s “pathology of insufficiency” (178). Boredom, I contend, appears now as a failure for the (neoliberal) individual to secure a sufficient self, a view that contrasts markedly with the Cagean directive of “losing one’s self” in the dissolution of the life-art divide. Failure here is a potential gained while depression is a state earned by the injunction “to be oneself,” an optimal functioning self in a world that expects and prohibits nothing but that you demonstrate your right, and/or your (in)capacity, to create/perform your “self.”

    The curious thing about this paradigm is that failure comes to serve a major role in the expression of contemporary subjectivity. To the extent that the contemporary self must continually perform and reiterate its independence (ironically, on already coded models of performance), its failure to obtain the perfection of the idealized performances of this independence along the lines of adaptability, ingenuity, or initiative figures the contemporary subject as what Ross calls a “coping machine.” Borrowing the term from cognitive-science studies of depression, Ross cites artist Vanessa Beecroft’s performance installations as exemplifying the dynamics of coping that express the failed self. Crudely put, Beecroft’s works can be seen to stage a confrontation with the impossibilities of performing feminine ideals. Typically comprising a group of female models chosen for their svelte appearance and homogeneous features, features that can be easily appropriated to common clichés of femininity, Beecroft instructs these meagerly clad (or unclad) women, always in high-heeled shoes, to stand motionless or pose indifferently before an audience for a duration of two to four hours. Ross reads the flagging resolve and subsequent alterations that appear in the performers’ attempts to fulfill this performance as behavioral actions, but actions that fail, actions that are “not merely failures but mostly modes of coping with failure” (76). Ross contends that in failing to perform the feminine ideal that is aesthetically framed and exaggerated by the array of uniformly anonymous performers, a coping machine’s exhibition of “[d]epressive affects become[s] a strategy by which one shapes one’s individuality” (83). Beecroft’s exemplary machines affirm , then, a mode of contemporary subjectivity whose “self” is differentiated and expressed not by mastery or affirmation of a prefigured quantity of, in this case, “femininity,” but rather by its manner of coping, by the way it expresses an array of depressive affects that make the depressed/bored individual his/her own (positively flawed) subject.

    Ross’s take on the way depression articulates a mode of subjectivity along the lines of failure or, in her words, insufficiency is instructive and helps to show how the “metaphysical ambiguity” at play in the discourse of boredom is being reworked in contemporary culture.6 We can see this attitude of neoliberal self-responsibility reflected in the way composers who work with various forms of tedium insist that their music isn’t boring—or at least that it doesn’t set out to bore. Take this statement from Canadian composer John Abram, whose 68-minute composition Vinyl Mine (1996) catalogues the sound of a single pass from the play-off groove of each album comprising the (then) whole of his record collection:

    It’s a pet peeve of mine that people say “It’s boring,” when they really ought to say “I am bored by this.” I really believe that anything at all can be engaging and fascinating if you examine it the right way, or for long enough. The viewer’s inability or unwillingness to engage with the work is not the work’s problem, nor its maker’s.

     

    Or consider this, from American composer G. Douglas Barrett, who says of his piece Three Voices (a work I consider below):

     

    As square and strict as this score is, there is always something unexpected which arises in performance—in this case having to do with the sheer concentration and endurance needed to repeat an action 169 times in strict coordination with two other performers.

     

    Both composers give boredom no purchase on their work, either displacing it onto the listener or treating it as a surface effect of the piece’s formal monotony that will (eventually) become marginalized by the appearance of the unexpected—provided one is capable of perceiving it in this way. These comments, obviously taking for granted a Cagean faith in boredom’s promise, inadvertently evoke the contemporary sensibility of insufficiency that requires the listener to be the agent of his/her own interests. Here again is Adam Phillips’s idea that boredom returns the individual to the scene of inquiry, only this time with the belief that one must “initiate one’s own identity [desires] instead of being disciplined to do so” (Ross 92).

    Yet as insightful as Ross’s intervention into the construction of depressed subjectivity is, it overlooks that fact that the viewer is somehow expected to understand the hidden operativity of slowness, monotony, fatigue, without actually having to experience the lived reality of these corporeal states. Of course it’s possible, to an extent, to understand depression without having suffered it; however, insofar as Ross contends that many of the works she discusses aim to revalue “the sensory and affective dimensions of aesthetics” (152), it bears noting that almost no one watches the entirety of Gordon’s 24 Hour Psycho, or stands for the duration of the performance with Beecroft’s models. As such, the audience inevitably misses something of the somatic and intensive dimension of failure that is being staged by these works. In this respect, we can see how musical enactments of boredom actually make the time and space for the kind of sensory regeneration that is only symbolized by the sluggardly pace of these optically-based works. That is, the forms of embodiment that are only ever portrayed by Rondinone’s and Gordon’s work, and which are supposed to “create the beholder as depressed,” are actually made effective by the concert and listening rituals of music that conjure a phantasmatic space-time which allows and indeed requires one to endure the intensities of insufficiency that take time to play out.7 Music’s “concerted” expressions of boredom make the experience of suffering what Sianne Ngai terms the “ugly feelings” defining contemporary subjectivity an effectively affective part of its aesthetic expression and reception.

    Uglier Feelings of the Stuplime

    How aesthetic expressions of boredom have affected us differently over time outlines something of the history of modernity’s preoccupation with “ugly feelings.” Along with envy, paranoia, and irritation, Ngai identifies a feeling of modernity that characterizes the kind of “syncretism of excitation and enervation” generated by encounters with mind-bendingly vast and excessively dull art (280). Addressing and unpacking the under-theorized ambi-valence of aestheticized tedium, Ngai draws attention to the way it resembles the sublime insofar as a listener’s “faculties become strained to their limits in their effort to comprehend the work as a whole,” but differs from the sublime in that “the revelation of this failure is conspicuously less dramatic” (270). Naming this feeling “stuplimity,” Ngai argues that works like Beckett’s Stirrings Still (1988) and Kenneth Goldsmith’s American Trilogy (2005-08)8 (or even abstract systems like the one representing “justice” to K. in Kafka’s The Trial) do not induce a properly (Kantian) sublime experience. While the vastness of the sublime that threatens to crush the finite individual “ultimately refer[s] the self back to its capacity for reason” and its ability to “transcend the deficiencies of its own imagination” (266), the excessive “agglutination”9 of banalities that comprise Stirrings Still and American Trilogy keep us mired in our insufficiency and in touch with the sensuous infinity intimated by these works.10

    The difference between the sublime and stuplime can be clarified and the latter’s affect examined by looking at a work like Piano Installation with Derangements (2003) by Canadian composer Chedomir Barone. There is nothing intimidating or overwhelming about its material in the sense suggested by the sublime. Essentially, it is a deliberately obtuse presentation of 750 coupled derangements of a C major scale that when performed (as it was in 2005 by the composer who spent three hours slowly [ca. 52bpm] and quietly playing each paired derangement while depressing the sostenuto pedal throughout and treating each quarter rest as an unmeasured fermata) invokes the vertigo of the sublime without eliciting the (Kantian) promise of reason that will rescue the affected mind from the failing of its imagination.11

    INSERT DESCRIPTION - inline graphic

    Fig. 3. Opening bars of Piano Installation with Derangements.
    Click for PDF format.
    © Chedomir Barone 2003.

    Audio 3. Excerpt from Piano Installation with Derangements. Click to hear audio.
    © Chedomir Barone 2003.

    Staged as an “installation” so that listeners (“non-performers,” in Barone’s words) might come and go as they wish, the piece, says Barone, is actually intended for the performer, whose encounter with boredom, because he or she “must pay attention or the piece collapses,” does not have the luxury of being carried away from its monotony. As in Beecroft’s models, the performer must attempt to accomplish an ideal, which in this case is described by a slow, quiet, and steady sounding of seriated C Major derangements. But of course, the performance is festooned with “errors” and slips, and these expressive failures are what usually pass as justification for the work’s boredom. However, the discourse of musical experimentalism that converts these “failures” into aesthetic successes—a discourse premised on the idea that “An error is simply a failure to adjust immediately from a preconception to an actuality” (John Cage qtd. in Nyman 62)—has the effect of obscuring the affective conditions that engendered their expression. Here’s how Barone describes his experience of performing Piano Installations:

    I was perhaps a little over half way through the piece when I had a series of revelations. First, I realized that I was no longer consciously controlling my hands, or even reading the music. It seemed at the time that I was only looking at the pages, and my hands were somehow working by their own accord. Next, it occurred to me that I didn’t even know “how” to play the piano. (I started to feel the sort of giggly panic at this point that you get when you’ve taken magic mushrooms and are strolling about town trying not to look/act high). Finally, I realized that nothing much made sense. I was smacking some wooden box with my hands for reasons unknown, and somehow sounds were happening as a result of my actions. Everything—the music, the piano, the concert, the people sitting there—seemed utterly foreign and utterly ludicrous.

    (2009)

    Note, Barone never says that the monotonous refrains of the piece transported him to some transcendent plateau or endowed his sense of self with some agreeable estimation of itself. The expressions of sublime transduction are clearly absent from his description. Instead, Barone recounts a senseless mixing of bodies and fugitive intensities whose familiar semantic crust and affective attachments have corroded—not exploded—under the slow decay of his capacity to sustain a focused attention. Throughout this performance, Barone is neither elated nor self-secure. He simply finds himself enduring a slow burn that alternately sears and numbs attention as his body encounters the sensuous infinity of the finite’s iterability.

    Although Barone is relating a performer’s experience of the work, its presentation as “music” (despite its title and the invitation to exit) solicits a kind of attention that condemns one to suffer the duration (durée) of the performance and so to cope with a “series of fatigues or minor exhaustions, rather than a single, major blow to the imagination” (Ngai 272). The halting awe of the stuplime, which more accurately describes an experience of Barone’s work, expresses a paradox in a way that both recalls and challenges Cage’s immersive ideal. It does this insofar as the concerted stuplime articulates the Cagean conceit that displaces intentionality onto the listener who is at the same time created as, in Ross’s terms, an insufficient subject. That is, the musicalized stuplime solicits a subject who is expected to be responsible for witnessing his/her incapacity to adequately attend to nothing in particular. The ambivalence infusing this paradox, which in the 1960s was managed and qualified discursively by appealing to the rhetoric of Zen and other traditions of coincidentia oppositorum, is in this case expressed in the affective terms of “coping” and “striving,” terms that embody a contemporary “form of living related to a loss of self but inextricably tied to the development of the self” (Ross 68). Thus, whereas Kenneth Goldsmith’s work Fidget (2000), which is nothing/everything but a transcription of his bodily movements over a single day, simply represents the array of corporeal techniques that he suffered over twenty-four hours, the audience captured by the musical address of Barone’s much more modest three-hour performance is given its own occasion to yawn, to loll, to ache, and so to shape the individuality of its members through their alternately flagging/rebounding capacity to cope with the stuplimity of its derangements.

    What differentiates the boredom of this situation from its Romantic expression is the articulation of a neoliberal and cognitivist model of subjectivity in which individuality is constituted, expressed, and strangely empowered by the transitive banalities, rogue affects, and uneven fatigues that assail him/her/it. In other words, whereas Romantic boredom promised an ecstatic, eventual, and indubitable (if inexpressible) self-presence, contemporary boredom makes no such promise, leaving one, for better or worse, to carve a selfhood out of an apparently uniform tedium by showing how one is uniquely affected by the pressures of contemporary culture’s norms of independence. In the context of an experimental music culture that has made it compulsory to flaunt an iconoclasm and an ostensibly catholic taste, this pressure is felt and manifested in the imperative to meet the strikingly neoliberal policy of required creativity, of the constant need to display not a mastery, for that is impossible, but a capacity to creatively cope with the uncertain, the unforeseen, and the ultimately “unknown unknowns” of life. Thus, the extent to which the stuplime expresses a contemporary ambivalence to aestheticized boredom, one that contrasts with the rhetorically attractive refrains of its Romantic escapes, can be seen by the way it addresses a subject who is persuaded that it is both a right and a chore to wait for one’s own interests.

    The ambivalence of stuplimity plays out a little differently in the work of American composer G. Douglas Barrett. Barrett’s interdisciplinary practice traverses the conventions of traditional composition and visual art and skews Barone’s affectedly doltish (over)abundance of minor variations by its conceptually mannered conceit of simulation, or what Barrett calls “transcription.” Transcription for Barrett turns less on the order of the real and the hyperreal than it does on the way of making expressive the distortions, the insufficiencies, and the overlooked in what Barrett says are “processes that have to do with documenting, replicating, recording and repeating” (Artist Statement). These processes, of course, nevertheless participate in the general economy of simulation, for each instance is a type of image that cannot help but articulate the logic of models and copies that both generate and undermine the notion of the real or original.12 Barrett’s practice of transcription, however, can be distinguished from the contemporary history of simulation by virtue of the way his work emphasizes rather than dissimulates the disfiguring properties intrinsic to its processes. Like the act of translation, transcription for Barrett entails a certain amount of interpretive activity that does not so much introduce as express the difference that occasions two or more instances of a thing-event. In other words, Barrett’s transcriptions witness and delineate in musical terms the virtual multiplicity or multivalence of an event as it is figured in different mediums: audio recording, notated score, and live performance (and this discursive medium in which you’re encountering it now). What makes Barrett’s transcriptions and their exquisite tedium elicit a stuplime ambivalence has, however, less to do with the familiar dimensions of repetition and extendedness than it does with the way they treat every source as an insufficiently expressed event. Take for example his work Derivation XI, or,

    {Derivation(Derivation[Derivation{Derivation(Derivation[Derivation{Backyard [Music] – Vol. 4 (or Derivation IV.)} (or Derivation VI.)] (or Derivation VII.)) (or Derivation VIII.)} (or Derivation X.)] (or Derivation XI.)) (or Derivation XII.)}(or Derivation XI.) for string quartet (2009)

     

    INSERT DESCRIPTION - inline graphic

    Fig. 4. Opening bars of Derivation XI.
    Click for PDF format.
    © G. Douglas Barrett.

    Audio 4. Excerpt from Derivation XI. Click to hear audio.
    © G. Douglas Barrett.

    The originary event for this “piece,” or more accurately, the series of derivations executed by Barrett since 2006, is a recording of a performance of his piece Backyard [Music] (2006), which is itself the transcription of a recording made of the ambient sounds of a Hollywood street corner. Derivation XI can be thought of as the eighth generation of Backyard [Music]—as the collective expression of the recording, transcription, and performance—or, if you want to discriminate a performance from a recording and from a transcription, then Derivation XI will be the twenty-second iteration of Backyard [Music]. In Barrett’s terms:

     

    Derivation XI. is a transcription of a recording of a performance of a transcription of a performance of a transcription of a recording of a performance of a transcription of a recording of a performance of a transcription of a recording of a performance of a transcription of a recording of a performance of a transcription of a recording of a transcription of a recording (of a performance).

     

    What each subsequent iteration (recording, transcription, performance) of this process implies is that the previous iteration is, in a sense, in-attentive to something that can only be attended to in the following iteration, paradoxically showing that the finitude of each event is composed of an excess that escapes its specificity. Brian Massumi describes the ingressive potential that informs each instance of a thing or event as the “autonomy of affect,” a potential that gives things their sense of “life.” “Actually existing, structured things,” he writes, “live in and through that which escapes them” (35). This “escape” is what Barrett transcribes and reiterates, each time expressing again the same potential difference or, as Massumi says, “a fade out to infinity” (35). The ambivalence of the tedium crafted by Barrett derives from the kind of charged uncertainty that gives life its feeling, its sense of open-endedness, which reminds us of what Cage averred as a heterogeneous field of multiplicity. However, because Barrett’s transcriptions still participate in a logic of simulation, a logic that dislodges all signs from their relation to a “real” referent and that, argues Baudrillard, is the dominant economy of our age, they also remind us that there is no outside or founding model, no tradition or central edict that shows us how or who to be—except for the model of individual independence, a model joyfully embodied in the 1960s and ’70s, but tediously, and often insufficiently, performed by today’s bored subject.

    While the seriality of Derivations takes on the impressive but ultimately impossible task of actualizing the totality of its difference, Barrett’s piece Three Voices (2008) composes another series of simulations through the description of “every possible ordering of entrances and cut-offs of sounds or actions for three performers” (Barrett 2009). From left to right, three lines, three performers, each playing a single tone, sound, or action corresponding to the 169 graphic portrayals of relative beginnings and endings, Barrett composes an exhaustive picture of a particular form of time, of time written sideways. An hour-long performance from 2008 features two violins and flute articulating the diversity of entrances and cut-offs through a series of soft iterations
    of the sonority: Eb4, D5, Db6.

    INSERT DESCRIPTION - inline graphic

     

    INSERT DESCRIPTION - inline graphic

    Fig. 5. Opening of Three Voices.
    Click for PDF format.
    © G. Douglas Barrett.

    Audio 5. Excerpt from Three Voices. Click to hear audio.
    © G. Douglas Barrett.

    On one level, Three Voices resembles the fetishization of presence associated with the compositions of Morton Feldman. Like Feldman’s works, which elaborate a succession of varied instrumental events, Barrett’s piece stages a uniform flow of variations of the same event. However, to the extent that it aims to elaborate a kind of action, Three Voices is more usefully compared to Gertrude Stein’s The Making of Americans: Being a History of a Family’s Progress in the way that it attempts to exhaust the telling of its “kind,” its “list[ing] of every ordering of starts and stops of three elements” (Barrett).13 Like Stein’s psychedelic taxonomization of “kinds” of Americans, Three Voices enacts a totalizing project that engenders a stuplime encounter with the singular “kind” of beginnings and endings. The labor involved in this sort of “inventory art,” from writing, to performing, to listening to it, summons affects that force the subject back upon itself, not in a recuperative gesture of the sublime that Kant sees as reason’s triumph over the imagination’s insufficiency, but in the sense that the imagination is made to continually reflect upon its paucity and in a way that forces the listener to take responsibility for developing new ways and manners of listening.

    Certainly one can imagine slips in intonation or uneven bowing and breathing as moments of “excitement” in the unfolding of Three Voices. But Ngai’s description of The Making of Americans as a “labor of enumeration, differentiating, describing, dividing, sorting” tells us that this making involves very little excitement but instead “generally takes place as a painstakingly slow, tiring, seemingly endless ‘puzzling’ over differences and resemblances” (292). The instruction that Three Voices be played “soft, concentrated, for its own sake” indicates a making of kinds of beginnings and endings that are neither euphoric nor ironic, but unjustified multiples of kinds (of beginnings and endings) whose repetitions “elevate and absurdify” (Ngai 280) their way of being an assembly of singular kinds whose strangeness breaks upon the familiar of their kinds. Works such as these extract an affective response that is decidedly un-sublime. Both Barrett’s and Barone’s neo-Dada interrogations of the shockingly obtuse drift perilously close to the un-musical refrains of the everyday by unintentionally choreographing the contingencies and inexactitudes that inhere in and inform any programme of embodied actions. While lacking the intensive magnitude of the sublime, like the buzz of everyday life both Three Voices and Piano Installation with Derangements are rich with hiccups that, because of their aesthetic making, lie on just this side of being boring.

    Post…Death…

    Obviously, boredom today is not wholly distinct from the boredom of the 60s and ’70s; the formal and conceptual similarities, as well as the discursive figures that are used by artists to describe and justify the boring things that they do, are more than apparent. What is not so evident is the way in which the paradoxical “shock” of boredom now functions as a currency in what theorist Paul Mann calls the “white economy of discourse.” In his 1991 book, Theory-Death of the Avant-Garde, Mann argues that the devices of avant-garde or “oppositional” art, of which boredom is just one device along with “shock,” “juxtaposition,” “collage,” and, most importantly for Mann, “critique,” are forms of currency in an economy that trades on expressions of conformity/resistance. The avant-garde doesn’t occupy the latter term of this binary so much as its expressions mark the differential drift by which this pair is made sayable in a system of exchange. In essence, Mann is suggesting that the avant-garde’s perpetual effort to differ makes it a discursive agent insofar as its expressions of difference generate discourse. And as discourse is the scene of recuperation, the assimilation of difference to the same white economy of exchange, the avant-garde is less a site of resistance and more “a system for instrumentalizing contradiction” (Mann 46). This insight into the avant-garde’s complicity with a bourgeois culture of exchange is supposed to be the death of the avant-garde; however, as Mann notes in pointing to the proliferation of “obituaries”—like his book and even this essay–the avant-garde’s death makes it not less productive, but in many ways more productive: “The death of the avant-garde is the n-state of the recuperation of its critical potential by a narrative of failure” (xi). Here, Mann is saying that the avant-garde’s critical posture is itself a commodity that can be used for purposes of exchange. While artworks continue to be made and sold, their real value lies in being placeholders or ingredients for the essays, books, dissertations, conferences, and symposia that are like grimoires and séances for reanimating the dead. Within a discursive economy, every critical study of an avant-garde’s death is a type of necromancy. From this perspective, the current interest in aesthetic boredom would seem to lie not in how it affects someone, but in how a work’s senseless drifts and empty feints persuade someone to talk or write about it. The catch here of course, one whose dialectical gesture is tautologically poised to collapse in an ever tightening spiral of immanence, is that art which is merely an interesting thing to write about—to discourse on—is boring, and being boring is merely interesting to write about. The bind for contemporary art and criticism is that they become unable to make a critical statement about their own situation without re-presenting the discursive mechanisms of its expressive distress. The only way to escape this dilemma would be to dodge participation in the discursive economy by imagining a place outside of discourse. And this, writes Mann, is “a place that, one is assured, does not exist” (91).

    Or if “it” does exist, it exists in a way that cannot be articulated without being drawn into the wholly affirmative character of discourse, for “discourse has no negative force that is not reduced to dialectical systems-maintenance” (88). This means that if I am to do what I am about to, that is, to suggest how contemporary boredom intimates an “escape” from discourse without actually dying the death of absolute silence, I should really stop writing and let a little nihilism loose on my own words. However, it is clear by this point that I won’t. I should at least suggest a conclusion, one whose even modest inference or speculation will compromise the chance of aesthetic boredom to be unjustified.

    Well…I can’t go on, I’ll go on.

    Perhaps in losing the operational difference that distinguishes between aesthetic and mundane boredom, a loss diagnosed by Baudrillard as a consequence of media saturation that takes us beyond questions of representation, contemporary “aesthetic” boredom (which should now be put under erasure) articulates the uncertainty of its own conundrum. Unlike earlier artworks that focused on boredom’s capacity to disturb conventions, to drum up differences in which discourse could be invested, contemporary boredom, in its stuplimity, seems to address the metaphysical ambiguity that has always been evident in boredom’s rhetoric. Boredom, as the phrases “That song is boring” and “I’m bored” reveal, is a way of speaking about the felt sense of senselessness and the uncertainty affecting a subject caught between a withering paradigm of faith and the reflexive proclivities of modern epistemological skepticism. Thus, whereas a work like Steve Reich’s Four Organs (1970) once promised to eliminate the uncertainty of being neither a faithful nor empirical “self” by annihilating this duality in an immersive gesture of extinction, Barrett’s Derivation XI. transcribes and simulates the ambivalence that has allowed boredom to spread beyond the desert of art into the wasteland of the mundane, where the intensity of being unjustified becomes indistinguishable from a day at the office. But this is no hard-won insight. It is the simulation of an insight into the fact that our waiting no longer pays off in the revelation of hitherto unknown interests, an insight into the theory-death that waiting tries to infinitely postpone. Waiting is stuplime: It is an uncertain witnessing of the time of events in their infinite eventuality and a way of listening to nothing in particular in order to imagine the impossible possibility of disappearing into an event that always never takes place.

    eldritch Priest is a composer and musician who writes about contemporary culture and experimental art. He took a Ph.D. from the Institute for Studies in Literature, Art and Culture at Carleton University for his dissertation on aesthetics of failure. Currently, he is researching the subjects of distraction and the occult.

    Notes

    This work is dedicated to the memory of Art Jarvinen (1956-2010).

    1. The “sensuous infinity” that I refer to in this essay is the sense we have of a perpetually receding end-point, or inversely, of a continually dividing mid-point. This can be represented in two ways using the familiar example of a number series (m, n, o…). The former is what’s called an extensive infinitude wherein along a real number series we can always count one more term beyond the last. This is represented by the formula (m, n, o…)+1. The latter however, is called an intensive infinitude, wherein between two terms of this series lies a third. The formula for this sense of infinitude is ½(m+n). I am using the term “sensuous infinity” rather than the more common “bad infinity” in order to emphasize the experiential aspects of boredom’s sense of endlessness.

    2. While repetition, slowness, and suspension are not exclusive to experimental composition, I emphasize the Cagean tradition of composition here, for a certain conviction and celebration of boredom is fundamental to the aesthetics of post-Cagean composition in a way that the droney doom metal of SunnO))) or the numbingly pensive groove of British dubstep never is.

    3. This, of course, is Elaine Scarry’s argument in The Body in Pain (1985), which presents an elegant theory of how sentience can be represented as a spectrum hemmed by complementary extremes: At one end is the imagination, wherein the act of imagining coincides with the object imagined, and at the other end is pain, in which the act of perception takes itself as its own object.

    4. This sense of “perfection” alludes to eighteenth-century German aesthetician Georg Friedrich Meier’s notion of beautiful thinking (ars pulchre cogitandi), which he borrowed from his mentor Alexander Gottlieb Baumgarten.

    5. Warhol’s notorious reputation for “being bored” can be illustrated in many ways, but perhaps, owing to their time-based expression, his films Sleep and Empire are representative of his aesthetic tedium. Both Sleep (1963) and Empire (1964) are eight-hour films that fixate on the passage of time by focusing the camera on a single event. In the case of the former, the film is a partially looped shot of a sleeping John Giorno, while the latter is a continuous shot of the Empire State building as late afternoon dusk passes into evening darkness. On Mac Low’s poetry, which is noted for its use of chance operations and the application of arbitrary systems for selecting and assembling new text from pre-existing source material, see Mac Low 2009.

    6. Elisabeth Goodstein, in her work Experience Without Qualities (2005), argues that the rhetoric of boredom develops around an ambiguity or contradiction in Enlightenment discourses of subjective experience that aim to describe the persistence of an immaterial dimension of being within an otherwise orderly, objective material reality.

    7. Music has a long association with the phantasmatic. Though the most common sense of this is inherited from religious and folk traditions that treat music like an incantatory form that conjures a quasi-mystical space-time into being, more obscure formulations include Susanne Langer’s theory that musical morphology expresses the affective “semblance” of the “inner life” (a concept borrowed from Schiller’s notion of Schein), Jacques Attali’s sense that the suppleness of music’s medium simulates a hyper-fast economy of relations presaging political orders, and David Burrows’s thesis that music operates on a synthetic plane of sensory immediacy that compensates for the abstraction of language. See Langer 1953, Attali 1985, and Burrows 2007.

    8. Three novels composed entirely of one year’s worth of New York City weather, traffic, and sports reports.

    9. Ngai uses the term “agglutination” rather than accumulation to describe the holding together in perception or formal relations “the mass adhesion or coagulation of data particles or signifying units” (263).

    10. I think that Ngai relies too heavily on the formal elements of the works she studies to exemplify the affective response to iterability. Although her examples are persuasive, particularly as they draw attention to the way the repetition of finite elements undermines the stability of formal concepts by mutilating the signifying relays of the system granting them meaning, she overlooks the detail that we can only now, after having suffered a century of aesthetic boredom, appreciate, and we can only now feel alternately bored and interested by the same experience. It’s not merely the individual work’s linking of boredom and astonishment that expresses the stuplime, but the collective history of ways we’ve developed to aestheticize and thereby unsteadily elevate the mundane or picayune.

    11. A derangement refers to a permutational mode in combinatorial mathematics whereby no element of a given set (i.e., C major: C D E F G A B) appears in its original place.

    12. For example, in addition to using common audio recorders and transposing the captured sounds into musical notation, Barrett has designed a piece of software capable of performing a spectral analysis of a recording whose results are converted tones mapped onto a specified instrument or ensemble.

    13. “There must now then be more description of the way each one is made of a substance common to their kind of them, thicker, thinner, harder, softer, all of one consistency, all of one lump, or little lumps stuck together to make a whole one cemented together sometimes by the same kind of being sometimes by the other kind of being in them, some with a lump hard at the centre liquid at the surface, some with the lump vegetablish or wooden or metallic in them. Always then the kind of substance, the kind of way when it is a mediumly fluid solid fructifying reacting substance, the way it acts makes one kind of them of the resisting kind of them, the way another substance acts makes another kind of them the attacking way of them. It and the state it is in each kind of them, the mixing of it with the other way of being that makes many kinds of these two kinds of them, sometime all this will have meaning” (Stein 345).

    Works Cited

    • Abram, John. “Re: question (2).” Message to the author. 17 May 2009. E-mail.
    • Attali, Jacques. Noise: The Political Economy of Music. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1985. Print.
    • Barone, Chedomir. “Re: question.” Message to the author. 15 Apr. 2009. E-mail.
    • ———. Piano Installation with Derangements. 2003. N.p., n.d. Web. 7 Nov. 2011.
    • Barrett, G. Douglas. Artist Statement, 2011. N.p., 2011. Web. 7 Nov. 2011.
    • ———. Derivation XI. 2008. gdouglasbarrett.com. N.p., n.d. Web. 7 Nov. 2011.
    • ———. Three Voices. 2008. gdouglasbarrett.com. N.p., n.d. Web. 7 Nov. 2011.
    • ———. “Re: question (3).” Message to the author. 3 Jun. 2009. E-mail.
    • Baudrillard, Jean. The Conspiracy of Art: Manifestos, Interviews, Essays. Trans. Sylvère Lotringer. New York: Semiotext(e), 2005. Print.
    • Blom, Ina. “Boredom and Oblivion.” The Flux Reader. Ed. Ken Friedman. West Sussex: Academy Editions, 1998. Print.
    • Burrows, David. Time and the Warm Body: A Musical Perspective on the Construction of Time. Boston: Brill, 2007. Print.
    • Cage, John. Silence: lectures and writings. Middletown: Wesleyan UP, 1973. Print.
    • de Certeau, Michel. The Practice of Everyday Life. Trans. S. Rendall. Berkeley: U of California P, 1984. Print.
    • Ehrenberg, Alain. The Weariness of the Self: Diagnosing the History of Depression in the Contemporary Age. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s UP, 2010. Print.
    • Goldsmith, Kenneth. Fidget. Toronto: Coach House Books, 2000. Print.
    • ———. Sports. Los Angeles: Make Now Press, 2007. Print.
    • ———. Traffic. Los Angeles: Make Now Press, 2007. Print.
    • ———. The Weather. Make Now Press, 2005. Print.
    • Goodstein, Elizabeth S. Experience Without Qualities: Boredom and Modernity. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2005. Print.
    • Higgins, Dick. “Boredom and Danger.” Breaking the Sound Barrier: A Critical Anthology of the New Music. Ed. Gregory Battcock. New York: Dutton, 1982. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. Postmodernism, or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke UP, 1991. Print.
    • Jarvinen, Art. 100 cadences with four melodies, a chorale, and coda (“with bells on!”). 2008. Sylmar: Leisure Planet Music, 2008. Print.
    • Langer, Susanne. Feeling and Form. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1953. Print.
    • Lyotard, Jean François. Libidinal Economy. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1993. Print.
    • ———. The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Trans. Geoff Bennington and Brian Massumi. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1984. Print.
    • Mac Low, Jackson. Thing of Beauty. Ed. Anne Tardos. Berkeley: U of California P, 2009. Print.
    • Mann, Paul. The Theory-death of the Avant-garde. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1991. Print.
    • ———. Masocriticism. Albany: State U of New York P, 1999. The SUNY Ser. in Postmodern Culture. Print.
    • Massumi, Brian. Parables for the Virtual: Movement, Affect, Sensation. Durham: Duke UP, 2002. Print.
    • Maxwell, Devin. “Re: question (1).” Message to the author. 30 May 2009. E-mail.
    • ———. PH4. 2004. Montreal: Éditions musique SISYPHE, 2004. Print.
    • Ngai, Sianne. Ugly Feelings. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2005. Print.
    • Nyman, Michael. Experimental Music: Cage and Beyond. New York: Cambridge UP, 1999. Print.
    • Phillips, Adam. On Kissing, Tickling, And Being Bored: Psychoanalytic Essays On The Unexamined Life. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1993. Print.
    • Ross, Christine. The Aesthetics of Disengagement: Contemporary Art and Depression. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2006. Print.
    • Scarry, Elaine. The Body in Pain: The Making and Unmaking of the World. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1985. Print.
    • Stein, Gertrude. The Making of Americans: Being a History of a Family’s Progress. Champaign: Dalkey Archive Press, 1995. Print.
    • Wallace, David Foster. The Pale King. New York: Little, Brown and Company, 2009. Print.
  • The Finite Dialectic

    Jason Read (bio)
    University of Southern Maine
    Jason.Read@maine.edu

    Review of John Grant, Dialectics and Contemporary Politics: Critique and Transformation from Hegel through Post-Marxism. New York: Routledge, 2011.
     
    In recent years there have been a slew of publications dealing with the relationship between post-structuralism and Marx. It could be argued that these works follow the lead of Derrida’s Specters of Marx and Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri’s Empire, each of which argues for a relation between Marx and post-structuralism. Or it could be that the turn to Marx, or to a relation between Marx and post-structuralism, reflects not so much a change in the intellectual atmosphere, in the old battles for intellectual hegemony, as a change in the political and economic atmosphere. The years of neoliberal restructuring of the university and subsequent austerity cuts have made it harder and harder to separate post-structuralist concerns with the nature of subjectivity, knowledge and desire from Marxist concerns with exploitation. Problems with capitalism have become increasingly hard to avoid in recent years, and thus we see a turn to Marx in academia as well as in mainstream media.
     
    John Grant’s book is not about the relationship between post-structuralism and Marx, but about the contemporary relevance of dialectical thinking. This shift takes us to the core of much of the post-structural opposition to Marx: the dialectic, with its central notions of totality and contradiction. The post-structuralist thinkers that argued for the importance of Marx, such as Deleuze, the late Derrida, and Foucault, were trenchant critics of the dialectic; Marx, materialism, and the critique of capital could be salvaged, but the dialectic was forever associated with the original sins of totality, teleology, and identity. There have even been attempts to save Marx from the dialectic, to produce a non-dialectical Marx in which immanence, power, or difference takes the place of the dialectic. Grant tempers this critique of the dialectic by returning to dialectical thinkers such as Althusser and Adorno who tried to separate the dialectic from its idealistic tendencies, to produce a dialectic without a subject, totality, or telos. By bringing together the criticisms of the dialectic with the most profound revisions of dialectical thinking, Grant is able to produce a dialectical revision of sorts, in which negations of the dialectic converge with its revision. The opposition to dialectics is a determinate negation, one that retains as much as it negates.
     
    Grant begins his book with an examination of the Phenomenology of Spirit. His interpretation follows Adorno and Zizek, and anticipates such works as Fredric Jameson’s The Hegel Variations: On the Phenomenology of Spirit and Étienne Balibar’s Citoyen sujet et autres essais d’anthropologie philosophique, in arguing that the Phenomenology is less a systematic exposition of the march of spirit than of the dialectic of disjuncture between experience and concept. Grant thus breaks with what he refers to as the onto-structural understanding of the dialectic, in which the various stages are the stages of being and its conceptual articulation, stressing instead the finitude of the Phenomenology, the tension in it between experience and its historical situation (17). It is not a matter, however, of choosing the existential understanding of the dialectic, dominated by the struggle for recognition, against the onto-structural interpretation of the unfolding of being, but of recognizing that the tension between experience and structure or logic is, as Grant understands it, the dialectic itself.
     
    Louis Althusser’s articulation of a materialist dialectic draws a line of demarcation against both an existential interpretation–and any humanism–and the idealism and teleology of the onto-structural understanding. This makes him an unlikely figure for Grant’s project. However, in the second chapter, Grant excavates a provocative and surprising passage from Althusser’s early writing on Hegel, a passage in which Althusser argues for the superiority of Hegel over Marx. Althusser argues that Marx’s method is predicated on an anthropology of labor, while Hegel’s dialectic is one in which there is no first time, no ontological or anthropological postulate, but every starting point, every given is negated, becoming the initial moment of a dialectic (Grant 38). While Althusser’s celebration of Hegel is surprising, the terms of this opposition are not: Althusser would dedicate the rest of his intellectual career to contesting the primacy of origin and end, as well as an anthropological foundation not only for Marxism but for philosophy. Grant is thus able to foreground the notion of a dialectic without first terms to draw a thread through Althusser’s thought, from the development of an overdetermined materialist dialectic without essences to the later work on aleatory materialism.
     
    Such a reading brushes against the grain of Althusser’s project, the trajectory of which moves from defining a materialist dialectic to rejecting dialectics in favor of a materialism of the encounter. However, Grant’s method, which focuses on the tension between experience and system, the articulation of concepts and their limits, makes it possible to see a dialectic of sorts in Althusser’s aleatory materialism. As Grant argues, Althusser’s aleatory materialism is understood to be dialectical not just because it works through the oppositions of contingency and necessity, event and structure, but ultimately because of its articulation of fundamental concepts. Althusser’s reading of Machiavelli is said to articulate two fundamental principles: the first thesis is that nothing changes, that history can only be instructive if based on invariants, while the second is that everything changes. These two theses demand a dialectic in which the concrete situation, what Althusser once labeled the conjuncture, can only be understood as the particular way in which the latter negates the former, the particular combination of change and invariants (56).
     
    Grant’s final point is not just that Althusser was dialectical all along, but that his later theoretical production can be read through his early idea of a dialectic without content in order to argue for a dialectic that emerges in the tension between contradictory theses. This makes possible a rereading of particular moments in contemporary theoretical and political debates. The subsequent chapters take up “experience,” “ideology,” “totality,” and, finally, transformation, all of which have come under scrutiny and critique by such thinkers as Derrida, Deleuze, and Foucault. Grant does not deal with concepts abstractly, simply stating that they have migrated from the “hot” to the “not” list, juxtaposing them with the new terms of “language,” “discourse,” “multiplicity,” and “deconstruction.” Rather, each chapter is structured around a particular determinate negation, a particular textual moment where the abstract opposition between terms must necessarily give way to a more nuanced, or dialectical, relation. The question of experience is read through Foucault and Derrida’s debate over madness and Foucault’s attempt to present a history of madness, while ideology is read against Deleuze and Foucault’s attempt to dispense with the notion altogether. In each case a specific theoretical intervention is used to illustrate the unavoidable nature of dialectic thought. The debate about experience, about its discursive construction, reveals the impossibility of absolutely deciding for or against experience, of maintaining some originary experience prior to its discursive construction or of a discourse that constructs all experience in its wake. There is a dialectical relation in which experience and discourse, the concept and what exceeds it, are constantly shaping each other. Similarly, Foucault and Deleuze’s attempt to dispense with the category of ideology, to have done with its sharp distinction between appearance and reality, ends up reintroducing a concept of masks and mystifications. Despite his opposition to ideology, Foucault argues, in a central passage of The History of Sexuality, that “power is tolerable only on condition that it mask a substantial part of itself” (86). Rather than dispense with ideology, with the opposition between appearance and essence, a dialectical treatment seeks to grasp the reality of appearances. These particular interventions illustrate that a dialectic is at work even when it would appear to be absent. Grant takes on Foucault, an anti-dialectical thinker par excellence, to argue that the relationship between power and resistance can be thought of as a dialectic in which negation is determination (and vice versa). As Grant writes,

     

    For both Foucault and Hegel, nothing is constituted purely on its own terms, but always in relation to what limits it. Power and resistance, then, have a paradoxical relationship in that they serve as the limit of the other, and yet in doing so they motivate and incite more of what they intend to check or restrain. Such a relationship is eminently dialectical.

    (138)

    Once removed from its onto-structural position, from the march of spirit or some ultimate argument about the contradictory nature of reality, once the dialectic becomes a dialectic, it becomes all the more ubiquitous, inserting itself in every place that a concept, or problem, is set against its opposite which determines and defines it.

     
    I have suggested that Grant’s dialectic can be seen as part of a turn to Hegel in writers such as Balibar and Jameson. I mention these two authors specifically because their respective turn to Hegel is one that foregrounds the finitude and partial nature of the dialectic. Balibar has also pursued a reading of the Phenomenology in which it is no longer the speculative teleology but the dialectical moment that is stressed. Balibar stresses that Hegel’s various historical portraits, such as those of Antigone, the Enlightenment, and the French Revolution, are not simply the reflections of an erudite and totalizing knowledge, but demonstrate that there is no meta-language of spirit; spirit, the collectivity, can only be expressed in specific cultural and historical moments. These moments see themselves as absolute, see their historical condition as the ultimate condition. This universalization ends up being their negation. The dialectic exposes the partiality and contradictory nature of each of these moments; it is, as Balibar argues, the original form of ideology critique (284). Grant’s use of the dialectic comes closest to Jameson’s in Valences of the Dialectic. Jameson argues, against Althusser, for the merit of an idealistic dialectic. As Jameson writes,

    And that would be, I think, the meaning and the function a return to Hegel today, as over against Althusser. The latter is surely right about his materialistic, his semi-autonomous levels, his structural causality, and his overdetermination: if you look for those things in Hegel you find what everybody knew all along, namely that he was simply an idealist. But the right way of using Hegel is not that way; it lies rather in precisely those things that he was capable of exploring because he was an idealist, namely the categories themselves, the modes and forms of thought in which we inescapably have to think things through, but which have a logic of their own to which we ourselves fall victim if we are unaware of their existence and their informing influence on us.

    (454)

    Grant, like Jameson, in a kind of dialectical reversal, takes Hegel’s weakness, his idealism, as his strength: it is precisely because Hegel focuses on ideas, concepts, and categories that his work is so useful for working through them. It is a matter of what Jameson calls a dialectic without positive terms, in which what is stressed is the contradiction, the negations that determine, and not the resolutions or progress (48). Grant does an excellent job of demonstrating the need for a dialectical treatment of some of the longstanding oppositions in the debate between Marxism, or Marxisms, and post-structuralism, the futility of being for or against categories and concepts for analysis like experience, ideology, and totality, not to mention being for or against the dialectic itself. These concepts and their limitations are indispensable for critical thought. Experience and its construction, the event, and totality are not positions that we might pick once and for all, but must be worked through according to their specific determinations and contradictions.

     
    We can ask, finally, about the political import of this discussion—what does it offer besides a way out of some longstanding theoretical debates and impasses? Grant’s book is not one that simply works on philosophical and theoretical questions, assuming that the political effects will follow. It is a book that takes intervention in the politics of the contemporary moment as one of its essential provocations, reflecting on Obama’s election, the tea party, and the current economic recession. By and large these function as interesting and provocative examples: Grant’s argument that the tea party is as suspicious of the collective power of the people as it is of government, ultimately advocating a privatization of the political, is insightful, as is his argument about the dialectics of structure and event in different understandings of the current crisis (144). Their merit is to remind us that the real contradictions, the ones that matter, are not between Foucault and Derrida, but between the different understandings of the people and power. These readings of political situations are not political prescriptions, but interpretations of the dialectics of existing politics. They retroactively unpack the logic of what has taken place. The owl of Minerva still flies at dusk, even if the sun has just set. The understanding is still retrospective. Grant does offer proposals, proposals for a general dialectical understanding of the relation between creation and transformation, negation and affirmation, already at work in every political situation.
     
    Grant has done much to recommend the idealist aspect of the dialectic, the examination of the negation and contradiction in concepts and categories in the tension between experience and logic. However, the turn towards a materialist dialectic in such thinkers as Althusser was not simply a rehashing of the metaphysical opposition between idealism and materialism, but an attempt to move beyond the retroactive gaze of Hegel to grasp the overdetermined contradictions of the present, contradictions that can be acted upon (106). Which is to say in closing that the dialectics of concepts, the idealistic dialectic of Hegel, albeit unmoored from its speculative grounding, may need to be complemented by a materialist dialectic, a dialectic of the forces and contradictions of material life. This would entail a return to the Marx and Hegel question, but not in terms of mystical kernels and rational shells, in which the materialist dialectic is separated from idealism, but of a dialectic of forces combined with a dialectic of concepts and logics. It would no longer be a matter of emphasizing the difference between the notion of a materialist and idealist dialectic, but of seeking the point of articulation between the two, the place where the dialectic of concepts and experience confronts the dialectic of forces and relations of production. Grant’s book does much to make this possible, liberating Hegel’s dialectic from its ossified image as purveyor of totality and teleology, but it leaves in its wake the conceptual work of connecting this understanding with its historical moment, with the material, rather than logical, situation of our experience.
     

    Jason Read is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern Maine. He is the author of The Micro-Politics of Capital: Marx and the Prehistory of the Present (Albany: SUNY, 2003) as well as articles on Althusser, Negri, Spinoza, Foucault, Deleuze and Guattari. He is completing a manuscript titled Relations of Production: Transindividuality between Ontology and Political Economy for Brill/Historical Materialism.
     

    Works Cited

     

    • Althusser, Louis and Étienne Balibar. Reading Capital. Trans. Ben Brewster. New York: Verso, 2009. Print.
    • Balibar, Étienne. Citoyen sujet et autres essais d’anthropologie philosophique. Paris: Presse Universitaires de France, 2011. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. The History of Sexuality Volume 1: An Introduction. Trans. Robert Hurley. New York: Vintage, 1978. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. The Hegel Variations: On the Phenomenology of Spirit. New York: Verso, 2010. Print.
    • ———. Valences of the Dialectic. New York: Verso, 2009. Print.
  • Reading Semblance and Event

    Richard Grusin (bio)
    Center for 21st Century Studies
    University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
    grusin@uwm.edu

    Review of Brian Massumi, Semblance and Event: Activist Philosophy and the Occurrent Arts. Cambridge: MIT, 2011.
     
    It came as something of a surprise when I realized that Semblance and Event: Activist Philosophy and the Occurrent Arts is the first book Brian Massumi has published since the influential 2002 Parables for the Virtual: Movement, Affect, Sensation. Surprising only because in the decade following Parables for the Virtual, Massumi has continued to be an active and influential figure on the theoretical landscape. Among numerous other pieces, for example, he has written a series of important essays on the post-9/11 affective security regime, which, taken together, have the force of a short and incisive book.
     
    Semblance and Event, the fourth volume in MIT’s “Technologies of Lived Abstraction” series, which Massumi co-edits with his partner and collaborator Erin Manning, pursues a different set of concerns, focusing largely on the arts. For this book Massumi circles back to pick up a couple of pre-Parables pieces, which he weaves together with an exciting introductory essay on “Activist Philosophy and the Occurrent Arts” and a concluding tour-de-force in “four movements,” “Arts of Experience, Politics of Expression.” The book is unevenly (or unconventionally) organized. The introduction is longer than the first and third chapters combined, all of which together are approximately the length of the second chapter, a “semblance of an interview” published in 2008 in Inflexions, an online journal. And the final chapter, which by itself could stand alone as one of those slender volumes published by Verso or Prickly Paradigm Press, is nearly half the length of the entire book. But insofar as this chapter picks up on numerous lines of thought from earlier chapters, it serves here as a powerful conclusion to the book’s overall aim of articulating an aesthetic-political philosophy through the unfolding of the concept of “semblance.” Massumi draws this concept in large part, though not exclusively, from Walter Benjamin’s concepts of “mimesis” and “nonsensuous similarity,” tracing out its implications with the help of William James, Whitehead, and Deleuze, along with the especially useful introduction of psychologist Daniel Stern’s concept of “vitality affects.” Both through particular discussions of specific works of art (including among others music, dance, painting, and media installations) and more general discussions of abstraction, linear perspective, and the diagrammatic, Massumi advocates an “activist philosophy,” which teases out not only the politicality of the aesthetic but also the aesthetics of the political. I begin this review with such a generalized description both to prepare potential readers for the experience of reading Semblance and Event and to help account for the emphases and ellipses of this review, which focuses mainly on concepts from the introduction and closing chapter.
     
    When my review copy of Semblance and Event arrived in the mail I had just finished reading Graham Harman’s The Quadruple Object. Inspired by Massumi’s own commitment to relationality, one way for me to begin to think about reviewing Semblance and Event was to think about how the experience of reading Massumi differed from the experience of reading Harman. Perhaps because I had just been making my way through The Quadruple Object, Harman’s object-oriented ontology seemed in places to loom as an unnamed, shadowy adversary to Massumi’s event-oriented ontology. While Massumi does not directly engage with the texts of Harman or other speculative realists, there are several moments, beginning with the introduction, where Harman’s commitment to the ontological primacy of objects over relations comes clearly to mind. But it’s not only because I happened to read the two works next to one another that comparing the experience of reading Massumi with that of reading Harman is instructive. Indeed, from their opening sentences the two works stake out in markedly different prose styles diverging claims about where philosophy should begin. Thinking about some of the differences between the experiences of reading the two books can help illuminate some of the stakes for Massumi’s arguments in Semblance and Event as well as the two authors’ competing philosophical commitments.
     
    Harman’s prose, in The Quadruple Object as elsewhere, is clear and direct—full of declarative sentences, numbered sections and claims, and illustrative diagrams. Harman presents philosophy as an agon of champions, villains, and heroes, as when he claims that “objects should be the hero of philosophy” (16). He operates in part by placing his arguments explicitly in opposition to those of the champions whom he is attempting to unseat or dethrone or knock off their horses or in relation to those whose colors he chooses to wear. At one point he likens “various forms of objects and qualities” to “the opposed armies of Korea [which] have stared each other down for over fifty years” (102). His assertions about positions with which he disagrees often consist of absolutist declarations, such as “Those who resist the notion that individual objects are the central topic of metaphysics have no other option: the object must either be undermined from below or overmined from above” (13). And at another point he likens his own philosophical ambitions to Kant and Freud (124). Thus, despite Harman’s deep commitment to objects, reading his prose can feel very much like encountering a subject- or human-centered discourse about objects, one in which philosophers champion different causes, in Harman’s case the fundamentality of objects, but in which discursive, philosophical agency remains firmly within what can often feel like an object-oriented humanism, in which the subject-object divide seems supplanted by the separation among real objects or what he calls the sensual object-real object divide.
     
    Massumi’s prose, on the other hand, is alternatively fluid, dense, and fragmentary. Its effect is to produce in the reader a kind of movement or relationality similar to the relational movement for which he is arguing. On occasion one feels challenged to hold onto or reproduce these movements of thought outside of the experience of reading. Often Massumi places quotations from his philosophical forebears next to each other, in relation, with little or no exegesis or explanation, as in the second paragraph of the book’s introduction: “What’s middling in all immediacy is ‘an experience of activity’ (James 1996a, 161). ‘The fundamental concepts are activity and process’ (Whitehead 1968, 140). ‘Bare activity, as we may call it, means the bare fact of event or change’ (James 1996a, 161)” (1). Sentences or fragments with no verbs or subjects or objects are prominent, for example: “An integral synchrony of befores and afters. Unbeen, beable. Time-like, logically prior to linear time. In the limits of the present. Wholly, virtually, vaguely. Differentially. Edging into existence” (89). At first these stylistic tendencies can seem gratuitous or annoying. But the absence of subjects and verbs also works to mark the absence of the conventional SVO structure of the English sentence, which separates actors from actions and objects rather than seeing them as emerging from relationality, virtuality, potential, and so forth. Where Harman’s desire to make objects fundamental or distinct from their qualities or relations is underscored in his prose by keeping subjects, verbs, and objects grammatically distinct, Massumi’s concern with event, occurrence, movement, and relation is expressed in a prose style where the event of a sentence can be, and often is, expressed as a single word or phrase.
     
    The stylistic divergence between the two works accompanies a philosophical divergence between Harman’s Heideggerian-inspired defense of the ontological primacy of objects and Massumi’s James-Whitehead-Deleuze-based philosophy of the event. Semblance and Event begins with a direct echo of the opening of Emerson’s “Experience,” which begins with the question: “Where do we find ourselves? In a series of which we do not know the extremes, and believe that it has none.” Conventionally read in the history of philosophy as an American heir to the transcendental idealism of Kant, Emerson has in the past several decades begun to be reread within a more empirical tradition leading to pragmatism and beyond, with “Experience” figuring as a key text for this revisionary project. This project took off in earnest in the 1980s with work by such diverse figures as Stanley Cavell (who challenges the “pragmatist” label even while offering a radically de-idealized Emerson), Sharon Cameron, and Cornel West.1 In the last decade of the 20th century and the first decades of this one, this line of thought has been taken up by (among others) Jonathan Levin, Cary Wolfe, and Paul Grimstad.2 Although Massumi does not engage these debates directly, in the first sentences of Semblance and Event he finds himself in pretty much the same place as Emerson: “Something’s doing (James 1996a, 161). That much we already know. Something’s happening. Try as we might to gain an observer’s remove, that’s where we find ourselves: in the midst of it. There’s happening doing. This is where philosophical thinking must begin: immediately in the middle (Deleuze and Guattari 1987, 21 – 23, 293)” (1).
     
    Where Massumi, like Emerson, would begin in the middle, for Harman philosophy should begin with the “naiveté” of origins, that is, with objects. Indeed objects, for Harman and speculative realists, are originary in an ontological or metaphysical sense. In Semblance and Event, Massumi implicitly distinguishes himself from such an object-oriented philosophy, focusing instead on the event. Where Harman argues that every object is singular, for example, Massumi insists that events are singular. Unlike Harman, who defines objects as distinct both from their qualities and their relations, Massumi describes the event as doubled relationally and qualitatively. When Massumi invokes Deleuze to claim that his own activist philosophy is a “nonobject philosophy,” it is difficult not to hear an invidious distinction from Harman’s object-oriented philosophy. But in contrasting Massumi’s “nonobject philosophy” with Harman’s “object-oriented philosophy” we should not lose sight of their shared opposition to the “subjectivist philosophy” that can be traced back at least to Kant. Activist philosophy, Massumi insists, is also a “noncognitivist philosophy.”
     
    If activist philosophy, the concept that shares the stage with “semblance” and “event” in the book’s title, is neither an objectivist nor a subjectivist philosophy, what is it? The remainder of Massumi’s introduction takes up this question, providing a series of increasingly complex answers. In perhaps another implicit differentiation from the school of “speculative realism,” Massumi characterizes activist philosophy as “aesthetico-political” and “speculative-pragmatic.” In reading object-oriented philosophy as part of the “against-which” that Massumi’s arguments are formed from and directed towards, I don’t mean to overstate its place in Semblance and Event. Massumi has his eyes on artistic as well as philosophical works here and thereby articulates the book’s aims through both frames. By linking the “aesthetico-political” with the “speculative-pragmatic,” he also highlights the politically activist implications of his philosophy. Suggesting that “the politicality of process” is the book’s “one central concern” (13), Massumi means “activist philosophy” to operate not only in terms of, say, activist left politics but in what might best be understood as the politicality of the nonhuman.
     
    Thus the “final question” posed by the introduction is “that of experience in nonhuman forms of life, and in nonliving matter itself” (25). Massumi has taken up this question before, most notably perhaps in “The Autonomy of Affect,” where he draws on Simondon and Deleuze to distinguish between the human and the nonhuman not in terms of “the presence or absence” of consciousness or reflection, but in terms of their “directness.” In Semblance and Event he draws more heavily on Whitehead to unfold the question of nonhuman perception and, implicitly again, on Emerson’s concept of “experience,” especially that of nonhuman forms of life. To answer the question of nonhuman perception Massumi follows Whitehead’s discussion of the electron as “an occasion of experience.” And although he only tangentially touches on this concern in the book, pointing his reader to a forthcoming essay for further elucidation, the introduction closes with a sustained meditation on the relations among human, biological, and physical perception. As he does elsewhere in his work, Massumi refuses any hard and fast distinctions between humans, biological nonhumans, and physical matter. He does so not to equate these different “occasions of experience,” but as a means of accounting for both their continuity with and the singularity of the “human form of life” (26).
     
    Massumi deploys Whitehead’s contention that “Objectification itself is abstraction” to explain the relational process through which different objects take form as experience. Humans and nonhumans alike take forms as occasions of experience through abstraction. Massumi understands the history of humanity as a “semblance,” an “abstraction” that operates like tree-rings through our nonhuman animal body. Through “specific techniques of existence,” this nonhuman body makes all human experience co-occurrent with occasions of nonhuman experience. In concluding his introduction with the nonhumanness of the body, Massumi loops back to and updates his earlier work on affectivity—and perhaps unintentionally loops back to Emerson as well. Massumi cites Whitehead’s insistence that the body is as much a part of nature as a mountain or a river or a cloud to underscore his own point that “the body as technique of existence” is continuous with the world (27). Whitehead himself echoes the early part of Nature, where Emerson distinguishes between the “me” and the “not-me,” or between the soul and nature, insisting that the body be included with nature as part of the “not-me.” After beginning his book with Emerson in the middleness of “Experience,” then, Massumi ends his introduction very much where Emerson begins. I emphasize Massumi’s perhaps not altogether intentional Emersonianism not to accuse him, as he cites others as having done, of romanticism—a charge made and addressed in the chapter 2 interview of Semblance and Event (and which he partially embraces in terms of his commitment to intensity). Rather, despite Emerson’s loose designation in twentieth-century literary histories as an American romanticist, I call attention to Massumi’s Emersonianism in order to situate both him and Emerson within the alternative philosophical genealogy that links transcendentalism with pragmatism, even with the radical empiricism of James or Whitehead. And as the previous discussion makes evident, this is a genealogy defined largely by its insistence upon the inseparability of human from nonhuman nature through the mediation of the body.
     
    Massumi criticizes the concept of the medium, which he would seek to replace with something like “technique of experience.” Asked in the interview of chapter 2 why he has shied away from talking about the concept of media, Massumi denies that this is a concept at all, because it has been confused with the digital, which is not itself a medium. Insofar as digital technology itself is often characterized as a medium, Massumi’s criticism is well taken. As I argued (with Jay Bolter) nearly 15 years ago in Remediation, while digital photography and digital cinema can both be considered media, digital technology itself cannot. To replace the concept of medium, Massumi introduces Michel Chion’s characterization of the cinematic medium in terms of “audiovisual fusion,” which Massumi feels can more adequately account for the experience of technique as an event. When media theorists (often misreading McLuhan) define media as extensions of the senses, Massumi argues, they miss the way that the senses are already prostheses of the body, are already in that sense media. However, Massumi’s acute dismissal of media theory—which oscillates between defining a medium in terms either of its technological support or its sensory modality—does not speak to the understanding of a medium in relational terms as “that which remediates.” As I have been arguing for the past decade and more, media should not be identified either with their material support or with their dominant sense modalities, but rather with the relational-qualitative processes of remediation that they undertake. Such a process of remediation always takes up both technological and sensory modalities but these are insufficient in themselves to define a medium. For a broad understanding of media, as for events, occasions or techniques of existence, remediation is key.
     
    In the history of Western philosophy (from Aristotle and Plato through Kant and Hegel to Adorno and recent post-Marxian media theory), mediation has usually been understood more narrowly (albeit crucially) as a secondary concept, as something coming between the nonhuman world and the perceiving human, often as an imperfect or distorting filter between the object and the subject. Consequently, it has been understood almost exclusively in terms of logics of representation, symbolization, or ideology as preventing or making impossible the “direct and immediate” relation with the world which Massumi, following Whitehead and James, insists upon as a fundamental component of human and nonhuman experience. If, however, we start with Massumi and Emerson in the middle of things, then mediation can be seen not as secondary but as a primary event or operation; the distance between mediation and perception is narrowed considerably, and the concept of mediation becomes another way to talk about the ideas of semblance, event, and occasions of experience that Massumi’s book unfolds. Indeed, this notion of mediation as event is implicit in Massumi’s work, and his activist philosophy can be read as a useful starting point for thinking a philosophy of mediation, a philosophy which I began to sketch out fragmentarily in my earlier work on remediation and have continued to unfold both in my recent work on premediation and in my current projects focusing on the concept of mediation itself. In his final chapter, Massumi lays the groundwork for such a philosophy of mediation in the aforementioned discussion of the Benjaminian concept of “nonsensuous similarity”—particularly by bringing Benjamin together with Daniel Stern’s generative concepts of “affective attunement” and “vitality affects.”3 What I finally find most exciting about Semblance and Event is the way in which its engaging treatment of “activist philosophy and the occurrent arts” provides the initial steps for a philosophy in which the nonhuman body itself is understood as the model for, and on the model of, mediation.
     
    Richard Grusin is Director of the Center for 21st-Century Studies at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He has published numerous articles and four books. With Jay David Bolter he is the author of Remediation: Understanding New Media (MIT, 1999), which sketches a genealogy of new media, beginning with the contradictory visual logics underlying contemporary digital media. His most recent book, Premediation: Affect and Mediality After 9/11 (Palgrave, 2010), argues that in an era of heightened securitization, socially networked US and global media work to premediate collective affects of anticipation and connectivity, while perpetuating low levels of apprehension or fear.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1.
    Cavell’s powerful reinterpretation of Emerson can be found in, among other places, This New Yet Unapproachable America: Lectures after Emerson after Wittgenstein (Albuquerque, NM: Living Batch Press, 1989) and “What’s the Use of Calling Emerson a Pragmatist?” Cardozo Law Review 18 (1996) Rev. 171. See also Sharon Cameron, “Representing Grief: Emerson’s ‘Experience,” Representations, No. 15 (Summer 1986): 15–41, and Cornel West, The American Evasion of Philosophy: A Genealogy of Pragmatism (Madison: U of Wisconsin P, 1989).

     

     
    2.
    See Levin, The Poetics of Transition: Emerson, Pragmatism, and American Literary Modernism (Durham, NC: Duke UP, 1999); The Other Emerson, eds. Branka Arsic and Cary Wolfe (Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2010).

     

     
    3.
    See Daniel Stern, The Interpersonal World of the Infant (New York: Basic Books, 1985), and Forms of Vitality: Exploring Dynamic Experience in Psychology, the Arts, Psychotherapy and Development (Oxford: Oxford UP, 2010). Jonathan Flatley has also productively brought together Benjaminian mimesis with Stern’s affect psychology in Affective Mapping: Melancholia and the Politics of Modernism (Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 2008).

     

     

     

    Works Cited

     

    Bolter, J. David, and Richard A. Grusin. Remediation: Understanding New Media. Cambridge: MIT, 1999. Print.
    Harman, Graham. The Quadruple Object. Winchester: Zero Books, 2011. Print.
    Massumi, Brian. Semblance and Event: Activist Philosophy and the Occurrent Arts. Cambridge: MIT, 2011. Print.
  • Entangled Spheres

     

    Ohio State University, Columbus
    chen.982@osu.edu

     

    Review of Eric A. Stanley and Nat Smith, eds., Captive Genders: Trans Embodiment and the Prison Industrial Complex. Oakland: AK Press, 2011.

     

    “It is not enough to just be urgent and in opposition to state violence but uncritically practice it through exclusion, alienation, sexism, ableism, transphobia, and homophobia and a racist politic of policing authenticity. Prefigurative politics really resonated with me, meaning I wanted the work I did to prefigure the world or communities I wanted to live in.”

    -Reina Gossett from Captive Genders (329)

    Captive Genders: Trans Embodiment and the Prison Industrial Complex contributes to the emergent surge of U.S. based transgender cultural critique over the first decades of the 21st century. In conversation with monographs by Susan Stryker, Kate Bornstein, J. Jack Halberstam, Judith Butler, David Valentine, Gayle Salaman, Dean Spade, Micha Cárdenas, Kale Bantigue Fajardo, and Mel Y. Chen, edited anthologies such as the Transgender Studies Reader (with a second volume upcoming), Transgender Migrations: The Bodies, Borders, and Politics of Transition, Gender Outlaws: The Next Generation, Trans/Love: Radical Sex, Love & Relationships Beyond the Gender Binary, and Trans Bodies, Trans Selves (forthcoming), and an expanding trans-media network including work by Yozmit, Ignacio Rivera, Kit Yan, Wu Tsang, Felix Endara, Shawna Virago, Sean Dorsey, and the Electronic Disturbance Theater, the collection of texts that is Captive Genders produces critical interventions assembled around embodied transgender, gender deviant, and queer experiences. These interlinked works share a marked shift towards transgender and gender non-conformant bodies as material interfaces with social regimes of gender and sexual control. But to interpret these pieces together as “emergent” is to already discipline their divergent workings and our interaction with them. These transgender and gender deviant interventions are increasing self-aware of the specificities of their mediums and their networked capabilities, whether they are print book, embodied performance, digital video, cell phone video, online installation, or electronic disturbance. And they depart from late 20th century literary, cultural, and social theory that has tended to emphasize the representational economy of the public sphere—mediated by the linguistic sign—as the chosen field of inquiry and subversion. Therefore, they do not call for a politics of critical interpretation that would “read” an emergent subjectivity along a single plane of social history as much as they work through entanglements with, and transmissions of, the multiple times, spaces, and bodies subjected to the experience of so-called shared society and historical progress. Taking my cue from these transgender and gender devious works, this review of Captive Genders assembles, connects, transmits, and intensifies, rather than performing a critical interpretation.
     
    Social movements for decolonization and racial, gender, sexual, and economic justice in the U.S. in the 1960s and 1970s, in connection with social uprisings in Third World colonies and internationally, transformed the American public sphere to include communities segregated and subordinated by the apartheid U.S. state. People of color, civil rights, feminist, Third World, gay liberation, women of color/Third World feminist, leftist, and anti-war movements developed oppositional cultural practices as critical components of mobilizing against institutional white supremacy, colonialism, patriarchy, classism, homophobia, and heterosexism. These social mobilizations, therefore, did not only inject previously barred communities into the dominant public sphere, but also dismantled institutional public culture through the infusion of divergent, subordinated cultural imaginations. The flexibility and contingency attributed to the system of the sign by Euro-American post-Marxist intellectual and cultural movements after World War II, including postmodernism and poststructuralism, are indebted to the de-structuring of the representational economy of the public sphere by U.S. and Third World anti-colonial and social justice movements, as much as anti-fascist, anti-capitalist critical lineages in Europe and “new” postindustrial and neoliberal conditions. By the 1980s, the political and cultural transformations activated by 1960s/70s liberation movements began to be translated into niche political blocs, niche markets, and niche cultures. As highlighted by several pieces in Captive Genders, this moment of incorporation and backlash coincides with the moment when the penal system under the apartheid U.S. state expands into a booming prison industrial complex, at the edges of the “post”-apartheid American public sphere. The managed inclusion of previously excluded communities and cultural imaginations into the apparatuses of the U.S. state, including state sponsored cultural and economic industries, has had the effect of formalizing cultural and political activism into semi-technical skills and knowledge (including literary and cultural production and interpretation, 501(c)(3) community organizing, and legal and social advocacy) and severing cultural and political work from embodied communities. Also, regulated inclusion by the U.S. state has distanced marginally included, more resourced LGBT (lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender) people, immigrants, people of color, and women from less resourced and poorer segments of these communities, whose direct experience of the state’s administrative and penal systems is often not mediated by measured participation in the public sphere. The writings collected in Eric A. Stanley and Nat Smith’s Captive Genders provide multi-vocal accounts of those segments of communities that have been forcibly denied access to the post-apartheid American public sphere. People of color, economically impoverished people, and people with scarce or no access to quality education, health care, and social services make up the vast majority of the nearly 2.3 million people currently incarcerated in U.S. state and federal prisons and local jails, according to the most recent records released by the U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics in 2010. These numbers do not include those incarcerated and “detained” in U.S. territories, military facilities, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) facilities, jails in Native American lands, and juvenile facilities.1 The mass number of people imprisoned and detained in U.S. prisons, jails, and facilities is bound to increase with the Obama administration’s implementation of the 2012 National Defense Authorization Act. Presently, African American people comprise 12.6 % of the national population, compared to 38% of the U.S. federal or state prison population. White people comprise 72.4% of the national population, compared to 32% of the prison population. Latino/a people comprise 16.3% of the national population, compared to 22% of the prison population. U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics 2010 prisoner reports do not count Native Americans, Pacific Islanders, Asians, and people identifying as two or more races in the prison population separately or explicitly. By deduction, these people together make up 7.3% of the prison population, while together comprising 8.8% of the national population.2 Although females comprise 7% of the federal and state prisoner population, compared to the 93% male prison population, women make up one of the fastest growing populations in prisons.3 People in prison are predominantly from low-income backgrounds, lacking in educational and economic opportunities. Most are unemployed or under-employed prior to incarceration, do not have high school diplomas, read English below a sixth grade level, and have a history of drug addiction and/or mental illness.4
     
    There is no official count of self-identified transgender, gender non-conforming, and queer people in prisons and jails. As highlighted in the Sylvia Rivera Law Project’s 2007 Report on the Treatment of Transgender and Intersex People in New York State Men’s Prisons, transgender and gender non-conforming adults and youth experience high rates of systemic discrimination (housing, employment, healthcare, education, public benefits, and social services) and poverty, which contribute to heightened vulnerability to police profiling and brutality and imprisonment. As many of the contributors to Captive Genders point out, transgender and gender non-conforming people are illegible within a rigorously enforced binary gender prison system. The penal legal and prison system assigns prisoners to gender-based prison housing (male versus female prisons) based on prisoners’ genitalia, rather than prisoners’ self-determination, thereby exposing transgender and gender deviant prisoners to targeted policing and abuse. And binary gender prison standards often produce the conflation of trans- and non-conforming gender presentation with homosexuality and HIV positive status—all of which are targets for segregation, administrative isolation, harassment, surveillance, and violence by prison staff and other inmates.
     
    The U.S. currently imprisons more people (in total number and per capita) than any other country in the world, including Russia, China, and Iran.5 The number of people incarcerated in the U.S. began to skyrocket in the mid-1970s with “tough on crime” policies that included mandated minimum sentencing for drug related offenses. These new policies ran counter to stable, if not diminishing, crime rates and the prevailing public perception that drug addiction was a public health, rather than a criminal court, problem (Schlosser). In 1972, there were fewer than 200,000 people incarcerated in federal and state prisons, in contrast to today’s 2.3 million prisoners.6 The nesting of government and private business interests—the prison industrial complex—that was consolidated in the passing of the Rockefeller drug laws in New York in 1973 and then nationalized in the 1980s by the Reagan administration’s War on Drugs, has produced a booming, state subsidized industry that in 2007 drew $228 billion in U.S. federal, state, and local government funding for policing, corrections, and judicial and legal services nationwide and $7.7 billion from California’s state funds alone for prison construction.7 But, as the assembly of voices in Captive Genders suggests, the prison industrial complex is much more than a network of interests that can be put in check with reform and regulation. Its existence and continued expansion depend on the normalization of imprisonment, state violence and policing, and criminalization as common-sense solutions to the social problems of poverty, unequal access to quality employment, housing, education, health care, and social services, the de-industrialization of the economy through corporate globalization, and systemic racism, classism, ableism, transphobia, homophobia, and sexism. The normalization of the prison industrial complex essentially produces a mass penal colony of segregated, confined, and incapacitated people as the common-sense counterpart to the “free” public sphere.
     
    Stanley and Smith’s Captive Genders addresses the specific impact of the prison industrial complex on transgender, gender variant, and queer lives. Together, the writings in this collection argue for the interdependency of contemporary struggles for prison abolition and transgender and queer liberation. Moving beyond the memorializing of the 1969 New York City Stonewall Riots as the inception of the gay liberation movement, the book’s opening texts introduce a vast, unofficial archive of transgender and queer opposition to state violence and criminalization. Morgan Bassichis, Alexander Lee, and Dean Spade give a living record of the radical lineage of transgender and queer organizing that continues to develop and transmit transformative approaches to social justice, counter to the official solutions promoted by the well-funded gay rights agenda. Jennifer Worley recalls street organizing by gay and transgender youth involved in survival sex work in the San Francisco Tenderloin in the late 1970s, against routine police street sweeps, harassment, arrests, and beatings. Tommi Avicolli Mecca remembers queens in “radical drag” in 1970s Philadelphia, who used code (“Lily Law” or “Alice Bluegown”) to warn each other when police were targeting presumed prostitutes and those not wearing “two articles of clothing of your ‘appropriate’ gender.” Nadia Guidotto returns to lesbians and gays who overtook downtown Toronto in 1981 after brutal police raids on local bathhouses. These first pieces highlight the resistances of transgender, queer, and gender non-conforming people to systematic surveillance and criminalization by police and penal systems in the U.S. and Canada. They call into question current mainstream LGBT rights-based advocacy that further strengthens the policing, military, legal, and penal mechanisms of the state. As Bassichis, Lee, and Spade argue, hate crimes legislation, same-sex marriage, LGBT inclusion in the military, and LGBT specific reform of the penal system will secure benefits and protections for more resourced segments of LGBT communities, while leaving behind the increasing number of LGBT people, who, regardless of marital status, have no inheritance, no health benefits, no legal immigration status, and no state protection of relationships. Far from challenging compulsory heterosexuality, homophobia, and transphobia, this rights-for-some approach empowers state institutions in criminalizing queer and transgender people, poor people, people of color, immigrants, and people with disabilities.
     
    Captive Genders’ second set of articles focuses on the multiplying forms of informal imprisonment experienced by transgender, queer, and gender non-conforming people within “transitional” spaces at the edges of the formal penal system. Based on his work in Louisiana juvenile courts, jails, and prisons, Wesley Ware calls attention to the ways in which the juvenile justice system has become a drop-off station for parents, police, and schools seeking to punish and convert transgender and gender non-conforming youth through state custody, without the right to jury trial or adequate legal representation. From within the confines of her Single Resident Occupancy hotel unit, Ralowe Trinitrotoluene Ampu exposes the geographic grid of institutionalization, surveillance, and control built by a network of politicians, housing development corporations, and mainstream non-profit agencies and underpinning San Francisco’s sci-fi aesthetic. Michelle C. Potts links the abuses inflicted on HIV-positive detainees and prisoners in ICE facilities, state and federal prisons, and jails (including the denial of anti-retroviral medications and medical care, mandatory HIV testing, and segregation and solitary confinement of HIV-positive inmates) to the criminalization of HIV-positive status and transgender/queer bodies mandated by federal and state HIV disclosure statutes and bioterrorism laws since the 1990s. Erica R. Meiners asks if the expansion of sex offender registries since the 1980s, with a focus on child predators, really addresses sexual violence and harm towards children, when 70% of all reported sexual assaults against children are committed in a residence by “acquaintances” and family members, rather than in public spaces by strangers. And Meiners examines the less documented history of sex offender registries, which in the 1940s were used to collect information on “known homosexuals” across U.S. urban centers. Yasmin Nair argues that advocacy for LGBT immigration, including the Uniting American Families Act, has distilled the issue of queer migration down to the narrative of broken relationships between U.S. citizens and their model foreign partners and families. This reduced narrative deflects attention from the brutality, surveillance, and exploitation experienced by undocumented immigrants and the neoliberal economy that has produced the crisis in immigration. Lastly, Lori A. Saffin suggests that the current discussion around anti-transgender hate violence and hate crimes legislation does not deal with the interconnected structural inequalities lived by transgenders of color, who make up the vast majority of those targeted in hate-motivated violence.
     
    Following the advocates and activists who map the expanding informal geography and economy of the U.S. penal system are writings by and about gender non-conforming, transgender, and queer prisoners. Kristopher Shelley “Krystal,” an incarcerated black gender-non-conforming lesbian, writes about experiencing harsher court sentencing, ongoing harassment, regulation of her gender appearance (for example, being locked in until she shaved), and the targeted use of excessive force and segregated isolation based on the perception of her more masculine appearance. She has been incarcerated for nine years in California thus far, starting with her time in juvenile hall at age sixteen and then her sentencing to adult prisons when she turned seventeen. Through snippets of his letter exchanges with two middle-aged queer and non-normatively gendered inmates who have lived at least half their lives in prison, Stephen Dillon attempts to describe the “unthinkable” interdependencies between the prison regime’s routine incapacitation and immobilization of prisoners and free civil society. Based on her prior experience in prison, Clifton Goring/Candi Raine Sweet calls attention to targeted, repeated sexual and physical attacks on gender variant, transgender, and queer prisoners by prison staff and other inmates, condoned by the prison administration. Lori Girshick’s survey of masculine-identified people in two California women’s prisons shows the forced feminization of prisoners, policing of behavior viewed as sexual between inmates (“homosecting”), and harsher treatment of masculine-presenting prisoners. Based on inmates’ survey responses, Girshick contends that the current move to further segregate LGBT prisoners within the prison system compounds the damaging effects of the existing gender segregation of prisoners based on their genitalia (rather than their subjective gender identities), as well as the abuse and harassment by prison staff already experienced by incarcerated LGBT people. Paula Rae Witherspoon describes the near impossibility of finding employment on parole and avoiding cyclical re-imprisonment as an excon transsexual woman in Texas. Cholo urges us to help stop the mistreatment and destruction of African American transgender people, transsexuals, and the queer community as a whole in prison. blake nemec recounts witnessing the violent treatment and sexualized intimidation of his friend Kim Love, a transgender prison activist and former prisoner, during an unwarranted police takeover of her apartment. In an interview following nemec’s account, Love talks about the treatment of transgender prisoners, including systematic rape by prison officers, the use of transgender women’s bodies to pacify male inmates, and unequal access to medical attention based on the amount of money prisoners have to their name. While it might be tempting to read these accounts of prisoner life as texts that provide information in the form of letters, first person accounts, memoires, poems, survey results, and fragments of interviews, it may make more sense to read these fragmented accounts as code written under conditions of confinement and policing, transmitted through surveilled prison communications systems, and then re-transmitted by those who can access the representational technologies and economy of “the” or “a” public sphere to be addressed (Warner). Even for those no longer imprisoned, the act of speaking about life in prison involves the laborious translation of a carceral system that works through arbitrary force to incapacitate and coerce bodies into submission, movement, labor, and destruction (Gilmore).
     
    Captive Genders’ concluding contributors focus on building interlinked communities of resistance for queer and transgender self-determination and prison abolition. Drawing from prison activism in Canada and Britain, S. Lambel develops a queer/transgender analysis of prison systems in the global north, linking the normalization of gender and sexual policing to the normalization of prisons. Interviewed by Jayden Donahue, Miss Major talks about internal shifts in transgender community organizing that have enabled greater leadership and participation by transgender women, especially transgender women of color, who begin “living outside of the law” the moment they express themselves. Through a poetics based in body memory, Vanessa Huang reflects on the losses sustained and new understandings gained by the anti-prison movement body after the organizationally led defeat of California’s 2005–2008 proposals to build “gender responsive” prisons. Julia Sudbury AKA Julia C. Oparah describes an abolitionist vision and praxis—“maroon abolitionism”—created by black prison activists in the U.S. and Canada, drawing from direct experience with gender oppression and racialized surveillance and punishment and also African diasporic traditions of resistance and spirituality. The final piece by Che Gossett connects divergent imaginings of prison abolitionism and gender self-determination, developed by abolitionist visionary Reina Gossett, political scholar Dylan Rodríguez, and radical organizer Bo Brown in points of contact with broader lineages of exiled transgender social history, radical intellectual work, and anti-prison organizing by prisoners.
     
    Stanley and Smith’s Captive Genders is a “rogue text,” more interested in extending the work of transgender and queer prison abolition than offering a stable or definitive collection.8 True to this aim, the book closes with toolkits for supporting the abolition of the prison industrial complex, with exercises crafted by Critical Resistance and case studies assembled by Nat Smith. The networked texts of Captive Genders move beyond the confines of the bound-print cultural production to argue for the absolute necessity of abolishing the political and cultural economy of the penal colony underpinning the “free” public sphere. They call for the de-normalizing of state violence, control, and criminalization targeting transgender, gender variant, and queer people, people of color, economically impoverished people, youth, disabled people, immigrants, and women. From there, we may move to question why we are met with the force of the unimaginable when we try to think about life without prisons (Davis, Are Prisons Obsolete?). And this question may mobilize us towards the abolition of the society that could have prisons (Moten and Harney).
     

    Jian Chen
     
    Jian Chen is Assistant Professor of Queer Studies in the English Department at Ohio State University, Columbus. He is a Visiting Scholar with the Asian/Pacific/American (A/P/A) Institute of New York University for Spring 2012. Chen’s curatorial projects include “SKIN: a multimedia exhibition” with the 6–8 Months Project, hosted by Kara Walker Studios, New York, “NOISE: Trans-Subversions in Global Media Networks” at the New York MIX24 Queer Experimental Film Festival, and “Transmitting Trans-Asian” with the NYU A/P/A Institute.
     

    Footnotes

     
    1.
    While the non-inclusion of these other types of prison, jail, detention, and security facilities received mention in a footnote in the U.S. Bureau of Justice’s Bulletin: Prisoners in 2008, this footnoted clarification was dropped in Bulletin: Prisoners in 2010. The American Civil Liberties Union’s Banking on Bondage: Private Prisons and Mass Incarceration (November 2011) report estimates that the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) locks up about 400,000 immigrants each year and that ICE drives much of the federal government’s current private prison expansion. The National Center for Lesbian Rights and Sylvia Rivera Law Project’s A Place of Respect: A Guide for Group Care Facilities Serving Transgender and Gender Non-Conforming Youth (Spring 2011) states that there are more than 100,000 youth living in group homes, or confined to either detention facilities or other secure facilities across the U.S. Citing a study by Ceres Policy Research, this guide estimates that 13 percent of youth in detention facilities are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, questioning, or are gender non-conforming.

     
    2.
    Percentage of prison population to overall population comparisons drawn from United States, Department of Justice, Bulletin: Prisoners in 2010 (Washington, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011); United States, Census Bureau, Overview of Race and Hispanic Origin: 2010 (Washington, 2011); and The Sentencing Project, Facts About Prisons and Prisoners (2012). Although the Bureau of Justice’s Bulletin: Prisoners in 2010 does not explicitly or separately count Native Americans, Asians, Pacific Islanders and people identifying as two or more races (racial categories used by the Bureau of Justice, corresponding to 2010 U.S. Census racial categories) in prison, one can deduce the number and percentage of this grouping of prisoners based on the total number of prisoners exceeding the reported number of white, black, and Hispanic (racial categories used by the Bureau of Justice) prisoners.

     
    3.
    For more information on the growth of the women’s prison population and women’s prisons in California, see the website of Justice Now.

     
    4.
    Eric Schlosser, “The Prison-Industrial Complex,” Atlantic Magazine, December 1998; Sylvia Rivera Law Project, “It’s War in Here:” A Report on the Treatment of Transgender and Intersex People in New York State Men’s Prisons (2007); and Human Rights Watch, Mental Illness, Human Rights, and U.S. Prisons (September 22, 2009).

     
    5.
    American Civil Liberties Union, Banking on Bondage: Private Prisons and Mass Incarceration (November 2011) and International Center for Prison Studies, Prison Brief.

     
    6.
    For estimated number of people imprisoned in the U.S. before the mid-1970s, see The Pew Center on the States, Issue Brief: Prison Count 2010 (Pew Research Center, April 2010).

     
    7.
    For critical genealogies of the prison industrial complex, see Angela Davis, “Masked Racism: Reflections on the Prison Industrial Complex;” Eric Schlosser, “The Prison-Industrial Complex;” Angela Davis, The Prison Industrial Complex; and Visions of Abolition: From Critical Resistance to A New Way of Life, dir. Setsu Shigematsu. For most recently published information on U.S. expenditures on police, corrections, and judicial and legal services, see United States, Department of Justice, Justice Expenditures and Employment, FY 1982–2007-Statistical Tables (Washington, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011). On California’s new prison construction, authorized by previous-Governor Schwarzenegger, see California, Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, AB 900 Construction Update (Sacramento, 2010). On the growing private prison industry, see American Civil Liberties Union, Banking on Bondage: Private Prisons and Mass Incarceration (November 2011).

     
    8.
    Thanks to Eric Stanley for talking with me over Skype about Captive Genders. This online conversation gave me a sense of the ways in which the collection works through multiple portals of activation, rather than as a static object to be read.

     

    Works Cited

     

    • American Civil Liberties Union. Banking on Bondage: Private Prisons and Mass Incarceration. November 2011. Web. 7 Feb. 2012.
    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. AB 900 Construction Update. Sacramento, 2010. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • Bornstein, Kate and S. Bear Bergman, eds. Gender Outlaws: The Next Generation. Berkeley: Seal Press, 2010. Print.
    • Cotten, Trystan T., ed. Transgender Migrations: The Bodies, Borders, and Politics of Transition (New Directions in American History). New York: Routledge, 2011. Print.
    • Davis, Angela Y. Are Prisons Obsolete? Toronto: Seven Stories Press, 2003. Print.
    • ———. “Masked Racism: Reflections on the Prison Industrial Complex,” Colorlines. 10 Sept. 1998. Web. 18 Jan. 2012.
    • ———. The Prison Industrial Complex. Oakland: AK Press, 2000. Audio.
    • Diamond, Morty. Trans/Love: Radical Sex, Love & Relationships Beyond the Gender Binary. San Francisco: Manic D Press, 2011. Print.
    • Erickson-Schroth, Laura, ed. Trans Bodies, Trans Selves. 2012. Web. 26 Mar. 2012.
    • Gilmore, Ruthie Wilson. Golden Gulag: Prisons, Surplus, Crisis, and Opposition in Globalizing California. Berkeley: U of California P, 2007. Print.
    • Human Rights Watch. Mental Illness, Human Rights, and U.S. Prisons. September 22, 2009. Web. 7 February 2012.
    • International Center for Prison Studies at University of Essex. Prison Brief. Web. 18 January 2012.
    • “It’s War in Here:” A Report on the Treatment of Transgender and Intersex People in New York State Men’s Prisons. New York: Sylvia Rivera Law Project, 2007. Web. 19 Jan. 2012.
    • Marksamer, Jody. A Place of Respect: A Guide for Group Care Facilities Serving Transgender and Gender Non-Conforming Youth. San Francisco: National Center for Lesbian Rights, 2011. Web. 19 Jan. 2012.
    • Moten, Fred and Stefano Harney. “The University and the Undercommons: Seven Theses.” Social Text 2:79 (2004): 101–115. Web. 19 Jan. 2012.
    • Schlosser, Eric. “The Prison-Industrial Complex.” Atlantic Magazine (Dec. 1998). Web. 18 Jan. 2012.
    • Stanley, Eric A. and Nat Smith, eds. Captive Genders: Trans Embodiment and the Prison Industrial Complex. Oakland: AK Press, 2011. Print.
    • Stryker, Susan and Stephen Whittle, eds. Transgender Studies Reader. New York: Routledge, 2006. Print.
    • The Pew Center on the States. Issue Brief: Prison Count 2010. April 2010. Web. 19 Jan. 2012.
    • United States Bureau of Justice Statistics. Bulletin: Prisoners in 2008. Washington: Department of Justice, 2011. Web. 19 January 2012.
    • ———. Bulletin: Prisoners in 2010. Washington: Department of Justice, 2011. Web. 19 Jan. 2012.
    • ———. Justice Expenditures and Employment, FY 1982–2007-Statistical Tables. Washington: Department of Justice, 2011. Web. 7 Feb. 2012.
    • United States Census Bureau. Overview of Race and Hispanic Origin: 2010. Washington, 2011. Web. 10 Feb. 2012.
    • Visions of Abolition: From Critical Resistance to A New Way of Life. Dir. Setsu Shigematsu. Critical Resistance/PM Press, 2011. DVD.
    • Warner, Michael. “Publics and Counterpublics.” New Imaginaries. Spec. issue of Public Culture. Gaonkar, Dilip Parameshwar and Benjamin Lee, eds. 14:1 (2002): 49–90. Web. 10 Fe. 2012.